Download:
pdf |
pdfUnited States Department of Commerce
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Marine Fisheries Service
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
3500 Delwood Beach Rd
Panama City, FL 32408
Southeast Fisheries
Observer Programs:
Gillnet,
Shark Bottom Longline &
South Atlantic Reef Fish
NOAA Fisheries
Panama City Laboratory
United States Department of Commerce
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Marine Fisheries Service
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
4700 Avenue U Bldg. 306
Galveston, TX 77550
Name: XXX
Certification date: mm/dd/yy
To Whom It May Concern:
This letter serves as a formal document that recognizes the person, XXXXXX, as a
certified observer. This observer is employed by A.I.S., Inc.
Through a contractual agreement, this individual is responsible for the collection of scientific
and biological data for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), National
Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), while deployed aboard any U.S. flagged vessel. If the vessel
has been selected by the Southeast Fisheries Science Center (SEFSC) to carry an observer for
the mandatory collection of data, the data collected must be turned over to an authorized enforcement
officer upon request, and is accessible to authorized enforcement personnel for the investigation
of violations. If the vessel is carrying an observer collecting data on a voluntary basis, the data
collected must be turned over to an authorized enforcement officer upon request, but cannot be
used for the investigation of any violation without the concurrence of the National Marine Fisheries
Service, Southeast Fisheries Science Center Director. Captains or owners wishing to have copies
of the observer's trip data sheets may request them from the observer or from the Southeast Fisheries
Science Center.
Sincerely,
Scott Leach
Supervisory Fishery
Biologist
Observer Manual Table of Contents
Observer Certification Letter
Table of Contents:
1. Observer Program Field Instructions
1.1. Introduction
1.1.1. Gillnet Fishery Background
1.1.2. Bottom Longline Fishery Background
1.1.3. South Atlantic Vertical Line Fishery Background
1.1.4. Observer Program Objectives
1.2. Field Instructions
1.2.1. Observer Duties
1.2.2. Data Sheets and Data Collection
1.2.3. Field Identification
1.2.4. Measurements
1.2.5. Hazardous Marine Life
1.2.6. Biological Sampling
1.2.7. Tagging
1.2.8. Incidental Take
1.2.9. Vessel Boarding
1.2.10. Vessel Coverage
1.3. Safety
1.4. Communications
1.5. Equipment Checklist
1.5.1. Retired Observer Equipment Checklist
1.5.2. Observer Equipment Checklist
1.6. Observer Supplies Request Form
1.7. Electronic Gear Inspection Form
1.8. Fisherman’s Feedback Form
1.9. Satellite Phone Instructions
1.10. Beaufort Wind Force Scale
2. NMFS Southeast Observer Programs NOAA OLE Manual
2.1. Reporting Protocol for NMFS Southeast Observer Programs to NOAA OLE
2.1.1. Level of Severity
2.1.2. Categories
2.1.3. Reporting
2.1.4. Documentation
2.1.5. Appendix A. Reporting Protocol for Observer Emergency Incidents
2.1.6. Appendix B. Table Guides for Individual Observer Program Violations
2.1.6.1. Miami Observer Program
2.1.6.2. Galveston Observer Program
2.1.6.3. Panama City Observer Program
2.2. Observer Incident Report Example
2.3. OBSERVER EMERGENCY REPORTING PROTOCOL
2.4. OLE POINT OF CONTACTS
2.5. NOAA Sexual Assault/Harassment pamphlet
Observer Manual Table of Contents
2.6. OLE General Information pamphlet
2.7. OLE REPORTING VIOLATIONS HANDOUT
2.8. Southeast Fisheries Observer Incident Report Log
2.9. Southeast Fisheries Observer Marine Pollution Incident Report Log
2.10.HMS Shark Regulations 2014
3. Safety Manual
3.1. Safety Training and Manual Introduction
3.2. Table of Contents
3.3. Emergency Contacts
3.4. Basic Health and Hygiene at Sea
3.4.1. Practice Good Hygiene
3.4.2. Antibiotics
3.4.3. Sleep Deprivation
3.4.4. Seasickness
3.4.5. First Aid Kits
3.4.6. First Aid Kit Inventory
3.4.7. MRSA Fact Sheet
3.4.8. MRSA: Prevention and Hygiene Tips
3.4.9. Seven Ways to be Injured
3.4.10. Fish Handling Safety
3.4.10.1. Table 1. Typical Injuries
3.4.10.2. Table 2. Examples of Typical Injuries
3.4.11. Pocket Guide to Ergonomics
3.5.Safety on Vessels
3.5.1. Before Deployment on Vessel
3.5.2. SEFOP Panama City Pre-Trip Safety Check
3.5.3. Coast Guard Vessel Decal
3.5.4. USCG Decal Ratings Cheat Sheet
3.5.5. Federal Requirements for Commercial Fishing Industry Vessels
3.5.6. Hammer Hydrostatic Release Safety Alert
3.5.7. Coast Guard Ready for Sea Checklist
3.5.8. Fire Extinguisher Recall Information
3.5.9. Ovatek Examination Guide
3.5.9.1. Examination Criteria
3.5.9.2. Examination checklist
3.5.9.3. Solas Kit Inspection
3.5.9.4. Step by Step inspection checklist
3.6. Types of Emergencies
3.7. Survival Skills- 7 skills
3.8. Safety Equipment
3.8.1. Donning Immersion Suits and Personal Flotation Device
3.8.1.1. Appendix K- Jumping in PDF
Observer Manual Table of Contents
3.8.1.2. Appendix O- Jumping in an Immersion Suit
3.8.1.3. Appendix L- Help, Huddle, and Chain Swim
3.8.1.4. Appendix P- Care and Maintenance of Immersion Suits
3.8.2. PFD Maintenance
3.8.3. Immersion Suit How to
3.8.4. Making Distress Calls and Using Visual Distress Signals
3.8.4.1. Location Aids for Mariner
3.8.4.2. Emergency Calls
3.8.4.3. Emergency Position- Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRBs)
3.8.4.4. Visual Distress Signals
3.8.4.4.1. Parachute Flares
3.8.4.4.2. Pistol Launch Flares
3.8.4.4.3. Hand-held Flares
3.8.4.4.4. Strobe Light
3.8.4.4.5. Signaling Mirror
3.8.4.4.6. Sea Dye Marker
3.8.4.4.7. Floating Smoke Signal
3.8.4.4.8. Hand-held Smoke Flares
3.8.4.4.9. Stowage and Maintenance
3.8.5. Appendix N- Distress Flare Types
3.8.6. Appendix M- Use of Distress Signals
3.8.7. Distress Broadcast/MAYDAY call
3.8.8. Initial SAR Check Sheet
3.8.9. Supplement SAR Checksheet
3.8.10. VHF Marine Radio Channels
3.8.11. Emergency Instructions
3.8.12. Appendix R- Care and Maintenance of EPIRBs
3.8.13. Appendix S- Location Accuracy of EPIRBs/ Appendix Q- EPIRB Types
3.8.14. Personal Locator Beacons Instructions
3.8.15. Monthly Test Log
3.9. Person Overboard and Abandon Ship Procedures
3.9.1. Person Overboard
3.9.2. Recovering an Individual from the Water
3.9.3. Abandon Ship
3.9.4. Abandoning the Vessel
3.9.5. Stay Rules
3.9.6. Survival Once on Board Liferaft
3.9.7. Actions Prior to Rescue
3.10. Hypothermia and Cold Water Survival
3.10.1. Appendix H- Heat Loss/Heat Gain
3.10.2. 3 stages of Hypothermia
3.10.3. Hypothermia Algorithm
Observer Manual Table of Contents
3.10.4.
3.10.5.
3.10.6.
3.10.7.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Caring for Cold Patient
Appendix F- Recognizing the Signs of Hypothermia
Appendix I- Chart of Body Core Temperatures
Appendix J- Hypothermia Guidelines
3.11. Flooding, Dewatering, and Fire
3.11.1. Unintentional Flooding, Rough Weather at Sea, Crossing Hazardous Bars
3.11.2. Minimizing the Effects of Unintentional Flooding
3.11.3. Some Suggestions for Preserving Adequate Stability
3.11.4. Preserving Water Integrity
3.11.5. Damage Control/ Emergency Repair
3.11.6. Dewatering Pump Operation
3.11.7. Appendix GG- Coast Guard Salvage Pump Instructions
3.11.8. Vessel Damage Control Guide
3.11.9. Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting
3.11.10.Fire Instruction
3.11.11.Appendix EE- Using Fire Extinguishers
3.12. Observer Emergency 1st Person Accounts
3.13. Communication for Observers
3.13.1. How Do You Express Yourself?
3.13.2. Conflict Resolution
3.13.3. Emergency Scenarios
3.13.4. Crime Victim Services and Information
3.13.5. Emergency Action Plan Flow Chart
Southeast Gillnet Observer Program (SGOP) Manual
4.1. Trip Summary Instructions
4.2. Gillnet Gear Characteristic Log Instructions
4.3. Gillnet Haul Log Instructions
4.4. Gillnet Catch Log Instructions
4.5. Gillnet Animal Log Instructions
SGOP Datasheets
5.1. Trip Summary
5.2. Gillnet Gear Log
5.3. Gillnet Haul Log
5.4. Gillnet Catch Worksheet
5.5. Gillnet Animal Log
Shark Bottom Longline Observer Program (SBLOP) Manual
6.1. Trip Summary Instructions
6.2. SBLOP Gear Log Instructions
6.2.1. SBLOP Gear Configuration
6.3. SBLOP Haul Log
6.4. Shark Animal Log Instructions
SBLOP Datasheets
Observer Manual Table of Contents
7.1. Trip Summary
7.2. Longline Gear Log
7.3. Longline Haul Log
7.4. Shark Animal Log
8. South Atlantic Reef Fish Observer Program (SARF) Manual
8.1. Trip Summary Instructions
8.2. Vertical Line Gear Log Instructions
8.3. Vertical Line Haul Log Instructions
8.4. Bottom Longline Gear Log Instructions
8.5. Bottom Longline Haul Log Instructions
8.6. Teleost Animal Log Instructions
9. SARF datasheets
9.1. Trip Summary
9.2. Vertical Line Gear Log
9.3. Vertical Line Haul Log
9.4. Bottom Longline Gear Log
9.5. Bottom Longline Haul Log
9.6. Teleost Animal Log
10. SEFOP Sampling Manual
10.1. Shark Sampling Protocol
10.1.1. Cooler Shipping Protocol
10.1.2. Anal Fin Study Instructions
10.1.3. Weight Study Instructions
10.1.4. Hammerhead Eye Removal Procedure
10.1.5. Instructions for Photographing Sharks in the Water
10.1.6. Creating a Photo Label for Pictures
10.1.7. Satellite Tagging Instructions
10.1.7.1. Sat Tag Quick Reference Guide
10.1.8. Samples Requested
10.1.9. Shark Sample Labels
10.2. Teleost Sampling Protocol
10.2.1. Sampling Requested
10.2.2. Sampling Procedures
10.2.3. Instructions for Teleost Buckets
10.2.4. Formalin Handing
10.2.5. Formalin SDS
10.2.6. Sampling Instructions Handout
10.2.7. Teleost Sample Labels
10.2.8. Teleost Haul Labels
10.3. Barcode Instructions
Observer Manual Table of Contents
10.4.
10.5.
10.6.
10.7.
Samples Taken Form
Observer Species Codes
Shark Dichotomous Key
Amberjack Identification
11. Incidental Takes
11.1. Incidental Take Interaction Instructions
11.2. Marine Mammal Incidental Take Log Instructions
11.2.1. Figure 9.4.1. Animal Condition Code Dead, Fresh
11.2.2. Figure 9.4.1 Animal Condition Code Dead, Moderately Decomposed
11.2.3. Figure 9.4.1 Animal Condition Code Dead, Severely Decomposed
11.3. Marine Mammal Incidental Take Log
11.4. Marine Mammal Biological Sample Log Instructions
11.5. Marine Mammal Biological Sample Log Example
11.6. Marine Mammal Instructions Power Point
11.7. Marine Mammal Biological Sample Log
11.8. SEFSC Sea Turtle Observer Manual
11.8.1. Introduction
11.8.2. Table of Contents
11.8.3. List of Figures
11.8.4. List of Tables
11.8.5. Preface
11.8.6. Species Identification
11.8.7. Handling
11.8.7.1. All Turtles
11.8.7.2. Leatherback Turtles
11.8.8. Resuscitation
11.8.8.1. Sea Turtle Resuscitation Guidelines Placard
11.8.9. Oral Cavity Anatomy
11.8.10.Morphometrics
11.8.10.1. Standard Measurements
11.8.10.2. Additional Measurements
11.8.11.Marking
11.8.11.1. Temporary Marking
11.8.11.2. Shell Etching
11.8.11.3. Flipper Tags
11.8.11.4. PIT Tags
11.8.11.4.1.
Scanning Protocol
11.8.11.4.2.
Application Protocol
11.8.11.5. Carapace Tags
11.8.11.6. Living Tags
11.8.11.7. Wire Tags
11.8.11.8. Oxytetracycline Marking
Observer Manual Table of Contents
11.8.12.Electronic Tags
11.8.12.1. Electronic Tag Specifications
11.8.12.2. Tag Attachment Protocols
11.8.12.2.1.
Tether Attachment Protocol
11.8.12.2.2.
Hardshell Turtles
11.8.12.2.3.
Leatherback Turtles (Pygal Attachment)
11.8.12.2.4.
Harness Attachment Method
11.8.12.2.5.
Direct Attachment Protocol
11.8.12.2.6.
Epoxy Attachment for Satellite Tags on Hardshell Turtles
11.8.12.2.7.
Direct Satellite Tag Attachment for Leatherbacks
11.8.12.2.8.
Sonic and Radio Tag Attachment
11.8.12.2.9.
Stomach Temperature Pill
11.8.13.Biopsy Sampling
11.8.13.1. Skin Biopsy
11.8.13.1.1.
Turtles Boated or on Land
11.8.13.1.2.
Turtles Not Boated
11.8.13.2. Lesion Biopsy
11.8.13.3. Fat Biopsy
11.8.13.4. Muscle Biopsy
11.8.13.4.1.
Surgical Muscle Biopsy
11.8.13.4.2.
Non-Surgical Muscle Biopsy
11.8.13.5. Biopsies Taken During Laparoscopy
11.8.13.5.1.
Gonad Biopsy
11.8.13.5.2.
Liver Biopsy
11.8.13.6. Release
11.8.14.References
11.8.15.Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Introduction
11.8.16.Handling Recommendations for Other Species
11.8.17.Marine Mammal Careful Handling and Release Guidelines
11.8.18.Vessel/Crew’s Responsibilities upon Sighting a Sea Turtle
11.8.19.Gear Removal Protocols
11.8.19.1. Trawl Fisheries
11.8.19.2. Gillnet Fisheries
11.8.19.3. Fixed Gear Fisheries
11.8.19.4. Hook-and-line Fisheries
11.8.19.4.1.
Assessing Whether to Remove Hooks
11.8.20.Releasing the Turtle
11.8.21.Equipment and Techniques for Sea Turtles Not Boated
11.8.21.1. Turtle Control Devices
11.8.21.1.1.
Turtle Tether
11.8.21.1.2.
T&G Ninja Sticks
11.8.21.2. Equipment to Remove Line
Observer Manual Table of Contents
11.8.21.2.1.
Long-handled Line Clipper/Cutter
11.8.21.2.2.
Monofilament Cutters
11.8.21.3. Equipment to Remove Hooks
11.8.21.3.1.
Long-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks
11.8.21.3.2.
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers
11.8.21.3.3.
Notch Modification for ARC Dehookers
11.8.21.3.4.
Plate 2-1: Instructions for ARC Dehookers
11.8.21.3.5.
Long-handled Dehooker for External Hooks
11.8.21.3.6.
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers
11.8.21.3.7.
Long-handled J-Style Dehooker
11.8.21.3.8.
Long-handled Roby Dehooker
11.8.21.3.9.
Plate 2-3: Instructions for the Roby Dehooker
11.8.21.3.10. Long-handled Device to Pull an “Inverted V
11.8.21.3.11. “Inverted V” Technique
11.8.21.4. Possible Scenarios Encountered for Sea Turtles Not Boated
11.8.21.4.1.
Entangled but Not Hooked
11.8.21.4.2.
Hooked but Not Entangled
11.8.21.4.3.
Hooked and Entangled
11.8.22.Boating and Holding Sea Turtles
11.8.22.1. Boating the Turtle
11.8.22.1.1.
Dip Net
11.8.22.1.2.
Turtle Hoist
11.8.22.1.3.
Large Turtle Hoist
11.8.22.1.4.
Small Turtle Hoist
11.8.22.2. Holding the Turtle
11.8.22.2.1.
Cushion/Support Device
11.8.22.2.2.
Comatose Turtles
11.8.22.2.3.
Plate 3-1: Sea Turtle Resuscitation Guidelines
11.8.23.Equipment and Techniques for Opening the Mouth of Boated Turtles
11.8.23.1. Opening the Mouth
11.8.23.2. Mouth Openers and/or Gags
11.8.23.2.1.
Set of Two Rope Loops with Protective Tubing
11.8.23.2.2.
Large Avian Oral Speculum
11.8.23.2.3.
Block of Hard Wood
11.8.23.2.4.
Set of Three Canine Mouth Gags
11.8.23.2.5.
Set of Two Sturdy Dog Chew Bones
11.8.23.2.6.
Hank of Rope
11.8.23.2.7.
Set of Four PVC Couplings
11.8.24.Equipment/Techniques for Removing Hooks from Boated Turtles
11.8.24.1. Needle-nose or Long-nose Pliers
11.8.24.2. Bolt Cutters
11.8.24.3. Short-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks
Observer Manual Table of Contents
11.8.24.3.1.
11.8.24.3.2.
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
Plate 5-1: Instructions for the ARC Dehooker with Bite
11.8.24.3.3.
11.8.24.3.4.
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
Plate 5-2: Instructions for the NOAA/Bergmann
Block
Dehooker
11.8.24.4. Short-handled Dehooker for External Hooks
11.8.24.4.1.
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
11.8.24.4.2.
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
11.8.24.4.3.
Short-handled J-Style Dehooker
11.8.24.4.4.
Plate 5-3: Instructions for the J-Style Dehooker
11.8.24.4.5.
Scotty’s Dehooker
11.8.24.4.6.
Plate 5-4: Instructions for Scotty’s Dehooker
11.8.24.4.7.
Short-handled Roby Dehooker
11.8.25.Appendix A: Design Standards for the Careful Release of Sea Turtles
11.8.25.1. Introduction
11.8.25.2. Equipment for Sea Turtles Not Boated
11.8.25.2.1.
Turtle Control Devices
11.8.25.2.2.
Turtle Tether
11.8.25.2.3.
Design Standards
11.8.25.2.4.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.25.2.5.
T&G Ninja Stick
11.8.25.2.6.
Design Standards
11.8.25.2.7.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.25.3. Equipment to Remove Line
11.8.25.3.1.
Long-handled Line Clipper/Cutter
11.8.25.3.2.
Design Standards
11.8.25.3.3.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.25.3.4.
Monofilament Cutters
11.8.25.3.5.
Design Standards
11.8.25.3.6.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.25.4. Equipment to Remove Hooks
11.8.25.4.1.
Long-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks
11.8.25.4.2.
Design Standards
11.8.25.4.3.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.25.4.4.
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers (multiple models)
11.8.25.4.5.
Notch Modification for ARC Dehookers
11.8.25.4.6.
Long-handled Dehooker for External Hooks
11.8.25.4.7.
Design Standards
11.8.25.4.8.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.25.4.9.
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers (multiple models)
11.8.25.4.10. Long-handled “J-Style” Dehooker
11.8.25.4.11. Long-handled Roby Dehooker
Observer Manual Table of Contents
11.8.25.5. Long-handled Device to Pull an “Inverted V”
11.8.25.5.1.
Design Standards
11.8.25.5.2.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.25.5.3.
Long-handled “J-Style” Dehooker
11.8.25.5.4.
Standard Boat Hook
11.8.25.5.5.
Standard Fishing Gaff
11.8.26.Boating and Holding Sea Turtles
11.8.26.1. Boating the Turtle
11.8.26.1.1.
Dip Net
11.8.26.1.2.
Design Standards
11.8.26.1.3.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.26.1.4.
Turtle Hoist
11.8.26.1.5.
Large Turtle Hoist
11.8.26.1.6.
Design Standards
11.8.26.1.7.
Example Models Meeting Current Standards
11.8.26.1.8.
Small Turtle Hoist
11.8.26.1.9.
Design Standards
11.8.26.1.10. Example Models Meeting Current Standards
11.8.26.2. Holding the Turtle
11.8.26.2.1.
Cushion/Support Device
11.8.26.2.2.
Design Standards
11.8.26.2.3.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.26.2.4.
Standard Automobile Tire
11.8.26.2.5.
Boat Cushion
11.8.26.2.6.
Large Turtle Hoist
11.8.27.Equipment for Opening the Mouth of Boated Turtles
11.8.27.1. Opening the Mouth
11.8.27.2. Mouth Openers and/or Gags
11.8.27.2.1.
Set of Two Rope Loops with Protective Tubing
11.8.27.2.2.
Large Avian Oral Speculum
11.8.27.2.3.
Block of Hard Wood
11.8.27.2.4.
Set of Three Canine Mouth Gags
11.8.27.2.5.
Set of Two Sturdy Dog Chew Bones
11.8.27.2.6.
Hank of Rope
11.8.27.2.7.
Set of Four PVC Couplings
11.8.28.Equipment for Removing Gear from Boated Turtles
11.8.28.1. Needle-nose or Long-nose Pliers
11.8.28.1.1.
Design Standards
11.8.28.1.2.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standard
11.8.28.2. Bolt Cutters
11.8.28.2.1.
Design Standards
11.8.28.2.2.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
Observer Manual Table of Contents
11.8.28.3. Equipment to Remove Line
11.8.28.3.1.
Design Standards
11.8.28.3.2.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.28.4. Short-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks
11.8.28.4.1.
Design Standards
11.8.28.4.2.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.28.4.3.
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
11.8.28.4.4.
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
11.8.28.5. Short-handled Dehooker for External Hooks
11.8.28.5.1.
Design Standards
11.8.28.5.2.
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards
11.8.28.5.3.
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
11.8.28.5.4.
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
11.8.28.5.5.
Short-handled “J-style” Dehooker
11.8.28.5.6.
Scotty’s Dehooker
11.8.28.5.7.
Short-handled Roby Dehooker
11.8.29.Design Schematics for Careful Release Equipment
11.8.29.1. Plate B-1 Turtle Tether
11.8.29.2. Plate B-2 T&G Ninja Sticks
11.8.29.3. Plate B-3 NOAA/Arceneaux Line Clipper
11.8.29.4. Plate B-4 NOAA/Laforce Line Cutter
11.8.29.5. Plate B-5 ARC Pole Big Game Dehooker
11.8.29.6. Plate B-6 J-Style Dehooker
11.8.29.7. Plate B-7 Long-handled Roby Dehooker
11.8.29.8. Plate B-8 Dip Net
11.8.29.9. Plate B-9 Large Turtle Hoist
11.8.29.10.
Plate B-10 Small Turtle Hoist
11.8.29.11.
Plate B-11 ARC Bite Block Dehooker
11.8.29.12.
Plate B-12 NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
11.8.29.13.
Plate B-13 Scotty’s Dehooker
11.8.29.14.
Plate B-14 Short-handled Roby Dehooker
11.8.30.Tool Selection Chart
11.8.30.1. Plate C-1 Sea Turtles Not Boated
11.8.30.2. Plate C-2 Sea Turtles Boated
11.8.31.Sea Turtle and Marine Mammal Handling and Careful Release Placards
11.8.32.References
11.8.33.Sea Turtle Handling and Resuscitation Requirements
11.8.34.Sea turtle ID
11.8.35.Sea Turtle Life History Form
11.8.36.Sea Turtle Biological information
11.9. Protected Resources Form Instructions
11.9.1. Observer Sampling Protocol for Sawfish
Observer Manual Table of Contents
12. Permits
12.1.
12.2.
12.3.
12.4.
11.9.2.
11.9.3.
11.9.4.
11.9.5.
11.9.6.
11.9.7.
11.9.8.
11.9.9.
Observer Sampling Protocol for Mantas
Observer Sampling Protocol for Atlantic and Gulf Sturgeon
Protocol for Live Sturgeon
Endangered Sawfish Handling
Mobula Ray Identification Guide for Fisheries Observers
Southeast Shrimp fisheries Giant Manta Ray Release Guidelines
Banded Birds Guidelines
Sawfish, Mantas, Sturgeon, and Seabirds Capture Report
E9-20489: Magnuson- Stevens Act Provisions
Permit No. 24368: Research Activities on Sea Turtles
Endangered Species Act- Section 7: Consultation Biological Opinion
Non-Issue EFP for undersize fish
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
INTRODUCTION AND FIELD INSTRUCTIONS
1.1. Introduction
1.1.1. Gillnet Fishery Background
Previously, the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan and the Biological Opinion issued
under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act mandated 100% observer coverage of the
southeast shark drift gillnet fishery during the right whale, Eubalaena glacialis, calving season
(15 Nov-31 Mar). Outside the right whale calving season (1 Apr-14 Nov), an interim final rule
(March 30, 2001; 66 FR 17370) to the Fishery Management Plan for Highly Migratory Species
(NMFS, 1999) established a level of observer coverage for these vessels equal to that which
would attain a sample size needed to provide estimates of sea turtle or marine mammal
interactions with an expected coefficient of variation of 0.3.
In 2005, the shark gillnet observer program was expanded to include all vessels that have
an active directed shark permit and fish with any gillnet gear. These vessels were not previously
subject to observer coverage because they either were targeting non-highly migratory species or
were not fishing gillnets in a drift or strike fashion. These vessels were selected for observer
coverage in an effort to determine their impact on finetooth shark, Carcharhinus isodon,
landings and their overall fishing impact on shark resources when the gear is not targeting
sharks. In 2006, the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Southeast Regional Office
requested further expansion of the scope of the shark gillnet observer program to include all
vessels fishing gillnets regardless of target, and for coverage to be extended to cover the full
geographic range of gillnet fishing effort in the southeast United States. This was requested
because of the need to monitor (at statistically adequate levels) all gillnet fishing effort to assess
risks to right whales and other protected species. Further, in 2007 the regulations implementing
the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan were amended to include the removal of the
mandatory 100% observer coverage for drift gillnet vessels during the right whale calving season
and to prohibit all gillnetting in an expanded southeast U.S. restricted area from Cape Canaveral,
Florida to the North Carolina/South Carolina border during November 15 - April 15. The rule
does possess limited exemptions: only in waters south of 29 degrees N latitude; for shark
strikenet fishing during this same period and for Spanish mackerel, Scomberomorus maculatus;
gillnet fishing in the months of December and March. Based on these regulations and on current
funding levels, the shark gillnet observer program now covers all anchored (sink, stab, set),
strike, or drift gillnet fishing by vessels that fish from Florida to North Carolina and Gulf of
Mexico year-round.
Hence, the originally titled Shark Drift Gillnet Observer Program is now known as the Southeast
Gillnet Observer Program (SGOP). This program will be directed by the SE Fisheries Science
Center, and will place NMFS /contract observers aboard U.S. gillnet vessels in the southeast US
regardless of permit type. These boats will be notified as to their selection in writing by the
Panama City Lab staff and are required to respond by phone 2 working days prior to all
departures during the selection period or until a trip is observed.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
1.1.2. Shark Bottom Longline Fishery Background (SBLOP)
The Atlantic bottom longline fleet is managed under the Atlantic Highly Migratory Species
Fishery Management Plan (HMS-FMP) and under the authority of the Magnuson Fishery
Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson Act). The HMS-FPM was prepared by the
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) with jurisdiction over the U.S. coastal waters of the
Northeast Atlantic, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean Sea out to the Exclusive Economic
Zone (EEZ). The Fishery Conservation Amendments of 1990 (FCA) Public Law 101-627
transferred management authority over the Atlantic swordfish fishery to the Secretary of
Commerce. The Secretary issued emergency regulations on June 12, 1991, that were consistent
with the November 1990 recommendation of the International Commission for the Conservation
of Atlantic Tunas (ICCAT) and were made effective through December 9, 1991.
These regulations were published as a proposed rule on October 23, 1991 (56 FR 54819). Public
hearings were held on the proposed rule, and written comments were accepted during a 45-day
public comment period ending December 2, 1991. Modifications over the years were made to the
various Fishery Management Plans regulating Atlantic swordfish, sharks, billfish, and tunas
which finally culminated into the comprehensive HMS-FMP published in May 28, 1999 with
those regulations becoming effective on July 1, 1999. Rules relevant to the shark fishery are
summarized below:
1) Divide the annual shark directed-fishery quota into three trimesters, January 1 through
April 15, July 1 through August 31, and September 1 through December 31.
2) Require vessel operators to carry NMFS-approved observers on permitted vessels
upon the request of NMFS.
3) Establish the categories of small coastal, large coastal and pelagic shark species with
landing prohibitions on selected shark species.
This new FMP resulted in the creation of the current Shark Bottom Longline Observer Program
(SBLOP). This program is directed by the Southeast Fisheries Science Center, and will place
NMFS contract observers aboard U.S. longline vessels that currently hold shark permits.
The commercial shark fishery 2015 regulations:
- Shark-directed permit holders can catch 45 head non-sandbar LCS per day
- Once 80% quota is reached, the fishery will shut down
In 2019, additional funding became available to cover vessels targeting reef fish in the Gulf of
Mexico; the project continued until funding ended. Vessel owners and operators that have a
current limited access permit for sharks and reef fish and use a longline gear type are required to
carry an observer when requested. These boats will be notified as to their selection in writing by
the Panama City Lab staff and are required to respond by phone 2 working days prior to all
departures during the selection period or until a trip is observed.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
In 2008, the Sandbar Research Fishery (SRF) was established. NMFS has recently amended
regulations for Atlantic shark fisheries based on recent stock assessments. The final measures
implement a shark research fishery which allows NMFS to select a limited number of
commercial shark vessels on an annual basis to collect life history data and data for future stock
assessments. Furthermore, the revised measures affect quotas, retention limits, and authorized
species in commercial shark fisheries; affect authorized species in recreational shark fisheries;
modify time/area closures for commercial shark vessels deploying bottom longline gear; require
that all sharks be landed with all fins naturally attached; and modify regions, seasons, and shark
dealer reporting frequency in the commercial shark fishery.
The Shark Research Fishery 2022 regulations:
- Required 100% observer coverage.
- Allowed 2 sets: 1 150 hook feeler set with a soak time of 2 hrs.
1 300 hook main set with no soak time limitation.
- All dead non-prohibited shark species may be retained (unless the small coastal shark quota is
closed) if there is or is not any damage.
- Regional dusky shark bycatch cap (A set amount of dusky sharks to be taken dead before a
region goes under a 3 hour soak limit and closes after a set number of dusky shark interactions).
- Only allowed 500 hooks on board at a given time.
- Limit on number of trips per month.
- Observers given unrestricted sampling access.
- Trip weigh-outs must be provided to the Panama City Lab before the next fishing trip to satisfy
the quota monitoring requirements.
- Allowed 2nd 150 hook feeler set if Electric Monitoring system operational.
1.1.3. South Atlantic Reef Fish Fishery Background:
Observer coverage of the South Atlantic Vertical Line fishery was founded in 2014 under
the MARFIN (Marine Fisheries Initiative) Grant. This program was adopted from the Galveston
Vertical Line program that covered the Gulf of Mexico. In 2018, funding of this program was
continued by the ACCSP. In an effort to cover the entire vertical line fleet with Snapper/Grouper
permits in the Southeast, the Panama City observer program continues to receive funding to cover
the Vertical line fleet in the South Atlantic. The South Atlantic Vertical Line Fishery (VL) covered
vessels holding snapper-grouper permits, using handline or bandit reels, and fishing in the South
Atlantic from North Carolina to the Atlantic Side of the Florida Keys. In 2022, this target group
was expanded to cover all vessels that land catch using their Snapper- Grouper Permit regardless of
gear used.
In 2020 the program received a request from South Carolina Department of Resources
(SCDNR) to contract observers on selected fishing vessels to collect data and samples on lesser
known Snapper and Grouper species that live in deep waters in the South Atlantic. This project was
named South Atlantic Deepwater Longline Project (SADL) and focused on collecting age and
growth data from species in the deep Atlantic from North Carolina to Florida.
These programs are directed by the Southeast Fisheries Science Center, and will place
NMFS contract observers aboard U.S. South Atlantic vessels that currently hold Snapper/Grouper
permits regardless of type of gear being used. Vessel owners and operators are required to carry an
observer when requested. These boats will be notified as to their selection in writing by the Panama
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
City Lab staff and are required to respond by phone 2 working days prior to all departures during
the selection period or until a trip is observed.
1.1.4. Observer Program Objectives:
A. Provide trained observer personnel to meet coverage of U.S. commercial gillnet fleet,
the U.S. commercial shark longline fleet, the Shark Research Fleet, and
U.S. commercial South Atlantic Reef Fish Fleet.
B. Obtain gear characteristics, catch and bycatch information and document protected
species interactions within each fishery.
C. Provide biological samples for stock assessment and other research objectives.
D. Publish reports of fishery observations.
1.2. Field Instructions
A fishery observer joins a commercial fishing vessel and its crew for the duration of a fishing
trip. The observer’s primary responsibility is to: identify and record all animals caught during
fishing operations, take required measurements, apply tags, and collect biological samples.
Work begins when the gear is set out. Then there is usually a rest period while the gear soaks.
During this time the observer should work on: haul data, prepare sampling equipment and the
sampling area and/or take the opportunity to rest, eat, and sleep. Work continues when the gear is
hauled back and terminates when work-up of animals is completed and gear is stowed (generally
8-12 hrs. a day). Some vessels will make multiple sets and hauls during a 24 hour period.
The vessel will return to dock and the catch will either be offloaded at the fish house or onto a
truck. The observer remains in port until all allocated sea day/deployments are completed. Then
the observer is to complete and proof the trip data, arrange shipment of biological samples, and
obtain a copy of the weigh-out from the fish house to include with the trip data; if the weigh-out
is easily obtained, unless the trip was for the SRF. SRF weigh-outs are required. Data should be
photocopied before shipment. All data shipments will be sent UPS Next Day Air to the Panama
City lab staff. Shark biological samples will be sent in accordance to the Cooler guidelines,
section 10.1.1., via UPS Next Day Air to the Panama City lab staff. Teleost biological samples
will be sent in accordance to the Instructions for Teleost Buckets, section 10.2.3., via UPS
Ground to the Panama City lab staff.
DATA AND SAMPLES ARE SHIPPED SEPARATELY.
Trip data is proofed for errors, and then coordinators will contact the observer by phone to
arrange a time for a debriefing. During debriefing, observers are provided feedback on their data
collection, data questions are resolved, and information is shared. The observer is responsible for
requesting that field supplies are replenished via Observer Supplies Request form (section 1.6).
YOUR TRIP IS NOT OVER UNTIL YOU COMPLETE A DEBRIEFING
WITH YOUR COORDINATOR.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
1.2.1. Observer Duties:
1. Complete a pre-trip safety check.
2. Observe all fishing gear set out and haul back, and record detailed gear characteristics.
3. Obtain identity, status, and disposition, length, weight, and gender (if applicable) on all
species that interact with the fishing gears.
4. Collect detailed accounts of interactions with protected species.
5. Collect biological samples from the catch.
6. Tag and release sharks, fish and protected resources.
7. Take at least 5 photographs per trip.
8. Obtain a copy of the trip weigh-out when required or if possible.
Due to liability and safety considerations, observers will not participate as deckhands during
the fishing operations or stand watch. Observers are encouraged to assist in cleanup duties and
lend a hand once operations are secured. Observers will abide by routines aboard the vessel and
adopt the habits of crew in use of living space, preparation and consumption of meals, storage of
personal gear, personal hygiene and chores.
1.2.2. Data Sheets and Data Collection
All data collection is completed on plain paper or water-proof paper data sheets in pencil.
Someobservers prefer to use a waterproof deck book and transcribe the data on land or the
vessel cabin. As technology progresses data may be collected in electronic form. Data sheets
and deckbooks are provided. The paperwork is broken down as follows:
1. SGOP Data Forms: Details can be found in the SGOP Manual and Datasheets
sections, Sections 4 and 5.
2. SBLOP Data Forms: Details can be found in the SBLOP Manual and
Datasheets sections, Sections 6 and 7.
3. SARF Data Forms: Details can be found in the SARF Manual and Datasheets
sections, Sections 8 and 9.
4. Other Forms: There is a Pre-Trip Safety form (section 3.5.2.), Sampling form (Section
9.4.) as well as several other forms that an observer is required to complete. Further
details can be found later in this manual.
5. Incidental Take Forms: When a marine mammal, turtle, sawfish, sturgeon or seabird is
involved with the fishing gear it is referred to as an Incidental Take or a Protected
Species/Resources Interaction (Section 10). All incidental takes are recorded on both
the animal log and appropriate incidental take forms.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
There are three types of forms used to document Incidental Take:
i.
Marine Mammal Incidental Take Log (Section 10.3. and 10.7.)
ii. Sea Turtle Life History Form (Section 10.8.35. and 10.8.36.)
iii. Protected Resources Form (10.9.)
6. Waterproof Notebook: The field/notebook should be used to document events or
actions that occur during a single deployment and backup data information. The
field/notebook is an important data element. Copies of the field/notebook should be
included with that trip’s data. After that, once the field/notebook is full and all trips have
been debriefed, the trips contained in the field/notebook will be written on the cover and
the field/notebook will be sent into the coordinators. The field/notebook can be used for
multiple trips. Types of observations include: daily weather and position entries recorded
at the same time each day, changes in the gear configuration, travel records, and/or any
comments/questions about procedures that may improve data collection. Include set and
haulback times and positions and a daily catch summary. Maintain a photo log,
radio/cellphone communications and boat or marine mammal sightings.
1.2.3. Field Identification
Identification of species in the field is a skill that can be grounded in the laboratory and study,
but it is refined in the field. An observer cannot be faulted for being unable to identify a species,
so long as the unknown species is well documented with photographs and descriptions.
Reference materials provided to the observer to assist in making accurate identifications of
species include:
Guide to Sharks, Tunas & Billfishes of the U.S. Atlantic & Gulf of Mexico
Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises
A Field Guide to Coastal Fishes from Maine to Texas
Beached Birds
Photos are used for species identification but photos of the boat, gear and fishing operations are
necessary as well. It is good courtesy to request permission from the Captain first. However, an
observer is required to photograph interactions with protected resources and may need to
photograph other species also. If the Captain is unhappy with photography, only take
photographs when it is absolutely necessary. Photos are to be turned over to the observer
coordinator after a trip by uploading to the appropriate google drive folder.
All photographs, video and other forms of data that is collected during a deployment are
property of NMFS.
During your debriefing, your coordinator can confirm reception of the photographs from the trip
and all photos should be deleted from the observer’s camera and personal computer. Under no
circumstances, should an observer post digital data from deployments online (on social
networks, email, or etc.) without prior authorization from a coordinator.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
All observers MUST take clear, full-profile pictures of every new species that is caught,minimum
of 3 different specimens per species, to the best of their ability. Observers are required to take at
least 5 photographs per trip.
INEXPERIENCED OBSERVERS MUST PHOTOGRAPH EVERY SPECIES
ENCOUNTERED UNTIL INSTRUCTED OTHERWISE.
Species identification abilities are evaluated through photograph review and quarterly species ID
tests for both teleost and elasmobranch. Panama City Observer Program’s Policy for Species
Identification Proficiency is as follows:
Correct species identification is imperative to an observer’s data collection efforts and the
scientific analysis which flows from the data. An essential qualification of the observer position
is: “Proficient in the use of fish, invertebrate and protected species identification books and
keys”. It is also expected that an observer will submit high-quality data, which includes accurate
species identification. Inaccurate species recording can have negative effects on fisheries
management processes that rely on observer data. In certain instances when a specimen cannot
be identified to species level, recording at the next highest taxonomic level is acceptable, and
observers should prioritize taking multiple photographs and/or fin clips for genetics verification
(Elasmobranchs).
This policy is written for observers who have scored less than an 85% on any species
identification test, and for those who have scored a 3 or lower on the “Data - Species ID,
Measurements and Photographs” section of the observer debrief form on two or more
deployments within a 90 day period. Once either of these situations has occurred, the observer
will be put into a “Probationary Status” with the coordinators.
After an observer enters Probationary Status, a coordinator will schedule a one-on-one ID review
session, either in person or using Google Hangouts, prior to the next deployment. The session
will consist of reviewing the ID test(s) and/or misidentified animals, proper use of dichotomous
keys, and other ID references available, as needed. As always, the observer may request
additional assistance at any time outside of the required review session.
In cases where the observer is deployed to a vessel that is planning on doing back-to-back trips
(i.e. shark research fishery, vertical line or gillnet day trips), an observer in Probationary Status is
required to do the following:
1) Take clear, full-profile pictures of every species that is caught, minimum of 3 different
specimens per species (if encountered), to the best of their ability.
a. Additional close-up photographs of identifying characteristics, such as dorsal
spines, gill rakers, fin placement, etc. are strongly preferred.
2) Take fin clips of all elasmobranchs as required on the Samples Requested sheet.
3) Submit labeled ID pictures to coordinators via Google Drive upon return to the hotel.
4) Wait for approval from a coordinator to leave on the next trip.
a. Coordinators will be on call and will review photos outside normal office hours.
b. The coordinators will review the pictures for obvious misidentifications upon
receipt and contact the observer with feedback.
c. A complete review will be conducted at debrief.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
For all other deployments, an observer in Probationary Status will be required to:
1) Take clear, full-profile pictures with issued cameras of every species that is caught,
minimum of 3 different specimens per species (if encountered), to the best of their ability.
a. Additional close-up photographs of identifying characteristics, such as dorsal
spines, gill rakers, fin placement, etc., are strongly preferred.
2) Take fin clips of all elasmobranchs as required on the Samples Requested sheet.
3) Submit labeled ID pictures to coordinators via Google Drive upon completion of
deployment.
4) Complete the debrief process before being assigned to the next trip.
In both cases, samples will still be required as outlined in the relevant sampling protocol, unless
directed otherwise by a coordinator.
If an observer in Probationary Status does not follow these steps, it could result in the observer
returning home before vessel coverage is complete, with the vessel assigned to the next available
observer.
An observer will not come out of Probationary Status until they have correctly identified 85% of
species on 3 consecutive deployments. The coordinators will notify the observer when their
Probationary Status is complete, at which time the observer can reduce the amount of pictures
taken. Pictures are still required as outlined in the samples requested document.
1.2.4. Measurements
Observers should obtain lengths for as much of the catch as possible. Actual straight line fork
length are required from 10 individuals per species caught PER PANEL in each set in ALL
gillnet trips; and a straight line fork length measurement in centimeters (cm) are required from
ALL CATCH in each haul in ALL Bottom Longline and Reef Fish trips. Length
measurements from most species will be taken as a straight line fork length measurement in
centimeters (cm) (Figures 1 & 2). There are some exceptions: Skates and rays should be
measured at their widest point, wing tip to wing tip (disc width; Figure 3); record the curved
lower jaw fork length of all billfish and swordfish (Figure 4). If unable to get a straight line
measurement, a curved measurement can be used, this includes the contour of the body, and is
the measuring tape stretched over the body. For those species of fish that do not have a forked
tail, a centerline length should be measured (Figure 5 b-d, f-h). Centerline (straight line) lengths
are taken without squeezing the tail but rather are measured along the midline of the fish from
the tip of the snout to the center of the end of the tail regardless of tail shape (ACCSP 2012).
Marine mammal, sawfish, sturgeon and seabird measurements should be straight line lengths.
Turtles should be measured with a curved notch to tip carapace length (Figure 6). If samples are
to be taken (vertebrae or otolith, and reproductive tract) then a straight line measurement from a
whole, uncut specimen MUST be taken.
DO NOT TRY TO PIECE ANIMALS TOGETHER THAT HAVE BEEN CUT.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
As a safety precaution, it is common practice for crew to cut through a live shark’s back bone,
just behind the head, as it is brought aboard. Once this “naping” or “kill cut” has occurred, the
observer cannot obtain a whole straight line measurement and therefore cannot retain further
samples for age and growth studies.
Figure 1. Shark measurement: Tip of snout to fork of tail (straight).
Figure 2. Tuna measurements: Tip of upper jaw to fork of tail (#1 straight).
Figure 3. Skates and rays: Disc width. (Illustration modified from ACCSP, 2012.
Figure 4. Swordfish measurements: Tip of lower jaw to fork of tail (#1 curved).
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
Figure 5. Different tail shapes. (Miller, 1976. Guide to the coastal marine fishes of California).
Figure 6. Turtle measurement: Notch to tip carapace length (curved).
Fork length should be estimated for all animals that are not brought on board (large dead
discards, live releases etc.), damaged animals (estimate original size – not the size of the chunk),
and those animals that are cut before a straight line measurement is taken. If bycatch species is
dead and manageable, an observer should request that it be brought on board to get an actual
measurement, biological sample and/or a better photo opportunity. Some observers find it easier
to make estimates to the nearest foot and convert into centimeters. 1 foot = 30 cm.
1.2.5. Hazardous Marine Life
Due to the measurement requirements, observers will often have to make a safety decision when
measuring live, potentially aggressive species. Inexperienced observers should avoid handling
live sharks FL >100cm. With assistance from a vessel’s crew, veteran observers should attempt
to obtain straight line measurements on larger, live sharks. As with many situations at sea, the
observer should use their best judgment. If the observer decides that an accurate measurement is
not possible, then the fork length should be estimated.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
Useful tips:
1. Small tiger sharks can bend around to bite their own tails. This is also true of small six
and sevengill sharks.
2. Spiny dogfish have two spines and will easily put a spine in your hand if you do not
secure head and tail at the same time.
3. Shark heads, once removed, will still have a bite reflex for some time.
1.2.6. Biological Sampling
All observers are required to collect biological samples; that may include shark vertebrae,
gonads, DNA fin clips, and stomachs to maintain our shark life history study or other special
sampling requests. Sampling should not be conducted unless proper equipment, training,
protocols, and permits have been provided. Small specimens (>90cm FL) can be saved whole.
On occasion, large whole specimens may be requested to be brought back to the dock. Once at
the dock, the specimen can be broken down for shipping. The observer will have to plan ahead
for disposal of the unused remains of the carcass (usually coordination with the vessel captain is
necessary). Whole and large specimens should only be shipped with the coordinators’
authorization. Refer to Section 10 for further information.
REVIEW BIOLOGICAL SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS EACH SEASON
FOR CURRENT SAMPLING PROTOCOLS AND SAMPLE REQUESTS.
Whole specimens or parts should be placed in multiple Ziploc bags and stored on ice or kept
frozen. An inner waterproof sample label and barcode will be included with all biological
samples collected. Use a pencil to fill out the waterproof labels. Each sample should be labeled
with the obs/trip ID, haul number, specimen number, species abbreviation, and tissue type (ex.
vertebrae, gonad) for each specimen sampled. One unique barcode number is to be used for all
samples taken from an individual animal. Barcodes are used to track samples and associated data
across multiple forms and databases. Barcodes aid in reducing labelling and transcription errors,
while increasing efficiency. Use barcodes on all samples taken, no matter the trip target, gear
type, or location. Instructions for Barcode use are in Section 10.3. Combine the smaller bags and
triple bag in larger plastic bags. Refer to Sections 10.1.1., and 10.2.3. for shipping protocol.
REVIEW SHIPPING PROTOCOL IN SAMPLING SECTION FOR PROPER SHIPPING
METHODS
1.2.7. Tagging
1. Tag Recaptures
For a tag recapture animal, special biological sampling is required. All tag recapture fish
are important. However, never sacrifice a live fish to recover a tag. If a tagged animal is
brought on board and will be kept, record the tag number, species, length, sex, location of
capture, and date. If it is a shark, a vertebrae, reproductive, stomach, and finclip sample is
imperative since the animal may have been marked for age and growth studies. If the
tagged animal will be released alive, place one of our tags alongside the previous tag and
report both numbers.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
2. Tag Deployment (Amendment)
If a healthy shark is captured and will be released, place a shark tag into the animal (as
demonstrated in training) and record the species, estimated length, sex, location of
release, and date on the data sheet. BE SURE TO RECORD THE TAG NUMBER
BEFORE RELEASE.
Special instructions for tag deployment will be provided with satellite tags (Section 10.1.7.).
1.2.8. Incidental Take
Interactions with fishing gear by protected species (marine mammals, turtles, sawfish, sturgeon
and seabirds) should not be confused with species sightings. Species Sightings may be seen near
the fishing gear. Dolphins will often steal fish from gillnets or longlines. Sighting notes should
be confined to the deck book or certain parts of the Haul logs.
Protected Species Interactions MUST be photographed to verify identification and gear
involvement (e.g. how hooked and/or how entangled). Any live protected species is to be
released from entrapment by the crew as quickly and with as little gear associated with the
animal as possible. The observer should request the captain to bring any comatose or dead
marine turtle encountered aboard, and follow procedures explained during the training sessions
(resuscitation, measurements, tagging, etc.). See the INCIDENTALS section (Section 11) of
themanual for datasheets, identification guides, and instructions. For any marine mammal and
especially for large whales, contact your observer coordinator first and immediately. Your
coordinator will then contact the Marine Mammal Emergency Stranding (ES) coordinator. The
ES coordinator will instruct the captain and crew on what procedures to follow, if possible. The
observer is to assist the crew in any way possible to accomplish the ES coordinator’s request.
Any live marine mammal is to be released from entrapment as quickly and with as little gear
associated with the animal as possible, with the exception of large whale mammals (right whale,
sperm whale, or humpback whale).
PHOTOS ARE A PRIORITY FOR ALL INCIDENTAL TAKE TO CONFIRM SPECIES
IDENTIFICATION AND GEAR INVOLVEMENT.
1.2.9. Vessel Boarding
It is not uncommon for a fishing vessel to be boarded by NOAA Enforcement, US Coast Guard
or State officials (in fact, it has happened more often in the Shark Research Fishery due to
sandbar shark being prohibited). The observer should wait until approached by the boarding
agent(s). This will likely happen after the vessel operator has spoken to the agent(s) and any
firearms aboard have been surrendered/secured. The observer should then identify her/himself,
using the letter provided from the program, if necessary. Observers will provide access to data
collected when requested by any NMFS, Coast Guard, or state official. In the event data is
provided to an official, the observer will contact the coordinator and document all materials
turned over to the officer.
PROVIDE COPIES OF DATA RATHER THAN ORIGINALS TO OFFICIALS
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
1.2.10. Vessel Coverage
These are the minimum requirements for completing a trip with a vessel. Things can change
based on fishermen’s habits and needs by the observer coordinators. The research fishery is not
listed here because of different requirements placed on vessels in this fishery.
Contact your coordinator before you leave from a vessel to make sure that coverage is
complete.
Gillnet- Three (3-6) fishing days.
Shark BLL- Three (3) fishing days with complete set and haul backs.
Vertical line reef fish- Six (6) fishing days.
1.3. Safety
Observers will carry a PFD and an immersion suit with attached signals (strobe, whistle,
signal mirror and EPIRB) during each deployment. In addition, observers are provided with an
individual first aid kit, paraffin wax for zipper maintenance, and a Personnel Marker Light
(PML) to attach to their rain jacket or Personal Flotation Device (PFD).
Observers will complete a Pre-Trip Safety Check form with the owner/operator or designated
crew member.
IT IS THE POLICY OF THIS PROGRAM THAT THE OBSERVER HAS THE RIGHT
TO REFUSE ANY TRIP FOR DOCUMENTED SAFETY OR HEALTH CONCERNS.
Documentation for trip-refusal must include a Pre-Trip Safety Check, and a written statement by
the observer. Observers will obey safe working practices aboard the vessel and avoid actions that
would expose themselves or the vessel crew to undue risk.
In an emergency situation at sea, the authority/responsibility remains with the captain. He should
contact the Coast Guard and they will determine the course of action. However, in any shipboard
emergency, the observer will contact the coordinator to report that you have an emergency and
update your status.
In order to increase program risk awareness and provide better training to all observers we are
asking observers to report all injuries as well as close calls to the coordinator during debriefing.
This information will not be vessel based, rather summarized by hazard type and/or injury type.
If medical treatment is required observers must also report to his/her employer for proper
documentation of the incident and to receive medical coverage. This should also be documented
in a field diary entry. Include the date, time, and details on type of injury, contributing factors
and treatment (e.g. slipped on back deck, hydraulic leak, bruised knee, applied ice day 1, no
further treatment required).
For further information, refer to the safety manual, Section 3.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Field instructions
1.4. Communications
Observers will fill out the appropriate forms that are provided by the contractor, and call or text
their coordinator as they leave from home, when they arrive in port,when they leave on their trip,
when they return from sea, when they leave port to return home, when they arrive home and
when data, samples, or other supplies are shipped.
IF YOU CAN’T REMEMBER IF YOU CONTACTED YOUR COORDINATOR, CALL
OR TEXT YOUR COORDINATOR
At sea, observers will make contact with their coordinator once a day by cell phone, InReach
Satellite Device, or radio to report their work status and ships’ position. The many trips
covered are short(<3 days), so offshore communication on day trips may only be necessary
should a problem arise. More information of Satellite Communication can be found in Section
1.9.
Communication is necessary for the following:
1) To provide a last known position for safety. This can be given in Lat/Lon or as a
geographic location.
2) Report work status (see status codes)
3) Confirm collection and or sampling protocol
4) Alert the lab to an emergency or request assistance
5) Report work hours, when necessary
6) Report a marine mammal incidental take
Please limit your use of vessel equipment and always conduct yourself professionally. Be aware
that anybody can be listening to your transmissions. References to catch should always be
relayed in species codes. During all cell phone and radio contacts, the lab will ask about your
working status. Please use one of the following codes to report your work status:
Code 1 = I’m OK, Work OK
Code 2 = I may not be OK, Work not OK
Code 3 = I’m not OK, Work not OK
In Code 1, no immediate action will be taken by the lab. Specific problems, if any will be
addressed during the debriefing.
*Daily check-ins required on multi day trips including location.*
Code 2 denotes a serious situation aboard the vessel. All events will need to be documented and
enforcement may be included in the debriefing process.
*Twice a day check-ins required including updates on situation and location.*
Code 3 denotes that an observer has suffered an assault or otherwise feels that they may be in
jeopardy. In this instance, steps will be taken to involve NOAA Enforcement and the United
States Coast Guard. An evacuation will be arranged or the vessel will be asked to return to port.
Communication will be maintained until the observer is off the vessel.
*Once an hour check-ins required with status updates, location, and information to relay
to OLE and USCG.*
Upon landing, observers will contact the office, discuss post trip details and determine if an
observer should remain on site for a debriefing.
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Staff contact:
OBS COORDINATOR – Alyssa Mathers
Field instructions
Office: 850-270-6014
Cell: 850-890-3853
Email: [email protected]
OBS COORDINATOR- Bradley Smith
Office: 850-270-7509
Cell: 850-381-1695
Email: [email protected]
ASST COORDINATOR – Samantha Faller
Office: 850-312-8933
Cell: 850-348-3176
Email: [email protected]
ASST COORDINATOR- Dana Jordan
Office: 850-270-8315
Cell: 850-866-5297
Email: [email protected]
OBS CHIEF – Scott Leach
Cell: 786-822-0509
Email: [email protected]
AIS TASK ORDER MANAGER- Jade Heidt
Cell: 774-392-3794
Email: [email protected]
1.5. Equipment Checklist
The observer will be provided with all field equipment necessary to meet the needs of the
project, including foul weather gear and boots. An equipment checklist (following) will be
signed by the observer upon checkout and then by the coordinator upon check in.
The following additional personal items are suggested:
Sunglasses
Sunscreen
Hat
Personal toiletries
Towel(s)
Deck shoes (close-toed, i.e. slippers, sneakers)
Candy, books, IPod etc.
Bedding (sleeping bag, pillow, bed sheet)
Clothing appropriate for weather conditions
Personal survival kit
Additionally, observers are responsible for quarterly gear checks, done via google forms (section
1.7.) to make sure all issued equipment is in proper working order. Observers are also
responsible for requesting refills on gear and paperwork via the supplies requested form section
(1.6.)
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
OBSERVER
Retired Observer Equipment Checklist
Observer
SAFETY SUPPLIES
SURVIVAL SUIT
DUFFEL BAG
SLEEPING MAT
DYE MARKER
EPIRB
PFD (HORSE COLLAR)
PFD (FANNY PACK) - optional
PFD REARMING KIT
PML
SAFETY KNIFE
SIGNAL MIRROR
STROBE (2)
WAX
WHISTLE (2)
INREACH
TURTLE/MAMMAL SUPPLIES
TURTLE BIOPSY KIT, DRY BAG:
BAND TAGS (50)
BAND APPLICATOR
IODINE WIPES (10)
PUNCHES (10)
PIT TAG SCANNER
PIT TAG APPLICATOR
PIT TAGS (10)
SPRAY PAINT (fluorescent)
DIVE SLATE
MAMMAL BIOPSY KIT, including:
LARGE ZIPLOCS (10)
SMALL ZIPLOCS (10)
SMALL SAMPLE ZIPLOCS (10)
LARGE BODY BAG (1)
LATEX/NON-LATEX GLOVES
WORK SLATE
ZIPTIES (10)
SAMPLE TAGS (25)
DIGITAL THERMOMETER
TAPE MEASURE (10FT)
Check Out
Number-
Check In
Number-
NumberNumberNumber-
NumberNumberNumber-
Number-
Number-
Check Out
NumberNumber-
--
Check In
NumberNumber-
--
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
GENERAL SUPPLIES
PELICAN CASE
BATTERIES (AA, AAA) (8 EA)
BASKETS (2)
BOOTS
CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM
CLIPBOARD
COUNTER (2)
DIGITAL CAMERA/MEMORY CARD
DIGITAL CAMERA CASE
FIELD GUIDE TO FISHING SAFETY
FIELD GUIDE TO COASTAL FISHES
FIELD GUIDE TO MARINE MAMMALS
FIELD GUIDE TO SHARKS
FIELD GUIDE TO BEACHED BIRDS
FIELD LOG (2)
FLASHLIGHT
FOUL WEATHER GEAR - Jacket
FOUL WEATHER GEAR - Pants
GLOVES (Atlas brand and orange, 2 pair)
GPS HANDHELD
KNIFE (pocket)
KNIFE (large serrated/small serrated/filet)
KNIFE (slime)
KNIFE SHARPENER
METER STICK (folded)
PENCILS - Mechanical (3)
PENCILS - Grease (2)
LITHIUM BATTERIES-STROBE (AA) (4)
3 IN 1 MULTI-PURPOSE OIL
RUBBER BANDS
SAMPLE LABELS (50)
SAFETY GLASSES
SCALES (10KG AND 50KG)
SCOTCH TAPE
SCREW DRIVER KIT
SHARPIE-FINE (2)
SHARPIE-ULTRA FINE (2)
TAGGER AND M-TAGS (25)
THERMOMETER (Water)
VIALS for fin clips (25)
ZIP-TIES
ZIPLOCS (gallon, 2 gallon, quart, XL)
Retired Observer Equipment Checklist
Check Out
Number-
Check In
Number-
Size-
Size-
CD# KIT #
CD#KIT #
SizeSizeSizeNumber-
SizeSizeSizeNumber-
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Retired Observer Equipment Checklist
OTOLITH AND GONAD SAMPLING KIT
Check Out
5-GALLON BUCKET
TACKLE BOX
NumberOTOLITH ENVELOPES (50)
QUART ZIPLOC BAGS (10)
GONAD LABELS (50)
GONAD HAUL LABELS (50)
10% BUFFERED FORMALIN VIALS (50)
CHISELS (MEDIUM, LARGE)
KNIFE (bait)
FORCEPS
GONAD SCALE
GAFF
FIRST AID KIT
Check Out
ALCOHOL WIPES (10)
ASPIRIN (10)
ADVIL (10)
BABY WIPES
BANDAGES
BENADRYL (10)
CPR FACE SHIELD
DRAMAMINE (10)
EARPLUGS (6)
FINGERNAIL BRUSH
GAUZE
HYDROCORTIZONE CREAM (10)
IODINE WIPES (10)
INSTANT COLD PACK
MEDICAL TAPE
PEPTO BISMAL (10)
STING RELIEF (10)
TRIPLE ANTIBIOTIC OINTMENT (10)
TYLENOL (10)
WARMING BLANKET
HIBICLENS
PURELL WIPES (10)
PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT KIT
Check Out
THERMOMETER (ELECTROIC)
ANTIBACTERIAL SOAP (4)
HAND SANATIZER (2)
FACE MASK (6 CLOTH)
LATEX/ NON-LATEX GLOVES
ANTIBACTERIAL WET WIPES
SURFACE WIPES
Check In
Number-
Check In
Check In
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Retired Observer Equipment Checklist
Upon signing the gear check off form, the gear issued to you is your responsibility. You will be responsible for
keeping this gear in a safe place and will be responsible for any lost items. Also any gear that is damaged by
neglect or improper usage will be your responsibility. Any lost or damaged gear needs to be reported to the lab
immediately. The staff will determine on a case-by-case basis whether the item was damaged due to
negligence or misuse. Some tips on gear maintenance are as follows,
1. Attempt to keep all items in a dry place and if they do get wet make sure to dry everything thoroughly.
Periodically inspect all containers for moisture.
2. Use extreme care with all electronic devices (satellite phone, camera, etc.) while deployed offshore,
these items do not tolerate abuse.
3. Use common sense when around the docks and keep an eye on gear at all times.
4. Always double check a vessel after a trip before departing for any items left onboard.
5. After a deployment all gear should be inspected and cleaned immediately upon return after the trip.
6. When employment ends it is your responsibility to return all items to the lab in a clean and timely
manner. If items are not clean when returned, you will be a charged a cleaning fee for those items.
Your signature below signifies that you have read and understand these standards and policies. Failure to comply
with these policies could result in monetary penalties.
Check Out:
Observer:
Coordinator:
Date:
Date:
Check In:
Observer:
Coordinator:
Date:
Date:
10-21
Equipment Checklist
Observer:
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
CHECK OUT
.
CHECK IN
Electronics
Digital Camera
CD#
CD#
EPIRB
#
#
GPS Handheld
CD#
CD#
Inreaches
CD#
CD#
Pit Tag Scanner
CD#
CD#
Tablet
CD#
CD#
Digital Camera- Memory Card
Expendable Supplies
3 in 1 Multi-Purpose Oil
Alcohol Wipes
Advil
Anti-Bacterial Wet Wipes
Aspirin
Baby Wipes
Bandages
Barcodes
Batteries AA
Batteries AAA
Batteries Lithium AA
Benadryl
CPR Face Shield
Dramamine
Earplugs
Fin clip vials lids- Shark
Fin clip vials- Shark
Fingernail Brush
Formalin Vials
Gauze
Gloves- Blue (SIZE)
Gloves- Orange (SIZE)
Hand Sanatizer
Hibiclens
06-2022
Page 1 of 5
Equipment Checklist
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Hydrocortisone Cream
Instant Cold Pack
Iodine Wipes
Large Body Bag (trash bags)
Latex Gloves (SIZE)
Medical Tape
MM Kit- Sample Tags
M-tags
Otolith Envelopes
Paper Clips
Pencils- Eraser Refill
Pencils- Grease
Pencils- Lead Refill
Pencils- Mechanical
Pepto Bismol
PFD- Rearming Kit
Pigmat
Puppy Pads
Purell Wipes
Rubber Bands
Safety Kit- Wax
Sample Tag- Shark
Sample Tag- Teleost Gonad
Sample Tag- Teleost Haul
Scotch Tape -Double
Scotch Tape -Reg
Sharpie- Fine
Sharpie- Ultra Fine
Shipping Boxes for Buckets
Sting Relief
Teleost Kit- Bleach wipes
Toe Tags
Triple Antibiotic Ointment
Turtle Kit- Band Tags
06-2022
Page 2 of 5
Equipment Checklist
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Turtle Kit- Biopsy Punches
Turtle Kit- Flagging Tape
Turtle Kit- NaCl Vials
Turtle Kit- Pit Tags
Turtle Kit- Spray Paint- Fluorescent
Tylenol
Warming Blanket
Write-in-the-Rain Notebooks/Field Log
Ziplocs- Dime
Ziplocs- Gallon
Ziplocs- Quart
Ziplocs- Two Gallon
Zipties- Large
Non-expendable Supplies
Baskets
Bucket (w/ Red Lids)
Bucket Topper (Teleost Sample Supplies Case)
Calipers
Digital Camera- Case
Duffel Bag
Hand Gafts
Knife (Filet)
Knife (Large Serrated)
Knife (Pocket)
Knife (Safety)
Knife (Slime)
Knife (Small bait)
Knife (Small Serrated)
Knife Sharpener (Plastic)
Knife Sharpener (Stone)
MM Kit- Digital Thermometer
MM Kit- Ruler Thing
MM Kit- Work Slate
M-Tag Hand Tagger
06-2022
Page 3 of 5
Equipment Checklist
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
M-tags Pole Tagger
Otolith Organizer
Pelican Case
PFD- Horse Collar
Ruler Boards
Safety Kit- Carbon Monoxide Alarm
Safety Kit- Mirror
Safety Kit- Strobe- Round Style
Safety Kit- Strobe- Square Style
Salter Scale- 10KG
Salter Scale- 50KG
Screwdriver Kit
Sleeping Mat
Survival Suit
#
#
Teleost Kit- Chisels
Teleost Kit- Forceps
Teleost Kit- Gonad Scales
Teleost Kit- Shears for teleost finclips
Turtle Kit- Band Applicator
Turtle Kit- Dive Slate
Turtle Kit- Pit Tag Applicator
Turtle Kit- Tape Measure- 5ft
Waterproof Bag- Pit Tag Scanner Bag
Waterproof Roll Bags- First Aid
Waterproof Roll Bags- Scales
Waterproof Roll Bags- Turtle Biopsy Kit/ MM Kit
Supplies
Clipboard
Counters
Field Guide To Beached Birds
Field Guide To Coastal Fishes
Field Guide To Fishing Safety
Field Guide To Marine Mammals
Field Guide To Sharks
06-2022
Page 4 of 5
Equipment Checklist
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Filling Folder
Flashlight
Flashlight- Headlamp
Foul Weather Gear- Boots
Foul Weather Gear- Jacket
Foul Weather Gear- Pants
Meter Stick (Folded)
M-Tag Hand Tagger Tip
M-tags Pole Tagger Sat Tag Tip
M-tags Pole Tagger Tip
Safety Glasses (Clear/UV Protection)
Safety Kit- Dye Marker
Safety Kit- PML Signal
Safety Kit- Whistle
Salter Scale Hooks/Carabiners
Tape Measure- 10ft
Thermometer (Water Temperature/Glass)
Upon signing the gear check off form, the gear issued to you is your responsibility. You will be responsible for keeping this
gear in a safe place and will be responsible for any lost items. Also any gear that is damaged by neglect or improper usage will
be your responsibility. Any lost or damaged gear needs to be reported to the lab immediately. The staff will determine on a
case-by-case basis whether the item was damaged due to negligence or misuse. Some tips on gear maintenance are as
follows,
1. Attempt to keep all items in a dry place and if they do get wet make sure to dry everything thoroughly. Periodically inspect all
containers for moisture.
2. Use extreme care with all electronic devices (satellite phone, camera, etc.) while deployed offshore, these items do not
tolerate abuse.
3. Use common sense when around the docks and keep an eye on gear at all times.
4. Always double check a vessel after a trip before departing for any items left onboard.
5. After a deployment all gear should be inspected and cleaned immediately upon return after the trip.
6. When employment ends it is your responsibility to return all items to the lab in a clean and timely manner. If items are not
clean when returned, you will be a charged a cleaning fee for those items.
Your signature below signifies that you have read and understand these standards and policies. Failure to comply with these
policies could result in monetary penalties.
Check Out:
Observer:
.
Date:
.
Coordinator:
.
Date:
.
Observer:
.
Date:
.
Coordinator:
.
Date:
.
Check In:
06-2022
Page 5 of 5
Name:
Item
Barcodes
Write-in-the-rain Notebook
Gonad Vials (Formalin Vials)
Otolith Envelopes
Sample Tags-Gonad
Sample Tags-Haul
Toe Tags
Zipties- Small
Sample Tags-Shark
Shark Fin Clips Vials
Tags- M-tags
Trash/Body Bag- Large
Iodine Wipes for Turtle Kit
Sample Tags-MM Kit
Turtle Kit- Band Tags
Turtle Kit- Biopsy Punches
Turtle Kit- Flagging Tape
Turtle Kit- NaCl Vials
Turtle Kit- Pit Tags
Turtle Kit- Spray Paint- Fluorescent
PW-BLL and VL Trip Summary
PW-BLL Gear Log
PW-BLL Haul Log
PW-Buoy Fishing Gear Log
PW-Buoy Fishing Haul Log
PW-Buoy Fishing Animal Log
PW-Gillnet Catch Log
PW-Gillnet Gear Log
PW-Gillnet Haul Log
PW-Gillnet Sample Log
PW-Gillnet Trip Summary
PW-Marine Mammal Bio Sample Log
PW-Marine Mammal Inc Take Log
PW-Marpol Violation Form
PW-OLE Violation Form
PW-Protected Resorces Capture Report
PW-Safety
p Check (specify paper
( p type)
y
paper type)
PW-Shark Animal Log
PW-Spearfishing Gear Log
PW-Spearfishing Haul Log
PW-Spearfishing Animal Log
PW-Teleost Animal Log
PW-Turtle Life History Form
Observer Supplies Request
Date:
Need (Check mark/size)
Amount Have
Fulfilled
PW-Vessel Reminbursment Form
PW-VL Gear Log
PW-VL Haul Log
3 in 1 Multi-Purpose Oil
Batteries AA
Batteries AAA
(
Lights)
Gloves- Blue (Specify Size)
Gloves- Disposible/Latex (Specify Size)
Gloves- Orange (Specify Size)
Paper Clips
Pencils- Eraser Refill
Pencils- Grease
Pencils- Lead Refill
Pencils- Mechanical
Rubber Bands
p ( p
y
g
Sided)
Sharpie- Fine
Sharpie- Ultra Fine
Ziplocs- 2 Gallon
Ziplocs- Gallon
Ziplocs- Quart
Ziplocs-Dime Bags (Fin Clip Bags)
Zipties- large
Zipper Wax
Advil
Alcohol Wipes
Antibacterial Hand Wipes (Wet Wipes)
Aspirin
Baby Wipes
Bandages
Benadryl
Cpr Face Shield
Dramamine
Earplugs
Fingernail Brush
Gauze
Hand Sanitizer
Hibiclens
Hydrocortizone Cream
Instant Cold Pack
Iodine Wipes
Medical Tape
Pepto Bismal
Sting Relief
Surface Wipes
Triple Antibiotic Ointment
Tylenol
Warming Blanket
Other
10/21/21
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
SEFOP- Panama City
The respondent's email (null) was recorded on submission of this form.
* Required
1.
Email *
2.
Today's Date *
Example: January 7, 2019
3.
Survival suit # (record number on inside of suit): *
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1dtiid8AOXtW7c7M8clEbdtpO7qBsGegFFg0ClZPuIVE/edit
1/8
10/21/21
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
4.
Overall survival suit inspection (seams, tape, air bladder/hose, repacked with alternate
folds)? *
Mark only one oval.
1
2
3
4
5
Needs Replacement
5.
Like New
If survival suit condition is scored as 3 or less, explain:
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1dtiid8AOXtW7c7M8clEbdtpO7qBsGegFFg0ClZPuIVE/edit
2/8
10/21/21
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
6.
Zipper waxed? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
7.
Strobe/batteries checked? In working order? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
8.
PML expiration date: *
Example: January 7, 2019
9.
Mirror & whistle checked? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
10.
EPIRB registration #: *
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1dtiid8AOXtW7c7M8clEbdtpO7qBsGegFFg0ClZPuIVE/edit
3/8
10/21/21
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
11.
EPIRB tested monthly and in working order? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
12.
EPIRB decal expiration: *
Example: January 7, 2019
13.
EPIRB battery expiration: *
Example: January 7, 2019
14.
PFD Lot #: *
15.
PFD hydro expiration date: *
Example: January 7, 2019
16.
PFD rearming kit expiration date: *
Example: January 7, 2019
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1dtiid8AOXtW7c7M8clEbdtpO7qBsGegFFg0ClZPuIVE/edit
4/8
10/21/21
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
17.
Overall PFD Inspection: *
Mark only one oval.
1
2
3
4
Needs Replacement
18.
If PFD condition is scored as 3 or less, explain:
19.
Pit tag scanner serial #: *
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1dtiid8AOXtW7c7M8clEbdtpO7qBsGegFFg0ClZPuIVE/edit
5
Like New
5/8
10/21/21
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
20.
Pit tag scanner in working order? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
21.
First Aid items all in date? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
Other:
22.
Other first aid items fully stocked, clean, and dry? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
Other:
23.
Hibiclens/Hibistat/Purell in date and fully stocked? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
Other:
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1dtiid8AOXtW7c7M8clEbdtpO7qBsGegFFg0ClZPuIVE/edit
6/8
10/21/21
Quarterly Observer Gear Inspection
24.
Filled out a supplies request form this quarter? *
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
Other:
25.
Submitted a photo of CD Number and Serial Number of both Camera and InReach?
Mark only one oval.
Yes
No
Other:
26.
Notes, other items needing attention, additional comments:
27.
Verify Electronic Signature *
This content is neither created nor endorsed by Google.
Forms
https://docs.google.com/forms/d/1dtiid8AOXtW7c7M8clEbdtpO7qBsGegFFg0ClZPuIVE/edit
7/8
OMB Control No. 0648-0593
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Expiration Date: 01/31/2024
Observer Trip ID ____________ (Office Only)
Fisherman Feedback Form
The information on this form will be used by the NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer
Programs to evaluate how well the observers are performing their duties and to serve as a
line of communication between the fishermen and the Observer Program.
Observers are asked to leave a copy of this comment card with the vessel after the
completion of a trip. Please fill out this form after each trip that you have been covered
by an observer from the Panama City Observer Program. This form can be filled out by
the captain or owner of the vessel.
Please provide us with some feedback or request more information about the observer
program by calling, emailing, or sending this form back to:
Alyssa Mathers, Observer Coordinator
NOAA Fisheries
3500 Delwood Beach Rd
Panama City, FL 32408-7403
Phone: (850) 234-6541 ext. 226; Fax: (850) 235-3559
[email protected]
Help develop a program that will work better for you. We appreciate your feedback.
Thank you,
Alyssa Mathers, Observer Coordinator, Panama City Observer Programs
Vessel Name __________________ Captain or Owner Name ____________________
Landing Date (mm/dd/yy) ________________ Port
(City, State)
________________________
Please check the Yes or No box for each question:
1) Where the logistics in setting up the trip acceptable?
2) Was the observer on time and prepared for the trip?
3) Did the observer review the safety checklist with you?
4) Was the observer courteous and polite and get along with the crew?
5) Did the observer record the positions (lat/lon) for all the hauls?
6) Did the observer explain their sampling requirements and protocols?
7) Did the observer take length measurements of fish caught?
8) Did the observer take catch information from the work deck?
9) Did the observer identify fish species correctly?
1
Yes
No
12-2021
OMB Control No. 0648-0593
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Expiration Date: 01/31/2024
Observer Trip ID ____________ (Office Only)
10) Did you have any other concerns regarding the observer or observing procedures, or
safety issues during the trip?
If yes, please explain in comments below:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Would you like more information from the observer program?
Copy of this trips logs
Vessel Reimbursement Form with Instructions
More information about observers and observer programs
Copy of current fishing regulations
List of Coast Guard vessel inspectors by area
Copy of current selection letter
If you requested information above, please indicate your preferred method of delivery
and leave the appropriate contact information:
Phone _______________________________________________________________
Fax _________________________________________________________________
Email _______________________________________________________________
Mail ________________________________________________________________
To verify that this form was filled out by the appropriate captain/owner, please sign the
line below.
Captain or Owner Signature: ________________________________________________
2
12-2021
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Satellite Phones
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INREACH PHONE USE
Every observer will be issued an InReach Satellite phone. It is the responsibility of the
observer to take care of and know how to use the InReach.
Enclosed in case:
InReach Satellite Phone
Wall Charger and Cord
Quick Start Guide
Mounting Bracket
Float Strap
Instructions:
How to turn on phone:
1) Press and hold the power button on the top.
2) Place/Hold device in open area with a clear view of the sky.
3) Wait for signal.
How to communicate/pair with mobile device:
1)
Download App “Earthmate”
2)
Turn on mobile devices Bluetooth
3)
Turn on InReach Bluetooth; Setup>Bluetooth>pair device.
4)
Follow in App instructions.
How to initiate SOS
1)
Lift protective cover on right side of device.
2)
Hold SOS button.
3)
Wait for SOS count down.
4)
Reply to the confirmation message that EmergencyService needed.
5)
To Cancel, Hold SOS button.
6)
Select Yes, when prompted.
Rules:
1) Use InReach sparingly, but text coordinators once a day with no
exceptions.
2) Turn on and check messages once a day around mid-day or before
1700. Otherwise, keep the phone off.
3) Personal usage within reason is allowed (10 texts per 5 seadays). We
will monitor minutes.*Be aware that coordinators can see all messages
sent and received*
4) DO NOT lose, damage or drop in saltwater. The phones are expensive
and you will be liable for replacement.
5) Abuse of the rules stated will result in loss of InReach personal phone
privileges.
10-21
1.10. Beaufort Wind Force Scale
The Beaufort wind force scale was created by Rear-Admiral, Sir Francis Beaufort, around 1805
when he was a captain in the Royal Navy. The scale was designed to gauge wind speed using
observations of the winds effects on a sailing ship and other objects when one was without the
benefit of expensive equipment.
04-21
Reporting Protocol for NMFS Southeast Observer
Programs to
NOAA Office of Law Enforcement
June 2021
1
Table of Contents
Level of Severity .................................................................................................................. 3
Categories ........................................................................................................................... 3
Reporting ............................................................................................................................ 4
Documentation .................................................................................................................... 5
Appendix A. NOAA Office of Law Enforcement Reporting Protocol for Observer Emergency
Incidents.............................................................................................................................. 6
Appendix B. Table Guides for Individual Observer Program Violations ................................ 7
Miami Observer Program................................................................................................. 7
Galveston Observer Program ........................................................................................... 8
Panama City Observer Program ....................................................................................... 9
Appendix C. Southeast Observer Incident Report ............................................................... 10
Appendix D. Marine Pollution (MARPOL) Incident Report ................................................ 12
2
The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Southeast Observer Programs and National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Office of Law Enforcement (OLE) Southeast
Enforcement Division (SED) established guidelines for referrals of potential violations observed
during the course of their assignments. All potential violations are to be documented and the
records maintained by the NMFS Southeast Observer Programs. The information provided may
be used to initiate further investigations. The following protocol is a modification from
Guidance for Referral of Potential Observer Violations to NOAA OLE Southeast Division, 2013.
All potential observed violations are to be documented utilizing a NMFS Southeast Observer
Incident Report and forwarded to NOAA OLE SED for review. Potential violations are defined
by severity and summarized into eight (8) overall categories and three (3) severity levels defined
below.
Level of Severity
Potential violations are to be designated, dependent upon the circumstances, within the following
three (3) levels of severity:
• High - An issue of significant importance requiring a NOAA OLE review to determine
an appropriate enforcement response.
• Medium - An issue of moderate importance which NOAA OLE may review to
determine an appropriate enforcement response.
• Low - An issue where an appropriate resolution may be achieved through
outreach, and/or voluntary compliance. NOAA OLE may review low level
violations which occur on a repeated basis to determine an appropriate enforcement
response.
Categories
Examples are provided for each category for reference, however this should not be considered an
exhaustive list.
1. Observer Emergency/Personal Safety - Any and all incidents involving assault,
harassment, intimidation, obstruction, or threats; REPORTED IMMEDIATELY
2. Observer Environment Safety Conditions - Grounding of a vessel or unsafe vessel
conditions;
3. Observer Coverage - Observer Program Staff will report compliance;
4. Gear Issues - Use of illegal hooks, or TED/BRD requirements;
5. Species Handling - Shark finning;
6. Species Retention - Prohibited species or possession during closed seasons;
7. Spatial Violations - Fishing in a closed area;
8. MARPOL - Oil discharge or trash dumping.
3
Reporting
Southeast Observers will be required to record any potential violations by completing the Southeast
Fisheries Observer Incident Report. The information will be entered into a shared Google Drive violation
spreadsheet viewable by Observer Program and NOAA OLE staff. All related Observer Personal
Safety Emergencies are to be reported to the designated NOAA OLE Special Agent immediately,
per the following instructions in Appendix A.
Non-emergency incidents are to be recorded in the shared violation spreadsheet. The Southeast
Observer Incident Report will be reviewed by the designated Southeast Observer Program staff during
the required debriefing and the assigned designee will assess the level of violation.
An incident report should be completed for each observed trip. Observer personnel are expected to
document all potential violations at the time of the occurrence. If an observer is unsure if a violation has
occurred, they should report the action and the Observer Program Staff will consult with NOAA OLE
SED or the USCG as applicable to determine if a violation has occurred. Upon review of the report, if
violations are determined to have occurred however were not identified as such, a supplemental report
will be requested.
The Southeast Observer Incident Report will be reviewed by the designated Southeast
Observer Program staff during the required debriefing and the assigned designee will assess
the level of violation and follow the guidelines listed.
If the violation is determined to be within the framework for a high and/or medium level
non-emergency violations:
-
Observer program staff will enter the appropriate information into the shared reporting
violation spreadsheet. For all sensitive information and PII, only the general category
should be entered.
Observer program staff will upload the incident reports into the secure shared drive and
notify NOAA OLE SED that the file(s) have been placed under the appropriate folder
within one (1) week after the debriefing has been completed.
The original incident report should be shipped via trackable mail (UPS/FedEX, USPS), to the
designated NOAA OLE liaison, as the reports are processed within the observer offices.
Mailing Address:
NOAA Office of Law Enforcement
Southeast Enforcement Division
263 13th Ave South, Suite 109
St. Petersburg, FL 33701
ATTN: Matt Walia
If the violation is determined to be within the framework for a low level violation, the
designated Southeast Observer Program staff will maintain the appropriate documentation
within their offices. Upon reporting low level violations into the shared violation
spreadsheet, NOAA OLE SED will evaluate multiple entries for the same vessel/individual
on a case by case basis and elevate the violation level accordingly.
4
Documentation
The information contained in the Observer Incident Report should be clearly documented.
At a minimum, the incident report should include the names of all individuals involved; the
date, time and location the incident occurred; the potential violation; and all pertinent
information as to the circumstances surrounding the events. The documentation of potential
violations should be conducted in a manner to ensure the safety of the observer at all times.
For potential fisheries violations, additional supporting documentation should be maintained
at the Southeast Observer Program. If an Incident Report is forwarded to NOAA OLE for
review, additional supporting documents will be requested by NOAA OLE as needed.
When providing a written statement for potential violations, the reports will be:
- Completed in ink, signed and dated by the individual;
- Any changes made to the document must be initialed by the individual;
- A diagonal line should be drawn across any remaining blank lines and initialed by the
individual;
- Incident Report must be filled out completely including the vessel and trip information.
5
Appendix A. NOAA Office of Law Enforcement Reporting Protocol
for Observer Emergency Incidents
Upon notification of any situation involving the potential assault, harassment, and/or immediate
safety issue to an observer, the observer and/or program staff must immediately contact NOAA
OLE using the following protocol without delay.
Be prepared to provide the following information:
- Name and contact information for the Observer;
- Name, documentation number of the vessel assigned;
- Name and contact information of the captain and/or owner of the vessel;
- A brief description of the current situation;
- Current and last known vessel position if available;
- Observer‘s last contact with the program and the next expected contact details.
1) Contact Special Agent (SA) Kelly Kalamas at (727) 423-5797 regardless of the time of
day. If no response is received within 15 minutes contact Assistant Special Agent-inCharge (ASAC).
2) Contact ASAC John O’Malley at (305) 801-7992. If no response is received within 15
minutes contact Deputy Special Agent-in-Charge (DSAC)
3) Contact DSAC Logan Gregory at (978) 290-9424. If no response is received within 15
minutes contact Compliance Liaison (CL).
4) Contact CL Matt Walia at (321) 693-3157.
Once the situation has been relayed to one of the above NOAA OLE contacts, a follow-up email
should be completed by the reporting program within 24 hours of the incident to
[email protected]; [email protected], [email protected],
[email protected]
6
Appendix B. Table Guides for Individual Observer Program Violations
Miami Observer Program
VIOLATION TYPE
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
HANDLING
HANDLING
HANDLING
HANDLING
HANDLING
HANDLING
HANDLING
MARPOL
OBSERVER COVERAGE
OBSERVER
EMERGENCY
OBSERVER
EMERGENCY
OBSERVER
EMERGENCY
OBSERVER SAFETY
RETENTION
RETENTION
RETENTION
RETENTION
RETENTION
RETENTION
SPATIAL
7
PELAGIC OBSERVER PROGRAM
VIOLATION
Deploy a mainline with a length greater than
20 nautical miles in the MAB
Illegal hook use (size, offset, style, material)
Gangions less than 110% of dropline length
Failure to possess Turtle Mitigation Gear
Marking of all floats with vessel name and number
Use of a secondary gear (e.g. harpoon) to capture
a free- swimming species)
Cut finfish bait
Required handling placards (sea turtle,
marine mammal, etc.) not posted as required
Use of live bait in the Gulf of Mexico
Remove a billfish from the water for dehooking
Harassing marine mammals, turtles, seabirds
Attempting to purposefully injure marine
mammals, and sea turtles
Shark finning and shark fins not naturally attached
Tails cut off tuna
Transferring HMS to another vessel at sea
Release of non-retained sharks with greater than 3ft
gangion remaining
Operational and/or accidental pollution from ships
Failure to take an observer when selected
VIOLATION SEVERITY
LOW
MEDIUM
LOW
LOW
LOW
MEDIUM
MEDIUM
LOW
MEDIUM
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
MEDIUM
LOW
HIGH
LOW
LOW
HIGH
Assault, Threaten or Intimidate an observer
HIGH
Harassment of an observer
HIGH
Interference with an observer
Observer Environment - Safety Conditions
Retain regulated catch under the size limit
Retain regulated catch in an amount greater
than allowed
Non-retention of legal-sized bluefin tuna, dead
at haul-back
Retain regulated catch during a closed season
Retain a prohibited species
Retain fillets/consume HMS at sea
Fish in a closed area
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH
HIGH
MEDIUM
HIGH
Galveston Observer Program
GALVESTON REEF FISH and SHRIMP PROGRAMS
VIOLATION TYPE
VIOLATION SEVERITY
GEAR
VIOLATION
Required fishing gear (non-stainless steel
circle hooks)
GEAR
BRD requirements
HIGH
GEAR
TED violations (angles, openings, etc.)
HIGH
GEAR
The use of finfish or reef fish as bait
Use of illegal gear (reef fish longline,
buoy gear, fish traps)
MEDIUM
LOW
OBSERVER EMERGENCY
Failure to possess Turtle Mitigation Gear
Marking of all floats with vessel name
and number
Harassing marine mammals, turtles,
seabirds
Attempting to purposefully injure marine
mammals, turtles, seabirds
Operational and/or accidental pollution
from ships
Failure to take an observer when
selected
Assault, Threaten or Intimidate an
observer
OBSERVER EMERGENCY
Harassment of an observer
HIGH
OBSERVER EMERGENCY
HIGH
RETENTION
Interference with an observer
Observer Environment - Safety
Conditions
Retain regulated catch in an amount
greater than allowed
Retain regulated catch in an amount
greater than allowed
Retain regulated catch during a closed
season
RETENTION
Retain a prohibited species
HIGH
RETENTION
Retain fillets/consume at sea
MEDIUM
SPATIAL
Fish in a closed area
HIGH
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
HANDLING
HANDLING
MARPOL
OBSERVER COVERAGE
OBSERVER SAFETY
RETENTION
RETENTION
8
MEDIUM
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
HIGH
Panama City Observer Program
PANAMA CITY SHARK BOTTOM LONGLINE, VERTICAL LINE and GILLNET PROGRAMS
VIOLATION TYPE
VIOLATION SEVERITY
GEAR
VIOLATION
Required fishing gear (non-stainless steel
circle hooks, too many hooks
GEAR
Gillnet set requirements
LOW
GEAR
Gillnet measurement requirements
MEDIUM
GEAR
HMS species (shark) used as bait
Use of illegal gear (reef fish longline,
buoy gear, fish traps)
MEDIUM
LOW
OBSERVER EMERGENCY
Failure to possess Turtle Mitigation Gear
Marking of all floats with vessel name
and number
Harassing marine mammals, turtles,
seabirds
Attempting to purposefully injure marine
mammals, turtles, seabirds
Shark finning and shark fins not naturally
attached
Proper handling of bycatch and discarded
animals
Operational and/or accidental pollution
from ships
Failure to take an observer when
selected
Assault, Threaten or Intimidate an
observer
OBSERVER EMERGENCY
Harassment of an observer
HIGH
OBSERVER EMERGENCY
HIGH
RETENTION
Interference with an observer
Observer Environment - Safety
Conditions
Retain regulated catch under the size
limit
Retain regulated catch in an amount
greater than allowed
Retain regulated catch during a closed
season
RETENTION
Retain a prohibited species
HIGH
SPATIAL
Fish in a closed area
HIGH
GEAR
GEAR
GEAR
HANDLING
HANDLING
HANDLING
HANDLING
MARPOL
OBSERVER COVERAGE
OBSERVER SAFETY
RETENTION
RETENTION
9
MEDIUM
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
MEDIUM
LOW; (ESA/MMPA - High
Level)
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
HIGH
NOAA Office of Law Enforcement
Reporting Protocol for Observer Emergency Incidents
Upon notification of any situation involving the potential assault, harassment, and/or
immediate safety issue to an observer, the observer and/or program staff must
immediately contact NOAA OLE using the following protocol without delay.
Be prepared to provide the following information:
- Name and contact information for the Observer;
- Name, documentation number of the vessel assigned;
- Name and contact information of the captain and/or owner of the vessel;
- A brief description of the current situation;
- Current and last known vessel position if available;
- Observer‘s last contact with the program and the next expected contact details.
1) Contact Special Agent (SA) Kelly Kalamas at (727) 423-5797 regardless of the
time of day. If no response is received within 15 minutes contact Assistant
Special Agent in Charge (ASAC).
2) Contact ASAC John O’Malley at (305) 801-7992. If no response is received
within 15 minutes contact Assistant Director (AD)
3) Contact AD Manny Antonaras at (727) 423-0119. If no response is received
within 15 minutes contact Compliance Liaison (CL).
4) Contact CL Matt Walia at (321) 693-3157.
Once the situation has been relayed to one of the above NOAA OLE contacts, a followup email should be completed by the reporting program within 24 hours of the incident
to [email protected]; [email protected], [email protected],
[email protected].
OLE POINT OF CONTACTS
Don’t hesitate to contact us with questions/concerns
• Emergency: SA Kelly Kalamas
(C) 727-423-5797
(O) 727-824-5344
[email protected]
• Non-Emergency: CL Matt Walia
(C) 727-432-2009
(O) 727-824-5334
[email protected]
• OLE ENFORCEMENT HOTLINE (24/7, ANONYMOUS)
800-853-1964
U.S. Department of Commerce | National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration | NOAA Fisheries | Page 1
Southeast Fisheries Observer Incident Report
Trip Number:
_______________________
Vessel Name:
_______________________________
USCG Doc # or State #: ___________________ Port of Departure (City, State): ___________________
Observer: ____________________________
Did you witness any unsafe operations that you feel affected your safety or impeded your duties while
offshore? (Circle one) YES or NO. If YES, explain below and use additional sheets if needed.
Did you witness any fishery violations? (Circle one) YES or NO. If YES, explain below and use additional
sheets if needed.
I have read this statement consisting of ____ page(s) and have initialed all corrections. I fully
understand its entire contents and declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States
of America that the foregoing is true and correct.
____________________________________
________________________________
Signature
Date
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Address and Phone
Page ____ of ____
Statement Continuation:
Observer Name
Initials: ______
Page ____ of ____
Southeast Fisheries Observer Marine Pollution (MARPOL) Incident Report
Trip Number:
_______________________
Vessel Name:
_______________________________
USCG Doc # or State #: ___________________ Port of Departure (City, State): ___________________
Observer: ____________________________
Did you witness any MARPOL violations? (Circle one) YES or NO. If YES, explain below and use
additional sheets if needed.
I have read this statement consisting of ____ page(s) and have initialed all corrections. I fully
understand its entire contents and declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States
of America that the foregoing is true and correct.
____________________________________
________________________________
Signature
Date
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Address and Phone
Page ____ of ____
Statement Continuation:
Observer Name
Initials: ______
Page ____ of ____
I.
QUICK REFERENCE: ATLANTIC SHARK REGULATIONS
AUTHORIZED SPECIES*5,6
Large Coastal Sharks (LCS)
Small Coastal Sharks (SCS)
Blacktip
Bull
Hammerhead, great**
Hammerhead, scalloped**
Hammerhead, smooth**
Lemon
Nurse
Sandbar***
Silky**
Spinner
Tiger
Atlantic sharpnose
Blacknose
Bonnethead
Finetooth
Pelagic Sharks
Blue
Common thresher
Oceanic whitetip**
Porbeagle
Shortfinmako
* For management purposes, these species are divided into regional management groups (section XII).
** These sharks may not be retained, transshipped, landed, stored, or sold by vessels with pelagic longline gear
onboard. Charter/headboat vessels cannot possess these sharks while in possession of tunas, swordfish, or
billfish.
*** Sandbar sharks can only be retained by vessels selected to participate in the shark research fishery, subject to
the retention limits established by NOAA Fisheries, and only when a NOAA Fisheries-approved observer is
onboard.
PROHIBITED SPECIES7,8
Atlantic angel
Basking
Bigeye sand tiger
Bigeyesixgill
Bigeye thresher
Bignose
Caribbean reef
Caribbean sharpnose
Dusky
Galapagos
Longfinmako
Narrowtooth
Night
Sand tiger
Sevengill
Sixgill
Smalltail
Whale
White
PERMITS9,10
To harvest Atlantic sharks, vessel owners must obtain a valid Atlantic shark Directed or Incidental
limited access permit. When the relevant retention limit allows, an open access HMS Commercial
Caribbean Small Boat permit may be used to harvest Atlantic sharks. The shark retention limit for this
permit is set at zero at this time.
NOAA Fisheries does not issue new commercial shark limited access permits. To enter the fishery,
fishermen must obtain a permit from a permit holder who is leaving the fishery. Limited access permits
may be transferred between vessels and are subject to upgrading restrictions. Prior to renewing or
obtaining a shark limited access permit, both the vessel owner and operator must become certified at a
Protected Species Safe Handling, Release and Identification Workshop if fishing with longline or gillnet
gear.
The HMS Commercial Caribbean Small Boat is open access and only valid in the U.S. Caribbean
Region11 (shark retention limit set at zero at this time). Contact the Southeast Regional Office at (727)
824-5326 for information on commercial shark permits.
Directed permit
Incidental permit
HMS Commercial
Caribbean Small
Boat permit
RETENTION LIMITS12
36 LCS per vessel per trip. No retention limits for pelagic or SCS.
3 LCS per vessel per trip. 16 pelagic or SCS (combined) per vessel per trip.
0 sharks per vessel per trip.
7
Longline**
Handgear
Gillnet
HMS Commercial
Caribbean Small
Boat permit
AUTHORIZED GEARS13
Bottom or pelagic***
Rod and reel, handline, and bandit gear
A gillnet cannot be longer than 2.5 km, must be attached to the vessel at one end
while fishing (except during net checks), and is subject to additional restrictions
in place in the Southeast Restricted Areas (North and South) between November
15 and April 15 every year per the Atlantic Large Whale Take Reduction Plan
(ALWTRP) regulations.14 Gillnet checks must be conducted at least every 2
hours.
Rod and reel, handline, and bandit gear.
** All commercial longline vessels must have handling and release gear and corrodible hooks on board.
Fishermen using pelagic longline gear also need to comply with other hook, bait, and gear requirements.1516
*** Vessels with pelagic longline gear onboard are not authorized to possess, retain, transship, store, or land
hammerhead sharks (great, smooth, or scalloped), oceanic whitetip, or silky sharks.17
Other gear notes: Vessel Monitoring System (VMS) requirements apply for all pelagic longline, certain bottom
longline, and shark gillnet vessels.18 There are several closed areas, some of which apply to all gear types.19 See
the appropriate section of this guide, HMS webpage, or eCFR for more details and locations of area closures.
MINIMUM SIZES
At this time, there is no commercial minimum size for Atlantic sharks.
LANDING RESTRICTIONS
All sharks must have their fins naturally attached through offloading. Fins may be cut as long as
they remain naturally attached to the carcass byat least a small flap of uncut skin. Sharks may be
eviscerated and the heads may be removed, but they cannot be filleted or cut into pieces at sea.20
ADDITIONAL REMARKS
There are two regional quotas [Gulf of Mexico (including the U.S. Caribbean) and Atlantic] for
aggregated LCS, hammerhead sharks, non-blacknose SCS, and blacknose sharks; there is one regional
quota for Gulf of Mexico blacktip and pelagic sharks.21
The commercial fishing year is January 1 through December 31. Open fishing seasons vary
depending on available quota and other factors.22,23Specified shark fishing seasons will close when 80%
of quota is reached or projected to be reached, with 5 days' notice.24
8
XII.
COMMERCIAL SHARK FISHING
AUTHORIZED SHARK SPECIES240
The shark species in bold are divided into regional management groups with separate quotas.241 Call the
HMS Management Division at (301) 427-8503 or visit http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms/for the
current status of the regional shark quotas.
GULF OF MEXICO REGION
Aggregated Large Coastal Sharks (LCS): Bull, Lemon, Nurse, Silky*, Spinner, Tiger, Sandbar**
Blacktip Sharks
Hammerhead Sharks: Great hammerhead*, Scalloped hammerhead*, Smooth hammerhead*
Non-Blacknose Small Coastal Sharks (SCS): Atlantic sharpnose, Bonnethead, Finetooth
Blacknose Sharks
ATLANTIC REGION
Aggregated Large Coastal Sharks (LCS): Blacktip, Bull, Lemon, Nurse, Silky*, Spinner, Tiger,
Sandbar**
Hammerhead Sharks: Great hammerhead*, Scalloped hammerhead*, Smooth hammerhead*
Non-Blacknose Small Coastal Sharks (SCS): Atlantic sharpnose, Bonnethead, Finetooth
Blacknose Sharks
ATLANTIC AND GULF OF MEXICO (COMBINED QUOTA)
Blue Sharks
Porbeagle Sharks
Pelagic Sharks Other Than Porbeagle or Blue: Common thresher, Oceanic whitetip*, Shortfin mako
* Hammerhead sharks (great, smooth, and scalloped), oceanic whitetip, and silky sharks cannot be
retained, transshipped, landed, stored, or sold by vessels with pelagic longline gear onboard or on
vessels issued both an HMS Charter/Headboat permit and a commercial shark permit when tuna,
swordfish, or billfish are on board the vessel or being offloaded from the vessel.242
**Sandbar sharks can only be harvested by vessels selected to participate in the shark research fishery
and only when a NOAA Fisheries-approved observer is onboard. Possession of sandbar sharks and
other shark species is subject to the modified retention limits for this research fishery.243
COMMERCIALLY PROHIBITED SHARK SPECIES
The following sharks cannot be possessed or retained in any form in the commercial shark fishery.244 If
one of these species is caught, it must be released immediately with minimal injury, without removing it
from the water and in a manner that maximizes its chances of survival.245
Atlantic angel
Basking
Bigeye sand tiger
Bigeye sixgill
Bigeye thresher
Bignose
Caribbean reef
Caribbean sharpnose
Dusky
Galapagos
Longfin mako
Narrowtooth
Night
Sand tiger
Sevengill
Sixgill
Smalltail
Whale
White
PERMITS
Any fishermen who fishes for, retains, possesses, sells, or intends to sell Atlantic sharks needs a Federal
Atlantic Directed or Incidental shark limited access permit or an open access HMS Commercial
Caribbean Small Boat permit (shark retention limit set at zero at this time).246
Generally, directed shark permits allow fishermen to target sharks while incidental permits allow
fishermen who normally fish for other species to land a limited number of sharks.247 The limited access
37
permits are administered under a limited access program and NOAA Fisheries is no longer issuing new
shark limited access permits. To enter the directed or incidental shark fishery, fishermen must obtain a
permit via transfer from an existing permit holder who is leaving the fishery, subject to the vessel
upgrading restrictions.248For information on applying for an HMS Commercial Caribbean Small Boat
permit or renewing or transferring a limited access shark permit, please contact the Southeast Region
Permit Office at (727) 824-5326.
A Directed shark permit allows fishermen to retain 36 large coastal sharks (LCS) per vessel per trip.
There is no directed numeric retention limit for pelagic sharks or small coastal sharks, subject to quota
limitations. No prohibited species may be retained.
An Incidental shark permit allows fishermen to retain up to 3 LCS per vessel per trip. Fishermen may
also keep up to a total of 16 pelagic or small coastal sharks (all species combined) per vessel per trip.
No prohibited species may be retained.249
An HMS Commercial Caribbean Small Boat permit is valid only in the U.S. Caribbean and currently
has a zero (0) shark retention limit (no retention).250 The HMS Commercial Caribbean Small Boat
permit may only be issued to vessels 45 feet or less in length overall.251
Fishermen who use longline or gillnet gear must attend a Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and
Identification Workshop and obtain a certificate prior to obtaining a commercial shark limited access
permit (LAP). Both the owner and operator of the vessel permitted for this fishery must have a
workshop certificate onboard the vessel.252NOAA Fisheries also encourages commercial fishermen to
attend an Atlantic Shark Identification Workshop to enhance identification of shark species (see Section
I).
VESSEL UPGRADING RESTRICTIONS
In general, an owner may upgrade a vessel with a directed limited access shark permit, or transfer the
directed limited access shark permit to another vessel, only if the upgrade or transfer does not result in
an increase in horsepower of more than 20 percent or an increase of more than 10 percent in length
overall, gross registered tonnage, or net tonnage from the original qualifying vessel’s specifications.253
However, some limited access permits qualify for less restrictive vessel upgrading limitations as
described in the next paragraph.
Vessel upgrading restrictions may differ, depending upon whether a vessel was concurrently issued, or
was eligible to renew, each of the following three limited access permits on August 6, 2007: (1)
incidental or directed swordfish permit; (2) incidental or directed shark permit; and (3) an Atlantic tunas
Longline category permit. Vessels that were concurrently issued, or eligible to renew, these three
permits on August 6, 2007, are eligible for vessel upgrades, or permit transfers to other vessels, only if
the upgrade or permit transfer does not result in an increase of more than 35 percent in length overall,
gross registered tonnage, or net tonnage, as measured relative to the original qualifying vessel’s
specifications. Horsepower is not restricted for these vessels.254
Incidental shark limited access permits are not subject to vessel upgrading restrictions.255
For more information on upgrading restrictions, call the Southeast Regional Permit Office at (727) 8245326.
38
SHARK RESEARCH FISHERY256
Each year, NOAA Fisheries accepts applications to participate in a shark research fishery. From the
applications received, NOAA Fisheries randomly selects a small number of commercial vessels based
upon certain criteria to participate in the shark research fishery. Selected vessels are able to harvest
sandbar sharks when a NOAA Fisheries-approved observer is onboard. Possession of sharks is subject
to the modified retention limits for this research fishery. Commercial shark fishermen who are
interested in participating in the shark research fishery need to submit a completed Shark Research
Fishery Permit Application in order to be considered. For copies of the Shark Research Fishery
Application during the application period announced each year, please visit
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms/ or call the HMS Management Division at (301) 427-8503.
AUTHORIZED GEAR TYPES
Authorized gear types include: pelagic or bottom longline, gillnet, rod and reel, handline, or bandit
gear.257 Handlines and gillnets must remain attached to, or in contact with, the vessel at all times except
that gillnets do not need to be attached during net checks.258
See Sections VII-IX for additional restrictions on pelagic and bottom longline and gillnet gear including
permit restrictions, closed areas, hook specifications, and protected species interactions.
MINIMUM SIZE259
There is no commercial minimum size limit for large coastal sharks, pelagic sharks or small coastal
sharks.
LANDING RESTRICTIONS
All sharks must have their fins, including the tail, naturally attached through offloading.260 Fins
may be cut as long as they remain naturally attached to the carcass with at least a small flap of uncut
skin. The fins and tail may be removed from the carcass once the shark has been landed and
offloaded.261
Sharks may be eviscerated and have the heads removed at sea, but cannot have the backbone removed,
be filleted, or cut into pieces at sea.262 Once landed and offloaded, sharks that have been halved,
quartered, filleted, cut up, or reduced in any manner may not be brought back onboard a vessel that has
been issued or should have been issued a federal Atlantic commercial shark permit.263
On January 2, 2011, President Obama signed the Shark Conservation Act. NOAA Fisheries is in the
process of implementing the requirements of this Act.
FISHING SEASONS AND CLOSURE DATES
The fishing year for shark fisheries starts on January 1 and continues through December 31 of every
year.264 The fishing seasons for specified shark fisheries are contingent on the available quotas and do
not open until the date that NOAA Fisheries publishes in the Federal Register. Once NOAA Fisheries
estimates that 80 percent of the quota of any unlinked management group (e.g., Gulf of Mexico blacktip
or pelagic sharks) has been caught, the fishing season for that species/management group closes no
fewer than five days after publication of filing a closure notice in the Federal Register. When landings of
either of linked management groups reach, or are expected to reach, 80 percent of the quota, fishing for
both management groups will close no fewer than five days after publication of filing a closure notice in
the Federal Register. The following management groups are linked:
Atlantic hammerhead sharks and Atlantic aggregated LCS;
Gulf of Mexico hammerhead sharks and Gulf of Mexico aggregated LCS;
Atlantic blacknose and Atlantic non-blacknose SCS; and,
39
Gulf of Mexico blacknose and Gulf of Mexico non-blacknose SCS.
Additionally, NOAA Fisheries may close the Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark management group before
landings reach, or are expected to reach, 80 percent of the quota. NOAA Fisheries will send out a notice
to the HMS listserv, and post the announcement on the website no fewer than five days ahead of the
closure effective date. Regardless of the status of the available quota, all shark fisheries close on
December 31 (the end of the fishing year) of every year until the opening date NOAA Fisheries
publishes in the Federal Register. Call the HMS Management Division at (301) 427-8503 or visit
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms/for the current status of shark fishery seasons and opening/closing
dates.265
FISHING REGIONS
The commercial quotas for some shark management groups are split between two regions, the Gulf of
Mexico and the Atlantic. The boundary between the Gulf of Mexico region and the Atlantic region is
defined as a line beginning on the east coast of Florida at the mainland at 25º20.4’ N. lat., proceeding
due east.266
Gulf of Mexico: Any water and land to the south and west of 25º20.4’ N. lat. This includes the U.S.
Caribbean.
Atlantic: Any water and land to the north and east of 25º20.4’ N. lat.
The commercial quotas for other management groups are not split between the two regions.267 When a
region is closed for a particular species/management group, fishermen in that region cannot possess or
sell that species/management group and dealers in that region cannot buy species in that group from
federally-permitted fishermen.268
TIME/AREA CLOSURES
For information on existing time and area closures, refer to Sections I through IX of this guide or call the
HMS Management Division at (301) 427-8503.
SELLING SHARKS
Atlantic sharks and legally landed shark fins from vessels with a federal shark limited access permit
maybe sold only to federally-permitted shark dealers and only when the fishery for that
species/management group is open.269 Dealers may obtain an Atlantic shark dealer permit by contacting
the Southeast Regional Permit Office at (727) 824-5326.
PUBLIC DISPLAY OF SHARKS
Please see the HMS website http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms/ for more information on Exempted
Fishing, Scientific Research, and Display permits. Dusky sharks are not authorized to be collected for
public display.270
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Logbooks
Selected fisherman with a commercial shark permit must report fishing activities in an approved
logbook within 48 hours of completing that day’s fishing activities, or before offloading, whichever is
sooner. Logbooks must be species-specific and must be postmarked within seven days of offloading.
Logbook reports must include weighout slips that have all fin and carcass weights recorded and that
show the dealer to whom the fish were transferred, the date they were transferred, and the carcass weight
of each fish for which individual weights are normally recorded. For fish that are not individually
weighed, a weighout slip must record total weights by species and market category. A weighout slip for
sharks prior to, or as part of, a commercial transaction involving shark carcasses or fins must record the
40
weights of carcasses and any detached fins. All fins must be weighed in conjunction with the weighing
of the carcasses at the vessel’s first point of landing and must adhere to established allowable fin-tocarcass weight ratios. NOAA Fisheries requires the submission of a “No Fishing” reporting form if no
trips occurred during the preceding month.271
NOAA Fisheries may also send a letter requiring that fishermen complete the cost-earnings section of
the logbook. Fishermen must then complete and submit that section of the logbook within 30 days of
offloading. This section must be completed in addition to the other logbook reporting requirements.
The “annual expenditures” report form must be submitted by the date specified on the form. The
economic data section must be completed in addition to the other logbook requirements.272
All dealer reports must be species-specific and specify the total shark fin weight separately from the
weight of the shark carcasses.273 Dealer forms for Atlantic shark dealers were modified to include a
check box that indicates whether fins were naturally attached to the carcass at landing and through
offloading.
HMS Commercial Caribbean Small Boat Permit
Fishermen holding an HMS Commercial Caribbean Small Boat permit must abide by their respective
territorial reporting requirements and other applicable territorial commercial fishing requirements. No
retention of sharks is authorized under this permit at this time.
NOAA Fisheries Observer Program274
Vessels may be required to carry NOAA Fisheries observers. See Section XVI for observer
requirements.
ANNUAL QUOTAS
Please call the HMS Management Division at (301) 427-8503 for details on shark quotas. Quotas are
adjusted to account for yearly over- and/or under-harvests as specified in the regulations.275 Any quota
adjustments will be posted on the HMS website under “Breaking News,” published in the Federal
Register, and sent to the Atlantic HMS News listserv.
VMS REQUIREMENTS
Vessels with shark permits that use pelagic or bottom longline gear or gillnet gear may be required to
install and use VMS. See Section X for details.
41
Southeast Fisheries Observer
Programs
Safety Manual
NOAA Fisheries
Panama City Laboratory
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
3.1 Safety Training and Manual
The NOAA Fisheries observer programs consider safety the most important concern for
an observer on a fishing vessel. While your job at sea is to collect data and samples, your
first and foremost job is to stay alive and uninjured.
If you at any time feel unsafe on a vessel, either before boarding or after sailing, do not
hesitate to refuse the trip and/or have yourself removed from the vessel.
You must take responsibility for your own safety and learn as much as you can before an
emergency threatens your life. Safety-minded captains who realize the danger of their
occupation and consider safety in all that they do operate most fishing vessels. Use the
knowledge and experience of the vessel’s crew for guidance on safety on your vessel.
They are certainly concerned about the safety of an Observer, a guest on their vessel, and
will make sure that the dangers for you are minimized. No matter how cautious the crew it
is your responsibility to keep yourself safe and know how to react in an emergency
situation.
Medical Fitness for Sea
Individuals selected for employment with the Southeast Fisheries Science Center
(SEFSC) as fishery observers must be fully qualified to safely and efficiently perform the
essential duties and responsibilities of their positions. You will be required to complete a
Physical with your doctor to be held in a confidential file and reviewed only in the event of
a medical emergency at sea. You must inform your employer, of any medical condition or
situation, including medications being taken, prior to departing on a vessel.
Living Conditions
Cleanliness, upkeep, safety, comfort of quarters, quality of food, and general attitude of
the vessel personnel may vary from vessel to vessel. Observers must be flexible and function
professionally under a wide variety of living conditions.
Guidelines developed from experience are: show respect to others and it will be returned
to you. Clean up after yourself and make a conscious effort to maintain a professional
appearance. Adaptable observers with an easygoing attitude will likely receive more
cooperation than those who criticize and make demands. Observers will inevitably
encounter individuals who will take great pleasure in "ribbing" observers with talk of turtle
soup recipes and government spies. Don't let it bother you. The more attention you give
these individuals, the longer they will continue. Bringing books or music or other personal
items give you an escape from the crew.
Accidents and Illness Aboard
All Accidents and Illness must be Reported within 24 Hours of Occurrence
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
In the event of an emergency such as an injury or serious illness requiring hospitalization,
the captain and the USCG should be contacted via radio and they will attempt a rescue
and/or advise you on how to proceed. If it is you or another observer that is involved, notify
the Observer Coordinators, immediately via InReach or radio and keep them advised.
If you are injured, regardless of how minor you may perceive the injury to be you must
document the incident in your log book and report it to your observer coordinator as soon
as possible, even if no medical treatment was/is necessary. These measures are for your
protection. Do not neglect your responsibilities to report injuries or illness.
Training
Prior to your first assignment, you will receive training in safety and survival at sea. At
a minimum, the training curriculum will include the following subjects:
1. First Aid and CPR Certification (required for employment)
2. EPIRB/PLB (test, how to turn on, battery, hydro and registration expiration dates)
3. PFD (donning, water entry, inspection, and maintenance)
4. Immersion Suit (inspection, stowage, don in 60 seconds)
5. Life raft (proper installation, components, launch, flip, and entry, verify hydro dates)
6. Life raft deployment and STAY rules
7. Water practical (chain swim, star, HELP, Huddle)
8. Fire safety and prevention
9. Distress calls
10. Signals and Flares
11. Vessel Drills (fire, flooding, POB, abandon ship)
12. Vessel stability and flooding Damage Control/Water Pump Usage
13. USCG Evacuations and Requirements
14. Seven Steps of Survival and Personal Survival Kit
15. Cold water and hypothermia
16. Survival skills and kits
17. Use of marine VHF radio, SSB radio, and satellite phone
18. Conflict Resolution
19. Vessel safety requirements and Pre-trip vessel safety checklists (completion and review)
20. General safety on small boats
21. Workplace hazards (chemical/health hazards, MRSA, proper lifting, etc.)
22. At sea personal health and hygiene
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
3. Safety Manual
3.1. Safety Training and Manual Introduction
3.2. Table of Contents
3.3. Emergency Contacts
3.4. Basic Health and Hygiene at Sea
3.4.1. Practice Good Hygiene
3.4.2. Antibiotics
3.4.3. Sleep Deprivation
3.4.4. Seasickness
3.4.5. First Aid Kits
3.4.6. First Aid Kit Inventory
3.4.7. MRSA Fact Sheet
3.4.8. MRSA: Prevention and Hygiene Tips
3.4.9. Seven Ways to be Injured
3.4.10. Fish Handling Safety
3.4.10.1. Table 1. Typical Injuries
3.4.10.2. Table 2. Examples of Typical Injuries
3.4.11. Pocket Guide to Ergonomics
3.5.Safety on Vessels
3.5.1. Before Deployment on Vessel
3.5.2. SEFOP Panama City Pre-Trip Safety Check
3.5.3. Coast Guard Vessel Decal
3.5.4. USCG Decal Ratings Cheat Sheet
3.5.5. Federal Requirements for Commercial Fishing Industry Vessels
3.5.6. Hammer Hydrostatic Release Safety Alert
3.5.7. Coast Guard Ready for Sea Checklist
3.5.8. Fire Extinguisher Recall Information
3.5.9. Ovatek Examination Guide
3.5.9.1. Examination Criteria
3.5.9.2. Examination checklist
3.5.9.3. Solas Kit Inspection
3.5.9.4. Step by Step inspection checklist
3.6. Types of Emergencies
3.7. Survival Skills- 7 skills
3.8. Safety Equipment
3.8.1. Donning Immersion Suits and Personal Flotation Device
3.8.1.1. Appendix K- Jumping in PDF
3.8.1.2. Appendix O- Jumping in an Immersion Suit
3.8.1.3. Appendix L- Help, Huddle, and Chain Swim
3.8.1.4. Appendix P- Care and Maintenance of Immersion Suits
3.8.2. PFD Maintenance
3.8.3. Immersion Suit How to
3.8.4. Making Distress Calls and Using Visual Distress Signals
3.8.4.1. Location Aids for Mariner
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
3.8.4.2. Emergency Calls
3.8.4.3. Emergency Position- Indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRBs)
3.8.4.4. Visual Distress Signals
3.8.4.4.1. Parachute Flares
3.8.4.4.2. Pistol Launch Flares
3.8.4.4.3. Hand-held Flares
3.8.4.4.4. Strobe Light
3.8.4.4.5. Signaling Mirror
3.8.4.4.6. Sea Dye Marker
3.8.4.4.7. Floating Smoke Signal
3.8.4.4.8. Hand-held Smoke Flares
3.8.4.4.9. Stowage and Maintenance
3.8.5. Appendix N- Distress Flare Types
3.8.6. Appendix M- Use of Distress Signals
3.8.7. Distress Broadcast/MAYDAY call
3.8.8. Initial SAR Check Sheet
3.8.9. Supplement SAR Checksheet
3.8.10. VHF Marine Radio Channels
3.8.11. Emergency Instructions
3.8.12. Appendix R- Care and Maintenance of EPIRBs
3.8.13. Appendix S- Location Accuracy of EPIRBs/ Appendix Q- EPIRB Types
3.8.14. Personal Locator Beacons instructions
3.8.15. Monthly Test Log
3.9. Person Overboard and Abandon Ship Procedures
3.9.1. Person Overboard
3.9.2. Recovering an Individual from the Water
3.9.3. Abandon Ship
3.9.4. Abandoning the Vessel
3.9.5. Stay Rules
3.9.6. Survival Once on Board Liferaft
3.9.7. Actions Prior to Rescue
3.10. Hypothermia and Cold Water Survival
3.10.1. Appendix H- Heat Loss/Heat Gain
3.10.2. 3 stages of Hypothermia
3.10.3. Hypothermia Algorithm
3.10.4. Caring for Cold Patient
3.10.5. Appendix F- Recognizing the Signs of Hypothermia
3.10.6. Appendix I- Chart of Body Core Temperatures
3.10.7. Appendix J- Hypothermia Guidelines
3.11. Flooding, Dewatering, and Fire
3.11.1. Unintentional Flooding, Rough Weather at Sea, Crossing Hazardous
Bars
3.11.2. Minimizing the Effects of Unintentional Flooding
3.11.3. Some Suggestions for Preserving Adequate Stability
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
3.11.4. Preserving Water Integrity
3.11.5. Damage Control/ Emergency Repair
3.11.6. Dewatering Pump Operation
3.11.7. Appendix GG- Coast Guard Salvage Pump Instructions
3.11.8. Vessel Damage Control Guide
3.11.9. Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting
3.11.10.Fire Instruction
3.11.11.Appendix EE- Using Fire Extinguishers
3.12. Observer Emergency 1st Person Accounts
3.13. Communication for Observers
3.13.1. How Do You Express Yourself?
3.13.2. Conflict Resolution
3.13.3. Emergency Scenarios
3.13.4. Crime Victim Services and Information
3.13.5. Emergency Action Plan Flow Chart
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION
In the event of an emergency please contact emergency services, then your observer
coordinator, then A.I.S. Inc.
OBS COORDINATOR – Alyssa Mathers
Office: 850-270-6014
Cell: 850-890-3853
Email: [email protected]
OBS COORDINATOR- Bradley Smith
Office: 850-270-7509
Cell: 850-381-1695
Email: [email protected]
ASST COORDINATOR – Samantha Faller
Office: 850-312-8933
Cell: 850-348-3176
Email: [email protected]
ASST COORDINATOR- Dana Jordan
Office: 850-270-8315
Cell: 850-866-5297
Email: [email protected]
OBS CHIEF– Scott Leach
Cell: 786-822-0509
Email: [email protected]
A.I.S. Inc. Staff
PROJECT MANAGER - Rebecca Hailey
TASK MANAGER - Jade Heidt
Cell: 774-392-3434
Email: [email protected]
Cell: 774-392-3794
Email: [email protected]
06-22
3.4. Basic Health and Hygiene at Sea
3.4.1. Practice Good Hygiene
•
•
•
•
Keep your hands clean by washing them frequently and thoroughly with soap and warm
water or using an alcohol-based hand sanitizer. Hand-washing is the best way to avoid
spreading germs.
Keep cuts and scrapes clean and covered with a bandage and avoid contact with other
people’s wounds or bandages. Make sure cuts and scrapes stay as dry as possible.
Do not share personal items such as washcloths, towels, or razors.
Use provided gloves when handling fish, especially those with spines/sharp teeth.
3.4.2. Antibiotics
•
•
•
Be smart about using antibiotics. Antibiotics can help treat bacterial infections but they
cannot cure viral infections. Always ask your doctor if antibiotics are the best treatment
and avoid pressuring your doctor into prescribing antibiotics when they won't help you
get better.
Always take all your antibiotic medicine as prescribed by your doctor. Using only part of
the medicine can cause antibiotic-resistant bacteria to develop.
Do not save any antibiotics and do not use antibiotics that were prescribed for someone
else.
3.4.3. Sleep Deprivation
•
•
Sleep deprivation is inevitable while working out at sea. Signs of sleep deprivation
include:
o Increased sleepiness and fatigue and weariness
o Poor attention span and motivation, especially for boring tasks requiring sustained
concentration (i.e.: tallying fish/hooks on a longline vessel)
o Memory Lapses
o Decreased initiative, judgment ability and decision making
o Increased irritability
Suggestions for Dealing with Sleep Deprivation:
o Allow at least 4 hours of uninterrupted sleep each day to maintain minimal
performance
o Attempt frequent “power” naps - 20 or 90 minutes in length
o Cover your eyes from natural light when attempting to rest
o Avoid use of antihistamines, motion sickness medication, alcohol and all other
drugs that will sedate (if possible)
o Don’t abuse caffeine – it will lead to an unavoidable “crash” later in the day
o Eat small snacks of high carbohydrate foods (breads, rice, cereals, potatoes, some
baked goods and apples). The carbohydrates will provide energy to fuel body
function and prevent drowsiness.
o Avoid large amounts of protein (meat, dairy items, eggs, fish, legumes). The body
has to expend energy to break protein down.
10-21
3.4.4. Seasickness
o Seasickness often hampers observers at the beginning of a trip, but most effects of
seasickness disappear after a few days.
o Vessel motion, indigestible stomach contents, unpleasant fumes or cooking smells, and
anticipatory fear will trigger seasickness.
o The symptoms are nausea, headache, drowsiness, and depression. This is normal; it's just
difficult to live with.
o Typically, serious cases can cause severe dehydration and weakness.
o To prevent this make yourself drink water or some non-acidic juice and try to eat some mild
food (soda crackers are often recommended).
o Take some seasickness medication along even if you don't plan to use it.
o Scopolamine works very well for many people. Scopolamine is currently sold under two
trade names, Transderm Scop (the "ear patches"), available only with a prescription, and
Triptone, an oral, non-prescription form.
o Some people cannot tolerate scopolamine's side effects, which include drowsiness,
dry mouth, and headache.
o Dramamine (the trade name of Meclizine), Bonine and Cyclizine (trade name is Marezine)
are the usual over-the-counter drugs which will inhibit vomiting.
o The USCG formerly used Meclizine with moderate success. USCG research "found that a
combination of two drugs, promethazine hydrochloride (an antihistamine, trade name
Phenergan), and ephedrine sulfate (a decongestant), was by far the most effective treatment
available. Similar tests on Navy and Air Force personnel corroborated the Coast Guard's
results.
o The recommended dosage is 25 mg of each drug one to two hours prior to motion stress and
at six-hour intervals as needed thereafter.
o This combination of Promethazine hydrochloride and ephedrine sulfate is also known as the
"Coast Guard Cocktail". Promethazine hydrochloride is a prescription drug, may cause
drowsiness, and ephedrine sulfate may aggravate existing cases of hypertension.
o Neither drug can be taken within 12 hours after ingesting alcohol.
o None of the drugs mentioned here can be taken during pregnancy, and you should consult
with your physician prior to taking any of these medications.
o It is recommended that you take one dose of a motion sickness medication as directed before
you leave the dock since taking medication afterward will delay or nullify effectiveness.
3.4.5. First Aid Kits
•
•
•
You are issued First Aid Kits that includes items to treat injuries and those for hygiene.
First Aid Kits should ALWAYS be brought with you on the boat.
Please add any personal items that you may need (prescriptions, extra seasickness
medication, etc).
Inform your coordinator if you run out of anything or have a request for something that
is not in your kit
10-21
•
First Aid Kit Inventory
o Bandages
o Gauze
o Medical tape
o Ear Plugs
o Fingernail Brush
o CPR face shields
■ To be used when giving mouth to mouth
o Warming Blanket
■ For insolating a cold or hypothermic person
o Instant cold pack
■ For heat stroke, sprained joints
o Iodine wipes
■ Disinfectant, to clean wounds before bandaging
o Alcohol wipes
■ Disinfectant, to clean wounds before bandaging
o Triple antibiotic ointment
■ To minimize infection of wounds, treat before bandaging
o Hibiclens
■ Antiseptic/Anti-microbial soap
o Hydrocortizone cream
■ Anti-itch topical
o Dramamine
■ Seasickness medication
o Benadryl
■ For allergic reactions
o Pepto Bismal
■ For relief of indigestion and upset stomach
o Sting relief
■ Topical sting relief
o Aspirin
■ Pain relief, slows the spread of MRSA
o Advil
■ Pain relief, reduces swelling and fever
o Tylenol
■ Pain relief, reduces swelling and fever
o Purell wipes/sanitizer wipes
■ If fresh water isn’t available
o Baby wipes
■ If fresh water isn’t available
10-21
MRSA FACT SHEET
3.4.6.
What is MRSA?
MRSA is methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus, a
potentially dangerous type of staph bacteria that is
resistant to certain antibiotics and may cause skin and
other infections. In some cases, it causes pneumonia
(lung infection) and other issues. If left untreated, MRSA
infections can become severe and cause sepsis - a lifethreatening reaction to severe infection in the body.
As with all regular staph infections, recognizing the
signs and receiving treatment for MRSA skin infections
in the early stages reduces the chances of the infection
becoming severe. MRSA is spread by:
> Having direct contact with another person’s infection
> Sharing personal items, such as towels or razors, that
have touched infected skin
> Touching surfaces or items, such as used bandages,
contaminated with MRSA
>
>
>
>
What Should I do if I Think I Have a Skin
Infection?
You can’t tell by looking at the skin if it is a staph
infection (including MRSA).
Contact your doctor if you think you have an infection.
Finding infections early and getting care make it less
likely that the infection will become severe.
Do not try to treat the infection yourself by picking or
popping the sore.
Cover possible infections with clean, dry bandages
until you can be seen by a doctor, nurse, or other
health care provider.
How are MRSA skin infections treated?
Treatment for MRSA skin infections may include having a
healthcare professional drain the infection and, in some
cases, prescribe an antibiotic. Do not attempt to drain the
infection yourself – doing so could worsen or spread it to
others. If you are given an antibiotic, be sure to take all of
the doses (even if the infection is getting better), unless
your healthcare professional tells you to stop taking it.
Who Is At Risk, and How Is MRSA Spread In
The Community?
Anyone can get MRSA on their body from contact with an
infected wound or by sharing personal items, such as
towels or razors, which have touched infected skin. MRSA
How To Prevent Spreading MRSA
infection risk can be increased when a person is in
> Cover your wounds. Keep wounds covered with clean,
activities or places that involve crowding, skin-to-skin
dry bandages until healed. Follow your doctor’s
contact, and shared equipment or supplies.
instructions about proper care of the wound. Pus from
infected wounds can contain MRSA so keeping the
How Common Is MRSA?
infection covered will help prevent the spread to
Studies show that about one in three people carry staph in
others. Bandages and tape can be thrown away with
their nose, usually without any illness. Two in 100 people
the regular trash. Do not try to treat the infection
carry MRSA. There are not data showing the total number
yourself by picking or popping the sore.
of people who get MRSA skin infections in the community. > Clean your hands often. You, your family, and others
in close contact should wash their hands often with
What are the signs and symptoms?
soap and water or use an alcohol-based hand rub,
Sometimes, people with MRSA skin infections first think
especially after changing the bandage or touching the
they have a spider bite. However, unless a spider is
infected wound.
actually seen, the irritation is likely not a spider bite. Most >
Do not share personal items. Personal items include
staph skin infections, including MRSA, appear as a bump or
towels, washcloths, razors and clothing, including
infected area on the skin that may be:
uniforms.
> Red
> Wash used sheets, towels, and clothes with water and
> Swollen
laundry detergent. Use a dryer to dry them
> Painful
completely.
> Warm to the touch
> Wash clothes according to manufacturer’s instructions
> Full of pus or other drainage
on the label. Clean your hands after touching dirty
> Accompanied by a fever
clothes.
What Should I Do If I See These Symptoms?
Cover the area with a bandage and contact your
healthcare professional. It is especially important to
contact your healthcare professional if signs and
symptoms of an MRSA skin infection are accompanied by
a fever.
For more information, please call
1-800-CDC-INFO or visit
www.cdc.gov/MRSA.
04-21
Modified from www.cdc.gov/MRSA
3.4.7.
MRSA Staph Bacteria Superbugs:
Prevention & Hygiene Tips
(Ron Jones, MS, ACSM Health/Fitness Instructor, Corporate Wellcoach)
Get Fit and Be Strong with “Proactive Wellness” to strengthen your
immune system then follow the hygiene guidelines below!
Hand Washing: Thoroughly wash hands with anti-bacterial soap and small amount of
water by pressing and scrubbing soap into all areas of hands and fingers for ≈20-30
seconds.
Hand Sanitizer & Wipes: Use “alcohol-based” hand rub like Purell® or equivalent.
Thoroughly press sanitizer into all areas of hands and fingers. Antibacterial wipes can
also be used when washing and sanitizer gels are not available. Wet Ones® make
single-wipe packages for pocket or purse and pop-up canisters of wipes are also
available, but do NOT kill MRSA. Make sure the wipes are approved for “human skin”
and personal hygiene because some pop-up wipes are bleached based and intended for
hard surfaces only which can be damaging to skin.
Cover Draining Wounds: An open and draining wound, or one covered with pus, is not
only a portal of “exit” for transmitting MRSA to another person, but also a portal of “entry”
for becoming infected with MRSA. Keep open and draining wounds covered and away
from others!
Skin-to-Skin Contact: Avoid skin-to-skin contact with others that have open wounds.
This is not always possible in sport settings such as football, wrestling, martial arts, and
other combative activities which are even more reason to wash your body thoroughly as
soon as possible after the skin-to-skin contact activities.
Cleaning & Irrigation of Skin: Beyond generous flushing with clean water and washing
with antibacterial soap, topical antiseptics such as Hibiclens® (chlorhexidine topical) can
be used to fight MRSA. Chlorhexidine topicals kill germs on skin and are used before
surgeries with healthcare providers to reduce the risk of infections.
Sharing Personal Items: Never share towels and razors! MRSA infections have been
caused in sport settings by sharing these personal items. Avoid sharing washcloths,
clothing, or uniforms that have not been properly cleaned. Many athletes shave body
parts like legs and chest even if they aren’t body builders. Shaving can create small
openings in the skin leaving the person at-risk for infections when sharing a towel with a
MRSA-infected teammate.
Clothing & Laundry: Wash clothes in question with detergent and HOT water (>140
degrees) then dry on HOT to further kill bacteria. Bleach can also be added as an extra
precaution. It is recommended after visiting a clinical setting such as a hospital or
nursing home, to change clothes immediately. Doctors are also being encouraged to
begin wearing lab coats again as a protective skin barrier to MRSA and other infections.
• Gyms & Exercise Equipment: In addition to not sharing personal items like towels,
many gyms now have special antibacterial solutions available in the form of sprays
Clini-Tech Spray® is an EPA-registered and hospital-grade
or towelettes.
disinfectant (www.medtrol.com) that kills MRSA, HIV-1, Hepatitis C, and many other
forms of infection.
Gym Wipes® (www.gymwipes.com) are EPA-registered
antibacterial disinfectant towelettes that kill 99.9% of germs. These are the products
I’m using for my corporate clients, and both will decrease the risk of infection and
cross contamination in your exercise setting. Make sure your gym has a hygiene
process in place for dealing with MRSA infections and blood-borne pathogens.
Many commercial gyms today still do not know what MRSA is or how to deal with it!
Make sure to do YOUR part! Wear a shirt and wipe sweat off equipment when
finished with your set! Insist that others do the same!
Á Ron Jones (2.13.07)
www.ronjones.org “High-Performance Health” ©2007
Get Fit.
Be Strong.
©2002
Alaska Marine Safety Education Association
Printed on recycled paper.
Injury data is from the Alaska Trauma Registry
1991–1998. Data from the Alaska Fishermen’s
Fund is from 1994 –1998.
Credits:
Alaska Marine Safety Education Association
(AMSEA); National Institute of Occupational Safety
& Health (NIOSH); U.S. Coast Guard.
For Drill Instructor training in your port
contact AMSEA at (907) 747-3287 or
check out AMSEA’s website at
www.amsea.org.
What to cover in monthly drills:
1. Abandoning vessel.
2. Fighting a fire.
3. Retrieving person overboard.
4. Minimizing flooding.
5. Launching/recovering lifeboats/
rescue craft.
6. Donning immersion suits/PFDs.
7. Donning SCBAs (if so equipped).
8. Giving a mayday and using visual
distress signals.
9. Activating the general alarm.
10. Reporting inoperative alarms.
Documented fishing vessels of any crew
size beyond the Boundary Line, or vessels
with more than sixteen people on board
within the Line, are required to conduct
monthly emergency drills. Drills must be
conducted by a trained Drill Instructor.
Emergency Drills
Requirement
• Review with your crew before and during
the season.
• Enclosed are some ways injuries and
fatalities can be prevented.
• Commercial fishing can be rewarding
and satisfying but it also has hazards.
From 1994 to 1998, Fishermen’s Fund
reported 4,264 injuries and 70 lives lost
in Alaska.
… and ideas from fishermen
on how to prevent them
Photo: Art French, M.D., USCG
Seven Ways to Get
Hurt (or Killed) While
Commercial Fishing in
Alaska
• Shut off engine/motors when working on
them to prevent getting snagged.
• Run a line to a kill switch (Henderson line)
where it is accessible but out of the way,
so anyone on deck can reach it to shut off
hydraulics. (F/V Commander)
PREVENTION TIPS
The largest single cause of injuries was
machinery (43%).
STATISTIC
2. Machinery
(F/V Ocean Cape)
• Use tools to reach and rake in fish.
(Petersburg seiner)
• Do stretching exercises in off season and
while on watch or off duty.
• Work with fish as much as possible at
a level where bending over is not
necessary.
• Try to get in shape before the season.
• Use mats or grates to boost you to the right
height at cleaning tables so your arms work
in a neutral position.
(F/V Capt. Cook)
• Get help with items too heavy
to lift or move by yourself,
especially when underway.
Work together.
PREVENTION TIPS
Strains and sprains accounted for 47% of all
Fishermen’s Fund reported injuries.
STATISTIC
1. Strains/Sprains
• Use abrasive cleanser on slick engine room
surfaces. (F/V Capt. Cook)
• Good housekeeping! Keep kelp and slime
off decks.
• Use rock grit or coarse sand for hydraulic
leaks on deck. (Maine fisherman)
• Use absorbent pads under hydraulic leaks
until fixed. (F/V Ocean Cape)
• Hang lines with monkey fists from
overheads to hold onto in rough
weather. (F/V Coral Lee)
• Renew worn nonskid paint on decks and in
skiffs. (Bristol Bay fisherman)
• Put nonskid surface on ladder rungs and
steep stairs. Use nonskid grates or mats in
high risk areas.
PREVENTION TIPS
The second leading cause of injuries was
falls (34%).
STATISTIC
3. Falls
• Limit hydraulics to safe working loads by
installing relief valves. (F/V Commander)
• Don’t impulsively grab at lines going out
until you’re aware of any hazards.
(F/V Commander)
• Never use picking hooks in engine control
box as they can jam boat in gear and cause
collisions. (F/V Amber J)
• Wear no buckles or buttons to catch on
gear. (Bristol Bay fisherman)
• Instead of wearing a net-mending knife on
a piece of twine around your neck, tie it
off to a belt loop. Better to tear your pants
than get lynched by the seine block.
(F/V Capt. Cook)
PREVENTION TIPS
• Wear inflatable suspenders or vest when
working on deck. Some inflatables have
automatic inflation devices.
• Do not go on deck alone at night or
in rough weather. If need arises, have
a spotter. Wear a PFD and Man Over-board
alarm. (Petersburg fisherman)
• When fishing alone, drag a line behind the
boat attached to a kill switch.
(F/V Troubadour - S.E. Alaska troller)
• On seiners, leave purse line in net, not on
deck where it will run across deck when
the net is going out.
(F/V Commander)
• Install rear-view mirrors on deck to see
people in stern.
(S.E. Alaska longliner/gillnetter)
• Rig up man overboard rescue devices
ahead of time, using the boat’s hydraulics
to do heavy lifting.
(F/V Amber J)
• Wear an accessible knife to cut yourself
from lines/webbing and to cut bottom of
waders to empty water when climbing
back onboard. (F/V Laconnu)
• Always carry a serrated knife you can
access and use with one hand.
(F/V Capt. Cook)
PREVENTION TIPS
• Wear protective gloves and gear.
• Tape those sharp little Victorinox® knives
horizontally to belt, instead of vertically, to
prevent leg punctures. (Kodiak fisherman)
• To minimize infections, do dishes and/or
soak in hot soapy water several times a day
to clean out puncture wounds from fish or
shrimp.
(F/V Capt. Cook)
• If wound looks infected, wash with
BetadineTM, soak half hour in hot soapy
water as soon as possible, then dry and
bandage. Monitor closely for spreading
infection.
• Replace any wire rope that develops “fish
hooks”. (F/V Capt. Cook)
• If you keep getting poked by your netmending knife, round off the tip.
(F/V Capt. Cook)
• Always wear safety
glasses when grinding
and using power
tools.
(F/V Predator)
About 25% of fatalities are due to falls
overboard.
STATISTIC
STATISTIC
Cuts and punctures accounted for 26% of
all Fishermen’s Fund reported injuries.
5. Falling Overboard
4. Cuts and Punctures
• When crabbing, traditional Type III USCG
approved lifevests will provide some
protection from pots.
(Dutch Harbor fisherman)
• Wear hard hats when working with
overhead gear.
• Paint hazard areas bright yellow.
• Use duct tape and foam rubber to soften
tight quarters or places that cannot be
avoided by tall people.
PREVENTION TIPS
Bruises and contusions account for 13% of
all Fishermen’s Fund reported injuries.
STATISTIC
7. Bruises/Contusions
• Rig extra safety chains or stays on boom,
side stays and power block as preventors.
• Keep a sharp knife on a pole to cut hung
up lines that are under tension to keep you
out of the line of tension.
(F/V Trident)
• Avoid pinched toes by painting bright
yellow stripes around pot launchers and
rigging “preventors” so launchers don’t go
all the way to the deck.
(F/V Ocean Cape)
PREVENTION TIPS
23% of injuries are due to being struck by
objects.
STATISTIC
6. Struck by Objects
www.amsea.org
Alaska Marine Safety Education Association
Got deck safety ideas you’d like to share?
Submit them to AMSEA!
• Safety orientations covering emergency
gear and procedures should be given to all
new crew before leaving harbor.
• Seiners: develop ways to get fish out of
net without having to lift entire net. Use
wedges, straps, etc., to roll part of the net
in to minimize stress on rigging and reduce
center of gravity from block to increase
stability. (F/V Commander)
• Use double hose clamps on all plumbing,
including the deck hose outlet. (F/V Greta)
• Train crew in basic vessel operations such
as navigation and anchoring.
(F/V Greta)
• Have a sea anchor.
• In a rough anchorage use a fifty pound
weight near anchor (a kellet or sentinel)
and a surge buoy fifteen fathoms from
bow. (Ketchikan fisherman)
• Keep all work areas well illuminated at
night.
• Develop safety procedures and be open to
ways to minimize risks.
Other Good Practices
tapeworm
edwardsiella
Diphyllobothriasis
Human edwardsiellosis
fish
turtles, newts, frogs,
toads, other reptiles
and amphibians
ducks, geese, coots,
gulls, crows
Mycobacterium
marinum
Salmonella sandiego,
S. java, S. pomona, S.
miami
Pasteurella multocida
fish tank granuloma,
swimming pool
granuloma,
tuberculosis,
mycobacteriosis
Salmonella
Fish TB
Salmonellosis
Avian cholera
fish and shellfish
Erysipelothrix
insidiosa, species of
Vibrio
Sealer’s finger
Crayfish Handlers
Disease
contaminated
aquarium water
fish, shellfish, marine
mammals; also
domestic pigs and
nursing sows
Erysipeloid or
Erythema migrans
Burkholderia
pseudomallei
Erysipelothrix
rhusiopathiae
fish handler's disease,
fish poisoning, fish
hand, sealer's finger,
whale finger, blubber
finger, diamond skin
disease
Melioidosis
Diphyllobothriasis
pacificum; D. latum
Vibriosis
Edwardsiella tarda
Shellfish; Crustaceans
Vibrio
parahaemolyticus;
V. vulnificus; V.
alginolyticus
intermediate hosts
planktonic
crustaceans,
freshwater fish; final
hosts dogs, cats,
humans
fish especially
ornamentals and
catfishes, reptiles,
other ectotherms
Carrier
Other names
Pathogen
Name
not visible
water inhalation;
ingestion; water
contact with skin
wounds
direct contact and
indirect (unwashed
clothes); exposure to
contaminated
aquarium water
direct contact with
feces, secretions of
infected birds, water
and aerosols (e.g.,
fountains, air- borne
particles)
handling fish or
cleaning infected tank
with open wounds
handling infected
organisms with open
wounds or abrasions
not visible
not visible
not visible
not visible
ingestion of fecal
contaminated food
handling infected
organisms or fecal
waste with open
wounds
intestinal, may be
visible at anal opening
not visible
Appearance on host
ingestion of
contaminated water,
food, particles
cuts, open wounds,
ingestion
How transmitted
diarrhea, vomiting,
dehydration
diarrhea, abdominal
cramping, fever
gastroenteritis,
intestinal distress
similar to that of
Salmonella poisoning
similar to typhoid
fever or TB;
pulmonary cavitation;
chronic abscesses
elevated lesions on
skin (can be diamondshaped), joint pain,
fever, severe
headaches; incubation
1-7 days
painful itching or
burning; joint
swelling, stiffness;
lasts up to 3 weeks
skin, soft tissue
destruction; small
purple lesions that
gradually enlarge;
incubation period 2
weeks-2 years; can
mimic carpal tunnel
syndrome
diarrhea, intestinal
blocking, vitamin B-12
deficiency
acute diarrhea,
abdominal cramps,
fever, soft tissue
destruction
Human symptoms
Table 2. Examples of occupational diseases potentially hazardous to field biologists, culturists, and lab workers.
wear gloves when
handling; avoid areas
of huge die-offs or
aerosols from carcass
burning
wash hands and
clothes after handling
use gloves or other
protective gear; avoid
punctures or handling
with open wounds
use gloves when
handling, thick boots
when wading
use gloves when
handling
wash with good
antibacterial soap
after cleaning ponds
and tanks
avoid contact; dispose
of aquarium
wastewater
appropriately
drink only boiled
water, fully cook all
fish meat, dispose of
pet feces hygienically
protective foot and
hand gear, avoid
eating raw or
undercooked shellfish
and crustaceans
Prevention
Francisella tularensis
Tularemia
Aeromonas hydrophilia
Aeromonas salmonicida
Hemorrhagic Disease
Red Plague
Paramyxoviridae
viruses of family
Cryptococcus neoformans
Cryptococcosis
Newcastle Disease
Giardia intestinalis
Giardiasis
Pathogen
Schistosome cercarial
dermatitis (12-15 species)
Other names
Swimmer's Itch
Name
warm water fish in
southern areas
stressed,
traumatized,
overcrowded or in
low dissolved oxygen
wild and captive
freshwater fish
wild and
domesticated birds
handling muskrats,
bull snakes, others;
eating wild meat
such as rabbit or
rodents
wild birds
waterfowl and
humans -- adult
phase; aquatic snails
- intermediate
infected soil and
water; surfaces
contaminated with
animal or human
feces
Carrier
handling infected fish
can be externally
visible
not visible
inhalation of
infectious aerosols;
also contact on
inanimate objects
and airborne
between poultry
houses
handling infected
organisms
not visible
not visible
inhalation of airborne
powdery bird
droppings
handling infected
animals, even with
unbroken skin
not visible
Appearance on
host
accidental ingestion
swimming or contact
with waters infested
with the flatworm
How transmitted
diarrhea, skin
infections
diarrhea, infections
on skin, eye, other
organs
Painful conjunctivitis,
fever, influenza-like
symptoms for up to 3
weeks
fever, headache,
nausea immediate;
local lesions grow
and ulcerate;
ingestion causes
enteritis, stupor, and
delirium
serious brain and
spinal cord disease,
headaches, dizziness,
sleepiness, confusion
diarrhea and
dehydration
skin rashes and
bumps (papulae)
within 30 min of
exposure
Human symptoms
Table 2 cont. Examples of occupational diseases potentially hazardous to field biologists, culturists, and lab workers.
wear gloves when
handling birds; avoid
endemic areas
avoid high risk areas
with high
concentrations of
bird droppings
wear impervious
gloves when
handling; cook meat
thoroughly; avoid
bites of flies,
mosquitoes, and ticks
in endemic areas; do
not bathe or drink in
untreated water
avoid contaminated
soil, water, food,
fecal exposure
Prevention
avoid waters with
known outbreaks,
prevalent waterfowl,
or aquatic snail
populations
STRAINS, SPRAINS & PAINS:
This Pocket Guide is
meant to be kept on your
vessel for reference by you
and other crew.
POCKET GUIDE TO
ERGONOMICS
Ergonomic Injury Prevention for Commercial Fishermen
Employees have the right to:
1. Working conditions that do not pose a risk of serious harm.
2. Receive information and training (in a language workers can understand)
about hazards, methods to prevent harm, and OSHA standards that apply to
their workplace.
3. Review records of work-related injuries and illnesses.
4. Get copies of test results done to find and measure hazards in the workplace.
5. File a complaint asking OSHA to inspect their workplace if they believe there
is a serious hazard or that their employer is not following OSHA rules. When
requested, OSHA will keep all identities confidential.
6. Use their rights under the law without retaliation or discrimination. If an
employee is fired, demoted, transferred or discriminated against in any way
for using their rights under the law, they can file a complaint with OSHA. This
complaint must be filed within 30 days of the alleged discrimination. Go to
www.whistleblowers.gov for additional information.
WORKER RIGHTS, DISCRIMINATION & WHISTLEBLOWER
INFORMATION: Section 5(a)(1) of the OSH Act states: “Each employer shall
furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of employment which
are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or
serious physical harm to his employees.”
DISCLAIMER: This material was produced under grant number SH26334-SH4 from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S.
Department of Labor. It does not necessarily reflect the views or policies of
the U. S. Department of Labor, nor does mention of trade names, commercial
products, or organizations imply endorsement by the U. S. Government. The U.S.
Government does not warrant or assume any legal liability or responsibility for
the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, apparatus, product,
or process disclosed.
WARNING: The stretching exercises in this booklet should not be attempted
if you have a preexisting condition, injury or soreness in an affected area.
Stretching should never be done to the point of causing pain. If you are under
treatment for a musculoskeletal disorder, you should follow the advice of your
medical advisor about practicing these exercises since they can cause further
injury. You are encouraged to have your own musculoskeletal assessment
conducted by a trained professional who can recommend specific exercises and
develop a program for you and your particular work situation. This booklet
provides general principles only, it is up to YOU to apply them safely and
correctly to the work situation found in your specific fishery.
Alaska Marine Safety Education Association
2924 Halibut Point Road . Sitka, Alaska 99835
907-747-3287 / www.amsea.org
Hand/Wrist ...................................................................... 15-16
Shoulder ........................................................................... 14-15
Back .................................................................................. 12-13
Exercises and Stretches ................................................................ 12
Prevention ..................................................................................... 11
Temperature ..................................................................... 10
Contact Trauma ............................................................... 10
Frequency/Repetition ...................................................... 9
Posture ............................................................................... 8
Grip Force ......................................................................... 8
Risk Factors .................................................................................... 7
Shoulder, Elbow, Wrist & Hand ..................................... 5-6
Back & Spine ..................................................................... 2-4
Forces on the Body ........................................................................ 2
Overview of Ergonomics .............................................................. 1
Table of Contents
1
This guide is intended to serve as a reference to be kept on board
your vessel. It is not intended to treat, diagnose or cure any condition. Please remember to always consult your physician for any
medical concerns you may have.
As you go through the guide, begin to think about what areas on
your vessel could be improved through correct ergonomics. The
benefit is not only self-wellness, but often, improved ergonomics
creates more efficient practices - which is something every fisherman can appreciate.
Improving ergonomics in commercial fishing practices can help
to reduce injury. There are tools, safer practices and simple deck
alterations that can dramatically reduce your risk to injury caused
by the physical demands of commercial fishing.
Ergonomics has often been associated with working in an office,
with keyboards, telephones and fancy ball chairs. The fact is, however, that correct ergonomics is important in nearly every activity
we undertake; especially activities and jobs that are physically taxing - like commercial fishing. Anyone who has ever fished, known
a fisherman or thought about fishing, knows there are inherent
risks, but we usually associate those risks with things like weather,
loading our vessels, handling gear, etc. It isn’t often we really think
about the risks to our bodies from repetitive motion, strain on the
back, lifting, and other forces that cause injury over time. We know
those risks are there, but it’s just part of the job, right? Sort of.
Ergonomics is the science of adapting workstations, tools, equipment and work methods for more efficient, comfortable and
error-free use by humans.
Ergo (meaning work) and Nomos (meaning natural laws).
Overview of Ergonomics
Potential stress from posture.
Potential stress from high force.
1. The weight/size and direction of the load or force on the hands.
2. The posture assumed during the material handling activity
(including the twisting of the body and the horizontal distance of
the load out from the body).
3. The frequency of the force.
4. The duration of the activity.
5. Fixed or stationary postures.
When thinking about injuries specific to the back, we must consider several factors:
Low-back stresses are due to force and posture and effort repetition/effort duration. In commercial fishing in particular, effort
duration is much greater than that of a typical job because the shift
is longer. Fishermen don’t punch in and punch out, they work by
the tides, fishing regs and other factors. Additionally, they work in
often confined and cramped spaces, and on a surface that is moving
with the water.
BACK & SPINE
Forces on the Body
2
3
Reduce compressive
force by keeping the
load close to the body.
DO NOT LIFT LIKE THIS!
When lifting/lowering a given load,
the torso weight can contribute a lot of
stress. Try to keep the torso as upright
as reasonable and comfortable.
Compressive force on the spine is something that should also be
considered. Lifting and lowering loads put compression on the
spine. While the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH) tells us to avoid lifting more than 35 pounds at
once, and especially if frequent and of long duration, we know this
is often not possible in the fishing industry.
Potential stress from force AND
posture.
When possible, support yourself with your
free hand when lifting or lowering to form a
“bridge.” This reduces stress on your back.
t Keep the body upright (as much as possible).
t Keep the load/force close to body.
t Push/pull at mid-torso height.
t Don’t twist the body.
t Don’t jerk the load you are lifting.
t Get help when moving.
t Tighten stomach, exhale when lifting.
t Make a “bridge.”
Recommendations for reducing stresses on the back and spine:
Locate the hands
about half way between the low back
and the shoulder when
pulling or pushing so
that neither the back
nor shoulder is highly
stressed.
In general, pushing is lower stress than pulling. In fishing, however,
you often don’t have the option.
Shoulder stress can be reduced by task design and/or work practices which orient the force direction through the shoulder.
When pushing or pulling, remember that low-back compressive
force is minimized when the force direction is close to the waist.
4
5
t Avoiding the activity that causes the pain.
t Use an ice pack 30 minutes, 2x/day on the affected elbow.
t Use of anti-inflammatory drugs (consult your physician).
t Using a forearm brace.
t Using gloves that grip.
t Physical therapy.
You can sometimes alleviate pain due to epicondylitis by:
Elbow: Common elbow problems are generally related to tendonitis
(or epicondylitis). You may have heard the term “Tennis Elbow,”
which is presented with pain or discomfort on the outside of the
elbow, or “Golfer’s Elbow,” which is presented with pain or discomfort on the inside of the elbow. In commercial fishing this pain can
develop (or increase) at the outside of the elbow due to tasks like
lifting, gaffing, baiting and cleaning.
t Avoid work at or above the shoulders.
t Get help when you have to do overhead work.
t Keep shoulders square and rolled back.
t Exercise shoulders and mid-back to maintain strength.
You can reduce your risk for ergonomic
injury of the shoulder by taking a few
precautions when possible:
Shoulder: Common shoulder problems
are tendonitis (inflamed tendon) and
bursitis (inflamed bursa - which is a fluid
filled sac in the shoulder).
Forces on the upper extremities of the shoulder, elbow, wrist and
hand, can cause ergonomic injury just as in the back and spine.
SHOULDER, ELBOW, WRIST & HAND
t Tool and task design to decrease
hand force.
t Improve friction and grip
characteristics.
t Optimize tool grip diameter
(approximately 2 inches).
t Use power/full hand grip instead
of pinch grip.
t Minimize wrist/shoulder
deviation (bend the tool not the
wrist).
t Reduce exertion time/increase muscle recovery time.
t Reduce repetition through job enlargement.
t Alternate hands.
t Use personal protective equipment (PPE).
t Reduce contact stress from hard surfaces with padding.
You can reduce your risk to ergonomic injury of the wrist and hand
with these recommendations:
t Pain, tingling, cramping.
t Numbness in thumb, pointer, middle, inside of ring finger.
t Weak grip, clumsiness.
t Burning pain (worse at night).
t Tendency to find affected hand with bent wrist when at rest.
Many fishermen are quite aware of the symptoms of Carpal Tunnel
Syndrome. Some of those symptoms are:
Wrist/Hand: Disorders of
the hand and wrist are very
common among commercial
fishermen. Some common
problems are tendonitis
(including Carpal Tunnel
Syndrome) and Vibration White
Finger.
6
7
Other Risk Factors are the Environment (meaning hot or cold
temperatures) and of course, our own personal characteristics (age,
body mass index, smoking, diet, fatigue, etc.).
1. High force
2. Awkward Posture
3. Exertion Repetition & Duration
4. Shift Duration
It helps to remember the “BIG 4” Risk Factors:
Just as in low back stress, stress to the upper extremities (shoulder,
elbow, wrist and hand) is caused by force and posture and effort
repetition/effort duration. More specifically affecting these extremities are grip force, posture, frequency/repetition, contact and cold
temperature.
RISK FACTORS FOR MSDs OF THE UPPER EXTREMITIES
Ergonomic injuries, also often referred to as musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs), are very common among commercial fishermen.
An easy way to the think of the
musculoskeletal system, is to
think of it like a winch. Muscles
are the motor which generate
force, tendons are the cables
which transfer that force, and
the skeletal frame is like the
metal frame of a winch. Damage in any of these areas in a
winch creates a compromised
system prone to weakness or failure; our musculoskeletal systems
react much the same way when we have injury in any of these areas.
ABOUT ERGONOMIC INJURIES
Risk Factors for Ergonomic Injuries
t Workplace design/work orientation
t Minimizing wrist/shoulder deviation
t Keeping the hand in front, below mid-torso
t Altering work methods
t Automation
It is important to remember that high forces and/or awkward posture can cause tendonitis (inflammation of the tendons).
You can reduce posture related risks by:
POSTURE RELATED RISK FACTORS
Left: This screwdriver reduces hand force because it has a handle
that is easier to grip and turn. Center: Use a power grip as in the
top photo rather than a pinch grip in the bottom photo. Right: This
hammer improves grip with a high friction handle.
Pinch Grip
Power Grip
t Using tools designed to decrease hand force.
t Using a power grip rather than a pinch grip.
t Improving mechanical advantage.
t Automation.
Reduce risk factors caused by grip force by:
GRIP FORCE RISK FACTORS
8
9
Another example of putting the bend
in the tool rather than the hand. Fish
scrapers can have either a bend in the
handle or the scraper to minimize posture related risk. Additionally, scrapers
can also have hose fittings on the end to
make work even more efficient.
Spending long hours at one station
doing the same task is a greater risk for
ergonomic injury than switching tasks
throughout the day.
t Increasing cycle time
t Worker rotation
t Alternating hands
t Taking more rest breaks
t Greater job variety
t Automation
Also remember that frequency/repetition increase risk to ergonomic injury as the stress on the body appears to accumulate with
repeated exertions. You can reduce high frequency/repetition risk
factors by:
FREQUENCY/REPETITION RISK FACTORS
Awkward posture and
wrist bend can be minimized by using tools
with bends as seen in the
x-ray image to the right.
A photo of Vibration White
Finger - an example of the
compounded risk of cold plus
vibration.
Cold temperatures may present
a direct hazard to the tissues, or
desensitize the receptors in the
hands, and cause the worker to
grip the tool harder than necessary. This may increase the grip
force risk noted earlier. Additionally, cold temperatures combined with vibration may lead
to Vibration White Finger - a repetitive stress injury that causes
the fingers to turn white due to spasms in the small blood vessels.
When the vessels spasm they constrict and cut off blood flow to the
fingers causing them to turn white.
COLD TEMPERATURE COMPOUNDS RISKS
t Using padding
t Distributing force among fingers
t Alternating hands
t Workplace redesign
t Automation
Contact risk factors may cause ergonomic injury due to direct
contact with the work piece, tool or work surface. This is especially
hazardous when the hand is used repeatedly to pound or push on
parts. Contact trauma is also possible when the elbows are rested
on a hard work surface or when the forearms come in contact with
the with the sharp edges of a work surface. You can reduce contact
trauma related risks by:
CONTACT TRAUMA RISK FACTORS
10
11
Commercial fishing is hard work, but you can learn ways to reduce
the physical toll it takes on your body.
t Distributing force among fingers.
t Move your feet, don’t twist your body while using force.
t Try to limit effort repetition and task duration.
t Use two people to lift heavy objects when possible.
t Keep your body upright as much as possible during exertion.
t Keep the load/force close to your body.
t Push or pull at mid torso height.
t Tighten stomach and exhale when lifting.
t Remember to make a “bridge” when possible.
t Be mindful of extreme temperatures (hot or cold).
t Develop methods to limit movement of fish and gear.
You can reduce your risk for, or even prevent, ergonomic injury even as a commercial fisherman. The key is to be aware of what
you can do to minimize your risk (when possible) and how to alleviate symptoms when they do occur. Remember some key points
covered in this guide to make your work easier on your body:
Prevention
Back Adductor Stretch
1. Place foot outside opposite knee.
2. With hand push away on bent knee.
3. Hold 30 seconds.
4. Alternate legs - Repeat 3x.
Knee to Chest Stretch
1. Hand behind knee, pull knee to chest until
comfortable stretch felt in lower back/buttock.
2. Relax back.
3. Hold 30 seconds - Repeat 3x, alternate legs.
BACK STRETCHES
1. The idea is to increase flexibility.
2. Stretch slowly but do not bounce or cause pain/worsen
condition.
3. Should be part of a daily routine.
4. Have underlying conditions professionally assessed.
5. If serious musculoskeletal issues exist, get professional help.
6. Develop a habit of stretching every day.
Take these into consideration when thinking about stretching:
Stretching can help avoid problems altogether. Why is stretching
a good idea? Well, a number of reasons - including, increased
blood and oxygen, increased flexibility and agility, it makes us more
mentally alert and all of these things contribute to being more
productive. You can stretch anytime - before work, during work or
after work. Certain stretches will be easier to do during non-fishing
times, but others can be done during breaks from work. Think
about developing a 2-5 minute “warm-up” routine before you go
out to work on deck.
Stretches & Exercises
12
13
Backward Bend
1. Hands on hips.
2. Arch back.
3. Hold 10 seconds.
4. Repeat 5-10x per set.
5. Repeat every few hours.
Trunk Stretch
1. Reach arms out, elbows straight.
2. Gently sit back on heels.
3. Hold 30 seconds.
4. Do 2 sets of 3 reps.
Cat/Cow Stretch
1. Arch back 30”- sag back 30”
2. Do 2 sets of 3 reps
Knees to Chest
1. Lie on back with knees bent.
2. Bring knees to chest using arms.
3. Do 2 sets, 30 seconds each.
Lower Trunk Rotation
1. Keep back flat and feet together.
2. Rotate knees to left/right side.
3. Hold 30 seconds
4. Repeat 3x per side.
Corner Stretch
1. Stand in corner, hands about shoulder level.
2. Lean forward until comfortable stretch felt
across chest.
3. Hold 30 seconds.
4. Repeat 3x and do 1 – 3x/day.
Shoulder Shrug
1. Shrug shoulders
up & back.
2. Do 20-30x/day.
3. Repeat every
few hours.
Scapular Retraction
1. Elbows bend to 90°.
2. Pinch shoulder blades together.
3. Rotate arms out.
4. Keep elbows bent.
5. Do 10-30/set.
6. Repeat every few hours.
SHOULDER STRETCHES
Cobra Stretch
1. Rise up on elbows (only
as high as comfortable).
2. Keep hips on floor.
3. Hold 10 seconds.
4. Repeat 10x.
14
15
Shoulder Stretches w/ Rope
(You can make this yourself
with rope and hang it from
an overhead on your vessel.)
With Feet in place, bend
elbows to raise body.
Lateral Stretch
Attach one end to door or
bulkhead and pull across body
by rotating out at shoulder,
maintaining 90 degree bend
arm.
Shoulder Lifts
(A suitable surface for hands can
be found at home or vessel.) Lift
and lower weight of body as shown
at left.
Foot/Outstretched Hand
(Bungees like this one can
be bought at a pharmacy or
physical therapist and used at
home or boat.) Place one end
under foot and lift across body
extending arm up as pictured
at left.
Corner Stretch
1. Stand in corner, hands about shoulder level.
2. Lean forward until comfortable stretch felt
across chest.
3. Hold 30 seconds.
4. Repeat 3x and do 1 – 3x/day.
Shoulder Shrug
1. Shrug shoulders
up & back.
2. Do 20-30x/day.
3. Repeat every
few hours.
Scapular Retraction
1. Elbows bend to 90°.
2. Pinch shoulder blades together.
3. Rotate arms out.
4. Keep elbows bent.
5. Do 10-30/set.
6. Repeat every few hours.
SHOULDER STRETCHES
Cobra Stretch
1. Rise up on elbows (only
as high as comfortable).
2. Keep hips on floor.
3. Hold 10 seconds.
4. Repeat 10x.
14
15
Shoulder Stretches w/ Rope
(You can make this yourself
with rope and hang it from
an overhead on your vessel.)
With Feet in place, bend
elbows to raise body.
Lateral Stretch
Attach one end to door or
bulkhead and pull across body
by rotating out at shoulder,
maintaining 90 degree bend
arm.
Shoulder Lifts
(A suitable surface for hands can
be found at home or vessel.) Lift
and lower weight of body as shown
at left.
Foot/Outstretched Hand
(Bungees like this one can
be bought at a pharmacy or
physical therapist and used at
home or boat.) Place one end
under foot and lift across body
extending arm up as pictured
at left.
Active Hook Fist (for Carpal Tunnel Syndrome)
1. With fingers & knuckles straight, bend middle &
tip joints (do not bend large knuckles.)
3. Repeat 10x and do 1 or 2x/day.
Elbow -Hand Press
1. Move wrist back against fixed resistance.
2. Hold 3 seconds, repeat 10x.
Elbow-Hand Bend
1. Move hand against fixed resistance.
2. Hold 3 seconds, repeat10x.
ELBOW, HAND & WRIST STRETCHES
Wall Clock Stretch
1. Hands outstretched, palms up- hold 30
seconds.
2. Raise arms 45°. Hold 30 seconds.
3. Raise arms upright, thumbs facing back.
Push-Ups
While on hands & toes, lower
and raise body by bending at elbows. Keep knees/hips off floor.
(If you have lower back problems, keep knees on floor.)
16
17
Wrist Flexor Stretch
1. Keep elbow straight, grasp hand
2. Slowly bend wrist back till stretch
is felt.
3. Hold 30 seconds.
4. Relax
5. 3x/day or every few hours.
Wrist Extensor Stretch
1. Keep elbow straight.
2. Grasp hand & slowly bend wrist
forward until stretch is felt.
3. Hold 30 seconds.
4. Relax.
5. Repeat 3x/day or every few hours.
Active Straight Fist
1. Fingers straight.
2. Bend knuckles & middle joint.
3. Touch fingertips to palm.
4. Repeat 10x, 1-2x/day.
Active Full Fist
1. Straighten all fingers.
2. Make a fist.
3. Bend all joints.
4. Repeat 10x; 1-2x/day.
3.5 Safety on Vessels
Before Deployment on Vessel
The Commercial Industry Vessel Safety Act of 1988 required the U.S. Coast Guard
(USCG) to issue regulations that require certain equipment, instructions and drills aboard
vessels that operate beyond the boundary line (COLREGS) or carry more than sixteen
individuals. Equipment, instructions and drills all increase your safety. Your assigned
vessel almost certainly operates beyond the COLREGS line (an imaginary line drawn
from points of lands, or closes passes, bays and inlets). These regulations are published in
the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), with most contained in 46 CRR. These safety
regulations are outlined in the publication Federal Requirements for Commercial Fishing
Industry Vessels. Specific regulations vary, depending on the type and length of vessel,
location of fishing operations, seasonal conditions and other factors.
When you board a vessel, safety regulations mandate the captain to make sure you
receive a safety orientation. This may be as simple as showing you around, but may
include watching videos, or conducting drills. There are some important items that you
need to be familiar with while on board any vessel. Check these things before you leave
the dock. Aboard fishing vessels, a life-threatening emergency is possible at any time.
By law, vessels selected for participation in fishery evaluations projects that carry
observers must have a current USCG safety inspection decal. The policy regarding vessel
selection or rejection for participation in the observer program, whether the program is
mandatory or voluntary, is as follows:
1. You will not sail aboard a vessel, unless a current USCG safety decal is displayed
in the starboard window of the wheelhouse of the vessel. This is the law.
2. Before the vessel leaves the dock, you need to fill out the safety check off list to
determine whether the minimum safety equipment is onboard. Do this before the vessel
gets underway because you could find yourself the fifth person on a vessel with a fourman life raft.
If you determine that the vessel does not comply with the minimum safety
equipment requirements, or for any other reason consider the vessel unsafe in a preboarding survey, do not board, and immediately contact the Observer Coordinator.
3. Once you have completed your check off list, orient yourself with the vessel. Become
familiar with other safety features of the vessel such as the station bill, and location of
any other safety equipment (radio, first aid kit). Identify any potential hazards before the
vessel departs. Memorize the exit route from your cabin, the galley, and other locations
where you may spend a fair amount of time.
* The following are examples of things that you should/could check while doing a
vessel walk through. They are listed here to assist you when determining the relative
safety of a particular vessel. It is not a comprehensive list but one that is intended to
help you start thinking*
- Does the vessel seem well maintained? Is it neat, clean and being run by a crew that is
careful and prepared?
- Any visible hydraulic leaks?
- Is the vessel being used for the purpose it was originally designed? Have significant
changes been made?
- Do obvious hazards exist? Note potentially hazardous areas/conditions.
- Identify the watertight doors (interior and exterior). Can they be secured in case of
heavy weather or emergencies?
- Are any hatches or passageways blocked or difficult to get to?
- Does deck gear appear to be in good working order and are there safety concerns with
the setup? Are there wires that run overhead? Are shackles and blocks worn excessively?
- Is vessel overdue for a haul-out (excessive growth at waterline or hull paint in poor
condition)?
- How often is the bilge pump going on?
- How high off of the deck is the fish hold hatch and is it in good condition? Are there
any other openings on deck and are they covered with hatches?
- Would anything prevent you from abandoning ship from the living quarters?
- What are the escape routes from every part of the vessel you might find yourself?
Visualize egress for all possible scenarios (fire, flooding, capsized, dark, etc.) and
mentally note landmarks.
- What are the most combustible items on board and where are they stored?
- Are there any exposed exhaust pipes/manifolds that might pose burn hazards?
- While you are at sea note the roll period. Generally a boat with a quick, snappy roll is
more stable than a boat that has a slow or sluggish roll period. A boat that seems to
hesitate on its side before righting could be unstable.
- Does the vessel list excessively?
- Is there heavy equipment on deck that is not lashed down?
- Are there any exposed drive chains, pulleys or belts?
- Where is the life raft located? Would it be hard to get to if conditions were icy or the
house was on fire?
- Are there rust stains between wood planks? Do any planks protrude or are there
inconsistencies in the hull? Is wood rot present? Remember, if you can see wood rot it is
likely worse in areas that you can’t see.
- Are there safety issues involved with boarding?
- Is there a sufficient amount of scuppers and are they large enough to be effective? Do
they become plugged during fishing operations?
- Is there a station bill posted and is your role clear during all shipboard emergencies?
Did the captain give a safety orientation, explaining:
- Survival craft embarkation stations and assignments
- Fire/emergency/abandon ship signals
- Procedures for rough weather/sea
- Procedures for recovering person overboard
- Procedures for fighting a fire
- Essential actions required of each person in an emergency?
OMB Control No. 0648-0593
Expiration Date: 01/31/2024
Southeast Fisheries Observer Programs - Panama City
Pre-Trip Safety Check
OBS TRIP ID
DATE
VESSEL NAME
CGVSE
VESSEL #
Life Saving Equipment (circle Y for yes or N for no)
Safety Examination Decal? Y / N
Decal #
Date of Expiration:
/
Vessel Distance Rating:
NM
EPIRB
EPIRB present? Y / N
Stowed in a float-free location? Y / N
EPIRB Registration Expiration Date:
Hydrostatic Release Exp. Date:
/
EPIRB Category: I / II
/
/ NA
Registered To:
Battery Expiration Date:
/
FLARES
3 of any flare required for operations <3nm offshore
3 Parachute, 6 Hand & 3 Smoke required for operations >3nm offshore
Record flare expiration dates:
Hand:
/
Hand:
Hand:
/
Hand:
Hand:
/
Hand:
/
/
/
Smoke:
Smoke:
Smoke:
/
/
/
Parachute:
Parachute:
Parachute:
/
/
/
PFDs AND IMMERSION SUITS (not including observer equipment)
Personal Floatation Device for each POB? Y / N
# of PFDs
Immersion suit for each POB*? Y / N
*required in federal waters above 32 N latitude
# of Immersion Suits
07-2022
FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
Vessels <26 ft require 1 B-I unless equipped with an outboard in certain conditions
Vessels >26 ft but <40 ft require 2 B-I or 1 B-II
Vessels >40 ft but <65 ft require 3 B-I or 1 B-II & 1 B-I
Location
1
2
3
Type
Manufacture
Date
Brand
First
Model #
Green
Y/N
Photo
Y/N
*If cannot determine both brand AND model, a photo MUST be taken*
STATION BILLS posted? Y / N
ONBOARD DRILLS logged? Y / N
LIFE RAFTS AND RINGS
Orange ring buoy with line attached? Y / N
Rigid life float? Y / N (>12nm but <20nm until 2015)
Inflatable life raft? Y / N
Capacity for all POB? Y / N
Life raft Capacity
_
Raft Repack Date
/_
Hydrostatic Release Exp. Date:
/
Life raft configured correctly*? Y / N
*Please take picture of configuration
5
Hydrostatic release
expiration date
5 Fabrication Marks Present? Y / N
Upper Fabrication mark towards rope? Y / N
Please provide signatures to verify that a safety check was
conducted and that the information above is accurate.
Observer:
Date:
/
/
Owner/Operator:
Date:
/
/
07-2022
Commercial Fishing Vessel Safety
EXA INATI N
D Documented
D Undocumented
OPERATIONS
D Cold Waters
D Warm Waters
D Inside Boundary Line
D Beyond Boundary Line
FROM COASTLINE
0 <3NM
0 <12NM
0 <20NM
0 <50NM
0 >50NM
0 >100NM
□
□
EXPIRES
VESSEL
THIS VESSEL MEETS ALL
USCG COMMERCIAL
FISHING INDUSTRY
VESSEL REGULATIONS
FOR OPERATING
AREAS AS MARKED
NO.
U.S. Department of Homeland Security
2021
2022
2023
2024
JAN JUL
FEB AUG
MAR SEP
APR OCT
MAY NOV
JUN DEC
CG-5587A
(Rev. 6/08)
3.5.4. USCG Decal Ratings Cheat Sheet
All Vessels:
PFDs on board for every POB, excluding the observer
Flares (Rating dependent)
Orange Ring Buoy
Fire Extinguishers
• Vessels less than 26 ft are not required 1 5-B IF propelled by outboard motor and the
construction of the does not permit the entrapment of explosive or flammable gases or vapors.
• Vessel greater than 26 ft but less than 40 ft require 2 5-Bs or 1 20-B
• Vessels 40 ft and over but less than 65 ft require 3 5-Bs or 1 20-B and 1 5-.
Less than 3nm:
3 Flares total of any kind (smoke, hand, or parachute)
NO LIFE RAFT REQUIRED
NO EPIRB REQUIRED
Less than 12nm:
Flares (3 smoke, 6 hand, 3 parachute)
NO LIFE RAFT REQUIRED
EPIRB
• CAT I (>36 ft, hydrostatic release required)
• CAT II (<36 ft, no hydrostatic release)
o If vessel is >36 ft and has a Builders Certificate that states it is inherently buoyant the
vessel is allowed to have CAT II.
Less than 20nm:
Flares (3 smoke, 6 hand, 3 parachute)
Rigid Life Float Required
EPIRB
• CAT I (>36 ft, hydrostatic release required)
• CAT II (<36 ft, no hydrostatic release)
o If vessel is >36 ft and has a Builders Certificate that states it is inherently buoyant the
vessel is allowed to have CAT II.
More than 20nm:
Flares (3 smoke, 6 hand, 3 parachute)
EPIRB
• CAT I (>36 ft, hydrostatic release required)
• CAT II (<36 ft, no hydrostatic release)
o If vessel is >36 ft and has a Builders Certificate that states it is inherently buoyant the
vessel is allowed to have CAT II.
Undocumented Vessel - ex. FL2440HP
• Valise Life Raft or Canister Life Raft Required (Valise must be readily accessible)
Documented Vessel - ex. 604557
• 20- 50nm- *Valise Life Raft with Coastal pack minimum requirement
• > 50nm: Canister Life Raft Required (Raft must be in cradle and mounted in a float free location)
*Exceptions or Changes may occur, see current regulations https://www.dco.uscg.mil/FishSafe*
3.5.5.
Federal
Requirements
for
Commercial
Fishing Industry
Vessels
This pamphlet is published by the U. S. Coast Guard:
Commandant (CG-CVC-3)
Commercial Vessel Compliance
Fishing Vessel Safety Division
2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Ave. SE, Stop7501
Washington, DC 20593-7501
(202) 372-1245
email: [email protected]
https://www.dco.uscg.mil/FishSafe
Regulatory information current through June 1, 2020
Federal Requirements for
Commercial Fishing Industry Vessels
CONTENTS
Dockside Safety Exams
At-Sea Boardings
PAGE
1
2
All Vessel Requirements
Lifesaving
Personal Flotation Devices
Throwable Flotation
Survival Craft
Lifesaving Equipment Marking
Maintenance & Inspection of Lifesaving Eqpt.
Escape Routes
Distress Signals
Communications
Sound producing Device
Radiotelephones
Ship Station License
EPIRB
Fire Prevention
Fire Extinguishing Equipment
Gasoline Engine fire prevention
Navigation
Rules of the Road
Navigation Lights
Officer Certificates
Instability
Operating a vessel Under the Influence
Pollution Prevention
Oil, Garbage,
Sewage (Marine Sanitation)
Other
Marine Casualties and Injuries
Vessel Registration
Drug Testing
3
5
6
9
10
10
11
12
12
12
12
14
16
17
17
17
17
17
19
20
18
20
20
Documented Vessels (Operating Beyond the
Boundary Line or With More than 16 People On Board
Navigation
21
Navigation Information
Electronic Position Fixing
21
Compass
21
Anchors
28
Radar Reflectors
28
Communications
Communication Equipment
22
Digital Selective Calling (DSC)
23
Automatic Identification System (AIS)
High Water Alarms
General Alarm System
Emergency Drills, Training, Instructions
Emergency Instructions
Drills & Instruction
Safety Orientation
First Aid Equipment & Training
Other
Firemen’s Outfits & SCBA
Guards for Exposed Hazards
Bilge Systems
Boarding Ladder
23
23
24
24
25
26
26
27
27
28
29
Other Applicable Federal Laws and Regulations
30
Design & Construction
Load Line
30
Stability for Vessels 79 ft. or More
31
Vessels with More Than 16 Individuals built or
converted on/after Sep 15, 1991
31
Fish Processing Vessels
31
Aleutian Trade Act Vessels
31
Oil Carriage
32
Waste Oil Discharge Piping
32
Oil Transfer Procedures
32
Financial Responsibility
32
Citizenship
32
Fishing Agreement
32
Seaman Rights
32
Sexual Abuse Act
32
Definitions
Ready for Sea Checklist
33
36
CG Fishing Vessel Safety Coordinators
37
This pamphlet contains information on Federal
requirements for commercial fishing industry vessels.
Owners/operators may be required to comply with
additional regulations specific to the state in which the
vessel is registered or operated. Contact your local
authorities to ensure compliance with state laws.
Requirements in this pamphlet include cites from
applicable laws and regulations. This pamphlet
summarizes the regulations as applicable to most
vessels. It is not intended to be all-inclusive. Additional
details on specific requirements can be found in the
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), available at:
www.eCFR.gov, your local library, bookstore or may be
ordered from the Government Bookstore 1-866-5121800,
https://bookstore.gpo.gov/sales.
Dockside Safety Exams
Required Dockside Safety Examinations: 46 U.S.C.
§4502(f) requires commercial fishing vessels operating
beyond 3 nautical miles from the baseline from which the
territorial sea of the United States is measured or beyond
3 nautical miles from the coastline of the Great Lakes, be
examined dockside at least once every 5 years. The Coast
Guard advises that a safety exam should be completed
every 2 years to ensure safety equipment and procedures
are current. The dockside exam compliance decals are
valid for 2 years.
Fish Processing, Aleutian Trade Act Vessels or vessels
that carry a NOAA Fisheries Observer must be examined
dockside at least once every 2 years.
Voluntary Dockside Safety Examinations: Voluntary
dockside safety examinations are encouraged for all other
commercial fishing vessels. These free examinations
include a thorough check of safety equipment required on
that particular vessel. The examination will be conducted
by qualified Coast Guard personnel or a third party
organization accepted by the Coast Guard.
The dockside examination educates the fishing public.
There is no penalty for not passing a voluntary exam, a
work list will be provided to the owner/operator identifying
items that need to be corrected.
Upon successful
completion a safety decal is issued to the vessel that
indicates compliance with the regulations.
Contact your local Examiner to schedule a dockside
examination. For a complete list of Examiners visit
https://www.dco.uscg.mil/FishSafe. You may also request
an examination by contacting your Coast Guard District
Fishing Vessel Safety Coordinator listed at the back of this
pamphlet.
Safety Exam Decal
1
At-Sea Boardings
At-sea boardings The Coast Guard is the primary law
enforcement presence at sea. Coast Guard Boarding
Teams conduct law enforcement boardings to verify
compliance with various laws regarding fisheries, safety
and environmental protection.
Compliance with safety
regulations reduces the chance of vessel casualties and
helps avoid costly citations. Additionally, the presence of a
valid examination decal may reduce time spent checking
safety equipment during an at-sea boarding.
Voyage terminations for unsafe operations
If the boarding officer determines that an especially
hazardous condition exists, the vessel’s voyage could be
terminated. The regulations identify eleven items that may
be grounds for voyage termination (46 CFR Part 28.65):
1. Insufficient or unserviceable survival gear (such as
PFDs, immersion suits, survival craft, etc.)
2. No operable EPIRB or radio (when required)
3. Inadequate fire fighting equipment
4. Excessive volatile fuel/vapors in bilges
5. Instability resulting from overloading, improper
loading, or lack of freeboard
6. Inoperable bilge system (when required)
7. Intoxication of operator (.04% BAC)
8. Lack of adequate operable navigations lights during
periods of reduced visibility
9. Watertight closures missing or inoperable (when
required)
10. Flooding or uncontrolled leakage in any space
11. A missing or expired Certificate of Class for a Fish
Processing Vessel (when required)
2
Requirements for all Commercial
Fishing Industry Vessels
Personal Flotation Devices (PFDs) and
Immersion Suits
46 CFR 28.105 – General Requirements
46 CFR 28.110 – Number and Stowage
46 CFR 28.135 – Markings
46 CFR 28.140 – Maintenance
46 CFR 25.25 – Life Preservers and Other Lifesaving Equipment
There must be at least one Coast Guard approved device
of the proper size for each person on board the vessel (see
table).
Type of PFD Required
Area of Operation
Seaward of the
Boundary Line, north of
32ºN, or south of 32ºS,
and Lake Superior
Vessel Type
Device
Documented
Immersion Suit
Coastal Waters on the
West Coast of the U.S.
north of Pt. Reyes, CA;
Beyond coastal waters,
cold waters; and Lake
Superior
All
Immersion Suit
All other waters
(includes Great Lakes
except Lake Superior)
40 feet or more
in length
Type I, Type
V Hybrid, or
Immersion Suit
All other waters
(includes Great Lakes
except Lake Superior)
Less than
40 feet in
length
Type I, II, III,
Type V Hybrid, or
Immersion Suit
Requirements
Stowage and
Condition
Markings
Retro-reflective
material
Approved Personal
Marker Light
Readily accessible and in good
(serviceable) condition
Must be marked with the name of:
- the vessel or
- the owner of the device or
- the assigned individual
62 square inches (31 sq. in. on front
and 31 sq. in. on back)
Vessels on Coastwise, Ocean or
voyages on the Great Lakes.
Attached to front shoulder of PFD
3
EXAMPLES OF PFDs and IMMERSION SUITS
TYPE I
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE V
(aka Exposure Suit or Survival Suit)
IMMERSION
SUIT
4
Throwable Flotation Devices
46 CFR 28.115 – General Requirements
46 CFR 28.135 – Markings
A Coast Guard approved throwable flotation device (ring
life buoy or buoyant cushion) must be carried on board,
as specified in the following:
Vessel Length
Device Required
Less than 16 feet
16 feet to less than
26 feet
26 feet to less than
65 feet
None
1 USCG approved throwable cushion
or ring life buoy
1 orange 24-inch ring life buoy with 60
feet of line attached
3 orange 24-inch ring life buoys, at
least one device must have 90 feet of
line attached
65 feet or more
A commercial Lifesling3TM (CG Approval 160.050), may
be substituted for a ring life buoy, if the vessel has a
lifting point 10 ft. above the deck, device is stowed as per
the instructions and the crew is trained in its proper use.
5
Survival Craft
46 CFR 28.120
46 CFR 28.125
46 CFR 28.130
46 CFR 28.135
46 CFR 28.140
– General Requirements
– Stowage
– Equipment
– Markings
– Maintenance
Commercial fishing industry vessels are required to carry
Coast Guard approved survival craft of sufficient capacity
to accommodate the total number of individuals on board
as determined by the tables.
Warm Waters
State Numbered Vessels
Vessel
Length
Area
Inside Boundary Line; or
lakes, bays, sounds, rivers
Beyond Boundary Line,
within 20 miles of coastline
Beyond 20 miles of the
coastline
Documented Vessels
Inside Boundary Line; or
lakes, bays, sounds, rivers
Beyond Boundary Line,
within 20 miles of coastline
20 – 50 miles of the
coastline
All
None
All
Life Float 1, 2
All
Inflatable buoyant
apparatus
All
None
All
Life Float 1, 2
All
Beyond 50 miles from
coastline
Survival Craft
All
Inflatable Liferaft
with Coastal Pack
Inflatable liferaft
with SOLAS A
pack.
Cold Waters
State Numbered Vessels
Area
Vessel Length
0-12 miles from
Less than 36
coastline
feet
0-12 miles from
36 feet or more
coastline
Beyond 12 miles from
All
coastline
Documented Vessels
0-12 miles from
Less than 36
coastline
feet
0-12 miles from
36 feet or more
coastline
12 - 20 miles from
All
coastline
20-50 miles from
All
coastline
Beyond 50 miles from
All
coastline
6
Survival Craft
Buoyant
apparatus1
Buoyant
apparatus
Inflatable buoyant
apparatus
Buoyant
apparatus1
Inflatable buoyant
apparatus2
Liferaft
Liferaft with
SOLAS B pack.
Liferaft with
SOLAS A pack.
Great Lakes
State Numbered Vessels
Area
Vessel Length
Warm Waters, within 3
All
miles of coastline
Warm Waters, Beyond
All
3 miles of coastline
Cold Waters
36 feet or more
Documented Vessels
Warm Waters within
All
3 miles of coastline
Warm Waters,
beyond 3 miles of
All
coastline
Less than 36
Cold Waters
feet
Cold Waters
36 feet or more
Survival Craft
None
Buoyant
Apparatus 1
Buoyant
Apparatus
None
Buoyant Apparatus 1
Buoyant Apparatus 1
Inflatable Buoyant
Apparatus 2
1
A vessel less than 36 feet which operates within 12 miles
of the coastline with three or fewer people on board is not
required to carry a survival craft.
2
A Coast Guard approved Buoyant Apparatus may be
substituted provided the vessel operates within 12 miles of
the coastline with three or fewer people on board.
Hierarchy: A survival craft higher in the hierarchy may be
substituted for any survival craft required. The hierarchy of
survival craft in descending order is:
1. Lifeboat
2. Liferaft with SOLAS A Pack or Oceans pack
3. Liferaft with SOLAS B Pack or Limited pack
4. Liferaft with Coastal Service Pack
5. Inflatable Buoyant Apparatus (IBA)
6. Life Float
7. Buoyant Apparatus
Exceptions
An auxiliary craft, which is integral to and necessary for
normal fishing operations, may be substituted for a
survival craft (except for an inflatable liferaft) if it is readily
accessible during an emergency and is capable of safely
holding all persons on board. (Loading may not exceed
the rated capacity of the craft.)
Vessels less than 36 ft. which meet flotation provisions of
33 CFR Part 183 and operate within 12 miles of the
coastline are not required to carry a survival craft.
Undocumented vessels with more than 16 individuals on
board refer to table 46 CFR 28.120(c)
7
Survival Craft Examples
8
Stowage of Survival Craft
46 CFR 28.125
Inflatable Liferafts that are required to be equipped with a
SOLAS A or B equipment pack must be stowed so as to
float free and automatically inflate in the event the vessel
sinks.
All Inflatable Liferafts, Inflatable Buoyant Apparatus, and
any auxiliary craft used in their place must be readily
accessible for launching or be stowed to float free if the
vessel sinks.
A hydrostatic release unit used in a float free arrangement
must have a Coast Guard approval number starting with
160.062. A float free link may be used with a Buoyant
Apparatus or a Life Float and must be certified to meet 46
CFR, subpart 160.073.
Life Float & Buoyant Apparatus Equipment
46 CFR 28.130
Lifeline, Pendants, Painter, Floating electric water light
(Coast Guard approval 161.010)
Lifesaving Equipment Marking
46 CFR 28.135
46 CFR 28.130
Item
Marking of Lifesaving Equipment
Marking
Life Float,
Buoyant Apparatus
or Auxiliary Craft
Container for
Inflatable Liferaft
Ring Life Buoy
EPIRB
Vessel Name
Type II retro-reflective material
Equipment pack; Coastal Service,
SOLAS B, or SOLAS A.
Manufacturer & service facility markings
Vessel Name
Type II retro-reflective material
Vessel Name
Type II retro-reflective material
Type II Retro-reflective material used on continuously
exposed rigid surfaces. Must have a Coast Guard approval
starting with 164.018.
9
Maintenance and Inspection of Lifesaving
Equipment
46 CFR 28.140
The vessel’s master must ensure that all lifesaving
equipment is in good working order, ready for immediate
use, and readily accessible before the vessel leaves port
and when operating.
Item
Inspection, Maintenance & Servicing
Procedure and Interval
Inflatable wearable PFD
(Type V hybrid)
Immersion Suits
Other PFDs
Buoyant Apparatus
and Life Floats
Inflatable Liferafts and
Inflatable Buoyant
Apparatus
Hydrostatic Release
(Disposable)
Hydrostatic Release
(Mechanical)
EPIRB
Other dated items
Batteries
Service annually according to
manufacturer’s guidelines
Inspect and clean as necessary
Service in accordance with
manufacturer’s guidelines
Master or knowledgeable individual;
Inspect, clean, and repair as
necessary
Master or knowledgeable individual;
Inspect, Clean, and Repair as
Necessary
Service Annually at a facility
approved by the Coast Guard
A new device has two years from
date of first packing before having
to be serviced; annually thereafter.
Replace on or before expiration
date
Service Annually at a facility
approved by the Coast Guard
Master or knowledgeable individual;
Test monthly
Replace on or before expiration
Dated: Replace on or before
expiration date
Undated: Replace Annually
Water-activated: Replace On or
Before Expiration Date, Whenever
Used, or Exposed to Water
Escape Routes
46 CFR 25.26-50
An escape route from a space where an individual may be
employed or an accommodation space must not be
obstructed.
10
Distress Signals
46 CFR 28.145
Area
Devices Required
Oceans, over 50 miles
from the coastline
Oceans, 3-50 miles from
the coastline; or more
than 3 miles from the
coastline on the Great
Lakes
Coastal waters,
excluding Great Lakes;
or within 3 miles of the
coastline on the Great
Lakes
3 parachute flares (160.136)
6 hand flares (160.121)
3 smoke signals (160.122)
3 parachute flares (160.136 or
160.036)
6 hand flares (160.121 or 160.021)
3 smoke signals
(160.122,160.022 or 160.037)
Night: one S.O.S. electric light
(161.013) and
Day: one flag (160.072) or 3
approved smoke signals, or 3
approved flares for both day and
night
Red Hand Flare
(day & night)
Parachute Flare
(day & night)
Orange Smoke Signal
(hand-held/day only)
Floating Orange Smoke
(day only)
Orange Flag
(day only)
Electric Distress Signal
(night only)
11
Sound producing Devices
33 CFR 81
If less than 12 meters (39.3 ft.) in overall length must have
an efficient sound signal. See the Inland and International
Rules for the requirements to carry a bell and whistle.
Radiotelephones
33 CFR 26
All power-driven vessels 20 meters (65 feet) or more must
comply with radiotelephone requirements.
Vessels of more than 300 gross tons have certain
additional radiotelephone requirements.
FCC Ship Radio Station License
47 CFR 80
A current license must be onboard any vessel: (1) required
by any regulation to carry radio-communicating equipment
(not including EPIRBs); (2) carrying single side band, or
(3) which communicates with a foreign coast station.
Emergency Position Indicating Radio
Beacon (EPIRB)
System Overview
12
EPIRB Requirement
46 CFR 28.150
46 CFR 25.26
Fishing vessels operating on the high seas (beyond the 3mile territorial sea line) are required to carry a 406 MHz
EPIRB, Category I (float-free, automatically activated) or
Category II (manually activated), as follows:
Vessel Length
EPIRB Required
36 feet or more in length
406MHz Category I
36 feet or more in length
406MHz Category I or
with flotation *
406MHz Category II
Less than 36 feet in length 406MHz Category II
* To qualify, a Builder’s Certification is required stating vessel is
constructed with sufficient inherently buoyant material to keep the
flooded vessel afloat.
The EPIRB must be tested when it is installed and at least
once every month. The master is responsible for ensuring
that the EPIRB is tested as required.
Note: Personal Locator Beacons do not satisfy the
requirement to carry an EPIRB on board.
EPIRB Registration
47 CFR 80.1061(f)
EPIRB must be registered/updated in the
COSPAS-SARSAT System. There is no fee for
registration. Register on-line
www.beaconregistration.noaa.gov
13
Fire Extinguishing Equipment
46 CFR 25.30 – Fire Extinguishing Equipment
46 CFR 28.155 – Excess Equipment
46 CFR 28.160 – Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 10 – Standard for portable fire extinguishers
Fishing Vessels Under 65 Feet in Length
Vessel Length
Less than 26 feet
26 ft. to less than 40 ft.
40 ft. to less than 65 ft.
Requirement
1 UL Rated 5-B
2 UL Rated 5-Bs
3 UL Rated 5-Bs
Notes
1
2, 3
2, 3
Note 1: Outboard boats less than 26 feet in length are not
required to carry fire extinguishers if their construction will not
permit the entrapment of explosive gases or vapors.
Note 2: One UL Rated 20-B (or larger) may be substituted for two
UL Rated 5-Bs.
Note 3: Vessels with a CG Approved Fixed Fire Extinguishing
System in their engine room may reduce their required number of
portable fire extinguishers by one.
14
Fishing Vessels 65 ft. More in Length
Space
Class
Pilothouse
20-B:C
Safety Areas,
Communicating
Corridors
2-A
Service Spaces,
Galleys
40-B:C
Paint Lockers
40-B
Accessible Baggage
& Storage Rooms
2-A
Workshops & Similar
Spaces
2-A
Machinery Spaces;
Internal Combustion
Propelling Machinery
40-B:C
Electric Propulsion
Motors Or Generator
Unit of Open Type
40-B:C
Auxiliary Spaces
40-B:C
Internal Combustion
Machinery Spaces
Electric Emergency
Motors Or
Generators
40-B:C
40-B:C
15
Quantity/Location
2 in the vicinity of the
exit
1 in each main corridor
not more than 150 ft.
apart (May be located in
stairways)
1 for each 2,500 sq. or
fraction thereof.
Suitable for hazards
involved.
1 outside space in the
vicinity of the exit
1 for each 2,500 sq. or
fraction thereof located
in the vicinity of the
exits, either inside or
outside the spaces
1 outside the space in
the vicinity of the exit
1 for each 1,000 brake
horsepower or fraction
thereof but not fewer
than 2 or more than 6
1 for each propulsion
motor generator unit
1 outside the space in
the vicinity of the exit
1 outside the space in
the vicinity of the exit
1 outside the space in
the vicinity of the exit
Fire Extinguisher Maintenance
Disposable Extinguishers:
Rechargeable/Refillable
Extinguishers:
Typically white aluminum
canisters with plastic handles.
Annual Maintenance may be
performed by vessel owner,
operator, person-in-charge or
a designated member of the
crew. Must be replaced when
12 years old. Date on tag
must be within the last 12
months.
Red or yellow steel
canisters with metal
handles. Annual
maintenance performed by
a certified/licensed
technician. Dry Chemical
and Halogenated Agent
extinguishers must undergo
an internal visual
examination and agent
replacement every 6 years
and a hydrostatic test every
12 years. Portable CO2
extinguishers must undergo
a hydrostatic test every 5
years. Date on tag must be
within the last 12 months.
Gasoline Engine Fire Prevention
46 CFR 25
Gasoline engines except outboard motors, are required to
have backfire flame control. Certain spaces are required to
have a means for removal of flammable gases.
16
Rules of the Road
33 CFR 83.01(g)
NVIC 1-16, CH-1
Vessels 12 meters (39.4 feet) or more in overall length that
operate shoreward of the COLREGS Demarcation Lines
must have a copy of the Inland Navigation Rules on board.
In some areas, like Alaska, there are no waters shoreward
of the Demarcation Line and this does not apply. A ready
reference (hard copy) must be on board.
Navigation Lights
33 CFR 81
Vessels must comply with specific light, shape, and sound
signal requirements. Refer to the Rules of the Road as
requirements vary depending on vessel’s size, service and
the type of activity it is engaged in.
Officers’ Competency Certificates
Convention 1936
46 US C 8 301
46 C F R 1 5
Masters, Mates, and Engineers on vessels of 200 gross
tons or more that operate beyond the Boundary Line must
have
the
appropriate
Coast
Guard
license.
Vessel Instability
46 CFR 28.65(b)(5)
A vessel must not have instability from overloading,
improper loading or lack of freeboard. A vessel’s voyage
may be terminated for instability.
Operation of a Vessel Under the Influence of
Alcohol or Drugs is Prohibited
33 CFR Part 95
An individual is under the influence of alcohol or a
dangerous drug when the individual operating a vessel has
an alcohol concentration of .04 percent by weight or more
in their blood; or,
The individual is operating any vessel and the effect of the
intoxicant(s) consumed by the individual on the person's
manner, disposition, speech, muscular movement, general
appearance or behavior is apparent by observation.
Report violators to the Coast Guard Command Center
1-855-406-8724.
17
Casualties and Injuries
46 CFR 4.05-1 – Notice of Marine Casualty
46 CFR 4.05-10 – Written Report of Marine Casualty
46 CFR 28.80 – Report of Casualty
46 CFR 28.90 – Report of Injury
Marine Casualties
If any of the following incidents occur, immediately after
the addressing safety concerns, the owner, agent, master,
operator, or person in charge, shall notify the nearest
Sector Office, Marine Inspection Office or Coast Guard
Group Office:
•
•
•
•
grounding, or allison with a bridge;
loss of main propulsion or primary steering;
loss of life;
injury that requires professional medical treatment,
beyond first aid, and that renders the individual unfit
to perform duties on board the vessel;
• any property damage over $75,000; or
• any occurrence which affects vessel seaworthiness
(such as fire, flooding, or failure of fixed fire
extinguishing systems, lifesaving equipment,
auxiliary power, or bilge systems).
• any occurrence involving significant harm to the
environment
Injury Placard
46 CFR 28.165 – Injury Placard
Applies to: All commercial vessels
Requirements:
• Must be at least 5” X 7”
• Must be posted in a highly visible location, accessible to the
crew.
18
Oil Pollution Placard
33 CFR 155.450
Vessels 26 feet or more in overall length must post an oil
pollution placard
• Placard must be at least 5” X 8”
• In a language understood by the crew
• Permanently affixed in the machinery space or near the bilge
pump operating switch
Garbage Placard
33 CFR 151.59
Vessels 26 feet or more in overall length must post a
garbage placard
• Displayed in prominent locations
• At least 4” X 9” in size
• Letters must be at least 1/8 inch high
• Must be made of durable material
19
Waste Management Plan
33 CFR 151.57
Vessels 40 feet or more in overall length, which operate on
an ocean voyage (beyond the territorial sea), must have a
written solid waste management plan which describes
procedures for collecting, processing, storing, and
discharging garbage and designates a person in charge of
carrying out the plan.
Vessels 400 gross tons and over must also maintain a
garbage log.
Marine Sanitation Device
33 C F R P ar t 1 59 .7
All vessels with installed toilet facilities must have an
operable Coast Guard certified Marine Sanitation Device
(MSD) or a holding tank. If a "y" valve is installed with a
holding tank, it must be secured to direct the flow into the
holding tank while the vessel operates on U.S. navigable
waters.
Vessel Registration
State Numbering - 33 CFR 173
Except for certain exempted vessels, self-propelled
vessels of less than 5 net tons must be registered/
numbered with the state where the vessel operates.
USCG Documentation - 46 CFR 67-69
Commercial fishing vessels measuring 5 net tons and
greater must be documented with the Coast Guard,
display name, hailing port and official number
Drug Testing Requirements
46 CFR Parts 4 & 16
Any vessel required to carry Coast Guard licensed or
documented crew must comply with the random, preemployment, and periodic marine employment testing
requirements.
If a "serious marine incident" (see definition 46 CFR 4.032) occurs, every person directly involved must be tested
for evidence of alcohol (within 2 hours) and dangerous
drugs (within 32 hours) regardless of whether they are
licensed or documented crew. An alcohol test kit for each
person must be carried on board if more than 2 hours from
accessible testing equipment. Most commercial fishing
vessels will need to carry a DOT-approved alcohol testing
device onboard.
20
Additional requirements for
Documented Vessels that operate
beyond the Boundary Line OR with
more than 16 people on board
Navigation Information
46 CFR 28.225
NVIC 1-16
Vessels are required to carry navigational information that
covers the area in which they will operate or the area to be
transited as follows:
• Currently corrected charts of appropriate scale for
safe navigation; and
• Currently corrected copy, or applicable extract, of:
_U.S. Coast Pilot
_Coast Guard Light List
_Tide Tables
_Tidal Current Tables
• Carriage of electronic versions of navigation
publications are allowed.
• Electronic charts are not allowed unless viewed on an
Electronic Chart System (ECS) or a Class A Electronic
Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS). The
ECS system must have a Certificate of Conformity
certifying compliance with the Radio Technical
Commission for Maritime Services (RTMC).
Electronic Position Fixing Devices
46 CFR 28.260
Vessels 79 feet or more in length must be equipped with
an electronic position fixing device (such as a Global
Positioning System) capable of providing accurate fixes for
the area in which the vessel operates.
Compass
46 CFR 28.230
Vessels must be equipped with an operable magnetic
steering compass with a compass deviation table at the
operating station.
21
Communication Equipment
46 CFR 28.245, 28.375
33 CFR 26.03
47 CFR 80
U.S. Documented Vessels must be equipped as follows:
Operating Area
Radio type
VHF
SSB (HF)
156-162 MHz 2-27.5 MHz
All
X
More than 20nm from coast
X
X
Waters next to Alaska
X
X
A vessel operating in waters contiguous to Alaska where
no public coast station or U.S. Coast Guard station is
within range of the 156-162 MHz, must be equipped with a
radiotelephone transceiver operating within the 2-27.5
MHz band.
A single radio transceiver which meets the above
requirements is acceptable to meet the above
requirements
A cellular telephone or satellite communication system
servicing the area in which the vessel operates may
substitute for the SSB but is not acceptable to meet the
VHF carriage requirement.
The principle operating position of communication
equipment must be at the vessel’s operating station. The
equipment must be installed to ensure safe operation, to
facilitate repair, and to protect it from physical damage and
heavy weather.
All communication equipment must be provided with an
emergency source of power, located separate from the
machinery space, capable of powering the equipment
continuously for at least 3 hours.
Note: Communication equipment must comply with the
technical standards and operating requirements issued by
the FCC. When using radio communication equipment,
each vessel must have a Ship Radio Station License
issued by the FCC, as set forth in 47 CFR part 80.
22
Digital Selective Calling (DSC)
www.navcen.uscg.gov
DSC Radio Distress Button
Modern Marine Radios are equipped with DSC. DSC
allows mariners to instantly send a distress alert by
pressing the “DISTRESS” button. DSC radios must have
the Maritime Mobile Service Identity (MMSI) entered into
the radio. This is a unique identifier assigned to the vessel
and is located on the vessel’s FCC Ship/Station license.
DSC radios also need to be interconnected with the GPS
or have internal GPS to properly operate.
The Coast Guard urges, in the strongest terms possible,
that you take the time to interconnect your GPS and DSCequipped radio. Doing so may save your life in a distress
situation! Before interconnecting your radio & GPS consult
the owner's manual. DSC is required on vessels 300
gross tons and over (Alaska is excluded).
Automatic Identification System (AIS)
33 CFR 164.46
All Fishing Industry Vessels 65 feet and longer, must have
a proper, Coast Guard Type-Approved, Class A or B AIS
when operating upon the navigable waters of the U.S.
High Water Alarms
46 CFR 28.250
Vessel 36 feet or more in length must be equipped with high
water level alarms—both visual and audible—at the
operating station. The alarms must indicate high water
levels in each of the following normally unmanned spaces:
• A space with a through-hull fitting below the
deepest load waterline, such as the lazarette;
• Machinery space bilge, bilge well, shaft alley bilge,
or other space subject to flooding from sea water
piping within the space; and
• A space with a non-watertight closure, such as a
non-watertight hatch on the main deck.
23
General Alarm System
46 CFR 28.240
A general alarm system is required when any
accommodation space or work space is not adjacent to the
operating station. The system must have a contact-maker
at the operating station and must be capable of notifying
an individual in any accommodation space or work space
where they may normally be employed. In noisy work
spaces, a flashing red light must also be installed.
Each general alarm bell and flashing red light must be
identified with red lettering at least 1/2 inch high as follows:
ATTENTION
GENERAL ALARM – WHEN ALARM
SOUNDS GO TO YOUR STATION.
The general alarm system must be tested prior to getting
underway and at least once each week while underway.
A public address system may be used instead of a general
alarm system if it complies with the above and can be
activated from the operating station.
Emergency Instructions
46 CFR 28.265
Emergency instructions must be posted in conspicuous
locations accessible to the crew.
On vessels operating with less than 4 individuals on board,
the emergency instructions may be kept readily available
as an alternative to posting.
The emergency instructions must identify at least the
following information, as appropriate for the vessel:
• Survival craft embarkation stations and the survival
craft to which each person is assigned.
• The fire and emergency signal and the abandon ship
signal.
• If immersion suits are provided, the location of the
suits and illustrated instructions on the method for
donning the suits.
• Procedures for making a distress call.
• Essential action to be taken in an emergency by each
individual (station bill)
• Procedures for rough weather at sea, crossing
hazardous bars, and flooding.
24
Emergency Instructions Continued
•
•
•
Procedures for anchoring the vessel.
Procedures to be used in the event an individual falls
overboard.
Procedures for fighting a fire.
Items (in italics) may be kept readily available as an
alternative to posting.
Drills and Instruction
46 CFR 28.270
The master or individual in charge of each vessel must
ensure that drills are conducted and instructions given to
each individual on board at least once each month so as
to ensure that each individual is familiar with their duties
and responses to at least the following contingencies:
• Abandoning the vessel.
• Fighting a fire in different locations on board the
vessel.
• Recovering an individual from the water.
• Minimizing the effects of unintentional flooding.
• Launching survival craft and recovering lifeboats.
• Donning immersion suits and other wearable PFDs.
• Donning a fireman’s outfit and a self-contained
breathing apparatus, if vessel is so equipped.
• Making a voice radio distress call and using visual
distress signals.
• Activating the general alarm.
• Reporting inoperative alarm and fire detection
systems.
Drills must be conducted on board the vessel as if
there were an actual emergency and must include
participation by all persons on board.
Drill Instructor:
No individual may conduct drills or provide instructions
unless that individual has been trained in the proper
procedures for conducting the activity.
The individual conducting the drills and instruction need
not be the master, individual in charge of the vessel, or a
member of the crew.
Viewing videotapes, followed by a discussion led by a
person familiar with the contingencies will satisfy the
instruction requirement, but not the hands-on drills.
25
Safety Orientation
46 CFR 28.270
Prior to operating the vessel, the
safety orientation is provided to
received the required instruction
drills. This safety orientation must
instructions required by 46 CFR
contingencies listed above.
master must ensure a
anyone who has not
or participated in the
explain the emergency
28.265 and cover the
First Aid Equipment and Training
46 CFR 28.210
Each vessel must carry a complete first aid manual and a
medicine chest of a size suitable for the number of people
on board. The items must be kept in a readily accessible
location.
A vessel with more than two people on board must have at
least one person certified in first aid and one person
certified in CPR as outlined below (a person certified in
both first aid and CPR may be counted for both
requirements):
Persons Aboard
More than 2
More than 16
More than 49
Training Required
Number of People Certified
First Aid
1
2
4
26
CPR
1
2
4
Firemen’s Outfits and Self-Contained
Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
46 CFR 28.205
Any vessel equipped with refrigeration units using
ammonia must be equipped with at least two SCBAs.
SCBAs must:
• be approved by MSHA and NIOSH
• be maintained per manufacturer’s instructions
• have a minimum 30-minute air supply
• have a full face piece
• have at least one spare air bottle
Vessels with more than 49 people on board must carry at
least two fireman’s outfits, stowed in widely separated
locations.
Each fireman’s outfit must consist of:
• an SCBA with lifeline attached
• one flashlight
• a rigid helmet
• boots, gloves, protective clothing
• one fire ax
SCBA
Guards for Exposed Hazards
46 CFR 28.215
Suitable hand covers, guards, or railing must be installed
in way of machinery which could cause injury to personnel,
such as gearing, chain or belt drives, and rotating shafting.
This is not meant to restrict necessary access to fishing
equipment such as winches, drums, or gurdies. Internal
combustion engine exhaust pipes within reach of
personnel must be insulated or otherwise guarded to
prevent burns.
27
Anchors and Radar Reflectors
46 CFR 28.235
Vessels must be equipped with anchor(s) and chain(s),
cable, or rope, appropriate for the vessel and the waters of
the intended voyage.
Nonmetallic hull vessels must be equipped with a radar
reflector unless the vessel rigging provides a radar
signature from a distance of 6 miles.
Bilge Systems
46 CFR 28.255
Vessels must be equipped with a bilge pump and bilge
piping capable of draining any watertight compartment,
other than tanks and small buoyancy compartments, under
all service conditions. Engine rooms must be fitted with
more than one suction line.
If a portable bilge pump is used to meet this requirement, a
suitable suction hose and discharge hose must be
provided. The suction hose must be able to reach the
bilges of all watertight compartments it must serve, and the
discharge hose must ensure overboard discharge. A
portable pump must be capable of dewatering each space
at a rate of at least 2-inches of water depth per minute.
Each bilge suction line and dewatering system suction
must be fitted with a suitable strainer to prevent clogging of
the line.
For larger vessels and those vessels that have fish sorting
or processing spaces where water is used, refer to the
specific requirements found in 46 CFR 28.255.
29
Safe Boarding Ladder
50 CFR 600.730
Vessels subject to enforcement of Federal fisheries or any
other statute administered by NOAA with more than 4 feet
of freeboard from the water’s surface to the top rail of the
gunwale or the threshold of the bulwark cut-out must
provide for safe boarding of the boarding team with a
Coast Guard approved pilot ladder (46 CFR 163.003). A
spreader is required if more than 5 steps.
30
Other Applicable Federal Laws and
Regulations
Design & Construction
46 US C 45 02 - 450 3
33 C FR 1 81
33 C FR 1 83
Standards for the design and construction of Commercial
Fishing Vessels changed significantly between 2010 and
2018. In general all newly constructed commercial fishing
vessels must meet applicable design and construction
standards.
Construction of new vessels should be closely coordinated
with the shipyard, Naval Architect and the Coast Guard
Fishing Vessel Examiner to ensure the vessel being
constructed meets requirements of applicable laws.
Vessels less than 50 feet in length shall be constructed in
compliance with the recreational boating safety standards
in 33 CFR Part 181 and 33 CFR Part 183 as applicable.
Contraction/build requirements for vessels 50 feet or
greater in length are outlined in 46 US Code
4502. Application of statutory requirements are subject to
vessel built date and length.
Load Line Requirement
46
46
46
46
US C
US C
C FR
C FR
51 02 - 510 3
45 02 - 450 3
2 8. 89 5
S u bc hap te r E
Commercial Fishing Vessels 79 feet or greater in load line
length are required to incorporate load line standards in
the vessel’s design and maintain load lines if they were
built after July 1st, 2013.
Fish Processing and Fish Tender vessels 79 feet or
greater required load lines at earlier dates. Contact the
District Fishing Vessel Safety Coordinator in your area for
further information.
31
Stability Requirements for Vessels 79 ft or
More that are not required to be issued a Load
Line
46 C FR P a r t 28 S u bp ar t E
Each vessel 79 feet or more in length that is not required to
be issued a load line, must meet certain stability
requirements if:
• its keel was laid or was at a similar stage of
construction or had a major conversion started on or
after Sept. 15, 1991;
• its fishing or processing equipment was altered for the
purpose of catching, landing, or processing fish in a
manner different than previously accomplished on the
vessel; or
• it was substantially altered on or after Sept. 15, 1991.
for specific requirements.
Vessels Built or Undergo a Major Conversion
completed on or after September 15, 1991,
AND operate with More Than 16 Individuals
Onboard
These vessels must meet additional requirements for
lifesaving and signaling equipment, fire extinguishing and
detection systems, galley hoods, fuel systems, ventilation
of enclosed spaces, electrical systems, structural fire
protection, means of escape, radar and depth sounding
devices, hydraulic equipment, and rails and lifelines.
Applicability and specific requirements can be found in 46
CFR Part 28, Subpart D.
Fish Processing Vessels
46 CFR, Part 28, Subpart F
Uninspected fish processing vessels must be examined at
least once every two years by the American Bureau of
Shipping (ABS), a similarly qualified organization, or a
surveyor of an accepted organization. Any fish processing
vessel built or converted after July 27, 1990, must be
classed by ABS, or a similarly qualified organization.
Aleutian Trade Act Vessels
46 CFR Part 28, Subparts C & G
A vessel engaged in Aleutian Trade may have to comply
with additional requirements or undergo periodic
inspection based on the vessel size, when it entered
service, or if it undergoes a major conversion.
32
Oil Carriage
33 CFR 155
Certain vessels are prohibited from carrying oil in the
forepeak tank or forward of the collision bulkhead.
Waste Oil Discharge Piping
33 CFR 155
Vessels 100 gross tons or more with main or auxiliary
machinery spaces must have a fixed piping system for the
removal of waste oil. See 33 CFR 155 for specific
requirements.
Oil Transfer Procedures
33 CFR 156
There are requirements for oil transfer procedures and
piping tests for vessel with a capacity of 250 or more
barrels of oil (10,500 gallons).
Financial Responsibility
33 CFR 138
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act applies to all
fishing vessels 300 gross tons or more using U.S. ports. A
Certificate of Financial Responsibility must be on board.
Citizenship
46 USC 8103
The master, chief engineer, radio officer, or officer in
charge of a deck watch or engineering watch on
documented vessels must be a U.S. citizen (see USC for
exceptions).
Fishing Agreement
46 USC 10601
A written fishing agreement is required with each seaman
employed on vessels of 20 gross tons or more.
Seamen Rights
46 USC 10602
Seamen have rights to recover wages and shares of
proceeds under 46 USC 10601 Fishing Agreement.
Sexual Abuse Act of 1986
46 USC 10104
If any member of the crew is a victim of a sexual offense,
that person should immediately report the incident to the
master. It is then the responsibility of the master to report
to the Coast Guard any complaints of sexual offenses
including aggravated sexual abuse, sexual abuse, sexual
abuse of a minor or ward, and sexual contact.
33
Definitions
Boundary Lines – lines that in general follow the trend of
the seaward high water shorelines and cross entrances to
small bays, inlets and rivers. Refer to 46 CFR Part 7 for
specific descriptions, particularly where they may deviate
from above.
Coastal Waters –
• U.S. waters of the Great Lakes,
• Territorial Seas of the United States, or
• Waters directly connected to the Great Lakes and
territorial seas where any entrance exceeds two
nautical miles between opposite shorelines to the
first point where the largest distance between
shorelines narrows to two miles.
Cold Water – waters where the monthly mean low water
temperature is normally 59oF/15oC or colder.
Fishing Vessel: A vessel that commercially engages in the
catching, taking, or harvesting of fish or an activity that can
reasonably be expected to result in the catching, taking, or
harvesting of fish.
Fish Processing Vessel – a vessel that commercially
prepares fish or fish products other than by gutting,
decapitating, gilling, skinning, shucking, icing, freezing, or
brine chilling.
Fish Tender Vessel – a vessel that commercially supplies,
stores, refrigerates, or transports fish, fish products, or
materials directly related to fishing or the preparation of
fish to or from a fishing, fish processing, or fish tender
vessel or a fish processing facility.
High Seas – waters beyond the Territorial Sea (generally
beyond three miles of the coast).
Length – length listed on a vessel’s Certificate of
Documentation or Certificate of Number except where
otherwise specifically noted.
34
Territorial Seas – Defined in 33 CFR 2.22 has two
meanings.
* 12nm wide adjacent to territorial sea baseline for - 46 USC Subtitle II
- Ports and waterways safety act.
- Vessel bridge to bridge radiotelephone act
- Criminal jurisdiction pursuant to Title 18 USC
- Special maritime and territorial jurisdiction 18 USC 7
- Interpreting international law
* 3nm wide adjacent to the territorial sea baseline unless
noted above
Territorial Sea Baseline: Defined in 33 CFR 2.20 is the
mean low waterline along the coast of the United States.
Warm Water – waters where the monthly mean low water
temperature is normally more than 59oF/15oC.
Refer to 46 CFR Part 28.50 for more definitions
35
Ready for Sea Checklist
Weather: Evaluated weather forecast &
bar conditions. Vessel & crew can handle
safely! Can monitor weather reports at
sea.
Crew: Trained & drilled in operation of
vessel & safety equipment. Work
schedule minimizes fatigue.
Stability: Scuppers & freeing ports clear.
Gear, catch & hatches secured. Vessel
not overloaded.
EPIRB & Communications: Equipment
tested. EPIRB armed & mounted
properly. Back up com m unications ready
to go.
PFDs/Immersion Suits: Crew has
donned to ensure proper fit & good
condition. PFDs/Suits accessible & lights
attached.
Survival Craft: Capacity for entire crew.
Serviced, properly installed, & crew
trained to launch.
PFDs Worn on Deck: Crew knows to
wear PFDs or inflatable suspenders when
working on deck.
Damage Control: Bilge pumps work.
Damage control equipment on board &
crew trained in use.
Fire Fighting: Adequate number of
serviced fire extinguishers on board &
crew trained in firefighting.
Safety Exam: "Ready for Sea" deck
walk/safety inspection & determined
vessel safe to sail.
37
USCG Fishing Vessel Safety Program
https://www.dco.uscg.mil/FishSafe
COAST GUARD DISTRICT COORDINATORS
Phone number
Location
(617) 223-8440
First
Boston, MA
or 8315
(757) 398-7766
Fifth
Portsmouth, VA
(305) 415-6868
Seventh
Miami, FL
(504) 671-2154
Eighth
New Orleans, LA
(216) 902-6051
Ninth
Cleveland, OH
(510) 437-5931
Eleventh
Alameda, CA
(206) 220-7226
Thirteenth
Seattle, WA
(808) 535-3417
Fourteenth
Honolulu, HI
(907) 463-2810
Seventeenth
Juneau, AK
or 2809
District
38
PRESS RELEASE 2008-12-16
CM HAMMAR, GÖTEBORG, SWEDEN
SAFETY ALERT – DANGEROUS H20 FAKE COPIES!
It has recently come to our attention that someone is producing fake copies of our Hydrostatic Release Unit, the
Hammar H20. To an untrained eye, the copy is almost identical to the original product, with Hammar’s logo and
address on the labels. The fake might look almost like the original product, but there is one very important difference:
the copy does not work!
We have tested several of the copies. Not a single one of them worked properly according to SOLAS’ specification –
the fake H20 will definitely not release a life raft or an Epirb. We see this as a very serious situation. There can
be a number of ships at sea that are sailing with fake Hydrostatic Release Units. If any of these ships were to sink,
there will definitely be no life rafts or Epirbs that will help to rescue the seafarers in danger!
How can you quickly check that you have the original Hammar H20?
• Always purchase your products through approved distributors or authorised service points for life rafts and
Epirbs
• Make sure that you receive the Hammar multilingual product manual and a raft label with each unit for life raft
H20 or Hammar marking instruction for Epirb H20. (Pic 1)
• If you check on the underside of the Hammar H20 you should be able to find 5 (five) fabrication marks on all units
produced since April 2006. Units produced before that date have only 2 (two) fabrication marks. (Pic 2)
• The serial number and production date can always be verified by contacting CM Hammar at info@cmhammar.
com. (Pic 2)
• The fabrication mark on the upper side of the unit must always point directly towards the rope. (Pic 3)
Pic.
Pic.
Pic.
1 11
Pic.
Pic.
Pic.
2 22
H20 FOR LIFEH20
RAFTS
FORH20
LIFEFOR
RAFTS
LIFE RAFTS
Pic.
Pic.
Pic.
3 33
HAMMAR H20+SLIPHOOK
HAMMAR H20+SLIPHOOK
HAMMAR H20 EASY RELEASE
HAMMAR H20 EASY RELEASE
HAMMAR H20+EASY RELEASE
Serial
Serial
Serial
number
number
number
HAMMAR H20+EASY RELEASE
HAMMAR H20 EASY RELEASE
HAMMAR H20+EASY RELEASE
HAMMAR H20+SLIPHOOK
MOUNTING
MOUNTING
INSTRUCTIONS
MOUNTING
INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS
GB
GB
DE
FR
DE
ES
JP
H20
H2 H2
MAN 0 MAN0 MAN
UAL
UAL UAL
GR
PL
PL
RU
JP
CN
NL
GR
PL
RU
CN
IS
NL
GR
SE
DK
FI
IS
NL
NO
H20
H20
H20
unit
unit
unit
with
with
with
thethe
the
multilingual
multilingual
multilingual
product
product
product
manual
manual
manual
and
and
and
raftraft
raft
label
label
label
FI
IS
IT
PT
SE
DK
NO
FI
ES
IT
PT
SE
DK
NO
FR
ES
IT
PT
GB
DE
FR
RU
JP
CN
Fabrication
Fabrication
Fabrication
mark
mark
mark
If you have any questions regarding this matter please contact us.
Jan Calvert
Sales & Marketing Director
[email protected]
Direct +46 31 709 65 61
Cell +46 708 49 92 60
www.cmhammar.com
Fabrication
Fabrication
Fabrication
mark
mark
mark
WHEN WAS THE LAST TIME YOU CHECKED YOUR PERSONAL
SAFETY EQUIPMENT ??????
RECALL
Plastic Handle Fire Extinguishers
The recall involves 134 models of Kidde fire extinguishers manufactured between January 1, 1973 and
August 15, 2017, including some models that were previously recalled in March 2009 and in February 2015.
The extinguishers were sold in red, white and silver, and are either ABC- or BC-rated. The model number is
printed on the fire extinguisher label. For units produced in 2007 and beyond, the date of manufacture is a
10-digit date code printed on the side of the cylinder, near the bottom.
Digits five through nine represent the day and year of manufacture in DDDYY format. Date codes for recalled
models manufactured from January 2, 2012 through August 15, 2017 are 00212 through 22717. For units
produced before 2007, a date code is not printed on the fire extinguisher.
Push-Button Fire Extinguishers
Push-button fire extinguishers: The recall involves eight models of Kidde push-button fire extinguishers
manufactured between August 11, 1995 and September 22, 2017. The no-gauge push-button extinguishers
were sold in red and white, and with a red or black nozzle. These models were sold primarily for kitchen and
personal watercraft applications.
Plastic Handle Extinguisher
Push Button Extinguisher
Plastic handle models produced between January 1, 1973 and October 25, 2015
2A40BC
Gillette TPS-1 1A10BC
Sams SM 340
6 RAP
6 TAP
Home 10BC
Home 1A10BC
Sanford 1A10BC
Sanford 2A40BC
Ademco 720 1A10BC
Home 2A40BC
Sanford TPS-1 1A10BC
Ademco 722 2A40BC
Home H-10 10BC
Sanford TPS-1 2A40BC
ADT 3A40BC
All Purpose 2A40BC
Home H-110 1A10BC
Home H-240 2A-40BC
Sears 2RPS 5BC
Sears 58033 10BC
Bicentennial RPS-2 10BC
Honeywell 1A10BC
Sears 58043 1A10BC
Bicentennial TPS-2 1A-10BC
Costco 340
Honeywell TPS-1 1A10BC
J.L. 2A40BC
Sears 5805 2A40BC
Sears 958034
FA 340HD
FA240HD
J.L. TPS-1 2A40BC
Kadet 2RPS-1 5BC
FC 340Z
Kidde 10BC
Sears 958044
Sears 958054
Sears 958075
FC Super
Kidde 1A10BC
Sears RPS-1 10BC
FC210R-C8S
Fire Away 10BC Spanish
Kidde 2A40BC
Kidde 40BC
Sears TPS-1 1A10BC
Sears TPS-1 2A40BC
Fire Away 1A10BC Spanish
Fire Away 2A40BC Spanish
Kidde RPS-1 10BC
Kidde RPS-1 40BC
Traveler 10BC
Traveler 1A10BC
Fireaway 10 (F-10)
Kidde TPS-1 1A10BC
Traveler 2A40BC
Fireaway 10BC
Kidde TPS-1 2A40BC
Traveler T-10 10BC
Fireaway 110 (F-110)
Fireaway 1A10BC
KX 2-1/2 TCZ
Mariner 10BC
Traveler T-110 1A10BC
Traveler T-240 2A40BC
Fireaway 240 (F-240)
Mariner 1A10BC
Volunteer 1A10BC
Fireaway 2A40BC
Force 9 2A40BC
Mariner 2A40BC
Mariner M-10 10BC
Volunteer TPS-V 1A10BC
XL 2.5 TCZ
FS 340Z
Fuller 420 1A10BC
Mariner M-110 1A10BC
Mariner M-240 2A40BC
XL 2.5 TCZ-3
XL 2.5 TCZ-4
Fuller Brush 420 1A10BC
Master Protection 2A40BC
XL 2.75 RZ
FX210
FX210R
Montgomery Ward 10BC
Montgomery Ward 1A-10BC
XL 2.75 RZ-3
XL 2-3/4 RZ
FX210W
Montgomery Ward 8627 1A10BC
XL 340HD
FX340GW
FX340GW-2
Montgomery Ward 8637 10BC
Quell 10BC
XL 4 TXZ
XL 5 PK
FX340H
Quell 1A10BC
XL 5 TCZ
FX340SC
Quell RPS-1 10BC
XL 5 TCZ-1
FX340SC-2
Gillette 1A10BC
Quell TPS-1 1A10BC
Quell ZRPS 5BC
XL5 MR
XL 6 RZ
Plastic handle models with date codes between January 2, 2012 and August 15, 2017
AUTO FX5 II-1
FA5-1
AUTO FX5 II-1
FX10K
FA10G
FA5G
FA10G
FX5 II
FA10T
FC10
FA10T
H110G
FA110G
FC110
FA110G
H5G
FA5-1
AUTO FX5 II-1
FA5-1
M10G
FA5G
FA10G
FA5G
M10GM
FC10
FA10T
FC10
M110G
FC110
FA110G
FC110
M110GM
AUTO FX5 II-1
FA5-1
FC5
M5G
FA10G
FA5G
FS10
M5GM
FA10T
FC10
FS110
RESSP
FA110G
FC110
FS5
Push-Button Pindicator Models produced between August 11, 1995 and September 22, 2017
KK2
100D
210D
M5P
M5PM
AUTO 5FX
AUTO 5FX-1
FF 210D-1
OVATEK EXAMINATION GUIDE
Pages 2-3 are an examination checklist for USCG Approved Ovatek Rigid Life Rafts (4
or 7 person) equipped with SOLAS A, B or Coastal equipment packs. The remainder
pages include the Ovatek Step by Step inspection checklist for reference.
The Commercial Vessel Compliance Fishing Vessel Safety Division (CG-CVC-3)
supports using the Ovatek Examination Guide (which includes Ovatek Manufacturer's
Recommended Maintenance) as a tool to offer visibility of recommended servicing
standards on USCG Approved Ovatek Rigid Liferafts. This guidance is intended to act
as an instrument to familiarize Examiners, Boarding Team Members and vessel
operators on best-practices. This guidance is not intended to take the place of
manufacturer recommendations.
Developed by Marine Safety Unit Portland
Fishing Vessel Safety
6767 N. Basin Ave, Portland, OR 97217
503-240-9337 [email protected]
Page 1 of 3
August 2018
OVATEK RIGID LIFE RAFT EXAMINATION CRITERIA
Examiners should familiarize themselves with the Step by Step inspection checklist for
Ovatek 4 & 7 person rigid life rafts at the end of this guide, as well as the Operator’s
Manual.
The owner of the vessel is responsible for ensuring annual and periodic maintenance is
being performed as recommended by the manufacturer. During CFVS dockside exams,
examiners should verify that the piece of lifesaving equipment is in compliance, is
serviceable and arranged as per the regulations and manufacturer’s guidelines.
USCG Approval 160.018—Ovatek Rigid Liferaft (4 person)
USCG Approval 160.118—Ovatek Rigid Liferaft (7 person)
EXTERIOR
EXAMINATION CHECKLIST
Craft is located in a float-free location, clear of overhead obstructions
O Yes O No
Cradle is well secured to the deck or stand
O Yes O No
HRU is current and correctly installed (may use Hammar HRU)
O Yes O No
Quick-snap release and SS wire are correctly routed and installed
O Yes O No
Painter line is correctly attached to the HRU and front lug of survival
craft
O Yes O No
Sea anchor is attached to the front lug
O Yes O No
Yellow tie-down belt is securely fastened
O Yes O No
Lock bolts on the adjustable turnbuckle are tight
O Yes O No
INTERIOR
Hatch rubber seals are free from cracks and deterioration
O Yes O No
Hatches should close securely with good latch overlap (min 3/16”)
O Yes O No
Pump is stowed correctly
O Yes O No
Paddles are stowed correctly
O Yes O No
Front and rear vents are in the closed position
O Yes O No
Batteries for interior and exterior lights not expired
O Yes O No
Safety knife, bailer & sponge, sea anchor, quoit, operations manual
and SOLAS kit stowed correctly
O Yes O No
Release wire is routed properly and free from chafing
O Yes O No
Additional equipment not originally provided with the craft should
NOT be stowed inside the craft
O Yes O No
Page 2 of 3
August 2018
SOLAS KIT INSPECTION
*Recommend following procedures in Annex B (4 person) or
C (7 person) of Ovatek Inspection Checklist for proper
packing of SOLAS kit
ITEM
YRS OF LIFE
QUANTITY
A
B
C*
Parachute rockets
3.5
4
2
-
Hand flares
3.5
6
3
-
Smoke signals
3.5
2
1
-
Flashlight (1), spare batteries (2) & bulb (1)
4
1
1
1
Anti-seasickness pills (100 ea)
4
1
1
-
Food rations (2378 cal/502 g per person)
5
4/7
-
-
Drinking water (1500 ml per person)
5
4/7
-
-
First Aid Kit
4
1
1
-
Buoyant quoit and 30m of line
N/A
1
1
1
Buoyant bailer
N/A
1
1
1
Sponge
N/A
2
2
1
Radar reflector & attachment
N/A
1
1
1
Safety can openers
N/A
3
-
-
Whistle
N/A
1
1
1
Flashlight & spare bulb
N/A
1
1
1
Signaling mirror
N/A
1
1
1
Fishing tackle
N/A
1
-
-
Graduated drinking vessel
N/A
1
-
-
Thermal protective aids
N/A
2
2
-
Lifesaving signal card
N/A
1
1
-
Rain water plastic bags
N/A
1
1
1
Seasickness bags
N/A
4/7
4/7
-
Buoyant knife & line
N/A
1
1
1
Sea anchors & 100 ft of line
N/A
2
2
1
Buoyant paddles
N/A
2
2
2
Hand pump
N/A
1
1
1
Operations Manual
N/A
1
1
1
Instructions on how to survive
N/A
1
1
1
*C=Coastal Service Pack
Page 3 of 3
August 2018
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
1.0- Annual Inspection - Autumn
Ø Remove all the accessories inside the life raft and wash the interior /exterior with fresh water and
dry it with a soft cloth. Keep hatches temporarily open for drying the interior. A smelly
environment will reduce drastically the spirit of your crew!
Ø The exterior surface of the life raft should be waxed with a high quality car or yacht wax
containing U. V. protection and polished with a soft cloth. This will extend considerably the shine
of your gelcoat.
Ø Close the air vents to prevent water accumulation inside the life raft.
Ø The rubber seal around the hatches should be lubricated generously with a silicone based grease
to prevent freezing damage and seizing due to ice. Lubricate the inside edge of the hatches too.
DO NOT USE PETROLEUM JELLY!
Ø Make sure both hatches are closed properly. You will hear the latches on each hatch "click”.
2.0- Annual Inspection – Spring
Ø Wipe the extra grease from the rubber seals around the hatches frame and on the inside hatch
edge.
Ø If required, wash the interior /exterior of the life raft with fresh water and dry it with a soft cloth.
Keep hatches temporarily open for drying the interior. A smelly environment will reduce
drastically the spirit of your crew!
Ø The exterior surface of the life raft should be waxed with a high quality car or yacht wax
containing U. V. protection and polished with a soft cloth. This will extend considerably the shine
in your gelcoat.
Ø Check the painter line to make sure it`s attach/secure to the hydrostatic and to the front lug of
the life raft. Make sure the spool of loose rope is attach with a tie-wrap to the front lug of the life
raft and that it`s not tangled. DON`T USE ROPE OR TAPE TO TIE THE SPOOL. USE A TIE-WRAP!
Ø Confirm that the end of the rope of one sea anchor is attach/secure to the front lug of the life raft
and going through the front hatch and secured to the sea anchor.
Ø Check the adjustment of the yellow tie-down strap. Make sure it`s tight.
Ø Closed the air vents to prevent water accumulation inside the life raft.
Ø Make sure both hatches are closed properly. You will hear the latches on each hatch "click”.
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 1 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
3.0- Fourth year inspection
3.0.1 Front and rear hatch
Ø Check the condition of the rubber seal around the opening of the front and rear hatch. Replace if
it’s damaged.
Ø Check the water tightness of the rubber seal.
Ø Verification and lubrication of the hinges on both hatches with «penetrating oil”. Wipe the extra
oil. Make sure the hatches can open easily. A seize hinge could pull out the stainless steel rivets
from the fiberglass and could result in a serious problem during an actual emergency situation.
Ø Lubrication of the latches on each hatch with «penetrating oil”. Wipe the extra oil.
Ø Verification for wear of the stainless steel wire that activates the latches on the front and rear
hatch. Wear could be found near the latches.
Ø Always make sure both hatches are closed properly. You will hear the latches on each hatch
"click” when secured. Confirm that the ladder retrieval rope don’t get caught between the
bottom of the rear hatch and the rubber seal.
Note: It`s imperative to have the hatches properly closed “at all time”. Throwing an Ovatek life
raft overboard without properly closed hatches could damage the hatches or even flood the
unit!
3.0.2 Front and rear Vents
Ø Verification if both vents open and close properly.
Ø Closed the vents after verification to prevent water accumulation inside the life raft.
3.0.3 Turnbuckle (Fig.1)
Ø Grease with “anti-seize grease” the turnbuckle located on the yellow tie-down strap. Wipe the
extra grease.
Ø If it`s too stiff to turn it manually, dismantle the turnbuckle. Brush the threads with a manual wire
brush to remove dried grease and possible oxidation. Clean and grease them thoroughly and reassemble c/w the two lock nuts.
Ø After firmly tightening the yellow tie-down strap manually, insert the shaft of a screwdriver in the
holes in the barrel of the turnbuckle and make 2 complete turns. Double check the belt tension by
pulling on it. Tight the nut on each side of the turnbuckle to lock it in position.
3.0.4 Shackles (Fig.1)
Ø Lubricate all the shackles on each side of the yellow tie-down strap with “penetrating oil”.
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 2 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
3.0.5 Quick snap release (Fig.1)
Ø Lubricate the pivot points of the spring loaded lever with a “penetrating oil” and loose it up.
Note: Make sure the spring loaded leaver can open with not too much restriction. This is a
“critical component” of the release system. Test it by pulling the release wire and if it feels too
stiff after lubrication, replace it with a new one!
Ø Make sure the quick snap release is orientated toward the back of the Ovatek so that the stainless
steel wire is pulling on the end of the spring loaded lever.
3.0.6 Hydrostatic release (Fig.1 )
Ø Replace the hydrostatic release with a new one. The round black puck is orientated toward the
Ovatek. Confirm that the bolts on each shackle are tight.
Ø Re-attach the painter line to the stainless steel shackle located on the hydrostatic release
3.0.7 S/S Release wire (Fig.1 & 3)
Ø Verification for wear of the stainless steel release wire attach to the hydrostatic. Wear could be
found in the area where the wire touches the edge of the mushroom vent.
Ø A ``Release wire instruction sticker`` or transparent tape (Fig.3) is required to keep the wire inside
the life raft at all time! If a tape is required, simply put tape the release wire over the instruction
sticker.
Ø Make sure the stainless steel release wire goes under the life line as per Fig.1. Otherwise,
someone could trigger the manual launching system by just pulling on the lifeline.
3.0.8 Painter line (Fig.1 & 4)
Ø Check the painter line to make sure it`s attach/secure to the hydrostatic (Fig.1) and to the front
lug of the life raft. Make sure the spool of loose rope is attach with a tie-wrap to the front lug of
the life raft and that it`s not tangled.
Ø Don`t use rope or tape to tie the coil of rope. Use a tie wrap so that the coil of rope will break
free when launching the life raft.
3.0.9
Ø
Ø
Ø
Interior/Exterior light (Fig.3)
Replacement of the lithium batteries inside the life raft with a new tie-wrap.
Verification of the outside and inside light bulbs.
Verification of the base of the lights. Make sure it`s not damaged.
3.0.10 SOLAS bag (Fig.2)
Ø The SOLAS bag needs to be packed in sequence so that you don`t have to empty the bag to find
the flares for example. See the Annex B & C for the “Step by step instructions” for the
replacement of your perishables inside the SOLAS bag.
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 3 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
Ø Confirm that the yellow SOLAS bag is “permanently” secured in position with a rope at the front
of the life raft. If a life raft is thrown overboard at a significant height, the impact could damage
the equipment inside the SOLAS bag (50lbs approx.) if it`s not secured.
3.0.11 Sea anchors (Fig.2 & 4)
Ø Confirm that one of the two sea anchors is secured to the front lug of the life raft.
Ø Tape the rope (Fig.2) inside the raft at a position where it doesn’t interfere with the latch of the
front hatch.
Ø Make sure a stainless steel swivel is on the rope near the sea anchors.
Ø A minimum of 100`of rope is required for each sea anchors (2)
3.0.12 Paddles
Ø The telescopic aluminium paddles shaft needs to be lubricated with lithium grease.
3.0.13 Interior components (Fig.2 & 3 & 5)
Ø Confirm that the plastic bailer with sponge (Fig.2) is secured to a rope and tied to the stainless
steel pad eye. Make sure it can`t be damaged during boarding of the life raft.
Ø Confirm that the red safety knife (Fig.2) is secured to a rope and attach to a stainless steel pad
eye. It is on the interior wall of the life raft, near the front hatch. It`s required to cut the painter
line to free the life raft from the ship in distress.
Ø Confirm that the buoyant quoit (Fig.2) is secured to a line and the other end should be attached
to a stainless steel pad eye in the raft.
Ø Confirm that the pump and paddles (Fig.5) are secured in place.
Ø Confirm that the Operation manual (Fig.2) is secured to a rope and attach to the stainless steel
pad eye at the front of the life raft.
Ø Attention: The Ovatek life raft is not a storage area!!!
Your Ovatek gelcoat is chalky or losing its shine? Call us for instruction on how you can shine it up!!
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 4 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
ANNEX A
LIST OF MATERIAL INSIDE & OUTSIDE THE OVATEK 4 & 7 RIGID LIFERAFTS
Ovatek 4 Esperanto 6
#
Item description
Years
of life
Expiration
date marked
Size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Parachute rockets (*)
Hand flares (*)
Smokes signals (*)
Flashlight batteries (*)
Anti-seasickness pills (*)
Foods rations (*)
Drinking water (*)
Interior/exterior lights batteries
Hydrostatic release (1)
Buoyant quoit and 30 meters line
Buoyant bailer
Sponge (*)
Radar reflector & attachment (*)
Safety can openers (*)
Whistle (*)
Flashlight complete (*)
Spare bulb for flashlight (*)
Signaling heliograph mirror (*)
First aid kit (*)
Set of fishing tackle (*)
Graduated drinking vessel (*)
Thermal protective aids (*)
Life saving signal card (*)
Rain water plastics bags (*)
Waterproof operation manual
Instructions on how to survive (*)
Seasickness bags (*)
Buoyant knife & line
Sea anchors & 100' line
Buoyant paddles
Hand pump
SOLAS yellow empty bag
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
4
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
4
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
yes
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
100 pills
Unit (502 gr)
1500 ml
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
(4 persons)
SOLAS
(6 persons)
SOLAS
A
4
6
2
4
1
4
4
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
1
A
4
6
2
4
1
6
6
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
6
1
2
2
1
1
B
2
3
1
4
1
0
0
2
1
1
1
2
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
2
1
2
1
1
4
1
2
2
1
1
Ovatek 7
(7 persons)
SOLAS
B
2
3
1
4
1
0
0
2
1
1
1
2
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
2
1
2
1
1
6
1
2
2
1
1
A
4
6
2
4
1
7
7
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
7
1
2
2
1
1
(*) Items which are inside the yellow SOLAS bag
(1) Items outside the life rafts
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 5 of 12
B
2
3
1
4
1
0
0
2
1
1
1
2
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
2
1
2
1
1
7
1
2
2
1
1
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
ANNEX B
Instructions to replace past due items in or on an Ovatek 4 persons rigid liferafts:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Detach and bring out of the raft the yellow bag containing the SOLAS items.
Open the bag and take out all of the items.
Clean the interior of the yellow bag.
First, put the radar reflector on the center bottom of the yellow bag.
Next put the 4 new water packs (if supplied) one beside the other on the round back of the bag.
Next put over the water packs, one sponge followed by the 4 new food rations (if supplied) one
beside the other.
Next put the 2 thermal protective aids on the bottom middle of the bag and put one new smoke
canister (if supplied) on each side of the protective aids.
Next, put the 4 new parachute rockets (if supplied) and the 6 new hand flares (if supplied) on top
of the protective aids.
Next replace the 2 batteries in the flashlight with new ones (if supplied), check that it is working
and put the flashlight back in.
Open the larger baggie bag and replace the other 2 flashlight batteries in the small baggie bag
with new ones (if supplied). Leave the spare flashlight bulb there.
Also in the larger baggie bag, replace the bottle of pills with new one (if supplied).
Close correctly, by expulsing the air, that larger baggie bag and put it in the yellow bag.
Next replace the first-aid kit bag (if supplied) and put it in the yellow bag.
Close (zip) the yellow bag, put it back to its place in the front top and attach it correctly to the
raft with the rope. (The yellow bag MUST be PERMANENTLY attached)
The buoyant quoit and line should be outside of the yellow bag and one end of the line should be
attached to a pad eye in the raft.
The buoyant bailer, with one sponge in, should also be outside of the yellow bag and attached to
a pad eye in the raft.
Replace the 2 (or 1) lithium batteries (if supplied) located in the interior ceiling of the raft and
attach them properly with the tie rap.
Replace the hydrostatic release mechanism (if supplied) on the exterior of the raft.
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 6 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
ANNEX C
Instructions to replace past due items in or on Ovatek 7 persons rigid liferafts:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Detach and bring out of the raft the yellow bag containing the SOLAS items.
Open the bag and take out all of the items.
Clean the interior of the yellow bag.
First, put the radar reflector on the center bottom of the yellow bag.
Next put the 7 new water packs (if supplied) one beside the other on the round back of the bag.
Next put over the water packs, one sponge followed by the 7 new food rations (if supplied) one
beside the other.
Next put the 2 thermal protective aids on the bottom middle of the bag and put one new smoke
canister (if supplied) on each side of the protective aids.
Next, put the 4 new parachute rockets (if supplied) and the 6 new hand flares (if supplied) on top
of the protective aids.
Next replace the 2 batteries in the flashlight with new ones (if supplied), check that it is working
and put the flashlight back in.
Open the larger baggie bag and replace the other 2 flashlight batteries in the small baggie bag
with new ones (if supplied). Leave the spare flashlight bulb there.
Also in the larger baggie bag, replace the bottle of pills with new one (if supplied).
Close correctly, by expulsing the air, that larger baggie bag and put it in the yellow bag.
Next replace the first-aid kit bag (if supplied) and put it in the yellow bag.
Close (zip) the yellow bag, put it back to its place in the front top and attach it correctly to the
raft with the rope. (The yellow bag MUST be PERMANENTLY attached)
The buoyant quoit and line should be outside of the yellow bag and one end of the line should be
attached to a pad eye in the raft.
The buoyant bailer, with one sponge in, should also be outside of the yellow bag and attached to
a pad eye in the raft.
Replace the 2 (or 1) lithium batteries (if supplied) located in the interior ceiling of the raft and
attach them properly with the tie rap.
Replace the hydrostatic release mechanism (if supplied) on the exterior of the raft.
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 7 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
Fig. 1
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 8 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
Fig.2
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 9 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
Fig.3
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 10 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
Fig.4
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 11 of 12
Step by step inspection checklist for Ovatek 4 & 7 persons rigid life rafts
Fig.5
Any questions? Call us now!
(877) 682-8354 (North America)
(506) 727-5039 (World)
Rev. April 17, 13
Page 12 of 12
3.6
Types of Emergencies
Drowning
Injuries
Man Overboard
Explosions
Capsizing & Sinking
Collisions
Groundings
Attitude
Abandonment
Survival
Rescue
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.7. Survival Skills
The Seven Steps to Survival were assembled by the USCG from personal experiences of
those who survived emergency situations. Committing the seven steps to survival to
memory should be one of your goals in learning how to survive at sea.
1. Recognition: You must quickly recognize the seriousness of the situation and that
your life is in danger. Hesitation or denial may cost you your life, especially in harsh
environments.
2. Inventory: Stop and assess the situation. Decide what you have that will help you
survive (Inventory equipment, weather, your skills, injuries, and your mental condition).
Doing so will help you make good decisions that will help you survive.
Survival Kits: A personal survival kit can take up very little space in an immersion
suit, yet greatly enhance you ability to survive. Think of these seven steps and choose
items that can help you with them. Items such as a knife, dental floss (a strong multipurpose line), plastic garbage bags, matches, signal mirrors, a compass, hard candy,
or boullion cubes are small items that can save you life and fit in a zip-lock bag.
Vessels may have an emergency bag stored and a person named in the station bill to
bring it in case of an emergency.
3. Shelter: Your biggest enemy in winter months is the cold. Shelter can be clothing, an
immersion suit, a raft, or an overturned vessel anything that protects you against the loss
of your body heat. Because water can take heat away from your body much quicker than
air, shelter helps you keep as dry as possible. The high heat loss areas, including the head
and neck, need to be protected most. The added buoyancy of a PFD helps to keep the
head and neck out of the water, therefore conserving heat. Once you are on shore, shelter
is your first priority after you inventory the situation. It takes hours to construct adequate
shelter on shore and you should do so as soon as possible
4. Signals: A signal is anything that attracts attention and conveys a message. Radios,
EBIRBS, and flares are signals carried by vessels:
Radios: The emergency frequencies are Channel 16 VHF and 2182 KHz or 4125 KHz
on single side band radios (SSB). VHF radios are short range and SSB radios are for
long-range communications. Near the radios, there will be a placard posted that
describes MADAY calls. Be familiar with what constitutes a proper MAYDAY call.
Vessels are required to monitor the emergency frequencies at all times. If you hear a
MAYDAY call on the radio, listen carefully and take notes. Inform the person on
watch and be ready to respond to the call if the Coast Guard does not.
Flares: The vessel will have flares and/or smoke signals stored in the life raft and
other locations on the vessel (most likely the wheelhouse). Each type, handheld,
rocket, smoke flares, etc, will have instructions for use printed on its canister. If you
see a flare launched at sea, inform the person on watch immediately.
EPIRB (Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon): The vessel will have at
least one EPIRB mounted in a float-free bracket that will be automatically activated in
the event of sinking. The signal is received by satellite and, in new styles, will identify
the sender. In the event of an abandon ship emergency it is an item you want to take
with you. Someone will be assigned that duty on the station bill. If not shown by a
crewmember, be sure to locate the EPIRB(s) on the vessel and read the directions on
how to activate them
Other Signals: Anything that makes you bigger and brighter is a signal. Immersion
suits have lights attached. You may have a signal mirror in your personal survival kit.
If abandoning ship, anything that can be tossed overboard may help in aircraft spot
your position. In a shore survival situation, three of anything (fires, buoys, immersion
suits on the beach) is an internationally recognized distress signal.
5. Water: It is recommended that humans drink two liters of water per day to stay
healthy. You can live without water for days, but will suffer dehydration from the onset
of any abandon ship emergency. Life rafts have limited rations of water, but it is advised
to gather as much as possible before abandoning ship, if time permits. Have a strategy for
gathering extra water in an emergency. Never drink seawater or urine.
6. Food: A person can go without food much longer than without water. Never eat food
without water your body requires water to digest food. Life rafts are supplied with limited
food rations. In a shore survival situation, many types of edibles can be found near shore.
Almost any animals or green plants in the inter-tidal zones are edible, but avoid mussels
or clams they may cause paralytic shellfish poisoning.
7. Play: Studies have shown that mental attitude makes a difference in a survival
situation. Play can be anything that keeps you occupied and prevents your mind from
dwelling on the difficulties you are facing. Play can be reading, telling jokes or stories,
completing a task, or improving your shelter anything that keeps you mind active and
focused.
3.8. Safety Equipment
3.8.1. Donning Immersion Suits and Personal Flotation Devices
Personal Flotation Devices (PFDs)
No other piece of lifesaving equipment has saved more lives at sea than the personal flotation
device, your lifejacket. They are designed to keep you floating face up and should do two things
for the survivor: KEEPYOUR MOUTH AND NOSE ABOVE THE SURFACE AND MAKE
YOU CLEARLY VISIBLE TO RESCUERS. Without flotation in extremely cold water, your
ability to tread water or swim is measured in minutes. If you are unconscious or injured,
survival time is even less.
There are five types of PFDs that are approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. Selecting a PFD for
certain waters has been made easier by classifying them into five different types.
Type I (Offshore life Jackets)
A Type I has the greatest required
buoyancy, 22 lbs, and is designed to
turn most w1conscious persons in the
water from a face down position to a
vertical and slightly backwards
position. This is known as a
POSITIVE RIGHTING MOMENT.
This type of PFD is suitable for
all waters, especially in waters where
rescue may be delayed.
Reflective tape is distributed on
the front and back for added
visibility. A whist le is required. It is
reversible for ease of donning and
available in two sizes - Adult (90 lbs
or more) and Child (less than 90 lbs).
Anything less than Type I in open water is inadequate.
Type II
This PFD is designed for the recreational boater when rescue can be
expected in a short period of time and water conditions are relatively
calm. It has no less than 15.5 lbs of buoyancy.
It is also designed to turn the wearer from a face down to a vertical or
slightly backward position but not as pronounced as the TYPE I.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
Type Ill
This PFD is designed for the active
outdoorsman, with comfort in mind. The TYPE III
will maintain the wearer in the position that they
assume in the water. Common users are hunters,
recreational fishermen, water skiers and canoeist.
They are NOT DESIGNED to turn the wearer from
a face down position.
Type III includes float coats and vests, which
provide flotation and small amounts of
hypothermia protection. They have no less than
15.5 lbs of buoyancy.
Type IV
This type of PFD is designed to be THROWN
to and grasped by a person in the water. It is
designed NOT TO BE WORN! Ring buoys and
boat cushions are the most common in the
marine industry. They have a minimum of 16.5
lbs of buoyancy.
Type V
This type of PFD is designed to meet a
specific need or activity on or over the water.
These can be work vests, float suits and immersion suits. They are not designed to turn the
wearer from a face down position. They have no less than 15.5 lbs of buoyancy.
Helpful PFD Suggestions
• Try on your PFD and adjust it until it fits comfortably in and out of the water.
• Mark your PFD with your name if you are the only wearer or need a specific size. Always
mark it with the name of your boat.
• Do not alter it. If it doesn’t fit properly, get one that does. An altered PFD is no longer Coast
Guard app roved.
• Dry a wet PFD thoroughly before stowage. Store it in a well-ventilated area.
• Do no dry your PFD in front of a radiator or other source of direct heat.
• Make sure there are at least 31 square inches of retro-reflective tape on the PFD to increase
your visibility.
• Accessories such as strobes and whistles can be attached to your PFD in a location that will
not interfere with your work on deck.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
Immersion Suits
Coast Guard approved immersion suits are required for each crew on vessels operating on all
U.S. coastal waters above 32 degrees N latitude.
There are many different varieties of immersion suits on the market. Some suits are just big
overalls; others have boots, detachable gloves, leg zippers and other features. An immersion suit
should be equipped with a whistle; an attached light is required on oceangoing vessels of any
size.
It should have an inflatable pillow to keep your head and neck out of the water for better
thermal protection and to help eliminate the strain of holding your head up.
Make sure the suit fits you properly; there have been cases of people drowning in suits that
were too large for them. The suit should form a tight seal around your face. Mark the suit with
your name and the vessel's name with a waterproof marker.
Quick and Safe Donning Procedures
• A sharp jerk on the carrying case will eject the suit.
• Lay the suit out flat to make sure no
parts are folded.
• Remove your boots, but leave plenty
of warm clothes on.
• Step into legs of suit while in a
stable position; if need be, do this in
a sitting position or leaning against
support. Put one foot in at a time.
With both feet in, pull the suit up to
the waist and adjust feet securely.
• Put one arm in at a time and pull the
suit up over the shoulders. Squat
down a bit to assist yourself in getting the head gear on.
• To avoid problems in zipping the suit, arch your back to remove wrinkles in the fabric. If
you have a beard, turn your head to one side, so that facial hair is not caught.
• Secure face flap to reduce incoming water.
Once the suit is completely on, squat down and release some of the air trapped in the suit
by lifting a piece of the suit off the face with one hand. Secure the Velcro straps around the
feet to make the suit a bit more tailored. Once this is complete, the suit is ready for water
entry.
Entering the Water
• Enter the water, protecting your head with
one arm and step out to the side.
• Avoid facing the water and jumping
forward. A slip is more likely to cause a
head injury.
• If possible, avoid submerging your head by
gently entering the water to prevent
seawater from entering the suit through the
face opening.
Huddle
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
• Be sure the suit is fully zipped and that all closures are snug. Leave the
external bladder deflated until you are in the water.
• Protect your head with one arm, check the area below and jump with
feet together.
Stowage and Maintenance
Immersion suits should be stowed in a very accessible, dry place.
Aboard fishing vessels, there is a debate whether that means in each
crewman's bunk or in the wheelhouse. If you put it in your bunk, you know
where it is, but you may not be able to reach it in an emergency.
Wheelhouse storage would normally be best, but there may not be
adequate space. It is a decision you must make based on the configuration
of your boat.
Whatever you decide as a location for all survival gear, especially the
immersion suits, know the location and make sure you can reach your suit
in a hurry, allowing free access from the working platform.
Immersion suit bags should have sizes marked allowing crew to select
the proper suit for them. Zippers and the general condition of materials
should be inspected during scheduled monthly emergency drills. PFD's,
which are not encased, should be stowed out of direct sunlight to prevent
against fabric deterioration and should also be checked during emergency
drills.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.8.1.1. Appendix K – Jumping in PFD/Correct Hand
Position for Rescue
©AMSEA
179
3.8.1.2. Appendix O – Jumping in an Immersion Suit/Suit
Storage
©AMSEA
183
3.8.1.3. Appendix L – HELP, Huddle and Chain Swim
©AMSEA
180
3.8.1.4. Appendix P – Care and Maintenance of Immersion Suits
CARE & MAINTENANCE OF IMMERSION SUITS
Your immersion suit’s life span-or your own, if
you should find yourself in the water-depends
greatly on how you care for and maintain your
immersion suit. Your immersion suit is only as
good as your care of it. Here are some points that
should be checked whenever you inspect your suit
(at least once a month).
Zipper
Inspect closely for missing teeth and signs of
corrosion. Lubricate teeth on the outside and
inside of zipper with the product recommended
by the manufacturer. Do not use oil-based greases.
Scrub zipper with a toothbrush to remove build
up of residues. Run zipper up and down to check
for smoothness.
Practice
Don your suit. How long does it take? How well
does your suit fit you? With foul-weather gear on
can it still be zipped up?
Stowage
Leave the zipper open, but zipped up one-inch
from the bottom. Roll the suit legs up first,
followed by the hood and finally fold the arms
over and place in bag (see figures 2 and 3). Make
sure the neoprene flapper valve in foot is not
creased.
Inflation House & Bladder
Pull gently on the tube to make sure the tip of the
tube or its attachment point on the bladder do not
separate. Use plastic wire ties at these points if not
present. Leave the silver knurled knob below
mouthpiece in the down position, ready for use
(see figure 1). Once a year remove bladder, inflate
overnight or soak underwater to check for leaks.
Make sure to reattach to suit when dry!
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 1.
Material
Inspect closely for small holes, tears, and
compression wrinkles in suit. If dirty or used in
pool or salt water, rinse thoroughly inside and out
with fresh water. Turn suit completely inside out
to dry in a well-ventilated space. Do not dry in
direct sunlight. One or two days later it will be
read to dry on the outside. If dirt or oil is present,
wash with mild soap and rinse. Do not dry clean.
Markings
All immersion suits are required to be marked
with the owner’s name, vessel’s name, or the name
of the person to whom the suit is assigned.
(BEWARE – Paints may damage the material.)
©AMSEA
Otherwise, follow the manufacturer’s stowage
recommendations. Lubricate snaps on bag. Store
suits in their bags, not against each other without
bags. Do not place heavy weights on bags as suit
material will compress and may puncture or
weaken. Plastic bags kept with the suit can be
worn over shoes/boots to make donning quicker.
For long term, off-season stowage, hang the suit in
a dry place on a thick, padded hanger (like one
designed for a dive suit- do not use wire hangers).
Accessories
Suit should have 31 square inches of retroreflective tape visible above the water in any
stable position (as required by the F/V Safety Act),
a zipper tab for ease in gripping with suit gloves
on, a whistle, and USCG approved light.
Additional recommendations include a personal
survival kit, handheld VHF radio, and personal
EPRIB.
184
3.8.2. PFD Maintenance
The following care instructions are provided to help you maintain the condition of your
program issued personal flotation device (PFD). It is your responsibility to perform visual
inspections of the buoyancy cells and inflation system at least once each quarter and
report any maintenance issues to your program manager. Program staff will inspect all
safety equipment prior to issuance and will use an authorized Mustang Service Station
for all bladder or inflation system repairs.
Visually examine your PFD for damage or excessive abrasion, wear, tear or to
bladder or fabric covering. If in doubt, return it to program for replacement.
Test battery on PFD strobe.
Check the oral inflation valve, fully inflate PFD and hold valve under water. If
bubbles appear, deflate and inflate again. Should the leak persist, return to program
for replacement.
Test for general leaks by orally inflating your PFD until firm and let stand overnight.
A leaking PFD will not hold its firmness and should be replaced.
Inspect the CO2 cylinder, if punctured, replace with a 33gram cylinder
Remove cylinder, auto cap and bobbin before washing. Apply a pre-wash stain
remover to grease or blood and wash with regular detergent. Rinse with fresh water
and hang dry. DO NOT USE BLEACH.
Reassemble inflation system parts and repack PFD as outlined in previous
instructions and illustrations.
Store in warm, dry location
The following actions should be taken to reduce accidental inflation of your PFD.
Remove CO2 cylinder and auto cap during travel and between trips.
Store auto cap and bobbin in a ziplock bag, when not in use.
Frequently check the manual lever to ensure it is up in the ready position and the
green indicator pin is present.
Check bobbin frequently. Replace bobbin every 6 months or when pitted in
appearance.
*All PFD’s will be marked with NMFS, the Program and a number. Any PFD that; no
longer hold air; is unable to manually inflate; or reaches 5 years of age from the purchase
date will be replaced.
Test how
easily the
zipper
goes up
and down.
Lubricate
it regularly
with a product recommended by
the manufacturer.
2
FEEL the suit’s fabric. It should feel flexible, not stiff. It should not feel thin or
compressed; neoprene suit fabric should be
5mm to 6.5mm thick.
Make sure each immersion suit has an attached whistle, a toggle handle for the
zipper, and a USCG-approved light
with batteries in-date.
Look for signs of corrosion (green color) on
the zipper. If present, attempt to eliminate
it by brushing several times with baking soda
and water. Then lubricate with a non-petroleum product recommended by the manufacturer. If corrosion cannot be removed, the
suit should be condemned.
Replace reflective tape if it is yellowed,
peeling, cracked or missing. There should be
16 square inches of reflective tape on the
front and the back of every immersion suit.
Examine fabric for tears, rips, punctures, or
burns. Note areas for repair.
LOOK at the suit’s fabric, reflective tape,
zipper and any attached accessories.
This publication was created by the
Alaska Marine Safety Education
Association for the Commercial
Fishing Vessel Industry Safety Advisory
Committee © 2010
Online Gear Repair & Care Guide
McNett Corporation
1411 Meador Ave. Bellingham, WA 98229
(360)671-2227
www.mcnett-dive.com
Circular No. 01-08: Shipboard
Inspection & Testing Of Immersion
Suits
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard
2100 Second St. SW, Washington, DC 20593
(202)372-1395
www.uscg.mil/hq/cg5/nvic/
Alaska Marine Safety Education Association
2924 Halibut Point Road, Sitka, AK 99835
(907)747-3287
www.amsea.org
Immersion Suit Care & Inspection
Booklet
U.S. Marine Safety Association.
5050 Industrial Road, Farmingdale, NJ 07727
(732) 751-0102
www.usmsa.org
FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION:
This guide provides only an overview of
neoprene immersion suit maintenance, leaktesting and repair.
HOW TO:
• Maintain it
• Leak-test it
• Repair it
YOUR
IMMERSION
SUIT
1
If odors are present, soak the suit in a mild
soap or shampoo safe for neoprene. Dive
shops usually sell neoprene shampoo.Your
suit’s manufacturer can also recommend a
cleaner. After washing, turn suit inside out
and hang to dry using a padded, non-metal
hanger. Dry in a warm, well-ventilated area
out of direct heat or sunlight. When inside is
dry, reverse suit to dry the outside.
SMELL your suit inside and out. It should
not smell of diesel fuel, gasoline, oil, mold or
mildew.
Use your senses.
REGULAR INSPECTION
AND MAINTENANCE
However, this guide can help keep your
neoprene suit perfoming optimally between visits to an authorized facility.
A manufacturer’s authorized facility may
find defects undetectable with the do-ityourself methods explained here. It will
have the latest information on potential
problems and their fixes, as well as the
experience gained from testing and
repairing hundreds of suits.
This is a quick guide to maintaining, leaktesting and repairing neoprene immersion suits. Although this guide outlines
processes similar to those performed in
an authorized repair facility, it does not
substitute for having suits inspected and
repaired at an authorized facility.
3
Procedure:
• Lay suit out on table or hang by the
feet with a pair of large spring clamps.
• Tape over the air valve inside foot (if
present) with duct tape.
• Place the widest end of buoy inside
face opening of the hood.
• Pull zipper up to buoy to make a good
seal. The float should fit tightly so
that air does not escape around the
outside edges.
• Tie the float to the immersion suit’s
zipper toggle, if necessary, to keep it in
place during inflation.
4
5
Don’t forget to inspect your immersion suit’s buoyancy ring or pillow. To
leak-test it,
inflate with
the oral
inflation
hose.
It should
stay inflated
overnight.
NOTE: If leaks are numerous or in large
areas in the material itself, effective repair using the following method may not
be possible. Also, repair in the field of the
fabric may void the USCG approval of the
suit. Consult the manufacturer’s authorized
repair facility.
• Areas in the material itself, as well
seams, may leak.
• Make careful note of all leak locations.
Once the suit is rinsed of soap and
dried, most leak sites will be invisible.
• Rinse suit in fresh water. Hang to dry
completely before attempting repairs.
6
• Only attempt repairs on a clean and
completely dry suit.
• Turn suit inside out.
• Clean and prepare areas to be repaired
with a product such as Cotol-240™
Cure Accelerator & Pre-Cleaner.
• Repair using urethane-based repair adhesive/sealant designed for neoprene
wet suits such as Aquaseal®, available
from most dive shops. Mix three parts
adhesive with one part thinner, such as
Cotol-240™, if desired.
• If repairing more than one suit, mix
enough Aquaseal® and Cotol™ to
repair no more than four suits or the
mix may cure before finished.
• Apply to leaking seams or fabric areas
with a small, stiff brush.
• Allow repair to set for 24 hours.
• Turn suit right side out and repeat
repair process on reverse side of
problem areas.
• Inflate repaired suit to retest for leaks
and do additional repairs as needed.
• If fabric field repair was done, have
suit inspected by the mantufacturer’s
authorized service station as soon as
is practical.
Items Needed:
• Conical buoy or float
such as a pole float
with a hole running
completely through
the center in the longest dimension, and
made of a non-porous
material so that air
cannot pass through
the float itself.
• Vacuum, with hose and
wand attachments,
that blows air out or
an electric inflator with a stiff nozzle.
• Duct tape.
• Soapy water in a spray bottle.
• Sketch of rough shape of suit (front
and back) on which to note leaks.
• If the
suit has
removable
gloves, plug
the wrist holes
completely with
anything that will not
allow air to escape
• Insert the nozzle of an inflator
or vacuum cleaner hose into
the center hole of the float.
The nozzle should fit tightly
so that air does not escape
around the outside edges.
• Turn on inflator or vacuum so
that it blows air into the suit,
inflating it like a balloon.
• While the inflator runs, spray
the suit with soapy water,
concentrating on the seams,
between fingers, armpits,
crotch, zippers, and hood.
• Leak areas will be
evidenced by
bubbles.
REPAIRING NEOPRENE
IMMERSION SUITS
HOW TO LEAK-TEST
AN IMMERSION SUIT
3.8.4. Making a Voice Radio Distress Call and Using Visual Distress Signals
3.8.4.1. Location Aids for the Mariner
The key to being rescued quickly is to let people know where you can be found. By using
the four detection factors: light, color, sound and movement, you will gain attention.
Your most powerful distress tool is your radio. In the event of an emergency, it is extremely
important to establish radio communication immediately with the Coast Guard or another
vessel.
DO NOT WAIT UNTIL THE SITUATION IS OUT OF CONTROL. At that point, there
may be no power to the radio or it may be too late for rescue units to respond.
Having and using marine radios is an integral part of fishing and a valuable aid in an
emergency. It is also a privilege granted by the agency that issues the licenses - the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC). Emergency marine radio calls are made on VHF channel
16 (156.8 mHz) or SSB 2182 kHz.
3.8.4.2. Emergency Calls
There are three internationally recognized radio signals used for marine emergencies.
MAYDAY, PAN-PAN, and SECURITY. All three have priority over other radio traffic.
MAYDAY calls also have priority over all other emergency signals. They are to be used
only when a vessel or life is threatened by grave and imminent danger and a request is made for
immediate assistance.
If you hear a MAYDAY call and it is not answered, you must answer it and log the details
of the call. When you can be reasonably sure you will not interfere with other distress-related
communications, advise the vessel in distress what assistance you can offer.
MAYDAY RELAY: All vessels that are required to have radios are required to relay
Maydays that are heard but go unanswered.
To relay an unanswered Mayday, make sure your radio is on and you transmit on channel 16
VHF. Then state:
1. Mayday relay, Mayday relay, Mayday relay.
2.YOUR vessel's name and call sign.
3. Name and call sign of vessel in distress.
4. Location of vessel in distress.
5. Nature of problem with vessel in distress.
6. Degree of assistance needed.
7. Listen for acknowledgement.
8. Transmit additional requested information.
PAN-PAN (pronounced pahn-pahn) calls are for very urgent messages concerning the safety
of a boat or persons. Examples include urgent storm warnings by an authorized station and/or
loss of steering or power in a shipping lane. To transmit a PAN-PAN message, make sure your
radio is on and you transmit on channel 16VHF. Then state:
1. PAN-PAN, PAN-PAN, PAN-PAN all stations.
2. Your vessel name and call sign three times.
3. Nature of urgent message.
4. Position (latitude and longitude and LORAN are preferred).
5. Total number of people on board.
6. Vessel description (length, color, type, etc.).
06-22
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
SECURITY (pronounced say-cure-i-tay) calls are the lowest priority emergency calls and
are used to alert vessel operators to turn to another station to receive a safety message.
SECURITY warns nearby vessels of a possible hazard.
3.8.4.3. Emergency Position-indicating Radio Beacons (EPIRBs)
Vessels that are operating beyond the "three-mile line" and are greater than 36'in length are
required to have an FCC type Coast Guard accepted Category 1 406 MHz EPIRB (float
free).Vessels less than 36' in length beyond the "three mile line" are required to have a
Category 2 406 MHz EPRIB.
Drills are to include demonstration of proper use including arming. If you have an EPIRB,
turn it on as soon as possible and leave it on. A continuous transmission provides the best hope
for rescue. The lanyard attached to the unit should be fastened to the raft or to an individual in
the water. Most EPIRB's operate best when floating with the ANTENNA VERTICAL.
3.8.4.4. Visual Distress Signals
A visual distress signal is anything that makes you BIGGER, BRIGHTER OR
DIFFERENT. By yourself, you are a small target; anything you do to make yourself more
visible will help rescuers find you.
Visual distress signals are included in the emergency equipment pack aboard your life raft.
They include both pyrotechnics and devices such as flashlights, portable strobe lights, mirrors
and distress flags. All have advantages and disadvantages and all are of value only if they are
used effectively.
READ THE INSTRUCTIONS - Whatever the signals, always carefully read and follow the
affixed instructions. The signals are very powerful and can cause injury and even worse if not
treated with respect.
Types of and Use of Visual Distress Signals
3.8.4.4.1. Parachute Flare
Contained in a plastic canister, the parachute flare produces a bright red flare suspended by a
parachute. This flare is activated when you have reason to believe that a rescue craft is in your
area. To activate:
• Hold flare vertically, rocket end up.
• Remove the top and bottom caps, holding flare firmly.
• Remove the safety pin from bottom. This allows the firing trigger to be lowered into the
ready-to launch position.
06-22
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
• Aim slightly downwind and squeeze the trigger up into the canister. BE READY FORA
KICK, AS THE ROCKET WILL GO TO 1000'.
• The flare will burn for 30-60 seconds. Under ideal conditions the flare is visible up to 30
miles.
3.8.4.4.2. Pistol launch Flares
To use this type of flare, load the cartridge into the barrel of the pistol. Aim downwind and
pull the trigger. This will activate the signal. It will reach an altitude of 30-50 feet and burn for
8-12 seconds.
3.8.4.4.3. Hand-Held Flares
The hand-held flare is designed to produce a bright red distress signal when activated. There
are two types.
One type has an arrow on the handle and an arrow on the metal flare. To activate:
• Pull the handle down and rotate until the two arrows line up.
• Apply upward force to the handle to activate.
• DO NOT hold onto the flare itself as it becomes very hot.
• If it does not activate after the initial striking, attempt another strike. If it still does not
activate, throw it in the water.
• Activate downwind.
The other style of hand held flare requires:
• Lift up on the tape that goes the length of the flare. By doing this, the top side (striker) is
exposed.
• To remove the cap, twist it. Hold it out and away from the raft.
• Strike the topside of the cap on the flare end.
• Be careful of the "slag" that will drip, it is extremely hot and dangerous to human skin
contact.
3.8.4.4.4. Strobe light
The strobe light is a compact, high-intensity light that is capable of operating continuously
for 12 hours. It is activated by a "push-on / push-off" button located at the base of the unit.
3.8.4.4.5. Signaling Mirror
The signal mirror is one of the best daytime signals available. Aim the mirror into the sun
locating the beam on your hand or a nearby surface. Look through the aiming hole in the center
of the mirror at the beam. A bright dot should appear. Place the dot toward the rescue craft.
Survivors should practice with mirrors constantly since the reflected light signal could possibly
be seen by rescue craft out of the victim's sight or hearing range.
3.8.4.4.6. Sea Dye Marker
Sea dye marker consists of a chemical which, when immersed in water, produces a bright
greenish- yellow color that is highly visible. To use the dye marker, open the container and
swirl it around in the water. Drift about 20 yards and lower the dye back into the water and
create another slick. Continue to do this and you will create a trail for rescue craft to follow.
The duration of the sea dye will vary from 20 minutes in rough seas to 2 hours in calm sea.
Keep the container outside of your survival craft, as the dye will spill inside the raft creating a
mess.
06-22
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.8.4.4.7. Floating Smoke Signal
Best seen during the day, the floating orange smoke signal is contained in a waterproof
canister. To operate:
• Remove plastic cover.
• Locate activating cord and pull firmly.
• Throw it into the water immediately.
• Within 3-4 seconds, a popping sound will occur and the smoke will be visible. The
activation time is 3 minutes.
• Activate downwind, as the smoke will be very pungent.
3.8.4.4.8. Hand-held Smoke Signal
Best seen during the day, the hand-held orange smoke signal is designed to produce a cloud
of orange smoke when activated . To operate:
• To remove the cap, twist it. Hold it out and away from the raft.
• Strike the topside of the flare with the top of the cap.
• Activate downwind, as the smoke will be very pungent.
3.8.4.4.9. Stowage and Maintenance
Store pyrotechnics in a cool, dry, readily-accessible place. Each crewmember on board
should know where visual distress signals are stowed. One crewmember should be assigned to
bring the signals in an emergency. It is advisable to store a pair of gloves along
with pyrotechnics.
Pyrotechnics have an expiration date and need replacement once expired to ensure
proper functioning.
Never aim pyrotechnics directly at rescue craft. This does not encourage good relations
with the rescue team members.
Points to Remember
•
Hold flare downwind.
•
Read instructions PRIOR to rescue arriving on scene.
•
Use them wisely-They are limited in quantity.
•
Many flares are packed in plastic bags for waterproofing.
06-22
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.8.5. Appendix N – Distress Flare Types
©AMSEA
310
3.8.6. Appendix M – Use of Distress Signals
©AMSEA
309
3.8.7. Distress Broadcast/MAYDAY Call
•
Make sure communications equipment is on.
•
Select 156.8 MHz (VHF channel 16), 4125 kHz or other distress frequency used in your area
of operation. Note: VHF channel 16 and 4125 kHz are for emergency and calling purposes
only.
•
Press microphone button. Speak slowly, clearly and calmly. Say:
MAYDAY, MAYDAY, MAYDAY
This is the F/V
•
, F/V
, F/V
. Over.
Release microphone button briefly and listen for acknowledgement. If no one answers say:
MAYDAY, MAYDAY, MAYDAY
This is the F/V
, F/V
, F/V
.
My position is
. (Use latitude/longitude, nearby
landmarks, distance from known points, LORAN readings, etc.) Repeat three times.
I am
.(Sinking, on fire, listing, etc.)
I estimate that I can stay afloat
I have
hours/minutes.
persons on board.
My vessel is a
a
type of vessel,
color hull with
feet long, has
color trim, and
masts.
I will be listening on channel
This is the F/V
.
. Over.
•
Release microphone button. If situation permits, stand by the radio to await further
communications with the Coast Guard or another vessel.
•
If no answer and situation permits, try another channel and repeat.
©AMSEA
358
3.8.8. Appendix G to COMDTINST M16130.2F
Radio Call
Frequency:
High Site:
Type of Comms:
Time:
DF Bearing:
Original
Date:
Relay
UCN:
Initials:
-- Initial SAR Check Sheet --
Type of Position:
1. Position
[ ] Lat/Long
[ ] Geographic Reference
How determined?
Children:
Total:
Name:
Length:
Type:
Make:
Color:
2. Number of Persons On Board
Adults:
3. Nature of Distress (if PIW complete additional PIW box below)
4. Description of Vessel
5. Have all persons on board the vessel put on Personal Flotation Devices / adequate number of PFD's available? Y / N
** ADVISE REPORTING SOURCE OF INTENDED ACTIONS AT THIS TIME **
6. Determine Initial Severity / Emergency Phase
[ ] Uncertainty
[ ] Distress
[ ] Dispatch Resources / Activate SAR Alarm
[ ] Alert
Additional information is needed
[ ] Advise reporting source of Coast Guard's Actions
Complete one or more of the following:
[ ] Issue Urgent Marine Information Broadcast (UMIB)
[ ] Supplemental Check-sheet
[ ] Brief Sector / District
[ ] Overdue Check-sheet
[ ] Provide emergency instructions to vessel in distress
[ ] Flare Sighting Check-sheet
[ ] Complete additional check-sheets as situation dictates
[ ] MEDEVAC/MEDICO Check-sheet
[ ] Grounding Check-sheet
[ ] Mass Rescue Operation Supplemental Check sheet
Persons in the Water
Number:
Description:
[ ] PFD - type/color:
Time:
[ ] Exposure Suit
Confirmed? [ ]
[ ] Light
** Complete all of the above before shifting frequency; Complete below before hanging up phone **
Reporting Source
Name:
Vessel Name:
Call back number (with area code):
[ ] cell phone
[ ] radio / call sign:
/ MMSI:
Address:
On Scene Weather
Wind
Seas
Swells
Weather Type
G-3
Visibility
3.8.9. Appendix G to COMDTINST M16130.2F
SUPPLEMENTAL SAR CHECKSHEET
[ ] Document/Official Number
[ ] State Registration
Communications Equipment
[ ] VHF-FM [ ] HF [ ] DSC [ ] Other ______
[ ] Cellular: #
Frequencies:
Navigation Equipment
[ ] GPS
[ ] OMEGA
[ ] RADAR [ ] Fathometer
[ ] Other:
V
Homeport
Flag
E
Hull Material
Usage
S
S
Prominent Features
Survival Equipment
[ ] EPIRB Class/Type: _____________
[ ] PFDs #s/Types: _________________________
E
L
Cause of Incident
[ ] Owner
Name
P
[ ] Operator
[ ] VDS/Flares
[ ] Raft/Lifeboat
[ ] Food/Water
[ ] POB
[ ] Owner
Name
Address
[ ] Flashlight
[ ] Dinghy/Skiff
[ ] Foul Wx Gear
[ ] Operator
[ ] POB
DOB:
[ ] Operator
[ ] POB
Address
E
O
P
Phone
Age:
[ ] Owner
Name
DOB:
[ ] Operator
Male/Female
[ ] POB
Phone
Age:
[ ] Owner
Name
Male/Female
L
Address
Address
E
Phone
Age:
DOB:
Male/Female
Phone
Age:
DOB:
Male/Female
Additional Comments
A
Communications Schedule
Start Time
Frequency
Set and Drift
Set
[ ] 60 min
[ ] DMB
DMB
C
T
I
Time Interval
[ ] 15 min
[ ] 30 min
[ ] Other
Remarks
[ ] Not a factor
[ ] T Drift
[ ] M
Type
Inserted
[ ] kts
[ ] MPH
Freq
Relocation
Time
O
Position
N
N
W
W
N
G-4
3.8.10. VHF Marine Radio Channels
The chart below contains a partial listing of channels boaters should be familiar with:
Channel
Type of Message and Use
06
Intership Safety: Used for ship-to-ship safety messages and search messages and ships and aircraft of
the Coast Guard.
09
Boater Calling: FCC has established this channel as a supplementary calling channel for commercial
and recreational boaters in order to relieve congestion on VHF Channel 16.
13, 67
Navigation Safety (Also known as the Bridge-to-Bridge channel): Ships greater than 20 meters in
length maintain a listening watch on this channel in US waters. This channel is available to all ships.
Messages must be about ship navigation (i.e. passing or meeting other ships). You must keep your
messages short. Your power output must not be more than one watt. This is also the main working
channel at most locks and drawbridges. Channel 67 is for lower Mississippi River only.
16
International Distress, Safety and Calling: Use this channel to get the attention of another station
(calling) or in emergencies. Ships required to carry a radio maintain a listening watch on this channel.
USCG and most coast stations also maintain a listening watch on this channel.
1021, 1023,
1083
1022
24, 25, 26, 27,
28, 84, 85, 86,
87
70
U.S. Coast Guard only
Coast Guard Liaison and Maritime Safety Information Broadcasts: Announcements of urgent marine
information broadcasts and storm warnings on Channel 16.
Public Correspondence (Marine Operator): Use these channels to call the marine operator at a public
station. By contacting a public coast station, you can make and receive calls from telephones on shore.
Except for dis-tress calls, public stations usually charge for this service.
Digital Selective Calling: Use this channel for distress and safety calling and for general purpose calling
using only digital selective calling (DSC) techniques.
NOAA Weather Radio Frequencies
Channel
Frequency (MHz)
WX1
162.550
WX2
162.400
WX3
162.475
WX4
162.425
WX5
162.450
WX6
162.500
WX7
162.525
04-21
Updated from www.navcen.uscg.gov
3.8.11. Emergency Instructions
F/V _________________________________________________
General Instructions
1. All crew members and passengers are responsible for knowing their assigned
emergency duties and stations.
2. All crew members are responsible for knowing the location of the ship's lifesaving and
emergency equipment.
3. All crew members and passengers shall participate in all emergency drills and
training sessions.
4. Newly reported personnel should report to _____________________ for safety,
emergency or orientation.
5. If you are in doubt as to any of your responsibilities as specified in this bill, ASK THE
CAPTAIN for clarification.
Emergency Signals
Fire and Emergency Signal ( __________________ )
The Fire and Emergency Signal shall be a continuous blast on the ships whistle with
the same signal sounded simultaneously on the General Alarm for a period of not less
than 10 seconds.
Man Overboard Signal ( ______ ______ ______ )
The Man Overboard Signal shall be 3 Long Blasts of the ship's whistle with the same
signal sounded simultaneously on the General Alarm, with the signal to be sounded a
minimum of four times.
Abandon Ship Signal ( * * * * * * * ______ )
The Abandon Ship Signal shall be at least seven CT) short blasts followed by one (1)
long blast on the ships whistle, with the same signal sounded simultaneously on the
General Alarm.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.8.12. Appendix R – Care and Maintenance of 406 EPIRBs
©AMSEA
314
3.8.13. Appendix S – Location Accuracy of 121.5 and 406 MHz EPIRBs
Search area can be reduced by a factor of 45 times
121.5 MHz 12 nm radius 452 sq.
nm search area Average 6-hour
notification
406 MHz 2 nm radius
12.5 sq. nm search area Average
1-hour notification
406 MHz with GPS
0.05 nm radius
Estimated 5-minute notification
Appendix Q – EPIRB Types
04-21
Modified from AMSEA
3.
3.8.14. Personal Locator Beacon Instructions
ResQLink
406 MHz Personal Locator Beacons
Anatomy of your beacon
A. Antenna Latch – Latch unlocks antenna from
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
beacon body. When unclipped, the antenna can be
deployed to uncover On/Off and test buttons.
Strobe Light – Activates when beacon is turned on and at
the end of each self-test.
Green LED Light – Visual indicator of beacon activity.
Red LED Light – Visual indicator of beacon activity.
GPS Receiver – Location of GPS Receiver, give clear view
to sky and do not obstruct.
ON/OFF Button – Activates the beacon when
pressed for 1 second. Turns beacon off when pressed
for 3 second. (button is embossed only, red color is for
enhanced graphics presentation)
TEST Button – Self-test Beacon to do full function test.
Antenna – Wraps around product and protects On/Off and
Test Buttons.
Lanyard – Secures beacon to prevent loss.
Warning: This transmitter is authorized for use only during
situations of grave and imminent danger. Deliberate misuse may
incur a severe penalty.
ResQLink+
Overview
Personal Locator Beacons are designed to be manually activated. They are only to be activated when all other means
of self-rescue have been exhausted. When properly registered as required, the activation of the beacon tells Search
and Rescue who you are, where you are, and that you are facing a life threatening situation.
How To Activate Your Beacon
To activate your beacon in a distress situation, follow these steps:
1. Unclip the antenna latch from the case and move antenna into the
upright position
2. Depress the ON/OFF button for 1 full second (button is embossed
only; red color is for enhanced graphics presentation).
When Activated (First Minute):
To let you know the beacon has been activated,
you will see the strobe light flash once every
second while the RED light will flash once every 3
seconds.
After the First Minute:
While transmitting your distress signal, the RED light and
Strobe light each will flash once every 3 seconds, alerting you
that your beacon is active.
When the Red light is replaced by the GREEN light, this indicates
that your beacon has successfully downloaded your GPS
coordinates and is transmitting them along with your 406 MHz
Distress Signal.
04-21
Modified from acrartex.com
4.Activation with GPS
When your unit is activated, the GPS receiver will turn on, search to find your
LAT/LON and incorporate it into your 406 MHz signal. As soon as the GPS receiver
acquires valid positioning data, the red flashing light will be replaced by a green
flashing light once every 3 seconds.
The same GPS data will be sent with each 406 MHz signal for the next 30 minutes. At
that time the internal GPS will start up again, search to find your LAT/LON and
incorporate it into your next 406 MHz signal. If for any reason the internal GPS
cannot update your LAT/LON, your last position will be used for the next four hours.
At that time the green LED will stop blinking and the red LED will flash once every 3
seconds until new GPS data is obtained.
GPS receiver orientation
When activated, it is critical that you do not cover the beacon with any body part,
water, clothing, etc. The GPS receiver is located under the bottom portion of the case
where it is outline with the text “GPS, Give Clear View To Sky.”
To ensure optimum performance of the GPS receiver, the beacon needs to have an
unobstructed view of the sky. Avoid submerging the GPS receiver in water if possible.
Water will shield and inhibit the GPS receiver and may cause difficulties obtaining
your GPS coordinates. Avoid leaning over the beacon to view blinking LED as you
may shield the GPS reception.
Red Flashing Light = Sending 406
MHz Signal Only
Green Flashing Light = Sending
406 MHz Signal with GPS
Coordinates
Proper Positioning and Handling during Activation
Do not cover the GPS receiver with your hand and make sure you have a clear
view to the sky to ensure GPS is downloaded.
Make sure the antenna is pointing towards the sky, out of the water. Beacon is
not intended to operate in water. While the unit is waterproof, it must be above
the water’s surface to function properly.
ResQLink+ Floating Version:
Not intended to operate in
water.
04-21
Modified from acrartex.com
Turning off the beacon
To deactivate your beacon, depress the ON/OFF button for more than 3 seconds. Once the beacon is
deactivated, all blinking LED lights will stop, signifying that the beacon is no longer sending your distress
message.
If deactivation should fail, try again before removing the 2 screws holding the unit together and unplugging the
battery to disable the unit. Return the beacon to ACR Electronics for service.
NOTE: Leave beacon on until rescued. Turning beacon off will prolong or prevent rescue.
Repeated activations could be viewed as a hoax.
Post Rescue Follow Up
Hopefully you are never put in the situation where you have to activate your beacon to be rescued, however, should
you activate your beacon in an emergency that requires Search and Rescue assistance, please contact ACR
Electronics in the days that follow.
It is important for us to learn the nature of your emergency, how the beacon performed so that we can continue to
build the world’s best life saving equipment.
Real life activations and how people use our beacons in these situations plays a major role in designing and
manufacturing our products. We also like to share these rescues with others in an effort to promote proper use of
Personal Locator Beacons.
You can learn more about our Post Rescue Follow Ups by visiting our Survivor Club at
www.acrelectronics.com/survivors/
Testing You Beacon
Your beacon has the ability to perform 2 different tests to ensure the beacon is working perfectly. The first is a basic
self-test which checks the beacons Data Integrity and Memory; 406 MHz Synthesizer; RF Power/Battery; GPS header
and sends a satellite burst. The second test is a GPS self-test that actually turns the GPS Receiver on, downloads
your position and then transmits this data in the self-test satellite burst.
Note: Self-test should only be performed in the first 5 minutes of any hour.
Basic Self-test (No GPS Data)
During a self-test your beacon will send a 406 MHz signal coded as Self-test to the satellite system and a 121.5 MHz
homing signal.
This beacon has enough excess battery life to perform 60 self-tests
over the 5 year life of the battery.
To perform a Basic Self-test:
1. Unclip the antenna latch from the case.
2. Move the antenna into the upright position
3. Depress the Test button for 1 full second
A Green Light will flash followed by a Second Long Green Light flash and the strobe light. This indicates a successful
Basic Self-test.
If a red LED flashes at the completion of the self-test, your beacon has failed. Repeat the self-test. If the failure
persists, contact ACR Electronics or an authorized Battery Replacement Center for servicing of your beacon.
ACR strongly recommends performing the Self-Test once per month, or at least two weeks prior to a trip allowing
enough time for service should your beacon require it.
04-21
Modified from acrartex.com
6.
Battery Witness Seal Life
If your beacon flashes an initial Amber light at the beginning of the Self- test, this indicates that your electronic
witness has been broken and you have used more than 1 hour of battery life. While the beacon will still operate
normally in a distress situation, ACR strongly recommends you have your battery replaced and the electronic witness
reset to ensure that you will have at least 24 hours of battery power.
Light Scheme
Light Meaning
Self-test Passed
Self-test Passed (Battery: <24 Hours)
Self-test Fail
Self-test Fail
(Battery: <24 Hours)
Battery Fail
04-21
Modified from acrartex.com
False Alerts
A false alert is any activation of the beacon, intentional or otherwise, that does not result from a situation of grave
and imminent danger.
Be sure to do the following to help minimize false alerts:
Register your beacon. This does not reduce false alert rates; however, when the beacon is properly registered,
the situation can usually be resolved with a phone call.
Be careful with whom you leave your beacon. Make sure that they know how to use it, and that they
understand the ramifications of causing a false alert. A lot of false alerts are generated by curious individuals. If you
notice the beacon is flashing the red or green LED and strobing periodically on its own, this likely means it has
accidentally been activated and needs to be shut off and reported.
The Cospas-Sarsat satellites detect distress beacon transmissions immediately and locate the transmission within
a few minutes of beacon activation.
NOTE: If you report a false alert and the authorities have not received the signal, do not be
concerned. This may mean that you were able to deactivate the beacon before transmitting the
signal.
False alert
A false alert must be reported to the search and rescue authorities.
Reporting
Should there be a false alert for any reason, it must be reported to the nearest search and rescue
authorities. The information that should be reported includes:
• The PLB 15-digit Unique Identifier Number (UIN)
• Time and date
• Duration and cause of activation
• Location of beacon at the time of activation
To report false alerts outside of the USA , contact the national
authority where your beacon is registered.
To report false alert in the United States , contact:
United States Air Force Rescue Coordination Center (AFRCC)
Tel: 1-800-851-3051
Routine Maintenance
Carefully inspect the beacon case for any visible cracks. Cracks may admit moisture, which could falsely activate the
beacon or otherwise cause a malfunction. Any cracks observed should be immediately referred to ACR for evaluation
by calling +43-1-5 237 237 240. ACR Technical Support can also be reached by sending an email to:
[email protected]
After checking the beacon case for cracks, it may be wiped down with a clean, damp cloth. Do not use any type of
cleaner on your beacon.
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery no later than 6 years from beacon date of manufacture, 5 years from in service date, or after
emergency use. At each inspection, check the time remaining until replacement is required. The battery should be
replaced if the beacon has been activated for any use other than the self-test. Always refer battery replacements and
other beacon service to a factory authorized Battery Replacement Center. Battery replacement includes servicing the
beacon by replacing all o-rings, testing the water seal and the electrical properties.
04-21
Modified from acrartex.com
NOTE: There are no user serviceable items inside the beacon. DO NOT OPEN
THE BEACON. Opening the beacon will void the warranty.
For the nearest location of a Battery Replacement Center, visit our website at
www.acrelectronics.com/where-to- buy/find-a-battery-service-provider/
This beacon contains 1 lithium metal battery pack that is less than 0.8 grams. They
are not classified as Hazmat for transportation. Prior to shipping beacon for service,
alert your carrier about the batteries contained in this equipment to make sure they
properly label your package. Call ACR’s Technical Service department at +43-1-5 237
237 240 for proper shipping instructions or visit the ACR website for an MSDS at
http://www.acrelectronics.com/media/products/1465/1942 01113556817/MSDS57.pdf
Changing ownership or contact information
As the owner of the beacon, it is your responsibility to advise the national authority of any change in your registration
information. If you are transferring the beacon to a new owner, you are required to inform the national authority.
You can do this by using their online database or by letter, fax or telephone and informing the authority of the name
and address of the new owner.
The new owner of the beacon is required to provide the national authority with all of the information requested on
the registration form. This obligation transfers to all subsequent owners.
Lost or stolen PLBs
If your PLB is lost or stolen, do the following immediately:
• Report to your local authorities that the PLB has been lost or stolen
• Contact your National Authority with the following information:
• Police department name
• Police department phone number
• Police case number
If your PLB were to be activated, the information you provided will be forwarded to the appropriate search and
rescue authorities who will ensure that your PLB gets back to you.
If someone attempts to register a PLB reported as stolen, your national authority will notify the appropriate police
department.
04-21
Modified from acrartex.com
MONTHLY TEST LOG
FOR
NOAA FISHERIES OBSERVER: ___________________________________________
EPIRB Battery Expiration Date: ________________________
EPIRB Registration Number: ________________________
Date
Time
Comments
Date
Time
**Note: A 406 MHz EPIRB can be tested at any time**
Comments
3.9.
3.9.1. Person Overboard
1. Throw a ring life buoy or flotation as close to the individual as possible.
2. Post a lookout to keep the individual in the water in sight and communicate
the distress and position to the pilothouse.
3. Pilothouse watch to sound alarm and maneuver as necessary. Mark position
electronically.
4. Launch a rescue boat or platform to recover the individual, if appropriate.
5. Have a crew member put on a PFD or immersion suit, attach a safety line to
the crew member and have crew member stand by to enter the water to assist in
recovery if appropriate.
6. If individual overboard is not immediately located, notify the Coast Guard
and other vessels in the vicinity; and continue searching until released by the
Coast Guard.
©AMSEA
361
3.9.2. Recovering an Individual from the Water
Man in the Water
Rule #1 - Don't be the man in the water!!
No one ever plans on falling overboard. A person who unexpectedly finds himself in the water is a
person with fear ... even if they are good swimmers. The fall itself is bound to invite a certain amount
of shock and panic.
Upon initial entry into the water, the respiratory system (breathing) will experience a gasping
response (short, shallow and irregular breath rate). Another life-threatening reaction that may occur
within seconds of entering the water is heart attack. This is of particular importance for out-of-shape
people who fear the water. More often than not, these victims are not wearing a PFD.
Injuries during the fall could render even good swimmers helpless. A successful man-overboard
rescue is highly dependent on how well the potential rescuers respond and upon how well the victim
can assist. The following are guidelines in the event you are a VICTIM or RESCUER.
Man Overboard
The success of recovering a person overboard depends on a few factors:
• Ability of victim to alert someone of the fall.
•
Ability of rescuer to return to victim.
•
Available rescue equipment.
•
Drills and procedures practiced prior to incident.
•
Temperature of water and time of incident (day vs. night).
If You Are the Victim
Things to Consider:
•
Am I wearing a PFD?
•
Can I swim back to where I fell?
•
Did someone see me fall?
•
How can I attract attention?
•
Will I be able to assist during rescue?
Ring buoys provide flotation
and permit the victim to be
hauled aboard by band or
with a hoisting tackle. A
bowline or lifesling can be
used if the person is too large
to use a ring buoy effectively.
Any debris or floatable trash
thrown near the victim will
help mark his position for pick
up. Strobe lights, "day-glow"
markers or smoke pots
attached to a ring buoy will
mark the victim’s position.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
Actions to Take:
•
While the fall is taking place, scream to alert others. (Choice of words left to your discretion.)
"Help!", "Man overboard!" or a crew member's name is useful.
•
Once in the water, surface and assess your situation (Where am I? Who saw or heard me fall?
Am I wearing a PFD?)
•
Get control of your breathing.
•
Remain as calm as possible; realize the chances of survival are in your favor and remember
your crew likes you....hopefully.
•
Begin to draw attention to your location using sound or movement:
• Waving your arms.
• Blowing a whistle.
• Kicking your feet, creating a splash.
• Splashing water with your hands.
•
Do not swim if nothing is in sight.
•
Utilize your survival skills learned in training (warm water vs. cold water).
•
Once spotted, notify rescuer of any injuries or other people in the water.
If You Are the Rescuer
•
Sound alarm "MAN OVERBOARD" and give location, i.e. port side, 10 o'clock, NW
•
Mark the location where the person fell in by throwing some type of flotation and mark/fix
position on plotter.
•
Maintain 100 percent visibility on the
•
Communicate with other crew members and captain.
•
Once alongside, throw the victim a ring buoy, rope or line.
•
Use available equipment to bring victim back on board.
•
If water entry/rescue swimmer is required:
victim.
• Wear a PFD/lmmersion suit and take one for the victim.
• Attach a safety line to the crewmember.
• Toss the PFD to the victim while swimmer stays out of arm's reach.
• Once victim has settled down, tow to safety. Talk to the victim to reassure them.
Recovery
In recent years a lot has been written about the problems of recovering fishermen who have
either fallen or been washed overboard. There is a variety of man overboard systems that are
adoptable for most vessels and circumstances.
For fishing vessels without a dedicated rescue system the following options should be
considered:
•
A technique of circling a person in the water while towing a lifebuoy on a line is an effective way
of making contact, particularly in heavy weather.
•
A conscious person in the water can be recovered using a rigid ladder, scrambling
net or any device that can be climbed.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
•
A lifting strap passed around the back and under the arms of a person in the water,
attached to a suitable recovery rope, can prove valuable. Using a mechanical lifting
device can assist recovery on board.
•
An inflatable dingy or life raft provides another option for recovery. Your life raft can
be inflated to get people out of oil/gas saturated water and heavy seas.
•
A PARBUCKLE can be improvised using ropes or a net in order to recover a person
from the water.
•
REMEMBER - a rescuer should only enter the water as a last resort. Don't compromise
your own safety.
Safety Tip
This safety tip concerns swimming fully clothed in cold water. Most people who accidentally find
themselves in the water are fully clothed or without a lifejacket and suddenly recognize certain
discomforts. Many good swimmers have not survived short distance swims due to improper techniques
used when swimming fully clothed.
The key to swimming fully clothed is to use UNDERWATER MOVEMENTS with your hands and
feet. Personal judgment is required concerning the removal of shoes or boots. Some boots will fill
with water or become water soaked and restrict movement. Others may assist in your situation by
providing environmental protection and floatation. Just remember swimming fully clothed requires
strokes without lifting your arms out of the water.
The swimmer should use a BREAST STROKE, MODIFIED SIDESTROKE or an ELEMENTARY
BACKSTROKE. You are not trying out for the Olympic team, just trying to get back to where you fell.
Man-overboard Recovery Methods
There are a number of man-overboard recovery methods. The most commonly used are:
1. One-turn or Anderson: fastest but requires the most skillful shiphandling.
2. Williamson turn for night or low visibility: turns you around and sends you down your previous track.
3. Racetrack: for the fastest recovery when you are proceeding at high speed in clear weather.
4. Y-backing: for ships with large turning circles and lots of backing power, proceeding at slow
speeds.
Large ships often use a small boat to recover a man from the water. Smaller vessels will use the
boat-recovery method as well when the sea is very rough or there is little chance of getting the man
close alongside. Swimmers with PFDs or immersion suits and tending lines should be ready to go
into the water.
No matter which recovery method is used, the same basic principles and methods apply. Swing the
stern away from the person with full rudder. If possible, stop the shaft before the person reaches the
screw. Always assign someone to do nothing but keep the man in the water in sight.
The following are step-by-step explanations of the four most common recovery methods.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
WILLIAMSON TURN
Explanation:
1) Put the rudder over full in
the same direction as the
man (this swings the stern
away from him). For
example, if a person fell
over the star board side,
put the rudder over full to
starboard. Stop the engine.
2) When clear of the man,
PRIMARY USE
vessels, but the exact
amount must be
determined through trial
and error.
4) Come to the reciprocal of
the original course, using
full rudder. For example, if
your original course was
090 degrees, you should be
steady on 270 degrees
after turning.
5) Use the engines and
rudder to get into proper
final position: vessel
upwind of the man and
dead in the water with the
man along side, well
forward of the propellers
ANALYSIS
Advantages
Disadvantages
Simplicity
Slow
Used in reduced
visibility because it
makes good the original
track.
Used when it is
believed that a man
fell overboard some
time previously but he
is not in sight.
go ahead with the engine.
Continue using full rudder.
3) When the heading is 60
degrees beyond the original
course, shift the rudder to
full over in the opposite
direction without having
steadied on a course. 60
degrees is proper for many
Makes good the original
track
Takes the boat a
relatively great distance
from the man, which
may result in losing
sight of him
ANDERSON OR ONE TURN
Explanation:
1) Put the rudder over full in
the same direction as the
man (this swings the stern
away from him). For
example, if a person fell
over the starboard side, put
the rudder over full to
starboard. Stop the engine.
2) When clear of the man,
go ahead full. Continue
using full rudder.
When about two-thirds of
the way around, back the
engine two-thirds or full.
Stop the engines when the
man is within about 15
degrees of the bow, then
ease the rudder and back
the engines as required to
attain the proper final
3)
position (same as that for
the Williamson method).
4) Many variations of this
method are used. They
differ primarily in the use
of one or both engines on
twin screw vessels, and
the moment at which they
are stopped and backed
to return to the man and
tighten the turn. The
variation used should
reflect individual vessel
characteristics, sea
conditions, personal
preferences. etc.
1)
PRIMARY USE
Used by vessels
which have
considerable power
available and a tight
turning circle.
Advantages
Fastest recovery
method.
ANALYSIS
Disadvantages
Requires very skillful
shiphandling because of the
lack of a straight approach
to the man.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
RACETRACK TURN
Explanation:
1) A variation of the one
turn method which provides
a desirable straight final
approach to the man.
2) Put the rudder over full in
the same direction as the
man (this swings the stern
away from him). For example, if a person fell over the
PRIMARY USE
Used in good visibility
when a straight final
approach leg is
desired.
starboard side, put the rud
der over full to starboard.
Stop the engine.
3) When clear of the man,
go ahead full and continue
using full rudder until you
come to the reciprocal of
the original course. For
example, if your original
Advantages
course was 090 degrees,
steady up on 270 degrees
after turning.
4) Hold the reciprocal
course long enough so you
can make a straight final
approach to the man on the
original course.
5) Use full rudder to turn to
the man.
6) Use the engine and
rudder to get in the proper
final position (the same as
for other recovery
methods).
ANALYSIS
Disadvantages
Straight final
approach leg makes
it easier to attain the
proper final position.
Slower than one-tum
method.
Ship will return to the
man if he is lost from
sight.
Reasonably fast.
Effective when wind
was from beam on
original course.
BACKING
Explanation:
1)Put the rudder over full in
the same direction as the
man (this swings the stern
away from him). For
example, if a person fell over
PRIMARY USE
Used by vessels
with low height of
eye. The vessel
remains
comparatively
close to the man,
making it easier to
keep him in sight.
the starboard side, put the
rudder over full to
starboard. Stop the engine.
2)When clear ·or the man,
back the engine with full
power, using opposite
rudder.
3)Go ahead, using the
engines and rudder to attain
the proper final position
(same as for the other
recovery methods).
ANALYSIS
Advantages
Disadvantages
The vessel remains
comparatively close to
the man.
Backing into the wind
and sea may result in
poor control of the
vessel.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
Rescuer Responsibilities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sound Alarm "MAN OVERBOARD"
Throw a Flotation Device in Water
Post a Lookout
Turn Vessel Around
Position Vessel for Retrieval
Use Available Rescue Equipment
Provide Medical Attention
Rescue Swimmer
Victim Responsibilities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Yell for Help / Whistle
Assess Your Situation
Control Your Breathing / Remain Calm
Draw Attention to Yourself
Stay Still Do Not Swim
Utilize Survival Skills
Notify Rescuers of Any Injuries or Other
People in the Water
Cold Water Near-Drowning
Survival Factors
•
•
•
•
•
•
Water Temperature
Cleanliness of Water
Time Submerged
Age of Victim
Quality of Treatment
Other Injuries
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.9.3. Abandon Ship
1. Preparations should include the following as time and circumstances permit:
a. General alarm and mayday
b. All personnel don immersion suits/PFDs and warm clothing
c. Prepare to launch liferaft; attach sea painter to vessel above weak link
d. Get abandon ship kit including signals (EPIRB, flare signal smoke,
flashlights, hand-held radios, etc.), first aid kit, water and food
e. Gather other useful items
2. Meet at abandon ship station
3. When sinking is imminent or when remaining onboard is inappropriate:
a. Close watertight openings
b. Launch and board liferaft
c. Keep sea painter attached to vessel but be prepared to cut it
immediately if there is risk to raft or if vessel begins to sink
d. Activate EPIRB and begin Seven Steps to Survival (see last page)
©AMSEA
364
3.9.4. Abandoning the Vessel
Decision to Abandon
Only the captain should give the command to abandon the ship, and only when the ship is in
such distress that the lives of the people on board are endangered. Abandoning ship signifies the
end of attempts to save the vessel. It means that the raft has become the best shelter, if you have
one.
You must sound the alarm and alert the crew in plenty of
time to enable them to get to their emergency stations and
prepare the survival gear. It is much better to have to re-stow
the survival gear after a close call than to wish you had
assembled it sooner.
When the alarm sounds, each crewmember must report
to his station immediately and begin his assigned survival
duties.
Where events do not allow for a well-organized
abandonment, use whatever time is available to:
Establish radio contact as soon as you
recognize that an emergency exists. Up date
the log frequently to ensure that the man on
watch can quickly report the vessel's
position.
• Send a distress message.
• Muster all persons on board.
• Prepare the life raft for launching.
• Put a flotation device on.
While it is a fatal mistake to wait too long to give the order for abandonment, it is just as
dangerous to abandon the ship too soon.
At a depth of approximately 3 meters, the hydrostatic release is activated and the liferaft starts to float to the surface. As the
vessel sinks, the painter pays out to full length and activates the CO2 cylinder to inflate the liferaft. The painter must be
pulled out manually to its fall length to activate the inflation mechanism if the water depth is less than the length of the
painter. Swim to the raft, place your feet on the canister and pull until the raft inflates. If the vessel continues to sink, the
painter or a weak link parts and the liferaft floats free.
The raft should be
launched from the lee
side (left).There may be
as much as 100 feet of
painter in the canister
and pulling the painter
out to its full length
(center) will inflate the
raft. Be sure the painter
is firmly secured to the
vessel (right) before
launching and inflating
the raft.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
Actions Prior to
Abandonment
2
Pelican Sliphook to loop
1
Raft painter line to loop shackle
5
Hydrostatic release
expiration date
3
Weak link (Red line)
to loop shackle
4
Thimble attached to
deck or cradle
• Alarm Recognition
• Muster Location
• Personal Shelter Management
(Dress for Survival)
• Recognize Specific
Emergency Duties
• Equipment Familiarization
• Specialized Team
Development
• Communications
Disposable hydrostatic release installation
Boarding the liferaft
Wait for the raft to inflate before
boarding. If you board too soon
you may interfere with the raft's
inflation. Your raft will probably
over-inflate and you will hear the
sound of air escaping through
pressure relief valves. This does
not mean that the raft is defective.
The sound should stop in a few
moments.
The best way to board your
If possible, board the raft without getting wet. You can jump directly into the canopy
opening (left) or lower yourself with a ladder, net or line (right)
liferaft is to jump directly into the
canopy opening from your vessel, remaining DRY. You will not go
through the floor.
Jump feet first into the canopy opening with your hands
landing on the top of the canopy. Once in, move away from the
opening so other crewmen can board.
If you must enter the water, choose a safe place to leave the
vessel. Enter where you can use the painter line to guide you to
the raft. If you are not in contact with the painter line, you may
be swept beyond the raft.
Beware of hazards below you. Do not jump into people,
objects or surface debris. Jump from the lowest suitable point to
minimize impact with the water. Consider using a ladder, net or
line to lower yourself to a safe point of entry.
Entry from a Height
If you must enter the water wea ring a PFD,
cross you r arms securely over your chest
and block off your nose and mouth. Always
enter the water
Once the decision is made to abandon the vessel, the following
procedures should be utilized.
• Get down as close to the water as possible and secure your PFD / Immersion Suit.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
•
Look down to see if your landing area is clear.
•
Look straight ahead and stand tall.
•
Latch on with one hand on face to protect mouth and nose
from inrushing water. The free hand is placed across the
chest and grabs onto the elbow or shoulder and squeeze
down on the PFD.
•
Step off as you were walking down a set of stairs. Cross your
ankles or keep feet close together.
•
Assist others and move to a safe area. Swim on your
back.
Righting a Capsized liferaft
2
If entering the water in an immersion suit, protect your
If your liferaft inflates upside down or is blown over during
head with one arm and jump to the side. If you jump
inflation, DON'T PANIC. One person can easily right a
facing forward (right), a slip is more likely to cause a head
capsized craft. Swim to the side marked "RIGHT HERE." If
injury
there is no marking, go to the side with the CO2 cylinder.
Maneuver the cylinder side of the raft so that it is downwind, then reach up and grab the righting strap.
Start pulling yourself up onto the raft. It will help to kick your feet out as if you were swimming on top.
This will be difficult as you will have on a flotation device. GET AGGRESSIVE!
is located. Holding onto
Once on top facing into the wind, stand on the very edge where the CO2 cylinder
2
the righting strap, lean back with all your weight and pull on the strap. Once the canopy is clear of the
water, the raft will begin to follow. If the raft lands on top of you, relax. The bottom (floor) of the raft is soft
and flexible and your head will form an air pocket.
Stay face up under the raft. Catch a breath of air and pull yourself out from underneath. If you try to
swim out face down, your PFD or immersion suit could get hung up and make it difficult for you to get free
To right a capsized boat, grab the righting strap and pull. When it
starts to right, you have to spring backward to avoid having the raft
land on top of you (right).
Preventing Drowning on Initial Immersion
• Protective Clothing
• Flotation
• Slow Entry for Slow Response
• Climatize
• BodyType (Fat vs. Muscle)
• Survival Techniques (Wave spray Protection and
Survival Swimming)
InitialHazards Once in the Water
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Injuries During the Fall
Cold Water
Oil & Fire
Surface Debris
Dangerous Marine Life
Missing and Injured Crew
Crew Separation
Lack of Preparation
• Stay Out of Water
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.9.5.
3.9.6. Survival Once On Board Liferaft
•
Activate your EPIRB and maintain its access to the sky.
•
Deploy the sea anchor (drogue).Some may automatically deploy. Make sure it is out and functioning
properly. When the raft is on the wave crest, the sea anchor should be in the trough.
•
Bail out the raft using bailing bucket and sponge provided. Hands, shoes and caps are also useful.
•
Close down the entrance to protect the crew from exposure.
•
Maintain your raft. Inflate the floor and repair any leaks. It may be necessary to re-distribute your
weight to better stabilize your new home.
•
Tend to the injured with the first aid kit contained in the emergency pack. If you have not attended a
first aid class before or lack confidence in your medical skills, it would be advisable to sign up for a
course. Remember, ma-in-law may choke on your T-bone and the skills learned may be useful.
•
Locate your survival manual and read instructions aloud for all to hear.
•
Assess the scene and make a calm estimate of your situation and plan your course of action.
Assign duties to all uninjured.
•
Inventory your emergency pack contents and don't leave items lying around on the floor. Distribute
seasick tablets to all even if they have never been seasick. They have never been in a life raft in the
open sea.
•
Post a look-out team. Review the proper use of visual distress signals.
•
Check the condition of everyone. Use the buddy system to assist each other. Maintain morale and
consistent leadership. Use your sense of humor; it is a powerful tool.
•
Distribute food and water, but be careful not to waste it. Drink NO seawater even if diluted. Eat NO
fish, turtles or birds that may come near the raft. The fishing kit is for morale, not to eat the fish even
if you can cook them with your flare.
•
PLAN TO STAY ALIVE AND RETURN HOME TOTHE FAMILY!!
Sample Briefing to Pass to Vessels Prior to Hoisting
"A Coast Guard helicopter is proceeding to your position and should arrive at approximately
.
Maintain a radio watch on
MHz / kHz Channel
VHF / FM; the helicopter will attempt to
contact you. Provide a clear area for hoisting, preferably on the port stern. Lower all masts and booms
that can be lowered. Secure all loose gear. Keep all unnecessary personnel clear of the hoist area. When
the helicopter arrives, change course to place the wind 30 degrees on the port bow and maintain a
steady course and steerageway. As the helicopter approaches, gale force winds may be produced by the
rotors, making it difficult to steer. The helicopter will provide all of the equipment for the hoist. A line will
probably be trailed from the helicopter for your crew to guide the rescue device as it is lowered to the
deck. Before handling the rescue device, allow it to touch your vessel. This will discharge static electricity.
If you have to move the rescue device from the hoist area to load the patient, unhook the cable from the
rescue device and lay the loose hook on the deck so the helicopter can retrieve it. Do not attach the loose
hook or the cable to your vessel. The helicopter may move to the side while the patient is being loaded.
Have the patient wear a lifejacket and attach any important records, along with a record of medications
that have been administered. If possible, brief the patient on the instruction pictured on the rescue
device. When the patient is securely loaded, signal the helicopter to move into position and lower the
hook. After allowing the hook to ground on the vessel, re-attach it to the rescue device. Signal the hoist
operator with a "thumbs up" when you are ready for the hoist to begin. As the rescue device is being
retrieved, tend the trail line to prevent the device from swinging. When you reach the end of the trail line,
gently toss it over the side."
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.9.7. Actions Prior to Rescue
•
Follow Instruction from Crew
•
Tend to Injured /They Go First
•
Transfer Organization
•
Prepare Safety Line for Transfer
•
Wear Flotation During Transfer
•
Stay in Raft if Transfer is Unsafe
•
Take your Time. You're Almost There.
Guidelines for Hoisting to CG Helos
Initial Communications
• Position (latitude / longitude)
•
Any Injuries
•
State of Vessel
•
Signaling Devices Onboard
•
Open Areas to Hoist to
(usually port quarter)
Preparation for Hoisting
• If Underway: Bow Facing 30-45
static electricity
right of wind line
•
If DIW: Bow Facing 0-90 right
of wind line
•
Clear Hoisting Area: snag
hazards, antennae, booms
•
Life Jackets
•
Somebody on Radio if Possible
During Hoisting
• Ground the Device
•
Tending Trail Line
•
Disconnecting Device
(Don't hook cable to boat)
•
Any Problems: Advise
immediately over radio
Hazards Complicating Evacuation
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Night-Time Evacuation
Injuries
Missing Person
Faulty or No Equipment
Poor Weather Conditions
Panic and Fear
Lack of Leadership
Inexperienced Crew
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.10. Hypothermia and Cold Water Survival
Hypothermia occurs when the body's CORE temperature drops. Submersion in cold water is a
major cause of hypothermia because water conducts heat away from the body 25 times faster
than air of the same temperature. Hypothermia can also result from a combination of wind and
cool or cold temperatures, wet clothing or clothing that is not suitable for the weather.
Although hypothermia can easily occur when air temperatures are above freezing, it can be
prevented by using good judgment, wearing layered clothing to stay warm but not sweaty, putting
on rain gear before getting wet, and avoiding being immersed in cold water. It helps to remember
that 50 percent of your body's heat is lost through your HEAD and NECK. Other high heat loss
areas are your ARMPITS, CHEST and GROIN.
Signs and Symptoms
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Uncontrolled shivering
Slurred / slow speech
Confusion
Poor judgment
Poor coordination
Drowsiness
Weak or irregular pulse
Slow / shallow breathing
Dilated (big) pupils
Unconsciousness
It is sometimes difficult to detect hypothermia because the affected person may not know or
may deny that he is having a problem. In addition, signs and symptoms may be confused with or
complicated by alcohol.
If you suspect that someone has hypothermia, check the person's pulse for 1 to 2 minutes
when doing your primary survey. Treat the person GENTLY. If he is breathing and has a pulse,
carefully remove his wet clothing and cover him with dry coverings.
To treat for hypothermia, remove the person from the cold environment and remove any wet
clothing. Encase the individual in a sleeping bag and provide skin-to-skin contact with a warm
person.
Give warm fluids only after uncontrolled shivering stops, when the person is alert enough to
get a cup of hot drink to his mouth by himself without spilling it and can swallow without choking.
Check for and treat other injuries.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.10.1. Appendix H: Heat Loss/Heat Gain (Fisher)
©AMSEA
132
Cold Water Survival/Hypothermia
3.10.2. 3 Stages of Hypothermia
Stage
Mild Hypothermia
Core Temperature
99º - 97ºF Normal;
Shivering can begin 97º
- 95ºF
Moderate Hypothermia
95º - 93ºF
Severe Hypothermia
90º - 86ºF
Signs & Symptoms
Cold sensation and goose bumps.
Unable to perform complex tasks
with hands. Shiver can be mild to
severe. Hands numb.
Shivering intense. Muscle incoordination becomes apparent.
Movements slow and labored,
stumbling pace, mild confusion,
may appear. Use sobriety test, if
unable to walk a 30 foot straight
line, the person is hypothermic.
At 93º - 90ºF, violent shivering
persists, difficulty speaking,
sluggish thinking, and amnesia
starts to appear. Gross muscle
movements sluggish. Unable to
use hands, stumbles frequently,
and difficulty speaking. Signs of
depression, withdrawn.
Shivering stops. Exposed skin
blue of puffy. Muscle
coordination very poor. Inability
to walk, confusion,
incoherent/irrational behavior, but
may be able to maintain posture
and appearance of awareness
At 86º - 82ºF, muscle rigidity,
semiconscious, stupor, and loss of
awareness of others. Pulse and
respiration rate decrease, possible
heart fibrillation
At 82º - 78ºF, Unconscious. Heart
beat and respiration erratic. Pulse
may not be palpable
At 78º - 75ºF, pulmonary edema,
cardiac and respiratory failure.
Death may occur before this
temperature is reached.
3.10.3.
©AMSEA
140
3.10.5. Appendix F: Recognizing the Signs of Hypothermia
From: Marine Safety Update, Volume 11, Number 3, Summer 1995
By Jerry Dzugan
Hypothermia, the general cooling of a body’s core temperature, is a leading cause of death
during outdoor activities. Human beings are designed for warm, humid environments.
Without proper shelter and clothing, humans get hypothermic in any air temperature less
than 80 degrees F and in any water temperature less than 91 degrees F. Hypothermia is
usually brought on by cold-water immersion or inadequate preparation for the weather.
The signs and symptoms of hypothermia can be difficult to recognize, especially by a
victim. It is best recognized by a warm companion. Some signs to look for:
1. Loss of Judgment. The first of the mental functions to be lost due to hypothermia is
judgment. The hypothermic person is thus in a poor position to decide their own
status. Yet, judgment is needed to prevent the situation from getting worse. Look for
apathy, trouble with decision-making, and poor judgment by the victim.
2. Shivering. Although a classic sign of hypothermia, there are many individual reactions
to shivering that eliminate it as a foolproof indicator of hypothermia. The following
groups have a poor shivering response and may not shiver even when hypothermic:
infants, elderly, the very cold (generally a core temperature under 90 degrees F), people
with metabolic disorders or taking certain medicines, and those under the influence of
alcohol or other central nervous system depressants.
3. Poor fine motor skill and coordination including slurred speech. These are classic
symptoms of hypothermia but may also be caused by alcohol use, fatigue, or other
disorders.
4. Warm flashes. The body only can constrict blood vessels to prevent heat loss for
limited periods. About every 40 minutes, the blood vessels of the hypothermic person
relax and expand. This leads to a short period of warmth where the person may start
removing layers of clothing (paradoxical undressing) or go back into the water. This
behavior hastens death. Such victims are often found in the water or on the snow
naked, despite the cold. Incidents have been reported since Scott’s Antarctic expedition
of 1912.
5. Decrease in visual acuity. The cold decreases acute vision by 25-30%, and by 50%
when wind and spray are added. This has implications for persons working on deck as
lookouts and search and rescue personnel.
6. Hallucinations. A lessening of oxygen to the brain can cause neurochemical changes,
resulting in hallucinations. Polar explorers have reported hallucinating, and Inuit
people recognize this as “pibloctoq,” a hysterical mental condition that occurs in winter.
Such hallucinations may sometimes be responsible for paradoxical undressing.
Storytellers have long recognized the relationship between cold and hallucinations as
seen in Hans Christian Anderson’s Little Match Girl and Scrooge’s hallucination in
Dickens’ A Christmas Carol.
©AMSEA
142
7. Blood Pressure. The initial effect of cold on the cardiovascular system is to raise blood
pressure and heart rate by 25% and increase cardiac output by 64%. People will have
higher blood pressure in the winter than in the summer, and in places with lots of
rainfall as opposed to dry areas. Eventually, however, vital signs will be depressed and
these effects can trigger a cardiac or cerebral attack, leading to death.
8. Decreased limb function. The cold’s effect on the limbs (nerves, joints and muscles)
can be felt before the cold affects the body core. Nerve function will be affected by the
cold even without freezing of the skin. Joint stiffness is also a common complaint.
Stiffness increases the risk of tearing of muscles and tendons. Cold decreases the power
and contraction time in muscles even though blood flow may remain the same. These
effects decrease manual skills that may be needed in an emergency, and increase
opportunities for injury.
Jerry Dzugan is the director of AMSEA and an EMT instructor. He drew some of the information
for this article from Hypothermia and Cold Stress, Evan Lloyd, editor, Aspen Publications, 1986.
©AMSEA
143
3.10.6. Appendix I: Chart of Body Core
Temperatures & Symptoms
©AMSEA
133
3.10.7. Appendix J: Hypothermia Guidelines - General Public
Excerpted from:
State of Alaska Cold Injuries Guidelines
Department of Health and Social Services
Division of Public Health
Section of Emergency Programs
Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Program
PO Box 110616
Juneau, AK 99811-0616
Accidental Hypothermia
Accidental hypothermia is defined as the unintentional drop of core temperature to 35°C
(95°F) or below. Hypothermia can be classified:
•
•
•
Mild 35-32°C (95-90°F);
Moderate 32-28°C (90-82°F)
Severe <28°C (<82°F)
These categories are useful in guiding treatment. While obtaining a core temperature is
important for assessing and treating hypothermia, there is tremendous variability in
individual physiologic responses at specific temperatures. Initial treatment of accidental
hypothermia should be guided by the condition of the patient in conjunction with the core
temperature, if available.
TABLE 1. LEVELS OF HYPOTHERMIA
Clinical staging system. Adapted from the “Swiss System.”
©AMSEA
134
Core Temperature Measurement
Often, it is not practical to measure core temperature in the field. These guidelines are not
based only on a patient’s measured temperature. A rapid assessment to suggest a patient’s
core temperature may be performed by placing a warm ungloved hand against the skin of
a patient’s back, or chest. If the skin feels warm, hypothermia is unlikely.
Handling Of Hypothermic Patients
A patient with moderate to severe hypothermia should be handled very gently and kept
horizontal if at all possible. When cold, the heart is very prone to ventricular fibrillation
(VF) with any disturbance. Even cautious movement of a patient may induce VF. A patient
who is moderately or severely hypothermic and not in cardiac arrest may experience
severe cardiovascular stress if placed in a vertical position. A severely hypothermic patient
may be in a state of “suspended animation” or in a “metabolic icebox”. Severely
hypothermic patients have been known to survive neurologically intact for long periods of
time even if they are in asystole (weakened or non-existent heartbeat).
Since cold skin is easily injured, do not apply hot objects or excessive pressure (e.g.
uninsulated hot water bottles, blood pressure cuffs, etc.). Small chemical heat packs have
insufficient heat capacity for rewarming. If the patient does not have frostbitten hands or
feet, chemical hand and foot warmers may be helpful in preventing cold injury during
transportation in patients who are mildly hypothermic. Extremity rewarming is
contraindicated in moderate or severely hypothermic patients. Chemical heat packs should
never be applied directly to skin. Some heat packs achieve a surface temperature >50°C
(122°F), which is sufficient to burn even undamaged skin. Injured extremities should be
splinted in anatomically normal position with as little further manipulation as possible in
order to protect cold-injured skin.
When moving hypothermic patients by helicopter, protect the patient from wind chill
caused by rotor wash. Rotor wash can be eliminated if the helicopter shuts down while
loading and unloading, but this is usually not practical in the field and is very time
consuming. Package the patient carefully to avoid any additional loss of heat or skin
exposure that can cause or worsen frostbite and hypothermia.
The interior of ground or air ambulances (fixed wing or rotorcraft) and resuscitation rooms
should be warm enough to prevent further heat loss. The ideal temperature is 28°C (82°F),
the thermoneutral temperature of humans in air, but this is usually too warm for the crew.
Severe cold injuries are encountered relatively infrequently. Responders should plan for
the management of these conditions and be familiar with the equipment.
Assessment And Treatment Of Cold Patients
Members of the public should activate the emergency medical system. Call 9-1-1 if
available.
• Mild. A patient with mild hypothermia should be alert, with normal or increased
vital signs and shivering. A patient who is alert and shivering may just be cold and
not hypothermic.
©AMSEA
135
•
•
Moderate. A patient with moderate hypothermia may have a slow heart rate a slow
respiratory rate and a decreased level of consciousness. Speech may be slurred and
gait may be unsteady. Shivering may be vigorous until it becomes weak or absent
below a core temperature of about 30°C (86°F).
Severe. A patient with severe hypothermia will have a markedly decreased level of
consciousness, with decreased or absent response to verbal or noxious stimuli.
A hypothermic patient should be assessed for coexisting injuries or illnesses that may
mimic or conceal the signs and symptoms of hypothermia. The use of vital signs, mental
status and presence or absence of shivering may be unreliable if the patient has another
condition that coexists with hypothermia. Many conditions such as hypoglycemia, alcohol
intoxication and exhaustion can cause altered mental status and can decrease or abolish
shivering. A heart rate higher than expected for given level of hypothermia may be due to
another cause such as traumatic blood loss.
Initial Treatment
Prevent further heat loss:
• Insulate from the ground.
• Cover the patient with a vapor barrier (such as a tarp, a large piece of plastic, large
garbage bags etc.). Do not remove wet clothing until the patient has adequate
shelter.
• Insulate the patient, including the head and neck.
• Protect from the wind; eliminate evaporative heat loss by removing wet clothing
once the patient has adequate shelter.
• Move the patient to a warm environment as soon as possible.
Treatment For A Patient Who Is Cold, But Not Hypothermic Or For A Patient With Mild
Hypothermia
An uninjured cold or mildly hypothermic patient may be treated in the field.
If it will take more than 30 minutes for the patient to arrive at a medical facility, rewarm the
patient with one or more of the following methods:
Vigorous shivering is the most effective method for increasing heat production. Shivering
should be fueled by calorie replacement with food or with fluid containing sugars (calorie
content is more important than the heat in a hot drink). Do not allow the patient to eat or to
drink liquids unless the patient is capable of swallowing and protecting the airway.
Apply heat to areas close to the heart – the chest and upper back. This can be done in the
field using chemical or electric heat pads or the Norwegian (charcoal) Heatpac. The
Hypothermia Prevention and Management Kit (HPMK), developed by the United States
military is an excellent method of preventing heat loss. These methods will not increase the
core temperature of a shivering patient faster than shivering alone, but will decrease
energy requirements by decreasing shivering and will increase thermal comfort.
Mild exercise, such as walking or stepping up and down on an object, will produce heat
and may be helpful. This should only be allowed after the patient is dry, has had calorie
replacement, and has been stable for at least 30 minutes. A patient with moderate
hypothermia may collapse if allowed to exercise without adequate energy reserves.
©AMSEA
136
Exercise increases afterdrop, which is a decrease in core temperature that occurs before
rewarming measures are effective. Afterdrop and vasodilation caused by exercise could
provoke cardiovascular collapse.
Placing a patient alone in a sleeping bag will decrease further heat loss. Placing a patient in
a sleeping bag and providing close skin-to-skin contact with a warm body will not speed
core warming in a shivering patient and will decrease shivering. The advantage of placing
a shivering patient in a sleeping bag with another person is to decrease the work of
shivering and increase thermal comfort, however, placing a patient with another person in
a sleeping bag should only be done when it will not delay transport. Do not place a
hypothermic patient in a sleeping bag with another individual who is hypothermic.
Do not put a cold patient in a shower or bath. A warm bath increases afterdrop.
Vasodilation and increased afterdrop could provoke cardiovascular collapse or ventricular
fibrillation. Do not permit the patient to use alcohol or tobacco.
Treatment For Moderate To Severe Hypothermia
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Handle a patient who is hypothermic very gently to avoid causing Ventricular
Fibrillation (VF). Do not rub or manipulate extremities or attempt to remove wet
clothes. Cut clothes off once the patient is in a sheltered environment.
Keep the patient horizontal.
Prevent further heat loss as described in initial treatment, above.
Apply heat as described in initial treatment, above.
Use forced air heating with a heating blanket or cover, if available. Forced air
heating, which may be available in an air or ground ambulance, is effective at
raising core temperature. Heat should be preferentially applied to the torso,
especially the chest and upper back.
Do not allow the patient to sit or stand until rewarmed.
Do not put the patient in a shower or bath.
Do not give the patient food or oral fluids.
Do not attempt to increase heat production through exercise, including walking.
Continuously reassess the patient.
Transfer to a medical facility as soon as possible.
Treatment For Hypothermia Without Signs Of Life
Assume that a hypothermic patient can be resuscitated even if there is an absence of vital
signs or any sign of life and the pupils are fixed and dilated. Hypothermic patients have
been resuscitated without neurological damage even after asystolic cardiac arrest.
Hypothermic patients without obvious signs of life may still have a pulse. The heart rate
can be very slow. Since metabolic needs are so low in severely hypothermic patients, a rate
of only a few beats per minute is enough to provide adequate perfusion to vital organs. In
such cases, it is better to attempt to maintain effective cardiac activity than to start
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and cause VF. Even if the patient has no pulse,
delaying CPR by one minute to check for a pulse is not harmful, because the metabolic
demands are so low.
©AMSEA
137
CPR should be started when there are no signs of life, no respiration, no pulse, if checked
for up to 1 minute and CPR is not contraindicated. Compression depth and rate should be
provided according to International Liaison Committee on Resuscitation (ILCOR)
guidelines.
Continue CPR under the following conditions:
• If no cardiac monitor or Automated External Defibrillator (AED) is available,
continue CPR.
• If a cardiac monitor/defibrillator is available and the patient is in ventricular
tachycardia (VT) or VF, or if an AED is available and advises that a shock be given,
attempt defibrillation (one shock) using the standard energy level and resume CPR
for 2 minutes before checking for a pulse.
• If defibrillation is unsuccessful and the patient’s core temperature is <30°C (86°F), do
not make further attempts at defibrillation until the core temperature has increased
to ≥30°C (86°F). Continue CPR and attempt to rewarm the patient (See Table 2.
Rewarming Methods – Page 16).
• If the defibrillation is unsuccessful, and the patient’s core temperature is >30°C
(86°F), follow ILCOR guidelines for normothermic patients.
• If a cardiac monitor, including an AED with a monitor, shows asystole, continue
CPR and do not shock.
• If the monitor shows signs of an organized, perfusing rhythm (any rhythm other
than VT or VF), do not start or continue CPR, but continue to monitor.
• Although an organized rhythm may represent Pulseless Electrical Activity (PEA),
this is an unstable rhythm that is most likely to deteriorate rapidly into asystole. If
this happens, resume CPR.
• Ultrasound, if available, can be used to check for cardiac activity. If cardiac
contractions are seen, do not start or continue CPR. Starting CPR is likely to provoke
VT or VF. If no cardiac contractions are found, start CPR even if there is an
organized cardiac rhythm on the monitor.
• As long as the patient does not have return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC) as
evidenced by a pulse or other signs of life, continue CPR as feasible during transport
and attempt to rewarm the patient or at least prevent further cooling. It is difficult to
rewarm a patient in the field, even in a well-heated ground or air ambulance.
• Mechanical chest compressions in conjunction with ventilation using an advanced
airway are likely to be effective with the patient in a moving litter or ambulance.
Human delivered chest compressions, while the patient is in a moving litter or
ambulance, are unlikely to be effective and should not be attempted.
• In patients with severe hypothermia who have no signs of life, delayed or
intermittent CPR may be effective. Unavoidable interruptions should be as brief as
possible. Severely hypothermic patients in cardiac arrest have survived
neurologically intact when CPR was delayed for more than 30 minutes. This is
possible because of low metabolic needs in severe hypothermia.
• If advanced life support has been provided in conjunction with rewarming
techniques for more than 30 minutes without the return of spontaneous circulation
or respiration, emergency medical technicians and paramedics may terminate the
resuscitation in accordance with Alaska Statutes and local protocols. However, this
should only be done in patients with a core temperature ≥32°C (90°F). Moderately or
severely hypothermic patients should be rewarmed before terminating resuscitation.
©AMSEA
138
Transport Of Hypothermic Patients
Mild Hypothermia
A patient with mild hypothermia can be treated in the field if there are no associated
medical conditions or injuries that require hospital treatment. Otherwise, patients should
be transported to a hospital with the capability to manage the associated conditions and
injuries.
Moderate to Severe Hypothermia
A patient with moderate or severe hypothermia should be transported to the nearest
hospital or, in some cases, regional clinic, capable of stabilizing the condition of the patient.
©AMSEA
139
3.11.
3.11.1. Unintentional Flooding, Rough Weather at
Sea, and Crossing Hazardous Bars
Signal: 1 long continuous blast not less than 10 seconds.
1.
a. If unintentional flooding: notify pilothouse immediately to sound
alarm & call Mayday.
b. If rough weather at sea or crossing a hazardous bar is anticipated, notify
the entire crew.
2. Close all watertight and weather-tight doors, hatches, ports, and air vents to
prevent taking water aboard or further flooding in vessel.
3. Keep bilges dry to prevent loss of stability due to water in bilges. Use power
driven bilge pumps, hand pumps, fire pumps and buckets to dewater.
4. Check all intake and discharge lines that penetrate the hull for leakage. All
crewmembers should know the location and operation of all through-hull
lines.
5. On a small vessel, crew should keep their collective weight evenly distributed.
6. Personnel should don immersion suits/PFDs if the going becomes very rough, the
vessel is about to cross a hazardous bar, or when otherwise instructed by
the master or individual in charge of the vessel.
WARNING
If immersion suits/PFDs are worn inside the vessel, their buoyancy may hamper
escape during a sudden capsizing.
©AMSEA
362
3.11.2. Minimizing the Effects of Unintentional Flooding
Approximately 70 percent of deaths involving commercial fishing industry vessels are related to
stability. Maintaining proper stability on fishing vessels is one of the most difficult tasks for the
fisherman. The more you learn about stability, especially the stability limit of your own boat, the safer
you can be.
The most important concept for you to concern yourself with while fishing and stowing catch is to
keep to a minimum the number of stability hazards present at the same time. For instance, while you
are lifting the cod end aboard, be aware of the hazards posed by an open hatch. Be aware of the
effects of shifting catch on deck, or of partially filled fish hold or ballast tank.
Stability changes with every gallon of fuel, ice and water that is used. It changes with every shift
in ballast and with every load of fish; it makes a difference whether you put the cargo down below or
on the deck. Finally, the stability of your boat changes with every wave that passes under the boat
since the stability varies with the position of your vessel on the wave.
Common Small Vessel Flooding Sources
Damaged rudder port fittings:
Packing problems with rudder posts results in
many flooding cases. Structural failure (cracking)
of the fitting housing has also been observed.
Small hull breach:
Located here possibly
from impact with floating
debris such as logs. Also
possible from impact on
hull by fishing gear, or in
structural failure of wood
hulls (broken framing).
Chafed hoses:
Resulting from
vibration damage to
hoses in washing and
engine cooling
systems.
Propeller clearing ports:
Found on an increasing number of
stationary gear fishing vessels, can
vibrate loose and allow flooding.
Open seacocks:
Resulting from
corrosion damage or
improper hose
connections.
Split piping:
Freeze damage to wet
exhaust lines, or
failures in pump
system piping.
Large hull breach: Known to
result from impact from
fishing gear (otter doors, etc.).
Can also result from
grounding and collision-type
accidents.
Main shaft packing gland:
A perpetual maintenance problem
on boats, can also result from
emergency maneuvers with fouled
propellers.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.11.3. Some Suggestions for Preserving Adequate Stability
The United States Coast Guard, in conjunction with the Commercial Fishing Industry Vessel
Advisory Committee, recommends the following measures. You should consider this as preliminary
guidance on matters influencing the safety of fishing vessels as specifically related to preserving
vessel stability.
•
All doorways and other openings through which water can enter the hull or deckhouses should be
closed in adverse weather and when not in use.
•
All closure devices should be maintained on board in good working condition.
•
Hatch covers and flush deck scuttles should be kept securely closed when not in use during fishing.
•
All deadlights should be maintained in good condition and securely closed in bad weather.
•
All fishing gear and other large weights should be stowed, prevented from shifting and placed as
low as possible.
•
Care should be taken to maintain pull from fishing gear in line with the vessel's longitudinal
centerline and to avoid maneuvering with trawls off the quarters or beams.(Trawls off the quarters or
beam generate tremendous overturning forces that can easily capsize a vessel).
•
The point of action of the weight is at the hoist block of the frame or point of suspension. (Haul back
pull points should be shifted to lower points during trawl operations.) This lessens the magnitude of
potential overturning forces generated when the trawl moves off the longitudinal centerline of the
vessel.
•
The gear to release the deck load on fishing vessels that carry catch such as herring on deck
should be kept in good working order for immediate use when necessary.
•
Freeing ports in bulwarks should always be open while underway
•
When the weather deck is prepared for the carriage of deck loads by division with pound boards,
there should be slots between them for adequate size to allow an easy flow of water to the freeing
ports, i.e., good drainage.
•
Never carry fish in bulk without first being sure that the portable divisions in the fish hold are properly
installed. THE CARGO MUST NOT SHIFT!!
•
Minimize the number of partially filled tanks. Free surface can severely impair your vessel's stability.
•
Observe any instructions given regarding the filling of water ballast tanks. Remember that partially
filled tanks can be dangerous. They generate free surface.
•
Closing devices provided for vents to fuel tanks should be secured in bad weather.
•
Be alert to the danger of following or quartering seas. These may cause heavy rolling and/or difficult
steering. If excessive heeling or yawing occurs reduce speed, alter course or both.
•
Do not overload. Overloading increases draft and decreases reserve buoyancy, which decreases
stability.
•
Avoid icing conditions. Standing wire rigging will ice up to a greater extent than struts or yards. If
icing cannot be controlled, leave the area.
•
Maintain at least 1 foot of freeboard at all times.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.11.4. Preserving Water Integrity
1. All watertight compartments should have a means of being pumped. In one-compartment type
vessels, there should be at least two bilge suctions with one at the deepest part of the bilge
and one at the stern.
2. All valves and pumping systems should be marked as to function.
3. Bilge water lever alarms should be installed in all watertight compartments. Alarms are to be
audible and visible.
3.11.5. Damage Control / Emergency Repair
1. Prior to vessel departure, inspect condition and proper working order of all engines, auxiliary
motors, impellers, hoses and valves, which make up the pumping system.
2. All bilge suction lines shall be provided with screens.
3. Bilge is to be kept free of debris to ensure proper discharge of bilge water.
4. Spare parts and engine repair kits should be stowed aboard in the event that a pump system
needs repair.
5. Materials such as steel plate patches, repair clamps, wooden plugs or any material that can
be used to stop water from entering the vessel and the tools needed to fasten or hold the
material in place, shall be stowed aboard.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.11.6.
©AMSEA
332
3.11.7. Appendix GG – U.S. Coast Guard
Salvage Pump Instructions
©AMSEA
331
Produced by
Alaska Marine Safety Education Association – www.amsea.org
with assistance from
17th U. S. Coast Guard District Alaska – www.uscg.mil/d17/
&
Commercial Fishing Industry Vessel Safety Advisory Committee
• Wedges
– Various sizes
– Soft wood that swells when wet
• Tapered Plugs
– Two per sea cock: one in kit; one attached to sea cock
– Soft wood that swells when wet
• Rubberized Strips and Sheets
– Gasket material
– Rubberized cloth
– Inner tube strips
• Neoprene Fabric (such as pieces of old
immersion suits)
• Rags
• Scrap Hose
• Nerf® Ball(s)
• Silicon or Graphite Impregnated Fiber
• Waterproof, Nonhardening Putty
• Plastic, Canvas or Nylon Tarp(s)
PLUGS & PATCHES
Every vessel should have tools and
materials on board for damage control. The
items should be assembled and stored in a
damage control kit. This kit should be stored
where it is easily accessible, and up out of
potentially flooded areas. In addition, all crew
members should be aware of the kit and
familiar with the uses of its contents.
Suggested content items are listed here.
Some of these items may be omitted, or others
might be added based on vessel design.
Damage Control Kit
• Storage Container With Light Attached to
Handle
– Small plastic tote with handle & snap
on lid
– Five-gallon plastic bucket with handle
& lid
– Duffle bag
• Waterproof Flashlight(s)
• Battery-Powered Headlamp
• Hand-held VHF Radio
DON’T FORGET . . .
• Knife
• Shears
• Hacksaw
• Hammer
• Hatchet
• Screw Driver(s)
• Pipe Wrench
• Crescent Wrench
• Cordless Drill
• Nut Driver(s) including 5/16” for hose
clamps
• Wooden or Rubber Mallet
TOOLS
• Grease Tape
• Duct Tape
• Bicycle Inner Tube Tape
• Hose Clamps in Various Sizes
• Wire Ties
• Twine
• Oakum
• Waterproof Epoxy & Backing Material
FASTENERS
Damage Control Kit
Quick Reference
Guide
&
Suggested Damage
Control Kit Contents
Vessel
Damage
Control
20
28
34
39
44
48
52
56
59
62
2’
3’
4’
5’
6’
7’
8’
9’
10’
1”
1’
Distance
below
waterline
99
88
77
62
44
2”
248
236
222
208
192
176
157
136
111
79
388
368
347
325
301
274
245
213
174
123
2.5”
3”
559
530
500
468
433
395
353
306
250
177
761
722
680
636
589
538
481
417
340
241
3.5”
4”
993
942
889
831
770
702
628
544
444
314
707
2,235
2,121
1,999
1,870
1,731
1,581
1,414
1,224
1000
6”
• Bolster patches or plugs with shoring or nail-on patching
• Lay a tarp against outside hull and secure over the breech
• Use pumps to remove as much incoming water as possible
• Water may come from more than one source. Identify and stop all sources of flooding
• Remember to give the Coast Guard regular updates as the situation progresses
• Close off above-the-waterline holes, such as drains and discharges that can siphon water into the
boat should it sink below their levels
• Ensure that patches are secure before attempting to get underway
• If grounded, ensure hull is watertight before refloating
• Maintain a watch at the source(s) of the flooding
140
133
125
117
108
1.5”
Diameter of Opening in Hull (Inches)
TABLE OF FLOODING RATES (Gallons Per Minute)
• If possible, isolate flooding by closing watertight doors and hatches
• Shut down generator and inverters to reduce electrocution risk
• Disengage machinery that may make working in flooding area hazardous
• Jam materials into the breach to slow the flow of water
• Wrap cloth or other material around wedges and plugs for a tight fit
CONTROL THE
DAMAGE
• Determine if it is leaking or flooding
• Determine whether or not available pumps
can keep up
• Alert crew to situation and see that
they are prepared to abandon ship if it
becomes necessary
• Ensure that all crew are prepared to assist
as needed
• Alert the Coast Guard of the situation
• Determine if it is safe to enter the flooded
compartment and attempt damage control
• If so, trace the source of the flooding
ASSESS THE
DAMAGE
Quick Reference Damage Control
3.11.9. Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting
Fire is even more dreaded at sea than it is ashore. Fishermen faced with a fire at sea can
neither call for professional help nor run away from the danger. Short of abandoning ship in favor of a
tiny life raft, they must stay onboard and fight the fire themselves whether or not they have any
training.
I hope this training program encourages further fire-fighting training, as the time spent today is
minimal. I would encourage all participants to contact your local fire department and ask to attend/
participate in their portable fire extinguisher training.
Coast Guard statistics reveal that most fires aboard fishing vessels occur in UNATTENDED
MACHINERY SPACES. Typical causes include broken fuel or lube oil lines that spray fuel on hot engine
parts, faulty electrical systems, uninsulated exhaust in contact with flammable materials, rags or other
combustibles in the vicinity of hot engines, and spontaneous combustion of oil soaked rags. Other
potentially high fire danger areas are accommodation spaces and galleys.
Prevention
• Constant awareness of the danger of fire is the responsibility of each and every crewman.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Carelessness is a chief cause of fire aboard vessels.
Each crewman should be:
Alerted to common fire hazards and taught how to eliminate them.
Advised of his duties in the event of fire.
Aware of all means of escape from interior spaces.
Restrict the use of combustible materials when building, repairing and/or maintaining the vessel.
Ensure the proper installation of fuel, lube and hydraulic oil lines.
Exhaust systems are to be properly wrapped and engine rooms, cargo spaces and fuel tanks
adequately vented.
Unattended spaces should be equipped with fire and smoke detectors and alarm systems.
Vessels must have adequate fixed fire extinguishing systems and/or portable fire extinguishers.
Causes
Spontaneous Ignition
Placing an oil-soaked rag in a storage area or engine room is an
excellent candidate for spontaneous ignition. The oil rag begins to
"oxidize"- to react chemically with the oxygen in the warm air around
it - which in turn produces still more heat. The heat causes the oil to
oxidize faster and produce still more heat. Since the heat is not drawn
away by ventilation, it builds up around the rag.
Finally, the rag gets hot enough to burst into flames. All this can and
does occur without any source of heat.
Faulty Electrical Equipment
When electrical equipment wears out, is misused or is poorly wired,
electrical energy can turn to heat and a fire may be the result. Standard
home or industrial electrical equipment has no place on the ocean. The
salt air causes corrosion and a steel hull can cause erratic operation or
short-circuiting. The result may be overheating or arcing in equipment or
wiring and the ignition of flammable materials nearby.
Approved marine electrical equipment is specially made for shipboard
use.
You can avoid this type of fire by making frequent inspections, replacing
wires that are obviously defective and by using only fuses and circuit
breakers of the proper size for the circuit.
Oil-soaked rags in a warm,
unventilated corner are all it
takes to cause a fire.
Damaged insulation,
overloaded receptacles.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
Exposed light Bulbs
An exposed light bulb can ignite combustible material by direct contact. Numerous vessel fires
have started when a crewmember left a lamp lit in unoccupied quarters. As the ship rolled, curtains
or other combustible material came in direct contact with the hot bulb and ignited.
Engine Rooms
Engine rooms are full of fire hazards. Water dripping from ruptured sea water lines can cause
severe short-circuiting and arcing in electric motors, switchboards, and other exposed electrical
equipment. Hot engine exhausts can also cause vessel fires.
Drip trays should be emptied frequently and oil accumulation in the bilges should be kept to a
minimum. A safety fuel shut-off should be installed outside the engine compartment to allow the
operator to stop the flow of fuel without entering a fire area.
Foam Insulation
Many vessels use rigid polyurethane or other organic foam insulation because of their excellent
insulation properties. Such foams should be covered with a suitable flame barrier.
Should a fire occur in areas filled with foam, after the fire is extinguished, the foam must be
completely removed to ensure that the fire is not smoldering in concealed spaces.
All foams can burn, and they give off toxic gases and black smoke.
Electric Motors
Faulty electric motors are prime causes of fire. Problems may result when a motor is overloaded,
isn't properly maintained or is used beyond its safe working life. Motors require regular inspection,
testing, lubrication, cleaning and ultimately replacement.
Charging Storage Batteries
When storage batteries are being charged, they emit
hydrogen, a highly flammable gas. A mixture of air and
hydrogen can be explosive. Hydrogen is lighter than air and
will rise as it is produced. If ventilation is not provided at the
highest point in the battery charging space, the hydrogen will
collect. Then, any source of ignition can cause an explosion
and fire.
Galley Operation
A ship's galley is a busy, potentially dangerous place. The intense activity, the many people, the
long hours of operation and the basic hazards - open flames, fuel lines, rubbish, and grease or soot
build up and general poor housekeeping - all add to the danger of a fire.
When liquid fuels are used for cooking, extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to fuel
lines. You should be constantly alert to leaks in fuel lines and fittings. Everyone who uses the galley
should know where the fuel line shut-off valves are and the valves must be easy to get at.
Good housekeeping and cleanliness is a must and it doesn't mean just cleaning the stovetop.
Smoking
Careless smoking is a key fire hazard. Cigarettes and matches must be properly
disposed of in noncombustible receptacles. Ashtrays should be emptied into metal
containers with lids, not cardboard boxes used as trash containers. In hazardous
areas, no smoking warnings should be posted and observed. Smoking in bed should
be prohibited.
The Fire Triangle
A fire must have HEAT, FUEL and OXYGEN in order to burn.
Remove any leg of this "triangle" and fire cannot occur.
The fuel for a fire can be in the form of flammable solids, liquids or
gases. Liquid fuels burn more intensely than solids because they are
more easily vaporized. The vapor from a liquid fuel is also heavier than
A boat is full of fuel sources for fire.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
air. It is extremely dangerous because it will seek low places, dissipate slowly and travel to distant
sources of ignition.
Air contains the oxygen necessary for burning and ignition heat is present in many forms aboard
vessels, including flames, spark, friction and spontaneous or internal combustion.
Removing the Fuel
Theoretically, you could put out a fire by physically dragging the fuel away from the source of heat,
like someone pulling a log out of a campfire. While this may be rarely practical, it is often possible to
move nearby sources of fuel so the fire cannot expand beyond what is already being consumed.
In fire fueled by liquids or gases, it may be possible to extinguish the fire by cutting off the fuel
supply. When a fire is being fed by a leaky hydraulic or diesel line, for example, it can be put out by
closing the proper valve. If a pump is supplying liquid fuel to a fire in the engine room, the pump can
be shut down. Either way, the source of the fuel is removed and the fire is extinguished.
Removing the Oxygen
A fire can be put out by removing its oxygen, or by lowering the oxygen level in the air to less than
16 percent. In open areas, smothering a fire is difficult but not impossible. In smaller open areas, i.e.,
fire in a galley trashcan, it may be snuffed out simply by placing a cover tightly over the can blocking
the flow of air to the fire.
To put out a fire in an enclosed compartment, engine room or cargo hold, the space can be
starved of oxygen by completely closing all air-tight hatches, doors, etc. The fire will consume all the
available oxygen as long as no air can continue to enter.
Removing the Heat
The most common method of putting out fire is to remove the heat by attacking the fire base with
water. An excellent heat absorber, water destroys the ability of a fire to sustain itself by cooling the
fuel, by absorbing the fuel and by absorbing radiant heat from flames.
Stability Hazard
The use of large quantities of water to fight fires may jeopardize the stability of the vessel.
Dewatering techniques must be commenced immediately when large quantities of water are used.
WARNING: The use of water on electrical fires is not recommended. On electrical fires, water creates a
shock hazard. On oil fires, a solid stream will splash the oil, possibly spreading the fire. Water fog may
be used on oil fires.
Spread of Fire
If a fire is attacked quickly and effectively, it can usually be contained and extinguished. If it is
allowed to burn freely, however, it will generate great amounts of heat that can spread throughout
the vessel and ignite new fires wherever fuel and oxygen are present.
Additionally, the heat flame, smoke and gases associated with fire pose many health hazards.
Crewmen fighting a fire should use all available protective clothing and respiratory equipment and
should stay low and retreat to fresh air before they are overcome.
Classification of Fire
To put out a fire successfully, you need to use the most suitable type of extinguishing agent
- one that will do the job in the least amount of time, cause the least amount of damage and result
in the least danger to crew members. The job of picking the proper agent has been made easier by
the classification of fires into four types, or classes, lettered A through D. Within each class are all
fires involving materials with similar burning properties and requiring similar extinguishing agents.
However, most fuels are found in combinations and electrical fires always involve some solid fuel.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
Class A Fires
Fires of common combustible solids
such as wood, paper and plastics are best
put out by WATER, a cooling agent.
Foam and certain dry chemicals, which
act mainly as smothering or chainbreaking agents, may also be used.
Aim at the base of the fire and sweep the flames away.
Class B Fires
For fires involving oil, grease, gas and other substances that give off large amounts of flammable
vapors, a smothering agent is best for the job. Dry chemical, foam and carbon dioxide (CO) may be
used. Water, although appropriate, in most cases with inexperienced personnel will only make the fire
worse. If the fire is being supplied with fuel by an open valve or a broken pipe, a valve on the supply
side must be shut down to stop the fuel supply. This may put the fire out itself or at least make it
easier to put out and allow the use of much less extinguishing agent.
Class C Fires
For fires involving energized electrical equipment, conductors or appliances, non-conducting
extinguishing agents (CO2, Halon, dry chemical) must be used, although dry chemical will ruin
electronic equipment. An external generator and main engine shutdown switch should be available
to shut off electrical sources. Always try to de-energize the circuit to remove the chances of shock
and the source of ignition.
Class D Fires
These fires may involve combustible metals such as potassium, sodium and their alloys, and
magnesium, zinc, titanium and powdered aluminum. Water should not be used on Class D fires. It
may add to the intensity or cause the molten metal to splatter.
Hand-held Portable Fire Extinguishers
Portable extinguishers can be carried to the fire area for a fast attack, but they contain a limited
supply of extinguishing agent. The agent is quickly used up and continuous application can exhaust
the extinguisher in as little as 8 seconds. For this reason, it is important to back up the lead extinguisher
with additional extinguishers or a hose line. If the first extinguisher fails or does not have enough
agent to put out the fire completely, the additional extinguishers can be used to finish the job.
Firefighting Procedures
The first step in fighting a fire is to sound the alarm and alert the captain
and crew so the fire can be fought as a team. Vessels have been lost
because someone tried to fight a fire by himself without sounding the alarm. By
the time the rest of the crew knew what was happening the fire was out of
control.
The crewmember that discovers a fire or the indications of fire must sound
the alarm immediately. When you sound the alarm, be sure to give the exact
location of the fire, including the compartment and deck level. This is
important as it confirms the location for the vessel's fire party and gives them
information regarding the type of fire to expect. The exact location may
indicate the need to shut down certain fuel, electrical and ventilation systems
and it indicates what doors and hatches must be closed to isolate the fire.
Sound the alarm.
SIZE UP
Size-up is the evaluation of the fire situation. The fire
team leader should determine:
• The class of fire (What combustible materials are
burning?).
• The appropriate extinguishing agent.
• The appropriate method of attack.
Fire Size-Up
•
•
•
•
•
•
Where is the Fire?
Are There People in the Space?
What is Burning? What Class?
What is the Best Agent?
What is the Required Manpower?
Can We Stop It from Spreading?
11-17
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
• How to keep the fire from spreading.
• The required manpower and firefighting assignments.
Tactical Considerations
The first crew to arrive might extinguish a small fire. Larger
fires require a coordinated attack and efficient use of manpower
and equipment. During size-up, communication and a staging
area should be set up.
Communications
Communications with the captain should be established by
intercom or a messenger. Communications with firefighting
teams must be established and maintained.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alarm
Organize and Stage
Restrict and Confine
Attack and Extinguish
Protect Survival Gear
Overhaul and Restore
Staging Area
The staging area should be established in a smoke-free area, as near as possible to the fire. An
open-deck location, windward of the fire is ideal. If the fire is below deck deep within the vessel, the
staging area should be a location below deck. A location near an intercom, if feasible, would be
helpful in maintaining communications. However, the staging area should not be located where it
will be endangered by fire. All supplies needed to support the firefighting effort should be brought to
the staging area.
Attack the Fire
The attack should be started as soon as possible to gain immediate control of the fire and to
prevent or minimize its spread. The attack will either be DIRECT or INDIRECT, depending on the fire
situation, the equipment available and training level of the crewmen. Direct and indirect attacks
differ widely in how they achieve extinguishments; both are effective when properly employed.
Direct Attack
In a direct attack, fire fighters advance to the immediate fire area and apply the extinguishing
agent directly into the seat of the fire. An indirect attack should be considered if the heat and smoke
make it impossible to locate or reach the seat of the fire.
Indirect Attack
An indirect attack is employed when it is impossible for fire fighters to reach the seat of the fire
or they are not properly prepared as trained firefighters. Generally this is the case when the fire is in
the lower portions of the vessel. The success of an indirect attack depends on the complete
containment of the fire.
One technique involves making a small opening low into the fire space, inserting a fire hose nozzle
and injecting a water spray. Heat converts the water to steam, which acts as a smothering agent.
Preventing Fire Spread
If a fire can be prevented from spreading beyond the space in which it originated, it can usually
be controlled and extinguished without extensive damage. To do this, the fire must be virtually
surrounded on all sides: fire fighters with the hose lines or portable extinguishers must be
positioned to cover the flanks and the spaces above and below the fire. The possibility of the fire
traveling through the venting system must also be considered. Many times in a fire at sea, the life
rafts, life rings and PFD's are burned up before it occurs to anyone that the burning vessel might
have to be abandoned.
Provisions should be made to safeguard and prepare lifesaving equipment during fire drills and
actual fires.
Overhaul
Overhaul is begun after the main body of the fire is out. It is actually a combination of two
procedures: EXAMINATION and CLEANUP. The purpose of the examination is to find and extinguish
hidden fire and hot embers and to determine if the fire has spread to other parts of the vessel. At the
same time, debris should be cleaned up and free water removed. Any unsafe conditions should be
corrected.
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
When the Fire Is Out
Before a fire can be considered out, the crew must ensure that certain essential steps have
been taken. These include:
• A thorough examination of the fire area to ensure that potential paths of fire spread have been
examined.
• All smoke and combustion gases have been removed by ventilation.
• A reflash watch has been established. Crewmembers must be assigned to do nothing but check
for re-ignition and to sound the alarm if it occurs.
• An examination has been made to see if the fire has damaged the vessel. High temperature can
cause decks, bulkheads and other structural members to warp or become structurally unsound.
• Any necessary dewatering procedures have been started.
• A muster has been conducted to account for all personnel.
When the Fire Is Out
•
•
•
•
•
•
Examine the Area Completely
Ventilate Smoke and Gases
Have Reflash Watch
Damage Check to Vessel
Dewatering Procedures
Nose-Count of Personnel
Portable Extinguisher Operation
P ull The Pin
A im Low at Base of Fire
S queeze the Handle
S weep from Side to Side
04-21
Modified from http://nsgl.gso.uri.edu/tamu/tamuh06001.pdf
3.11.10. Fire Instruction
1. Notify pilothouse immediately to sound alarm and call Mayday.
2. Shut off air supply to fire: close hatches, ports, doors, vents, etc.
3. De-energize electrical systems supplying the affected space, if possible.
4. Assemble portable fire fighting equipment.
5. Account for personnel and fight fire. Do not use water on electrical fires.
6. If fire is in machinery space, shut off fuel supply and use fixed extinguishing
system if appropriate.
7. Maneuver vessel to minimize effect of wind on the fire.
8. Move survival gear that could be damaged by fire.
9. Check adjoining spaces to prevent spread of fire.
10. Once fire is extinguished, begin dewatering to avoid stability problems.
11. If unable to control fire, notify Coast Guard and nearby vessels. Prepare to
abandon ship.
©AMSEA
363
3.11.11. Appendix EE– Using Fire Extinguishers/
Four Steps Leading to a Fire
©AMSEA
329
Crew aboard sinking vessel draw upon survival skills
By BECKY W. EVANS
Posted Oct 3, 2007 at 12:01 AM
NEW BEDFORD — Fishing vessel safety training helped save the lives of five fishermen and a fishing observer who
skillfully donned survival suits and leapt into a life raft when their scalloper began sinking off Nantucket, safety trainers
said Tuesday.
The entire crew survived the incident without injuries. A day before the sinking, they had practiced an abandon-ship drill.
“They did exactly what they were supposed to do,” said Ted Williams, a licensed drill instructor who teaches commercial
fishermen safety skills during free workshops held in this city.
The 70-foot city fishing vessel Jacob Alan was about 40 miles southeast of Nantucket when it began taking on water
around 6 p.m. Friday, according to the Coast Guard. Before abandoning ship, the crew made a triple mayday call and
activated its Emergency Position-Indicating Radio Beacon, which sends a radio signal to a satellite to pinpoint the sender’s
Global Positioning System location.
Coast Guard First District Command Center in Boston instantaneously received the emergency signal as well as a second
signal sent from the observer’s personal EPIRB, according to the release. The command center then sent a radio broadcast
alerting nearby vessels to assist the Jacob Alan’s crew.
The New Bedford fishing vessel Sancor interrupted its groundfishing trip to rescue the crew from the lifeboat. The
dragger, which is owned by Carlos Rafael, returned the survivors to New Bedford at about 6 a.m. Saturday. A week ago,
the Sancor broke off another fishing trip to assist the fishing vessel Santa Barbara, Mr. Rafael said.
The Jacob Alan’s crew included Capt. Antonio Vieira of New Bedford, Joao Simoes of New Bedford, Jose Bolarinho of East
Providence, R.I., Justin Souza of New Bedford and Jose Medeiros of New Bedford. Meghan Miner of Cranston, R.I., was
onboard the vessel to monitor its catch for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Fisheries Service. She is
employed by AIS Inc., a New Bedford contractor that provides observer coverage from North Carolina to Maine.
Both Capt. Vieira and Mr. Medeiros had completed a city fishing safety training course in October 2005, said Ed Dennehy
of New Directions, which helps organize the workshops.
The skills they learned during the course, which covers everything from firefighting to flare shooting to deploying life rafts,
helped save their lives, said Mr. Williams, who works at IMP Fishing Gear and sold the Jacob Alan its life raft.
“The reason for this positive outcome was that both the fishermen and the observer were prepared,” said Mike Tork, a
fisheries biologist with NOAA Fisheries’ Northeast Observer Program. Mr. Tork helps organize safety training for
observers.
Ms. Miner, who joined the program in April, was required to take a three-week course that included two full days of
fishing safety training, Mr. Tork said. The training included lessons in how to activate personal EPIRBs, which are
attached to the observers’ survival suits, he said.
“She knew how to do that,” he said. “It worked exactly the way we hoped it would work. The signal was picked up in
minutes.”
The day before the Jacob Alan sank, the crew had practiced an abandon-ship drill, Mr. Williams said. Such drills are
required under Coast Guard regulations, he said.
Coast Guard officials believe the Jacob Alan is sunk off Nantucket in 180 feet of water, said Lt. Phil Wolf, a senior
investigating officer with Coast Guard Sector Southeastern New England.
Vessel owner Mark Freedman of Plymouth has hired a salvage company to recover the vessel, said Lt. Wolf, who is
investigating the cause of the sinking.
Mr. Freedman declined to comment on the incident.
The Massachusetts Fishermen’s Partnership will sponsor a fishing safety training workshop from 7:30 a.m. to 3 p.m.
Friday, Oct. 19, at the UMass School for Marine Science and Technology.
Contact Becky W. Evans at [email protected]
Meghan Miner's Narrative of The F/V Jacob Allen Sinking
Wednesday, October 03, 2007
I set off on the F/V Jacob Allen for an industry funded scallop trip in an open area, around 1:40pm on Friday the 21st
of September, 2007. Sometime on Wednesday morning, when I woke for my shift, I was hearing reports on the radio
that the Coast Guard had found a body floating in the water, with dark pants, face down. I asked the first mate, who
was on the previous watch, as to what was going on, and he told me that from what he could tell, a boat had gone
down the day before, and they were just finding the bodies now- none had worn survival suits. It sounded like there
were four people involved, three dead, and one unconscious who was not expected to live much longer. The captain,
also disturbed by these reports, ordered us the next day to do a safety drill. We went out on deck in fairly rough seas
(5 ft waves), and put our survival suits on. Everyone on board did this drill except for the captain himself. The
following night, Friday the 28th of September, around 4:45pm, after our 7th day of fishing and 8th day at sea, I was
awoken by the Captain, Tony, saying that there was “a situation” on deck, and he needed me out there “now”. At first,
I thought that this was a joke, and I sorely underestimated the severity of the situation, I groggily headed toward the
bathroom to get ready for my shift.
I could hear the guys screaming my name so I came right out and into the chaos in the galley. I saw crewmembers
bringing electronics down from the wheelhouse and into the galley where they were wrapping them in black garbage
bags. I grabbed a few things from my bunk, including my deck notebook, my iPod and my glasses and went out on
deck, as I was instructed. On the way to the deck area, you pass by the door to the wheelhouse and the area where
the survival suits are kept in a door-less closet. I looked down into the engine room and saw water sloshing around
on the engine room floor and coming up the steps. This is when I knew something was really wrong. Some of the
crew were already struggling to put their survival suits on. I reminded them to grab layers and put them on under their
survival suit in case this were to be a long ordeal.
The captain was up in the wheelhouse sending mayday calls. He also deployed the life raft. I am uncertain as to who
deployed the boat’s EPIRB. Once we were instructed to abandon ship into the life raft, I set off my own PLB.
Everyone jumped from the boat into the life raft without touching the water. The mood was very calm and collected.
Everyone had a good sense of humor about the situation, and were making jokes as everything was happening. The
captain was the last one into the raft. Some of the crew had brought along spare gallon jugs of water, and I
suggested that everyone take some to treat shock, as we learned in the survival training class, but I was the only one
who did. We remained floating in the raft, with the painter attached to the sinking vessel for what I think was probably
about a half hour. The captain had an EPIRB with him on the life raft, whether this EPIRB was from the life raft or the
boat, I am uncertain. He attached it to the plastic string from the life raft and had it floating in the water alongside the
plastic boat. I had brought in my plastic bag with me, a VHF radio given to me by the captain for safekeeping. The
radio worked occasionally and we could hear voices cutting in and out. By this time, the electricity on the boat had
gone out, but since we were still attached to the boat by the painter, we could hear the Jacob Allen’s radio (which
must have been operating on a backup battery) from the life raft. We searched around in the bags within the life raft
and found some flares. The captain shot off two flares, before we saw a plane overhead. We could hear the pilot of
the plane over the radio in the Jacob Allen saying that he had made a low pass, but did not see anything. At this
point, the captain let the line free from the boat, as he was worried about how much longer the boat would stay afloat.
We sent up another flare when we could hear a plane again. This time we heard radio confirmation of the sighting of
our flare. What was approximately an hour to an hour and a half after we abandoned ship, the F/V Sancor came into
view through the fog blaring its horn. We were hoisted onto the portside of the boat by crewmembers of the Sancor
who also helped us to get the life raft aboard. We waited on the Sancor for several minutes, watching the Jacob Allen
to see if it would sink. Although it was riding low in the water, very wobbly, and without electricity, we never saw the
boat sink. The coast guard issued navigational warnings concerning the boat at least until we reached the dock
sometime between 05:00 and 05:30 on Saturday morning the 29th . A member of the US coast guard boarded the
Sancor and interviewed the crew, collected identification, and then released us all.
How my survival training helped me in an emergency situation:
Thanks to my previous survival training, I knew just what to do in this emergency situation. Although the events were
happening quickly, and I was very nervous at first, I took a deep breath and just started following the steps that I had
learned in my training class- it was like an out of body experience, like it wasn't happening to me. It's amazing the
things that you remember when pressed. I remembered to wear layers, where the knife and flares were located once
inside the raft, to remind everyone to drink water to treat shock and prevent overheating in our cramped steamy life
raft, how to shoot a flare, and even to keep making jokes. Mostly, in this situation, the jokes revolved around me
forgetting to bring my cell phone, and how mermaids will be my personal operators at least for a while. At least my
calls would be screened. The captain also kept things light hearted and acted very quickly. If it were not for his coolheadedness, his drills, and HIS survival training, things may have gone much differently.
I also can't say enough how important it is to tum on your PLB once a serious situation has been assessed. I am a
little bit upset that I did not set it off sooner. I kept thinking, oh, everything will be ok, we'll just see what happens
next- until we were actually standing there, in our survival suits, ready to abandon ship. If I had not set off my PLB,
and the signal had not been immediately picked up by the Coast Guard and the Airforce, I might not be here today!
We were fortunate enough to have conducted a survival drill on the boat the day before our boat actually went down,
and this helped tremendously. Everyone practiced putting on their survival suits, the first mate had to even change
sizes during this drill- an important thing to know, as he may not have had the time to do this in a real emergency
situation. More captains should have drills- particularly every time they add or change crew members- you never
know when this trip could be the one where you need to act on those drills!
This whole situation, if nothing else, made me very aware of how important it is to do the safety checklist before
getting on the boat, and to check for other things as well. It is your safety out there, and you are responsible for
looking out for it! Take everything to do with safety seriously. This boat met and exceeded all of the safety
requirements (they had an 8 man raft for a 6 man crew), had recently had their liferaft re-packed. The captain had
also gone through a similar safety course, and was able to conduct drills on his boat very efficiently. Had I gone on
any other seemingly fine boat, and had neglected to check the liferaft, safety sticker, EPIRB, or anything else, and
something had been wrong or out of date- things could have gone much less smoothly! Even if the boat looks fineyou never know. Be prepared, and fortunately, I WAS!
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
3.13. Communication for Observers
As an observer, it is important to always portray yourself in a professional, friendly
manner. Commercial fishing vessels can be high-stress environments, with limited space
to take a break from a conflict. This can easily lead to situations where your behavior, as
well as those of the fishermen, can greatly affect the outcome in a positive or negative
manner.
While aboard a vessel or on the docks, you are representing the entire observer program,
so maintaining a respectful, pleasant attitude is imperative to our success. Every vessel is
different, what works on one vessel may not work on another; and getting along with the
crew generally takes time, which may be limited. Always avoid discussing “hot button”
topics, including: politics, religion and government regulations. If a disagreement arises,
always take the high-road and remove yourself from conflict instead of attempting to get
the last word in.
The captain is in charge of the vessel; he is whom you should adhere to, especially when
it comes to the workings of the vessel and your overall safety. Prior to the start of the trip,
review with them any vessel-specific safety hazards, wheelhouse rules and observer
instructions (such as where to put your gear on deck). Always ask before moving any
vessel equipment to make room, go over sampling protocols before the first haul with the
crew, and be sure clean up after yourself. Building these habits can keep everyone safe,
as well as keep you out of the crew’s way, reducing conflict.
Keep in mind at all times that you are an outsider on the vessel, and some dynamics on
the vessel are out of your control, so do not get involved. You’re also a guest on these
boats, and therefore cannot attempt to dominate anyone on board, which can lead to
negative tension and little assistance from the captain and crew. Your trips will be much
more successful if the crew is aiding you in getting your data and samples than if they are
working against you or not assisting. If you have any issues with a crewmember,
immediately inform the captain so that he may handle the situation. If problems are
serious, also inform your coordinators as soon as possible. If it is the captain that is the
issue, make every attempt to de-escalate the situation, and inform the coordinators once
able.
Situations that have potential to cause conflict are sometimes related to the fishing
activities themselves. Your job as an observer is to record factual, unbiased data on the
methods, catch and interactions that occur during the trip. Many fishermen have strong
beliefs on what they should be able to do while at sea and how the government is
infringing on their livelihood. You are not to “teach” the regulations to the crew, even if
they ask what they are. It is their responsibility as fishermen to know the policies that
they are operating under. You do not want to risk giving them incorrect information that
can later be used to resent you or the program.
Use your best judgment for when it is time to stay out of the way of the crew during
fishing operations, while still maintaining data quality. High-stress times include:
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
navigating in and out of harbors; gear setting and hauling; handling of large, active
animals; vessel break-downs; or butchering and offloading on a deadline. Getting in the
middle of these times can result in safety concerns for both you and the rest of the crew,
and in turn cause aggression. Let them know you are available to assist, if permitted, but
otherwise locate yourself at a safe point on the vessel.
If the crew is doing anything that you believe to be against government regulations, you
can use a code system in your deck book so that the actions are documented for your
report later, but you are not creating conflict if the captain requests your data.
Respectfully, but firmly, request sampling, photography and documentation time on
protected resource interactions, as the crew may wish to rush through releasing the
animal in an attempt to quickly resume fishing or to portray the animal is alive and well,
when it is in fact injured or dead.
Overall, your safety is the number one priority while at sea. Remaining professional and
courteous in all situations will go a long way in maintaining your safety by minimizing
conflict. Keep control over your tone of voice and body language so that you are not
portrayed as an aggressor in heated situations. Be able to recognize the difference
between irritation and bullying, complaining and refusal, as well as what is safe and
unsafe. If at any time you feel that your safety is in danger, contact the program
coordinators and/or the Coast Guard for assistance.
04-21
Consequences
Language
Actions
“I want to let you know what is
happening on deck...”
Needs get met by working
cooperatively with others.
Earn respect from
others.
Fosters good working
relationships.
Needs do not get met.
Others lose respect for you.
Allows others to overlook your
needs and opinions.
You resent others.
“ln order to collect good data, I
need...”
"That's okay, I really don't want
to argue."
"Um, something happened
today and I'm not sure what to
do."
Firm handshake
Maintain good eye contact
Active listening
Appropriate volume
Direct & concise
Assertive
3.13.1. How Do You Express Yourself?
Loose handshake
Poor eye contact
Head down
Inactive listening
Fear of speaking up & asking
questions
Quiet voice
Beats around the bush
Passive
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
04-21
Your needs get met, but at the
expense of others.
Others lose respect for you and
resent you.
Leads to less cooperation next
time around.
"The guys on deck are not
doing what I tell them."
"You have to do it my way."
Crushing handshake
'Staring down'
Interrupting
Dominates conversations
Loud voice
Pointing
Aggressive
Safety Training and Manual
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
3.13.2.
Safety Training and Manual
Competition
Advantages
Collaboration
Disadvantages
Advantages
Disadvantages
Useful when quick
action is required
Stops exploration of new
approaches
Mutual exploration of
new approaches
Can be time consuming
Protects against those
who take advantage of
non-competitive
behavior
Goals may be achieved
at the expense of others
Mutual resolution
Requires participation
from others
Little commitment
Gains commitment
Temporary solution
Permanent solution
Win/Lose
Win-Win
Supportive
Non-Supportive
Avoidance
Advantages
Compromise
Disadvantages
Accommodation
Advantages
Disadvantages
Useful when risk
outweighs gain
Restricts input
Useful to preserve
harmony
Sacrifices your own
point of view
Postpones tension
Temporary solution
Avoids disruption
Limits creative
resolution
Useful when others can
solve the problem more
effectively
Postpones conflict when
necessary
Win/Lose
Useful to postpone
action until more
information surfaces
Useful when issues are
not important to you
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Safety Training and Manual
It’s not your words..... It’s what your body says!
o Avoid typing your personality with your voice
Lower your pitch to sound more authoritative and credible.
Speak at a slower rate to convey seriousness,
authority and deliberation.
Speak at a faster rate to convey excitement enthusiasm and energy.
o Walk, stand and sit with good posture
o Adopt a handshake that matches your personality and intention.
o Use eye contact to establish rapport – keeping in mind cultural differences
o Pay attention to Matching Behavior
Body position
Facial expressions
Voice inflection
o Pay attention to Matching Energy
Parallel energy
Opposing energy
Conflict Styles
Avoidance: Refraining from engagement in a dispute.
Accommodation: Solving disputes by obliging to the other person’s needs.
Compromise: A settlement of differences in which each side makes
concessions.
Collaboration: Cooperation and mutual exploration of the options available to solve a
dispute.
Competition: Solving disputes through rivalry and contention.
Conflict Flow Chart
04-21
3.13.3. Emergency Scenarios
Scenario
Observer EPIRB activated
Action
Air Force, US Mission Control Center, or US Coast Guard calls the
emergency contact number with information on an activated EPIRB.
EC's on observer issued PLBs are Alyssa and Beth(office and cell
phone numbers)-cycle through until one is reached. Alyssa/Beth will
call John to notify. Follow instructions from USCG. Notify provider.
Vessel emergency
Observer calls/texts with at sea emergency. Vessel name, permit
number, position, phone number, nature of distress, is there an
observer on board. If possible, keep the caller on the phone while you
call the US Coast Guard 24-hour Rescue Coordination Center at 617223-8555. After relaying the information to the Coast Guard and
passing on any additional information to the caller, call John to notify.
Follow instructions from USCG. Notify provider.
At sea incident/situation/harrassment
Office of Law Enforcement (OLE), US Coast Guard Liaison, Observer
Provider, or Observer calls about an at sea incident/situation. Alyssa,
Beth or Heatherwill gather all information. Depending on situation,
call OLE hotline/OLE liason and USCG. Call John to notify. Follow
At sea injury
Dependent on severity. If severe, follow procedures for "at sea
incident." If not severe, observer will call coordinator and provider
upon return to dock to notify.
Relevant information to ask caller:
Caller's name
Contact information
Name of vessel
Vessel registration number
Position/location of vessel
If PLB activated, write down number
What happened
Who was on board
What is their condition
What will happen next
Where did it happen
When did it happen
When will rescue arrive
Where are they headed
When will they make port
3.3.13.4.
CRIME VICTIM SERVICES &
INFORMATION
Crime Victim: a person that has suffered direct physical, emotional, or pecuniary (financial) harm as a
result of the commission of a crime…” (42 U.S.C. § 10607 (e)(2)(A))
Under Federal statute, U.S.C. § 3771 (a), victims are entitled to the following rights:
PROTECTED
The right to be reasonably protected from the accused.
NOTICED
The right to reasonable, accurate, and timely notice of any public court proceeding, or any
parole proceeding, involving the crime or of any release or escape of the accused.
ATTEND PROCEEDINGS
The right not to be excluded from any such public court proceeding, unless the court, after
receiving clear and convincing evidence, determines that testimony by the victim would be
materially altered if the victim heard other testimony at that proceeding.
TO BE HEARD
The right to be reasonably heard at any public proceeding in the district court involving
release, plea, sentencing, or any parole proceeding.
SPEAK WITH PROSECUTOR
The reasonable right to confer with the attorney for the Government in the case.
RESTITUTION
The right to full and timely restitution as provided in law.
NO UNREASONABLE DELAYS
The right to proceedings free from unreasonable delay.
PRIVACY AND DIGNITY
The right to be treated with fairness and with respect for the victim’s dignity and privacy.
The Southeast Fisheries Observer Program promotes a safe work environment for observers and wants to ensure strong
support for observers who would benefit from these services. Your privacy will be respected to the best of our ability. If
you have any questions, suggestions, or need additional information, please contact:
Alyssa Mathers, Observer Coordinator:
O: 850-270-6014
[email protected]
C: 850-890-3853
Bradley Smith, Observer Coordinator:
C: 850-381-1695
[email protected]
O: 850-270-7509
Samantha Faller, Asst Observer Coordinator:
[email protected]
C: 850-348-3176
O: 850-312-8933
Dana Jordan, Asst Observer Coordinator:
[email protected]
O: 850-270-8315
C:850-866-5297
Scott Leach, Chief:
[email protected]
C:786-822-0509
06-22
SERVICES & RESOURCES FOR VICTIMS
Most types of crime:
Jane Doe- www.janedoe.org
MOVA- www.mova.state.ma.us
Sexual assault victims:
Each county in the state has their own sexual assault crisis center, but you can refer them to the Jane Doe as well as:
Victims Rights Law Center http://www.victimrights.org/
Domestic violence victims:
SAFELINK- 1-877-785-2020 TTY: 1-877-521-2601
Additional Resources:
National Alliance to End Sexual Violence (NAESV) http://endsexualviolence.org/
National Clearinghouse on Abuse in Later Life (NCALL) http://www.ncall.us/resources
NCVC (National Center for Victims of Crime)
http://www.ncvc.org/ncvc/main.aspx?dbID=DB_ResourceLibrary167
National Network to End Domestic Violence (NNEDV)
https://nnedv.org/get-help/more-information/
National Resource Center on Domestic Violence (NRC) http://www.nrcdv.org/
National Sexual Violence Resource Center (NSVRC) http://www.nsvrc.org/
Rape, Abuse & Incest National Network (RAINN) http://www.rainn.org/statistics
The Date Safe Project http://www.datesafeproject.org/
National Online Resource Center on Violence Against Women (VAWnet) http://vawnet.org/
Women Veterans Health Care: Military Sexual Trauma
http://www.publichealth.va.gov/womenshealth/trauma.asp
Victims of crime may be eligible to apply for the Crime Victims Compensation program.
http://www.mass.gov/ago/public-safety/resources-for-victims/victims-of-violent-crime/victim-compensation.html
06-22
Group 1
Observers
Vessel Captains
Vessel Owners
US Coast Guard
Inhouse (staff) use
Group 2
Coordinators
Phone Call
Only
Alyssa Mathers:
[email protected]
(O) 850-270-6014
(C) 850-890-3853
Program Manager
Scott Leach
[email protected]
(C) 786-822-0509
Samantha Faller:
[email protected]
(O) 850-312-8933
(C) 850-348-3176
Phone Call Only
Group 4
Group 3
Provider: AIS Inc.
Brad Smith:
[email protected]
(O) 850-270-7509
(C) 850-381-1695
Rebecca Hailey- Project Manager
774-392-3434
Jade Heidt- Task Manager
774-392-3794
Dana Jordan:
[email protected]
(O) 850-270-8315
(C) 850-866-5297
Lab Director/Division Chief
Ron Hill
[email protected]
(O) 850-234-6541 x. 6203
(C) (409) 457-3537
Dave Gloeckner
[email protected]
(C) 954-593-5456
Phone Call Only
Group 5
Subgroup 1) Clay Porch
(O) 305-361-4264
Phone if Critical
E-Mail Completed Mishap Report
ASAP (within 8 hours)
Group 6
SEFSC Personnel
Clay Porch [email protected]
Dan Poulos: [email protected]
Liz Scott-Denton [email protected]
Subgroup 1) Braydon Mikesell
(C) 305-361-4260
Subgroup 1) John Walter
(C) 804-815-08841
Subgroup 2) Dan Poulos
(O) 850-774-7259
Subgroup 3) Jerry Swindell
(O) [email protected]
Subgroup 4) Ken Keene
(O) 301-427-8158
Southeast Gillnet Observer Program Manual
Compiled by Michelle Passerotti & Simon Gulak
5th December 2011
Updated by Samantha Faller, Dana Jordan, Bradley Smith &
Alyssa Mathers
1st July 2022
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Laboratory
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Trip Summary Instructions
06-22
TRIP SUMMARY INSTRUCTIONS
The Trip Summary Log is to be the cover sheet to any gillnet trip data. It is to be filled out after
the trip. If multiple trips are conducted on the same vessel, there must be a trip summary for each
trip.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES” question,
record the appropriate dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
OBS TRIP #: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials) and trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”.
Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
VESSEL #: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel may not
have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the twoletter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and are not
the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
OWNER/CAPTAIN NAME: Record the first and last name of the person responsible for daily
vessel operations, and circle whether this is the owner, captain, or both of the vessel, if both are
yes, a circle is not necessary.
# OF CREW: Record number of persons onboard including the captain, not including observer
INCIDENTAL TAKE Y / N: Indicate whether incidental take was caught (marine mammal, sea
bird, sea turtle, sawfish) by circling the appropriate letter.
IF YES, WHICH SET NUMBER(S): Record which set/haul numbers that an incidental take
was caught.
BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES TAKEN Y / N: Indicate whether biological samples were taken
during this trip by circling the appropriate letter.
CHECK IN SHEET INCLUDED Y / N: Indicate whether a sample check in form was used for
this trip by circling the appropriate letter.
DEPARTURE DATE & TIME: Record the month, day, year and time that the vessel left the
dock and the trip began (mm/dd/yyyy). Record time on a 24-hour clock.
DEPARTURE PORT: Record the city and the state (comment the specific dock location, if
available) where the vessel left the dock and the trip began.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Trip Summary Instructions
06-22
RETURN DATE & TIME: Record the month, day, year, and time that the vessel returned to
the dock and the trip ended (mm/dd/yyyy). Record time on a 24-hour clock.
RETURN PORT: Record the city and the state (comment the specific dock location, if
available) where the vessel returned to the dock and the trip ended.
SEA DAYS: Record the number of calendar days spent at sea, this includes any steaming and
active fishing. One (1) sea day is tallied for any amount of time spent at sea, even if less than 24
hours. If the vessel leaves the dock, fishes, returns and then sails again on the same day; each trip
would be recorded as one sea day but only one sea day will be counted towards sea day
coverage. If a vessel leaves the dock and returns without setting and/or retrieving gear this would
be a false strike.
NUMBER OF SETS: Record the total amount of sets/hauls done during the trip. Include all
sets/hauls, whether they were observed or not.
FALSE STRIKE Y / N: A false strike is when a vessel leaves the dock and returns without
setting and/or retrieving gear. Indicate whether a false strike occurred by circling the appropriate
letter. If the trip is a false strike this would be 1 sea day and the next trip would be the next trip
ID. On a false strike trip there will only be a TRIP Summary log, no other logs are used.
TARGET (GN): Record the primary category being targeted for the trip by circling the
appropriate code. This information is obtained from the captain prior to fishing activity.
SHX = shark
TELEOST = finfish
MIX = multiple targets including both sharks and finfish
TARGET (Reef and Shark): For use on bottom longline and vertical line trips only.
TARGET SPECIFICATION: For use on bottom longline and vertical line trips only.
WEIGH OUT LOCATION: Record the location that the weigh out of the catch from the trip
was done. Name of the fish house, dealer, and/or dock would be ideal. If this is a private sell,
record “private sell” or the name of the buyer. If this is unknown, record N/A.
COPY INCLUDED Y / N: Indicate whether a copy of the weigh out is included with the trip
data or not. Every effort to obtain a copy of the weigh out form should be made, if a paper copy
cannot be obtained, a photograph is acceptable. If the weigh out occurs after the observer has left
the area, the captain/owner/dealer/fish house can fax (850-235-3559), mail (3500 Delwood
Beach Rd Panama City, FL 32408) or email a copy of the weigh out to the observer coordinator.
INVOICE: Indicate whether the reimbursement invoice is left with the captain or not applicable.
If the trip is one sea day and/or there was no food available/offered to the observer, an invoice
should not be issued and N/A should be recorded. Otherwise issue a invoice. It is the observer’s
responsibility to give the form to the owner/captain after the trip. The observer should fill
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Trip Summary Instructions
06-22
out their Observer Trip ID, observer name, vessel name, dates of the trip, meal expenses, and
total cost. Be sure to get captain/owner SS# and signature! The observer can turn in the
reimbursement invoice with their data, or the owner/captain can mail or fax a copy to the
observer coordinator. Multiple trips on the same vessel can be included in one invoice. Be sure to
record which trip the invoice is included with.
VESSEL ACCOMMODATIONS: Record observations about the vessel and vessel
accommodations including the presence or absence of a head, AC or heat, a bunk and bunk
location, fresh water, shower, and infections and cleanliness of crew. These observations are for
the observer and the observer program only, and will help with future coverage of the vessel. In
the case of an either-or option, circle the option that fits the yes observation, if both are yes, a
circle is not necessary.
COMMENTS: Record any comments about the trip, the vessel, the crew, or any observations
about the catch. Information on drug/alcohol use by the captain or crew should be recorded here
as well. Please use the comments section liberally. If more space is required, use the back of the
sheet and include "see back" on the front.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
GILLNET GEAR CHARACTERISTICS LOG
This log contains detailed descriptions about the gear fished during this trip. Complete a new log
for each uniquely configured gear hauled during a trip. These unique configurations may be
based on variables such as length of net deployed, depth of net, mesh size, mesh type,
number of panels per gear, depth of panel, mesh size of panel, mesh type of panel, and
spaces between panels. Any changes in these fields may require completion of a new Gillnet
Gear Characteristics Log. Each gear log is numbered sequentially starting from gear number 1. If
the gear is set out and hauled more than once during a trip, do not complete a new Gillnet Gear
Characteristics Log for the multiple hauls. Rather, record on the Gillnet Haul Log which gear
numbers are being hauled. In addition, record any other information necessary to understand the
manner in which the gear was set/hauled in COMMENTS.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
DEFINITIONS
Bridles: The trailing ends of the floatline and leadline on an individual net.
Buoyline: A line that connects the buoy(s) or highflyer(s) at the surface to the gear (anchor or
net) fishing in the water below. A line that connects the gear to the vessel is not considered a
buoyline.
Dropline: A line that connects the floats on the water's surface to the mainline/floatline.
Droplines are used along the entire string to suspend the gear in the water column.
Gear: A gillnet, or series of gillnets connected by bridles, with or without spaces in between,
commonly referred to as “the string”.
Gillnet: A vertical wall of netting, typically stretched between a weighted leadline on the bottom
and a floatline, with or without floats, on the top to support it vertically in the water column.
Groundline: A line that connects a gillnet or gillnet bridle to an anchor. If no anchor is used,
there is no groundline.
Meshes/Tie: The number of meshes between ties.
Space: A space greater than or equal to 50 feet between nets, continuous from the floatline to the
leadline. This space may be caused by the way in which the net bridles are attached.
Tie: A knot that secures the body of the net to the floatline or leadline.
Tiedown: A line used between the floatline and the leadline as a way to create a pocket or bag of
netting. It is the working height of the net.
Ties/Cork: The number of Ties between Corks (Floats).
Weak link: A breakable component of gear that will part when subjected to a certain tension
load. These allow the buoyline and/or floatline to part off in the event a large marine mammal or
turtle encounters the gear.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
INSTRUCTIONS
Top of Page:
1
3
2
4
1 OBS/TRIP #: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials) and trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
2 DATE LANDED: Record the month, day, year, that the vessel returned to the dock and the
trip ended (mm/dd/yyyy).
3 TRIP ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
4 GEAR ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
1 GEAR NUMBER: Record the consecutive number assigned to each uniquely configured gear
HAULED and for which characteristics are described. Additional gear logs would be used in the
following cases:
• Change in Length of net hauled
• Change in Net Depth
• Change in Mesh Size
• Change in Mesh Type
2 NUMBER OF STRINGS: Record the quantity of strings with this unique configuration. If the
vessel has two or more identical gears which are hauled separately, complete only one Gillnet
Gear Characteristics Log and record the quantity of identical gears.
Example: The first uniquely configured gear is “1”, and its characteristics will be recorded on
one Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log. The next two identical gears are listed as gear number “2”,
“Number of Strings” is denoted as ‘2’ and their identical characteristics will be recorded on a
second Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log.
WHOLE STRING:
1
3
2
4
6
7
5
8
11
10
9
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
NOTE: The following fields characterize the entire gear, i.e. the string, and not just one panel.
1 LENGTH: Record the length, to the nearest foot, of the entire string of gear HAULED. This
information may be obtained from the Captain.
2 NUMBER OF PANELS: Record the number of unique panels comprising the gear. A panel is
considered unique if mesh size and/or net depth are different from the other panels in the string.
If there are two panels of gear that are identical (except for length), but separated by a space
between bridles less than 50 ft, consider these a single panel. Additional panels would be filled
out in the following cases:
• Change in Net Depth
• Change in Mesh Size
• Change in Mesh Type
• Space between two panels is 50 feet or greater
3 TOTAL WEIGHT OF LEADLINE: Record the total weight of the leadline for the entire
string of gear, to the nearest pound. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
4 SECURING METHOD: Indicate the manner in which this gear is secured by circling the
appropriate code: Sea Bottom, Vessel Only, Combination, or None.
NOTE: “Combination” refers to gear secured to both the vessel and sea bottom.
5 GROUNDLINE Y / N: Indicate whether a groundline is used by circling the appropriate
letter.
6 GROUNDLINE LENGTH: If present, record length, in feet, of groundline.
7 GROUNDLINE DIAMETER: If present, record diameter, in inches (3 decimal places), of
groundline.
8 ANCHOR(S) Y / N: Indicate whether anchors were used on the gear by circling the
appropriate letter.
9 NUMBER OF ANCHORS: Record the number of anchors used for the entire string.
10 TOTAL WEIGHT: Record the combined total weight, to the nearest pound, of the anchors
utilized for the entire string. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
11 STYLE: Indicate the style of anchor(s) used on the string (see examples below). Anything
used as an anchor that does not fit a category described here should be listed as “other”, and a
description should be written in the Comments section of the gear log.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
SURFACE BUOYS:
1
2
3
1 HIGHFLIERS Y / N: Indicate whether highfliers are used on the string by circling the
appropriate letter. If Yes, record the total number used in the space.
2 POLYBALLS Y / N: Indicate whether polyballs are used on the string by circling the
appropriate letter. If Yes, record the total number used in the space.
3 OTHER Y / N: Indicate whether types of buoys other than highfliers or polyballs are used on
the string by circling the appropriate letter. If Yes, record the total number used in the space. A
description should be written in the Comments section of the gear log.
BUOYLINE:
1
2
3
1 NUMBER OF BUOYLINE(S): Record the number of buoyline(s) used on this gear.
2 LENGTH: Record, to the nearest foot, the average length of the buoyline(s) used on this gear.
This measurement should not include groundlines if groundlines are used. This information may
be obtained from the Captain.
3 DIAMETER: Record the average diameter, in inches (3 decimal places), of the buoyline used
on this gear. This information may be obtained from the Captain. Example: 3/8 is 0.375 inches.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
WEAK LINKS:
2
3
5
6
1
Off the Shelf Weak Link
4
1 USED ON SURFACE Y / N: Record whether any weak links are used on the surface system
of this gear by circling the appropriate letter.
2 NUMBER: Record the total number of surface system weak links used on this gear. This
information may be obtained from the Captain.
3 TYPE: Indicate the type of weak link(s) used on the surface system of this gear by recording
the most appropriate term from the list below. This information SHOULD be obtained from the
Captain.
TYPE CODES:
0 Unknown
1 Rope of Appropriate Breaking Strength
2 Off the Shelf
3 Overhand Knot
4 Hog Rings
8 Combination (record information in COMMENTS for Combination or Other)
9 Other (record information in COMMENTS for Combination or Other)
4 USED ON STRING Y / N: Record whether any weak links are used on the string (i.e.
floatlines or endlines) of this gear by circling the appropriate letter.
5 NUMBER: Record the total number of string weak links used on this gear. This information
may be obtained from the Captain.
6 TYPE: Indicate the type of weak link(s) used on the string by recording, the most appropriate
term from the list below. This information SHOULD be obtained from the Captain.
TYPE CODES:
0 Unknown
1 Rope of Appropriate Breaking Strength
2 Off the Shelf
3 Overhand Knot
4 Hog Rings
8 Combination (record information in COMMENTS for Combination or Other)
9 Other (record information in COMMENTS for Combination or Other)
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
TIEDOWNS:
2
1
1 USED Y / N: Indicate whether tiedowns are used in this gear by circling the appropriate letter
(See figure).
2 LENGTH: Record, to the nearest tenth of a foot, the average length of the tiedowns used in
this gear. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
MM DETERRENT DEVICES:
2
3
1
4
6
5
ACTIVE MARINE MAMMAL DETERRENT DEVICES
An “active” marine mammal deterrent device is a device which emits sound which may be
detected by a marine mammal.
1 USED Y / N: Indicate whether “active” marine mammal deterrent devices (i.e. pingers) were
on this gear when it was set by circling the appropriate letter.
2 NUMBER: Record the number of active marine mammal deterrent devices (i.e. pingers) on
the gear when it was set. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
3 FREQUENCY: Record the frequency of the active marine mammal deterrent devices used on
this gear in kilohertz (kHz). If more than one frequency of active deterrent device is used, record
the frequency of the majority of the active deterrent devices on the gear. If an equal number of
different frequency active deterrent devices are used, record the highest frequency used. This
information may be obtained from the Captain.
Example: 10kHz.
4 BRAND(S): Record which brand(s) of active marine mammal deterrent devices are used on
this gear, from these options: Unknown, Dukane, Airmar, Fumunda, Combination (record all
brands in the COMMENTS), or Other (record the brand in the COMMENTS).
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
PASSIVE MARINE MAMMAL DETERRENT DEVICES
A “passive” marine mammal deterrent device is a device which may provide reflection of marine
mammal echolocation signals or be detected visually. If used, describe in the COMMENTS.
5 USED Y / N: Indicate whether “passive” marine mammal deterrent devices were on this gear
when it was set by circling the appropriate letter. Example: Net material that is designed to be
more acoustically visible to marine mammals.
6 NUMBER: Record the number of passive marine mammal deterrent devices on the gear when
it was set. This information can be obtained from the Captain.
NOTE: If some or all of the nets in the gear are made from material that is designed to be more
acoustically visible to marine mammals, record the number of nets within the gear made from
this material.
PANEL CHARACTERISTICS:
1
2
5
6
10
9
13
4
3
7
8
12
11
14
15
*RECORD FOR EACH UNIQUE PANEL IN A STRING OF GEAR*
NOTE: Changes in net depth, mesh size and mesh type or a space between bridles of greater
than 50 ft will result in a new panel.
1 LENGTH: Record, to the nearest foot, the horizontal distance of the panel, as measured along
the floatline. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
NOTE: If there is a space between two nets, do not include this distance in the net length.
2 DEPTH (endline): Record, to the nearest tenth of a foot, the height of the panel. This value is
obtained by measuring the length of the endline on the end of a net where the meshes are
attached. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
3 DROPLINES Y / N: Indicate whether droplines are used in this gear by circling the
appropriate letter.
4 LENGTH OF DROPLINES: Record length, in feet, of droplines, if present.
MESH
5 MESH TYPE: Record mesh type using one of the numerical codes listed on the left of the
datasheet:
01=Mono
02=Multi
09=Other (such as KGM net)
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
6 MESH COLOR: Record mesh color using one of the numerical codes listed on the left of the
datasheet. Note: 07-Mutli refers to multiple colors in the same panel (such as the KGM net) and
09-other refers to different parts of the net that are different colors or repairs in the net made with
different colors.
7 MESH SIZE: Stretched mesh size, in inches, measured inside knot to knot. This information
may be obtained from the captain.
8 TWINE SIZE: Record the twine size monofilament diameter (industry standard, #2-#40) of
the net mesh used in this gear (See list below). This information should be obtained from the
Captain.
NOTE: This number should reflect the total diameter of the net webbing, and not the diameter of
an individual strand which may be twisted with other strands to create the net webbing (i.e.
multi-filament mesh).
Twine Size
#2 (210/2)
#3 (210/3 or #69)
#4 (210/4 or #104)
#6 (210/6 or #139)
#7
#8 (#177)
#9/#10 (210/9 or #208)
#12 (210/12 or #277)
#14
#16
#18
#20
#24
#30
#40
Monofilament Diameter
.23mm
.28mm
.33mm
.40mm
.45mm
.47mm
.52mm
.57mm
.62mm
.66mm
.70mm
.74mm
.81mm
.90mm
1.05mm
FLOATS
9 NUMBER OF FLOATS: Record the total number of floats attached to the floatline on the
panel. This information may be obtained from the captain.
10 FLOAT DIAMETER: Record the diameter, to the nearest tenth of an inch, of the majority of
floats on the floatline. This information may be obtained from the captain.
11 DIST. B/T: Record, to the nearest foot, the average distance between floats along the
floatline used on this panel. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
12 HANGING RATIO: This value is the fractional ratio of the length of the floatline to the
length that the net would be if it was taken off the floatline and stretched out. This value will be
calculated by your coordinator using the distance between floats and number of meshes between
floats. If the Captain knows the hanging ratio of the net, record it on the data sheet but still
record information in the calc box. If not, leave this line blank.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
LEADLINE
13 TOTAL LEADLINE WEIGHT: Record the total weight of the leadline for this panel, to the
nearest pound. This information may be obtained from the Captain.
14 INTERNAL/EXTERNAL/BOTH: Indicate whether the leadline contains internal leads,
external leads, or a combination by circling the appropriate term on the datasheet. An example of
a combination would be a piece of gear with an internal leadline but with weight added via a
second string of external leads.
15 NUMBER OF LEADS: If external leads are present, record the total number present on the
panel.
SPACE(S) BETWEEN PANELS:
2
1
3
1 SPACE BETWEEN PANELS Y / N: Record whether there is (are) any continuous space(s)
greater than or equal to 50 feet between the nets in this gear by circling the appropriate letter.
2 NUMBER: Record the total number of spaces present between the nets in this gear.
3 AVERAGE WIDTH: Record, to the nearest foot, the average width of the space(s) present
between the bridles of the nets in this gear. This should be a weighted average.
Example: A gillnet string has ten nets with 9 spaces. Three of these spaces are approximately 55
feet wide and six spaces are approximately 65 feet wide. The average width for these spaces
should be recorded as: [(3*55) + (6*65)] ÷9 = 61.6, Round 61.6 to 62 feet.
CALC. BOX:
1
2
This box is used to allow the coordinator to calculate the hanging ratio. Record the following
whole counts for each panel:
1 MESHES/TIE: The number of meshes in between ties (“Meshes to the Tie”). This
information may be obtained from the Captain.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
2 TIES/CORK: The number of ties between floats (“Ties to the Cork”). This information may
be obtained from the Captain.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS: Use the comments section for any information in addition to what was recorded,
to make drawings or diagrams if the gear setup is unusual, and to explain other or unknown
options. Record any calculations used. If more space is required, it is acceptable to use the back
of the logs, in that case the comment “see back” is required.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Haul Log Instructions
06-22
GILLNET HAUL LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains all the physical information relating location and effort of a single string fished. All
Gillnet Haul logs will come after the associated Gillnet Gear Logs, ordered in numerical order
according to haul number. The GILLNET HAUL LOG will serve as a cover sheet for the haul, the
CATCH LOG/S, and the ANIMAL LOG/S will follow with all associated catch.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question, record a
dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of Page:
1
2
3
1 PAGE 1 of ___: Record the total number of pages used on THIS HAUL and associated
CATCH AND ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will always be page 1. Each page after
will increase count numerically from 2. If the back of this log is used, then it would be page 2, if not, it
will not get a number. Do not include incidental take log or turtle forms in this number.
2 TRIP ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
3 HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
4
7
3
5
6
8
1 OBS/TRIP #: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials) and trip identifier (3 numbers).
This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip. Example: ABC001.
2 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct spelling
of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or periods. If the
vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”. Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS
DREAM
3 VESSEL NUMBER: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel
may not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the twoletter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and are not the
same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
4 LANDING DATE: Record the month, day, year that the vessel returned to the dock and the trip
ended (mm/dd/yyyy).
5 INCIDENTAL TAKE Y / N: Indicate whether incidental take was caught (marine mammal, sea
bird, sea turtle, sawfish) by circling the appropriate letter.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Haul Log Instructions
06-22
6 CATCH Y / N: Indicate whether any species were caught and the haul has any associated Animal
Logs by circling the appropriate letter. Any organism presents in the meshes constitutes as catch. If the
gear is hauled and there is absolutely no catch (“water haul” or “getting skunked”) indicate this on the
haul log by circling “N”. Record “No Catch” in the COMMENTS section. were caught during this set
Check the box if
7 SET: Record the set number, in sequence of the total number of sets for the trip, starting with 1 for
the first haul. A set occurs each time a piece of gear is deployed and then hauled back. Set/Haul may be
substituted for clarity if the observer feels it necessary. The set (or set/haul) number should correspond
with the associated CATCH LOG(S) and ANIMAL LOG(S). Note: If there is more than one panel
only one haul long needs to be completed unless there is a part off, set back, or net sharing.
•
PART OFF: The net is cut or parts off, then the set ends and this indicates a new set
number. If a line is cut/parted off during the set this should be treated as two separate sets
and hauls, each having its own gear log, haul log, and associated catch and animal logs.
•
SET BACK: The net is partially hauled back but is immediately set back for any reason.
The first portion of the net is hauled per usual, then there is a decision made and the net is
set back out, creating a new set number. The net is then hauled again and when the portion
that was not originally hauled, a new set number is created. The sets should be treated as
three separate sets and hauls, each having its own haul log and associated catch and animal
logs. NOTE: The gear log will reflect the portion (length) of the net that was hauled for
each set, so a setback will have two associated gear logs.
•
NET SHARING: The net will be set by one vessel but maybe be picked up by another or
more vessels, for any reason. The original vessel will have the set information, this vessel
may haul back the net and that haul will end where the other vessel stopped picking the net.
If the net is parted off/cut during this process, see part off. For the other vessel(s) there will
not be any set information. Record the end when the vessel stops picking fish and sets back.
If the vessels meet in the middle, there is no need to record set information. If the vessels
did not meet in the middle record set information, whichever vessel retrieves the full net
will have to make note of the different soak times, similar to a set back situation. The sets
should be treated as separate sets and hauls, each having its own haul log and associated
catch and animal logs. A gear log will need to be created to reflect each portion (length) of
the net that was hauled. NOTE: If no haul data is collected for the set data collected then a
haul log does not need to be created unless requested.
8 TARGET SPECIES: Record the PRIMARY SPECIES being targeted in the set using the threecharacter code abbreviations (ex. SSB = sandbar, YEG = yellowedge grouper). This information is
obtained from the captain PRIOR to fishing activity. If the vessel is targeting small coastal sharks or
large coastal sharks use SHX and comment details. MIX targets should only be used if one gear is being
used to target various types of species and the captain lists two or more different types of species they
plan on targeting (targeting SAS and
SMK).
SHX = sharks
GRP = grouper
SNA = snapper
TIL = tilefish
MIX = multiple target species
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Haul Log Instructions
06-22
GEAR CHARACTERISTICS:
2
1
1 GEAR NUMBER: Record the consecutive number assigned to the gear configuration that is
associated with the gear being used to fish during the set. This number relates directly to the GILLNET
GEAR LOG gear number. If there are multiple combinations of gear then an additional GILLNET
GEAR LOG will be completed and the appropriate gear number entered.
2 GEAR CODE: Record the consecutive number assigned to the gear configuration that is associated
with the gear being used to fish during the haul. This number relates directly to the GILLNET GEAR
LOG gear number. If there are multiple combinations of gear then an additional GILLNET GEAR LOG
will be completed and the appropriate gear number entered.
470 = drift gillnet
475 = strike gillnet
430 = sink gillnet.
ENVIRONMENTAL:
1
3
2
4
5
6
1 BOTTOM DEPTH: Record average depth (not a range) in whole feet. Depth can be obtained from
electronics equipment.
2 BOTTOM TYPE: Record the predominant bottom type. Examples: Sand, Mud, Reef, Rock, or
Seagrass. If unknown, record “UNKNOWN” and comment the reason.
3 WIND DIRECTION: Record the direction the wind is coming from as a compass heading in degrees
(360).
4 WIND SPEED: Record the wind speed in knots. Enter the maximum observed, not a range.
5 WAVE HEIGHT: Record the wave height in feet. Enter the maximum observed, not a range.
6 TDR USED Y / N: Indicate whether you used a Temperature Depth Recorder on this haul.
SET/HAUL TABLE:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Haul Log Instructions
06-22
1 SET BEGIN/END DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) the first part of the net hits the water.
2 SET BEGIN/END TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour) at
which the first part of the net hits the water.
3 SET BEGIN/END LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the
hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes (DD° MM.mmm) when the set begin and end time is
recorded. NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains.
These values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml.
4 SET BEGIN TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (°F) when the set begin time is recorded.
5 HAUL BEGIN/END DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) the net starts to come out of the water.
6 HAUL BEGIN/END TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour) at
which the net starts to come out of the water.
7 HAUL BEGIN/END LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to
the hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes (DD° MM.mmm) when the haul begin and end time
is recorded. NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains.
These values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml.
8 HAUL BEGIN TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (°F) when the haul begin time is recorded.
DURING HAULBACK:
PROTECTED RESOURCES: Indicate whether seabirds, marine mammals, and/or sea turtles are
present in the area during haul back by circling the appropriate letter. If so, record the common name of
the species to the lowest taxonomic level possible.
NOTES:
NOTES: Use the notes/comments section for any information in addition to what was recorded, to
make drawings or diagrams if the haul setup is unusual, and to explain other or unknown options.
Record any calculations used, and any details about the catch, or protected species seen during the haul.
If more space is required, it is acceptable to use the back of the logs, in that case the comment “see
back” is required.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Catch Log Instructions
06-22
GILLNET CATCH LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log gives the amount of each species caught, the status and action of individuals, and a
length estimate of the composition of the catch. This log contains catch information such as:
species, live/dead, kept/release, size estimate of all caught species on sets using Gillnet gears.
This log separates the catch by each unique panel of gillnet gear. Individuals of each species are
separated out by disposition/action. The Catch Logs will follow the Haul Log with the Set’s
catch composition.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES” question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of Page:
1
3
2
1 PAGE___of ___: Record this page number and the total number of pages used on THIS
HAUL and associated CATCH AND ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will
always be page 1 then the Catch Log and Individual Animal Logs will be numbered sequentially
starting with the catch log as page number 2. Each page after will increase count numerically
from 2. If the back of this log is used, then it would be page 2, if not, it will not get a number. Do
not include incidental take log or turtle forms in this number.
Example: A haul log (one sided), Catch log, and 4 animal logs. The Catch log is recorded as 2 of
6.
2 TRIP ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
3 HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
3
4
1 OBS/TRIP#: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials) and trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
2 SET #: Record the set number from the associated HAUL LOG, this should be in sequence of
the total number of sets for the trip, starting with 1 for the first haul. A set occurs each time a
piece of gear is deployed and then hauled back. Set/Haul may be substituted for clarity if the
observer feels it necessary. The set (or set/haul) number should correspond with the associated
ANIMAL LOG(S).
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Catch Log Instructions
06-22
3 PANEL: Record the panel number for the unique panels comprising this gear from which the
associated catch was removed. This should correspond to one of the panel numbers on the
associated GEAR LOG. A panel is considered unique if mesh size and/or net depth are different
from the other panels in the string. If there are two panels of gear that are identical (except for
length), but separated by a space between bridles less than 50 ft, consider these a single panel.
The panel number should correspond with the associated ANIMAL LOG(S). If there is more
than one panel, a new log should be used for each panel.
Record information on this log for all species caught, separating the catch by *EACH
UNIQUE PANEL*
4 MESH SIZE: Record the mesh size for the unique panels comprising this gear from which the
associated catch was removed. This should correspond to the mesh size of the associated panel
on the associated GEAR LOG. The mesh size should correspond with the associated ANIMAL
LOG(S).
ESTIMATED FORK LENGTHS CHART:
1
2
3
4
5
1 SPECIES: Record a three-letter abbreviation (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST) for each species,
including marine mammals, sea turtles or sea birds that may be caught incidentally. Attempt to
identify all animals to species. If unsure, use group/family abbreviation (SHX, TUN, GRP, etc.)
and comment on possible species or characteristics.
2 CODE: Record the 4-digit species code (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST). If you are unable to
identify a species or a species is unlisted, photograph and fill in group or family abbreviation.
IF UNSURE ABOUT ID, TAKE PICTURES, LIST ID CHARACTERISTICS AND
for sharks TAKE FINCLIPS
DEPOSITION
When a species has individuals of more than one disposition (kept, discard live, discard dead),
there should be a new line to indicate each disposition, even if the lengths and status are all the
same. Example: 60 SAS caught, all measuring 30-60 cm, 20 of which are discarded dead and 40
kept. Record SAS on two separate lines for the two dispositions with 20 and 40 listed in the 3060cm bin accordingly.
3 TOTAL # KEPT: Record the total number kept for each species caught.
4 TOTAL # DISCARDED LIVE: Record the total number discarded alive for each species
caught.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Catch Log Instructions
06-22
5 TOTAL # DISCARDED DEAD: Record the total number discarded dead for each species
caught.
ESTIMATED FORK LENGTHS BINS:
LENGTH BINS (000-030 to 210-240): Record the number of each species in that length
category for each disposition in the appropriate box.
STATUS WHEN BOATED:
STATUS WHEN BOATED: Record the number of each species that were alive and dead
WHEN BOARDED in the appropriate box. These numbers may be estimated from general
proportions of observed alive or dead coming on board.
Example:
4
2
1
ABC001
3.5
1
SMK
SMK
SMK
BLU
BLU
CRO
KGU
3840
3840
3840
0230
326
0
0
36
0
24
0
0
0230
0041
0058
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
3
5
0
1
5
1
299
24
10
36
2
1
27
50
24
1
34
276
0
9
2
0
0
0
3
5
2
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Animal Log Instructions
06-22
GILLNET ANIMAL LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains individual animal information such as: species, size and sex the of animals
caught on sets using Gillnet gears. This log separates the catch by each unique panel of gillnet
gear. Straight line fork length measurements should be taken from 10 individuals per species
caught PER PANEL PER SET and recorded on this log. The Animal Logs will follow the
Catch Logs with individual animal information for that set.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES” question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of Page:
1
2
3
1 PAGE___of ___: Record this page number and the total number of pages used on THIS
HAUL and associated CATCH AND ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will
always be page 1 then the Catch Log and Individual Animal Logs will be numbered sequentially
starting with the catch log as page number 2 followed by the animal log as page number 3. Each
page after will increase count numerically from 2. If the back of this log is used, then it would be
page 2, if not, it will not get a number. Do not include incidental take log or turtle forms in this
number.
Example: A haul log (one sided), Catch log, and 4 animal logs. The Animal Logs are recorded as
3 of 6, 4 of 6, 5 of 6, and 6 of 6.
2 TRIP ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
3 HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
3
4
1 OBS/TRIP#: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials) and trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
2 SET #: Record the set number from the associated HAUL LOG, this should be in sequence of
the total number of sets for the trip, starting with 1 for the first haul. A set occurs each time a
piece of gear is deployed and then hauled back. Set/Haul may be substituted for clarity if the
observer feels it necessary. The set (or set/haul) number should correspond with the associated
CATCH LOG(S).
3 PANEL: Record the panel number for the unique panels comprising this gear from which the
associated catch was removed. This should correspond to one of the panel numbers on the
associated GEAR LOG. A panel is considered unique if mesh size and/or net depth are different
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Animal Log Instructions
06-22
from the other panels in the string. If there are two panels of gear that are identical (except for
length), but separated by a space between bridles less than 50 ft, consider these a single panel.
The panel number should correspond with the associated CATCH LOG(S). If there is more than
one panel, a new log should be used for each panel.
Record information on this log for all species caught, separating the logs by *EACH
UNIQUE PANEL*
4 MESH SIZE: Record the mesh size for the unique panels comprising this gear from which the
associated catch was removed. This should correspond to the mesh size of the associated panel
on the associated GEAR LOG. The mesh size should correspond with the associated CATCH
LOG(S).
ANIMAL INFORMATION:
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
SPECIES
* Record animal information for 10 individuals per species caught PER PANEL PER SET.
When this is not possible, preference is for sharks and commercially important species. Use
sorting baskets to separate individuals for measurement by panel. *
1 SPEC #: Specimen numbers start at the beginning of each haul, with a value of 101 and count
sequentially to the end of the haul. This number is used to avoid being misread at the fish house
(100 vs 001) and to avoid duplication with any incidental take specimen numbers (1, 2, 3 etc.).
Please number incidental takes starting with 001 and number sequentially as encountered within
a single trip. This number should be reflected on the appropriate Incidental Take/ Protected
Resource/ Turtle Forms.
--- If there are multiple panels each containing catch within a set, animal numbers should
begin with the panel number followed by ‘01’. Example: specimens from Set 1 Panel 1
begin with ‘101’, specimens from Set 1 Panel 2 begin with ‘201’, etc. --2 NAME: Record the three-letter abbreviation (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST) for each species,
including marine mammals, sea turtles or sea birds that may be caught incidentally. Attempt to
identify all animals to species. If unsure, use group/family abbreviation (SHX, TUN, GRP, etc.)
and comment on possible species or characteristics.
3 CODE: Record the 4-digit species code (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST). If you are unable to
identify a species or a species is unlisted, photograph and fill in group or family abbreviation.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Animal Log Instructions
06-22
IF UNSURE ABOUT ID, TAKE PICTURES, LIST ID CHARACTERISTICS AND
for sharks TAKE FINCLIPS
LENGTH
4 FL: Attempt to obtain a straight-line fork length measurement in centimeters from 10
individuals per species caught PER PANEL PER SET. When this is not possible,
preference is for sharks and commercially important species. Do not try to piece animals
together that have been cut. Estimated lengths for incidentally taken marine mammals, birds, and
turtles should also be recorded here. Actual measurements will be recorded on the incidental take
log, bird life history forms, protected resources forms or the turtle life history forms. All sharks,
tuna and other finfish species are to be taken as a straight-line fork measurement. Skates and rays
should be measured at their widest point, wing tip to wing tip (disc width), comment “disk width
taken”. Record the curved measured length of all billfish, swordfish, and turtles to the nearest
centimeter (cm.). Record length according to the standards in Section 1.2.3. in the Observer
Manual. Estimated lengths should be taken for animals that are dangerous to handle, not brought
on board, or when there are too many to accurately measure with the time given. Estimate to the
nearest centimeter (cm.) if possible, otherwise estimate to the nearest foot (ft.) Measurements can
easily be converted to centimeters using (1 foot =30 cm). Enter the converted length and record a
3 in the length code. If samples are taken (vertebrae, otolith, reproductive tract, stomach) then a
straight-line measurement MUST be taken. NOTE: Only actual measurements should be
recorded on this log, unless there is a picture taken of that individual or there is an incidental
take.
5 CODE: Record the one-digit measurement type code. All sharks, tuna and other finfish species
measurements are to be taken as a straight-line fork measurement, Code 1. Curved line estimates
are only acceptable for sea turtle carapace and swordfish or billfish lengths, Code 2. Estimated
lengths should be taken for all animals that are dangerous to handle, for all animals that are not
brought on board, when there are too many to accurately measure with the time given, or for
protected species in the animal log; use Code 3. If the animal is unknown or not observed
properly, use Code 0. NOTE: Only actual measurements (code 1) should be recorded on this log,
unless there is a picture taken of that individual or there is an incidental take.
Measurement Type
Code
Unknown/ No Measurement
0
Straight line
1
Curved line
2
Estimated
3
6 SEX: Record the code for the sex of this animal. If undeterminable use Code U.
Sex
Code
Unknown
U
Male
M
Female
F
7 TAG # OR COMMENT: Record the complete tag number (including any alpha prefix) if an
animal is tagged then released; use Tag Code 1, Tagged and released alive. If an animal is
already tagged and to be released healthy, attempt to re-tag and comment both tag numbers
(taking a clear picture is also preferred), and use Tag Code 2, Retagged and released alive. If an
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Gillnet Animal Log Instructions
06-22
animal is already tagged and to be kept or discarded dead, request that the dead tagged animal be
brought on board so that information about the animal and tag number can be recorded. If this is
a tagged shark, comment the tag number, other necessary information, and take a vertebra,
reproductive, stomach, and fin clip sample; include Tag Code 3, Recaptured and kept/released
dead. (The fishers can report the tag for reward, most likely a T-shirt, if they wish; otherwise the
observer may report the tag and comment that the tag was reported.) This area may also be used
to record a brief comment about an individual animal. Examples of comments include incidental
take details, distinguishing characteristics for identification, if an individual has damage, what
type of damage, was damage caused by another animal on the line, any information about
scenarios relating to the catch, or any other pertinent information related to the catch of that
specimen.
8 TAG CODE: Indicate the origin of the tag number with the codes provided.
Tag State
Code
Tagged and released alive
1
Retagged and released alive
2
Recaptured and kept/released dead 3
9 SAMPLES TAKEN: Check the boxes for each type of samples taken (otolith, vertebrae,
stomach, reproductive (includes shark reproductive tract and teleost gonads), fin clip) from
individual animals. If a reproductive sample is taken, always take a vertebrae/otolith sample as
well. Note that Fins and Whole samples should only be taken for special requests or studies.
10 PHOTOGRAPHS: If you take photographs of an animal that was caught in the fishing gear,
make sure that it is recorded on the Animal log. If you were unable to obtain a straight length
measurement, record an estimated length. Check the photograph taken box and make a note in
the Comment field.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS: Use the comments section for any information in addition to what was recorded
above, be sure to record SPEC #. Make drawings or diagrams if the animal is unusual, and to
explain other or unknown options. Record any other pertinent information related to the catch of
that specimen. If more space is required, it is acceptable to use the back of the logs, in that case
the comment “see back” is required.
Trip ID:
TRIP SUMMARY
(This will be the cover sheet to your trip datasheets)
Obs Trip #:
Vessel name:
Vessel #:
Owner/Captain Name:
# of Crew:
Incidental Take: Y / N
If Yes, what set number(s):
Biological Samples Taken: Y / N
Departure Date:
mm/dd/yyyy
Return Date:
mm/dd/yyyy
Sea Days:
Time:
Time:
Number of Sets:
:
Check In Sheet Included: Y / N
Departure Port:
:
City, State
Return Port:
City, State
False Strike: Y / N
Target (GN): SHARK / TELEOST/ MIX
Target (Reef and Shark):
SRF □ SHX □ SADL □ SARF □ OTHER □
Weigh out location:
Weigh out copy included:
Y/N
Invoice: For trips two or more sea days. Fill out observer fields, leave invoice with captain/owner.
N/A
Left completed with captain/owner
Vessel accommodations:
Head: Y / N
AC and/or Heat: Y / N (circle which applies)
Bunk: Y / N
Bunk Location:
Fresh Water and/or Shower: Y / N (circle which applies)
Infections: Y / N
Comments:
Stand by Days:
Data entry:
Debrief:
Data received:
/
/
/
/
/
Dbase proofed:
Invoice filed:
/
/
/
/
/
/ NA
7/19/2022
(office only)
OBS/TRIP #:____________
DATE LANDED:
COLOR
01
White
02
Pink
03
Black
04
Green
05
Blue
06
Multi
07
Red
08
Other
09
*More than
one color=
Multi (07)
WHOLE STRING
LENGTH: ________ft
NUMBER OF PANELS: _________
SECURING METHOD (circle one):
Sea bottom
Vessel only
None
Combination
GROUNDLINE: Y / N
LENGTH: ________ft
DIAMETER: ________in
LENGTH: ________ft
MESH
TYPE: _________
FLOATS
NUMBER: _______
DEPTH: ________ft
ANCHOR(S): Y / N
NUMBER: _________
TOTAL WEIGHT: __________lbs
Combination
Unknown
STYLE:
Danforth
DIAMETER: ______in
LEADLINE TOTAL WEIGHT: __________lbs
Dead Weight
Other (Describe in Comments)
DROPLINES: Y / N
LENGTH: ________ft
SIZE: ________in
TWINE SIZE: _________
DIST. B/T: ________ft
HANGING RATIO: ______
COLOR: _________
NUMBER: _________
INTERNAL / EXTERNAL / BOTH
TYPE
Mono
Multi
01
02
Other
09
CALC. BOX
PANEL 1
MESHES/TIE
_________
PANEL 2
LENGTH: ________ft
MESH
TYPE: _________
FLOATS
NUMBER: _______
DEPTH: ________ft
DIAMETER: ______in
LEADLINE TOTAL WEIGHT: __________lbs
DROPLINES: Y / N
LENGTH: ________ft
SIZE: ________in
TWINE SIZE: _________
DIST. B/T: ________ft
HANGING RATIO: ______
COLOR: _________
GEAR ID:________ (office only)
NUMBER OF STRINGS (with this configuration): ___________
TOTAL WEIGHT OF LEADLINE: _______lbs
(circle one)
PANEL 1
TRIP ID:________(office only)
/
GEAR NUMBER: _________
Southeast Fisheries Science Center Gillnet Fishery Gear Log
Clear
/
NUMBER: _________
INTERNAL / EXTERNAL / BOTH
BUOYS
NUMBER
HIGHFLIERS:
POLYBALLS:
OTHER:
Y / N _____
Y / N _____
Y / N _____
BUOYLINE
NUMBER: _________
LENGTH: ________ft
DIAMETER: ________in
WEAK LINKS
USED ON
SURFACE:
NUMBER:
TYPE:
USED ON
STRING:
NUMBER:
TYPE:
Y/N
_________
_________
Y/N
_________
_________
TIE DOWNS
USED: Y / N
LENGTH: ________ft
TIES/CORK
_________
PANEL 2
MESHES/TIE
_________
TIES/CORK
_________
PANEL 3
MESHES/TIE
_________
TIES/CORK
_________
PANEL 3
LENGTH: ________ft
MESH
TYPE: _________
FLOATS
NUMBER: _______
DEPTH: ________ft
LEADLINE TOTAL WEIGHT: __________lbs
LENGTH: ________ft
SIZE: ________in
TWINE SIZE: _________
DIST. B/T: ________ft
HANGING RATIO: ______
COLOR: _________
DIAMETER: ______in
DROPLINES: Y / N
INTERNAL / EXTERNAL / BOTH
SPACE BETWEEN PANELS: Y / N NUMBER: _________
NUMBER: _________
AVERAGE WIDTH: ________ft
MM DETERRENT DEVICES
ACTIVE USED: Y / N
NUMBER: _________
FREQUENCY: _____kHz
BRAND: _______________
PASSIVE USED: Y / N
NUMBER: _________
DESCRIBE IN COMMENTS
COMMENTS:
01/12/12
HAUL ID:________ (office only) GEAR ID:________ (office only)
WEAK LINK TYPE CODES:
0 = Unknown
1 = Rope of Appropriate Breaking Strength
2
=
Off the Shelf
3
=
Overhand Knot
4
=
Hog Rings
8
=
Combination
9
=
Other
ANCHOR STYLES
Twine Size
#2 (210/2)
#3 (210/3 or #69)
#4 (210/4 or #104)
#6 (210/6 or #139)
#7
#8 (#177)
#9/#10 (210/9 or #208)
#12 (210/12 or #277)
#14
#16
#18
#20
#24
#30
#40
Monofilament Diameter
.23mm
.28mm
.33mm
.40mm
.45mm
.47mm
.52mm
.57mm
.62mm
.66mm
.70mm
.74mm
.81mm
.90mm
1.05mm
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
Photo Credit: NOAA Fisheries Service Northeast Regional Office (Original image modified to include additional information).
01/12/12
Page 1 of _____
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
Gillnet Fishery Haul Log
Trip ID______(office only)
Haul ID______(office only)
OBS/TRIP#: _____________ VESSEL NAME: _________________ VESSEL NUMBER:______________
LANDING DATE (mm/dd/yyyy): ________________
SET:____________
INCIDENTAL TAKE: Y / N
CATCH: Y / N
TARGET SPECIES: _____________
GEAR CHARACTERISTICS
GEAR NUMBER: ________
GEAR CODE: ________
ENVIRONMENTAL (taken during set)
BOTTOM DEPTH (ft): ____________ BOTTOM TYPE: _______________ WIND DIRECTION (°): _________
WIND SPEED (kts): __________ WAVE HEIGHT (ft): ____________
TDR USED: Y / N
SET/HAUL TABLE
SET/HAUL
DATE
TIME
LATITUDE
SET BEGIN
/
/
:
º
SET END
/
/
:
º
HAUL BEGIN
/
/
:
º
HAUL END
/
/
:
º
LONGITUDE
.
.
.
.
º
º
º
º
TEMP (ºF)
.
.
.
.
DURING HAULBACK
SEABIRDS PRESENT: Y / N
SPECIES: ____________________________________________
MARINE MAMMALS PRESENT: Y / N
SPECIES: ____________________________________________
SEA TURTLES PRESENT: Y / N
SPECIES: ____________________________________________
NOTES:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
10/15/21
AV. BOTTOM TEMP (ºF): ______(office only)
Page _____ of _____
Trip ID______(office only) Haul ID______(office only)
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
Gillnet Fishery Catch Worksheet
OBS/TRIP #: __________
SET #: ______
ESTIMATED FORK LENGTHS – PANEL: _____
Species
Code
Total # Total # Total #
Kept Discard Discard
Live
Dead
000030
MESH SIZE: _______in
030060
Code
Total # Total # Total #
Kept Discard Discard
Live
Dead
090120
120150
150180
180210
210240
Status when
boated
Alive
ESTIMATED FORK LENGTHS – PANEL: _____
Species
060090
000030
Dead
MESH SIZE: _______in
030060
060090
090120
120150
150180
180210
210240
Status when
boated
Alive
12/05/11
Dead
Trip ID______ (office only) Haul ID______ (office only)
Page _____ of _____
GILLNET ANIMAL LOG
OBS/TRIP #: __________
SET #: ______
PANEL: _____
SEX
TAG
CODE
LENGTH (cm)
Name
SAMPLES TAKEN
(Check appropriate boxes)
Straight line (1)
SPECIES
Spec #
MESH SIZE: _______in
Code
Curved line (2)
M
Estimated (3)
F
U
FL
Code
TAG # OR COMMENT
Released (1)
Retagged (2)
Recaptured (3)
Oto
Vert
Stom Repro Fin
COMMENTS
12/05/11
Pic
Trip ID______ (office only) Haul ID______ (office only)
Page _____ of _____
GILLNET ANIMAL LOG
OBS/TRIP #: __________
SET #: ______
PANEL: _____
SEX
TAG
CODE
LENGTH (cm)
Name
SAMPLES TAKEN
(Check appropriate boxes)
Straight line (1)
SPECIES
Spec #
MESH SIZE: _______in
Code
Curved line (2)
M
Estimated (3)
F
U
FL
Code
TAG # OR COMMENT
Released (1)
Retagged (2)
Recaptured (3)
Oto
Vert
Stom Repro Fin
COMMENTS
12/05/11
Pic
Shark Bottom Longline Observer Program
Manual
Updated by Samantha Faller, Dana Jordan, Bradley Smith &Alyssa Mathers
JULY 2022
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Laboratory
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Trip Summary Form
06-22
SBLOP TRIP SUMMARY INSTRUCTIONS
The Trip Summary Log is to be the cover sheet of any Shark Bottom Longline Observer Program
trip data. It is to be filled out after the trip. If multiple trips are conducted on the same vessel,
there must be a trip summary for each trip.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES” question,
record the appropriate dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
OBS TRIP #: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials) and trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”.
Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
VESSEL #: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel may not
have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the twoletter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and are not
the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
OWNER/CAPTAIN NAME: Record the first and last name of the person responsible for daily
vessel operations, and circle whether this is the owner, captain, or both of the vessel, if both are
yes, a circle is not necessary.
# OF CREW: Record number of persons onboard including the captain, but not including
observer
INCIDENTAL TAKE Y / N: Indicate whether incidental take was caught (marine mammal, sea
turtle, sawfish, sturgeon or sea bird) by circling the appropriate letter.
IF YES, WHAT SET NUMBER(S): Record which set/haul numbers that an incidental take was
caught.
BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES TAKEN Y / N: Indicate whether biological samples were taken
during this trip by circling the appropriate letter.
CHECK IN SHEET INCLUDED Y / N: Indicate whether a sample check in form was used for
this trip by circling the appropriate letter.
DEPARTURE DATE & TIME: Record the month, day, year and time that the vessel left the
dock and the trip began (mm/dd/yyyy). Record time on a 24-hour clock.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Trip Summary Form
06-22
DEPARTURE PORT: Record the city and the state (comment the specific dock location, if
available) where the vessel left the dock and the trip began.
RETURN DATE & TIME: Record the month, day, year, and time that the vessel returned to the
dock and the trip ended (mm/dd/yyyy). Record time on a 24-hour clock.
RETURN PORT: Record the city and the state (comment the specific dock location, if available)
where the vessel returned to the dock and the trip ended.
SEA DAYS: Record the number of days spent at sea, this includes any steaming and
active fishing. One (1) sea day is tallied for any amount of time spent at sea, even if less than 24
hours. If the vessel leaves the dock, fishes, returns and then sails again on the same day; each trip
would be recorded as one sea day but only one sea day will be counted towards sea day
coverage. If a vessel leaves the dock and returns without setting and/or retrieving gear this would
be a false strike. In the Shark Research Fishery, there would be a false strike if a boat leaves
the dock and returns without fishing and there is more than a day until the vessel leaves the dock
again.
NUMBER OF SETS: Record the total amount of sets/hauls done during the trip. Include all
sets/hauls, whether they were observed or not.
FALSE STRIKE Y / N: A false strike is when a vessel leaves the dock and returns without
setting and/or retrieving gear. Indicate whether a false strike occurred by circling the appropriate
letter. If the trip is a false strike this would be 1 sea day and the next trip would be the next trip
ID. In the Shark Research Fishery, there would be a false strike if a boat leaves the dock and
returns without fishing and there is more than a day until the vessel leaves the dock again. On a
false strike trip there will only be a TRIP Summary log, no other logs are used.
TARGET (GN): For use on gillnet trips only.
TARGET (Reef and Shark): Record the three-letter species abbreviation for the species being
targeted with the gear type. This information is obtained from the captain prior to fishing
activity. If the specific species being targeted is known, use the species specific code (ex. SSB =
sandbar, YEG = yellowedge grouper). If the vessel is targeting small coastal sharks or large
coastal sharks use SHX and comment details. MIX targets should only happen if one gear is
targeting more than one different class of species at one time (ex. SAS and SMK are being
targeted).
SHX = sharks
GRP = grouper
SNA = snapper
TIL = tilefish
MIX = multiple target species
Example: If a gear has three 8/0 hooks for snapper and one 14/0 hook at the end for grouper, then
this would be a TEL target. If they are using a gear with all 8/0 hooks to target snapper and then
use the same gear to target a mixture of snapper and grouper, this would still just be SNA target.
Target is for the PREDOMINANT target species, despite what else they may hope to catch with
that rigging.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Trip Summary Form
06-22
TARGET SPECIFICATION: Record whether the trip is fishing for sharks within the sandbar
research fishery (SRF) or whether this trip is a grouper set for deep-water (DEEP GRP) or
shallow-water (SHALLOW GRP).
WEIGH OUT LOCATION: Record the location that the weigh out of the catch from the trip
was done. Name of the fish house, dealer, and/or dock would be ideal. If this is a private sell,
record “private sell” or the name of the buyer. If this is unknown, record N/A. In the SRF, a copy
of the weigh out is required.
COPY INCLUDED Y / N: Indicate whether a copy of the weigh out is included with the trip
data or not. Every effort to obtain a copy of the weigh out form should be made, if a paper copy
cannot be obtained, a photograph is acceptable. In the SRF, a copy of the weigh out is required.
If the weigh out occurs after the observer has left the area, the captain/owner/dealer/fish house
can fax (850-235-3559), mail (3500 Delwood Beach Rd Panama City, FL 32408) or email a
copy of the weigh out to the observer coordinator.
INVOICE: Indicate whether the reimbursement invoice is left with the captain or not applicable.
If the trip is one sea day and/or there was no food available/offered to the observer, an invoice
should not be issued and N/A should be recorded. Otherwise issue a invoice. It is the observer’s
responsibility to give the form to the owner/captain after the trip. The observer should fill
out their Observer Trip ID, observer name, vessel name, dates of the trip, meal expenses, and
total cost. Be sure to get captain/owner SS# and signature! The observer can turn in the
reimbursement invoice with their data, or the owner/captain can mail or fax a copy to the
observer coordinator. Multiple trips on the same vessel can be included in one invoice. Be sure to
record which trip the invoice is included with.
VESSEL ACCOMMODATIONS: Record observations about the vessel and vessel
accommodations including the presence or absence of a head, AC or heat, a bunk and bunk
location, fresh water, shower, and infections and cleanliness of crew. These observations are for
the observer and the observer program only, and will help with future coverage of the vessel. In
the case of an either-or option, circle the option that fits the yes observation, if both are yes, a
circle is not necessary.
COMMENTS: Record any comments about the trip, the vessel, the crew, or any observations
about the catch. Information on drug/alcohol use by the captain or crew should be recorded here
as well. Please use the comments section liberally. If more space is required, use the back of the
sheet and include "see back" on the front.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
SBLOP GEAR LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains detailed descriptions about the shark bottom longline gear fished. This gear log
describes the average configurations of the gear on all hauls that used the same gear. One gear
log is used to describe each different gear within a single trip. Each gear log is numbered
consecutively starting from gear number 1. Significant changes in target, number of hooks,
length of mainline, type of mainline, or fishing style between hauls may result in different gear
logs.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES” question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of Page:
1
1 GEAR ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
5
3
6
4
7
8
1 OBS/ TRIP NUMBER: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials)/trip identifier
(3 numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
2 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”. Example: MR ROGERS, SY
KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
3 VESSEL NUMBER: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The
vessel may not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and
include the two-letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the
vessel and are not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
4 DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and year that the vessel returned to the dock/port
(mm/dd/yyyy). This may not be the same day fish were unloaded and sold. Example: 01/01/2020
5 GEAR NUMBER: Record the consecutive number, starting at 1, assigned to each gear
configuration. Additional gear logs would be used in the following cases:
● >50% difference in the mainline length, type, and/or number of hooks between hauls
● change in fishing method (bottom longline to pelagic)
● change in the target species (SHX to GRP)
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
Example: The first two hauls use 18.0 circle hooks to target SHX (gear number 1). The next two
hauls use 12.0 circle hooks to target reef fish. A second gear log would then be completed and
numbered (gear number 2). The last haul uses a combination of these hooks targeting MIX (both
SHX and REF). A third gear log would be completed and numbered (gear number 3).
6 # OF HAULS: Record the number of hauls that the gear was used in.
7 AVG. # HOOKS: Record the average amount of hooks set. This is an average of all hauls with
the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
8 TOTALS # HOOKS (trip start): Record the total number of hooks onboard at the start of the
trip. This is NOT a sum or average of all hauls. This is a count at the start of a trip of all the
assembled gangions with hooks, including all hooks in boxes, which might be used to fish. This
may be obtained from the captain.
MAINLINE:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 COLOR: Record the color of the mainline by writing the numerical code (1-9). If more than
one color is present assign the code of 7 (multi). Steel mainlines are given the code 9 (other).
Describe the codes 7 and 9 in the COMMENTS field.
COLOR CODES:
1 Clear
6 Blue
2 White
7 Multi (for any mixture of colors)
3 Pink
8 Red
4 Black
9 Other (describe in comments)
5 Green
2 TEST: Record the test or dry breaking strength of the mainline in pounds (LBS). This
information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer label. General
ranges found are 600-1200 lbs.
3 MATERIAL: Record the material of the mainline used by writing the numerical code (1-3, 9).
Please describe other materials in the COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES:
1 Nylon
2 Cotton
3 Steel wire
9 Other
4 DIAMETER: Record to the nearest tenth of a millimeter (mm) the diameter of the mainline.
This may be obtained from the captain. If unable to record, submit a labeled sample piece with
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
your data. General ranges found are 3.0-4.2 mm. It is common for the diameter of steel wire to
be provided to you in inches by the captain, this would be converted as 1in = 25.4mm. Record
this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
5 STRANDS: Record the number of strands of material that make up the mainline. Nylon
(monofilament) should be 1 strand. Steel wire is usually 7x7, which should be 49 strands.
6 AVG. LENGTH: Record the average length of the mainline in nautical miles (nm). This is an
average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the
COMMENTS field.
GANGIONS:
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
This is usually a 100-1200 pounds (lbs.) test nylon monofilament attached to a mainline by a
snap. A gangion may vary in length and have about two swivels, one at the snap and another
some distance above the hook. Fishers may refer to this as a “leader”.
1 COLOR: Record the color of the gangions by writing the numerical code (1-9). If more than
one color is present assign the color a code of 7 (multi). Steel mainlines are given the code 9
(other). Describe the codes 7 and 9 all other colors in COMMENTS field.
COLOR CODES:
1 Clear
6 Blue
2 White
7 Multi (for any mixture of colors)
3 Pink
8 Red
4 Black
9 Other (describe in comments)
5 Green
2 TEST: Record the test or dry breaking strength of the gangions in pounds (LBS). This
information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer label. General
ranges found are 300-1200 lbs.
3 MATERIAL: Record the material of the gangions used by writing the numerical code (1-3, 9).
Please describe other materials in the COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES:
1 Nylon
2 Cotton
3 Steel wire
9 Other
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
4 DIAMETER: Record to the nearest tenth of a millimeter (mm) the diameter of the gangions.
This may be obtained from the captain. If unable to record, submit a labeled sample piece with
your data. General ranges found are 1.8-4.2 mm. It is common for the diameter of steel wire to
be provided to you in inches by the captain. This would be converted as 1in = 25.4mm. Record
this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
5 SWIVELS PER GANGION: Record the number of swivels used per gangion. One is
generally located at the snap and a second swivel can be located some distance above the hook
between the gangion and the leader or attached to the hook. Swivels with 3 loops are considered
to only be 1 swivel.
6 AVG. LENGTH: Record, to the nearest foot (ft.), the average length of all the gangions used
on the gear. Gangion length should not include the leader length. This is an average of all hauls
with the same gear configuration.
7 AVG #: Record the amount of gangions used on the gear. This is an average of all hauls with
the same gear configuration.
8 DISTANCE BETWEEN GANGIONS: Calculate the distance, in whole feet (ft.), between
gangions. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. To estimate the
distance between gangions: convert the average mainline length from nautical miles to feet by
multiplying average mainline length by 6080 feet. Then divide the mainline length in feet by the
average number of the hooks plus 1. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) = Avg. Mainline Length (nm.) * 6080 ft. Distance Between Gangions
= Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) / (Avg # Hooks +1)
9 LEADERS USED?: Indicate if leaders are used between the gangion and the hook. This is a
section of material that is different from the gangion, this is attached to the hook and is between
the gangion and the hook. It may be mono or steel wire and may have a swivel at either end. The
purpose of a leader is to reduce bite offs, make hook replacement easier and help to maintain the
gangion’s length. Fishers may refer to this as a “tail”.
10 LEADER LENGTH: If present, record the length of the leader to the nearest inch (in). This
is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration.
11 LEADER TEST: If present, record the test or dry breaking strength of the leaders in pounds
(LBS). This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer
label. General ranges found are 300-1200 lbs.
12 LEADER MATERIAL: If present, record the material of the leaders used by writing the
numerical code (1-3, 9). Please describe other materials in COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES:
1 Nylon
2 Cotton
3 Steel wire
9 Other
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
LINE ADDITIONS:
1
4
2
5
3
6
7
8
9
10
1 POLYBALLS: Indicate if polyballs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used
in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field.
2 BULLETS: Indicate if bullets (sometimes referred to as Daubs) are used on the gear. If Yes,
record the total amount used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear
configuration. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
3 HIGHFLIERS: Indicate if highfliers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used
in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field. Highfliers are a marker made up of a pole set through a
float. One end of the pole is weighted so that it floats upright. There may be a simple flag, a
strobe, reflective tape, a radar reflector or any combination of such attached to the top of the pole
to make it more visible. A highflyer is usually used to mark the beginning and end of the
mainline for bottom longlines, but can sometimes be used as reference points in the gear.
4 HOOKTIMERS: Indicate if hooktimers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field. These are usually used for special projects and will come
with instructions.
5 TDRs: Indicate if TDRs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the
COMMENTS field. These are usually used for special projects and will come with instructions.
6 ADD. LINE WTS: Indicate if weights are placed along the length of the mainline. These are
sometimes associated with droplines or floats. These are external and can be considered anchors.
If Yes, record the total amount used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same
gear configuration. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
7 OTHER LINE ADDITIONS: Indicate if line additions, other then what is listed, are used.
Record other types in the comments section. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the
COMMENTS field.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
8 DROPLINES: Indicate if droplines are used. Droplines are lines attached to the mainline and
a float of some kind. These are usually used as a reference point, If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field.
9 AVG. DROPLINE LENGTH: If present, record the length of the droplines to the nearest foot
(ft.). This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in
the COMMENTS field.
10 DISTANCE BETWEEN DROPLINES: If present, record the distance, in whole feet (ft.),
between the droplines. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. To
estimate the distance between gangions: convert the average mainline length from nautical miles
to feet by multiplying average mainline length by 6080 feet. Then divide the mainline length in
feet by the average number of the hooks plus 1. Record these calculations in the COMMENTS
field.
Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) = Avg. Mainline Length (nm.) * 6080 ft. Distance Between Droplines
= Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) / (Avg # Droplines +1)
HOOKS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 BRAND: Record the hook brand name in all capital letters and one word. Lindgran/Pitman is
abbreviated as LGPN. This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a
manufacturer label. If this information is unknown or cannot be verified, record UNKNOWN
and take a picture of the hook with the ruler for scale. Record additional hooks, over the amount
allotted, in comments. Example: MUSTAD, EAGLECLAW, LGPN (for Lindgren/Pitman),
HILINER.
2 TYPE: Write in C for circle, J for J-hook, T for treble or L for lure. L (Lure) is any Jig, Spoon,
Skirt, or artificial bait. If the type is L (Lure), then a picture is required.
3 SIZE: Record the hook size. This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified
from a manufacturer label.
Example: 9/0 = nine aught
4 MODEL: Record the hook model or pattern number in one word. For Lindgren/Pitman
(LGPN) black carbon circle hooks, use the code LPCIRBL.
5 OFFSETS: Offset refers to the amount of deviation in the plane of the hook point relative to
that of the shank. If yes, check the box. Hooks can be offset manually (by the fishermen) or by
the manufacturer.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
6 DEGREES OFFSET: Record the degrees offset to the nearest whole number. This can be
obtained from the manufacturer label or the captain. The standard is 10°. If done manually or the
offset is unknown, estimate the degrees to the nearest whole number and take a picture.
VESSEL DIAGRAM:
SKETCH: Indicate the general position of the longline reels and hauling station on the vessel
diagram.
Suggested icons:
¤ Hauling Station
▄ Longline Reel
← Flow of line
COMMENTS: Use the comments section for any information in addition to what was recorded,
to make drawings or diagrams if the gear setup is unusual, and to explain other or unknown
options. If more space is required, it is acceptable to use the back of the logs, in that case the
comment “see back” is required.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
SBLOP HAUL LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains all the physical information relating location and effort of a single string
fished. All Shark Bottom Longline Haul logs will come after the associated Longline Gear Logs,
ordered in numerical order according to haul number. The LONGLINE HAUL LOG will serve
as a cover sheet for the haul and the ANIMAL LOG/S will follow with all associated catch.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of the Page:
1
2
3
1 HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
2 SAMPLES TAKEN?: Check this box if there are biological samples taken during haulback.
3 PAGE 1 of ___: Record the total number of pages used on THIS HAUL and associated
ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will always be page 1. Each page after will
increase count numerically from 2. If the back of this log is used, then it would be page 2, if not,
it will not get a number. Do not include incidental take log or turtle forms in this number.
HEADER:
1
5
2
6
3
7
8
4
9
10
11
12
1 DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and year that the VESSEL RETURNED TO THE
DOCK/PORT (mm/dd/yyyy). This may not be the same day fish were unloaded and sold.
Example: 01/01/2020
2 TRIP ID: Record the three-character observer (Initials)/trip identifier (3 numbers). This
should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip. Example: ABC001.
3 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation;
hyphens, commas, or periods. If the vessel does not have a name record
“UNNAMED”. Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
4 VESSEL #: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel may
not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the
two-letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and are
not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number. Example: USCG documentation
number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
5 HAUL #: Record the haul number, start with 1 for the first haul and continue sequentially for
all hauls made within a single trip. A haul is defined as each time a string/gear is set/hauled. Cut/
part offs and gear starts/ends are indications of new haul numbers. If a line is cut/parted off
during the set this should be treated as two separate sets and hauls, each having its own haul log
and associated animal logs.
6 GEAR CODE: Record the three-digit code for the gear fished during this haul.
675 = Pelagic Longline
676 = Bottom Longline
677 = Shark Rehooking
*Rehooking shark longline occurs when a vessel hauls more sharks than the trip limit and resets
the extra catch closer to the dock (usually near the state/federal boundary), the haul back of this
set would be recorded and the code would be 677.
7 GEAR NUMBER: Record the consecutive number assigned to the gear configuration that is
associated with the gear being used to fish during the haul. This number relates directly to the
LONGLINE GEAR LOG gear number. If there are multiple combinations of gear, large
differences in mainline length and/or amount of hooks, or a change in target species, then an
additional LONGLINE GEAR LOG will be completed and the appropriate gear number entered.
8 TARGET SPECIES: Record the PRIMARY SPECIES being targeted in the haul using the
three-character code abbreviations (ex. SSB = sandbar, YEG = yellowedge grouper). This
information is obtained from the captain PRIOR to fishing activity. If the vessel is targeting
small coastal sharks or large coastal sharks use SHX and comment details. NOTE: A change in
target species will require an additional Gear Log and Haul log. MIX targets should only be used
if one gear is being used to target various species and the captain lists two or more different
species they plan on targeting. If the gear contains more than one hook size that might be a MIX
target. Example: The gear contains 8/0 and 12/0 circle hooks to target Vermilion Snapper- SNV
and small coastal sharks-SHX. The species Vermilion Snapper- SNV and Gray TriggerfishTRG are commonly caught on the same gear type and hook size.
SHX = sharks
GRP = grouper
SNA = snapper
TIL = tilefish
MIX = multiple target species
9 HAUL OBS?: Check box to indicate whether the haul was observed. An observed haul is
defined as a haul where all of the catch hauled and discard information is recorded. An
unobserved haul is defined as a haul where the complete catch and/or discard information is not
collected. If you are unable to go on deck due to safety concern or illness, indicate this by NOT
checking “HAUL OBS?” and record your reason in the COMMENTS section.
10 CATCH?: Check the box if there was anything caught and the haul has any associated
Animal Logs. If the gear is hauled and there is absolutely no catch (“water haul” or “getting
skunked”) indicate this on the haul log by NOT checking “CATCH?”. Record “No Catch” in the
COMMENTS section.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
11 INCIDENTAL TAKE?: Check this box if a marine mammal, sea bird, sawfish, sturgeon, or
sea turtle was caught in this haul. An Incidental Take Log MUST be completed for all marine
mammals caught, a Turtle Life History Form MUST be completed for each sea turtle caught, and
a Protected Species Form MUST be completed for each sea bird, sawfish or sturgeon caught.
12 SPLIT HAUL?: Check box if this haul was a split haul. Refer to split haul section for further
instructions. Note: This will also be reflected in the GEAR COND.
SET BEGIN DATA:
2
1
3
4
1 SET BEGIN DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) the gear is set out.
2 SET BEGIN TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This
is when the first piece of gear (polyball, weight, other line addition or start of the line) ENTERS
the water with the intent to fish.
3 SET BEGIN LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to
the hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes (DDº MM.mmm) when the set begin time is
recorded. NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN
chains. These values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
4 SET BEGIN TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) when the set begin time is
recorded.
LINE ADDITIONS AND OTHER GEARS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 POLYBALLS: Indicate if polyballs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used
in the space.
2 BULLETS: Indicate if bullets (sometimes referred to as Daubs) are used on the gear. If Yes,
record the total amount used in the space.
3 HIGHFLIERS: Indicate if highfliers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. Highfliers are a marker made up of a pole set through a float. One end of the
pole is weighted so that it floats upright. There may be a simple flag, a strobe, reflective tape, a
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
radar reflector or any combination of such attached to the top of the pole to make it more visible.
A highflyer is usually used to mark the beginning and end of the mainline for bottom longlines,
but can sometimes be used as reference points in the gear.
4 ADD. LINE WTS: Indicate if weights are placed along the length of the mainline. These are
sometimes associated with droplines and/or floats. These are external and can be considered
anchors. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space. DROPLINES: Indicate if droplines
are used. Droplines are lines attached to the mainline and a float of some kind. These are usually
used as a reference point, If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
5 DROPLINES: Indicate if droplines are used. Droplines are lines attached to the mainline and
a float of some kind. These are usually used as a reference point, If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space.
6 HOOKTIMERS: Indicate if hooktimers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. These are usually used for special projects and will come with instructions.
7 OTHER: Indicate if line additions, other then what is listed, are used. Record other types in
the comments section. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
8 TDRs: Indicate if TDRs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
These are usually used for special projects and will come with instructions.
HAUL DETAILS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 MAINLINE LENGTH: Record the length, to the nearest tenth of a nautical mile
(NM), of the main line for this set. Use available electronics or calculate. Note: 1 nautical mile ≈
6080 feet.
Average Set Speed (KTS or NM/HR) * Set Duration (HRS) = Length (NM).
2 SET SPEED: Record the speed of the vessel, to the nearest tenth of a knot (KTS), during the
setting of the gear. This should be the average speed obtained from available electronics or
calculation. Most GPS units will provide speed in knots, including the ones provided. Can be
calculated by mainline length/set duration.
3 MIN. SET DEPTH: Record the minimum depth, to the nearest foot (FT), of the location
where the gear was set. This can be obtained from the vessel's instruments or the captain. If
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
unable to record the depth because the vessel does not have the necessary electronics,
COMMENT on haul and trip logs. Note: 1 fathom ≈ 6 feet.
4 MAX. SET DEPTH: Record the maximum depth, to the nearest foot (FT), of the location
where the gear was set. This can be obtained from the vessel's instruments or the captain. If
unable to record depth because vessel does not have the necessary electronics, COMMENT on
haul and trip logs.
5 TOTAL ADD. WEIGHT: Record the total weight of additional line weights, to the nearest
pound (LB) for this haul. This is the amount of weight attached to the mainline.
6 TOTAL HOOKS SET: Record the amount of hooks set for this haul.
BAIT INFORMATION:
1
2
3
4
5
1 NUMBER: Record the amount of individual baits used on this haul (hook number should =
bait number). The highest amount of bait used should be listed as bait #1. If more than five baits
are used, note the other baits in the COMMENTS. If hooks are being double baited this is still
one bait used and the LBS should reflect the additional bait, a comment should also be made.
2 LBS: Record to the nearest pound (lbs.) the estimated total weight of bait used during the haul.
Actual weight is acceptable. If the vessel is using Chum COMMENT the estimated total weight
used during the haul and the kind of bait used in the chum.
3 KIND: Record the code that identifies the bait used.
14 = Flatfish/Flounder
1 = Mackerel
15 = Grouper
2 = Herring/menhaden
16 = Bluefish
3 = Squid
17 = Tilefish
4 = Artificial
18 = Jacks
5 = Sardine
19 = Barracuda
6 = Scad
20 = Mullet
7 = Shark
21 = Ladyfish
8 = Skate/ray
22 = Toadfish
9 = Little tunny/bonita
23 = Eel
10 = Grunts
24 = Drum family
11 = Catfish
25 = Cichlid
12 = Tunas
26 = Hake
13 = Swordfish
27 = Sparidae
28 = Scorpionfish
29 = Lizardfish
30 = Remora
31 = Needlefish
32 = Snapper
33 = Chum
34 = Ballyhoo
97 = Unknown
98 = Unknown fish scraps
99 = Other describe
Note: If scraps of an identifiable species were used, record that species KIND code and
COMMENT the parts used. Grouper stomachs are still KIND 15, add in COMMENTS that
stomachs were used.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
4 TYPE: Record the one-digit code that describes the type of bait used. TYPE CODE 5 is only
used in conjunction with COND CODE 6.
1 = Whole
4 = Chum
2 = Cut
5 = Soak
3 = Live
9 = Other
5 COND: Record the one-digit code that describes the condition of the bait used. If a type of bait
is used in more than one condition record COND 1-4 in the table and record additional
conditions in the COMMENTS. Example: A bait type may be frozen and salted, record COND 1
and COMMENT COND 5.
1 = Frozen
5 = Salted
2 = Semi Frozen
6 = Reused
3 = Thawed
9 = Other
4 = Fresh
SET END DATA:
1
2
4
3
1 SET END DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) that the set was completed.
2 SET END TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This is
when the last line addition or end of line is cast away from the vessel and the set is completed.
3 SET END LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the
hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes at the completion of the set (DDº MM.mmm).
NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains. These
values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
4 SET END TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) at completion of the set.
HAUL BEGIN DATA:
1
2
3
5
6
4
7
8
1 HAUL BEGIN DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) when the retrieval of the gear begins.
2 HAUL BEGIN TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an
hour). This is when the first piece of gear (polyball, weight, other line addition or start of the
line) is pulled ABOARD the vessel.
3 HAUL BEGIN LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to
the hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes (DDº MM.mmm) when the haul begin time is
recorded. NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
chains. These values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
4 SET BEGIN TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) when the haul begin time is
recorded.
5 WEATHER: Record the two-digit code for the weather when the haul begin time is recorded.
01 = Clear
07 = Thunderstorms with lightning
02 = Partly cloudy
08 =Rain with fog
03= Continuous layer of clouds
09 = Fog or thick haze
04= Drizzle
10 = Snow or rain and snow mixed
05 = Continuous Rain
11 = Blowing snow
06 = Intermittent Rain/Showers
99 = Other, please describe in COMMENTS
6 WIND SPEED: Record the MAXIMUM wind speed, in whole knots (kts), when the
haul begin time is recorded. If the value is less than 10, record a 0 in front of the value, 5 kts
should be recorded as 05 kts. If wind is light or wind direction is difficult to determine, record
either “VAR” for variable wind or a dash “-“for undetermined.
7 DIRECTION: Record the 3-digit direction, in compass DEGREES, that the wind is coming
from when the haul begin time is recorded. Wind coming from the northeast should be recorded
as 045. If wind is light or wind direction is difficult to determine, record either “VAR” for
variable wind or a dash “-“for undetermined. The direction north is recorded as 000.
8 MAX WAVE HEIGHT: Record the MAXIMUM wave height, in whole feet (ft.),
when the haul begin time is recorded. If the value is less than 10 record a 0 in front of the value,
5 ft. should be recorded as 05 ft. If the wave height is LESS THAN six inches, record 00.
DELAY:
1
2
3
1 DELAY >20 MINUTES?: Indicate if there was a single event (part offs, mechanical repairs,
tangles or other delays) that is greater than 20 minutes (0.3 hrs.).
2 DETAILS: Describe each delay that was >20 minutes, giving times and detailed descriptions
of the event. Multiple part offs that are under 20 minutes may occur, BUT they are NOT
cumulative and do NOT count towards the total delay. Comment all other delay instances <20
minutes in the haul COMMENTS section.
3 TOTAL TIME LOST (HRS): Record time in Hours to the nearest tenth (20 mins. ≈
00.3HRS).
HAUL END DATA:
1
2
3
4
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
1 HAUL END DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) that the haul is completed.
2 HAUL END TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This
is when the last line addition or end of line returned to the vessel and the haul is completed. If
the line is parted off, tangled, or lost and left in the water more than 6 additional hours, not
recovered or purposely left in the water. The time of part off would be the end of haul time. If
the gear is recovered after 6 hours or being purposely part off this would be a split haul. Refer to
spilt haul section for further instructions.
3 HAUL END LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the
hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes at the completion of the haul (DDº MM.mmm).
NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains. These
values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
4 HAUL END TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) at completion of the haul.
HAUL END CONDITIONS:
1
2
3
4
1 GEAR COND: Indicate the condition of the gear at the completion of the haul back by
recording the most appropriate two-digit code listed below.
60 = No gear damage with greater than 10% hooks lost
61 = No gear damage with less than or equal to 10% hooks lost
62 = Less than 50% fouled gear due to weather/oceanic conditions. Gear tangled, spun up
or otherwise lowered gear fishability.
63 = More than 50% fouled gear due to weather/oceanic conditions. Gear tangled, spun
up or otherwise lowered gear fishability.
64 = Less than 50% fouled gear due to fish on the line. Gear tangled, spun up or
otherwise lowered gear fishability.
65 = More than 50% fouled gear due to fish on the line. Gear tangled, spun up or
otherwise lowered gear fishability
66 = Parted off, gear recovered
67 = Parted off, gear not recovered
68 = Gear completely damaged or lost
69 = Split haul (portion of gear having additional soak time)
70 = Parted off, gear partially recovered
71 = Trip limit reached, gear left in water
99 = Other: Please specify other gear condition in COMMENTS
2 BEHAVIOUR: Indicate the fishing behavior employed with codes list below.
1 = Normal haul (first hook set is first hook hauled)
6 = Other
2 = Reverse haul (last hook set is first hook hauled)
9 = Unknown
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
3 PREDATORS: Record the presence of predators around the vessel during the haulback:
0 = None
1 = Dolphins
2 = Sharks
3 = Sea Birds
4 = Other
5 =Combination (note in comments)
9 = Unknown
4 HOOKS LOST: Record the number of hooks that did not return to the boat. This is directly
related to GEAR COND field and should include "bite offs", and missing hooks. "Cut offs" are
not considered hooks lost and should not be recorded here, this number can be recorded in the
comments.
SPLIT HAULS:
A split haul occurs when a portion of the longline gear has a longer soak time that the rest of it.
This situation may arise with a part off that takes more than 6 hours to recover or when the trip
limit is reached and the line is intentionally parted. In either situation, the haul should be split
into two hauls reflecting the two separate retrievals. The new haul will have the next sequential
haul number unless the trip limit has been reached. If the trip limit is reached and the vessel
returns to the dock the portion with the longer soak time will be on a new trip. In the case where
the set information was observed then the information shall be recorded in the SET DATA; but if
the set was not observed the information, if provided by captain or other means, can be recorded
or commented but the comment “set data was not observed” needs to be included in the
COMMENTS section of the haul log. Note: Gear Condition Code containing “parted off”, mean
unintentional gear breaks or part offs.
In the case of a split haul the original haul can have gear condition codes:
66 = Parted off, gear recovered
70 = Parted off, gear partially recovered
71 = Trip limit reached, gear left in water
Where the second haul of the gear could have gear condition codes:
69: SPLIT Haul (portion of gear having additional soak time)
Example: Reaching the trip limit is common for Large Coastal Shark (LCS) trips because the trip
limit of 33 sharks. Once they catch their limit, the string will be parted off intentionally, the haul
condition code will be 71 and the gear hauled back will be recorded in the split haul information
box. The original set amounts of the gear can be recorded on the HAUL LOG but the gear
amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect the split haul information. The vessel will run back to
the dock and unload their catch.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Haul Log Instructions
06-22
When the vessel starts a new trip and returns to the gear; a new trip and a new haul log
will be created. The two haul logs will contain the same set information, but the haul with the
additional soak time also gets a gear condition code of 69. The original set amounts of the gear
can be recorded on the HAUL LOG but the gear amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect the
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION. The actual amount of gear that is retrieved in this haul is
recorded in the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION box. The SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION from
both hauls should add up to the total amount gear set.
Example: In the case, where the gear is parted off for any reason other than hitting the trip limit.
The haul before the part off would be gear code 66 or 70, and the gear retrieved before the part
off would be entered in the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION box. The original set amounts of the
gear can be recorded on the HAUL LOG but the gear amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect
the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION.
Then if the gear takes more than 6 hours to locate then the recovered gear would be
condition code 69. This would be a new haul and the gear recovered would be entered in the
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION on the new haul. On this new haul, the original set amounts of
the gear can be recorded but the gear amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect
the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION. If the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION from both
hauls add up to the total amount gear set, the original condition code would be 66; otherwise the
condition code would be 70.
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION: Record the amount of gear hauled for the number of
droplines, bullets, polyballs, highfliers, hook timers, or TDRs. Record the amount of mainline,
the number of additional line weights, the weight of additional line weights (lbs.), and the
number of hooks hauled. The bait amounts will be estimated depending on the amount of hooks
hauled. Please note bait number and lbs. in the BAIT INFO section.
COMMENTS: An additional space on the Haul Log for any other comments to help explain
fishing situations. And for additional information relating to the haul. If more space is required,
use the back of the sheet and include "see back" on the front.
In footer:
TDRS: This is for office use only. Once the average temperatures have been downloaded from
the TDRs, they are recorded here so that there is a record with the original data.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Animal Log Instructions
06-22
SBLOP ANIMAL LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains catch information such as: species, live/dead, kept/release, size and sex of
animals caught on sets using shark bottom longline gears. When the target is an elasmobranch,
the Shark Animal Log should be used. Special projects will use unique Animal Logs that best
fit the project. The Animal Logs will follow the Haul Logs with that haul’s catch.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of the Page:
HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 OBS/ TRIP ID: Record the three-character observer (Initials)/trip identifier (3 numbers).
This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
2 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record
“UNNAMED”. Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
3 VESSEL #: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel may
not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the
two-letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and
are not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
4 HAUL #: Record the haul number from the associated HAUL LOG, this should be in
sequence of the total number of hauls for the trip, starting with 1 for the first haul. A haul is
defined as each time a string/gear is set/hauled. Cut/ part offs and gear starts/ends are
indications of new haul numbers. If a line is cut/parted off during the set this should be treated
as two separate sets and hauls, each having its own haul log and associated animal logs. The
haul number should correspond with the associated HAUL LOG.
5 HAUL DATE: Record the month, day, year (MM/DD/YYYY) that the haul back of the
gear begins.
6 PAGE NUMBER: Record this page number, and of the total number of pages used on THIS
HAUL and the associated ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will always be page
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Animal Log Instructions
06-22
1 then the Individual Animal Logs will be numbered sequentially starting with page number
2. If the back of the Haul Log is used, the Animal Logs will start with page number 3. If the
back of this log is not used, then the header would not be filled out and there would not be a
page number. Do not include incidental take logs or turtle forms in this number.
Example: A haul log(one sided) and 5 animal logs, the Animal Logs are recorded as 2 of 6, 3 of
6, 4 of 6, 5 of 6 and 6 of 6
7 SAMPLES TAKEN: Circle YES if there are biological samples taken from any specimens
on that page of the animal log. If there are not or there are pictures taken of any specimen circle
NO.
SPECIES:
1
2
3
1 SPEC #: Specimen numbers start at the beginning of each haul, with a value of 101 and
count sequentially to the end of the haul. This number is used to avoid being misread at the fish
house (100 vs 001) and to avoid duplication with any incidental take specimen numbers (1, 2, 3
etc.). Number incidental takes starting with 001 and number sequentially as encountered
within a single trip. This number should be reflected on the appropriate Incidental Take/
Protected Resource/ Turtle Forms.
2 SPECIES NAME: Record a three-letter abbreviation (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST) for each
species, including marine mammals, sea turtles or sea birds that may be caught incidentally.
Attempt to identify all animals to species. If unsure, use group/family abbreviation (SHX, TUN,
GRP, etc.) and comment on possible species or characteristics.
3 SPECIES CODE: Record the 4-digit species code (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST). If you are
unable to identify a species or a species is unlisted, photograph and fill in group or family
abbreviation.
IF UNSURE ABOUT ID, TAKE PICTURES, LIST ID CHARACTERISTICS AND for
sharks TAKE FINCLIPS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Animal Log Instructions
06-22
FISHING DETAILS:
1
2
3
4
1 STATUS: Indicate the condition of the animal WHEN BOARDED with the codes provided.
If damaged, then record damaged status code, and information about the damage in the damage
section. Code 5 refers to animals that were tended or rehooked from a previous haul or trip, this
will most likely be for a shark trip where the boat has reached quota and they set back sharks
that were brought aboard. If the code 0/unknown is used there should also be a comment.
Status Code
0 = Unknown
1 = Alive
2 = Dead
3 = Alive and Damaged
4 = Dead and Damaged
5 = Previously Caught
6 = Alive and Barotrauma – Swim Bladder/Stomach Protruding
7 = Alive and Barotrauma – Eyes Protruding
8 = Alive and Barotrauma – Both Protruding
2 HOOK LOCATION: Indicate the location that the animal was hooked. For foul hooked
animals, indicate in the comments section whether the hook was in the dorsal fin, pectoral fin,
caudal fin, or some other area. For internally-hooked animals, indicate in the comments section
whether the hook was in the gills/branchial arch or in the gut.
Hook Location Code
0 = None
1 = Mouth/Jaw
2 = Internal (comment location of internal hooking. Example: Left gill arch.)
3 = Foul (comment location of foul hooking. Example: Left Pec.)
9 = Unknown
3 HOOK TYPE: Indicate which style/type of hook the animal was caught on as recorded on
the gear log (1-6). If unknown record 9.
4 ACTION: Record the fate of the animal with a one-digit code. For Code 8, provide a
comment with the percent or portion of animal kept. Multiple codes can be used but additional
code should be in the comments section. Example: A shark is kept for bait but fins are also kept
to sell, record 7 and comment 4. Note: If an animal is kept whole as requested by the observer,
the action would be released dead.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Animal Log Instructions
06-22
Action Code
0 = Unknown
1 = Kept
2 = Released dead
3 = Released alive
4 = Finned and carcass discarded
5 = Lost at surface
6 = Tended / Rehooked
7 = Kept as bait
8 = Portion of carcass kept
9 = Previously kept, discarded dead
ANIMAL DETAILS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 FL (CM): Attempt to obtain a straight-line fork length measurement in centimeters (cm.)
from ALL CATCH. Do not try to piece together animals that have been cut. Estimated lengths
for incidentally taken marine mammals, birds, and turtles should also be recorded here. Actual
measurements will be recorded on the incidental take log, the sea bird life history forms,
protected resource forms or the turtle life history forms. All sharks, tuna and other finfish
species are to be taken as a straight-line fork measurement. Record the curved measured length
of all billfish, swordfish, and turtles to the nearest centimeter (cm.) according to the standards
below. Skates and rays should be measured at their widest point, wing tip to wing tip (disc
width) in centimeters (cm.). Estimated lengths should be taken for animals that are dangerous to
handle, not brought on board, or when there are too many to accurately measure with the time
given. Estimate to the nearest centimeter (cm.) if possible, otherwise estimate to the nearest foot
(ft.) and converted to centimeters (1 foot = 30 cm.). If samples are taken (vertebrae,
reproductive tract, stomach, etc.) then a straight-line measurement MUST be taken. See
Section 1.2.3. in the Observer Manual for figures on proper measurements to take.
2 L CODE: Record the one-digit measurement type code. All sharks, tuna and other finfish
species are to be taken as a straight-line fork measurement, Code 1. Curved line estimates are
only acceptable for sea turtle carapace and swordfish or billfish lengths, Code 2. Estimated
lengths should be taken for all animals that are dangerous to handle, for all animals that are not
brought on board, when there are too many to accurately measure with the time given, or for
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Animal Log Instructions
06-22
protected species in the animal log; use Code 3. If the animal is unknown or not observed
properly use Code 0.
Measurement type Code
0 = Unknown/ No Measurement
1 = Straight line
2 = Curved line
3 = Estimated
3 SEX: Record the code for the sex of this animal. If undeterminable use Code U.
Sex Code
U = Unknown
M = Male
F = Female
4 S CODE: Record the code that describes the maturity stage. If the sex is U (unknown) the S
Code is 0. If code 2 is used, comment the pup count; if possible separate left and right uterus
counts.
Sex Stage Code
0 = Unknown
1 = Calcified claspers (elasmobranchs only)
2 = Pregnant (elasmobranchs only)
4 = Secondary sex characteristic – describe in comments
5 = Suspected mating scars
6 = Other (Or a combination of two or more stages)
7 = Uncalcified claspers (elasmo only)
8 = Attempted to sex, unknown
9 = Did not attempt to sex, unknown
5 DAMAGE: Record the one-digit code for the species that caused the damage. A picture
should be taken of all damaged animals. Damage includes complete bites, scavenging, or any
other type of discernable damage from another animal while that animal is on the gear. If the
species that caused the damage is not recognizable, take pictures of the damage and comment.
If there is no damage, this column should be Code 0. If the damage is caused by an animal that
is also caught, comment Pred and that species number under the animal with damage. And
comment Prey and that species number under the animal that caused the damage. Example: The
lines for species 101 SAS and 102 TIG are tangled together. The tail of species 101 SAS and is
in the mouth of Species 102 TIG. This is recorded as, in the comments of species 101 SAS:
Pred 102, and in the comments of species 102 TIG: Prey 101.
Cause Code
0 = None
1 = Shark (SHX)
2 = Dolphin (MDO)
3 = Bird (BRD)
4 = Squid (SQI) (describe)
5 = Crustacean (CRU)
6 = Teleost (TEL)
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Animal Log Instructions
06-22
7 = Fishing Gear
8 = Other
9 = Unknown
6 D CODE: Record the code for the amount/percentage of damage. A picture should be taken
of all damaged animals. If unsure about the percentage of damage, take a picture and comment.
If there is no damage use Code 0.
Amount Code
0 = None
1 = <10% damaged, including gills eaten out
2 = 25% damaged, or bitten up to the pelvic/anal fins
3 = 50% damaged, or bitten up to the pectoral fins
4 = 75% damaged, or bitten up to gills
5 = >90% damaged, or just the head
6 = Unknown
ADDITIONAL DETAILS:
1
2
3
1 COMMENT: Record any information about an individual animal. A larger space is available
at the bottom at the Log, be sure to include SPEC# in this space. Examples of comments
include incidental take details, distinguishing characteristics for identification, if an individual
has damage, what type of damage, was damage caused by another animal on the line, or any
information about scenarios relating to the catch. For any teleost encountered, comment Vented
Y or Vented N if venting happened or not; and comment weight and w-code is able to weigh.
Also record the complete tag number in the comments (including any alpha prefix) if an animal
is tagged then released, include Tag Code 1, Tagged and released alive. If an animal is already
tagged and to be released healthy, attempt to re-tag and comment both tag numbers (taking a
clear picture is also preferred), and include Tag Code 2, Retagged and released alive. If an
animal is already tagged and to be kept or discarded dead, request that the dead tagged animal
be brought on board so that information about the animal and tag number can be recorded. If
this is a tagged shark, comment the tag number, other necessary information, and take a
vertebra, reproductive, stomach, and fin clip sample; include Tag Code 3, Recaptured and
kept/released dead. (The fishers can report the tag for reward, most likely a T-shirt, if they
wish; otherwise the observer may report the tag and comment that the tag was reported.)
Tag State Code
1 = Tagged and released alive
2 = Retagged and released alive
3 = Recaptured and kept/released dead
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP Animal Log Instructions
06-22
2 SAMPLING BARCODE: Adhere the barcode sticker for the sampled animal in the
appropriate box on the animal log. This number/barcode should be the same as on the sample
check in form and on the sample labels. When using the barcodes follow the barcode
instructions (see section 8.3 of the Observer Manual). The barcodes used on a deployment
should be sent in with the sample check in sheet.
3 SAMPLES TAKEN: Check the boxes for each type of samples taken (Vertebrae,
Reproductive (includes shark reproductive tract), Stomach, Fin clip, Fins, and Whole) for the
individual animal. If a reproductive sample is taken, always take a vertebrae sample as
well. Note that Fins and Whole samples should only be taken for special requests or studies.
Also check the photo box to record if a picture was taken of that animal, this is not considered a
sample taken.
Trip ID:
TRIP SUMMARY
(This will be the cover sheet to your trip datasheets)
Obs Trip #:
Vessel name:
Vessel #:
Owner/Captain Name:
# of Crew:
Incidental Take: Y / N
If Yes, what set number(s):
Biological Samples Taken: Y / N
Departure Date:
mm/dd/yyyy
Return Date:
mm/dd/yyyy
Sea Days:
Time:
Time:
Number of Sets:
:
Check In Sheet Included: Y / N
Departure Port:
:
City, State
Return Port:
City, State
False Strike: Y / N
Target (GN): SHARK / TELEOST/ MIX
Target (Reef and Shark):
SRF □ SHX □ SADL □ SARF □ OTHER □
Weigh out location:
Weigh out copy included:
Y/N
Invoice: For trips two or more sea days. Fill out observer fields, leave invoice with captain/owner.
N/A
Left completed with captain/owner
Vessel accommodations:
Head: Y / N
AC and/or Heat: Y / N (circle which applies)
Bunk: Y / N
Bunk Location:
Fresh Water and/or Shower: Y / N (circle which applies)
Infections: Y / N
Comments:
Stand by Days:
Data entry:
Debrief:
Data received:
/
/
/
/
/
Dbase proofed:
Invoice filed:
/
/
/
/
/
/ NA
7/19/2022
(office only)
GEAR ID _____
LONGLINE GEAR LOG
OBS/TRIP NUMBER
VESSEL NAME
GEAR NUMBER
MAINLINE
# OF HAULS
COLOR
VESSEL NUMBER
AVG. # HOOKS
TEST
LBS
□
□
DIAMETER
.
MM
POLYBALLS
STRANDS
AVG. LENGTH
.
NM
BULLETS
LBS
HIGHFLIERS
MM
OTHER
□
□
DROPLINES
□
COLOR
TEST
MATERIAL
DIAMETER
.
TOTAL # HOOKS (trip start)
LINE ADDITIONS
MATERIAL
GANGIONS
DATE LANDED (mm/dd/yyyy)
TDRs
□
□
ADD. WEIGHTS
□
HOOK TIMERS
SWIVELS PER GANGION
AVG. LENGTH
FT
AVG. #
DISTANCE BETWEEN GANGIONS
□
LEADERS USED?
TEST
HOOK
LBS
BRAND
FT
MATERIAL
LENGTH
IN
TYPE
SIZE
1
2
3
4
5
6
/0
/0
/0
/0
/0
/0
AVG. DROPLINE LENGTH
FT
DISTANCE BETWEEN DROPLINES
FT
INDICATE LOCATION OF HAULING
STATION ON VESSEL DIAGRAM
MODEL
OFFSET
DEGREE
□
□
□
□
□
□
COMMENTS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SBLOP Gear log Revised 04-21
HAUL ID _____________
M
D
D
Y
TRIP ID
GEAR CODE
SET DATA
VESSEL NAME
GEAR NUMBER
DATE
M
TARGET
TIME
M
D
D
Y
Y
LINE ADDITIONS AND OTHER GEARS
□
HIGHFLIERS □
DROPLINES □
OTHER □
HAUL OBS?
□
°
MAINLINE LENGTH
□
ADD. WEIGHTS □
HOOK TIMERS □
TDRs □
BULLETS
DATE
SET SPEED
.
.
.
D
D
Y
Y
NM
KTS
FT
MAX. SET DEPTH
FT
HAUL DATA DATE
M
D
D
Y
Y
ENVIRONMENTAL
□
DELAY >20 MINUTES?
WEATHER
LBS
KTS
.
LBS
.
W
KIND
TYPE
2
3
4
5
.
TEMP (°F)
°
N
.
.
TEMP (°F)
°
N
WIND DIRECTION
.
W
.
.
W
MAX. WAVE HT.
FT
.
TOTAL TIME LOST (HRS)
M
TIME
D
D
Y
Y
HAUL END
LATITUDE
LONGITUDE
°
:
.
°
N
TEMP (°F)
.
PREDATORS
HOOKS LOST
COMMENTS:
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
POLYBALLS
MAINLINE
HIGHFLIERS
Office Use Only:
NUM
.
ADD. WEIGHTS
DROPLINES
ADD. WEIGHT
BULLETS
HOOK TIMERS
TDRs
HOOKS HAULED
TDRs start:_____ middle:_____ end:_____
1
NM
LBS
BAIT INFO
BEHAVIOUR
.
W
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION (gear hauled)
GEAR COND.
COND
DETAILS:
DATE
M
□
TEMP (°F)
LONGITUDE
°
SPEED
SPLIT HAUL?
1
LATITUDE
:
HAUL BEGIN
□
LONGITUDE
°
TIME
M
INCIDENTAL TAKE?
NUMBER
LATITUDE
:
SET END
□
°
N
MIN. SET DEPTH
TOTAL ADD. WEIGHT
TIME
M
CATCH?
LONGITUDE
TOTAL HOOKS SET
M
PAGE 1 of ____
VESSEL #
LATITUDE
:
SET BEGIN
POLYBALLS
□
Y
DATE LANDED
HAUL #
SAMPLES TAKEN?
BAIT INFO
M
LONGLINE HAUL LOG
2
3
4
5
SBLOP Haul log Revised 04-21
LBS
VESSEL #
HAUL DATE
mm/dd/yyyy
PAGE
_____ OF _____
SAMPLES
Y/N
PHOTO
WHOLE
FINS
SAMPLING
BARCODE
STOM
COMMENT
REPRO
SAMPLES TAKEN
VERT
S CODE
SEX
FL (CM)
L CODE
ACTION
CODE
TYPE
NAME
LOCATION
SPEC #
STATUS
HOOK
SPECIES
HAUL #
D CODE
VESSEL NAME
DAMAGE
OBS/TRIP ID
ANIMAL LOG
SHARK ANIMAL LOG
FIN CP
HAUL ID_________
COMMENTS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SBLOP Animal log Revised 08-18
VESSEL #
HAUL DATE
mm/dd/yyyy
PAGE
SAMPLES
______ OF ______
Y/N
PHOTO
WHOLE
FINS
SAMPLING
BARCODE
STOM
COMMENT
REPRO
SAMPLES TAKEN
VERT
S CODE
SEX
FL (CM)
L CODE
ACTION
CODE
TYPE
NAME
LOCATION
SPEC #
STATUS
HOOK
SPECIES
HAUL #
D CODE
VESSEL NAME
DAMAGE
OBS/TRIP ID
ANIMAL LOG
SHARK ANIMAL LOG
FIN CP
HAUL ID_________
COMMENTS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SBLOP Animal log Revised 08-18
South Atlantic Reef Fish
Observer Program Manual
Created by Samantha Faller, Dana Jordan, Bradley Smith, & Alyssa Mathers
July 2022
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Laboratory
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
NOAA Fisheries Panama City South Atlantic Reef Fish Trip Summary Form
06-22
TRIP SUMMARY INSTRUCTIONS
The Trip Summary Log is to be the cover sheet of any bottom longline trip data. It is to be filled
out after the trip. If multiple trips are conducted on the same vessel, there must be a trip summary
for each trip.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record the appropriate dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
OBS TRIP #: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials) and trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”.
Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
VESSEL #: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel may not
have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the twoletter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and are not
the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
OWNER/CAPTAIN NAME: Record the first and last name of the person responsible for daily
vessel operations, and circle whether this is the owner, captain, or both of the vessel, if both are
yes, a circle is not necessary.
# OF CREW: Record number of persons onboard including the captain, but not including
observer
INCIDENTAL TAKE Y / N: Indicate whether incidental take was caught (marine mammal,
sea turtle, sawfish, sturgeon or sea bird) by circling the appropriate letter.
IF YES, WHAT SET NUMBER(S): Record which set/haul numbers that an incidental take was
caught.
BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES TAKEN Y / N: Indicate whether biological samples were taken
during this trip by circling the appropriate letter.
CHECK IN SHEET INCLUDED Y / N: Indicate whether a sample check in form was used for
this trip by circling the appropriate letter.
DEPARTURE DATE & TIME: Record the month, day, year and time that the vessel left the
dock and the trip began (mm/dd/yyyy). Record time on a 24-hour clock.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City South Atlantic Reef Fish Trip Summary Form
06-22
DEPARTURE PORT: Record the city and the state (comment the specific dock location, if
available) where the vessel left the dock and the trip began.
RETURN DATE & TIME: Record the month, day, year, and time that the vessel returned to the
dock and the trip ended (mm/dd/yyyy). Record time on a 24-hour clock.
RETURN PORT: Record the city and the state (comment the specific dock location, if
available) where the vessel returned to the dock and the trip ended.
SEA DAYS: Record the number of days spent at sea, this includes any steaming and
active fishing. One (1) sea day is tallied for any amount of time spent at sea, even if less than 24
hours. If the vessel leaves the dock, fishes, returns and then sails again on the same day; each trip
would be recorded as one sea day but only one sea day will be counted towards sea day
coverage. If a vessel leaves the dock and returns without setting and/or retrieving gear this would
be a false strike. In the Shark Research Fishery, there would be a false strike if a boat leaves the
dock and returns without fishing and there is more than a day until the vessel leaves the dock
again.
NUMBER OF SETS: Record the total amount of sets/hauls done during the trip. Include all
sets/hauls, whether they were observed or not.
FALSE STRIKE Y / N: A false strike is when a vessel leaves the dock and returns without
setting and/or retrieving gear. Indicate whether a false strike occurred by circling the appropriate
letter. If the trip is a false strike this would be 1 sea day and the next trip would be the next trip
ID. In the Shark Research Fishery, there would be a false strike if a boat leaves the dock and
returns without fishing and there is more than a day until the vessel leaves the dock again. On a
false strike trip there will only be a TRIP Summary log, no other logs are used.
TARGET (GN): For use on gillnet trips only.
TARGET (Reef and Shark): Record the three-letter species abbreviation for the species being
targeted with the gear type. This information is obtained from the captain prior to fishing
activity. If the specific species being targeted is known, use the species specific code (ex. SSB =
sandbar, YEG = yellowedge grouper). If the vessel is targeting small coastal sharks or large
coastal sharks use SHX and comment details. MIX targets should only happen if one gear is
targeting more than one different class of species at one time (ex. SAS and SMK are being
targeted).
SHX = sharks
GRP = grouper
SNA = snapper
TIL = tilefish
MIX = multiple target species
Example: If a gear has three 8/0 hooks for snapper and one 14/0 hook at the end for grouper,
then this would be a TEL target. If they are using a gear with all 8/0 hooks to target snapper and
then use the same gear to target a mixture of snapper and grouper, this would still just be SNA
target. Target is for the PREDOMINANT target species, despite what else they may hope to
catch with that rigging.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City South Atlantic Reef Fish Trip Summary Form
06-22
TARGET SPECIFICATION: Record whether the trip is fishing for sharks within the sandbar
research fishery (SRF) or whether this trip is a grouper set for deep-water (DEEP GRP) or
shallow-water (SHALLOW GRP).
WEIGH OUT LOCATION: Record the location that the weigh out of the catch from the trip
was done. Name of the fish house, dealer, and/or dock would be ideal. If this is a private sell,
record “private sell” or the name of the buyer. If this is unknown, record N/A. In the SRF, a
copy of the weigh out is required.
COPY INCLUDED Y / N: Indicate whether a copy of the weigh out is included with the trip
data or not. Every effort to obtain a copy of the weigh out form should be made, if a paper copy
cannot be obtained, a photograph is acceptable. In the SRF, a copy of the weigh out is required.
If the weigh out occurs after the observer has left the area, the captain/owner/dealer/fish house
can fax (850-235-3559), mail (3500 Delwood Beach Rd Panama City, FL 32408) or email a
copy of the weigh out to the observer coordinator.
INVOICE: Indicate whether the reimbursement invoice is left with the captain or not applicable.
If the trip is one sea day and/or there was no food available/offered to the observer, an invoice
should not be issued and N/A should be recorded. Otherwise issue a invoice. It is the observer’s
responsibility to give the form to the owner/captain after the trip. The observer should fill
out their Observer Trip ID, observer name, vessel name, dates of the trip, meal expenses, and
total cost. Be sure to get captain/owner SS# and signature! The observer can turn in the
reimbursement invoice with their data, or the owner/captain can mail or fax a copy to the
observer coordinator. Multiple trips on the same vessel can be included in one invoice. Be sure to
record which trip the invoice is included with.
VESSEL ACCOMMODATIONS: Record observations about the vessel and vessel
accommodations including the presence or absence of a head, AC or heat, a bunk and bunk
location, fresh water, shower, and infections and cleanliness of crew. These observations are for
the observer and the observer program only, and will help with future coverage of the vessel. In
the case of an either or option, circle the option that fits the yes observation, if both are yes, a
circle is not necessary.
COMMENTS: Record any comments about the trip, the vessel, the crew, or any observations
about the catch. Information on drug/alcohol use by the captain or crew should be recorded here
as well. Please use the comments section liberally. If more space is required, use the back of the
sheet and include "see back" on the front.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
Gear Log
VERTICAL LINE GEAR LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains detailed descriptions about vertical line gear that is used during a trip. This gear
log describes the average set up of the gear used on all the hauls with that same gear
configuration. Each gear log is numbered consecutively starting from gear number 1. Significant
changes such as target or type of power between hauls may result in a new gear log.
SKETCHES OF THE GEAR CONFIGURATIONS ARE REQUIRED.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record the appropriate dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of Page:
GEAR ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
5
2
6
4
3
7
8
9
1 OBS/ TRIP NUMBER: Record the three character observer identifier (Initials)/trip identifier
(3 numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip. Example:
ABC001.
2 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”.
Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
3 VESSEL NUMBER: Record the six digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The
vessel may not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and
include the two letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the
vessel and are not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number. Example: USCG
documentation number: 234567 or State registration number:
FL2345XX
4 DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and year that the vessel returned to the dock/port
(mm/dd/yyy). This may not be the same day fish were unloaded and sold.
Example: 01/01/2020
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
Gear Log
5 GEAR NUMBER: Record the consecutive number assigned to each gear configuration.
Additional gear logs would be used in the following cases:
•
change in the reel power/type (hydraulic bandit vs electric bandit vs handline)
•
change in the target species (SNV to GRP)
NOTE: A new gear log is NOT needed when hook size, reel mount or leader characteristics
change. Such changes are documented by a new type configuration labeled as A-F.
Example: A gear log is created for Gear 1 which consists of two electric bandit reels with
identical configurations. The boat changes one electric bandit reel to target GRP, while the other
electric bandit reel is still targeting SNV. A second gear log would then be completed to reflect
this change (Gear 2). Later the deckhand switches to fishing with a rod and reel. A third gear log
would then need to be completed (Gear 3).
6 GEAR CODE: Record the three digit code for the gear fished during this haul.
610 = Handlines and Other Gear
611 = Hand Crank Rod & Reel
612 = Hand Crank Bandit
613 = Hydraulic/ Electric Bandit
616 = Electric Rod & Reel
660 = Hand Trolling
661 = Power Trolling
7 TARGET: Record the three letter species abbreviation for the species being target with the
gear type. This information is obtained from the captain prior to fishing activity. If the specific
species being targeted is known, use the species specific code (ex. SSB = sandbar, YEG =
yellowedge grouper). MIX targets should only happen if one gear is targeting more than one
different species at one time.
GRP = grouper
SNA = snapper
TIL = tilefish
MIX = multiple target species
Example: If a gear has three 8/0 hooks for snapper and one 14/0 hook at the end for grouper, then
this would be a MIX target. If they are using a gear with all 8/0 hooks to target snapper and then
use the same gear to target a mixture of snapper and grouper, this would still just be SNA target.
Target is for the PREDOMINANT target species, despite what else they may hope to catch with
that rigging.
8 # OF HAULS: Record the number of hauls that the gear was used in (as in how many).
9 TOTAL # HOOKS (trip start): Record the total number of hooks onboard at the start of the
trip. This is NOT a sum or average of all hauls. This is a count at the start of the trip of all the
assembled leaders with hooks, including all hooks in boxes, which might be used to fish. This
may be obtained from the captain.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
MAINLINE:
1
2
Gear Log
3
4
5
1 COLOR: Record the color of the main line by writing the numerical code (1-9). If more than
one color is present assign the code of 7(multi). Steel mainlines are given the code 9(other).
Describe the codes 7 and 9 in the COMMENTS field.
COLOR CODES:
1 CLEAR
6 BLUE
2 WHITE
7 MULTI (for any mixture of colors)
3 PINK
8 RED
4 BLACK
9 OTHER (describe in comments)
5 GREEN
2 TEST: Record the test or dry breaking strength of the main line in pounds (LBS). This
information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer label.
General ranges found are 20-400 lbs. If the measure of the test or the diameter of the line is
unable to be verified, use the following chart to estimate either for the other. This is for
MONOFILAMENT line only.
Monofilament line
diameter
test
mm bin
50 0.60-0.69
60 0.70-0.79
80 0.80-0.89
100 0.90-0.99
130 1.00-1.19
150 1.20-1.39
200 1.40-1.59
250 1.60-1.79
300 1.80-2.00
3 MATERIAL: Record the material of the mainline use by writhing the numerical code (1-4).
Describe other materials in COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES
1 NYLON
2 COTTON
3 STEEL WIRE/CABLE
9 OTHER
4 DIAMETER: Record to the nearest tenth of a millimeter (mm) the diameter of the mainline. If
unable to measure, refer to the test/diameter chart, and submit a labeled sample piece with your
data. This may be obtained from the captain.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
Gear Log
5 STRANDS: Record the number of strands of material that make up the mainline. Nylon
(monofilament) should be 1 strand. Steel wire is usually 7x7, which should be 49 strands.
HOOKS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 BRAND: Record the hook brand name in all capital letters and one word. Lindgran/Pitman is
abbreviated as LGPN. This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a
manufacturer label. If this information is unknown or cannot be verified, record UNKNOWN
and take a picture of the hook with the ruler for scale. Record additional hooks, over amount
allotted amount, in comments.
Example: MUSTAD, EAGLECLAW, LGPN (for Lindgren/Pitman), HILINER
2 TYPE: Write in C for circle, J for J-hook, T for treble or L for lure. L is any Jig, Spoon, skirt,
or artificial bait. If the type is Lure, then a picture is required.
3 SIZE: Record the hook size. This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified
from a manufacturer label. Example: 9/0 = nine aught
4 MODEL: Record the hook model or pattern number in one word. For Lindgren/Pitman
(LGPN) black carbon circle hooks, use the code LPCIRBL.
5 OFFSET: Offset refers to the amount of deviation in the plane of the hook point relative to
that of the shank. If yes, check the box. Hooks can be offset manually (by the fishermen) or by
the manufacturer.
6 DEGREES OFFSET: Record the degrees offset to the nearest whole number. This can be
obtained from the manufacturer label or the captain. The standard is 10°. If done manually or the
offset is unknown, estimate the degrees to the nearest whole number and take a picture.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
Gear Log
VESSEL DIAGRAM:
SKETCH: Indicate the general position of the reels being used. Suggested
icons:
¤ Hydraulic Reel
○ Rod and Reel
+ Electric Reel
REELS:
1
7
8
2
3
9
4
10
5
11
6
Record all reel and leader configurations observed. Additional types would be added in the
following cases:
•
•
•
change in the reel mount (portal vs fixed)
change in number of hook
change in number of leaders
There is space provided for up to 6 reel/type configurations. If more than 6 different types are
used, make note of all the requested information for that type in the comments or on addition
sheets of paper as needed. It is acceptable to use the back of the logs, in that case the comment
“see back” is required.
Example: A gear log is created for Gear 1 which consists of three electric bandit reels with
identical configurations (Type A). The crew removes one electric bandit reel from strap to the
side of the boat and starts holding it for the rest of the trip. A second type would then be
completed to reflect this change (Type B). Later one of the leaders is bit off the mainline. The
crew doesn’t replace the missing leader/hook and continues fishing. A third type would then
need to be completed (Type C).
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
Gear Log
1 MOUNT: Record how the reel is being used. . Indicate “Other” type in the comments section.
REEL MOUNT CODES
0 UNKNOWN
1 FIXED
2 PORTABLE
3 OTHER
2 WEIGHTS?: Indicate if there were weights being used on the line rigging or not.
3 COLOR: Record the color of the leader by writing the numerical code (1-9). If more than one
color is present assign the code of 7(multi). Steel mainlines are given the code 9(other). Describe
the codes 7 and 9 in the COMMENTS field.
COLOR CODES:
1 CLEAR
6 BLUE
2 WHITE
7 MULTI (for any mixture of colors)
3 PINK
8 RED
4 BLACK
9 OTHER (describe in comments)
5 GREEN
4 TEST: Record the test or dry breaking strength of the leader in pounds (LBS). This information
can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer label. General ranges
found are 20-400 lbs. If the measure of the test or the diameter of the line is unable to be
verified, use the following chart to estimate either for the other. This is for
MONOFILAMENT line only.
Monofilament line
diameter
test
mm bin
50 0.60-0.69
60 0.70-0.79
80 0.80-0.89
100
0.90-0.99
130
1.00-1.19
150
1.20-1.39
200
1.40-1.59
250
1.60-1.79
300
1.80-2.00
5 MATERIAL: Record the material of the mainline use by writhing the numerical code (1-4).
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
Gear Log
Describe other materials in COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES
1 NYLON
2 COTTON
3 STEEL WIRE
9 OTHER
6 DIAMETER: Record to the nearest tenth of a millimeter (mm) the diameter of the leader. If
unable to measure, refer to the test/diameter chart, and submit a labeled sample piece with your
data. This may be obtained from the captain.
7 SPREADER BAR?: Indicate if a spreader bar is being used. Spreader bars typical look like a
bent, L-shaped, metal rod with three circles, 2 at the ends and 1 in the center. They are also
sometimes referred to as “L-bars.”
8 # SWIVELS: Record the number of swivels used. Swivels with three loops are considered to
only be 1 swivel.
9 # HOOKS: Record number of hooks used on one reel configuration. If there are multiple reels
with the same configuration only record the amount of hooks on one configuration.
10 # LEADERS: Record the number of lines off the mainline also known as leaders. If no leader
is used (mainline attached directly to the hook) then number of lines is still one. This number
should equal the number of hook, if it does not record why in the COMMENTS section.
11 LENGTHS 1 & 2: Record the leader lengths to the tenth of a foot (ft) (NOT feet and inches). If
leader lengths differ by LESS THAN 24 inches then this should be recorded as only ONE
length, this is the average of two lengths. If they differ by 24 inches or MORE then this should
be record as TWO different lengths.
Example: Leader 1 measures 12 inches and a second leader on the configuration measures 20
inches; this would be recorded as “Length 1” as an average of both leader measurements, which
is 1.3 feet (20+12/2=16 inches). If leader 1 measures 12 inches and leader 2 measures 48 inches;
this would be recorded as “Length 1” 1.0 decimal feet (12 inches) and “Length 2” 4.0 decimal feet
(48 inches).
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
Gear Log
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS: Use the comments section for any information in addition to what was recorded,
and to explain other or unknown options. If more space is required, it is acceptable to use the
back of the logs, in that case the comment “see back” is required.
GEAR SKETCH: SKETCH THE GEAR/TYPE CONFIGURATIONS. For each configuration
(A-?) make a sketch of what the configuration looks like, be as detailed as possible. Using the
back of this log to sketch configurations is acceptable, in this case the comment “see back” is
required
GEAR SKETCH EXAMPLES
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
VERTICAL LINE HAUL LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains descriptions about all the physical information relating to a location fished
and fishing effort. All Vertical Haul logs will come after the associated Vertical Gear Logs,
ordered in numerical order according to haul number. The Vertical Haul Log will serve as a
cover sheet to the Animal Log/s that will follow with all associated catch.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of Page:
1
2
PAGE 1 of
3
1 HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
2 SAMPLES TAKEN?: Check this box if there are biological samples taken during haulback.
3 PAGE 1 of ___: Record the total number of pages used on THIS HAUL and associated
ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will always be page 1. Each page after will
increase count numerically from 2. If the back of this log is used, then it would be page 2, if
not, it will not get a number. Do not include incidental take log or turtle forms in this number.
HEADER:
1
2
5
4
3
6
7
8
1 OBS/ TRIP NUMBER: Record the three character observer (Initials)/trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip. Example:
ABC001.
2 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”.
Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
3 VESSEL NUMBER: Record the six digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The
vessel may not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and
include the two letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the
vessel and are not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number:
FL2345XX
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
4 DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and year that the vessel returned to the dock/port
(mm/dd/yyyy). This may not be the same day fish were unloaded and sold. Example:
01/01/2020
5 HAUL #: Record the haul number, start with 1 for the first haul and continue sequentially for
all hauls made within a single trip. A haul is defined as each time a reel is dropped and returned
to the boat. The start of a haul is when baited hooks, jigs, or lures enter the water with the intent
to fish. The following are situations/ fishing behaviors that would possible cause a haul to end
and a new haul to start:
Anchored & Motor Fishing
● If there is a change in gear configuration that creates a NEW GEAR log/number, this IS
a new haul. Change in reel type (electric to hand crank) or change in target species.
● If the boat picks up all reels and MOVES to a new location entirely, this is a NEW haul.
A new location is defined as when the captain says “I’m going to try a different spot”,
the other side of a wreck or reef, or the other side of the ridge.
● If the boat picks up the lines to REPOSITION over the same spot and this takes MORE
THAN 20 minutes to start fishing again, this is a NEW haul. If the boat picks up the
reels to reposition over the same spot and this takes LESS THAN 20 minutes, this is
NOT a
new haul and a comment is required in the Effort Data Table.
● If there is a PAUSE for MORE THAN 2 hours in fishing effort and the boat DOES
NOT change position, this IS a new haul. If the pause in fishing effort lasts LESS
THAN 2 hours, this is NOT a new haul. Example: Crew stops fishing to gut and pack
fish. Comment needed in Effort Data Table.
Example: For Haul 1. 2 Electric bandit reels are set out to target Vermilion Snapper “SNV”
both have 10 - 8/0 circle hooks. They start fishing at 0800 and stop at 0900 to change locations.
This would be (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-2As).
Example: For Haul 1. 2 Electric bandit reels are set out to target Vermilion Snapper “SNV”
both have 10 - 8/0 circle hooks. They start fishing at 0800. At 0815 the crew brings out 1
portable Rod & Reel to target Red Grouper “RGR” - which creates a new Gear. All reels stop
fishing at
0900 to change locations. This would be (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-2As) & (Haul 2, Gear 2, Type1A). These hauls would be concurrent of each other and you would need to check the
Concurrent Box and put (1, 2) for the Concurrent Haul # Box.
Example: For Haul 1. 3 electric reels with identical configurations (Gear 1, Type-3As). All are
set out creating (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-3As). The crew removes one mounted electric reel from
its holster and starts holding it for the rest of the trip. Only a second Type would then be
completed to reflect this change (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-2As, Type-1B). Later one of the leaders
from Type-A is bit off the mainline. The crew doesn’t replace the missing leader/hook and
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
continues fishing. A third Type would then need to be completed (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-1A,
Type-1B, Type-1C).
The boat changes reel type C to target GRP, while the other electric reels are still
targeting SNV. A second gear log and haul log would then be completed to reflect this change
(Haul 2, Gear 2, Type-1A).
All lines are reeled back and the boat takes 21 minutes to reposition, this would be a
new haul for all gears and it would not matter where the boat went. Everything is then set out
(Haul 3, Gear 1, Type-1A, Type-1B) & (Haul 4, Gear 2 Type-1A).
Drift & Trolling Fishing
● If there is a change in gear configuration that creates a NEW GEAR log/number, this IS
a new haul. Change in reel type (electric to hand crank) or change in target species.
● If the boat picks up all reels and MOVES to a new location entirely, this is a NEW haul.
A new location is defined as when the captain says “I’m going to try a different spot”,
the other side of a wreck or reef, or the other side of the ridge.
● If fishing lasts for MORE THAN 1 hour. The 1 hour mark IS a new haul.
● If there is a PAUSE for MORE THAN 20 minutes in fishing effort while the boat is
actively moving, this IS a new haul. If the pause in fishing effort lasts LESS THAN 20
minutes, this is NOT a new haul.
● If the boat stops moving and continues to fish, the behavior would change and the
original rules would apply.
Example: For Haul 1. 2 Rod & Reels are set out, both have the same configuration targeting
King Mackerel “KGM”. They start fishing at 0800 and stop at 0900 to change locations. This
would be (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-2As).
Example: For Haul 1. 2 Rod & Reels are set out, both have the same configuration targeting
King Mackerel “KGM”. They start fishing at 0800. At 0815 the crew brings out 1 more Rod &
Reel to target Skipjack Tuna “SKJ”- which creates a new Gear. All reels stop fishing at 0900 to
change locations. This would be (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-2As) & (Haul 2, Gear 2, Type-1A).
These hauls would be concurrent of each other and you would need to check the Concurrent
Box and put (1, 2) for the Concurrent Haul # Box.
Example: For Haul 1. 2 Rod & Reels are set out, both have the same configuration targeting
King Mackerel “KGM”. They start fishing at 0800 and stop at 1000 to change locations. This
would be (Haul 1, Gear 1, Type-2As, from 0800 to 0900) & (Haul 2, Gear 1, Type-2As, from
0900 to 1000) because they hit the 1 hour mark in this type of Behavior of fishing.
6 GEAR #: Record the consecutive number assigned the gear configuration that is associated
with the gear being used to fish during the haul. This number relates directly to the
VERTICAL GEAR LOG gear number.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
7 GEAR CODE: Record the three digit code for the gear fished during this haul.
610 = Handlines and other gear
616 = Electric Rod & Reel
611 = Hand Crank Rod & Reel
660 = Hand Trolling
612 = Hand Crank Bandit
661 = Power Trolling
613 = Hydraulic/Electric Bandit
8 TARGET: Record the primary species being targeted in the haul using the three character
code abbreviations. This information is obtained from the captain PRIOR to fishing activity.
If the specific species being targeted is known, use the species specific code (ex. SSB =
sandbar, YEG = yellowedge grouper). NOTE: A change in target species will require an
additional Gear Log and Haul log. MIX targets should only be used if one gear is being used
to target various species and the captain lists two or more different species they plan on
targeting. If the gear contains more than one hook size that would be a MIX target. Example:
The gear contains 8/0 and 12/0 circle hooks to target Vermilion Snapper- SNV and Red
Grouper-RGR. The species Vermilion Snapper- SNV and Gray Triggerfish- TRG are
commonly caught on the same gear type and hook size.
GRP = grouper
SNA = snapper
TIL = tilefish
MIX = multiple target species
SET DATA:
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
7
9
12
10
11
13
1 SET BEGIN DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) the gear is set out.
2 SET BEGIN TIME: Record the local time (24 hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This
is when a baited hook ENTERS the water with the intent to fish.
3 HAUL OBS?: Check the box to indicate that the haul was observed. An observed haul is
defined as a haul where all of the catch hauled and discard information is recorded. An
unobserved haul is defined as a haul where the complete catch and/or discard information is not
collected. If you are unable to go on deck due to safety concern or illness, indicate this by NOT
checking the box and record your reason in the COMMENTS section.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
4 CATCH?: Check the box if there was anything caught on a hook and the haul has any
associated Animal Logs. If the gear is hauled and there is absolutely no catch (“water haul” or
“getting skunked”) indicate this on the haul log by NOT checking “CATCH?”. Record “No
Catch” in the COMMENTS section.
5 INCIDENTAL TAKE?: Check this box if a marine mammal, sea bird, sawfish, sturgeon, or
sea turtle was caught in this haul. An Incidental Take Log MUST be completed for all marine
mammals caught, a Turtle Life History Form MUST be completed for each sea turtle caught,
and a Protected Species Form MUST be completed for each sea bird, sawfish or sturgeon
caught.
6 SET BEGIN LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to
the hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes (DDº MM.mmm) when the set begin time is
recorded. NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN
chains. These values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
7 SET BEGIN TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) at when the set begin time is
recorded.
8 SET END DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) that the haul was completed.
9 SET END TIME: Record the local time (24 hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This is
when the gear returns to the boat and the haul is completed.
10 APPROX FISHING DEPTH: Record the approximate depth, in feet (ft.), at which the
reels are being held in the water column. This can be obtained from the captain.
11 DEPTH: Record the bottom depth, in feet (ft.), where the vessel BEGINS fishing. This can
be obtained from the vessel's instruments or the captain.
12 SET END LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the
hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes at the completion of the haul (DDº MM.mmm).
NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains. These
values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
13 SET END TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) at completion of the haul.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
ENVIRONMENTAL/GEAR CONDITION:
1
5
2
6
3
7
4
8
9
10
1 WEATHER: Record the 2 digit code for the weather condition when the set begin time is
recorded.
01 = Clear
07 = Thunderstorms with lightning
02 = Partly cloudy
08 = Rain with fog
03 = Continuous layer of clouds
09 = Fog or thick haze
04 = Drizzle
10 = Snow or rain and snow mixed
05 = Continuous Rain
11 = Blowing snow
06 = Intermittent Rain/Showers
99 = Other, please describe in COMMENTS
2 SPEED: Record the MAXIMUM wind speed, in whole knots (kts.), when the set begin time
is recorded. If the value is less than 10, record a 0 in front of the value, 5 kts. should be
recorded as 05 kts.
3 WIND DIRECTION: Record the 3 digit direction, in compass DEGREES, that the wind is
coming from when the set begin time is recorded. Wind coming from the northeast should be
recorded as 045. If wind is light or wind direction is difficult to determine, record either “VAR”
for variable wind or a dash “-“for undetermined. The direction north is recorded as 000.
4 MAX WAVE HEIGHT: Record the MAXIMUM wave height, in whole feet (ft.), when the
set begin time is recorded. If the value is less than 10 record a 0 in front of the value, 5 ft.
should be recorded as 05 ft. If the wave height is LESS THAN six inches, record 00.
5 GEAR COND: Indicate the condition of the gear at the COMPLETION of the haul by
recording the most appropriate 2 digit code.
60 = No gear damage with greater than 10% hooks lost
61 = No gear damage with less than or equal to 10% hooks lost
68 = Gear completely damaged or lost
72 = More than 50% gear lost
73 = Less than 50% gear lost
99 = Other: Please specify other gear condition in COMMENTS
6 BEHAVIOR: Indicate the fishing behavior employed DURING the haul with a 1 digit code.
Refer to the HAUL section for the definitions and rules associated with the different behavior
types. Note: 6 or other can be multiple behaviors and a comment is required.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
3 = Anchored - Anchor holding position
4 = Drifting - No one is manning the wheel, not holding a position
5 = Trolling - Pulling lines behind the vessel while manning a course of direction
6 = Other - comment required
7 = Motor fishing - Manning the wheel to hold position
9 = Unknown - comment required
7 HOOKS LOST: Record the number of hooks that did not return to the boat. This is directly
related to GEAR COND field and should include "bite offs", and missing hooks. "Cut offs" are
not considered hooks lost and should not be recorded here, this number can be recorded in the
comments.
8 PREDATORS: Record the presence of predators around the vessel during the haulback:
0 = None
1 = Dolphins
2 = Sharks
3 = Sea Birds
4 = Other
5 = Combination (comment required)
6 = unknown (comment required)
9 CONCURRENT HAUL?: Check the box if there are more than one hauls going at the same
time.
Example: 3 Electric bandit reels are set out creating (Haul 1, Gear 1, Types A, B, C). The boat
changes reel type C to target GRP, while the other electric bandit reels are still targeting SNV.
A second gear log and haul log would then be completed to reflect this change (Haul 2, Gear 2,
Type A). This second gear log would be a CONCURRENT haul with haul 1, the box on both
haul logs would be checked.
All lines are reeled back and the boat changes position before fishing starts again. This
would be a new haul for all gears. Everything is then set out (Haul 3, Gear 1, Type A, B) &
(Haul 4, Gear 2, Type A). Then the deckhand adds a rod and reel. A third gear log and another
haul log would then need to be completed (Haul 5, Gear 3, Type A). This new haul log would
also be CONCURRENT to Hauls 3 and 4, because they are all going on at the same time.
10 HAUL #: Record all the haul numbers of the hauls that are running concurrently.
Example: Everything is set out (Haul 3, Gear 1, Type A, B) & (Haul 4, Gear 2 Type A). Then
the deckhand adds a rod and reel. A third gear log and another haul log would then need to be
completed (Haul 5, Gear 3, Type A). These 3 hauls are concurrent and the box would be
checked. On Haul 3, the box HAUL # should be filled in with 3, 4, 5 and on Haul 4, the box
HAUL # should be filled in with 3, 4, 5. Haul 5, the box HAUL # should be filled in with 3, 4,
5.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
BAIT INFORMATION:
1
2
3
4
Note: The number of individual baits used is not required to be recorded for this fishery.
1 LBS: Record to the nearest pound (lbs.) the estimated total weight of bait used during the
haul. Actual weight is acceptable. The highest amount of bait used should be listed as bait #1. If
more than five baits were used, note other baits in the COMMENTS. If the vessel is using
Chum COMMENT the estimated total weight used during the haul and the kind of bait used in
the chum.
2 KIND: Record the code that identifies the bait used.
14 = Flatfish/Flounder
1 = Mackerel
15 = Grouper
2 = Herring/menhaden
16 = Bluefish
3 = Squid
17 = Tilefish
4 = Artificial
18 = Jacks
5 = Sardine
19 = Barracuda
6 = Scad
20 = Mullet
7 = Shark
21 = Ladyfish
8 = Skate/ray
22 = Toadfish
9 = Little tunny/bonita
23 = Eel
10 = Grunts
24 = Drum family
11 = Catfish
25 = Cichlid
12 = Tunas
26 = Hake
13 = Swordfish
27 = Sparidae
28 = Scorpionfish
29 = Lizardfish
30 = Remora
31 = Needlefish
32 = Snapper
33 = Chum
34 = Ballyhoo
97 = Unknown
98 = Unknown fish scraps
99 = Other describe
Note: If scraps of an identifiable species were used, record that species KIND code and
COMMENT the parts used. Grouper stomachs are still KIND 15, add in COMMENTS that
stomachs were used.
3 TYPE: Record the one digit code that describes the type of bait used.
1= Whole
4 = Chum
2= Cut
9 = Other
3 = Live
4 COND: Record the one digit code that describes the condition of the bait used. If a type of
bait is used in more than one condition record COND 1-4 in the table and record additional
conditions in the COMMENTS. Example: A bait type may be frozen and salted, record COND
1 and COMMENT COND 5.
1 = Frozen
3 = Thawed
2 = Semi Frozen
4 = Fresh
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
5 = Salted
6 = Reused
9 = Other (COMMENT required)
COMMENTS: An additional space on the Haul Log for any other comments to help explain
fishing situations. And for additional information relating to the haul.
EFFORT DATA:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
The effort data is used to calculate the total hook hours, which is the amount of time a hook
was in the water and actively fishing.
HEADER:
1 AVE REELS: This is the average number of reels fished; this value is taken from the
electronic effort data calculation excel sheet.
2 AVE HOOKS: This is the average number of hooks fished; this value is taken from the
electronic effort data calculation excel sheet.
3 TOTAL TIME: This is the total change in time; this value is taken from the electronic
effort data calculation excel sheet.
4 TOTAL HOOK HOURS: This is the total amount of hook hours; this value is taken
from the electronic effort data calculation excel sheet.
5 % OF CONFIGS: This is the percentage of time that each configuration was used during
the time fished; this value is taken from the electronic effort data calculation excel sheet.
FISHING EFFORT:
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
6 TIME: Record the time when a change in the fishing effort or the fishing gear type was
made. If the behavior of the boat is motor fishing or trolling, when to record the time does
not change but the rules for a new haul does (see HAUL section).The time should be
recorded in the following situations:
● If the Gear Type (A-F) changes or is added.
● If a new reel/hooks are added to the water during the haul with the same gear number.
● If the reels/hooks are brought up because of catch or loss of bait and the time out of the
water is the time is MORE THAN 3 minutes, this time IS recorded in the Fishing Effort
section of the Haul Log, the time should be recorded as when the reel brought up and
redropped and a comment is needed to describe the change. If this time is LESS THAN
3 minutes, then the change in effort is not affected and the time is NOT recorded.
● If the boat picks up the lines to reposition and takes LESS THAN 20 minutes, this is
NOT a new haul. This time IS to be recorded in this Fishing Effort section of the
Haul Log, the time should be recorded as when the reel is brought up and redropped and a comment is needed to describe the change. If the pause takes MORE
THAN 20 minutes, this IS a new haul.
● If there is a pause of LESS THAN 2 hours with all the lines out of the water and the
boat does not move. This time IS to be recorded in this Fishing Effort section of the
Haul Log, the time should be recorded as when the reel is brought up and re-dropped
and a
comment is needed to describe the reason for the pause. Ex: Crew gutting and packing
fish. If this pause is MORE THAN 2 hours, this IS a new haul.
Example:
A gear log is created for Gear 1 which consists of three electric bandit reels with
identical configurations (Gear 1, 3 Type As). All are set out creating Haul 1 (Gear 1, 3 Type
As, Haul 1). During Haul 1, 1 of the reels is reeled back and the crew takes 5 minutes to rebait the hook because he needed to cut up more bait, this would be recorded as a change in
time from when the hook left the water to when it was recast.
Another reel is brought back and is out of the water for 11 minutes, while the crew
member eats a snack, this time is recorded when the reel left the water, to when it returned.
The third reel is brought out for a minute to remove a fish and cast back, this is not
recorded.
All the reels are reeled in and are out of the water to reposition for 15 minutes, this
IS recorded from the time when the last of the three reels leaves the water and when the
first of the three reels returns to the water, as long as they all enter the water within 3
minutes of the first one.
Later one of the leaders is bit off the mainline. The crew doesn’t replace the missing
leader/hook and continues fishing. The removal and recast would be recorded as a new gear
type (Gear 1, Type B, Haul 1).
7 # REELS: Record the total number of reels/rods fishing in the given time period.
8 # HOOKS: Record the total number of hooks being fished in the given time period.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
9 CONFIGURATIONS: Record each gear type/configuration being fished in the given time
period. This corresponds with the amount of the gear type and alphabetical gear type code
(A-F) being used in the given time period. (2 reels of type A equals 2A)
10 COMMENTS: Any time a change happens, describe briefly in the comments. If a reel is
added or removed from the water, if a reel type changes, or if fishing pauses for MORE
THAN 3 minutes. At the start of fishing the comment must be “start fishing” and at the end
of fishing the comment must be “end fishing”.
11 ∆ TIME: This is the change in time between each fishing change in the given time
period. This value is taken from the electronic effort data calculation excel sheet.
12 HOOK HOURS: This is the number of hours of the total number of hooks fished in the
given time period. This value is taken from the electronic effort data calculation excel sheet.
EXAMPLE OF EFFORT DATA:
Example: A gear log is created for Gear 1 which consists of three electric bandit reels with
2 hooks each and identical configurations (Gear 1, 3 Type As). All are set out at 0900
creating Haul 1 (Gear 1, 3 Type As, Haul 1). During Haul 1, 1 of the reels is reeled back
at 0910 and the crew member takes 3 minutes to re-bait the hook because he needed to cut
up more bait, this would be recorded as a change in time from when the hook left the
water to when it was re-cast. Another reel is brought back at 0915 and is out of the water
for 11 minutes, while the crew member eats a snack, this time is recorded when the reel
left the water to when it returned. The third reel is brought out at 0927 for a minute to
remove a fish and cast back, this is not recorded. All the reels are reeled in and are out of
the water to reposition for 15 minutes at 0930, this IS recorded from the time when the
last of the three reels leaves the water and when the first of the three reels returns to the
water, as long as they all enter the water within 3 minutes of the first one. Later at 1010
one of the leaders is bit off the mainline. The crew doesn’t replace the missing
leader/hook and continues fishing a minute later. The removal and recast would be
recorded as a new gear type (Gear 1, Type B, Haul 1). At 1018 the haul ends.
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL Haul Log Instructions
Haul Log
09:00
3
6
3A
Start Fishing
09:10
2
4
2A
One reel paused to cut bait
09:13
3
6
3A
Resume Fishing
09:15
2
4
2A
One reel pause for a snack
09:26
3
6
3A
Resume Fishing
09:30
0
0
0
Pause Fishing to Reposition
09:45
3
6
3A
Resume Fishing
10:10
2
4
2A
One reel removed because bit off
10:11
3
5
2A, 1B
Resume Fishing
10:18
0
0
0
End Fishing
CALCULATIONS SHEET:
This is the electronic version of the Effort Data Section of the Haul Log. This Google
Drive spreadsheet, called the Calculations Sheet, is used to obtain all the calculated
values in the header of the Effort Data Section of the Haul Log. The equations to
calculate the average reels, average hooks, change in time, hook hours, and percentage of
configurations are programmed into the spreadsheet. The calculation sheets will come in
workbooks of 10 sheets (10 hauls), each sheet will be used for the calculation of one (1)
haul.
● Save the template in the correct observer folder and name it, TRIPID.H1-10 (Or the
haul numbers on the sheet).
● Fill in the “TRIP” box with the observer trip number. The box is in the upper left
corner of the Calculation Sheet. Only the first haul of the book needs to be filled out.
(Circled in picture)
● Fill in the TIME, # REELS, # HOOKS, and Configurations used into the appropriate
cells and the sheet will calculate AVE REELS, AVE HOOKS, ∆ TIME, HOOK
HOURS, and % OF CONFIGS.
● Transcribe these numbers into the EFFORT DATA Section of the HAUL
10-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Longline Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
BOTTOM LONGLINE GEAR LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains detailed descriptions about the bottom longline gear fished. This gear log
describes the average configurations of the gear on all hauls that used the same gear. One gear
log is used to describe each different gear within a single trip. Each gear log is numbered
consecutively starting from gear number 1. Significant changes in target, number of hooks,
length of mainline, type of mainline, or fishing style between hauls may result in different gear
logs.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES” question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of Page:
1
1 GEAR ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
5
3
6
4
7
8
1 OBS/ TRIP NUMBER: Record the three-character observer identifier (Initials)/trip identifier
(3 numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
2 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record “UNNAMED”. Example: MR ROGERS, SY
KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
3 VESSEL NUMBER: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The
vessel may not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and
include the two-letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the
vessel and are not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
4 DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and year that the vessel returned to the dock/port
(mm/dd/yyyy). This may not be the same day fish were unloaded and sold. Example: 01/01/2020
5 GEAR NUMBER: Record the consecutive number, starting at 1, assigned to each gear
configuration. Additional gear logs would be used in the following cases:
● >50% difference in the mainline length, type, and/or number of hooks between hauls
● change in fishing method (bottom longline to pelagic)
● change in the target species (SHX to GRP)
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Longline Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
Example: The first two hauls use 12.0 circle hooks to target GRP (gear number 1). The next two
hauls use 18.0 circle hooks to target SHX. A second gear log would then be completed and
numbered (gear number 2). The last haul uses a combination of these hooks targeting MIX (both
GRP and SHX). A third gear log would be completed and numbered (gear number 3).
6 # OF HAULS: Record the number of hauls that the gear was used in.
7 AVG. # HOOKS: Record the average amount of hooks set. This is an average of all hauls with
the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
8 TOTALS # HOOKS (trip start): Record the total number of hooks onboard at the start of the
trip. This is NOT a sum or average of all hauls. This is a count at the start of a trip of all the
assembled gangions with hooks, including all hooks in boxes, which might be used to fish. This
may be obtained from the captain.
MAINLINE:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 COLOR: Record the color of the mainline by writing the numerical code (1-9). If more than
one color is present assign the code of 7 (multi). Steel mainlines are given the code 9 (other).
Describe the codes 7 and 9 in the COMMENTS field.
COLOR CODES:
1 Clear
6 Blue
2 White
7 Multi (for any mixture of colors)
3 Pink
8 Red
4 Black
9 Other (describe in comments)
5 Green
2 TEST: Record the test or dry breaking strength of the mainline in pounds (LBS). This
information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer label. General
ranges found are 600-1200 lbs.
3 MATERIAL: Record the material of the mainline used by writing the numerical code (1-3, 9).
Please describe other materials in the COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES:
1 Nylon
2 Cotton
3 Steel wire
9 Other
4 DIAMETER: Record to the nearest tenth of a millimeter (mm) the diameter of the mainline.
This may be obtained from the captain. If unable to record, submit a labeled sample piece with
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Longline Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
your data. General ranges found are 3.0-4.2 mm. It is common for the diameter of steel wire to
be provided to you in inches by the captain, this would be converted as 1in = 25.4mm. Record
this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
5 STRANDS: Record the number of strands of material that make up the mainline. Nylon
(monofilament) should be 1 strand. Steel wire is usually 7x7, which should be 49 strands.
6 AVG. LENGTH: Record the average length of the mainline in nautical miles (nm). This is an
average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the
COMMENTS field.
GANGIONS:
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
This is usually a 100-1200 pounds (lbs.) test nylon monofilament attached to a mainline by a
snap. A gangion may vary in length and have about two swivels, one at the snap and another
some distance above the hook. Fishers may refer to this as a “leader”.
1 COLOR: Record the color of the gangions by writing the numerical code (1-9). If more than
one color is present assign the color a code of 7 (multi). Steel mainlines are given the code 9
(other). Describe the codes 7 and 9 all other colors in COMMENTS field.
COLOR CODES:
1 Clear
6 Blue
2 White
7 Multi (for any mixture of colors)
3 Pink
8 Red
4 Black
9 Other (describe in comments)
5 Green
2 TEST: Record the test or dry breaking strength of the gangions in pounds (LBS). This
information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer label. General
ranges found are 300-1200 lbs.
3 MATERIAL: Record the material of the gangions used by writing the numerical code (1-3, 9).
Please describe other materials in the COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES:
1 Nylon
2 Cotton
3 Steel wire
9 Other
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Longline Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
4 DIAMETER: Record to the nearest tenth of a millimeter (mm) the diameter of the gangions.
This may be obtained from the captain. If unable to record, submit a labeled sample piece with
your data. General ranges found are 1.8-4.2 mm. It is common for the diameter of steel wire to
be provided to you in inches by the captain. This would be converted as 1in = 25.4mm. Record
this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
5 SWIVELS PER GANGION: Record the number of swivels used per gangion. One is
generally located at the snap and a second swivel can be located some distance above the hook
between the gangion and the leader or attached to the hook. Swivels with 3 loops are considered
to only be 1 swivel.
6 AVG. LENGTH: Record, to the nearest foot (ft.), the average length of all the gangions used
on the gear. Gangion length should not include the leader length. This is an average of all hauls
with the same gear configuration.
7 AVG #: Record the amount of gangions used on the gear. This is an average of all hauls with
the same gear configuration.
8 DISTANCE BETWEEN GANGIONS: Calculate the distance, in whole feet (ft.), between
gangions. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. To estimate the
distance between gangions: convert the average mainline length from nautical miles to feet by
multiplying average mainline length by 6080 feet. Then divide the mainline length in feet by the
average number of the hooks plus 1. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) = Avg. Mainline Length (nm.) * 6080 ft. Distance Between Gangions
= Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) / (Avg # Hooks +1)
9 LEADERS USED?: Indicate if leaders are used between the gangion and the hook. This is a
section of material that is different from the gangion, this is attached to the hook and is between
the gangion and the hook. It may be mono or steel wire and may have a swivel at either end. The
purpose of a leader is to reduce bite offs, make hook replacement easier and help to maintain the
gangion’s length. Fishers may refer to this as a “tail”.
10 LEADER LENGTH: If present, record the length of the leader to the nearest inch (in). This
is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration.
11 LEADER TEST: If present, record the test or dry breaking strength of the leaders in pounds
(LBS). This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a manufacturer
label. General ranges found are 300-1200 lbs.
12 LEADER MATERIAL: If present, record the material of the leaders used by writing the
numerical code (1-3, 9). Please describe other materials in COMMENTS field.
MATERIAL CODES:
1 Nylon
2 Cotton
3 Steel wire
9 Other
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Longline Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
LINE ADDITIONS:
1
4
2
5
3
6
7
8
9
10
1 POLYBALLS: Indicate if polyballs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used
in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field.
2 BULLETS: Indicate if bullets (sometimes referred to as Daubs) are used on the gear. If Yes,
record the total amount used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear
configuration. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
3 HIGHFLIERS: Indicate if highfliers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used
in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field. Highfliers are a marker made up of a pole set through a
float. One end of the pole is weighted so that it floats upright. There may be a simple flag, a
strobe, reflective tape, a radar reflector or any combination of such attached to the top of the pole
to make it more visible. A highflyer is usually used to mark the beginning and end of the
mainline for bottom longlines, but can sometimes be used as reference points in the gear.
4 HOOKTIMERS: Indicate if hooktimers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field. These are usually used for special projects and will come
with instructions.
5 TDRs: Indicate if TDRs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the
COMMENTS field. These are usually used for special projects and will come with instructions.
6 ADD. LINE WTS: Indicate if weights are placed along the length of the mainline. These are
sometimes associated with droplines or floats. These are external and can be considered anchors.
If Yes, record the total amount used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same
gear configuration. Record this calculation in the COMMENTS field.
7 OTHER LINE ADDITIONS: Indicate if line additions, other then what is listed, are used.
Record other types in the comments section. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in the
COMMENTS field.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Longline Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
8 DROPLINES: Indicate if droplines are used. Droplines are lines attached to the mainline and
a float of some kind. These are usually used as a reference point, If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this
calculation in the COMMENTS field.
9 AVG. DROPLINE LENGTH: If present, record the length of the droplines to the nearest foot
(ft.). This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. Record this calculation in
the COMMENTS field.
10 DISTANCE BETWEEN DROPLINES: If present, record the distance, in whole feet (ft.),
between the droplines. This is an average of all hauls with the same gear configuration. To
estimate the distance between gangions: convert the average mainline length from nautical miles
to feet by multiplying average mainline length by 6080 feet. Then divide the mainline length in
feet by the average number of the hooks plus 1. Record these calculations in the COMMENTS
field.
Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) = Avg. Mainline Length (nm.) * 6080 ft. Distance Between Droplines
= Avg. Mainline Length (ft.) / (Avg # Droplines +1)
HOOKS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 BRAND: Record the hook brand name in all capital letters and one word. Lindgran/Pitman is
abbreviated as LGPN. This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified from a
manufacturer label. If this information is unknown or cannot be verified, record UNKNOWN
and take a picture of the hook with the ruler for scale. Record additional hooks, over the amount
allotted, in comments. Example: MUSTAD, EAGLECLAW, LGPN (for Lindgren/Pitman),
HILINER.
2 TYPE: Write in C for circle, J for J-hook, T for treble or L for lure. L (Lure) is any Jig, Spoon,
Skirt, or artificial bait. If the type is L (Lure), then a picture is required.
3 SIZE: Record the hook size. This information can be obtained from the captain and/or verified
from a manufacturer label.
Example: 9/0 = nine aught
4 MODEL: Record the hook model or pattern number in one word. For Lindgren/Pitman
(LGPN) black carbon circle hooks, use the code LPCIRBL.
5 OFFSETS: Offset refers to the amount of deviation in the plane of the hook point relative to
that of the shank. If yes, check the box. Hooks can be offset manually (by the fishermen) or by
the manufacturer.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Longline Gear Characteristics Log
06-22
6 DEGREES OFFSET: Record the degrees offset to the nearest whole number. This can be
obtained from the manufacturer label or the captain. The standard is 10°. If done manually or the
offset is unknown, estimate the degrees to the nearest whole number and take a picture.
VESSEL DIAGRAM:
SKETCH: Indicate the general position of the longline reels and hauling station on the vessel
diagram.
Suggested icons:
¤ Hauling Station
▄ Longline Reel
← Flow of line
COMMENTS: Use the comments section for any information in addition to what was recorded,
to make drawings or diagrams if the gear setup is unusual, and to explain other or unknown
options. If more space is required, it is acceptable to use the back of the logs, in that case the
comment “see back” is required.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
BOTTOM LONGLINE HAUL LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains all the physical information relating location and effort of a single string
fished. All Bottom Longline Haul logs will come after the associated Longline Gear Logs,
ordered in numerical order according to haul number. The LONGLINE HAUL LOG will serve
as a cover sheet for the haul and the ANIMAL LOG/S will follow with all associated catch.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of the Page:
1
2
3
1 HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
2 SAMPLES TAKEN?: Check this box if there are biological samples taken during haulback.
3 PAGE 1 of ___: Record the total number of pages used on THIS HAUL and associated
ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will always be page 1. Each page after will
increase count numerically from 2. If the back of this log is used, then it would be page 2, if not,
it will not get a number. Do not include incidental take log or turtle forms in this number.
HEADER:
1
5
2
6
3
7
8
4
9
10
11
12
1 DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and year that the VESSEL RETURNED TO THE
DOCK/PORT (mm/dd/yyyy). This may not be the same day fish were unloaded and sold.
Example: 01/01/2020
2 TRIP ID: Record the three-character observer (Initials)/trip identifier (3 numbers). This
should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip. Example: ABC001.
3 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation;
hyphens, commas, or periods. If the vessel does not have a name record
“UNNAMED”. Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
4 VESSEL #: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel may
not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the
two-letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and are
not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number. Example: USCG documentation
number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
5 HAUL #: Record the haul number, start with 1 for the first haul and continue sequentially for
all hauls made within a single trip. A haul is defined as each time a string/gear is set/hauled. Cut/
part offs and gear starts/ends are indications of new haul numbers. If a line is cut/parted off
during the set this should be treated as two separate sets and hauls, each having its own haul log
and associated animal logs.
6 GEAR CODE: Record the three-digit code for the gear fished during this haul.
675 = Pelagic Longline
676 = Bottom Longline
7 GEAR NUMBER: Record the consecutive number assigned to the gear configuration that is
associated with the gear being used to fish during the haul. This number relates directly to the
LONGLINE GEAR LOG gear number. If there are multiple combinations of gear, large
differences in mainline length and/or amount of hooks, or a change in target species, then an
additional LONGLINE GEAR LOG will be completed and the appropriate gear number entered.
8 TARGET SPECIES: Record the PRIMARY SPECIES being targeted in the haul using the
three-character code abbreviations (ex. SSB = sandbar, YEG = yellowedge grouper). This
information is obtained from the captain PRIOR to fishing activity. If the vessel is targeting
small coastal sharks or large coastal sharks use SHX and comment details. NOTE: A change in
target species will require an additional Gear Log and Haul log. MIX targets should only be used
if one gear is being used to target various species and the captain lists two or more different
species they plan on targeting. If the gear contains more than one hook size that might be a MIX
target. Example: The gear contains 8/0 and 12/0 circle hooks to target Vermilion Snapper- SNV
and small coastal sharks-SHX. The species Vermilion Snapper- SNV and Gray TriggerfishTRG are commonly caught on the same gear type and hook size.
SHX = sharks
GRP = grouper
SNA = snapper
TIL = tilefish
MIX = multiple target species
9 HAUL OBS?: Check box to indicate whether the haul was observed. An observed haul is
defined as a haul where all of the catch hauled and discard information is recorded. An
unobserved haul is defined as a haul where the complete catch and/or discard information is not
collected. If you are unable to go on deck due to safety concern or illness, indicate this by NOT
checking “HAUL OBS?” and record your reason in the COMMENTS section.
10 CATCH?: Check the box if there was anything caught and the haul has any associated
Animal Logs. If the gear is hauled and there is absolutely no catch (“water haul” or “getting
skunked”) indicate this on the haul log by NOT checking “CATCH?”. Record “No Catch” in the
COMMENTS section.
11 INCIDENTAL TAKE?: Check this box if a marine mammal, sea bird, sawfish, sturgeon, or
sea turtle was caught in this haul. An Incidental Take Log MUST be completed for all marine
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
mammals caught, a Turtle Life History Form MUST be completed for each sea turtle caught, and
a Protected Species Form MUST be completed for each sea bird, sawfish or sturgeon caught.
12 SPLIT HAUL?: Check box if this haul was a split haul. Refer to split haul section for further
instructions. Note: This will also be reflected in the GEAR COND.
SET BEGIN DATA:
1
2
3
4
1 SET BEGIN DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) the gear is set out.
2 SET BEGIN TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This
is when the first piece of gear (polyball, weight, other line addition or start of the line) ENTERS
the water with the intent to fish.
3 SET BEGIN LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to
the hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes (DDº MM.mmm) when the set begin time is
recorded. NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN
chains. These values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
4 SET BEGIN TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) when the set begin time is
recorded.
LINE ADDITIONS AND OTHER GEARS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 POLYBALLS: Indicate if polyballs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used
in the space.
2 BULLETS: Indicate if bullets (sometimes referred to as Daubs) are used on the gear. If Yes,
record the total amount used in the space.
3 HIGHFLIERS: Indicate if highfliers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. Highfliers are a marker made up of a pole set through a float. One end of the
pole is weighted so that it floats upright. There may be a simple flag, a strobe, reflective tape, a
radar reflector or any combination of such attached to the top of the pole to make it more visible.
A highflyer is usually used to mark the beginning and end of the mainline for bottom longlines,
but can sometimes be used as reference points in the gear.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
4 ADD. LINE WTS: Indicate if weights are placed along the length of the mainline. These are
sometimes associated with droplines and/or floats. These are external and can be considered
anchors. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space. DROPLINES: Indicate if droplines
are used. Droplines are lines attached to the mainline and a float of some kind. These are usually
used as a reference point, If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
5 DROPLINES: Indicate if droplines are used. Droplines are lines attached to the mainline and
a float of some kind. These are usually used as a reference point, If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space.
6 HOOKTIMERS: Indicate if hooktimers are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount
used in the space. These are usually used for special projects and will come with instructions.
7 OTHER: Indicate if line additions, other then what is listed, are used. Record other types in
the comments section. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
8 TDRs: Indicate if TDRs are used on the gear. If Yes, record the total amount used in the space.
These are usually used for special projects and will come with instructions.
HAUL DETAILS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 MAINLINE LENGTH: Record the length, to the nearest tenth of a nautical mile
(NM), of the main line for this set. Use available electronics or calculate. Note: 1 nautical mile ≈
6080 feet.
Average Set Speed (KTS or NM/HR) * Set Duration (HRS) = Length (NM).
2 SET SPEED: Record the speed of the vessel, to the nearest tenth of a knot (KTS), during the
setting of the gear. This should be the average speed obtained from available electronics or
calculation. Most GPS units will provide speed in knots, including the ones provided. Can be
calculated by mainline length/set duration.
3 MIN. SET DEPTH: Record the minimum depth, to the nearest foot (FT), of the location
where the gear was set. This can be obtained from the vessel's instruments or the captain. If
unable to record the depth because the vessel does not have the necessary electronics,
COMMENT on haul and trip logs. Note: 1 fathom ≈ 6 feet.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
4 MAX. SET DEPTH: Record the maximum depth, to the nearest foot (FT), of the location
where the gear was set. This can be obtained from the vessel's instruments or the captain. If
unable to record depth because vessel does not have the necessary electronics, COMMENT on
haul and trip logs.
5 TOTAL ADD. WEIGHT: Record the total weight of additional line weights, to the nearest
pound (LB) for this haul. This is the amount of weight attached to the mainline.
6 TOTAL HOOKS SET: Record the amount of hooks set for this haul.
BAIT INFORMATION:
1
2
3
4
5
1 NUMBER: Record the amount of individual baits used on this haul (hook number should =
bait number). The highest amount of bait used should be listed as bait #1. If more than five baits
are used, note the other baits in the COMMENTS. If hooks are being double baited this is still
one bait used and the LBS should reflect the additional bait, a comment should also be made.
2 LBS: Record to the nearest pound (lbs.) the estimated total weight of bait used during the haul.
Actual weight is acceptable. If the vessel is using Chum COMMENT the estimated total weight
used during the haul and the kind of bait used in the chum.
3 KIND: Record the code that identifies the bait used.
14 = Flatfish/Flounder
1 = Mackerel
15 = Grouper
2 = Herring/menhaden
16 = Bluefish
3 = Squid
17 = Tilefish
4 = Artificial
18 = Jacks
5 = Sardine
19 = Barracuda
6 = Scad
20 = Mullet
7 = Shark
21 = Ladyfish
8 = Skate/ray
22 = Toadfish
9 = Little tunny/bonita
23 = Eel
10 = Grunts
24 = Drum family
11 = Catfish
25 = Cichlid
12 = Tunas
26 = Hake
13 = Swordfish
27 = Sparidae
28 = Scorpionfish
29 = Lizardfish
30 = Remora
31 = Needlefish
32 = Snapper
33 = Chum
34 = Ballyhoo
97 = Unknown
98 = Unknown fish scraps
99 = Other describe
Note: If scraps of an identifiable species were used, record that species KIND code and
COMMENT the parts used. Grouper stomachs are still KIND 15, add in COMMENTS that
stomachs were used.
4 TYPE: Record the one-digit code that describes the type of bait used. TYPE CODE 5 is only
used in conjunction with COND CODE 6.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
1 = Whole
2 = Cut
3 = Live
06-22
4 = Chum
5 = Soak
9 = Other
5 COND: Record the one-digit code that describes the condition of the bait used. If a type of bait
is used in more than one condition record COND 1-4 in the table and record additional
conditions in the COMMENTS. Example: A bait type may be frozen and salted, record COND 1
and COMMENT COND 5.
1 = Frozen
5 = Salted
2 = Semi Frozen
6 = Reused
3 = Thawed
9 = Other
4 = Fresh
SET END DATA:
1
2
4
3
1 SET END DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) that the set was completed.
2 SET END TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This is
when the last line addition or end of line is cast away from the vessel and the set is completed.
3 SET END LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the
hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes at the completion of the set (DDº MM.mmm).
NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains. These
values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
4 SET END TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) at completion of the set.
HAUL BEGIN DATA:
1
2
3
5
6
4
7
8
1 HAUL BEGIN DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) when the retrieval of the gear begins.
2 HAUL BEGIN TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an
hour). This is when the first piece of gear (polyball, weight, other line addition or start of the
line) is pulled ABOARD the vessel.
3 HAUL BEGIN LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to
the hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes (DDº MM.mmm) when the haul begin time is
recorded. NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN
chains. These values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
4 SET BEGIN TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) when the haul begin time is
recorded.
5 WEATHER: Record the two-digit code for the weather when the haul begin time is recorded.
01 = Clear
07 = Thunderstorms with lightning
02 = Partly cloudy
08 =Rain with fog
03= Continuous layer of clouds
09 = Fog or thick haze
04= Drizzle
10 = Snow or rain and snow mixed
05 = Continuous Rain
11 = Blowing snow
06 = Intermittent Rain/Showers
99 = Other, please describe in COMMENTS
6 WIND SPEED: Record the MAXIMUM wind speed, in whole knots (kts), when the
haul begin time is recorded. If the value is less than 10, record a 0 in front of the value, 5 kts
should be recorded as 05 kts. If wind is light or wind direction is difficult to determine, record
either “VAR” for variable wind or a dash “-“for undetermined.
7 DIRECTION: Record the 3-digit direction, in compass DEGREES, that the wind is coming
from when the haul begin time is recorded. Wind coming from the northeast should be recorded
as 045. If wind is light or wind direction is difficult to determine, record either “VAR” for
variable wind or a dash “-“for undetermined. The direction north is recorded as 000.
8 MAX WAVE HEIGHT: Record the MAXIMUM wave height, in whole feet (ft.),
when the haul begin time is recorded. If the value is less than 10 record a 0 in front of the value,
5 ft. should be recorded as 05 ft. If the wave height is LESS THAN six inches, record 00.
DELAY:
1
2
3
1 DELAY >20 MINUTES?: Indicate if there was a single event (part offs, mechanical repairs,
tangles or other delays) that is greater than 20 minutes (0.3 hrs.).
2 DETAILS: Describe each delay that was >20 minutes, giving times and detailed descriptions
of the event. Multiple part offs that are under 20 minutes may occur, BUT they are NOT
cumulative and do NOT count towards the total delay. Comment all other delay instances <20
minutes in the haul COMMENTS section.
3 TOTAL TIME LOST (HRS): Record time in Hours to the nearest tenth (20 mins. ≈
00.3HRS).
HAUL END DATA:
1
2
3
4
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
1 HAUL END DATE: Record the date (MM/DD/YY) that the haul is completed.
2 HAUL END TIME: Record the local time (24-hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour). This
is when the last line addition or end of line returned to the vessel and the haul is completed. If
the line is parted off, tangled, or lost and left in the water more than 6 additional hours, not
recovered or purposely left in the water. The time of part off would be the end of haul time. If
the gear is recovered after 6 hours or being purposely part off this would be a split haul. Refer to
spilt haul section for further instructions.
3 HAUL END LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the
hundredth of a minute in the appropriate boxes at the completion of the haul (DDº MM.mmm).
NOTE: If you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains. These
values need to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml .
4 HAUL END TEMPERATURE: Record temperature (ºF) at completion of the haul.
HAUL END CONDITIONS:
1
2
3
4
1 GEAR COND: Indicate the condition of the gear at the completion of the haul back by
recording the most appropriate two-digit code listed below.
60 = No gear damage with greater than 10% hooks lost
61 = No gear damage with less than or equal to 10% hooks lost
62 = Less than 50% fouled gear due to weather/oceanic conditions. Gear tangled, spun up
or otherwise lowered gear fishability.
63 = More than 50% fouled gear due to weather/oceanic conditions. Gear tangled, spun
up or otherwise lowered gear fishability.
64 = Less than 50% fouled gear due to fish on the line. Gear tangled, spun up or
otherwise lowered gear fishability.
65 = More than 50% fouled gear due to fish on the line. Gear tangled, spun up or
otherwise lowered gear fishability
66 = Parted off, gear recovered
67 = Parted off, gear not recovered
68 = Gear completely damaged or lost
69 = Split haul (portion of gear having additional soak time)
70 = Parted off, gear partially recovered
71 = Trip limit reached, gear left in water
99 = Other: Please specify other gear condition in COMMENTS
2 BEHAVIOUR: Indicate the fishing behavior employed with codes list below.
1 = Normal haul (first hook set is first hook hauled)
6 = Other
2 = Reverse haul (last hook set is first hook hauled)
9 = Unknown
3 PREDATORS: Record the presence of predators around the vessel during the haulback:
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
0 = None
2 = Sharks
4 = Other
9 = Unknown
06-22
1 = Dolphins
3 = Sea Birds
5 =Combination (note in comments)
4 HOOKS LOST: Record the number of hooks that did not return to the boat. This is directly
related to GEAR COND field and should include "bite offs", and missing hooks. "Cut offs" are
not considered hooks lost and should not be recorded here, this number can be recorded in the
comments.
SPLIT HAULS:
A split haul occurs when a portion of the longline gear has a longer soak time that the rest of it.
This situation may arise with a part off that takes more than 6 hours to recover or when the trip
limit is reached and the line is intentionally parted. In either situation, the haul should be split
into two hauls reflecting the two separate retrievals. The new haul will have the next sequential
haul number unless the trip limit has been reached. If the trip limit is reached and the vessel
returns to the dock the portion with the longer soak time will be on a new trip. In the case where
the set information was observed then the information shall be recorded in the SET DATA; but if
the set was not observed the information, if provided by captain or other means, can be recorded
or commented but the comment “set data was not observed” needs to be included in the
COMMENTS section of the haul log. Note: Gear Condition Code containing “parted off”, mean
unintentional gear breaks or part offs.
In the case of a split haul the original haul can have gear condition codes:
66 = Parted off, gear recovered
70 = Parted off, gear partially recovered
71 = Trip limit reached, gear left in water
Where the second haul of the gear could have gear condition codes:
69: SPLIT Haul (portion of gear having additional soak time)
Example: Reaching the trip limit is common for Large Coastal Shark (LCS) trips because the trip
limit of 33 sharks. Once they catch their limit, the string will be parted off intentionally, the haul
condition code will be 71 and the gear hauled back will be recorded in the split haul information
box. The original set amounts of the gear can be recorded on the HAUL LOG but the gear
amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect the split haul information. The vessel will run back to
the dock and unload their catch.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City LONGLINE Haul Log Instructions
06-22
When the vessel starts a new trip and returns to the gear; a new trip and a new haul log
will be created. The two haul logs will contain the same set information, but the haul with the
additional soak time also gets a gear condition code of 69. The original set amounts of the gear
can be recorded on the HAUL LOG but the gear amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect the
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION. The actual amount of gear that is retrieved in this haul is
recorded in the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION box. The SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION from
both hauls should add up to the total amount gear set.
Example: In the case, where the gear is parted off for any reason other than hitting the trip limit.
The haul before the part off would be gear code 66 or 70, and the gear retrieved before the part
off would be entered in the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION box. The original set amounts of the
gear can be recorded on the HAUL LOG but the gear amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect
the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION.
Then if the gear takes more than 6 hours to locate then the recovered gear would be
condition code 69. This would be a new haul and the gear recovered would be entered in the
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION on the new haul. On this new haul, the original set amounts of
the gear can be recorded but the gear amounts on the GEAR LOG will reflect
the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION. If the SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION from both
hauls add up to the total amount gear set, the original condition code would be 66; otherwise the
condition code would be 70.
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION: Record the amount of gear hauled for the number of
droplines, bullets, polyballs, highfliers, hook timers, or TDRs. Record the amount of mainline,
the number of additional line weights, the weight of additional line weights (lbs.), and the
number of hooks hauled. The bait amounts will be estimated depending on the amount of hooks
hauled. Please note bait number and lbs. in the BAIT INFO section.
COMMENTS: An additional space on the Haul Log for any other comments to help explain
fishing situations. And for additional information relating to the haul. If more space is required,
use the back of the sheet and include "see back" on the front.
In footer:
TDRS: This is for office use only. Once the average temperatures have been downloaded from
the TDRs, they are recorded here so that there is a record with the original data.
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SARF Animal Log
06-22
TELEOST ANIMAL LOG INSTRUCTIONS
This log contains catch information such as: species, live/dead, kept/release, size and sex of
animal caught on sets using gears to target snapper/grouper species. When the target is a teleost
species, the Teleost Animal Log should be used. Special projects will use unique Animal Logs
that best fit the project (i.e. South Atlantic Deepwater Project). The Animal Logs will follow
the Haul Logs with that haul’s catch.
If information is not available or unknown for any field except a "NO/YES" question,
record a dash (-) or unknown code (U or 0) in the field.
Top of the Page:
HAUL ID: For lab use only. This number refers to the database. Please disregard.
HEADER:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 OBS/ TRIP NUMBER: Record the three-character observer (Initials)/trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
2 VESSEL NAME: Record the name of the vessel. Care should be taken to record the correct
spelling of the vessel's name in ALL CAPITALS. Do not use punctuation; hyphens, commas, or
periods. If the vessel does not have a name record
“UNNAMED”. Example: MR ROGERS, SY KAI MAI, MISSYS DREAM
3 VESSEL #: Record the six-digit U.S. Coast Guard Documentation Number. The vessel may
not have a Coast Guard Number, instead record the state registration number and include the
two-letter state abbreviation prefix. Either should be displayed prominently on the vessel and
are not the same as the NMFS or state fishing permit number.
Example: USCG documentation number: 234567 or State registration number: FL2345XX
4 HAUL #: Record the haul number from the associated HAUL LOG, this should be in
sequence of the total number of hauls for the trip, starting with 1 for the first haul. A haul is
defined as each time a reel is dropped and returned to the boat and drop again within a certain
amount of time or when the gear is returned to the vessel. This number should relate to the haul
number that was happening when these logs animals were caught. The haul number should
correspond with the associated HAUL LOG
5 HAUL DATE: Record the month, day, year (MM/DD/YYYY) of the haul
completion.
6 PAGE NUMBER: Record this page number, and of the total number of pages used on
THIS HAUL and these associated ANIMAL LOGS. The front page of any haul log will always
be page 1 then the Individual Animal Logs will be numbered sequentially starting with page
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SARF Animal Log
06-22
number 2. If the back of the Haul Log is used, the Animal Logs will start with page number
3. If the back of this log is not used, then the header would not be filled out and there would not
be a page number. Do not include incidental take log or turtle forms in this number.
Example: A haul log and 5 animal logs, the Animal Logs are recorded as 2 of 6, 3 of 6, 4 of 6, 5
of 6 and 6 of 6
7 SAMPLES TAKEN: Circle YES if there are biological samples taken from any specimens
on that page of the animal log. If there are not or there are pictures taken of any specimen circle
NO.
SPECIES:
1
2
3
1 SPEC #: Specimen numbers start at the beginning of each haul, with a value of 101 and
count sequentially to the end of the haul. This number is used to avoid being misread at the fish
house (100 vs 001) and to avoid duplication with any incidental take specimen numbers (1, 2, 3
etc.). Number incidental takes starting with 001 and number sequentially as encountered
within a single trip. This number should be reflected on the appropriate Incidental Take/
Protected Resource/ Turtle Forms.
2 SPECIES NAME: Record a three-letter abbreviation (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST) for each
species, including marine mammals, sea turtles or sea birds that may be caught incidentally.
Attempt to identify all animals to species. If unsure, use group/family abbreviation (SHX, TUN,
GRP, etc.) and comment on possible species or characteristics. Within this log only, if the same
species is caught and it fills an animal log page; the first column should be filled out and a
line/arrow can be drawn down the column to indicate on that page is all the same species.
3 SPECIES CODE: Record the 4-digit species code (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST). If you are
unable to identify a species or a species is unlisted, photograph and fill in group or family
abbreviation. Within this log only, if the same species is caught and it fills an animal log page;
the first column should be filled out and a line/arrow can be drawn down the column to indicate
on that page is all the same species.
IF UNSURE ABOUT ID, TAKE PICTURES, LIST ID CHARATERISTICS AND for
sharks TAKE FINCLIPS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SARF Animal Log
06-22
FISHING DETAILS:
1
2
3
4
5
1 STATUS: Indicate the condition of the animal WHEN BOARDED with the codes provided.
If damaged, then record damaged status code, and information about the damage in the damage
section. Code 5 refers to animals that were tended or rehooked from a previous haul or trip, this
will most likely be for a shark trip where the boat has reached quota and they set back sharks
that were brought aboard. If the code 0/unknown is used there should also be a comment.
Status Code
0 = Unknown
1 = Alive
2 = Dead
3 = Alive and Damaged
4 = Dead and Damaged
5 = Previously Caught
6 = Alive and Barotrauma – Swim Bladder/Stomach Protruding
7 = Alive and Barotrauma – Eyes Protruding
8 = Alive and Barotrauma – Both Protruding
2 HOOK LOCATION: Indicate the location that the animal was hooked. For foul hooked
animals, indicate in the comments section whether the hook was in the dorsal fin, pectoral fin,
caudal fin, or some other area. For internally-hooked animals, indicate in the comments section
whether the hook was in the gills/branchial arch or in the gut.
Hook Location Code
0 = None
1 = Mouth/Jaw
2 = Internal (comment location of internal hooking. Example: Left gill arch.)
3 = Foul (comment location of foul hooking. Example: Left Pec.)
9 = Unknown
3 HOOK TYPE: Indicate which style/type of hook the animal was caught on as recorded on
the gear log (1-6). If unknown record 9.
4 ACTION: Record the fate of the animal with a one-digit code. For Code 8, provide a
comment with the percent or portion of animal kept. Multiple codes can be used but additional
code should be in the comments section. Example: A shark is kept for bait but fins are also kept
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SARF Animal Log
06-22
to sell, record 7 and comment 4. Note: If an animal is kept whole as requested by the observer,
the action would be released dead.
Action Code
0 = Unknown
1 = Kept
2 = Released dead
3 = Released alive
4 = Finned and carcass discarded
5 = Lost at surface
6 = Tended / Rehooked
7 = Kept as bait
8 = Portion of carcass kept
9 = Previously kept, discarded dead
5 VENTED: Record if the animal was properly vented by crew or observer before being
released. All boxes should be filled in with Y (yes), N (no) or U (unknown) for venting.
All kept animals should be N, comment if this is not the case. In the event the crew uses a
descending device to release discards please fill with Y (yes) and make a comment indicating a
descending device was used instead of a venting tool.
ANIMAL DETAILS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 FL (CM): Attempt to obtain a straight-line fork length measurement in centimeters (cm.)
from ALL CATCH. Do not try to piece together animals that have been cut. Estimated lengths
for incidentally taken marine mammals, birds, and turtles should also be recorded here. Actual
measurements will be recorded on the incidental take log, the sea bird life history forms,
protected resource forms or the turtle life history forms. All sharks, tuna and other finfish
species are to be taken as a straight-line fork measurement. Record the curved measured length
of all billfish, swordfish, and turtles to the nearest centimeter (cm.) according to the standards
below. Skates and rays should be measured at their widest point, wing tip to wing tip (disc
width) in centimeters (cm.). Estimated lengths should be taken for animals that are dangerous to
handle, not brought on board, or when the crew is targeting bait fish to use as live bait. Estimate
to the nearest centimeter (cm.) if possible, otherwise estimate to the nearest foot (ft.) and
converted to centimeters (1 foot = 30 cm.). If samples are taken (otolith, reproductive tract,
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SARF Animal Log
06-22
stomach, etc.) then a straight-line measurement MUST be taken. See Section 1.2.3. in the
Observer Manual for figures on proper measurements to take.
2 L CODE: Record the one-digit measurement type code. All sharks, tuna and other finfish
species are to be taken as a straight line fork measurements, Code 1. Curved line estimates are
only acceptable for sea turtle carapace and swordfish or billfish lengths, Code 2. Estimated
lengths should be taken for all animals that are dangerous to handle, for all animals that are not
brought on board, when there are too many to accurately measure with the time given, or for
protected species in the animal log; use Code 3. If the animal is unknown or not observed
properly use Code 0.
Measurement type Code
0 = Unknown/ No Measurement
1 = Straight line
2 = Curved line
3 = Estimated
3 WEIGHT (KG): Record the weight in kilograms (kg.) to the nearest tenth (0.1). All
biological sampled reef fish MUST be weighed. Sharks are not to be weighed, unless a weight
study is done. If the weight is converted, comment the math (1 lb. is 0.454 kg.). In certain cases
where the pace of catch is too great or sea conditions make it impossible to obtain an accurate
weight please leave blank. We do not prefer estimated weights. If estimated, add a comment.
4 W CODE: Record the type of weight obtained using the one-digit code. If the length is
estimated then the weight should be estimated for all reef fish. All converted weights are
estimated, Code 3. If no weight is obtained use Code 0.
Weight type Code
0 = Unknown/ No Weight
1 = Whole
2 = Gutted
3 = Estimated
5 SEX: Record the code for the sex of this animal. If undeterminable use Code U.
Sex Code
U = Unknown
M = Male
F = Female
6 S CODE: Record the code that describes the maturity stage. If the sex is U (unknown) the S
Code is 0.
Sex Stage Code
0 = Unknown
3 = Running ripe - Males with sperm; Females with hydrated oocytes (teleosts only)
4 = Secondary sex characteristic – describe in comments
5 = Suspected mating scars
6 = Other (Or a combination of two or more stages)
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SARF Animal Log
06-22
7 DAMAGE: Record the one-digit code for the species that caused the damage. A picture
should be taken of all damaged animals. Damage includes complete bites, scavenging, or any
other type of discernable damage from another animal while that animal is on the gear. If the
species that caused the damage is not recognizable, take pictures of the damage and comment.
If there is no damage, this column should be Code 0. If the damage is caused by an animal that
is also caught, comment Pred and that species number under the animal with damage. And
comment Prey and that species number under the animal that caused the damage. Example: The
lines for species 101 SAS and 102 TIG are tangled together. The tail of species 101 SAS and is
in the mouth of Species 102 TIG. This is recorded as, in the comments of species 101 SAS:
Pred 102, and in the comments of species 102 TIG: Prey 101.
Cause Code
0 = None
1 = Shark (SHX)
2 = Dolphin (MDO)
3 = Bird (BRD)
4 = Squid (SQI) (describe)
5 = Crustacean (CRU)
6 = Teleost (TEL)
7 = Fishing Gear
8 = Other
9 = Unknown
8 D CODE: Record the code for the amount/percentage of damage. A picture should be taken
of all damaged animals. If unsure about the percentage of damage, take a picture and comment.
If there is no damage use Code 0.
Amount Code
0 = None
1 = <10% damaged, including gills eaten out
2 = 25% damaged, or bitten up to the pelvic/anal fins
3 = 50% damaged, or bitten up to the pectoral fins
4 = 75% damaged, or bitten up to gills
5 = >90% damaged, or just the head
6 = Unknown
ADDITIONAL DETAILS:
1
2
3
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SARF Animal Log
06-22
1 COMMENT: Record any information about an individual animal. A larger space is available
at the bottom at the Log, be sure to include SPEC# in this space. Examples of comments
include incidental take details, distinguishing characteristics for identification, if an individual
has damage, what type of damage, was damage caused by another animal on the line, or any
information about scenarios relating to the catch. Also record the complete tag number in the
comments (including any alpha prefix) if an animal is tagged then released, include Tag Code 1,
Tagged and released alive. If an animal is already tagged and to be released healthy, attempt to
re-tag and comment both tag numbers (taking a clear picture is also preferred), and include Tag
Code 2, Retagged and released alive. If an animal is already tagged and to be kept or discarded
dead, request that the dead tagged animal be brought on board so that information about the
animal and tag number can be recorded. If this is a tagged shark, comment the tag number,
other necessary information, and take a vertebra, reproductive, stomach, and fin clip sample;
include Tag Code 3, Recaptured and kept/released dead. (The fishers can report the tag for
reward, most likely a T-shirt, if they wish; otherwise the observer may report the tag and
comment that the tag was reported.)
Tag State Code
1 = Tagged and released alive
2 = Retagged and released alive
3 = Recaptured and kept/released dead
2 SAMPLING BARCODE: Adhere the barcode sticker for the sampled animal in the
appropriate box on the animal log. This number/barcode should be the same as on the sample
check in form and on the sample labels. When using the barcodes follow the barcode
instructions (see section 8.3 of the Observer Manual). The barcodes used on a deployment
should be sent in with the sample check in sheet.
3 SAMPLES TAKEN: Check the boxes for each type of samples taken (Otolith, Reproductive
(includes teleost gonads), Stomach, Fin clip, Fins, and Whole) for the individual animal. If a
reproductive sample is taken, always take an otolith sample as well. Note that Fins and
Whole samples should only be taken for special requests or studies. Also check the photo box
to record if a picture was taken of that animal, this is not considered a sample taken.
Trip ID:
TRIP SUMMARY
(This will be the cover sheet to your trip datasheets)
Obs Trip #:
Vessel name:
Vessel #:
Owner/Captain Name:
# of Crew:
Incidental Take: Y / N
If Yes, what set number(s):
Biological Samples Taken: Y / N
Departure Date:
mm/dd/yyyy
Return Date:
mm/dd/yyyy
Sea Days:
Time:
Time:
Number of Sets:
:
Check In Sheet Included: Y / N
Departure Port:
:
City, State
Return Port:
City, State
False Strike: Y / N
Target (GN): SHARK / TELEOST/ MIX
Target (Reef and Shark):
SRF □ SHX □ SADL □ SARF □ OTHER □
Weigh out location:
Weigh out copy included:
Y/N
Invoice: For trips two or more sea days. Fill out observer fields, leave invoice with captain/owner.
N/A
Left completed with captain/owner
Vessel accommodations:
Head: Y / N
AC and/or Heat: Y / N (circle which applies)
Bunk: Y / N
Bunk Location:
Fresh Water and/or Shower: Y / N (circle which applies)
Infections: Y / N
Comments:
Stand by Days:
Data entry:
Debrief:
Data received:
/
/
/
/
/
Dbase proofed:
Invoice filed:
/
/
/
/
/
/ NA
7/19/2022
(office only)
VERTICAL GEAR LOG
GEAR ID _____________
OBS/TRIP NUMBER
GEAR #
GEAR CODE
BRAND
VESSEL NUMBER
DATE LANDED (mm/dd/yyyy)
# OF HAULS
TOTAL # HOOKS (trip start)
TARGET
COLOR
MAINLINE
HOOK
VESSEL NAME
TEST
TYPE
LBS
SIZE
MATERIAL
MODEL
2
3
4
5
6
TYPE A
MOUNT
S. BAR? Y / N
TYPE B
MOUNT
S. BAR? Y / N
TYPE C
MOUNT
S. BAR? Y / N
TYPE D
MOUNT
S. BAR? Y / N
TYPE E
MOUNT
S. BAR? Y/ N
TYPE F
MOUNT
S. BAR? Y / N
WEIGHTS? Y / N
# SWIVELS
# HOOKS
WEIGHTS? Y / N
# SWIVELS
COMMENTS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City VERTICAL
COLOR
# HOOKS
WEIGHTS? Y/ N
# SWIVELS
COLOR
# HOOKS
WEIGHTS? Y / N
# SWIVELS
COLOR
# HOOKS
WEIGHTS? Y / N
# SWIVELS
COLOR
# HOOKS
WEIGHTS? Y / N
# SWIVELS
COLOR
COLOR
# HOOKS
OFFSET
.
STRANDS
MM
DEGREE
□
□
□
□
□
□
/0
/0
/0
/0
/0
/0
1
DIAMETER
TEST
LBS
# LEADERS
TEST
LENGTHS: 1
LBS
# LEADERS
TEST
LBS
# LEADERS
TEST
# LEADERS
TEST
# LEADERS
.
MATERIAL
LENGTHS: 1
LBS
.
MATERIAL
LENGTHS: 1
LBS
.
MATERIAL
LENGTHS: 1
LBS
.
MATERIAL
LENGTHS: 1
# LEADERS
TEST
MATERIAL
.
MATERIAL
LENGTHS: 1
.
DIAMETER
.
MM
2
.
FT
DIAMETER
.
MM
2
.
FT
DIAMETER
.
MM
2
.
FT
DIAMETER
.
MM
2
.
FT
DIAMETER
.
MM
2
.
FT
DIAMETER
.
MM
2
.
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
GEAR SKETCH
VERTICAL Gear log Revised 04-21
HAUL ID _____________
VERTICAL HAUL LOG
OBS/TRIP NUMBER
VESSEL NAME
HAUL #
M
VESSEL NUMBER
GEAR #
SET DATA DATE
GEAR CODE
D
D
Y
Y
:
DATE LANDED (mm/dd/yyyy)
CATCH? □ INCIDENTAL TAKE? □
LONGITUDE
°
.
TEMP (°F)
°
N
DATE
.
.
W
TIME
M
D
D
Y
Y
:
END
APPROX FISHING DEPTH
LATITUDE
DEPTH
LONGITUDE
°
.
TEMP (°F)
°
N
ENVIRONMENTAL
.
NUMBER
KTS
BEHAVIOR
WIND DIRECTION
PREDATORS
FT
CONCURRENT HAUL? □
.
W
LBS
KIND
TYPE
COND
1
GEAR COND
BAIT INFO
WEATHER
MAX WAVE HT
PAGE ____ of ____
TARGET
HAUL OBS? □
LATITUDE
SPEED
□
TIME
M
BEGIN
M
SAMPLES TAKEN?
HOOKS LOST
HAUL #
2
3
4
5
COMMENTS
EFFORT DATA
AVE REELS
% OF CONFIGS
TIME
AVE HOOKS
A
# REELS # HOOKS CONFIGURATIONS
B
TOTAL TIME
C
D
COMMENTS
TOTAL HH
E
F
∆ TIME
HOOK HOURS
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
VERTICAL Haul log Revised 07-15
HAUL ID _____________
TIME
VERTICAL HAUL LOG
# REELS # HOOKS CONFIGURATIONS
COMMENTS
SAMPLES TAKEN?
□
∆ TIME
PAGE ____ of ____
HOOK HOURS
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
VERTICAL Haul log Revised 07-15
GEAR ID _____
LONGLINE GEAR LOG
OBS/TRIP NUMBER
VESSEL NAME
GEAR NUMBER
MAINLINE
# OF HAULS
COLOR
VESSEL NUMBER
AVG. # HOOKS
TEST
LBS
□
□
DIAMETER
.
MM
POLYBALLS
STRANDS
AVG. LENGTH
.
NM
BULLETS
LBS
HIGHFLIERS
MM
OTHER
□
□
DROPLINES
□
COLOR
TEST
MATERIAL
DIAMETER
.
TOTAL # HOOKS (trip start)
LINE ADDITIONS
MATERIAL
GANGIONS
DATE LANDED (mm/dd/yyyy)
TDRs
□
□
ADD. WEIGHTS
□
HOOK TIMERS
SWIVELS PER GANGION
AVG. LENGTH
FT
AVG. #
DISTANCE BETWEEN GANGIONS
□
LEADERS USED?
TEST
HOOK
LBS
BRAND
FT
MATERIAL
LENGTH
IN
TYPE
SIZE
1
2
3
4
5
6
/0
/0
/0
/0
/0
/0
AVG. DROPLINE LENGTH
FT
DISTANCE BETWEEN DROPLINES
FT
INDICATE LOCATION OF HAULING
STATION ON VESSEL DIAGRAM
MODEL
OFFSET
DEGREE
□
□
□
□
□
□
COMMENTS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SBLOP Gear log Revised 04-21
HAUL ID _____________
M
D
D
Y
TRIP ID
GEAR CODE
SET DATA
VESSEL NAME
GEAR NUMBER
DATE
M
TARGET
TIME
M
D
D
Y
Y
LINE ADDITIONS AND OTHER GEARS
□
HIGHFLIERS □
DROPLINES □
OTHER □
HAUL OBS?
□
°
MAINLINE LENGTH
□
ADD. WEIGHTS □
HOOK TIMERS □
TDRs □
BULLETS
DATE
SET SPEED
.
.
.
D
D
Y
Y
NM
KTS
FT
MAX. SET DEPTH
FT
HAUL DATA DATE
M
D
D
Y
Y
ENVIRONMENTAL
□
DELAY >20 MINUTES?
WEATHER
LBS
KTS
.
LBS
.
W
KIND
TYPE
2
3
4
5
.
TEMP (°F)
°
N
.
.
TEMP (°F)
°
N
WIND DIRECTION
.
W
.
.
W
MAX. WAVE HT.
FT
.
TOTAL TIME LOST (HRS)
M
TIME
D
D
Y
Y
HAUL END
LATITUDE
LONGITUDE
°
:
.
°
N
TEMP (°F)
.
PREDATORS
HOOKS LOST
COMMENTS:
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
POLYBALLS
MAINLINE
HIGHFLIERS
Office Use Only:
NUM
.
ADD. WEIGHTS
DROPLINES
ADD. WEIGHT
BULLETS
HOOK TIMERS
TDRs
HOOKS HAULED
TDRs start:_____ middle:_____ end:_____
1
NM
LBS
BAIT INFO
BEHAVIOUR
.
W
SPLIT HAUL INFORMATION (gear hauled)
GEAR COND.
COND
DETAILS:
DATE
M
□
TEMP (°F)
LONGITUDE
°
SPEED
SPLIT HAUL?
1
LATITUDE
:
HAUL BEGIN
□
LONGITUDE
°
TIME
M
INCIDENTAL TAKE?
NUMBER
LATITUDE
:
SET END
□
°
N
MIN. SET DEPTH
TOTAL ADD. WEIGHT
TIME
M
CATCH?
LONGITUDE
TOTAL HOOKS SET
M
PAGE 1 of ____
VESSEL #
LATITUDE
:
SET BEGIN
POLYBALLS
□
Y
DATE LANDED
HAUL #
SAMPLES TAKEN?
BAIT INFO
M
LONGLINE HAUL LOG
2
3
4
5
SBLOP Haul log Revised 04-21
LBS
VESSEL #
HAUL DATE
mm/dd/yyyy
PAGE
_____ OF _____
SAMPLES
Y/N
PHOTO
WHOLE
FINS
FIN CP
SAMPLING
BARCODE
REPRO
COMMENT
VERT
SAMPLES TAKEN
OTO
S CODE
SEX
WT.
(KG)
W CODE
FL (CM)
L CODE
VENTED
ACTION
CODE
TYPE
NAME
STATUS
SPEC #
LOCATION
HOOK
SPECIES
HAUL #
D CODE
VESSEL NAME
DAMAGE
OBS/TRIP ID
ANIMAL LOG
TELEOST ANIMAL LOG
STOM
HAUL ID_________
COMMENTS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SBLOP Animal log Revised 08-18
VESSEL #
HAUL DATE
mm/dd/yyyy
PAGE
_____ OF _____
SAMPLES
Y/N
PHOTO
WHOLE
FINS
FIN CP
SAMPLING
BARCODE
REPRO
COMMENT
VERT
SAMPLES TAKEN
OTO
S CODE
SEX
WT.
(KG)
W CODE
FL (CM)
L CODE
VENTED
ACTION
CODE
TYPE
NAME
STATUS
SPEC #
LOCATION
HOOK
SPECIES
HAUL #
D CODE
VESSEL NAME
DAMAGE
OBS/TRIP ID
ANIMAL LOG
TELEOST ANIMAL LOG
STOM
HAUL ID_________
COMMENTS
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SBLOP Animal log Revised 08-18
Southeast Fisheries Observer
Programs
Sampling Manual
NOAA Fisheries
Panama City Laboratory
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
10.1 Shark Sampling Protocol
Ensure that straight line fork length measurements (see below) are taken from specimens
sampled. Estimates of length cannot be used in age structure studies or for length-atmaturity. If you get an estimated length, your efforts will be a waste.
ALL SAMPLES will have a waterproof label (filled in with pencil) within the Ziploc,
with identifying information similar to below (dependent on survey):
Measurement of sharks
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
Vertebrae Extraction
Most vertebrae samples will be coming from observers aboard shark directed commercial fishing
vessels. Due to these animals being marketable product vertebrae will generally be taken from
behind the head. In instances where sharks are not being kept and are able to be sampled,
vertebrae can be taken from below the first dorsal fin.
•
Remove vertebrae from the areas just behind the head (branchial chamber). Samples
should be at least 5 vertebrae long (usually around 10 cm).
o REMEMBER to consider that this shark is a marketable product and care
should be taken not to decrease the value.
o If the shark is to be discarded, take the vertebrae from under the 1st dorsal fin.
•
Place sample in Ziploc bag with internal label and store on ice or freeze until shipping.
Remove approximately 10 cm of
vertebrae from here
Head
Gills (Branchial
chamber)
Dorsal Fin
In discarded sharks take sample from
here, below 1st dorsal fin.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
Reproduction Extraction
A VERTEBRAL SAMPLE MUST ALSO BE TAKEN!
Remove reproductive tissue, all reproductive tissue needs to include BOTH sides. If
male, include at least the left clasper, preferably attached to pelvic fin (fins can only be
removed at dock, you may have to wait for clasper).
Place sample in Ziploc bag with internal label.
MALE REPRODUCTIVE SAMPLING
Mature
male
sample
This is what the removed sample should look like (male).
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE SAMPLING
This is what the removed sample should look like (female).
Head
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
Stomachs –
Remove stomach from esophagus (just after throat) through j-valve (just after stomach).
If stomach is large, use ziptie or string to tie up each end of the sample.
Place sample in Ziploc bag with internal label and store on ice or freeze until shipping.
Fin clips –
Remove a small portion of the trailing edge of the first or second dorsal fin.
Place fin clip in vial with 70% EtOH.
Place vial and waterproof label in dime bag. Each vial gets its own dime bag.
Fin sets – when requested
For any dead specimens that will be discarded, remove 1st dorsal, pectoral and lower
caudal fins (2nd dorsal also for lemon and sand tiger sharks) at the dock.
Place sample in Ziploc bag with internal label and store on ice or freeze until shipping.
Jaws – when requested
Jaws may be collected from any dead prohibited species. Remove jaws from head,
taking care with the sharp teeth.
Place sample in Ziploc bag with internal label and store on ice or freeze until shipping.
Whole specimens –when requested
Dead specimens (<100cm FL) from prohibited species and other discards can be
collected whole.
Place sample in garbage/carcass bag with internal and external labels and store on ice or
freeze until shipping.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
Cooler Shipping Protocol
Please take caution in packaging the cooler. The major concern is that there is enough ice in the
cooler to preserve the samples so that they can be included in analyses. If samples arrive rotten it
is possible they will not be utilized, wasting time and resources. It is important to minimize smell
and leakage throughout transport as well.
Before packing the cooler:
1) Fill out sample labels in pencil and affix a sample barcode to the back of the label
2) Place each sample type (vert, repro, stomach, other) in its own Ziploc bag.
Verts in individual pint/quart Ziplocs
Repros in individual Ziplocs/garbage bags (based on size)
Stomachs in individual Ziplocs/garbage bags (based on size)
Fin clips in blue lidded vials, inside a dime bag with sample label
3) If able, double bag samples (except fin clips), ensuring that any extra air has been
removed from each bag so that the sample comes in contact with the ice.
•
Pack a cooler as follows:
1) An absorptive pad on the bottom.
2) Place empty trash bag inside cooler.
3) Place labeled and bagged samples (except fin clips) inside the trash bag.
4) Ice inside of garbage bag OR ice inside 1 and 2 gallon Ziploc bags. DO NOT
USE DRY ICE!
Use as much ice as possible, do not leave blank space
Do NOT cram samples into a cooler without enough ice. ONE ZIPLOC
BAG OF ICE IS NOT ENOUGH ICE
It is VERY normal to have two coolers for one trip, especially during
pupping season.
5) An absorptive pad over the top.
6) Samples Taken Form and extra barcodes IN Ziploc, on top of absorptive pad.
7) Fin Clips in individual mini-Ziplocs (dime bags), IN another Ziploc bag, and
IN data sheet bag.
DO NOT leave fin clips loose with other samples.
Fin Clips are stored at room temperature prior to being sent
to collaborators, keeping them clean and dry are a priority.
8) Ziptie the cooler shut.
•
COOLERS must be shipped UPS Next Day Air
1) UPS return labels will be generated by the coordinators and may be included in
the cooler shipped before the trip. If a return label is needed, ask a coordinator.
2) Use cooler handle/luggage tags secured with a white ziptie for the shipping label. Do
NOT use sticker tag holders on the top of the cooler. These may be included in the
cooler when shipped before the trip, but can also be obtained from the UPS Store.
3) If landing on a Thursday, Friday, weekend, or holiday do NOT ship a cooler
07-2022
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
without consulting the coordinators first.
The observer is responsible for keeping the samples on ice or frozen
until the cooler can be shipped.
4) NEVER ship data in coolers with biological samples
•
•
Packing coolers, organizing of samples, and time driving to and at the UPS Store are
claimable hours and should be included on timesheets.
More bags, tags, and/or coolers can be requested. Ziplocs and garbage bags can be
purchased anywhere and claimed as expenses if the coordinators can’t get any to you
in enough time. Coordinators will ship coolers to the observer on a trip by trip basis.
07-2022
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Anal fin data collection
10.1.2. Anal fin data collection
Purpose: Collect data on anal fin widths to help with length/fin width relationships in target
species sharks.
Target Species:
Atlantic sharpnose shark
Bonnethead shark
Scalloped hammerhead shark
Great hammerhead shark
Blacktip shark
Data Collection:
Measurements should be taken on at least 5 animals of each target species, per day, if
encountered. Be sure to measure the fork length of the animal and determine the sex. Anal fin
measurements should be taken from the origin of the anal fin to the end of the free tip, if the free
tip is present (see diagram). If the free tip is not present, measure what is there and make a note
that a portion was missing. A fin clip should then be taken for that specimen. Note these
measurements in your data in the “Comments” section.
*You must take a fin clip on every shark where an anal fin measurement was taken*
Illustrates anal fin location and proper width measurement.
If present, include free rear tip in measurement
June 2020
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
10.1.3. Instructions for Weight Conversion Project
Introduction: The ACCSP (Atlantic Coast Cooperative Statistics Program) is funding a multipartner multispecies study to validate or determine conversion factors from whole weight to
landed weight. Although the project involves a variety of State Fisheries Management
authorities, for Highly Migratory Species the NMFS SEFSC is carrying out the research.
Species of interest:
Silky
Lemon
Spinner
Bull
All Hammerhead species
Criteria:
1) Set aside and mark 3 sharks of any species PER TRIP, if encountered.
2) The specimen must be undamaged, and not kill cut.
3) The animal must be intended to be brought back to the dock and weighed individually.
4) Reason with the fisherman when selecting large specimens; do not sample only small
specimens.
5) Obtain whole, carcass, and fin weight for each specimen. Note: the unit that weight is
being obtained in can be either pounds or kilograms (lbs or kg). Comment whether or not
the carcass had the belly flaps on or if they were cut off. Use hanging salter scales to
obtain the fin weight.
At the dock, assist fisherman when obtaining weights and be patient as they may not get to your
specimens right away. Record the whole weight of specimen in your deck book or animal log
comment section at the bottom of the page along with specimen #.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
Remember to zero the scale before weighing. Ensure that the specimen is clear of hanging over
on the ground or leaning against objects that may affect the measurement. For very large animals
cut the specimen into manageable pieces but make sure to catch as much blood as possible. If
you suspect that more than 16 oz. of blood have been lost include a comment with the weights.
Stand by the butcher while the fish is being processed, ask him to place (or give to you and you
place) the fins aside to be weighted separately. The fish should be dressed in an industrystandard fashion. Make a note if the fish was dressed with the belly flaps on or the belly flaps
cut off. Obtain the carcass weight on dock scale.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
Use your hanging salter scales to obtain the fin weight. You can use a mesh bag, plastic bag,
ziploc, or garbage bag to hold them in. Zero out the scale with the weight of the bag and then
weigh fins. Dock scale is not precise enough for the fin weight.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
10.1.4. Hammerhead Eye Removal Procedure
The Panama City observer program is currently collecting eyes (left and right eyes) from
scalloped hammerhead sharks in the South Atlantic.
*If taking the eyes from a shark, remember to take a longer section of vertebrae than
normal (approx. 7-8 centra instead of 5)*
These samples will be used in an ongoing aging research project using the shark lenses.
Anterior
Posterior
Soft Tissue Margin
Iris
Eye Slit
Eye anatomy for referenced in protocol.
To make the cuts, find where the soft tissue
ends and cartilage begins for the eye cavity
(soft tissue margin).
For the anterior cut, start on the soft tissue
margin in front of the eye slit. Cut from the
eye inward until the length of the cut is
approximately equal to the width of the eye
slit.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
To make the posterior cut, start in the soft
tissue margin behind the eye slit. Cut until the
length of the cut is approximately equal to the
width of the eye slit.
Note: Cutting in this margin, far away from
the eye slit, ensures that the eyeball is not
damaged: which may cause the loss of the
lens.
Cuts should be made at an angle, in order to
make a wedge-shape.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
Place both eye wedges in the same quart-sized
Ziploc with the label and barcode.
Mark the eye sample on the Sample Check-In
sheet within an un-used column or line, do not
write on the margins of this sheet.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
10.1.5. INSTRUCTIONS FOR PHOTOGRAPHING SHARKS IN THE WATER
Obtaining good photographs or videos of sharks that are in the water and are intended to be released is
crucial to verifying the identification of that animal. All efforts should be made to take as many pictures/ videos
as possible to help with positive identification. Below are criteria that should be followed while taking pictures
and videos.
1) In general, be sure camera is fully charged and functional prior to observing fishing operations. If on a vessel
with running air conditioning, camera lenses tend to fog when leaving the cool air. Be sure to check camera
for fogging. Keep the camera lens clean of water droplets or other materials. If you begin taking pictures
and think they are coming out blurry and unusable, taking a video of the animal is a great substitute.
2) The whole body of the animal should be visible in some pictures. If needed, have fishermen gently
maneuver the shark along the boat so that you can see a whole profile view of the animal. Try to
maneuver the animal as close to the surface as possible without lifting completely out of the water.
3) Critical features to identification include dorsal fin shape, dorsal fin placement in proximity to pectoral
fins, and second dorsal fin shape with trailing edge. Close up shots of these areas should be taken in
addition to whole body pictures. Pictures of the back for presence/absence of interdorsal ridge as well as
pictures of the head and snout (ventral and dorsal shots) are also helpful.
4) Photographing at night can be difficult and so multiple shots of various angles should be taken to ensure at
least one good picture. Using the flash on the camera and/or a flashlight to help highlight the animal can be
helpful. Again, attempt to maneuver the shark as close to the surface as possible.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Shark Sampling Protocol
10.1.6.
Creating a photo label for pictures taken
First Create a Google Drive folder for your trip.
Use your appropriate observer trip ID to name the folder.
EXAMPLE: PCB001
Upload all pictures from that trip to that folder.
Naming format should be as follows:
EXAMPLE: PCB014 H1 #123 DUS
4 Characteristics needed for photo label:
1. Trip ID #
2. Haul #
3. Specimen #
4. Species Code if known
For multiple pictures of the same specimen put a number in () for each photo to account for
each picture taken
EXAMPLE: PCB015 H2 #111 FAL (1)
PCB015 H2 #111 FAL (2)
PCB015 H2 #111 FAL (3)
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SAT Tagging
10.1.7. Satellite Tagging Instructions
These guidelines are necessary to prevent the loss of tags, as well as valuable data, when attempting to
place a tag.
A weak-link of 6lb mono has been tied onto the base of the tag, as well as onto a small carabiner clip.
We are using telescoping poles, and the weak-link is made for when the pole is fully extended.
**We are only tagging active animals so be sure shark is in good condition
before placing a tag. **
Unclip the carabiner from the tag’s anchor
and unroll the weak-link.
Remove the label, make sure that it matches
what is stamped on the base of the tag, and
store in a safe place after making note of the
SN number in your field diary.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SAT Tagging
After attaching the tip to the end of the pole,
place a rubber band that will be tight around
the tag onto the pole. This will simply help
keep the tag from falling off, as well as
helps give that extra pull when you are
making sure that the tag is set in the shark.
Place the tag anchor onto the tip, with the
tether facing upward (towards the tagging
tip).
Bring the rubber band over the antenna and
onto the bulb of the tag.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SAT Tagging
Clip the carabiner into the wire loop in the
middle of the pole.
When you go to tag the shark, leave
everything connected. The weak-link will
allow you to recover the tag if it falls off the
tip. When your tagging is successful, you
simply give a good tug (if the shark doesn’t
do it for you) to break the link.
Be sure to check that the tip has remained
tight inside of the bushing prior to tagging
an animal.
Have the crew maneuver the animal
alongside of the boat as much as possible to
bring it in close and parallel.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SAT Tagging
Hold the pole firmly with both hands. Angle
pole so that you will hit the fleshy area
beneath the dorsal fin but not so low that
you hit the vertebrae. Location of hand
placement will depend on the size of the
gunnel.
Aim the tag at the base of the dorsal fin, in
the fleshy part, with the anchor tip facing
towards the head. On smaller animals, take
care to decrease your angle so as not to hit
the vertebrae.
Take care not to blindly strike, as you risk
thrusting the tip into the side or belly, and
could hit internal organs. Hovering the tip
close to the animal while lining up your shot
will help to avoid hitting it in the wrong
area.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SAT Tagging
Use force to plunge the tip and anchor
through the tough skin. Hesitation will
cause you to lose momentum and risks a
failed attempt. If the full anchor is not
inserted, use your hand to hit the back of the
pole and drive it in all of the way.
Once inserted completely, pull back the
pole to set the anchor, as well as release the
tip. Give another quick tug to pull the tag
through the rubber band, and to break the
weak-link. This action also helps secure the
tag.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City SBLOP
SAT Tagging
Take a finclip from the animal, in addition to photos and videos, to positively identify the
species. If you can, have a crewmember take photos/videos during the tagging process, but do
not risk safety in order to do so.
Also be sure to take as accurate of measurements as possible, and any other pertinent information
(i.e. sex and sex code).
Cut the gangion as close to the hook as is deemed safe to release the shark.
DO NOT remove the animal from the water. The aim of this project is to mimic normal fishing
practices as much as possible. Become familiar with the vessels fishing habits ahead of time so
that your time is not wasted while an animal is alongside the vessel. Make sure that the pole and
tag are rigged and are easily accessible during haulback to minimize handling time.
If you have concerns with rain, a Ziploc
with a paper towel and rubber band can be
placed over the tag. Note that the water
sensor is the silver ring at the base of the
antenna. It will only activate after being
submerged for several seconds.
If for some reason your link gets broken,
and you need to tie your own weak-link,
find the lightest mono you can (down to 6
lbs) and tie a non-slip loop through the tag
base and carabiner.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Program
Sat Tagging
10.1.7.1. Satellite Tag Quick Reference Guide
**Only tag active animals, be sure the shark is in good condition before
placing a tag.**
**Take picture/video, fin clip, measurement, and sex/sex code of all
tagged animals.**
●
●
●
●
●
Set up the tagging pole with the satellite tag. Make sure:
○ The anchor is secured and tight on the tagging pole tip and the tether is inward
○ A rubber band is around the tag’s bulb
○ The weak-link and carabiner are secure
■ Note: Double check that the label and SN number on the tag matches the stamp on
the base of the tag. Record label information with the animal data
When the animal is positioned securely along-side the vessel:
○ Firmly hold the tagging pole with both hands
○ Aim at the base of the dorsal fin from the back of the animal
○ Aim with a medium to low angle.
■ DO NOT remove the animal from water
■ DO NOT hesitate or blindly strike, this could cause fatal damage
■ Note: decrease the aiming angle with smaller animals
Use force to fully insert the tagging anchor into the flesh
○ If not fully inserted, hit the back of the pole to drive it in
○ Once fully inserted, pull back on the tagging pole to set the anchor and release the tag
Note: In case of rain, cover the tag with a ziplock bag and secure with rubber bands, then
remove the bag before placing the tag
For the entire tagging instruction, see Satellite Tagging Instructions document or contact
coordinator
July 2020
Shark BLL and GN – All Locations
07/2022
You should always take samples from priority/prohibited species regardless of special requests by your coordinator.
*ALL PREVIOUSLY TAGGED SHARKS BEING RETAINED/DEAD MUST BE FULLY SAMPLED FOR VERT, REPRO, STOMACH, & FIN CLIP*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PIC
X
TAG
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
WHOLE
STOM
3522
3495
3496
3513
3517
3497
3515
3524
3523
3493
3509
3531
3534
3535
3533
3514
3505
3502
3494
3490
3491
3482
3512
3510
3230
3582
3528
3529
3587
3656
FIN CLIP
VERT
SHH
SBK
SSP
SSB
LEM
SBU
TIG
GHH
SPL
FAL
PTH
DCU
DGM
DGR
GLP
DUS
SMA
LMA
SNI
SRF
SBG
SST
GWS
BTH
SSW
ANG
SIX
BSX
SEV
SPE
REPRO
SPP #
COMMON NAME
Smooth Hammerhead
Blacktip
Spinner
Sandbar (prohibited)1
Lemon
Bull
Tiger
Great Hammerhead
Scalloped Hammerhead
Silky
Common Thresher
Cuban Dogfish
Shortspine Dogfish
Roughskin Dogfish
Gulper Shark
Dusky
Shortfin Mako
Longfin Mako
Night
Caribbean Reef
Bignose
Sand Tiger
White Shark
Bigeye Thresher
Smalltooth Sawfish
Angel Shark
Bluntnose Sixgill
Bigeye Sixgill
Sevengill
Spotted Eagle Ray
If a repro is taken, a vert must also be taken.
SPP CODE
PROHIBITED SPECIES
PRIORITY
SPECIES
5 animals/trip
minimum
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
If unsure of ID, or if an easily confused species,
take pictures and a fin clip
1
Sandbar sharks should only be sampled during Shark Research
Fishery trips; 3 sandbars sampled per trip.
***PROHIBITED SPECIES TAKE PRECEDENCE
AND SHOULD ALWAYS BE TAGGED OR SAMPLED***
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
OBS/TRIP#
Haul #
Species Code
Specimen #
Contents of bag
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NOAA Fisheries Service
2022 South Atlantic
Teleost
Sampling Request
and
Procedures
NOAA Fisheries Service
3500 Delwood Beach Road
Panama City, FL 32408
Please contact the following for questions:
Brad Smith
850-381-1695
[email protected]
Samantha Faller
850-348-3176
[email protected]
Jul 2022
Common Name
GAG GROUPER
RED GROUPER
BLACK GROUPER
SCAMP GROUPER
SNOWY GROUPER
YELLOWEDGE GROUPER
SPECKLED HIND
YELLOWMOUTH GROUPER
Scientific Name
Mycteroperca microlepis
Epinephelus morio
Mycteroperca bonaci
Mycteroperca phenax
Epinephelus niveatus
Hyporthodus flavolimbatus
Epinephelus drummondhayi
Mycteroperca interstitialis
RED SNAPPER
MUTTON SNAPPER
VERMILION SNAPPER
YELLOWTAIL SNAPPER
LANE SNAPPER
Lutjanus campechanus
Lutjanus analis
Rhomboplites aurorubens
Ocyurus chrysurus
Lutjanus synagris
TILEFISH (Golden)
BLUELINE TILEFISH
GREATER AMBERJACK
RED PORGY
GRAY TRIGGERFISH*
BLACK SEA BASS
WHITE GRUNT
Sp. Abbr
GAG
RGR
BLG
CGR
OGR
YEG
SHI
YMG
Code
1423
1416
1422
1424
1414
1415
1411
1425
Otolith
X
X
X
X
X
X
Gonad
X
X
X
X
X
X
RSN
MSN
SNV
YTS
LUL
3764
3763
3765
3767
3761
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lopholatilus chamoeleonticeps
Caulolatilus microps
TIL
BLT
4470
4474
X
X
X
X
Seriola dumerili
Pagrus pagrus
Balistes capriscus
Centropristis philadelphica
Haemulon plumieri
GAJ
PRD
TRG
SBL
WGT
1812
3300
0106
0087
1441
X
X
X*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Species List and Sampling Protocol
* Dorsal spine is taken for triggerfish in lieu of otolith
Sampling Protocol:
Target a minimum of 5 sampled fish of the above species listed, per sea day. You must
collect both the left otolith and the gonads from each fish. If the gonads are too large, weigh
the entire gonad, cut a small subsample, and place into the formalin vial. If you break or
lose the otolith, remove the otolith from the other side of the head and note that it is from
the right side. Try to collect from multiple species off the above list if they are being
retained by the boat. Do not destructively sample fish that are not being kept by the boat.
Jul 2022
Fin
Clip
X
X
X
X
X
X
List of Supplies for Otolith and Gonad Sampling for Observers
Otolith Collection
50 Pre-Stamped Otolith Envelopes
Use to group otolith envelopes per set/haul.
20 freezer proof quart Ziploc bags Label with OBS/TRIP ID and Set/Haul #.
Gonad Collection
1 3.5-gallon Bucket
BUCKET #
1 100-gram spring scale (rinse with fresh water & lubricate with 3 in 1, daily)
50 Pre-Stamped Gonad Labels on waterproof paper
50 vials pre-filled with 10% buffered formalin. 5 prefilled vials are grouped in quart sized Ziplocs. Please
label Ziplocs with Trip # and Set/Haul #
Safety Supplies – 5 pairs nitrile gloves, 1 pair safety glasses
Fin-clip Collection
10 vials pre-filled with DMSO
Field scissors
15 disposable bleach wipes
Small Ziploc bags (dime bags)
General Supplies:
2 Chisels different sizes – small (1/4’’), medium (1/2’’)
2 Forceps – pointed, curved
Species List and Requested Samples laminated page
2 – Black Sharpies and 2 – Pencils
3 in 1 lubricant
1 laminated MSDS sheet and 2 absorbent pads
200 barcodes
Jul 2022
Sagittal Otolith Removal Procedures
1. Cut the operculum to fold forward and open it
wide towards the anterior end of the fish.
2. Cut away the gill arches at their insertion.
3. Use a chisel to scrape away tissue from the
otolith capsule, the capsule will feel like a large
knob or protrusion.
4. Open the capsule with a chisel, the large sagittal
otoliths can be easily removed with forceps.
5. Rub off any attached membranes from the
otolith, rinse with fresh water and pat dry.
6. Place otolith in the provided pre-stamped
otolith envelope.
7. Gray triggerfish only – do not remove otolith,
remove the 1st dorsal spine. Insert a knife at
the base of the spine and cut out the whole
spine, including the knuckle. Rem ove
exc ess tissu e, rinse, pat dry & store in
otolith envelope.
8. Please fill out the following information on
the provided pre-stamped envelopes and
place barcode on envelope:
OBS/TRIP ID:
Set/Haul #:
Species Abbreviation: Specimen #:
Date:
Samples: Otolith and/or Gonad
(circle sample(s) taken)
9. Please store all otoliths in the provided quart Ziploc
bags, labeled with:
OBS/TRIP ID
Set/Haul #
Gray
triggerfish
1st dorsal
spine
10. Assigning specimen numbers.
SBLOP – each haul Specimen Number starts at #101
Jul 2022
Gonad Removal & Subsampling Procedures
1. Using a sharp knife, insert the tip just inside the anus.
2. Make a shallow cut through the ventral abdomen up to the
base of the pelvic fin.
3. The gonad will be the only bi-lobed organ in the
abdominal cavity, located dorsally to the anus, and will
be attached to the upper-rear abdominal wall.
4. Grab the two lobes and carefully pull them away from the
abdominal wall.
5. Cut the posterior end from the abdominal wall without
cutting any of the lobes.
6. If the gonad is small enough to be submerged in the
provided vial, make a small incision in the gonad and
submerge the entire gonad in the prefilled vial along with
gonad sample label.
7. If the gonad weighs greater than 10g, weigh the entire gonad and record weight in
appropriate column.
Next use a knife to remove a cross-section of gonad tissue, with tunica albuginea
(casing/wall) intact, about the size of a fingertip from the posterior part of the gonad.
Place sample along with gonad sample label in the sample vial and place barcode label
on gonad vial. Vials are filled with 10% neutral buffered formalin.
posterior
gonad > 10g
gonad < 10g
8. Use a PENCIL, to write the following information on the provided pre-stamped gonad
label and place the label in the vial and place barcode on outside of vial:
OBS/TRIP ID:
Set/Haul #:
Species Abbreviation: Specimen #:
9. Place 5 gonads samples from a single haul in a Ziploc bag. Do not mix samples
from different hauls. Write the following information on the Ziploc using a
SHARPIE:
OBS/TRIP ID:
Set/Haul #:
Jul 2022
Identifying Sex
Both male and female gonads go through morphological changes depending on the stage of
reproduction. Male gonads are thin, normally white to pinkish in color and taper to a point
whereas, female gonads are oval in shape, appear pink to red in color, and during the peak
of spawning small, fully developed oocytes can be seen with the naked eye.
Male
Female
Record Unknown for those gonads that you have sampled but cannot distinguish as a male or
female.
Jul 2022
Fin-Clip Collection
1. Use scissors to remove about 2cm2 (~ ¾ inch2) section of anal fin or
choose a fin that is light in color (not bright yellow, orange or red).
2. Place one fin clip section in one vial (pre-filled with DMSO*). Please do
not use larger (or more) pieces of tissue as fixation often will be
incomplete and the DNA degraded.
3. After taking a fin clip, wipe the cutting equipment with a disposable bleach
wipe, followed by fresh water to minimize chances of cross-contamination.
4. Place vial in a small Ziploc with filled out label and a barcode placed on the inside of
the small Ziploc.
*DMSO solution is deionized water saturated with salt. It is non-flammable and non-toxic.
The goal of fin clip samples is to collect genetic material throughout the South
Atlantic. Only collect genetic material from a maximum of 3 fish from the
requested species, per trip.
Jul 2022
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Teleost Bucket Guidelines
Teleost Bucket Shipping Protocol
The shipping of potential hazardous material needs to be done properly and safely. The
following is the proper procedure to ship vials, pre-filled with 10% buffered formalin, that are
used in teleost gonad sample collection. NOTE: the bucket will be sent in a box, make sure to
keep this box to return the used bucket and samples.
1. Ensure that the absorbent material (PIG mat)
at the bottom of the bucket is dry. If not
remove and dispose of and replace with new
absorbent material.
2. Place bagged vials in the up right position
inside the bucket.
3. Place a laminated formalin MSDS, (other
paper) and the completed sample check in
sheet, in a ziploc bag, inside the bucket.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Teleost Bucket Guidelines
4. Replace lid tightly on bucket. Note: some
buckets screw on (pictured) , others snap on
(not pictured).
5. IF the lid of the bucket snaps on (different than
pictured); wrap the bucket in a heavy duty
trash bag and zip tie closed. This is not
necessary for buckets with screw-on lids
(pictured) because those lids have O-rings.
6. Place another MSDS on top of the bucket.
7. Place the sealed bucket and MSDS inside a
box to ship.
Note: All teleost samples are to be shipped via ground transport.
04-21
FORMALIN HANDLING PROCEDURES
Formalin is a hazardous material and should be handled with caution in
any given situation. All provided vials are filled with a 10% buffered
Formalin solution.
Read the provided Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for buffered
neutral formalin 10%.
Inform the captain and crew that formalin is onboard and where it is
stored. Briefly review the safety hazards and procedures for exposure.
ONLY use formalin on deck! Under no circumstances should formalin be
handled in the cabin or hull. Store the bucket on deck in a secure location.
ALWAYS use gloves and eye protection to avoid any formalin exposure
to the skin or eyes.
Gonads require a small amount of formalin. Vials are filled halfway to
ensure adequate room for the gonad. DO NOT try to fit a gonad that is too
large in the vial, overfilling the vial will cause formalin to spill over.
Large gonads must be weighed and then subsampled to avoid overflow. If
an overflow event occurs rinse thoroughly with water.
If formalin comes into contact with skin or eyes, rinse with water
immediately! Thoroughly wash exposed area for 15 minutes. If in contact
with eyes, flush with water for 15 minutes. Refer to MSDS as needed.
Should formalin be ingested, DO NOT induce vomiting. Give conscious
victim 2-4 cups of water and seek medical attention as soon as possible.
Store all formalin and fixed samples within the sampling bucket. DO
NOT over fill the bucket, maintain a proper seal on the bucket lid at all
times.
When shipping samples/bucket, discuss details with coordinator before
shipping. ALL buckets will be shipped UPS ground with MSDS sheet
included.
09-15
Histology Sampling Guidelines
1. DO NOT OVERFILL JARS – no more than ¼ of space in jar
Overfilled Jar
Properly filled Jar
Ideal amount of tissue
2. Gonad too big?
Take the part closest
to where the two lobes
come together
(posterior end)
3. Gonad still too big?
Take ½ inch cross
section of one
gonad lobe
(near posterior end)
4. Gonad STILL too big?
Take triangular
piece of a cross
section of one lobe
(near posterior end)
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Species: ______________
Specimen #: ____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
NMFS Observer Program
OBS/TRIP ID:____________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
Haul #:________________
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Barcode Protocol
Instructions for Barcoding Samples and Datasheets
Barcodes are used to track samples and their associated data across multiple forms and databases.
Barcodes aid in reducing labelling and transcription errors, while increasing efficiency. One unique
barcode number is to be used for all samples taken from an individual animal. You should never reuse a
barcode number on a different animal, even if on a different trip. You should use barcodes on all samples
taken, no matter the trip target, gear type, or location.
Key Points:
● Only one unique barcode number per animal
● Never reuse barcodes
● Barcodes should be placed on all sample labels and data sheets
● Return all used barcode sheets to the lab at the end of your trip
Barcodes are provided as a stack of perforated
sheets, with 12 barcode stickers per number, and
therefore per animal.
It does not matter which order you assign barcode
numbers to each animal, as long as each barcode
number is used only once.
When removing barcode stickers from the sheet, it
is preferable that you leave the far right column
intact, unless needed for a large number of
samples. We will place these on tracking sheets
used at the office and in the lab during sampling
processing, as well as to store in case of later use.
Place a barcode on the back of each sample label
for that individual animal.
JULY 2020
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Barcode Protocol
Please face the barcode out and have it visible on
the inside of the Ziploc bag, so that it can be
checked-in quickly.
When using a trash bag for a large sample, you
may place a barcode on the exterior label, but also
place a label within the trash bag, in case the
exterior label falls off.
When collecting teleost gonad samples, place the
barcode inside of the jar. We have had instances
of barcodes falling off the exterior of the jars due
to leaking formalin.
Then place a matching barcode on the Animal Log
data sheet and the Sample Tracking data sheet.
On the Sample Tracking sheet, continue to order
the animals by Haul and Specimen Number, do
not order by barcode number.
JULY 2020
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Programs
Barcode Protocol
Return all used barcode sheets in the Ziploc bag
with your Sample Tracking data sheet (and fin
clips) at the end of your trip. In addition to being
used on sample datasheets in the lab, this also
prevents reusing the barcode numbers on
subsequent trips.
JULY 2020
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Programs
Barcode Protocol
Additional barcode placement reference images:
JULY 2020
IN DATE & BY
SAMPLES TAKEN FORM
NOAA Fisheries Panama City
WHOLE
FINS
FIN CLIP
SEX
STOM
FL
REPRO WT
SPECIES
REPRO
SPEC #
VERT
DATE (S)
HAUL #
PROOFED
PAGE ____ of ____
OTO
OBSTRIPID
ENTERED
BARCODE
SPAG
IN
#
Sample Taken Form Revised 09-21
IN DATE & BY
SAMPLES TAKEN FORM
NOAA Fisheries Panama City
WHOLE
FINS
FIN CLIP
SEX
STOM
FL
REPRO WT
SPECIES
REPRO
SPEC #
VERT
DATE (S)
HAUL #
PROOFED
PAGE ____ of ____
OTO
OBSTRIPID
ENTERED
BARCODE
SPAG
IN
#
Sample Taken Form Revised 09-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
PC FISHERIES OBSERVER SPECIES CODES (Alphabetized by Common Name)
Common Name
Scientific Name
Code
ALFONSINO
Beryx decadactylus
ALF
GAJ
AMBERJACK GREATER
Seriola dumerili
AMBERJACK LESSER
Seriola fasciata
LAJ
AMBERJACKS
Seriola
AMJ
ANCHOVY BAY
Anchoa mitchilli
ABY
ANGELFISH BLUE
Holocanthus bermudensis
BAF
ANGELFISH FAMILY
Pomacanthidae
ANF
ANGLERFISH MONKFISH
Lophius sp.
AGL
BALLOONFISH
Diodon holocanthus
BAL
BALLYHOO
Hemiramphus brasiliensis
BLY
BANDED RUDDERFISH
Seriola zonata
RUD
GBA
BARRACUDA GREAT
Sphyraena barracuda
BARRACUDAS
Sphyraena
BAR
BARRELFISH
Hyperoglyphe perciformis
BRF
BASS LARGEMOUTH
Micropterus salmoides
BAM
BASS LONGTAIL
Hemanthias leptus
BSL
BASS STRIPED
Morone saxatilis
BAI
BASS WHITE
Morone chrysops
BAW
BATFISH FAMILY
Ogcocephalidae
BAT
BATFISH POLKA-DOT
Ogcocephalus radiatus
BPD
BEARDFISH
Polymixia lowei
BDF
BIGEYE
Priacanthus arenatus
BGE
BIGEYE FAMILY
Priacanthidae
BEF
BIGEYE SHORT
Pristigenys alta
BGS
BILLFISH
Istiophoridae
BIL
BIRD COMMON LOON
Gavia immer
LOO
BIRD DOVEKIE
Alle alle
DOV
BIRD GANNET NORTHERN
Morus bassanus
GAN
BIRD GREAT BLACK-BACKED GULL
Larus marinus
GBB
BIRD GULL
Laridae
GUX
BIRD GULL HERRING
Larus smithsonianus
GHE
BIRD GULL LAUGHING
Larus atricilla
GLA
BIRD PELICAN, BROWN
Pelecanus occidentalis
PEL
BIRD SHEARWATER GREAT
Puffinus gravis
SWG
BIRD SHEARWATERS
Puffinus
SWX
BIRD STORM PETREL WILSONS
Oceanites oceanicus
SPW
BIRDS
Aves
BRD
BLUEFISH
Pomatomus saltatrix
BLU
BONITO ATLANTIC
Sarda sarda
BON
BRYOZOA
Bryozoa
BRY
BUFFALO SMALLMOUTH
Ictiobus bubalus
BSM
BULLEYE
Cookeolus japonicus
BLE
BUMPER ATLANTIC
Chloroscombrus chrysurus
ABU
BURRFISH STRIPED
Chilomycterus schoepfi
BRS
BUTTERFISH
Peprilus triacanthus
BUT
Species List
#
1600
1812
1815
0030
0162
0579
0578
0121
0031
0150
1817
0181
0180
0193
4181
3374
4180
5000
0032
0033
0194
0140
0141
0145
2180
6301
6300
6171
6205
6200
6206
6208
6201
6402
6400
6434
6100
0230
0330
7200
0421
0146
0040
2762
0037
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
BUTTERFISH GULF
CARP
CATFISH BLUE
CATFISH CHANNEL
CATFISH GAFFTOPSAIL
CATFISH HARDHEAD
CEPHALOPODS
CHUB BERMUDA
CIGARFISH BIGEYE
COBIA
CONEY
CORAL
CORNETFISH BLUESPOTTED
CORNETFISH RED
COWFISH SCRAWLED
CRAB
CRAB ATLANTIC ROCK
CRAB BLUE
CRAB CANCER
CRAB FLAME BOX
CRAB HERMIT
CRAB HORSESHOE
CRAB JONAH
CRAB KING
CRAB SPIDER
CRAB SWIMMING
CREOLEFISH
CRIMSON ROVER
CROAKER ATLANTIC
CUBBYU
CUTLASSFISH ATLANTIC
DAMSELFISHES
DEALFISH
DOCTORFISH
DOLPHIN
DOLPHIN ATLANTIC SPOTTED
DOLPHIN BOTTLENOSE
DOLPHIN COMMON
DOLPHIN FISH (MAHI MAHI)
DOLPHIN PANTROPIC SPOTTED
DOLPHIN RISSOS
DOLPHIN SPINNER SHORTBEAK
DOLPHIN STRIPED
DRUM BANDED
DRUM BLACK
DRUM RED
DRUM SAND
Peprilus burti
Cyprinus carpio
Ictalurus furcatus
Ictalurus punctatus
Bagre marinus
Arius felis
Cephalopoda
Kyphosus sectator
Cubiceps pauciradiatus
Rachycentron canadum
Cephalopholis fulva
Anthozoa
Fistularia tabacaria
Fistularia petimba
Acanthostracion quadricornis
Decapoda
Cancer irroratus
Callinectes sapidus
Cancer
Calappa flammea
Paguroidea
Limulus polyphemus
Cancer borealis
Paralithodes
Majidae
Portunidae
Paranthias furcifer
Erythrocles monodi
Micropogonias undulatus
Equetus umbrosus
Trichiurus lepturus
Pomacentridae
Trachipterus arcticus
Acanthurus chirurgus
Delphinidae
Stenella frontalis
Tursiops truncatus
Delphinus delphis
Coryphaena hippurus
Stenella attenuata
Grampus griseus
Stenella clymene
Stenella coeruleoalba
Larimus fasciatus
Pogonias cromis
Sciaenops ocellatus
Umbrina coroides
Species List
BGF
CRP
BLC
CCH
CGF
CHH
CEP
CBM
CUB
CBA
CNY
COR
FIS
FIP
COW
CRA
CAI
CBL
CAC
CAF
CAH
HSC
CAB
CAK
MAJ
CPO
TIF
CRV
CRO
CYU
CAT
DMX
DEA
AQH
MDO
MAD
MBD
MCO
DOL
MPD
MRD
MCL
MSD
DBA
DBL
RDD
SDR
0038
0630
0662
0663
0035
0036
0005
1090
0530
0570
1430
8160
0010
0011
0028
7190
7120
0114
7140
7130
7185
7240
7110
7090
7187
7020
1431
2525
0041
0042
0009
0196
0985
0012
9038
9040
9036
9042
1050
9039
9037
9041
9043
0043
0044
1082
1083
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
DRUM STAR
EEL
EEL BEARDED BROTULA
EEL BLACKPORED
EEL CONGER
EEL KING SNAKE
EEL MORAY BLACKEDGE
EEL MORAY BLACKTAIL
EEL MORAY FAMILY
EEL MORAY GREEN
EEL MORAY OCELLATED
EEL MORAY PURPLEMOUTH
EEL MORAY RETICULATE
EEL MORAY SPOTTED
EEL PALE-SPOTTED
EEL SPOTTED SPOON NOSE
ESCOLAR
ESCOLAR LONGFIN
FILEFISH
FILEFISH UNICORN
FILEFISH WHITESPOTTED
FLOUNDER
FLOUNDER CHANNEL
FLOUNDER DUSKY
FLOUNDER GULF
FLOUNDER OCELLATED
FLOUNDER PEACOCK
FLOUNDER SOUTHERN
FLOUNDER SUMMER
FLOUNDER WINDOWPANE
FLYING GURNARD
FROGFISH FAMILY
GAR ALLIGATOR
GAR FAMILY
GAR SPOTTED
GASTROPOD
GROUPER
GROUPER BLACK
GROUPER GAG
GROUPER GOLIATH
GROUPER GRAYSBY
GROUPER MARBLED
GROUPER MISTY
GROUPER NASSAU
GROUPER RED
GROUPER SCAMP
GROUPER SNOWY
Stellifer lanceolatus
Anguilliformes
Brotula barbata
Ophichtus melanoporus
Congridae
Ophichthus rex
Gymnothorax nigromarginatus
Gymnothorax kolpos
Muraenidae
Gymnothorax funebris
Gymnothorax saxicola
Gymnothorax vicinus
Muraena retifera
Gymnothorax moringa
Ophichthus puncticeps
Echiophis intertinctus
Lepidocybium flavobrunneum
Scombrolabrax heterolepis
Aluterus
Aluterus monoceros
Cantherhines macrocerus
Paralichthys
Syacium micrurum
Syacium papillosum
Paralichthys albigutta
Ancylopsetta quadrocellata
Bothus lunatus
Paralichthys lethostigma
Paralichthys dentatus
Scophthalmus aquosus
Dactylopterus volitans
Antennariidae
Atractosteus spatula
Lepisosteidae
Lepisosteus oculatus
Gastropoda
Serranidae
Mycteroperca bonaci
Mycteroperca microlepis
Epinephelus itajara
Cephalopholis cruentata
Dermatolepis inermis
Hyporthodus mystacinus
Epinephelus striatus
Epinephelus morio
Mycteroperca phenax
Hyporthodus niveatus
Species List
DST
EEL
BBR
EBP
CNG
KSE
EBE
EBT
MEL
EGM
EOM
PME
RMO
SMO
PSE
ESN
GEM
ESL
FLE
FUN
FIW
FLO
FLH
FLU
FLG
FLC
FLP
FLS
FLD
FLW
GFL
FRO
AGA
GAR
SGA
GPD
GRP
BLG
GAG
GOL
GSG
MBG
MSG
NAG
RGR
CGR
OGR
0045
1140
1144
1153
1142
1137
1141
1151
1143
1147
1145
1150
1148
1149
1146
1152
2501
2506
0047
0109
0046
0048
9052
9051
0049
1250
9050
0050
1210
9053
9055
8787
1331
1330
1332
7230
1410
1422
1423
1421
1428
1417
1420
1430
1416
1424
1414
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
GROUPER WARSAW
GROUPER YELLOWEDGE
GROUPER YELLOWFIN
GROUPER YELLOWMOUTH
GRUNT BARRED
GRUNT BLUESTRIPED
GRUNT CAESAR
GRUNT COTTONWICK
GRUNT FAMILY
GRUNT MARGATE
GRUNT STRIPED
GRUNT WHITE
GUITARFISH ATLANTIC
HAKE GULF
HAKE OFFSHORE
HAKE SILVER
HAKE SOUTHERN
HAKE SPOTTED
HAKES MERLUCCIID FAMILY
HAKES PHYCID FAMILY
HARVESTFISH
HERRING
HERRING ATLANTIC THREAD
HIND RED
HIND ROCK
HIND SPECKLED
HOGCHOKER
HOGFISH
HOGFISH SPOTFIN
HOUNDFISH
JACK
JACK ALMACO
JACK BAR
JACK BLUERUNNER
JACK BLUNTNOSE
JACK CREVALLE
JACK FAMILY
JACK HORSE-EYE
JACK LEATHERJACKET
JACK YELLOW
JELLYFISH
KINGFISH
KINGFISH GULF
KINGFISH NORTHERN
KINGFISH SOUTHERN
LADYFISH
LANCETFISH
Hyporthodus nigritus
Hyporthodus flavolimbatus
Mycteroperca venenosa
Mycteroperca interstitialis
Conodon nobilis
Haemulon sciurus
Haemulon carbonarium
Haemulon melanurum
Haemulidae
Haemulon album
Haemulon striatum
Haemulon plumieri
Rhinobatos lentiginosus
Urophycis cirrata
Merluccius albidus
Merluccius bilinearis
Urophycis floridana
Urophycis regia
Merluccius
Phycidae
Peprilus paru
Clupeidae
Opisthonema oglinum
Epinephelus guttatus
Epinephelus adscensionis
Epinephelus drummondhayi
Trinectes maculatus
Lachnolaimus maximus
Bodianus pulchellus
Tylosurus crocodilus
Carangidae
Seriola rivoliana
Caranx ruber
Caranx crysos
Hemicaranx amblyrhynchus
Caranx hippos
Carangidae
Caranx latus
Oligoplites saurus
Carangoides bartholomaei
Scyphozoa
Menticirrhus sp.
Menticirrhus littoralis
Menticirrhus saxatilis
Menticirrhus americanus
Elops saurus
Alepisauridae
Species List
WGR
YEG
YFG
YMG
BGU
SGU
CGU
CGT
GRT
MGT
GST
WGT
GUI
HAG
HAO
HSL
HAK
HSP
HKM
HKP
HAR
HER
HAT
REH
RHI
SHI
HOG
HOF
HGS
HOU
JAK
AJC
CXR
JBR
JBL
JCR
JKF
JHE
LJK
JYL
JLY
KIG
KGU
KNO
KSO
LAD
LAX
4740
1415
1426
1425
1427
0051
1429
1447
1440
1442
1448
1441
0052
1550
5081
5090
3901
5093
5070
1522
0053
0055
0054
1413
1412
1411
1760
1790
3476
0056
0034
1810
1816
0270
0007
0870
0057
1800
1809
1803
8145
1811
0058
0059
0060
0111
2035
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
LIONFISHES
LITTLE TUNNY
LIZARDFISH FAMILY
LIZARDFISH INSHORE
LIZARDFISH SANDDIVER
LIZARDFISH SNAKEFISH
LOBSTERS
LOOKDOWN
MACKEREL ATLANTIC
MACKEREL BULLET
MACKEREL CERO
MACKEREL CHUB
MACKEREL FRIGATE
MACKEREL KING
MACKEREL SNAKE
MACKEREL SPANISH
MARINE MAMMAL
MARLIN BLUE
MARLIN WHITE
MENHADEN
MENHADEN ATLANTIC
MENHADEN GULF
MENHADEN YELLOWFIN
MISC FINFISH
MIXED BAIT
MIXED SPECIES
MOJARRA YELLOWFIN
MOLLUSC
MOONFISH
MULLET SILVER
MULLET STRIPED
NEEDLEFISH ATLANTIC
OCTOPUS
OILFISH
OPAH
PARROTFISH FAMILY
PERCH SAND
PERCH SILVER
PERMIT
PIGFISH
PILOTFISH
PINFISH
PINFISH SPOTTAIL
POMFRETS
POMPANO AFRICAN
POMPANO FLORIDA
PORCUPINEFISH
Pterois
Euthynnus alletteratus
Synodontidae
Synodus foetens
Synodus intermedius
Trachinocephalus myops
Nephropidae
Selene vomer
Scomber scombrus
Auxis rochei
Scomberomorus regalis
Scomber japonicus
Auxis thazard
Scomberomorus cavalla
Gempylus serpens
Scomberomorus maculatus
Mammalia
Makaira nigricans
Kajikia albida
Brevoortia
Brevoortia tyrannus
Brevoortia patronus
Brevoortia smithi
Teleost
Mixed bait
Gerres cinereus
Mollusca
Selene setapinnis
Mugil curema
Mugil cephalus
Strongylura marina
Octopoda
Ruvettus pretiosus
Lampris guttatus
Scaridae
Diplectrum formosum
Bairdiella chrysoura
Trachinotus falcatus
Orthopristis chrysoptera
Naucrates ductor
Lagodon rhomboides
Diplodus holbrookii
Bramidae
Alectis ciliaris
Trachinotus carolinus
Diodon hystrix
Species List
LNF
LTA
LIZ
LZD
LSD
SKF
LOB
LKD
AMK
BMK
MCE
CHM
FRM
KGM
TRX
SMK
MAM
BUM
WHM
MEN
MAT
MGU
MYF
MFI
MBT
MIX
YFM
MOL
MNF
MSI
MST
ATN
OCT
OIL
OPA
PTF
PSA
PSI
PER
PIG
PLF
PIN
BTP
POA
PAF
PFL
POQ
2080
4653
0029
0062
0039
0108
0113
0063
0064
0065
0066
2150
1900
1940
2504
3840
9010
2179
2177
0067
0068
0069
0070
5261
9990
0001
0098
0002
0071
2346
2341
0190
7860
2502
2503
2520
3110
0072
0073
0074
0075
2670
3309
2710
2719
2720
3579
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
PORGY FAMILY
PORGY GRASS
PORGY JOLTHEAD
PORGY KNOBBED
PORGY LITTLEHEAD
PORGY RED
PORGY SAUCEREYE
PORGY SHEEPSHEAD
PORGY SILVER
PORGY WHITEBONE
PORKFISH
PUFFER
PUFFER BLUNTHEAD
PUFFER OCEANIC
PUFFER SMOOTH
PUFFER SPINY FAMILY
RAY ATLANTIC DEVIL
RAY BULLNOSE
RAY BUTTERFLY
RAY CHILEAN DEVIL
RAY COWNOSE
RAY EAGLES
RAY GIANT DEVIL
RAY LESSER ELECTRIC
RAY MANTA
RAY MOBULA
RAY SPOTTED EAGLE
RAYS/SKATES
REMORA
REMORA FAMILY
ROSEFISH BLACK BELLIED
RUNNER RAINBOW
SAILFISH
SAILFISH ATLANTIC
SAND DOLLAR KEYHOLE
SAND FLEA
SARDINE SPANISH
SAWFISH LARGETOOTH
SAWFISH SMALLTOOTH
SCAD REDTAIL
SCAD ROUND
SCORPIONFISH FAMILY
SCORPIONFISH LONGSPINE
SCORPIONFISH SPINYCHEEK
SCORPIONFISH SPOTTED
SEA CUCUMBER
SEA LICE
Sparidae
Calamus arctifrons
Calamus bajonado
Calamus nodosus
Calamus proridens
Pagrus pagrus
Calamus calamus
Calamus penna
Diplodus argenteus
Calamus leucosteus
Anisotremus virginicus
Tetraodontidae
Sphoeroides pachygaster
Lagocephalus lagocephalus
Lagocephalus laevigatus
Diodontidae
Mobula hypostoma
Myliobatis freminvillei
Gymnura
Mobula tarapacana
Rhinoptera bonasus
Myliobatis
Mobula mobular
Narcine brasiliensis
Mobula birostris
Mobula sp.
Aetobatus narinari
Raja
Remora remora
Remora
Helicolenus dactylopterus
Elagatis bipinnulata
Istiophorus platypterus
Istiophorus albicans
Mellita quinquiesperforata
Crustacea
Sardinella aurita
Pristis pristis
Pristis pectinata
Decapterus tabl
Decapterus punctatus
Scorpaenidae
Pontinus longispinis
Neomerinthe hemingwayi
Scorpaena plumieri
Holothuroidea
Amphipoda
Species List
PRG
PGS
JPO
PKN
POL
PRD
POS
PSH
SPR
POW
PRK
PUX
PBH
PUL
PSL
PUS
DEV
RBU
RBT
CDV
RCN
EAG
GDV
RLE
RMA
RMB
SPE
SRX
RRM
REM
RBB
RUN
SAL
SAI
SDK
SFE
SAR
LSW
SSW
DCT
RSC
SCO
SCL
SCS
SPC
CUC
LIC
3580
3305
3312
3308
0076
3300
0077
3581
3313
0078
2750
2760
2763
2769
2761
0079
3654
3652
3651
3665
3653
3655
3666
0080
0081
9054
3656
3650
0082
2865
2420
1814
0083
3026
8056
7109
3870
3506
3230
1813
1801
0085
0097
0086
0099
8085
7111
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
SEABASS BANK
SEABASS BLACK
SEABASS FAMILY
SEABASS ROCK
SEAHORSE LINED
SEAROBIN BLUESPOTTED
SEAROBIN LEOPARD
SEAROBIN, NORTH AMERICAN
SEASTAR/STARFISH
SEATROUT
SEATROUT SAND
SEATROUT SILVER
SEATROUT SPOTTED
SEATROUT WEAKFISH
SHAD
SHAD ALABAMA
SHAD GIZZARD
SHARK
SHARK ATLANTIC ANGEL
SHARK ATLANTIC SHARPNOSE
SHARK BIGNOSE
SHARK BLACKNOSE
SHARK BLACKTIP
SHARK BLOTCHED CATSHARK
SHARK BLUE
SHARK BONNETHEAD
SHARK BULL
SHARK CARIBBEAN REEF
SHARK CATSHARK CHAIN
SHARK COW SHARKS
SHARK CROCODILE
SHARK DOGFISH CUBAN
SHARK DOGFISH FAMILY
SHARK DOGFISH ROUGHSKIN
SHARK DOGFISH SHORTSPINE
SHARK DOGFISH SMOOTH
SHARK DOGFISH SPINY
SHARK DUSKY
SHARK FINETOOTH
SHARK FINS
SHARK GALAPAGOS
SHARK GREENLAND
SHARK GULPER
SHARK HAMMERHEAD
SHARK HAMMERHEAD GREAT
SHARK HAMMERHEAD SCALLOPED
SHARK HAMMERHEAD SMOOTH
Centropristis ocyurus
Centropristis striata
Serranidae
Centropristis philadelphica
Hippocampus erectus
Prionotus roseus
Prionotus scitulus
Prionotus
Asteroidea
Cynoscion sp.
Cynoscion arenarius
Cynoscion nothus
Cynoscion nebulosus
Cynoscion regalis
Alosa sp.
Alosa alabamae
Dorosoma cepedianum
Elasmobranchii
Squatina dumeril
Rhizoprionodon terraenovae
Carcharhinus altimus
Carcharhinus acronotus
Carcharhinus limbatus
Scyliorhinus meadi
Prionace glauca
Sphyrna tiburo
Carcharhinus leucas
Carcharhinus perezi
Scyliorhinus retifer
Hexanchidae
Pseudocarcharias kamoharai
Squalus cubensis
Squalidae
Cirrhigaleus asper
Squalus mitsukurii
Mustelus canis
Squalus acanthias
Carcharhinus obscurus
Carcharhinus isodon
Shark fins
Carcharhinus galapagensis
Somniosus microcephalus
Centrophorus granulosus
Sphyrna
Sphyrna mokarran
Sphyrna lewini
Sphyrna zygaena
Species List
SBB
SBL
SBF
SBR
SHL
SEB
SEL
SER
STF
STT
STN
STS
STP
STW
SHA
ASH
SHG
SHX
ANG
SAS
SBG
SBN
SBK
CSB
BSH
BHH
SBU
SRF
DGC
SCW
SCR
DCU
SDG
DGR
DGM
DGS
DGY
DUS
SFT
FIN
GAL
SGR
GLP
XHH
GHH
SPL
SHH
3375
0087
0088
3362
0112
0084
0008
0089
8280
3447
3455
0091
3447
0092
3474
3473
1340
3508
3582
3518
3491
3485
3495
3525
3504
3483
3497
3490
3520
3577
3578
3531
3503
3535
3534
3511
3521
3514
3481
3475
3492
3532
3533
3516
3524
3523
3522
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
SHARK HOUNDSHARK FAMILY
SHARK LEMON
SHARK MACKEREL
SHARK MAKO
SHARK MAKO LONGFIN
SHARK MAKO SHORTFIN
SHARK NIGHT
SHARK NURSE
SHARK OCEANIC WHITETIP
SHARK PORBEAGLE
SHARK REQUIEM
SHARK SAND TIGER
SHARK SANDBAR
SHARK SHARPNOSE SEVENGILL
SHARK SILKY
SHARK SIXGILL BIGEYE
SHARK SIXGILL BLUNTNOSE
SHARK SMOOTHHOUND FLORIDA
SHARK SPINNER
SHARK THRESHER
SHARK THRESHER BIGEYE
SHARK THRESHER COMMON
SHARK TIGER
SHARK WHITE
SHARKSUCKER
SHARKSUCKER WHITEFIN
SHEEPSHEAD
SHRIMP
SHRIMP MARINE
SKATE CLEARNOSE
SKATE ROUNDEL
SKATE SAN BLAS
SKATE WINTER
SNAPPER BLACK
SNAPPER BLACKFIN
SNAPPER CARDINAL
SNAPPER CUBERA
SNAPPER DOG
SNAPPER FAMILY
SNAPPER GRAY
SNAPPER LANE
SNAPPER MAHOGANY
SNAPPER MUTTON
SNAPPER QUEEN
SNAPPER RED
SNAPPER SCHOOLMASTER
SNAPPER SILK
Triakidae
Negaprion brevirostris
Lamnidae
Isurus
Isurus paucus
Isurus oxyrinchus
Carcharhinus signatus
Ginglymostoma cirratum
Carcharhinus longimanus
Lamna nasus
Carcharhinidae
Carcharias taurus
Carcharhinus plumbeus
Heptranchias perlo
Carcharhinus falciformis
Hexanchus vitulus
Hexanchus griseus
Mustelus norrisi
Carcharhinus brevipinna
Alopias
Alopias superciliosus
Alopias vulpinus
Galeocerdo cuvier
Carcharodon carcharias
Echeneis naucrates
Echeneis neucratoides
Archosargus probatocephalus
Penaeidae
Dendrobranchiata
Raja eglanteria
Raja texana
Dipturus garricki
Leucoraja ocellata
Apsilus dentatus
Lutjanus buccanella
Pristipomoides macropthalmus
Lutjanus cyanopterus
Lutjanus jocu
Lutjanidae
Lutjanus griseus
Lutjanus synagris
Lutjanus mahogoni
Lutjanus analis
Etelis oculatus
Lutjanus campechanus
Lutjanus apodus
Lutjanus vivanus
Species List
SHD
LEM
SMF
XMA
LMA
SMA
SNI
NUR
OCS
POR
SRQ
SST
SSB
SEV
FAL
BSX
SIX
SFL
SSP
XTH
BTH
PTH
TIG
GWS
SUK
WSK
SHE
SHR
SHP
CLE
SRD
SBS
WIS
BSN
BFS
CRS
CSN
DSN
SNA
SNG
LUL
MHS
MSN
QSN
RSN
SMS
SNS
3536
3517
0093
3571
3502
3505
3494
3480
3498
3501
0094
3482
3513
3587
3493
3529
3528
3507
3496
3500
3510
3509
3515
3512
2863
2864
0095
7380
7381
3657
3664
3661
3662
3755
3757
3773
3759
3754
0096
3762
3761
3772
3763
3770
3764
3771
3758
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
SNAPPER VERMILION
SNAPPER WENCHMAN
SNAPPER YELLOWTAIL
SOAPFISH WHITESPOTTED
SPADEFISH
SPANISH FLAG
SPEARFISH LONGBILL
SPEARFISH ROUNDSCALE
SPEARFISHES
SPONGE
SPOT
SQUID
SQUIRRELFISHES
STINGRAY
STINGRAY ATLANTIC
STINGRAY BLUNTNOSE
STINGRAY PELAGIC
STINGRAY ROUGHTAIL
STINGRAY SOUTHERN
STURGEON
STURGEON ATLANTIC
SUNFISH OCEAN
SUNFISH RED EAR
SUNFISH SHARPTAIL
SUNFISHES
SWORDFISH
TARPON
TATTLER
TERRAPIN DIAMONDBACK
THREADFIN BARBU
TILEFISH ANCHOR
TILEFISH BLACKLINE
TILEFISH GOLDEN
TILEFISH GOLDFACE
TILEFISH GRAY BLUELINE
TILEFISH SAND
TOADFISH FAMILY
TOADFISH GULF
TOADFISH LEOPARD
TOMTATE
TRIGGERFISH
TRIGGERFISH GRAY
TRIGGERFISH QUEEN
TRIPLETAIL
TUNA
TUNA ALBACORE
TUNA BIGEYE
Rhomboplites aurorubens
Pristipomoides aquilonaris
Ocyurus chrysurus
Rypticus maculatus
Chaetodipterus faber
Gonioplectrus hispanus
Tetrapturus pfluegeri
Tetrapturus georgii
Tetrapturus
Porifera
Leiostomus xanthurus
Loliginidae
Holocentridae
Dasyatis
Hypanus sabinus
Hypanus say
Pteroplatytrygon violacea
Bathytoshia centroura
Hypanus americanus
Acipenser
Acipenser oxyrhynchus
Mola mola
Lepomis microlophus
Masturus lanceolatus
Molidae
Xiphias gladius
Megalops atlanticus
Serranus phoebe
Malaclemys terrapin
Polydactylus virginicus
Caulolatilus intermedius
Caulolatilus cyanops
Lopholatilus chamaeleonticeps
Caulolatilus chrysops
Caulolatilus microps
Malacanthus plumieri
Batrachoididae
Opsanus beta
Opsanus pardus
Haemulon aurolineatum
Balistidae
Balistes capriscus
Balistes vetula
Lobotes surinamensis
Thunnus
Thunnus alalunga
Thunnus obesus
Species List
SNV
WNS
YTS
WSS
SPD
GOH
SPF
SPG
SPX
PRF
SPO
SQI
SQU
STR
SAT
SBO
SPS
SRO
SSO
STU
STA
MOC
RES
MLA
MOX
SWO
TAR
TAT
TDB
BTF
ANT
BKT
TIL
GFT
BLT
MAL
TOD
TOG
TOL
TOM
TRS
TRG
TRQ
TRI
TUN
ALB
BET
3765
3756
3767
1433
0100
3371
4010
4009
4000
8200
0101
8030
4120
2862
0102
3659
3663
3658
3660
0104
0103
4263
4264
4261
4260
4320
4350
1432
8081
4450
4479
4476
4470
4472
4474
4478
4500
4501
4502
0105
4560
0106
4563
0107
4656
4651
4657
06-22
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
TUNA BLACKFIN
TUNA BLUEFIN
TUNA SKIPJACK
TUNA YELLOWFIN
TUNICATES
TURTLE
TURTLE GREEN
TURTLE HAWKSBILL
TURTLE KEMP’S RIDLEY
TURTLE LEATHERBACK
TURTLE LOGGERHEAD
UNCODED ANIMAL
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN TELEOST
URCHIN SEA
WAHOO
WHALE
WHALE BEAKED
WHALE KILLER
WHALE NORTHERN BOTTLENOSE
WHALE PILOT
WHALE PILOT LONGFIN
WHALE PILOT SHORTFIN
WHALE PYGMY SPERM
WHALE RIGHT NORTH ATLANTIC
WHIFF BAY
WORM
WRASSE FAMILY
WRECKFISH
Thunnus atlanticus
Thunnus thynnus
Katsuwonus pelamis
Thunnus albacares
Tunicata
Chelonioidea
Chelonia mydas
Eretmochelys imbricata
Lepidochelys kempii
Dermochelys coriacea
Caretta caretta
Uncoded animal
Unknown animal
Osteichthyes
Echinodermata
Acanthocybium solandri
Cetacea
Ziphiidae
Orcinus orca
Hyperoodon ampullatus
Globicephala
Globicephala melas
Globicephala macrorhynchus
Kogia breviceps
Eubalaena glacialis
Citharichthys spilopterus
Polychaeta
Labridae
Polyrion americanus
Species List
BLK
BFT
SKJ
YFT
TNC
TTX
TTG
THB
TKR
TLB
TTL
UNC
UNK
TEL
URC
WAH
WHA
WBK
MKW
WNB
MPW
PWL
PWS
PSW
MRW
WFB
WOR
WRA
WRK
4658
4652
4654
4655
0522
8120
8112
8113
8119
8118
8114
9999
0000
5350
0003
4710
9006
9048
9020
9049
9026
9027
9028
9013
9029
0110
0004
1880
5131
06-22
Quick reference guide to the identification of sharks commonly
caught on bottom longline gear
First dorsal fin origin anterior to
pelvic fin origin
First dorsal fin origin above or
posterior to pelvic fin origin
OR
Spines present on both dorsal fins
GO TO PAGE 2A
GO TO PAGE 2B
No spines on both dorsal fins
Second dorsal fin slightly
smaller than first dorsal fin
Length of upper lobe of
caudal fin much shorter than
length of body
GO TO PAGE 3A
Second dorsal fin much
smaller than first dorsal fin
Length of upper lobe of caudal fin
approximately equal to length of body
Head expanded laterally
Eyes are large and extend onto top of
head; nuchal grooves present on dorsal
surface of head
Eyes are small and do not extend onto
top of head; nuchal grooves absent on
dorsal surface of head
Head not expanded laterally
Strong caudal keel present; snout
very pointed;
Homocercal caudal fin
Caudal keel absent or poorly developed; snout pointed to blunt;
Heterocercal caudal fin
GO TO PAGE 3B
Bigeye thresher shark
Thresher shark
Alopias superciliosus
Alopias vulpinus
Head length greater than pectoral fin length
Head length less than pectoral fin length;
Shortfin mako
Longfin mako
Isurus oxyrinchus
Isurus paucus
Front of head with central indentation;
sides of head project past front of head;
pelvic fin rear margin straight
Front of head lacks central indentation; sides
of head do not project past front of head;
pelvic fin rear margin falcate
Scalloped hammerhead
Great hammerhead
Smooth hammerhead
Bonnethead
Sphyrna lewini
Sphyrna mokarran
Sphyrna zygaena
Sphyrna tiburo
Front of head without central indentation;
sides of head project past front of head
Head shovel-shaped; body usually covered with numerous black spots
PAGE 1
A
First dorsal fin origin above or posterior to
pelvic fin origin
Six or more gill slits;
second dorsal fin absent
Seven gill slits; dorsal fin with distinct
black marking
Five gill slits; two dorsal fins
present
Body dorsoventrally compressed;
Hypocercal tail
Sharpnose sevengill shark
Atlantic angel shark
Heptranchias perlo
Squatina dumeril
Six gill slits; length of dorsal fin base
less than twice as long as distance
from dorsal fin insertion to caudal
origin
Bluntnose sixgill shark
Hexanchus griseus
OR
B
First dorsal fin origin anterior to pelvic fin
origin; spines present on both dorsal fins
Subterminal notch
present on caudal fin
Subterminal notch
absent on caudal fin
Gulper shark 2
Centrophorus spp.
Precaudal pit
absent
Precaudal pit
present
Roughskin dogfish
Cirrhigaleus asper
2. There are at least 10 other
species of gulper sharks in the
area. Identification to species
level is difficult in the field.
Body fusiform
Nasal barbels present; eyes
posterior to corners of mouth
Nurse shark
First dorsal fin origin posterior
to pectoral fin free rear tips;
usually with numerous white
spots on body
First dorsal fin origin above or
anterior to pectoral fin free rear
tips; no white spots on body
Ginglymostoma cirratum
Six gill slits; length of dorsal fin base
more than twice as long as distance from
dorsal fin insertion to caudal origin;
dorsal fin usually with white tip
Bigeye sixgill shark
Hexanchus nakamurai
Spiny dogfish
Squalus acanthias
Nasal barbels absent; eyes
anterior to corners of mouth
Distance from tip of
snout to inner corner of
nostril < than distance
from inner corner of
nostril to upper labial
furrow; pectoral fin free
rear tip pointed
Chain dogfish 1
Cuban dogfish
Shortspine dogfish
Scyliorhinus retifer
Squalus cubensis
Squalus mitsukurii
1. There are 10 other species of scyliorhinid
sharks in the area. All other species lack
reticulated pattern or have elongated labial
furrows.
Distance from tip of
snout to inner corner of
nostril > than distance
from inner corner of
nostril to upper labial
furrow; pectoral fin free
rear tip rounded
PAGE 2
Some photographs provided by S. Branstetter, J. Castro, E. Hoffmayer, and S. Iglésias
Second dorsal fin only slightly
smaller than first dorsal fin
A
First dorsal fin origin posterior
to pectoral fin free rear tip
Fifth gill slit posterior to
pectoral fin origin; upper teeth
triangular, serrated and lack
cusplets
First dorsal fin origin above or
anterior to pectoral fin free rear tip
Fifth gill slit anterior to pectoral
fin origin; upper teeth needlelike, smooth and have cusplets
Lemon shark
Sand tiger 3
Negaprion brevirostris
Carcharias taurus
Upper and lower labial furrows
approximately equal in length
Florida smoothhound
Mustelus norrisi
4
B
OR
Second dorsal fin much
smaller than first dorsal fin
Interdorsal ridge absent
Interdorsal ridge present
GO TO PAGE 4B
Second dorsal fin origin above
midpoint of anal fin base
Second dorsal fin origin above
or anterior to anal fin origin
Labial furrows well
developed; preanal ridges
present
Labial furrows poorly
developed; preanal ridges
absent
Atlantic sharpnose shark
Smalltail shark
Rhizoprionodon terraenovae
Carcharhinus porosus
Upper labial furrows longer
than lower labial furrows
Smooth dogfish
Mustelus canis
4
All fins, with possible
exception of second dorsal
lack dark markings
Dark markings present on
apices of most fins
GO TO PAGE 4A
3. There are two other species of sand tigers in the area. The
first dorsal fin origin of both species is above or anterior to the
pectoral fin free rear tip. The teeth of Odontaspis ferox has four
cusplets. The second dorsal fin of O. noronhai is considerably
larger than the anal fin and its teeth have two cusplets.
Snout length ≥ mouth width;
upper teeth with distinct
notch; gill slits shorter than
pectoral fin base;
black smudge on nose
Snout length < mouth
width; teeth with narrow
cusps; third gill slit longer
than pectoral fin base
Finetooth shark
Blacknose shark
Carcharhinus isodon
Carcharhinus acronotus
4. There is at least one other species of smoothhound in the area.
The only way to reliably differentiate among the species in the
field is based on scale morphology and vertebral counts.
PAGE 3
A
Interdorsal ridge absent
Second dorsal fin origin
anterior to anal fin origin;
snout length << than
mouth width
B
OR
Caudal keels, spiracles and long
labial furrows present; body
usually with dark spots or bands
Second dorsal fin origin
above anal fin origin;
snout length ~ equal to or
> than mouth width
Bull shark
Caudal keels, spiracles and labial
furrows absent
First dorsal fin origin posterior to
pectoral fin free rear tip
Tiger shark
Carcharhinus leucas
Interdorsal ridge present
Galeocerdo cuvier
Snout length < than mouth width;
relatively small eye; free margin of
second dorsal > height
of second dorsal
Silky shark
Snout length > than mouth
width; relatively large eye
Night shark 6
Carcharhinus signatus
Carcharhinus falciformis
No distinct marking on
anal fin 5
First dorsal fin origin above or
anterior to pectoral fin free rear tip
Anal fin with distinct
black mark on tip 5
Blacktip shark
Spinner shark
Carcharhinus limbatus
Carcharhinus brevipinna
5. Spinner sharks less than 100 cm can lack black mark on the
anal fin. The distance from the tip of the snout to the front of the
nostrils is greater than the distance from the front of the mouth to
the front of the nostrils for a spinner shark. The distance from the
tip of the snout to the front of the nostrils is ≤ the distance from
the front of the mouth to the front of the nostrils for the blacktip
shark. Blacktip sharks are generally more heavy-bodied.
Second dorsal fin free
rear tip length > than
second dorsal fin height;
upper tooth cusp
continuous with base
First dorsal fin noticeably
tall; second dorsal free rear
tip ≤ second dorsal fin
height; upper tooth cusp
differentiated from base
First dorsal fin origin over pectoral
fin insertion; first dorsal fin
noticeably large
Sandbar shark 7
Carcharhinus plumbeus
Dusky shark
Reef shark
Carcharhinus obscurus
Carcharhinus perezi
6. Night sharks are frequently reported to have green eyes;
however, this is rarely observed.
7. The bignose shark, Carcharhinus altimus, is very similar in appearance except its dorsal fin is not as large and
second dorsal fin origin is anterior to the anal fin origin.
Conversely, the second dorsal fin origin is above the anal
fin origin on the sandbar shark.
W.B. Driggers III 1, L.F. Hale 1 , I.E. Baremore 1, M.S. Passerotti 1, E.R. Hoffmayer 2
1. National Marine Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Science Center
2. University of Southern Mississippi, Gulf Coast Research Laboratory
PAGE 4
Amberjack Identification
Unless it is a very large specimen, amberjacks are easily confused with several
other species within the family group. They may be distinguished from each other
by the number of gill rakers, the length of the anal fin base, and the numbers of
spines and rays in the dorsal fin. Gill rakers are the finger-like extensions
projecting forward from the front gill arch.
GREATER AMBERJACK
The greater amberjack has a bluish-brown back, and a wide amber-brown stripe
down the length of each side. A dark bar extends diagonally from the dorsal fin
through each eye. Greater amberjacks have 11-19 gill rakers, a long anal fin base,
7 dorsal fin spines, and 30-34 dorsal fin rays. Greater amberjacks have the
noticeable “boot” on the upper maxilla.
LESSER AMBERJACKS
Lesser amberjacks have a faint band from the eyes to nape. They have a deeper
body, large eyes, and a flat upper maxilla. Lessers have 21-24 gill rakers, a long
anal fin base, 8 dorsal fin spines, and 29-32 dorsal fin rays.
ALMACO JACKS
Deep bodied and a brownish coloration dorsally with a dark band that runs from
the eyes to first dorsal fin and an amber stripe on sides. The lobes on the dorsal
and anal fin are noticeably elongated. These also have the “boot” on the upper
maxilla. Almaco jacks have 21-26 gill rakers, a long anal fin base, 7 dorsal fin
spines, and 28-31 dorsal fin rays.
BANDED RUDDERFISH
Banded rudderfish are typically grayish dorsally and may have a dark band form
the eye to first dorsal fin. They have a more slender body and an amber stripe
along their sides. Juveniles have dark vertical bands. Banded rudderfish have a
short anal fin base, 12-16 gill rakers, 8 dorsal fin spines, and 34-39 dorsal fin rays.
FOR REFERENCE:
1. 7 dorsal fin spines - greater amberjack or almaco jack
- > 20 gill rakers - almaco jack
- < 20 gill rakers - greater amberjack
2. 8 dorsal spines – lesser amberjack or banded rudderfish
- > 20 gill rakers – lesser amberjack
- < 17 gill rakers – banded rudderfish
Note: Greater amberjack and almaco jack both have the “boot” on the upper maxilla
Southeast Fisheries Observer
Programs
Incidental Take Manual
NOAA Fisheries
Panama City Laboratory
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
INCIDENTAL TAKE INTERACTION INSTRUCTIONS
If at any time during an observed trip a marine mammal, sea turtle, sawfish, sturgeon or sea bird
directly contacts the vessel, or the vessel's fishing gear; AND any part of the animal is entangled,
snagged, ensnared, caught, hooked, collided with, hit, injured or killed by the vessel or its gear,
regardless of the final condition and release of the animal, it should be documented. If a dead or
injured marine mammal, sea turtle, sawfish, sturgeon or sea bird is seen in the water during or
immediately after a haul back, the observer must decide if the animal was once entangled in the
gear of the vessel (i.e. whether the animal is determined to be an incidental take). Gear or gear
marks on the animal and/or damage to the fishing gear may help to distinguish incidental takes
from sightings.
FOR ALL INCIDENTAL TAKES, A RECORD IS ENTERED IN ANIMAL LOG
AND THE SPECIES-APPROPRIATE INCIDENTAL TAKE LOG FILLED OUT.
ALL ANIMALS INCIDENTALLY TAKEN MUST BE PHOTOGRAPHED
AS PHOTOS ARE NECESSARY TO ASSIST IN SPECIES IDENTIFICATION.
FOR INCIDENTALLY CAUGHT MARINE MAMMALS:
1. Contact your observer coordinator FIRST and IMMEDIATELY. Your coordinator
will contact the marine mammal stranding hotline for further instructions. The marine
mammal coordinator may then call you with further instructions.
If you are unable to get in touch with your coordinator, notify the captain and call the
marine mammal emergency stranding pager – 305-862-2850.
2. Report the location (Lat/Long), the degree of entanglement, and take photographs of the
marine mammal and any distinguishing characteristics (callosities, flukes).
3. Once directions have been given from your observer coordinator and the marine mammal
coordinator, then proceed to fill out the MARINE MAMMAL INCIDENTAL TAKE
LOG (Section 9.4.). Instructions are in section 9.3.
4. If actual measurements or samples are collected, fill out the MARINE MAMMAL
BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE LOG (section 9.6.). Instructions are in section 9.5.
5. If animal is dead, flag carcass with surveyor tape/spray paint before discarding carcass.
FOR INCIDENTALLY CAUGHT SEA TURTLES:
1. Report incidental catch to your observer coordinator upon landing or during your weekly
call (while at sea).
2. Fill out the species-appropriate SEA TURTLE LIFE HISTORY FORM.
3. Sampling protocols can be found in the Sea Turtle Manual, section 9.9.
4. If animal is dead, flag carcass with surveyor tape/spray paint before discarding carcass.
FOR INCIDENTALLY CAUGHT SAWFISH, STURGEON OR SEABIRDS:
1. Report incidental catch to your observer coordinator upon landing or during your weekly
call (while at sea).
2. Fill out the species-appropriate PROTECTED RESOURCES FORM.
3. Sampling protocols can be found the end of this section (section 9.10.).
4. If animal is dead, collect samples and then flag carcass with surveyor tape/spray paint
before discarding carcass.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
MARINE MAMMAL INCIDENTAL TAKE LOG INSTRUCTIONS
The purpose of this log is to document incidentally taken marine mammals. The same log may
be used for all marine mammals incidental takes occurring on a trip, regardless of haul number.
Enter each animal onto the log sheet as a separate entry, take a photograph to confirm species
identification, and record detailed comments describing how the animal was involved in the gear,
including the position of hook (if hooked) or description of how animal was entangled. Also note
how much gear was left attached to the animal upon release and whether any injury was evident.
This log should not include animals that may be observed near the gear.
DO NOT RECORD INFORMATION ON SEA TURTLES OR SEA BIRDS ON
THIS LOG. THESE ANIMALS SHOULD BE RECORDED ON THE
RESPECTIVE SPECIES-SPECIFIC INCIDENTAL TAKE LOGS.
If an entanglement of a marine mammal occurs, follow these guidelines:
FIRST AND IMMEDIATELY - CALL YOUR OBSERVER COORDINATOR
YOUR COORDINATOR WILL CONTACT THE MARINE MAMMAL
COORDINATOR FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTION.
If you are unable to get in touch with your coordinator, follow the instructions below:
• Notify the captain and call the marine mammal emergency stranding pager
• – 305-862-2850.
• Report the location (Lat/Long), the degree of entanglement, and take photographs of the
marine mammal and any distinguishing characteristics (callosities, flukes).
• Once directions have been given from your observer coordinator and the marine mammal
coordinator, then proceed to fill out the MARINE MAMMAL INCIDENTAL TAKE
LOG.
• If animal is dead, flag carcass with surveyor tape/spray paint before discarding carcass. If
the captain is unwilling to cooperate with any of the above procedures, the observer will
be required to document the events.
Top of the Page:
OBS/ TRIP NUMBER: Record the three character observer identifier (Initials)/trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and year that the vessel returned to the dock/port
(mm/dd/yyyy). This may not be the same day fish were unloaded and sold.
Example: 01/01/2020.
PAGE NUMBER: Record the total number of pages of the marine mammal incidental take logs;
record Page 1 OF _____. The front page of any take log will always be page 1. Each page after
will increase count numerically from 2. If the back of this log is used, then it would be page 2, if
not, it will not get a number. Include Marine Mammal Biological Sample logs in this total
number.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
INCIDENTAL TAKE INFORMATION:
PSID #: PROTECTED SPECIES ID NUMBER, assign a consecutive identification number
(starting at 001, reflected from the haul log) to each animal that is incidentally taken on this trip.
If there are insufficient lines on one form to record all animals caught on this trip, continue
listing animals on an additional Marine Mammal Incidental Take Log, making sure to fill in the
preceding number.
HAUL NUMBER: Record the haul number in which this animal was incidentally taken, as
related to the corresponding Haul Log.
GEAR NUMBER: Record the gear number in which this animal was incidentally taken, as
specified on the corresponding Gear Characteristics Log (ex. String 1, String 2, etc.).
TIME (24 hours): Record the local time (24 hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour) that each
animal was brought onboard or alongside the vessel. (Example: 20:32)
ADD COND CODE: ACTIVE DETERRENT DEVICE CONDITION FOR GILLNET ONLY
Record the condition of the active deterrent device that immediately follows an incidental take
by recording the most appropriate code: NOTE: Record additional condition of the active
deterrent device that immediately precedes an incidental take in COMMENTS.
Code Pinger State
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
Unknown.
No Pingers Used On Gear.
Audible.
Inaudible, Tested and Working.
Inaudible, Tested and Not Working.
Inaudible. Not Tested.
Absent (Lost).
Other. Describe in COMMENTS.
NOTE: "Tested" means the pinger signal was actually tested
SPECIES NAME: Record a three letter abbreviation (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST) for each
species Attempt to identify all animals to species. If unsure, use group/family abbreviation
(MDO, or WHA.) and comment on possible species or characteristics i.e. baleen whale,
unidentified dolphin, seal, etc. PHOTOGRAPHS SHOULD BE TAKEN FOR ALL
INCIDENTAL TAKES
SPECIES CODE: Record the 4 digit species code (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST). If you are
unable to identify a species or a species is unlisted, photograph and only fill in group or family
abbreviation
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
TAG NUMBERS: Record the complete alphanumeric numbers from the tag(s) that you attach
or that were already attached to the animal. Example: D09999
TAG CODES: Indicate the origin of the tag number recorded above, for each tag attached to the
animal, by recording the appropriate one digit code:
Tag Code
Tag State
0
1
2
3
4
Unknown.
Tag Applied by Observer.
No Tag(s).
Tags Already Present, Left On.
Tags Already Present, Removed.
ENTANGLEMENT SITUATION: Indicate the initial entanglement situation of the animal by
recording the most appropriate two digit code:
00 = Unknown.
01 = Fell from gear at a point unknown (i.e. animal fell from gear, but time during
haulback unknown).
02 = Fell from gear before exiting water
03 = Fell from gear once hauled out of water (i.e. animal mostly completely out of water
when fell from gear because weight and pulling action of net).
04 = Fell from gear due to force of roller (i.e. animal reached roller and it’s force caused
it to fall from gear).
05 = Removal requires cutting of gear/animal
06 = Removal does NOT require cutting of gear/animal. i.e. pulling, unwrapping,
unrolling, and/or detangling gear allows animal to be removed from gear, without cutting
gear and/or animal.
12 = Hooked, ingested.
14 = Hooked, Head.
15 = Hooked, Flipper
17 = Hooked, other/unknown. Describe situation in COMMENTS.
28 = Contact with vessel or vessel equipment other than fishing gear.
29 = Entangled in gear other than vessel's fishing gear (e.g. ghost gear)
99 = Other. Describe situation in COMMENTS.
NOTE: If more than one code applies to a situation choose the code that describes the primary
entanglement/interaction.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
ANIMAL CONDITION CODE: Indicate the condition of the animal when RELEASED by
recording the most appropriate two digit code:
00 = Unknown. Explain why you cannot identify the animal condition in COMMENTS.
01 = Alive, see COMMENTS.
04 = Alive, hook/gear in/around mouth, attempt to determine where in the mouth the
hook is, etc. and describe in COMMENTS.
05 = Alive, hook/gear in/around flipper. Describe more fully in COMMENTS.
06 = Alive, hook/gear in/around another single body part, i.e. hook in the neck; specify
which in COMMENTS.
07 = Alive, hook/gear in/around several body parts, describe more fully in COMMENTS
08 = Alive, seen by captain and/or crew ONLY
10 = Dead, condition unknown.
11 = Dead, fresh. See Figure 9.2.1.
12 = Dead, moderately decomposed. See Figure 9.2.2.
13 = Dead, severely decomposed. See Figure 9.2.3.
14 = Dead, seen by captain and/or crew ONLY
NOTE: If more than one code applies, choose the code that describes the most specific condition
of the animal (e.g. a dolphin is alive and released with gear around the left front flipper – chose
code 05 as it is the most specific).
ANIMAL ONBRD?: (ANIMAL ONBOARD?) Indicate whether the animal was brought
onboard the vessel by recording the appropriate one digit code:
0
1
No. Note the reason in COMMENTS.
Yes.
PHOTOS TAKEN?: Indicate whether any photograph(s) are taken of the animal by recording
the appropriate one digit code:
0
1
No. Note the reason in COMMENTS.
Yes.
All marine mammals incidentally taken must be photographed as photos are necessary to
assist in corroborating species identification. Only under extreme conditions should this
field reflect that no photos were taken.
SAMPLED?: Indicate whether this animal has been measured or sampled by recording the
appropriate one digit code:
0
1
No. Note the reason in COMMENTS.
Yes.
Note: If yes, appropriate log must also be included in the trip.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
EST. LENGTH: Record an estimated FL to the nearest centimeters (30 cm=1 foot). For marine
mammals, the estimated length should be a straight line estimate of total length. If actual
measurements are taken on this animal, record a dash (-) in this field. Actual measurements are
recorded on the Marine Mammal Biological Sample Log.
COMMENTS: Record details about how the animal was involved in the gear, how much gear
(nearest foot) was left attached to the animal and the condition of the animal upon its release. If
more room is needed, use the back of this log, making sure to indicate "See Back" on the front.
Reference each comment with the corresponding field name and PSID. Record any additional
information regarding the incidental take(s), especially when data are unable to be collected. The
COMMENTS section should include a list of identifying characteristics, details on the
entanglement situation and a description of the overall condition of the animal. Record additional
comments about the condition of the animal as these data are needed for obtaining better
information on the condition at the time of capture. Document how much of the animal was
examined (i.e. only dorsal and lateral sides seen). Thoroughly describe new and/or healed
wounds, the amount and location of scavenger damage and/or decomposition, the firmness and
coloration of tissues, condition of the skin (i.e. cracked, sloughing, dull, glossy), the presence or
absence of blood (record if bleeding), and any missing parts. Include descriptive comments about
the animal's behavior on deck and upon release (lethargic, active, calm, vocalizing, struggling,
swam away, sank, floated at surface, righted itself, dove, breathing patterns, etc.). Also record
the amount and location of gear remaining on the animal
BAD EXAMPLE: Animal was tail wrapped in a dropline, 2 wraps, approx 4' mono left attached
animal dove downward strongly, a small cut on tail from line.
GOOD EXAMPLE: While hauling back a bottlenose dolphin was spotted at 0821, wrapped in a
dropline. While in the line the dolphin was alive and lively but struggling to stay upright. The
dropline appeared to be wrapped around the base of the tail twice. There was blood in the water
about a tablespoon but as the dolphin struggle more the amount of blood was closer to a cup. The
blood appeared to be coming from the right side of the tail, where the dropline was cutting into
the skin. The rest of the body was uninjured and doesn’t appear to have gear or gear marks
anywhere else. The crew pulled the gear and dolphin close to the boat to release it but the
dolphin was struggling too much and the crew stated the gear is too tight around the tail to cut it
off. The crew cut the line to the bouy and the mainline about 6 inches away from the tail; leaving
3 feet of dropline wrapped around the dolphin’s tail. The line was made of clear mono having a
diameter of 1milimeter (mm). When the line was cut, the dolphin dove downward without
hesitation, it moved quickly. After a few minutes of searching the surface, the dolphin was not
seem at the surface. The dolphin was gray in color, the snout was short and think, and the melon
of the dolphin was very premediate. The dolphin was also larger in size, about 9ft long.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
Figure 11.2.1. Animal Condition Codes (When Released)
11 = Dead, Fresh.
Normal appearance (as if the animal was still alive). Carcass not bloated with gas and/or when
body punctured - no sound of gas escaping. Tongue and penis not bloated and/or protruding.
Body, muscles, and blubber firm to the touch. Muscle tissue appearance close to that of meat for
human consumption. Blubber creamy white or pinkish coloration, no evidence of liquefying fat.
Skin cannot be easily pulled or separated from underlying tissue. Eyes, when present, may be
clear, cloudy blue/white, or red. May have white foam seeping from mouth/blowhole. May have
fresh scavenger damage with tissue missing, but remaining muscle-firm pink/red; blubber-firm,
creamy white to pink; skin-firm with normal coloration; and organs still easily distinguishable.
Easily recognizable or identifiable to species.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
Figure 11.2.2. Animal Condition Codes (When Released)
12 = Dead, Moderately Decomposed.
Does not appear as if it was "just alive or swimming". Carcass bloated with decomposition gases
and/or if body cavity can be punctured- likely to have gas escape or body cavity collapse.
Tongue and/or penis may be bloated and protruding from orifices. Skin cracked and sloughing,
may be easily separated from underlying body tissue. Hair may easily be separated from
underlying tissue without tugging or stroking. Edges of wounds/tissue damage likely to be soft
and mushy with grayish/whitish coloration. Muscle tissues likely to be soft and poorly defined
and pinkish white/gray in coloration. Organs/musculature mostly intact but different types may
not be easily distinguishable. Carcass may be intact but collapsed due to internal tissue/organ
deterioration. Tissues usually smell strongly of rotting flesh. May be fragile but can usually be
moved mostly intact. Recognizable by species (even though body parts may be missing).
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Species Manual
Figure 11.2.3. Animal Condition Codes (When Released)
13 = Dead, Severely Decomposed.
Any remaining skin/hair is easily separated from underlying tissue. Where skin/hair is gone,
exposed blubber and other soft tissue is mushy and ill-defined. Muscle/blubber may be liquefied
and/or falling off bones. Muscle tissue usually uniform in coloration and texture with no distinct
fibers visible. Tissues/organs exuding from body are dull in coloration with little visible
distinction between tissue/organ type. Carcass may be collapsed and deteriorating or partially
intact. Connective tissue holding bones together is soft and deteriorating. Unrecognizable to
species or species group by typical coloration, patterns, or markings.
04-21
MARINE MAMMAL INCIDENTAL TAKE LOG
NMFS SOUTHEAST FISHERIES OBSERVER PROGRAM
OBINC 01/01/10
PSID #
HAUL
GEAR
TIME
NUM
NUM
(24 hours)
ADD
COND NAME
OBS/TRIP ID
DATE LANDED mm/yy
SPECIES
TAG
CODE
NUMBER(S)
CODE
(record most recent first)
1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
5
:
6
:
7
:
8
:
9
:
0
:
/
PAGE #
CODE(S)
OF
ENTANG
ANIMAL
ANIMAL
PHOTO
SAMPLED?
EST LEN
SITU
COND
ONBRD?
TAKEN?
0=No
(cm) (if no
CODE
CODE
0=No
0=No
1=Yes
actual)
1=Yes
1=Yes
COMMENTS: List identifying characteristics, describe in detail the entanglement situation, include a description of the overall body condition of the animal, behavior on deck and upon release
and any other related information. Use back of log if more room is needed.
260
OMB Control No.: 0648-0593
Expires on: 10/31/2018
OBS/TRIP ID
DATE LANDED mm/yy
/
PAGE #
OF
ACTIVE DETERRENT DEVICE
ENTANGLEMENT / INTERACTION SITUATION CODES:
(ADD) CONDITION CODES:
00 = Unknown
18 = Caught Inside Dredge Chain Bag
0 = Unknown
01 = Fell From Gear at a Point Unknown
19 = On Top of Dredge or Dredge Frame
01 = Alive, see comments
1 = No Pingers Used On Gear
02 = Fell From Gear Before Exiting Water
20 = Caught in Dredge Frame or Between Bails
04 = Alive, Hook/Gear In/Around Mouth
2 = Audible
03 = Fell From Gear Once Hauled Out of Water
21 = Caught Inside Dredge in Twine Top
05 = Alive, Hook/Gear In/Around Flipper
3 = Inaudible, Tested and Working
04 = Fell From Gear Due to Force of Roller
22 = Caught on Sweep/Tickler/Rock Chains
06 = Alive, Hook/Gear In/Around Another Single Body Part
ANIMAL CONDITION CODES (when released):
00 = Unknown
4 = Inaudible, Tested and Not Working
05 = Removal Requires Cutting of Gear/Animal
23 = Caught in Bridles/Cables/Warp
07 = Alive, Hook/Gear In/Around Several Body Parts
5 = Inaudible, Not Tested
06 = Removal Does NOT Require Cutting of Gear/Animal
24 = Inside Mouth of Trawl Net
08 = Alive, Seen by Captain/Crew ONLY
6 = Absent (Lost)
08 = Caught in Wings of Trawl Net
25 = Inside Belly of Trawl Net
09 = Alive, resuscitated (turtle)
9 = Other
10 = Sea Bird Caught, Gangion Attached to Mainline
26 = Inside Codend of Trawl Net
10 = Dead, Condition Unknown
TAG CODES:
11 = Sea Bird Caught, Gangion Unattached to Mainline
27 = Caught in Sweep or Footrope of Trawl Net
11 = Dead, Fresh
0 = Unknown
12 = Hooked, Ingested
28 = Contact with Vessel or Vessel Equipment
12 = Dead, Moderately Decomposed
1 = Tag Applied by Observer
13 = Hooked, Beak
2 = No Tag(s)
14 = Hooked, Head
3 = Tag Already Present, Left On
15 = Hooked, Flipper
4 = Tag Already Present, Removed
16 = Hooked, Carapace
17 = Hooked, Other/Unknown
other than Fishing Gear
29 = Entangled in Gear other than Vessel's
13 = Dead, Severely Decomposed
14 = Dead, Seen by Capt/Crew ONLY
Fishing Gear (e.g. Ghost Gear Caught by
Vessel)
99 = Other
NOTE: If more than one code applies, choose the code
NOTE: Record Turtle Pit Tags
NOTE: If more than one code applies to a situation choose the code that describes the primary
that describes the most specific condition (e.g. a
on the Sample Log.
entanglement/interaction (e.g. a turtle is observed inside the twine top of a dredge and falls from the gear
turtle is alive and released with gear around the left front
as it is hauled up - choose code 21 as it best describes the primary interaction).
flipper - choose code 05 as it is most specific at release).
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
261
OMB Control No.: 0648-0593
Expires on: 10/31/2018
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Marine Mammal Biological Sample Log
MARINE MAMMAL BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE LOG
The purpose of this log is to record sex, body
measurements, and biological samples taken from all
incidentally taken marine mammals.
INSTRUCTIONS
A.
OBS/ TRIP NUMBER: Record the three
character observer identifier (Initials)/trip identifier (3
numbers). This should be used on all data forms and
field notes for a single trip.
Example: ABC001.
B.
DATE LANDED: Record the month, day and
year that the vessel returned to the dock/port
(mm/dd/yyyy). This may not be the same day fish
were unloaded and sold.
Example: 01/01/2020.
C.
PAGE NUMBER: Record the total number of
pages of the marine mammal incidental take logs;
record Page 1 OF _____. The front page of any take log
will always be page 1. Each page after will increase
count numerically from 2. If the back of this log is used,
then it would be page 2, if not, it will not get a number.
Include Marine Mammal Biological Sample logs in this
total number.
1.
PSID #: Record the consecutive identification
number (Protected Species ID) for each animal that is
sampled during this trip. This should be the same
number as recorded on the Incidental Take Log.
2.
SPECIES NAME: Record the COMPLETE
common name of each incidentally taken marine
mammal biologically sampled on this trip.
NOTE: If it is not possible to make a positive species
identification, identify the animal to the most specific
generic group of which you are positive, i.e. baleen
whale, unidentified dolphin, seal etc. DO NOT GUESS
AT SPECIES IDENTIFICATION.
3.
SEX: Indicate the sex of the marine mammal
with the appropriate code:
0 =
Unknown.
1 =
Male.
2 =
Female.
4.
BODY TEMPERATURE: Record, to the
nearest tenth of a degree Fahrenheit, the dorsal
musculature temperature. This measurements should
be taken for all incidental takes of cetaceans and
pinnipeds. It must be taken as close as possible to the
time the animal is brought onboard, and before cutting
into the animal occurs. To take a temperature, always
insert the probe gently, and keep probe entry sites
consistent. See Figure 1, letter H for cetaceans and
Figure 2, letter D for pinnipeds.
5.
BLUBBER THICKNESS: Record, to the
nearest tenth of a centimeter, the thickness of the
blubber of the cetacean or pinniped. Measure from
where the blubber meets the muscle, up to and
including the skin.
CETACEAN: To obtain this measurement,
make an incision two to three inches behind
the blow hole of the marine mammal. See
Figure 1, letter G.
PINNIPED: To obtain this measurement,
make an incision in the ventral surface of
the marine mammal, about five or six
inches anterior to the navel, in the middle of
the body. See Figure 2, letter D.
BODY MEASUREMENTS
Six body measurements will be taken and
recorded for each cetacean.
Three body
measurements will be taken and recorded for each
pinniped.
When measurements are taken which require a
mammal to be placed on one side, the preferred
method is for the animal to be lying on the right
side, i.e. measurements taken on the left side.
The body measurements are diagramed and
specified in Figures 1-3. All length measurements
are recorded in whole centimeters.
Do not piece together animal parts that have
been removed from the body to obtain these
measurements. Rather, record a dash (-) in the field,
and explain why the measurement is not taken in
COMMENTS.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
6. TOTAL LENGTH:
CETACEAN: Record the straight line length
from the tip of the jaw (top or bottom jaw,
whichever is longer) to the fluke notch. See
Figure 1, letter A.
PINNIPED: Record the straight line measurement
from the snout to the tip of the tail. See Figure
2, letter A.
7. GIRTH: (circumference of animal)
CETACEAN: Record the girth of the animal
just under the pectoral flippers at the axilla.
See Figure 1, letter F.
PINNIPED: Record the girth of the animal
just under the fore-flippers at the axilla. See
Figure 2, letter C.
8. HIND FLIPPER OR PECTORAL
FLIPPER LENGTH:
CETACEAN: Record the straight line length
of one flipper of the cetacean. This length
is taken from the outside or anterior edge of
the flipper to the tip of the flipper. This is
the longest length along the pectoral flipper.
See Figure 1, letter B.
PINNIPED: Record the straight line length
of one rear flipper of the pinniped. This
length is taken from the outside anterior
edge of the flipper at the joint where the
flipper connects to the body (this is best
located by flexing the flipper forward and
measuring from the point where the flipper
flexes) to the tip of the flipper. See Figure
2, letter B.
9. PECTORAL FLIPPER WIDTH:
CETACEAN: Using the same flipper on
which the length was measured, record the
straight line width, at its widest part. See
Figure 1, letter C.
PINNIPED: No measurement taken; record a
dash (-) in this field.
10. DORSAL FIN HEIGHT:
CETACEAN: Record the straight line height
of the dorsal fin of the cetacean from the
posterior tip of the fin to the insertion at the
body. See Figure 1, letter D.
PINNIPED: No measurement taken; record a
dash (-) in this field.
Marine Mammal Biological Sample Log
11. FLUKE WIDTH:
CETACEAN: Record the width of the flukes
of the cetacean, from one tip to the
other. See Figure 1, letter E.
PINNIPED: No measurements taken; record a
dash (-) in this field.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Total Length - snout tip to fluke notch
Flipper Length
Flipper Width, maximum
Height of Dorsal Fin
Fluke Width, from tips of flukes
Girth at Axilla (circumference)
Blubber Thickness
Body Temperature
Figure 1. Cetacean body measurements (straight line).
A.
B.
C.
D.
Total Length - snout to tip of tail
Rear Flipper Length
Girth at Axilla (circumference)
Blubber Thickness (ventral) and
Body Temperature (dorsal)
Figure 2. Pinniped body measurements (straight line).
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Marine Mammal Biological Sample Log
12. WHOLE ANIMAL RETAINED?: Record
"1" if the animal is retained by the observer to
be brought to shore. Record "0" if the whole
animal is not retained.
JAW/TISSUE/ORGAN/HEAD SAMPLES
Listed below are the samples that may be
considered priorities for certain species. It is very
important to determine, before you begin cutting a
cetacean for jaw/tissue/organ/head samples, if you will
be able to take a BODY TEMPERATURE
MEASUREMENT (#4). This measurement must be
taken as close as possible to the time the animal is
brought onboard, and before cutting into the marine
mammal occurs.
For the following fields, record the total number
of samples taken. If a sample is not taken, record a "0"
(zero).
13. FINCLIP/FLIPPER/SKIN: If unable to collect
sample prior to animal going overboard, always
check the net/gear for skin that might be
opportunistically collected.
14. JAW
15. STOMACH
16. BLUBBER
17. MUSCLE
18. REPRODUCTIVE TRACT
19. HEAD/SKULL
20. OTHER: Record the number of additional
samples collected in COMMENTS.
ADDITIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR
BOTTLENOSE DOLPHINS
In addition to the body measurements required for
all incidentally taken cetaceans, the following four
measurements are to be taken for all bottlenose dolphins
greater than 2 meters (approximately 7 feet) in total
length: snout to center of eye, snout to ear, snout to
center of blowhole and snout to flipper anterior. All
measurements are straight, made parallel to
longitudinal body axis. See Figure 3.
Keep in mind that these additional measurements
need to be taken before the head is removed. If time
constraints necessitate choosing between taking the
head or taking these additional measurements; take the
head.
A. Snout to Center of Eye
B. Snout to Ear
C. Snout to Center of Blowhole
D. Snout to Flipper Anterior
Figure 3. Additional measurements (straight line) for
Bottlenose dolphins.
COMMENTS
Animal specific:
For each animal, document how much of the
animal was examined (i.e. only dorsal and lateral
sides seen). Thoroughly sketch and describe
identifying characteristics, new and/or healed
wounds, the amount and location of scavenger
damage and/or decomposition, the firmness and
coloration of tissues, condition of the skin (i.e.
cracked, sloughing, dull, glossy), the presence or
absence of blood (record if bleeding), any missing
parts, and smell. Include comments about the
animal's behavior on deck and upon release
(lethargic, active, calm, vocalizing, struggling,
swam away, sank, floated at surface, righted itself,
dove, etc). Also record the amount and location of
gear remaining on the animal. Reference each
description with the animal's unique PSID # (#1)
and be sure to circle which side of the animal is
illustrated.
General:
Record any additional information regarding
the marine mammal incidental take(s), especially
when data are unable to be collected. Reference
each comment with its corresponding field name.
04-21
OMB Control No.: 06480593Expires on: 09/30/2012
MARINE MAMMAL BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE LOG
NMFS FISHERIES OBSERVER PROGRAM
OBBMM 01/01/10
PSID#
SPECIES NAME
SEX
PAGE #
MARINE MAMMAL MEASUREMENTS
CETACEANS ONLY
Body
Blubber
Total
Axillary
Hind/Pec
Pec Flip
1=M
Temp
Thickness
Length
Girth
Flip Len
Width
F
cm
cm
cm
o
01
DATE LANDED mm/yy
0=U
2=F
A81025C
OBS/TRIP ID
cm
cm
Dorsal
Fin
Height
Fluke
01
/
1
OF
2
NUMBER OF SAMPLES TAKEN
Whole
Width
Finclip/
Jaw
Stom
Blub
Musc Repro Head/
Flipper/
cm
Tract
Skull
Skin
cm
Other
list in
comments
01
Harbor Porpoise
2
87.6
3.5
123
84
19
8
10
30
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
04
Harbor Seal
1
46.7
2.1
111
77
27
---
---
---
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
05
Bottlenose Dolphin
2
75.8
2.6
202
116
32
16
19
50
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
3
.
.
.
.
General Comments:
BOTTLENOSE DOLPHIN
PSID #
05
A. Snout-eye (cm)
B. Snout-ear (cm)
C. Snout-blow (cm)
PSID05- Other samples = fetus, heart, and liver
D. Snout-flip (cm)
30
34
32
48
BOTTLENOSE DOLPHIN
PSID #
A. Snout-eye (cm)
B. Snout-ear (cm)
C. Snout-blow (cm)
D. Snout-flip (cm)
Sketch and describe ID characteristics, overall body condition, note any scavenger damage and/or decomposition, new and/or healed wounds, any gear on the animal, etc.
PSID#
01
Indents around tip of snout & flukes not thru
skin- linear, < .2mm in width. White foam
No length to beak
Small, triangular dorsal fin
coming from blowhole. Skin firm like unripe
banana, blubber creamy white, muscle deep
White Foam
maroon color & like meat @ grocery; skin behind L
white tissue visible with
area of skin missing
eye missing w/blubber visible= 1in wide x 1/4in
Tag location:
deep -blood trickle approx. = 1tsp. volume
Indentations around flukes
Indentations around
snout
Circle one: Left / Right
Circle one: Dorsal / Ventral
OMB Control No.: 06480593Expires on: 09/30/2012
319
OMB Control No.: 06480593Expires on: 09/30/2012
PRECAUTIONS WHEN HANDLING MARINE MAMMALS:
Marine mammals can carry microbes which may cause illness in humans and other animals.
Safety measures to prevent illness and infections
Use common sense!
Wear gloves and other protective gear when handling animal and specimens.
Wash hands and areas of contact thoroughly after contact.
Clean/wash gear thoroughly after each use.
Report any animal bite, scratch, or other significant exposure to marine animal
blood, saliva, or excretions.
Tell your physician that you work with marine animals
MARINE MAMMAL SAMPLE PRIORITIES:
Minimum sampling requirements should always be collected. Whole animals should be collected whenever possible. If
whole animal cannot be retained, collect head/jaw.
Sample priorities after collection of above tissue when additional sampling is feasible should
be: stomach
fetus blubber kidney muscle heart
liver
54
MARINE MAMMAL MINIMUM SAMPLING PROTOCOLS
53
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
Live animals:
Photograph and return to the water.
Dead animals: 1 DNA sample
2 Tag
3 Identify, noting immediate observable characteristics
4 Photograph
5 Body Measurements:
7 for cetaceans (bottlenose = 11), 4 for pinnipeds
6 Body Temperature
7 Sex Determination
8 Describe any new and/or healed wounds
A. Total Length: snout tip to
fluke notch
B. Flipper Length
C. Flipper Width, maximum
D. Height of Dorsal Fin
E. Fluke Width, from tips of
flukes
F. Girth at Axilla(circumference)
G. Blubber Thickness
H. Body Temperature
Figure 31. Cetacean body measurements (straight line).
Figure 30. Marine mammal carcass tag
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Total Length - snout to tip of tail
Rear Flipper Length
Girth at Axilla (circumferance)
Blubber Thickness(ventral)
Body Temperature(dorsal)
Figure 32. Pinniped body measurements (straight line).
MARINE MAMMAL MINIMUM SAMPLING: sex determination
54
Dead Cetaceans:
Probe the urogenital opening: female = direction of the
opening will be forward; males = direction of the opening
will be toward the back (fluke).
Live Cetaceans:
Presence of mammary slits on both sides of the urogenital
= females; lack of mammary slits is not indicative of males,
as females may be immature and not yet show mammary
slits. Females - urogenital opening close to anus (almost
one opening); Male - urogenital opening separated from
anal opening (two distinct openings).
Figure 33. External sex characteristics of cetaceans.
Pinnipeds (live or dead):
Examine the urogenital opening by stretching the rear
flippers taut and very wide apart at the base of the tail,
looking inside the outer opening: females = two distinct
inner openings (anal opening and vaginal opening); males
=
only a anal opening.
opening in males is along the ventral midline
en the umbilical scar and the anus. Mammary teats
are posterior to the umbilical scar in females.
er, it is often very difficult, to locate either the
opening or the teats on a pinniped.
Figure
External sex characteristics of pinnipeds.
34.
55
MARINE MAMMAL ADDITIONAL SAMPLING PROTOCOLS
56
Marine Mammal Additional Sampling Protocols
Below are additional marine mammal
measurementsforBottlenose dolphins only
(Figure 36). Photographs of the profile of
the dorsal fin from both sides should be taken
Figure 35). Be sure to fill out separate tags for
each sample collected (Figure 37).
Figure 35. Profile of Bottlenose dolphin dorsal fin from both sides.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Snout to Center of Eye
Snout to Ear
Snout to Center of Blowhole
Snout to Flipper Anterior Insertion
Figure 36. Additional measurements (straight line) for
Bottlenose dolphins.
Figure 37. Properly filled out white Tyvek sample tag.
MARINE MAMMAL ADDITIONAL SAMPLING: internal anatomy
56
Figure 38. Internal anatomy of
cetaceans.
Figure 39. Internal anatomy of
pinnipeds.
57
MARINE MAMMAL BIOLOGICAL SAMPLE LOG
NMFS FISHERIES OBSERVER PROGRAM
OBBMM 01/01/10
PSID#
SPECIES NAME
SEX
OBS/TRIP ID
DATE LANDED mm/yy
MARINE MAMMAL MEASUREMENTS
CETACEANS ONLY
0=U
Body
Blubber
Total
Axillary
Hind/Pec
Pec Flip
Dorsal Fin
Fluke
1=M
Temp
Thickness
Length
Girth
Flip Len
Width
Height cm
Width
Flipper/
F
cm
cm
cm
cm
cm
cm
Skin
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2=F
o
/
PAGE #
Whole
Finclip/
OF
NUMBER OF SAMPLES TAKEN
Jaw
Stom Blub Musc Repro Head/
Tract
Skull
Other list
in
comments
BOTTLENOSE DOLPHIN
General Comments:
PSID #
A.
Snout-eye
(cm)
B.
Snout-ear
(cm)
C.
Snout-blow
(cm)
D. Snout-flip (cm)
BOTTLENOSE DOLPHIN
PSID #
A.
Snout-eye
(cm)
B.
Snout-ear
(cm)
C.
Snout-blow
(cm)
D. Snout-flip (cm)
Sketch and describe ID characteristics, overall body condition, note any scavenger damage and/or decomposition, new and/or healed wounds, any gear on the animal, etc.
PSID#
Circle one: Left / Right
Circle one: Dorsal / Ventral
322
OMB Control No.: 0648-0593
Expires on: 10/31/2018
OBS/TRIP ID
DATE LANDED mm/yy
/
PAGE #
OF
Sketch and describe ID characteristics, overall body condition, note any scavenger damage and/or decomposition, new and/or healed wounds, any gear on the animal, etc:
PSID #
Circle one: Left / Right
Circle one: Dorsal / Ventral
Sketch and describe ID characteristics, overall body condition, note any scavenger damage and/or decomposition, new and/or healed wounds, any gear on the animal, etc:
PSID #
Circle one: Left / Right
Circle one: Dorsal / Ventral
Sketch and describe ID characteristics, overall body condition, note any scavenger damage and/or decomposition, new and/or healed wounds, any gear on the animal, etc:
PSID #
Circle one: Left / Right
Circle one: Dorsal / Ventral
Sketch and describe ID characteristics, overall body condition, note any scavenger damage and/or decomposition, new and/or healed wounds, any gear on the animal, etc:
PSID #
Circle one: Left / Right
323
Circle one: Dorsal / Ventral
OMB Control No.: 0648-0593
Expires on: 10/31/2018
NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-579
SOUTHEAST FISHERIES SCIENCE CENTER
SEA TURTLE RESEARCH
TECHNIQUES MANUAL
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NOAA Fisheries
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
75 Virginia Beach Drive
Miami, Florida 33149
December 2008
NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-579
SEA TURTLE RESEARCH
TECHNIQUES MANUAL
Editors:
Lesley Stokes1
Sheryan Epperly1
Contributors:
Larisa Avens1
Lisa Belskis 1
Scott Benson2
Joanne Braun-McNeill1
Peter Dutton2
Joseph Flanagan, DVM3
Craig Harms, DVM4
Ben Higgins1
Terra Kelly, DVM5
Catherine McClellan6
Steve Morreale7
Chris Sasso1
Amanda Southwood8
Jeanette Wyneken9
(1) National Marine Fisheries Service/Southeast Fisheries Science Center
(2) National Marine Fisheries Service/Southwest Fisheries Science Center
(3) Houston Zoo, Inc.
(4) North Carolina State University
(5) University of California, Davis
(6) Duke University Marine Laboratory
(7) Cornell University
(8) University of North Carolina at Wilmington
(9) Florida Atlantic University
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Carlos M. Gutierrez, Secretary
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
William J. Brennan
Acting Undersecretary of Commerce for Oceans and Atmosphere
National Marine Fisheries Service
James W. Balsiger
Acting Assistant Administrator for Fisheries
December 2008
This Technical Memorandum series is used for documentation and timely communication
of preliminary results, interim reports, or special-purpose information. Although the
memoranda are not subject to complete formal review, editorial control, or detailed
editing, they are expected to reflect sound professional work.
NOTICE
The NOAA Fisheries (NMFS) does not approve, recommend or endorse any proprietary
product or material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NOAA
Fisheries, or to this publication furnished by NOAA Fisheries, in any advertising or sales
promotion which would indicate or imply that NOAA Fisheries approves, recommends or
endorses any proprietary product or material herein or which has as its purpose any intent
to cause or indirectly cause the advertised product to be used or purchased because of
NOAA Fisheries publication.
This report should be cited as follows:
National Marine Fisheries Service Southeast Fisheries Science Center. 2008. Sea Turtle
Research Techniques Manual. NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-579, 92
p.
Copies may be obtained by writing:
National Marine Fisheries Service
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
75 Virginia Beach Drive
Miami, Florida 33149
Or
National Technical Information Service
5258 Port Royal Road
Springfield, Virginia 22161
(703) 605-6000, (800) 553-6847
PDF version available at http://www.sefsc.noaa.gov/seaturtletechmemos.jsp
Updates will be provided periodically at this location.
ii
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Species Identification………………………………………………. 1-1
Chapter 2: Handling…………………………………………………………… 2-1
All Turtles………………………………………………………… 2-1
Leatherback Turtles………………………………………………. 2-3
Chapter 3: Resuscitation………………………………………………………. 3-1
Sea Turtle Resuscitation Guidelines Placard……………………. 3-3
Chapter 4: Oral Cavity Anatomy……………………………………………... 4-1
Chapter 5: Morphometrics……………………………………………………. 5-1
Standard Measurements…………………………………………… 5-1
Additional Measurements………………………………………… 5-4
Chapter 6: Marking……………………………………………………………… 6-1
Temporary Marking…………………………………………………6-1
Shell Etching……………………………………………………… 6-1
Flipper Tags……………………………………………………… 6-1
PIT Tags…………………………………………………………… 6-4
Scanning Protocol………………………………………… 6-4
Application Protocol……………………………………… 6-5
Carapace Tags……………………………………………….…… 6-8
Living Tags……………………………………………………….. 6-8
Wire Tags…………………………………………………………. 6-12
Oxytetracycline Marking……………………………..…………… 6-15
Chapter 7: Electronic Tags……………………………………………………… 7-1
Electronic Tag Specifications……………………………………… 7-1
Tag Attachment Protocols………………………………..………. 7-1
Tether Attachment Protocol………………………………. 7-1
Hardshell Turtles…………………………………… 7-1
Leatherback Turtles (Pygal Attachment)…… ……. 7-3
Harness Attachment Method……………………………… 7-4
Direct Attachment Protocol……………………………… 7-5
Epoxy Attachment for Satellite Tags on Hardshell
Turtles……………………………………………. 7-5
Direct Satellite Tag Attachment for Leatherbacks… 7-8
Sonic and Radio Tag Attachment………………….. 7-8
Stomach Temperature Pill……………………………………….… 7-10
iii
Chapter 8: Biopsy Sampling………………………………………………….… 8-1
Skin Biopsy……………………………………………………….. 8-1
Turtles Boated or on Land………………………………… 8-1
Turtles Not Boated…………………………….………….. 8-2
Lesion Biopsy……………………………………………………… 8-3
Fat Biopsy…………………………………………………………. 8-3
Muscle Biopsy……………………………………………………. 8-4
Surgical Muscle Biopsy…………………………………… 8-4
Non-Surgical Muscle Biopsy……………………………… 8-5
Biopsies Taken During Laparoscopy……………………………… 8-6
Gonad Biopsy………………………………………….….. 8-6
Liver Biopsy………………………………………………. 8-7
Release …………………………………………………… 8-8
Chapter 9: Blood Sampling…………………………………………….………. 9-1
Hardshell turtles…………………………………………………… 9-1
Leatherbacks……………………………………………………… 9-3
Chapter 10: Cloacal and Microbiologic Lesion Cultures…………………….
10-1
Chapter 11: Fecal Sampling……………………………………………………… 11-1
Chapter 12: Epibiota Sampling………………………………………………….. 12-1
Chapter 13: Keratin Sampling……………………………………………...…….13-1
Chapter 14: Gastric Lavage……………………………………………………… 14-1
Chapter 15: Laparoscopy………………………………………………………… 15-1
Large Juvenile and Adult Turtles………………………………… 15-1
Posthatchling and Small Juvenile Turtles………………………… 15-3
Chapter 16: Imaging……………………………………………………………… 16-1
References………………………………………………………………………… Ref-1
iv
List of Figures
Figures
Page
1-1. Sea turtle identification key…………………………………………………. 1-1
2-1. Keep the turtle moist and in the shade ……………………………………… 2-1
2-2. Green turtle displaying fibropapilloma tumors……………………………… 2-2
2-3. Handling a leatherback during directed research capture activities………… 2-3
3-1. Testing eye reflex…………………………………………………………… 3-1
3-2a. Resuscitation position with 15-30° elevation on cushioned surface………... 3-1
3-2b. Resuscitation position with 15-30° elevation on an automobile tire………... 3-1
3-3. Resuscitation guidelines…………………………………………………….. 3-3
4-1a. Internal view of jaw joint location……………………..…..………………. 4-1
4-1b. External view of jaw joint location………………..……………………….. 4-1
4-2a. External view of jaw joint location with skin and muscle removed (closed) 4-2
4-2b. External view of jaw joint location with skin and muscle removed (open)… 4-2
4-3. The upper and lower beak, or rhamphotheci, of a loggerhead………………. 4-2
4-4. The tongue and glottis, which is closed in this photograph…………………. 4-2
4-5a. Glottis open………………………………………………………………… 4-3
4-5b. Glottis closed………………………………………………………………. 4-3
4-6. The entrance of the esophagus is marked by the presence of papillae…….... 4-3
4-7. Roof of the mouth and upper jaw………………………………..………….. 4-3
5-1. Curved carapace length taken with flexible fiberglass tape measure……….. 5-1
5-2. Straight carapace length (SCL) measurement, notch-to-tip………………….. 5-1
5-3. Carapace length measurement, notch to tip………………………………….. 5-2
5-4. Curved carapace length and straight carapace length in leatherback turtles… 5-2
5-5. Carapace length (CCL and SCL) measurement, notch to notch……………... 5-2
5-6. Carapace width (CCW and SCW) measurement……………………………. 5-2
5-7. Curved carapace width (CCW) measurement………………………………. 5-3
5-8. Straight carapace width (SCW) measurement………………………………. 5-3
5-9. Internal oral cavity measurements……………………………………………. 5-4
5-10. Gape Height………………………………………………………………… 5-4
5-11. Upper jaw length…………………………………………………………….. 5-5
5-12. Lower jaw length…………………………………………………………… 5-5
6-1. Remove cleaned tag from strip………………………………………………. 6-2
6-2. Inserting the tag into the applicator…………………………………………… 6-2
6-3. Applying an Inconel® tag to the rear flipper of a loggerhead turtle………….. 6-2
6-4. Inconel® tag applied to the rear flipper of a sea turtle……………………….. 6-3
6-5. Applying an Inconel® tag to the front flipper of a loggerhead turtle………… 6-3
6-6. Two rear flipper tags…………………………………………………………. 6-3
6-7. Scanning for internal PIT tags……………………………………………….. 6-4
6-8. Leatherback turtle PIT tagged in the dorsal musculature……………………. 6-6
6-9. Annotated musculature depicting the triceps complex………………………. 6-6
6-10. Inserting PIT tag into the triceps superficialis muscle………………………. 6-6
6-11a and b. PIT tag placement in hardshell turtles……………………………… 6-7
6-12a and b. Cleaning the carapace and plastron…………………………………. 6-8
v
6-13 a-c. Living tag procedure…………………………… ………..……………. 6-9
6-14. Removing the carapace tissue plug……………………………………….... 6-10
6-15. Removing the plastron tissue plug……………………………………………6-11
6-16. Sealing plastron with tissue glue…………………………………………… 6-11
6-17. Inserting the plastron tissue plug onto the carapace……………………….. 6-11
6-18a and b. A 14-month old loggerhead showing living tags…………………… 6-12
6-19. Implantation location of internal wire tag in hatchling flipper……………… 6-13
6-20. Proper positioning of wand over the turtle’s flipper for magnetized wire tag
detection…………………………………………………………………………… 6-14
6-21. Proper technique for magnetizing a previously non-magnetized wire tag….. 6-14
6-22. Oxyetracycline injection…………………………………………………….. 6-15
7-1. Attachment of an archival satellite tag on a hardshell turtle………………….. 7-2
7-2. Attachment of archival tag using a tether through the pygal region of a
Leatherback………………………………………………………………………… 7-4
7-3. Satellite tag attached using the harness attachment method………………….. 7-5
7-4. Position of satellite transmitter attachment on turtle’s carapace……………… 7-6
7-5a and b. Placement of first layer and second layer of fiberglass……..….…….. 7-7
7-6. A satellite tagged loggerhead ready for release………………………………. 7-7
7-7. Direct carapace attachment on leatherback………………………………….. 7-8
7-8. Position of sonic transmitter attachment …………………………………….. 7-9
8-1. Skin biopsy taken from trailing edge of rear flipper…………….…………… 8-2
8-2. Taking a biopsy from a leatherback not boated……………………………… 8-3
8-3. Taking a fat biospy sample…………………………………………………… 8-4
8-4a and b. Muscle tissue may be excised from (a) the iliotibialis muscle or
from (b) the deltoidus muscle …………………………………………………….. 8-5
8-5a and b. Endoscopic cup biopsy forceps used for gonad biopsies……………. 8-6
9-1. External jugular vein, biventer cervical and transverse cervical muscles….. 9-1
9-2. Blood sampling from the bilateral cervical sinus using a vacuum tube…..…. 9-1
9-3a and b. Blood sampling site for green sea turtles…………………………….. 9-2
9-4. Blood sampling from superficial veins lateral to the supraoccipital crest in a
green sea turtle…………………………………………………………………….. 9-2
9-5a and b. Location of rear flipper nexus (a) for blood sampling and (b) closeup.. 9-3
10-1. Cloacal culture……………………………………………………………… 10-1
11-1. Collection of fecal sample for parasite analysis……………………………. 11-1
12-1. Epibiota sampling from loggerhead carapace………………………………. 12-1
13-1. Collecting keratin sample…………………………………………………… 13-1
14-1. Gastric lavage ……………………………………………………………… 14-2
15-1a-c. Laparoscopy for sex identification…………………………………….. 15-2
15-2a and b. Laparoscopy for sex identification in loggerhead post-hatchling…… 15-3
16-1. X-ray image of ingested fishing hook………………………………………. 16-1
16-2. Turtle restrained for MRI procedure……………………………………….. 16-1
16-3. Monitoring heart rate……………………………………………………….. 16-2
vi
List of Tables
Tables
Page
Table 6-1. Oxytetracycline dosage card for Kemp’s ridley sea turtles…………….
Table 6-2. Oxytetracycline dosage card for loggerhead sea turtles………………..
Table 6-3. Oxytetracycline dosages for green turtles ……………………………..
Table 8-1. Several antibiotic choices to reduce post-surgical complications…….
Table 15-1. Several antibiotic choices to reduce post-surgical complications……
6-16
6-17
6-18
8-4
15-2
vii
Preface
This document is a compilation of the current research techniques and protocols of the
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Southeast Fisheries Science Center (SEFSC).
This sea turtle research techniques manual was developed in support of NMFS/SEFSC
research permit applications and to provide a comprehensive training document for
NMFS researchers and fishery observers. Methods vary among researchers, but the
techniques described here are accepted by the SEFSC after consultation with research,
academic, and veterinary colleagues.
Only authorized personnel may conduct the procedures described in this manual while
working with listed threatened or endangered sea turtles. The Endangered Species Act of
1973 prohibits any person from harassing, harming, pursuing, hunting, shooting,
wounding, killing, trapping, capturing or collecting any listed threatened or endangered
species. Authorization to “take” (as described in the previous sentence) a listed
threatened or endangered species must be granted under an ESA Section 10(a)(1)(B)
permit or similar authorization. Additional state permits or import permits may be
required as well. When conducting research, authorized personnel must carry all relevant
permits and authorization letters and follow all terms and conditions, including reporting
requirements, as outlined in the permit(s).
While this document represents the best practices currently available, sea turtle research
is a dynamic field, and new techniques and technologies may become available in the
future. Periodic updates will be made to this document to reflect these changes, and
revised documents will be available online at:
http://www.sefsc.noaa.gov/seaturtletechmemos.jsp
This manual was made possible through the contributions of many people who provided
information, photographs, and helpful comments. We sincerely thank the contributors:
Larisa Avens, Lisa Belskis, Scott Benson, Joanne Braun-McNeill, Peter Dutton, Joseph
Flanagan, Craig Harms, Ben Higgins, Terra Kelly, Catherine McClellan, Steve Morreale,
Chris Sasso, Amanda Southwood, and Jeanette Wyneken. Ben Higgins, and the sea turtle
staff at the NMFS Galveston Laboratory, and Joanne Braun-McNeill, and the sea turtle
staff at the NMFS Beaufort Laboratory, were invaluable in contributing photographs, and
Patrick Opay provided useful comments. We also wish to acknowledge and thank Jim
Bohnsack and Alex Chester for their review of this manual.
ix
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 1: Species Identification
Figure 1-1. Sea turtle identification key (NMFS/SEFSC diagram modified from
seaturtle.org).
___________________________________________
1-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
1-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 2: Handling
All Turtles
After capture, every turtle should be assessed
to determine their general state of health and
suitability for subsequent research procedures,
including an examination of the oral cavity
(see Chapter 4: Oral Cavity Anatomy).
Remove any attached gear if applicable (see
NMFS 2008), and attempt to resuscitate all
comatose
turtles
(see
Chapter
3:
Resuscitation) when necessary. Successfully
resuscitated turtles benefit from being held on
deck as long as possible (up to 24 hours) when
conditions permit to allow stress toxins to
dissipate from the body. All captured turtles
should be subject to standard processing
protocols before release: identification,
standard measurements, weight, photographs,
flipper and PIT tags, and skin biopsies (in
select cases). Some may be subject to the
additional procedures described in this
manual, depending on the results of their
general assessment and the directed research
needs.
Turtles should be protected from temperature
extremes of heat and cold, provided adequate
air flow, and kept moist during sampling.
Keep the skin and eyes moist while the turtle
is on deck; cover the animal’s body with a wet
towel (Figure 2-1) and periodically spray it
with water or apply petroleum or water-based
lubricant jelly to the skin and carapace. If
using towels, pay particular attention to the
ambient temperature, as evaporative cooling
may chill the animal under some conditions.
If the turtle is to be held out of water for an
extended period of time (e.g., transport,
surgery) or in cool air temperatures, use
petroleum or water-based lubricant jelly on
the skin as necessary to avoid drying instead
of using wet toweling. Keep the turtle in the
shade, maintaining its body temperature
between 60° and 90° F, similar to water
temperatures at capture. If air temperatures
are greater than 80° F, ensure that the turtle
does not overheat; conversely, if air
temperatures are less than 60° F, ensure that
the turtle does not become hypothermic.
Safely isolate the turtle and immobilize it on a
cushioned surface such as a foam pad, an
automobile tire or similar.
The area
surrounding the turtle should not contain any
materials that could be accidentally ingested.
Transport turtles in individual containers to
ensure that they are unable to injure
themselves or each other. Do not transport
turtles in open vehicles during excessive heat
or cold. Do not pick up turtles by their
flippers, but rather, lift them by grasping both
sides of the carapace (a better support of their
weight) or use a stretcher that provides
adequate support. In order to minimize the
Figure 2-1. Keep the turtle moist and in the
shade (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
2-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
risk of either introducing a new pathogen into
a population or amplifying the rate of
transmission of an endemic pathogen from
animal to animal, thoroughly clean containers
in which turtles are being transported with
soap and water and disinfect them with a mild
bleach solution.
Conduct field and laboratory procedures using
latex or similar disposable gloves whenever
possible. Remove the gloves following the
proper method: 1) Grip one glove on the
outside of the glove near the cuff. Reflect and
peel it down until it comes off inside out. Cup
it with your other gloved hand. 2) Place 2
fingers of your bare hand inside the cuff of the
glove that is still on your hand. 3) Peel that
glove off so that it comes off inside out with
the first glove inside it. During these steps,
take care not to snap the glove during the
removal so that material could spray or
aerosolize. 4) Dispose of the gloves in an
appropriate container and thoroughly wash
your hands with soap and water.
All equipment (tagging equipment, tape
measures, etc.) that comes into contact with
sea turtle body fluids, cuts, or lesions must be
disinfected between the processing of each
turtle. Whenever feasible, equipment that
does not contact fluids, cuts, or lesions should
be disinfected between the processing of each
turtle as well. To disinfect field equipment,
use an appropriate disinfectant such as a
freshly mixed 1:10 solution of household
bleach (~5 – 6 % sodium hypochlorite). To
prepare 1:10 bleach solution, add one volume
of household bleach (e.g., 1 cup, liter) to 10
volumes of clean water (e.g., 10 cups, liters).
Spray or soak equipment for at least 2 minutes
for equipment disinfection and use fresh
solution each time.
Figure 2-2. Green turtle displaying fibropapilloma
tumors
(Photo courtesy of the Turtle Hospital,
Marathon, Florida).
NOAA Fisheries researchers (including
fishery observers) must maintain a separate set
of sampling equipment for handling animals
displaying fibropapilloma (FP) tumors or
lesions (Figure 2-2). Whenever an animal
suspected of having FP tumors is encountered,
care must be taken to ensure that the same
equipment is not later used on other turtles.
For most, this means that some equipment
(e.g., calipers, scales) should not be used on
affected turtles because one is not likely to
have a duplicate set. If a spare set of calipers
is not available, use a tape measure and record
curved measurement only. Quarantine the
tape measure and use the spare until the
original tape measure can be disinfected. Use
the same protocols for tagging pliers and PIT
tag injectors – quarantine the equipment and
then use spares thereafter. The PIT tag
scanner may be used again after removing and
disposing of the plastic bag around the PIT tag
reader and replacing it with a new plastic bag.
NOAA Fisheries observers in the field should
place contaminated equipment (used on a
turtle displaying FP tumors) into a plastic bag
___________________________________________
2-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
thorough disinfection as soon as possible.
Any equipment that comes into contact with
animals displaying FP tumors must be
disinfected using bleach solution (as described
above).
During release, turtles should be lowered as
close to the water’s surface as possible, in
water of similar temperature as capture, when
fishing gear is not in use (if applicable) and
engines are in neutral.
Leatherback Turtles
Exercise extra care when handling, sampling
and releasing leatherback turtles during
directed capture research activities (Figure 23), as field and laboratory observations
indicate that they have more friable skin and
softer
bones
than
hardshell
turtles.
Leatherback turtles shall not be turned on their
backs. Precautions shall be taken to ensure
that animals are supported from underneath
during handling and release.
The additional recommended monitoring
protocols will be taken for animals captured
during directed research activities. In order to
improve monitoring of the animals during
directed capture and to improve our basic
understanding of the biology and medical
status of leatherbacks, a designated observer
should be on each capture outing team.
Whenever possible, this observer should be a
veterinarian; however, a dedicated observer
with training in the techniques required for
this position is also acceptable.
Figure 2-3. Handling a leatherback during directed
research capture activities (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
•
Record respiratory rate over a two-minute
period, logged every 20 minutes.
•
Record response to noxious stimuli (either
tail pinch or blink response), logged every
20 minutes.
•
Record heart rate determined by digital or
Doppler detection on femoral artery,
ultrasound, rectal pulse oximiter, or EKG,
logged every 20 minutes.
•
Record body temperature detected by anal
probe inserted 15 cm, logged every 20
minutes.
•
Assure cooling by running ambient
seawater over the carapace and forelimbs
during the time on deck.
•
Collect two tubes of blood in a clot tube
and urine or feces if possible.
•
Relate changes in the animal’s condition
to the chief scientist so that an ongoing
assessment of the animal’s condition can
be made.
Recommended Monitoring Protocols:
•
Perform a gross examination upon capture,
including assessment of body fat
(subjective), activity, alertness, preexisting injuries, weight and length.
___________________________________________
2-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
The chief scientist for each outing will be
trained by a veterinarian in the following
information and procedures:
•
Acceptable parameters for heart rate,
respiration,
temperature,
and
responsiveness, as defined by baseline
data gathered in the field as well as in
collaboration with veterinarians and
colleagues from NMFS/SWFSC.
•
Appropriate
response
to
changes
suggesting a need to abort further animal
handling and initiate release.
•
Safe water reintroduction and monitoring
of a turtle in possible distress.
•
Appropriate first aid measures for animals
in distress. These measures may include
intubation, artificial respiration, and
administration of pharmaceuticals to
stimulate respiration and/or cardiac
contraction.
During laboratory procedures, monitor each
turtle manually, noting its response to stimuli
(surgical stimuli, eye reflex, withdrawal
reflex) and respiratory intervals. Monitor the
following parameters on each turtle using
instruments such as electrocardiogram (ECG
or EKG), blood gases, and cloacal temperature
(to allow temperature corrections for blood
gases).
Adverse reactions could be indicated • by
cardiac arrhythmia, cardiac arrest, respiratory
arrest, seizures, or severe blood gas
alterations. Veterinarians are still in the
process of defining normal and altered blood
gas parameters by establishing baselines, but
alarming values would be recognized (Dr.
Craig Harms, pers. comm.). The response to
adverse reactions would depend on the type of
reaction, but would likely involve basic
supportive therapy including intubation and
assisted respirations, IV fluids (for shock and
to hasten elimination of drugs through renal
excretion), anti-arrhythmic drugs (e.g., IV
lidocaine for VPCs), cardioresuscitory drugs
(e.g., IV epinephrine for cardiac arrest), or
anti-seizure medication (e.g., IV diazepam).
Avoid any animal deemed to be in distress at
any time during the pre-capture period. In
addition to animal monitoring, include an
emergency field kit for intervention on each
directed capture research outing. This kit
should be available to the field team
veterinary observers or the chief scientist and
should include:
•
Oxygen canister and a demand breathing
valve
•
Endotracheal tubes
•
Oral speculum and appropriate sized blade
•
Water-based lubricant jelly
•
Betadine® ointment or similar
•
Gauze sponges
•
Medical tape
•
Isopropyl alcohol
•
Needles and syringes (various sizes)
Doxapram, epinephrine, lidocaine,
furosemide, diazepam, dexamethasone
sodium phosphate, sodium bicarbonate,
and saline solution
___________________________________________
2-4
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 3: Resuscitation
If a turtle appears to be comatose or
unresponsive, as determined by testing for
bilateral responsiveness (Figure 3-1), attempt
to revive the turtle (Figures 3-2a and b) before
putting it back into the water. A fully
conscious turtle has bilateral reflexes and has
a central (e.g., brain) recognition of the
stimulus. An unresponsive turtle will not have
full bilateral responses nor central recognition
of a stimulus. A comatose turtle will have lost
all reflexes. To test eye reflexes, check for a
blink response by gently touching the corner
of the eye or eyelid. Pinch both front and rear
flippers and the tail to check for response; a
lack of bilateral response for any of these tests
may indicate the need for resuscitation. Use
the method of resuscitation described on the
following Sea Turtle Resuscitation Guidelines
(66 FR 67495, December 31, 2001).
Regulations (66 FR 67495, December 31,
2001; 50 CFR 223.206) allow a fisherman to
keep incidentally captured turtles on deck up
to 24 hours for resuscitation purposes.
Figures 3-2a and b. Resuscitation position with 1530° elevation on (a) a cushioned surface and (b) on a
standard automobile tire (NOTE: a slightly greater
angle of head inclination than depicted in photo (b)
would be preferable to better facilitate water
drainage.) (NMFS/SEFSC photos).
Successfully resuscitated turtles benefit from
being held on deck as long as possible, when
conditions permit, to allow stress toxins to
dissipate from the body. Keep the skin and
the eyes moist while the turtle is on deck
(Figure 3-2b) by covering the animal’s body
with a wet towel, periodically spraying it with
Figure 3-1. Testing eye reflex (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
3-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
In the past, an alternative method of
resuscitation known as plastral pumping was
recommended (see FR 43 32801, July 28,
1978; 57 FR 57354, December 4, 1992). This
practice involved placing the turtle on its
carapace and pumping the plastron with a
hand or foot.
However, we strongly
discourage this technique, as further study
determined that it may actually do more harm
than good and should not be attempted during
resuscitation (per 66 FR 67495, December 31,
2001). Plastral pumping may cause the
airway to block and cause the viscera to
compress the lungs which are located dorsally,
thereby hindering lung ventilation.
water, or by applying petroleum or water
based lubricant jelly to its skin and carapace.
Comatose or unresponsive turtles captured
during directed research activities should be
transported as quickly as possible to a
rehabilitation facility whenever feasible.
A turtle that has shown no sign of life after 24
hours on deck (held in the shade, kept moist
and its body temperature maintained above
60° F) may be considered dead. If the turtle
cannot be revived before returning to port, it
should be returned to the water, preferably in a
non-fishing area. Mark the turtle (spray paint
it or tag it) before returning it to the water.
___________________________________________
3-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Figure 3-3. Resuscitation guidelines (NMFS/SEFSC).
___________________________________________
3-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 4: Oral Cavity Anatomy
stomach. These are presumed to trap food,
preventing food particles from being
regurgitated when excess water is expelled.
The roof of the mouth (Figure 4-7) is ventral
to the braincase.
The oral cavity is described here to assist in
performing general health assessments and to
identify the location of hooks in incidentally
captured turtles, especially to distinguish
hooks that are swallowed from those lodged in
the oral cavity (Figures 4-1 ─ 4-7). The
anatomy details described here are intended
primarily to provide the basic knowledge
necessary to assess whether hook removal
may cause further injury. Do not attempt to
remove hooks when it appears that removal
will cause further serious injury to the turtle.
For example, the removal of hooks lodged in
the jaw joint (Figures 4-1 and 4-2) the glottis,
or in the esophagus where the insertion point
is not visible may cause greater injury to the
turtle than leaving the hook in place. For all
hooked animals, follow the guidance in the
NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFSSEFSC-580, Careful Release Protocols for
Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(NMFS SEFSC 2008).
X
The upper and lower beak (Figure 4-3), or
rhamphotheci, of hardshell sea turtles are
keratinized and cover many of the bones of
the upper jaw and dentary of the lower jaw.
They differ among species and can be used for
identification. The tongue (Figures 4-3 and 44) is a large, nonprotrusible, muscular organ
fixed to the floor of the mouth. The glottis
(Figures 4-4 and 4-5), the opening to the
trachea and the valve to open and close the
airway, is located at the back of the tongue.
The esophagus (Figure 4-6) starts at the back
of the mouth behind the tongue and links the
oral cavity to the stomach. Most of the length
of the esophagus is lined with sharp,
keratinized papillae that angle toward the
X
Figures 4-1a and b. Internal view (a) and external
view (b) of jaw joint location, indicated by the
pointer. The jaw joint should not be confused with
“the corner of the mouth” indicated here in red.
(NMFS/SEFSC photos).
___________________________________________
4-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Figure 4-3. The upper and lower beak, or
rhamphotheci, of a loggerhead (Photo by W.
Langstaff).
Figures 4-2a and b. External view of jaw joint
location with skin and muscle removed, shown
with the jaws closed (a) and open (b). (Photos by
J. Wyneken, Florida Atlantic University).
Figure 4-4. The tongue and glottis, which is
closed in this photograph (Photo by D. Lewis).
___________________________________________
4-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
PAPILLAE
ESOPHAGUS
GLOTTIS
Figure 4-6. The entrance of the esophagus
is marked by the presence of papillae
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
GLOTTIS
Figures 4-5a and b. Glottis (a) open
and (b) closed (Photos by C. Harms,
N.C. State University).
Figure 4-7. Roof of the mouth and upper
jaw (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
4-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 5: Morphometrics
Standard Measurements
If the turtle can be brought onboard or on
land, take standard carapace measurements:
CCL, SCLSTD, SCLMIN, CCW, and SCW. Use
a flexible fiberglass tape measure to take overthe-curve measurements and calipers for
straight measurements; record in centimeters,
rounded to the nearest 0.1 cm.
For
measurements over-the-curve (CCL and
CCW), follow the curvature of the carapace.
If barnacles affect these measurements, record
this in the comments on the datasheet. For
leatherbacks,
generally
only
curved
measurements are taken.
Figure 5-1. Curved carapace length taken with
flexible fiberglass tape measure (NMFS/SEFSC
photo).
Methodology to weigh turtles will differ
slightly depending on the type of scale
available, but in all cases, the turtle must be
adequately restrained so there is no potential
for injury from this procedure. The scale,
sling or platform used should be disinfected
between animals when practicable.
CCL – Curved Carapace Length, standard
(notch-to-tip): Record the distance between
the center of the nuchal scute and the posterior
tip of the longest postcentral scute, following
the curvature of the dorsal centerline (Figures
5-1 and 5-3). On leatherbacks, take the
measurement alongside (not over the top) the
central vertebral ridge (Figure 5-4).
Figure 5-2. Straight carapace length (SCL)
measurement, notch-to-tip (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
5-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Nuchal
notch
Posterior tip of longest
postcentral scute
Figure 5-3. Carapace length (CCL and SCL)
measurement, notch to tip [Figure modified from
Bolten (1999)].
Figure 5-4. Curved carapace length (CCL) and
straight carapace length (SCL) in leatherback
turtles. In both cases, length is measured from the
nuchal notch (anterior edge of the carapace at the
midline) to the posterior tip of the caudal
peduncle [Figure and caption text taken from
Bolten (1999)].
Figure 5-5. Carapace length (CCL and SCL)
measurement, notch to notch [Figure
modified from Bolten (1999)].
Figure 5-6. Carapace width (CCW and SCW)
measurement [Figure modified from Bolten
(1999)].
___________________________________________
5-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
SCLSTD – Straight Carapace Length,
standard (notch-to-tip): Record the distance
between the center of the nuchal scute and the
posterior tip of the longest postcentral scute
(Figures 5-2 and 5-3).
SCLMIN – Straight Carapace Length,
minimal (notch-to-notch): Record the
distance between the center of the nuchal
scute and the notch between the two
postcentral scutes (Figure 5-5).
Figure 5-7. Curved carapace width (CCW)
measurement (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
CCW – Curved Carapace Width: On
leatherbacks, measure the width from side
ridge to side ridge (ridges depicted in Figure
5-4) at the widest point. On hardshell turtles,
record the maximum distance between the
lateral edges of the carapace, measured over
the curvature of the shell, perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of the carapace at the widest
point (Figures 5-6 and 5-7).
SCW – Straight Carapace Width: Record
the maximum distance between the lateral
edges of the carapace taken perpendicular to
the longitudinal axis of the carapace at the
widest point (Figures 5-6 and 5-8).
Figure 5-8. Straight carapace width (SCW)
measurement (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
5-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Additional Measurements
Additional measurements (maximum carapace
length, maximum head width, maximum head
length, body depth, plastron length, total tail
length, plastron-to-vent length, vent-to-tip
length, and circumference) may be taken as
needed, following the protocols of Wyneken
(2001).
Oral Cavity Measurements
Measures of the jaw and internal oral cavity
anatomy may be taken to investigate oral
cavity dimensions, particularly as they relate
to a turtle’s ability to swallow hooks of
various sizes. All measures are taken using
spring and/or dial calipers while the mouth is
held open with a canine mouth gag (a type of
oral speculum available from veterinary
equipment suppliers). The canine mouth gag
tips should be padded to reduce damage to the
beak as the turtle bites down on the gag. All
mouth measurement instruments should be
cold sterilized using 2% chlorhexidine
gluconate or similar between each use.
Figure 5-9. Internal oral cavity measurements:
internal gape width, esophagus width (NMFS/SEFSC
photo).
These oral cavity measures include:
Internal Gape Width: Measure is taken with
spring calipers at the midpoint of the lateral
oral commissures, the soft tissue connecting
upper and lower jaws at the angles of the
mouth, while the jaws are held open to their
full extent with a canine mouth gag. Fixed
spring caliper distance is then measured using
dial calipers.
Figure 5-10. Gape Height (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
measured with dial calipers. Note: this is a
flexible opening, and the measurement
represents a close approximation of the
unstretched diameter of the esophagus width.
Esophagus Width: Measure is taken with
spring calipers at the entrance of the
esophagus (Figure 5-9), marked by the first
presence of papillae. This distance is then
___________________________________________
5-4
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
insertion point of the rhamphotheca
(keratinaceous beak) to the distal point of the
upper jaw (Figure 5-11).
Gape Height: Measure is taken using dial
calipers while jaws are held open to full extent
with a canine mouth gag (Figure 5-10),
representing the maximum internal distance
between the distal points of the upper and
lower jaw.
Lower Jaw Length: Measure is taken with
dial calipers from the soft tissue at the
insertion point of the rhamphotheca
(keratinaceous beak) to the distal point of the
lower jaw (Figure 5-12).
Upper Jaw Length: Measure is taken with
dial calipers from the soft tissue at the
Figure 5-12. Lower jaw length (NMFS/SEFSC
photo).
Figure 5-11. Upper jaw length (NMFS/SEFSC
photo).
___________________________________________
5-5
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 6: Marking
taggers may be comfortable tagging smaller
animals in some cases. Extra care should be
taken when positioning the tag in smaller
animals to allow room for growth, although
the tag should be positioned to allow for
growth on all turtles. Check carefully for
previous tagging scars on both front and rear
flippers and note if present.
Temporary Marking
Turtles may be temporarily marked using a
non-toxic substance (e.g., paint, livestock
paint sticks, non-toxic fingernail polish). No
potentially harmful or toxic paints, such as
xylene or toluene-based paints, or those
containing tributyl tin and cyanide or copper
cyanide, should be used. No reflective paints
or paints with exothermic set-up reactions
should be used. Paint should be applied
without crossing the suture lines separating
the scutes whenever possible.
There may be circumstances where a
previously applied tag will need to be
removed prior to applying a new one. If a tag
is damaged, covered in fouling organisms
(e.g., barnacles) that cannot be removed, or if
the tag appears to be in danger of coming off,
the tag should be removed and replaced with a
new tag. There may also be situations where a
tag may be improperly placed (i.e., overgrown
with tissue or tearing out), or injurious to the
animal. In these situations, the tag should be
carefully removed and replaced at the
discretion of the tagger if they feel that
removal will not cause further injury.
Generally, the tag can be removed using two
pairs of pliers to uncrimp the tip, but wire or
bolt cutters may be necessary. If a previously
applied tag is removed, the identification
number should be recorded, and the tag should
be reported to the original tagging project and
the Cooperative Marine Turtle Tagging
Project (CMTTP). Return the voided tag to
the CMTTP or program coordinator.
Shell Etching
An etching tool such as a Dremel® with a
pear-shaped bit can be used to place an etch or
groove in the carapace of hardshell turtles.
The bit and carapace should be disinfected
before use, and the groove should not
penetrate the scute. The groove could be
marked with non-toxic paint if desired. Care
should be exercised when choosing this
technique, as discomfort may result from the
procedure.
Flipper Tags
If a turtle is encountered without flipper tags,
apply two new flipper tags to the trailing edge
of the rear flippers just proximal to the first
scale. If this site is unsuitable (lesions, scars,
missing flippers, etc.), locate an alternate site
along the trailing edge of a suitable flipper
(i.e., the trailing edge of the front flipper(s)
Step
immediately
proximal
and
adjacent to the first scale, or between the first
and second large scales distal to the axilla).
Turtles larger than 30 cm SCL should
generally receive flipper tags. Experienced
To apply self-piercing, self-locking Inconel®
alloy flipper tags:
(1) Remove a tag from the strip (Figure
6-1) and record its identification number
on the tagging form. Be careful not to
bend the tag from its original shape.
Only peel back enough tape on the
___________________________________________
6-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Figure 6-2. Inserting the tag into the applicator
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Figure 6-1. Remove cleaned tag from strip
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
strip to remove one or two tags at a
time to prevent loss of remaining tags.
Scrub all tags with hot, soapy water to
remove the oily residue present when
shipped from manufacturer and
disinfect with isopropyl alcohol or
10% povidone-iodine solution prior to
use. Tags provided to NMFS/SEFSC
observers will be cleaned before
distribution.
(3) Rear Flipper Tagging (preferred
site): Locate the correct site (Figure 63) to apply the tag (the trailing edge of
the rear flipper just proximal to the
first scale). Juvenile and subadult
hardshell turtles can be placed on their
carapace to facilitate access to the
tagging site. If someone is available to
help, they should hold the turtle and
restrain the flipper while the tag is
applied. Be sure to position the tag so
there will be adequate overhang
(approximately 1/3 the length of the
(2) Hold the applicator in one hand.
With the pointed (piercing) side of the
tag facing the depression in the jaw of
the pliers and with the hole placed
adjacent to the depression, place the
end of your index finger of the other
hand inside the tag against the bend.
Pull the tag straight back into the open
jaws of the applicator, aligning the
point opposite the small depression
(Figure 6-2). A firm pull will be
needed to snap the tag completely into
the correct position. Take care not to
squeeze the applicator together before
you are ready to tag the turtle or the
tag will fall out. Swab the tag,
applicator tips, and tagging site with
10% povidone-iodine solution.
®
Figure 6-3: Applying an Inconel tag to
the rear flipper of a loggerhead turtle
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
6-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
helpful to use both hands. If the tag
does not lock, grasp it once again with
the pliers and apply more pressure.
You can use the tips of the pliers to
pinch down on the end of the tag’s tip
to ensure that the tip is securely
locked. If you cannot get the tag to
lock, remove it and apply another tag
to the same flipper. A tag that is not
applied properly will be shed quickly.
tag) after it is attached to the flipper
(Figure 6-4).
®
Figure 6-4. Inconel tag applied to the rear
flipper of a sea turtle (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Front Flipper Tagging: Although the
rear flipper is the preferred location,
there may be circumstances where the
front flipper is tagged instead. Place
the turtle on its plastron and locate the
correct site to apply the tag (the
trailing edge of the front flipper(s)
immediately proximal and adjacent to
the first scale (Figure 6-5), or between
the first and second large scales distal
to the axilla). If someone is available
to help, they should hold the turtle and
restrain the flipper while the tag is
applied. Be sure to position the tag so
there will be adequate overhang
(approximately 1/3 the length of the
tag) after it is attached to the flipper.
®
Figure 6-5. Applying an Inconel tag to the
front flipper of a loggerhead turtle
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
(5) Repeat the entire procedure and
apply a second tag at the same site on
the other flipper (Figure 6-6). All
turtles should be double tagged in this
manner using consecutive tag numbers
(4) Apply the tag by squeezing the
applicator together in a firm, steady
manner. The tag point will pierce the
flipper and lock into place with the tip
bending securely over the opposite
side like a staple point. Squeeze the
applicator together with some force in
order to fully lock the tag; it may be
Figure 6-6. Two rear flipper tags (NMFS/SEFSC
photo).
___________________________________________
6-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
whenever possible.
If a tag is
damaged for any reason, please record
this information on the tagging form
and return the damaged tag. If the
recommended tagging site has been
injured or is unsuitable for tag
application, use an alternate site along
the trailing edge of the flipper.
(1) Keep the PIT tag scanner inside a plastic
sealed bag at all times during use to
prevent it from getting wet. Scan a sample
tag to verify that the PIT tag reader is
working properly. The button on the
scanner needs to be continuously
depressed throughout the scanning
process, and the screen may display
“WORKING” or similar (depending on
the type of scanner) when functioning
properly.
PIT Tags
Currently, NMFS/SEFSC is using sterilepacked single use 125 kHz Destron PIT tags.
These inert tags are 12 mm x 2.1 mm glass
encapsulated RFID tags. They are positioned
inside the turtle where loss or damage due to
abrasion, breakage, corrosion over time is
virtually non-existent (Balazs 1999).
(2) Place the PIT tag scanner directly on the
turtle’s skin; on leatherbacks you may
have to press hard into the skin with the
reader, as the tag may be deep. For
hardshell turtles, slowly scan the dorsal
surface of both front flippers (Figure 6-7),
the shoulder and neck areas, and rear
flippers. Attempt to scan the ventral
surfaces, especially all four flippers and
the neck, as some projects tag in the rear
flippers or other locations; small turtles
can be turned over for access to ventral
surfaces. For leatherbacks, scan the dorsal
musculature of both forelimbs, the
shoulder region and the top of the neck. It
is important to slowly move the scanner
multiple times, allowing it to cycle
through different tag frequencies to avoid
missing a tag.
Scanning Protocol
All turtles encountered should be checked for
PIT tags. Rarely, a turtle may have more than
one PIT tag. PIT tag scanners in use by the
SEFSC generally are capable of reading
frequencies of 125 kHz, 128 kHz, 134.2 kHz,
and/or 400 kHz. Researchers should avoid
using AVID encrypted tags; these encrypted
tags cannot be read by all scanners, and few
scanners capable of reading encrypted tags are
widely in use by researchers in the field.
(3) If a PIT tag is detected, record the
identification code exactly as it appears on
the scanner display, including any hyphens
that may appear as part of the code. ID
codes usually are hexadecimal (digits 0-9
and letters A-F) and are 10 bytes (125, 128,
or 400 kHz tags) or 15 bytes (134.2 kHz
tags) long. Double check to make sure you
have recorded the ID code exactly as it
appears on the reader display. Please be
especially careful with letters and numbers
Figure 6-7. Scanning for internal PIT tags
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
6-4
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
that easily are confused, such as the letter O
and the number Ø. Record all tag IDs
(there could be more than one PIT tag). If
the scanner display reads “AVID” or the ID
reads inconsistently, you may have detected
an encrypted AVID tag. Encrypted tags
may display a 16 byte alphanumeric code
(0-9 and A-Z) on non-AVID reader
displays.
Record what you see on the
viewer and insert a new PIT tag in the
opposite shoulder/flipper.
(2) Record the PIT tag number on the
datasheet and peel off the self-adhesive
label on the PIT tag package, if
available, and attach it to the datasheet.
(3) Remove the loaded needle from the
sterile wrapper and insert it into the
injector, or remove the preloaded
syringe and needle if using these,
taking care not to depress the plunger.
(4) Swab the PIT tag injection location
and the end of the injector with 10%
povidone-iodine solution
(4) Wipe off the plastic bag. If a tag ID code
remains on the display, press the scanner
button again until it reads “no tag found” to
extend the battery life, although the PIT tag
scanner automatically turns itself off
eventually. When not in the field, store the
unit with the plastic bag open so that
humidity does not accumulate and damage
the unit. Replace or recharge batteries as
needed, and do not store the unit for long
periods with the batteries installed.
Turtles larger than 30 cm SCL should receive
PIT tags if scanning reveals no PIT tags
present. In some cases, experienced taggers
may feel comfortable tagging smaller turtles
in the triceps superficialis muscle. The tag
should occupy less than 20% of the muscle’s
total volume and 1/5 of its length, and it
should not be located near the ends of the
muscle (J. Wyneken pers. comm.).
To
determine if a small turtle should be tagged in
the triceps superficialis, pinch the muscle
forward and assess the tag size relative to the
muscle size.
(5) Place the tag into musculature, where
it
will
become
encapsulated.
Leatherbacks should be tagged in the
center of the dorsal musculature
(triceps complex) of the forelimb
(Figures 6-8 and 6-9); insert the entire
needle perpendicular to the skin (Note:
The preferable site for leatherbacks is
the musculature above the right
forelimb, as some nesting research
projects only scan the right side).
Hardshell turtles should be tagged in
the triceps superficialis muscle
(Figures 6-10 and 6-11); pierce the
skin of the flipper with the needle and
insert the entire needle parallel to the
surface just under the skin and into the
muscle. Slide the plunger forward.
(Note: The preferable site for Kemp’s
ridleys is the left triceps superficialis
muscle to maximize the chances of tag
detection, as the nesting project in
Rancho Nuevo scans the left front
flipper).
(1) Scan the PIT tag before opening the
package to ensure that it is a functional tag.
Double check that the number on the
display matches the label.
(6) Put your thumb over the injection site
and apply pressure while carefully
removing the needle. Dispose of the
needle in a sharps container. If the
Application Protocol
___________________________________________
6-5
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
injection site bleeds, swab it with 10%
povidone-iodine solution and apply
pressure until the bleeding stops.
(7)
Scan the flipper for the PIT tag to
ensure that it is functioning in the
turtle.
Figure 6-9. Annotated leatherback musculature
depicting the triceps complex. (Photo courtesy of
J. Wyneken, Florida Atlantic University).
Figure 6-8. Leatherback turtle PIT tagged in
the dorsal musculature (Photo courtesy of S.
Eckert, Duke University).
Figure 6-10. Inserting PIT tag into the triceps
superficialis muscle of a Kemp’s ridley (NMFS/SEFSC
photo).
___________________________________________
6-6
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Anterior
Anterior
Figures 6-11a and b. PIT tag placement (white line) in hardshell turtles, shown in
dorsal view (a) and ventral view (b) of a dissected Kemp’s ridley flipper (Photos
and annotations by J. Wyneken, Florida Atlantic University).
___________________________________________
6-7
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Carapace Tagging
Living Tags
Tagging leatherbacks externally allows
researchers, observers and fisherman to report
tag sightings even when they are unable to
bring the turtle onboard. Color-coded tagging,
such as Floy® dart tags, would allow for the
easy identification of an animal that had
interacted with a fishery when encountered
again on the high seas or on a nesting beach.
These tags have a stainless steel applicator tip
and a nylon dart head. Further detailed
descriptions of Floy® dart tags can be found
at:
Living tags provide a permanent marking
method for sea turtles, and they are
particularly useful with post hatchlings and
small juveniles that cannot be marked using
traditional tagging methods. A living tissue
plug is removed from the plastron and
transplanted into the carapace, leaving a
permanent, identifiable light spot that grows
with the animal on the contrasting dark
carapace.
At least 24 hours prior to tagging, thoroughly
scrub the carapace and plastron with clean
water, antibacterial soap, and a scrub brush
(e.g., toothbrush).
Flakes of keratin, if
present, can be scraped off with a scalpel
blade held perpendicular to the carapace.
Clean the area with fresh water and dry with a
paper towel just prior to tagging (Figures 612a and b). Wear latex or similar disposable
gloves and keep the area and equipment clean.
Select a standard scute location on the
carapace to receive the living tag plug. The
ideal location is usually fairly central in the
scute, and the topography of the carapace
should match that of the plastron plug (i.e., do
not take a plastron plug from a flat area and
then take a peak from the carapace; a flat
carapace location should receive a flat
http://www.floytag.com/images/floycatalog.pdf.
The tagging protocol is relatively simple and
has been used for a number of years in marine
and freshwater fish species.
1) Clean harpoon applicator tip and dart
anchor thoroughly with 10% povidoneiodine wipes.
2) Load tag into applicator.
3) Tag animal with a quick, forceful jab
high on carapace adjacent to the central
ridge to optimize visibility.
Figures 6-12a and b. Cleaning the (a) carapace and (b) plastron (NMFS/SEFSC photos).
___________________________________________
6-8
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
LIVING
Application
LIVING TAG
TAG –– Application
Twisting
Twisting
motion
motion
Surgical
Surgical Procedure
Procedure
33mm
mmSterile
Sterile
Biopsy
BiopsyPunch
Punch
Outer
Outerkeratin
keratin
(black
(black––dorsal)
dorsal)
Twisting
Twisting
motion
motion
Reduce
Reduce
To
Tooo
oo
<10
<10
o
o
45
45
““White
tissue
””
Whitetissue”
tissue
tissue”
Living
tissue
Living tissue
w/blood
w/bloodvessels
vessels
(pink)
(pink)
Plural
Plural membrane
membrane(dorsal)
(dorsal)
Scute
Scute
Body
Bodycavity
cavity
(lung
dorsal)
(lungdorsal)
LIVING
LIVING TAG
TAG –– Application
Application
PLUG
PLUG
GOOD
GOOD
TAG
TAGPLUG
PLUG
HEALED
HEALED TAG
TAG
HEALED
Outer
Outerkeratin
keratin
(black
–
dorsal)
(black – dorsal)
““White
tissue”
””
Whitetissue
tissue
tissue”
Living
Livingtissue
tissue
w/blood
w/bloodvessels
vessels
(pink)
(pink)
Large
Living
Living
Tissue
Living
LivingTissue
Tissue
Tissue
BAD
BAD
TAG
TAGPLUG
PLUG
=
=
Large
Oval
Oval
Tag
Tag
=
=
No
No
Tag
No Tag
Tag
Tiny
Tiny
Round
Round
Round
Tag
Tag
Tag
=
=
BAD
BAD
TAG
TAGPLUG
PLUG
LIVING
LIVING TAG
TAG –– Application
Application
Carapace
Carapace plug
plug
top
topview
view
5-6
5-6mm
mm
Outer
Outerkeratin
keratin
(black
(black––dorsal)
dorsal)
Carapace
Carapace plug
plug
side
sideview
view
Plug
Plugisis
removed
removed
from
from
biopsy
biopsypunch
punch
with
withtweezers
tweezers
Outer
Outerkeratin
keratin
(black
(black––dorsal)
dorsal)
““White
tissue”
Whitetissue
tissue”
tissue””
Living
Livingtissue
tissue
w/blood
w/bloodvessels
vessels
(pink)
(pink)
33m
m
mm
m
m
mm
33mm
mm
22mm
mm
Tag
Tagwill
will not
take””
not““take
Unless
Unlessititcontains
contains
Pink
Pink““living
living””material
material
““White
tissue
Whitetissue”
tissue”
tissue””
Living
tissue
Living tissue
w/blood
w/bloodvessels
vessels
(pink)
(pink)
Change
Change
angle
to
angle
oooo to
--45
45
Scute
Scute
Twisting
Twisting
motion
motion
Figures 6-13a-c. Living
tag procedure
(NMFS/SEFSC diagrams).
___________________________________________
6-9
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
plastron
plug).
For
loggerheads,
NMFS/SEFSC has found that the best tags
were taken from the relatively thick tissue of
the humeral or pectoral scutes on the plastron,
so that bone was not sampled.
The order that the living tissue is obtained
does not matter; the carapace or the plastron
can be sampled first. The goal is to minimize
the time required for the procedure. First, the
method of taking carapace tissue is described.
Place the blade of a sterile 3 ─ 6 mm biopsy
punch at the carapace surface forming an
approximate 45º angle. Using moderate force
and a twisting action (twisting reduces the
amount of force required to cut through the
carapace material), let the biopsy punch cut
into the carapace material to a depth of
approximately 1 ─ 2.5 mm (Figure 6-13a).
Depth control is critical to obtaining a good
plug. You must reach the area containing
“pink” living tissue (only one mm thick on a
seven-month-old Kemp’s ridley, two mm in a
120 g loggerhead) that is vascularized. If you
go too deep, you may puncture the lung
(carapace) or enter body cavity (plastron).
Once at the correct depth, reduce the angle of
the biopsy punch to approximately five
degrees, push forward two to three mm, and
then angle back up to the surface, creating a
plug that is 5 to 6 mm in length, three mm
wide and 2.5 mm in depth (Figure 6-13b).
The side profile of the plug should be layered
(Figures 6-13b and c) with a layer of black or
brown/white keratin, layer of “white”
bone/cartilage, and a thin layer of “pink”
vascularized (blood vessel) material. Take
care to ensure that no pigmented keratin
material contaminates the white and pink
layers of the plug, and if the plug is
temporarily placed aside, it should be placed
with the keratin (shell) side down to avoid
contaminating the “living” areas of the plug.
Only tag plugs with suitable living tissue will
form good living tags; tag plugs with no living
tissue will not take, and those with little living
tissue
will
form
small,
potentially
undetectable healed living tags. Depending on
the skill level of the tagger, oval shaped tags
may remain oval or heal in a circular shape.
The shape, size and area of the living tissue on
the tag plug and tag hole dictate the final
shape and size of the living tag. Unless
reciprocal transplants are to be done, discard
the carapace plug (Figure 6-14); attempting to
transplant carapace plug into plastron hole is
rarely successful on Kemp’s ridleys, but has
been found to work well on loggerheads.
Figure 6-14. Removing the carapace tissue plug
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Next, select an all white or cream-colored
scute from the plastron matching the profile of
carapace surface where the tag will be placed
as the source of the living tag plug. Use a 3 ─
6 mm biopsy punch to remove a plastron plug,
and use forceps disinfected with 70%
isopropyl alcohol to handle the plug (Figure 615). Clean off forceps in alcohol between
handling the carapace plug and the plastron
plug. The presence of moisture will cause
tissue adhesive to foam or clump; excess
moisture (including blood) should be blotted
from the area to receive glue. Use veterinary
___________________________________________
6-10
N
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
quality tissue adhesive (such as Nexaband® or
Vetbond®) to fill and seal the empty plastron
donor hole where the plug was taken if there is
no reciprocal transplant, ensuring that all
edges are sealed with one continuous film
(Figure 6-16).
Figure 6-15. Removing the plastron tissue
plug. (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Figure 6-16. Sealing plastron with tissue
glue (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Insert the plastron plug into the carapace hole
and press it into place. Rotate the plastron
plug in the carapace hole to get the best fit
possible, and then press down the plug to
expel any liquid that might have pooled in the
hole (Figure 6-17). If the plastron plug is a
good match for the carapace hole, pressing
down will create a slight vacuum that will
hold the tag in place until it can be glued.
Blotting with a paper towel helps remove any
excess liquid that will interfere with the tissue
glue. Apply veterinary quality tissue adhesive
(such as Nexaband® or Vetbond®) around the
perimeter of the tag, taking care not to allow
the glue to flow over the complete surface of
the tag or get under the plastron plug. If glue
gets under the plastron plug, or if too much
glue is used and the surface of the tag is
completely covered, the tag will not “take.”
Use only enough glue to seal the perimeter of
the plastron plug to the edges of the carapace
hole, and do not try to wipe off excess glue, as
the tag may stick to the wiping object and pull
out.
Turtles should be left out of the water for 15 –
30 minutes after tagging to allow the glue to
dry. It takes about six weeks for the living tag
to heal before it can be determined whether or
not the tissue graft was successful (Figures 618a and b).
Figure 6-17. Inserting the plastron tissue plug onto
the carapace (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
6-11
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
A
CWTs may be inscribed with binary or
decimal coding. They each may be coded
with a unique label or more often, each tag on
a spool of coded wire is identical, allowing for
the identification of groups and not
individuals. To read the code on a CWT,
dissection and examination under a
microscope is necessary. Therefore, the code
on CWTs is only obtained when a turtle is
recovered dead, allowing for dissection and
removal of the tag.
B
Figures 6-18a and b. A 14-month-old loggerhead
showing living tags on (a) the carapace and (b) the
plastron. (Photos by J. Wyneken, Florida Atlantic
University).
Wire Tags
Successfully tagging large numbers of
hatchlings presents a significant challenge.
Coded Wire Tags (CWTs) provide a reliable
method for marking hatchlings, and they have
been used extensively in captive reared and
wild Kemp’s ridley hatchlings (Higgins et al.
1997). CWTs have also been used in larger
turtles, such as yearling Kemp's ridleys from
the NOAA Kemp's ridley headstart project
(1978-1992). A small section of coded wire is
injected using a specialized tag injector into
the dorsal surface of the front flipper near the
claw
(Figure
6-19).
The tags may be either non-magnetized or
magnetized at the time of insertion, but the
wire tag must be magnetized for detection
with a handheld magnetometer. A nonmagnetized tag can be magnetized
immediately before detection by passing a
magnet over the front flippers where the tags
would be implanted, or before tagging by
using a pre-magnetized roll of wire or using a
magnetized head on the tag injectors (Higgins
et al. 1997, Fontaine et al. 1993).
CWTs are detected using a wand type tag
detector (magnetometer) or by x-ray
radiography. To detect a tag using a wand tag
detector, make sure that there are no metal
objects (e.g., jewelry, watches) in the area, as
they can interfere with magnetic tag detection.
Test the unit by passing it over a metal with a
known magnetic content and confirm an
audible beep. If possible, position the turtle at
least one meter away from the ground, sand,
metal equipment, vehicles, electronic circuits,
walls with pipes or reinforcement steel, etc.
Immobilize the turtle and extend the flipper
away from the turtle’s body and hold the
detector perpendicular to the leading edge of
the flipper next to the body. Pass the wand
over the surface of the flipper keeping it
perpendicular to the leading edge of the
flipper, keeping it as close to the flipper
surface as possible without touching it (Figure
6-20) . Scan each surface of both flippers at
least three times up and down the length of the
flipper. If no tags are detected after three
passes along the entire flipper, try several
short passes back and forth in the area of the
claw. If a suspected tag is detected (the wand
beeps), carefully pass the wand over the
suspected tag site to confirm consistent
multiple readings. Check around the flipper to
make sure there are no metal sources that
could cause a false positive reading.
___________________________________________
6-12
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
If no tag is detected after examining both
surfaces of the front flippers, pass a magnet
over the flippers in an attempt to magnetize a
non-magnetized wire tag (Figure 6-21). The
magnet should be passed in only one direction
in parallel sweeps from the leading edge of the
flipper towards the trailing edge in
overlapping sweeps. Take care not to sweep
the magnet perpendicular from the leading
edge to the trailing edge, as this could result in
a failure of the tag to take a magnetic charge
or the un-magnetization of a previously
magnetized tag. After passing the magnet
over each flipper surface, follow the
previously described procedure for tag
detection.
A detailed description of the protocol for wire
tagging and detection (Higgins et al. 1997)
can
be
found
at:
Figure 6-19. Implantation location of
internal wire tag in hatchling flipper
(Diagram from Higgins 1997).
http://www.sefsc.noaa.gov/seaturtletechmemos.jsp
and
http://galveston.ssp.nmfs.gov/publications/pdf/279
.pdf.
___________________________________________
6-13
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Figure 6-20. Proper positioning of wand over the turtle’s flipper for
magnetized wire tag detection (Diagram from Higgins 1997).
Figure 6-21. Proper technique for magnetizing a previously non-magnetized
wire tag in a flipper (Diagram from Higgins 1997).
___________________________________________
6-14
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Oxytetracycline Marking
In certain circumstances, sea turtles may be
injected with the antibiotic oxytetracycline
(Figure 6-22). Oxytetracycline marks the
bones of the sea turtle at the time of injection
so they can be used in future aging studies if
the turtle strands dead. One dose administered
prior to hook removal, skin biopsy, and
tagging could offer the same beneficial
prophylactic effects as presurgical antibiotics
may offer in preventing post-surgical
infections as well.
The quantity of tetracycline to be administered
depends on the weight of the animal, which
can be estimated from its straight carapace
length (SCLN-T) if the actual weight is
unknown. Estimated dosage quantities are
provided on the Dosage Cards for Kemp’s
ridleys (Table 6-1), loggerheads (Table 6-2),
and green sea turtles (Table 6-3). These
values are based on length-weight regression
models derived from morphometric data
collected from wild-caught turtles in the
coastal waters of North Carolina. As such, we
do not recommend using the estimated dosage
provided on turtles outside the Atlantic Ocean
and Gulf of Mexico to account for potential
differences in length-weight relationships
among populations. Measure the straight
carapace length of the turtle in cm and use the
Dosage Cards to find the corresponding
assuming
an
dosage
(25
mg/kg
oxytetracycline concentration of 200 mg/ml).
If the actual weight of the turtle is known, or if
you are using a different concentration of the
drug, calculate the dosage using the formula:
Dosage (ml) = Weight (kg) x 25 (mg/kg) /
concentration (mg/ml).
Verify that product has not expired, as this
product can become toxic after expiration, and
confirm the product’s concentration. Wear
disposable gloves and draw the necessary
dosage from the bottle with a disposable
syringe. Use a 3-cc syringe for antibiotic
quantities 0.6 – 2.9 ml and a 5-cc syringe for
larger quantities.
Figure 6-22.
Oxyetracycline injection
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
On a restrained turtle, clean the injection site
with 10% povidone-iodine solution. Insert the
needle in the right front dorsal shoulder
musculature (latissimus dorsi, terres major,
and deltoides) in a single injection site using a
sterile, disposable syringe and a 20-gauge 1"
needle. Animals with a SCL > 70 cm should
have their dosage split into two equal volumes
to administer in each shoulder.
Before
injecting the tetracycline, pull back on the
syringe plunger to make sure the needle is not
in a blood vessel. If there is no blood coming
into the syringe, apply continuous force to the
plunger to administer the antibiotic. If blood
does enter the syringe, readjust the needle
placement by partially retracting the needle
___________________________________________
6-15
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
(do not remove entirely) and changing the
angle of insertion. Check again to verify the
needle is not in a blood vessel before
administering the antibiotic. After removing
the needle, apply pressure with a 10%
povidone-iodine swab in the area to stop any
bleeding and prevent infection. Dispose of the
needle and syringe in a sharps container.
OXYTETRACYCLINE DOSAGE FOR KEMP’S RIDLEY SEA TURTLES
SCL N-T (cm)
Drug Dosage (ml)
SCL N-T (cm)
Drug Dosage (ml)
20
0.2
43
1.4
21
0.2
44
1.5
22
0.2
45
1.6
23
0.3
46
1.7
24
0.3
47
1.7
25
0.3
48
1.8
26
0.4
49
1.9
27
0.4
50
2.1
28
0.5
51
2.2
29
0.5
52
2.3
30
0.5
53
2.4
31
0.6
54
2.5
32
0.6
55
2.6
33
0.7
56
2.8
34
0.8
57
2.9
35
0.8
58
3.0
36
0.9
59
3.2
37
0.9
60
3.3
38
1.0
61
3.5
39
1.1
62
3.6
40
1.1
63
3.8
41
1.2
64
3.9
42
1.3
65
4.1
Table 6-1. Oxytetracycline dosage card for Kemp’s ridley sea turtles assuming a dose of 25 mg/kg and an
oxytetracycline concentration of 200 mg/ml. Dosage (ml) = Weight (kg) x 25 (mg/kg) / concentration (mg/ml).
Dosage calculations are based on estimated weight from Kemp’s ridley morphometric data regressions where:
Weight (kg) = 0.0006(SCL)2.6121 with R2 = 0.894.
___________________________________________
6-16
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
OXYTETRACYCLINE DOSAGE FOR LOGGERHEAD SEA TURTLES
SCL N-T (cm)
Drug Dosage (ml)
SCL N-T (cm)
Drug Dosage (ml)
40
1.3
73
6.7
41
1.4
74
7.0
42
1.5
75
7.3
43
1.6
76
7.5
44
1.7
77
7.8
45
1.8
78
8.1
46
1.9
79
8.4
47
2.0
80
8.7
48
2.1
81
9.0
49
2.2
82
9.3
50
2.4
83
9.6
51
2.5
84
9.9
52
2.6
85
10.2
53
2.8
86
10.5
54
2.9
87
10.8
55
3.1
88
11.2
56
3.2
89
11.5
57
3.4
90
11.9
58
3.5
91
12.2
59
3.7
92
12.6
60
3.9
93
12.9
61
4.1
94
13.3
62
4.3
95
13.7
63
4.5
96
14.0
64
4.7
97
14.4
65
4.9
98
14.8
66
5.1
99
15.2
67
5.3
100
15.6
68
5.5
101
16.0
69
5.8
102
16.4
70
6.0
103
16.8
71
6.2
104
17.3
72
6.5
105
17.7
Table 6-2. Oxytetracycline dosage card for loggerhead sea turtles assuming a dose of 25 mg/kg and an
oxytetracycline concentration of 200 mg/ml. Dosage (ml) = Weight (kg) x 25 (mg/kg) / concentration (mg/ml).
Dosage calculations are based on estimated weight from loggerhead morphometric data regressions where:
Weight (kg) = 0.022 (SCL)2 – 1.1789(SCL) + 22.751 with R2 = 0.897.
___________________________________________
6-17
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
OXYTETRACYCLINE DOSAGE FOR GREEN SEA TURTLES
SCL N-T (cm)
Drug Dosage (ml)
SCL N-T (cm)
Drug Dosage (ml)
20
0.1
57
2.6
21
0.2
58
2.8
22
0.2
59
2.9
23
0.2
60
3.1
24
0.2
61
3.2
25
0.2
62
3.4
26
0.3
63
3.5
27
0.3
64
3.7
28
0.3
65
3.8
29
0.4
66
4.0
30
0.4
67
4.2
31
0.5
68
4.4
32
0.5
69
4.6
33
0.6
70
4.8
34
0.6
71
4.9
35
0.7
72
5.1
36
0.7
73
5.4
37
0.8
74
5.6
38
0.8
75
5.8
39
0.9
76
6.0
40
1.0
77
6.2
41
1.0
78
6.5
42
1.1
79
6.7
43
1.2
80
7.0
44
1.3
81
7.2
45
1.3
82
7.5
46
1.4
83
7.7
47
1.5
84
8.0
48
1.6
85
8.3
49
1.7
86
8.6
50
1.8
87
8.8
51
1.9
88
9.1
52
2.0
89
9.4
53
2.1
90
9.8
54
2.3
91
10.1
55
2.4
92
10.4
56
2.5
Table 6-3. Oxytetracycline dosages for green sea turtles assuming a dose of 25 mg/kg and an oxytetracycline
concentration of 200 mg/ml. Dosage (ml) = Weight (kg) x 25 (mg/kg) / concentration (mg/ml). Dosage calculations
are based on estimated weight from green sea turtle morphometric data regressions where:
Weight (kg) = 0.0002( SCL)2.861 with R2 = 0.777.
___________________________________________
6-18
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 7: Electronic Tags
Electronic tags allow researchers to remotely
monitor information such as position,
movement patterns, dive behavior, survival,
and environmental parameters. Satellite tags
are used to collect data on location, depth,
and/or temperature. Deployment length is
dependent on battery size and will vary
depending on research question and animal
size. Sonic tags emit an acoustic signal that
can be received underwater with a
hydrophone. Triangulation of the acoustic
signal allows researchers to determine an
animal’s location. Radio tags emit a radio
signal on a specific frequency that can be
detected by an antenna when a turtle surfaces.
Radio tags provide location information via
triangulation of the signal above the water.
Electronic tags, including sonic, radio,
satellite transmitting, and archival tags are
attached to sea turtles via two methods: direct
and tethered.
All tags and attachment
materials should weigh less than five percent
of a turtle’s weight, and tags should be
streamlined to minimize any effects of drag.
Researchers must make attachments as
hydrodynamic as possible. Tag dimensions
vary by manufacturer and tag type, but should
be proportional to turtle size and consistent
with weight restrictions. Each attachment
must be made so that there is no risk of
entanglement. The lanyard (if used) length
must be less than 1/2 of the carapace length of
the turtle to avoid entanglement in the turtle’s
front flippers and prevent the turtle from
biting the tag. It must include a corrodible,
breakaway link that will corrode and release
the tag-transmitter after the tag-transmitter life
is finished. Adequate ventilation around the
head of the turtle
must be provided during the attachment of
tags if attachment materials produce fumes.
To prevent skin or eye contact with harmful
chemicals used as attachment materials, turtles
must not be held in water during the
application process. Ideally, turtles will be
and held no longer than two hours; however,
there may be weather or logistical events that
may require bringing turtles to shore for
tagging and temporary holding. In that event,
turtles should be released as weather permits,
no more than one day after capture.
Electronic Tag Specifications
Below is a list of tag types currently in use or
being considered for use by the
NMFS/SEFSC. Specific manufacturers and
models are not listed here because of the
dynamic nature of this field of technology.
Attachment methods are constantly refined
and improved by researchers; the methods
defined here have been tested and approved by
NMFS/SEFSC, but do not constitute an
exhaustive list of potential acceptable
methods. Argos transmitting satellite and
archival tags operate within approved
frequencies, 401.618 MHz to 401.680 MHz.
Sonic tags operate in the 25 – 80 kHz range,
and radio tags use a range of 164 – 166 MHz.
Tag Attachment Protocols
Tether Attachment Protocol (see Epperly et
al. 2007)
Hardshell turtles
Tethers for satellite, radio, or sonic tags are
attached to the trailing edge at the rear of the
carapace (Figure 7-1) to reduce drag while
___________________________________________
7-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
1. Immobilize the turtle and clean dorsal
and ventral surfaces of postcentral
scutes using a scouring pad and scrub
brush, and if needed for barnacle
removal, a chisel. Activate tag.
2. Pour ~ two oz 10% povidone-iodine to
thoroughly soak the hardware into a
bag containing the hardware, exclusive
of the nylon parts, and a new drill bit,
and soak for at least 15 minutes,
agitating frequently.
Use alcohol
swabs to clean the nylon parts, as
iodine breaks down nylon over time,
while alcohol is inert.
Figure 7-1. Attachment of an archival satellite tag on
a hardshell turtle (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
being towed by the turtle.
Tags are
streamlined and as light as possible (< five
percent of body weight) to keep drag to a
minimum. When handling the turtle and
equipment, use disposable gloves and change
them often to maintain the most sterile
environment possible.
3. Saturate sterile gauze sponges with
10% povidone-iodine and cleanse the
dorsal and ventral surfaces of the
postcentral scutes several times over a
15 minute period.
4. Install a 3/16” titanium drill bit into the
portable drill and align the eyestrap
(pad eye) on the postcentral scutes. Be
sure to position the eyestrap as far
forward (toward head) as possible on
the postcentral scutes to capture the
underlying bone.
However, be
cognizant that you will be drilling at an
angle; do not drill so far up as to
intercept the integument on the ventral
surface (Figure 7-1). Using the holes
of the eyestrap as a guide, drill once
quickly through the scute. Use a blood
clotting gel such as Clotisol® or ferric
subsulfate to stop bleeding, if
necessary, after first cleaning the
dropper tip with an alcohol swab.
After removing epibionts and thoroughly
scrubbing the area with water and povidoneiodine disinfectant, drill a 0.5 cm hole through
one of the turtle’s pygal bones, as well as the
overlying scutes, with a drill bit soaked in
povidone-iodine disinfectant for 15 minutes
prior to use. Pass a plastic electrician’s tie
through the hole and secure. Transmitters
should be housed in bullet-shaped buoys
(approximately 10 cm diameter and 10 cm in
height) secured to one end of a tether that
consists of one mm diameter stainless steel
fishing leader. Connect the tether to the
plastic electrician’s tie in the turtle’s shell with
a ball-bearing swivel and two short lengths of
either 30 lb braided fishing line
(e.g.,
Spiderwire®) or 30 lb test monofilament
fishing line. This configuration will allow the
turtles to break free if either the buoy or tether
becomes entangled in submerged or floating
debris or bottom structure.
5. Flood the area thoroughly with 10%
povidone-iodine.
___________________________________________
7-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
6. Select an appropriate length 1/8” bolt
and insert it through the eyestrap. If
the bolts are too long, insert them from
the bottom so that they can be trimmed
later. Use nylon washers against the
carapace and the plastron and a
stainless washer between the eyestrap
and the nut or head of the bolt.
3. Saturate sterile gauze sponges with
10% povidone-iodine or use 10%
povidone-iodine scrubs and cleanse the
dorsal and ventral areas of turtle in the
pygal region (Figure 7-2). Do this
several times.
4. Install the drill bit into a portable drill
and drill a single hole through the
center of the pygal region. Use a
blood clotting agent such as Clotisol®
or ferric subsulfate to stop bleeding, if
necessary, after first cleaning the
dropper tip with an alcohol swab.
7. Thread thimble of tag tether over
eyestrap before inserting the second
bolt.
8. Repeat steps six and seven for the
second hole.
5. Flood hole thoroughly with 10%
povidone-iodine.
9. Turn the turtle onto its carapace, being
careful to protect the tag (try to keep it
in the PVC sleeve), and secure the
bolts with washers and lock nuts using
a wrench.
6. Swab outside of surgical tubing with a
triple antibiotic ointment such as
Neosporin® and pass surgical tubing
through the hole until it is flush at the
top.
10. Use bolt cutters to cut off any excess
length of the bolts if necessary.
7. Cut excess surgical tubing flush at the
bottom using scissors or line cutters.
Leatherback Turtles- Pygal Tether Attachment
(Figure 7-2)
8. Thread monofilament tether through
an acetal polyoxymethylene resin (e.g.,
Delrin®) disk that has been swabbed
with triple antibiotic ointment on the
bottom.
1. Immobilize the turtle and activate the
tag. When handling the turtle and
equipment use disposable gloves,
changing them often to maintain the
most sterile environment possible.
9. Pass monofilament through surgical
tubing. Lubricate monofilament with
triple antibiotic ointment if needed.
2. Pour enough 10% povidone-iodine
into a hardware bag containing two
1/4” X 1 5/8” acetal polyoxymethylene
resin (e.g., Delrin®) disks, a new 5/16”
drill bit, and 1/4” outer diameter
surgical tubing to coat items. Agitate
the bag frequently to disinfect the
hardware.
10. Secure monofilament at the bottom
with
the
second
acetal
polyoxymethylene resin disk (swabbed
with topical antibiotic ointment) and a
crimp below the disk so that the tether
is tight and secure. Cut off any excess
monofilament.
___________________________________________
7-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Pygal Region of Carapace
10 cm 400 lb monofilament tether
Thimbles
PAT tag
Crimp
RD-1500
Crimp
Upper Delrin disk
Overhanging
Posterior
Carapace
Monofilament
Surgical tubing
Lower Delrin disk
Crimp
Lateral view of the low-strain breakaway tether used to attach the hydrodynamic, buoyant
transmitter to the overhanging rear portion of the carapace of Dermochelys coriacea.
Attachment time 9- 19 minutes, on beach or in water.
Figure 7-2. Attachment of archival tag using a tether through the pygal region of a
leatherback (NMFS/SEFSC diagram).
Harness Attachment Method (Figure 7-3,
Method developed by Scott Eckert and
adapted from Eckert and Eckert 1986)
3. Feed each end of the plastron strap
through the loop of their respective
vinyl tube covered shoulder strap.
Note: Recent concerns about the effects of
drag have been raised regarding this harness
attachment method. Drag effects are currently
being researched, and new materials and
attachment methods are currently under
investigation. NMFS does not currently use
or endorse this method of attachment pending
futher research.
4. Center the elastic tubes with the four
D-rings on the carapace with two Drings forward for the shoulder straps
and one D-ring to each side for the
plastron strap.
5. Secure the plastron strap at each end to
the D-rings, making sure that tension
of elastic tubes is not too great and
allows for growth of the turtle without
allowing movement of the harness.
The attached loops for the shoulder
straps should be just below the D-ring.
1. Activate satellite tag.
2. Place plastron strap under the posterior
end of plastron (approximately 10 – 20
cm from the edge.
___________________________________________
7-4
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
the tensioned plastron strap and its
loose end below the D-ring.
6. Feed the vinyl tube with each shoulder
strap under the front flippers and curve
the tubes over the turtle’s carapace.
12. Secure the shoulder straps with cable
ties below their D-rings.
7. Secure the shoulder straps to the
remaining D-rings until an appropriate
amount of tension is present in the
elastic tubes which will allow for
growth of the turtle yet ensure the
harness will remain in place. Some
trimming of the vinyl tubes may be
needed to properly secure the shoulder
straps.
13. Tighten cable ties for the transmitter
plate to the vinyl tubes.
14. Trim all excess strap material and
cable ties.
8. Attach the transmitter plate to the vinyl
tubes ahead of shoulder D-rings and
loosely attach with four large cable
ties. Do not secure yet, as some
adjustments may still be needed for the
harness.
9. Check overall tension on shoulder
straps, the plastron strap, and the
elastic tubes.
Make any needed
adjustments at this time. Do not over
tighten the harness.
The harness
should be secure on the turtle but still
allow for growth.
10. Once all the straps are properly
adjusted, secure the shoulder strap
loops to the plastron strap on each side
of the turtle several centimeters below
the D-rings for the plastron strap using
small cable ties. A hole will need to
be punched with an
awl (or similar tool) through the hole
in the loop and the plastron strap for
the cable ties.
11. Next, secure the plastron strap below
each of the D-rings with a cable tie by
punching a hole with the awl through
Figure 7-3. Satellite tag attached using the harness
attachment method (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Direct Attachment Protocol
Epoxy Attachment for Satellite Tags on
Hardshell Turtles (see Godley et al. 2002)
Holding – Use a tub to safely hold the turtle in
a natural prone position while attaching the
transmitter. The tub size will vary based on
the size of the animal (e.g., a plastic fish box
for small animals or a plastic pool or tank for
large animals). Place a cushioned pad on the
bottom of the tub to cushion the turtle. The
tub will serve to comfortably restrict
movement of the turtle during the attachment
procedure and can be used aboard a boat or on
land. A wet cloth draped over the turtle’s eyes
to completely block vision often reduces the
turtle’s desire to move. Shelter the turtle from
___________________________________________
7-5
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
direct sunlight, wind, and rain with a tarp
during the attachment procedure.
Preparing the carapace – Remove epibionts
(barnacles, algae, etc.) from the carapace at
the mounting and bonding site of transmitter.
In general, the ideal location to place the
transmitter is the point where the first and
second vertebral scutes meet (Figure 7-4).
This section of the carapace rises to a
maximum point above the sea surface each
time the turtle breathes, and the base antenna
on the transmitter will break the plane of the
water’s surface. Alternatively, transmitters
may be attached directly to the second
vertebral scute on the carapace (Papi et al.
1997, Polovina et al. 2000, Griffin 2002).
Attachment media may also encompass
sections of the first and third vertebral scutes,
as well as the first and second costal scutes.
Thoroughly scrub these areas with a scrub
brush and 10% povidone-iodine, rinse with
fresh water, dry with a towel, and then lightly
sand with sandpaper. When smooth, lightly
wipe the entire area with an alcohol pad or a
small amount of acetone.
Mounting the transmitter on the carapace –
Activate the transmitter in the lab prior to
entering the field. Coat all surfaces of the
transmitter except the bottom with anti-fouling
paint if desired, and cover saltwater switches
with electrical or masking tape. The size and
weight of the satellite transmitter used will
depend on the size of the turtle. Large tags
will be attached to the carapace using a twopart epoxy, or a combination of two-part
epoxy and fiberglass resin and cloth (< 200 g).
The tag and attachment materials should not
exceed five percent of the turtle’s body
weight.
Use a two-part cool setting epoxy (e.g.,
Power-Fast®) to secure the transmitter on to
the carapace. The epoxy components are
discharged from the cartridge in equal
amounts via a caulk gun, and are incorporated
in a specialized mixing nozzle so no
modification of amounts is required. There is
no danger of setting too quickly. Use a small
amount of epoxy (< 50 g) to create an even
base for the transmitter to rest and to secure it
to the carapace. Drying time will vary
between 20 – 60 minutes depending on
ambient temperature and humidity. Secure
small tags with the epoxy alone; apply
additional epoxy or two coats of fiberglass
material on larger transmitters to ensure a long
attachment life (i.e., one year). When the base
has hardened, fiberglass cloth and resin (e.g.,
Power-Fast® or Bondo®) may be used to
further secure the transmitter to the carapace
from the edges and/or top to the surrounding
scutes. If using fiberglass cloth and resin, use
20 drops of catalyst to two oz of fiberglass
resin and mix liberally for about 15 seconds.
Figure 7-4. Position of satellite transmitter
attachment on turtle’s carapace (Diagram by
C. McClellan, Duke University).
The amount of catalyst may change based on
ambient temperatures and humidity, and will
be tested in advance to determine hardening
time. Use a liberal coat of mixed resin on the
transmitter and carapace where pre-cut strips
___________________________________________
7-6
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
while using fiberglass media (e.g., Bondo®).
A coat of fiberglass anti-fouling paint may be
applied over attachment media to prevent
fouling on these materials.
When the
attachment materials are dry, remove the tape
from the saltwater switches and polish with
sandpaper to remove any residual grime.
Sand the fiberglass as well to remove any
sharp edges. Release the turtle at or near the
point of capture. Ideally, turtles will be
tagged on the boat and held no longer than 1.5
hours, barring unforeseen weather or logistical
events (Figure 7-6).
Figures 7-5a and b. Placement of (a) the first
layer and (b) the second layer of fiberglass
(Diagrams by C. McClellan, Duke University).
An alternative attachment method is to use a
roll of 1.0 cm diameter adhesive (e.g., Sonic
Weld®, Ed Greene and Company) around the
bottom edge of the transmitter to form a well,
followed by application of epoxy resin (e.g.,
Foil Fast®, Rawlplug Company) epoxy to the
entire bottom surface of the transmitter within
the well using a glue gun. Heat generated by
curing epoxy has not been noticed by
researchers during the application process.
Preparation and setting time is approximately
one hour, after which turtles are released in
close proximity to where they were collected.
of fiberglass cloth will be applied in two
layers over the transmitter, allowing each
layer to dry completely (approximately 15 –
20 minutes). Use two five cm wide by 11 cm
wide by 5 cm long squares of fiberglass cloth
in the first layer, one piece on each edge of the
tag (Figure 7-5a). The second layer consists
of two 5 cm wide by 13 cm long strips of
fiberglass cloth, one over the tag and one
across the front of the tag (Figure 7-5b).
Take care to prevent fiberglass resin from
running off the shell or coming in contact with
the turtle’s skin or eyes by wiping up drips
immediately. Maintain adequate ventilation
Figure 7-6. A satellite tagged loggerhead ready
for release (Photo by C. McClellan, Duke
University).
___________________________________________
7-7
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Direct Satellite
Leatherbacks
Tag
Attachment
for
7. Swab outside of the tether monofilament
with triple antibiotic ointment and pass
through the hole.
1. Immobilize the turtle and activate the tag.
When handling the turtle and equipment, use
disposable gloves and change them often to
maintain the most sterile environment
possible. Attachment methods may vary
depending on tag design; one suggested
attachment method is described here.
8. Once passed through the hole, secure the
monofilament with a second acetal
polyoxymethylene resin disk (swabbed with
triple antibiotic ointment) and a crimp so that
the tether is tight and secure. Cut off any
excess monofilament.
9. Repeat steps six through eight for the
second monofilament tether.
2. Pour enough 10% povidone-iodine to
thoroughly soak the hardware (e.g., four 1/4”
X 1 5/8” acetal polyoxymethylene resin (e.g.,
Delrin®) disks and a new three mm drill bit)
in a bag. Agitate the bag frequently to
disinfect the hardware.
3. Saturate sterile gauze sponges with 10%
povidone-iodine or use 10% povidone-iodine
scrubs and cleanse the central ridge area of
turtle (Figure 7-7). Do this several times.
4. Install drill bit into a portable drill and drill
two small holes through the ridge.
If
necessary, use a blood clotting agent such as
Clotisol® or ferric subsulfate to stop bleeding
by applying drops into the holes after first
cleaning the dropper tip with an alcohol
swab. The hole will only penetrate a few
millimeters horizontally through the carapace
ridge and will not enter the body cavity.
5. Flood holes
povidone-iodine.
thoroughly
with
10%
6. Thread one monofilament or coated wire
tether through an acetal polyoxymethylene
resin disk that has been swabbed with triple
antibiotic ointment (e.g., Neosporin®) on the
bottom.
Figure 7-7. Direct carapace attachment on leatherback
(Photo courtesy of Sandra Ferraroli, Centre National de
la Recherche Scientifique).
Sonic and Radio Transmitter Attachment
General information – Transmitters will be
programmed by the manufacturer and tested in
the lab prior to entering the field. Activation
of the transmitter simply involves removing a
magnet. Coat the transmitter with anti-fouling
paint before attaching to the turtle.
Holding the turtle in a prone position – Use a
container to safely hold the turtle in a natural
prone position while attaching the transmitter.
The container size will vary depending upon
the size of the animal and could range from a
___________________________________________
7-8
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
plastic fish box for small animals to a plastic
pool or tank. The container will serve to
comfortably restrict movement of the turtle to
a minimum during the attachment procedure
and can be used aboard a boat or on land.
Place a cushioned pad on the bottom of the
container and shelter turtles from direct
sunlight, wind, or rain with a tarp during the
attachment procedure. A wet cloth draped
over the turtle’s eyes to completely block
vision often reduces the turtle’s desire to
move.
Mounting the sonic transmitter on the
carapace – In general, locating the transmitter
on the posterior section of the carapace will
reduce drag and will keep the transmitter
submerged even when the turtle surfaces to
breathe (Figure 7-8). Sonic transmitters are
available in various sizes enabling us to tag
both small and large sea turtles (loggerhead,
green, and Kemp’s ridley). Given that the
transmitter and attachment materials cannot
exceed five percent of the turtle’s body
weight, transmitters will be placed only on
turtles > 20 cm SCL.
Attachment media will encompass sections of
the last vertebral scute as well as the last
costal scute. Remove epibionts (barnacles,
algae, etc.) from the carapace at the site of
transmitter attachment using a hoof pick or
other blunt instrument. Thoroughly scrub
these areas, rinse with fresh water, dry, and
then lightly sand with sandpaper. When
smooth, lightly wipe the entire area with an
alcohol pad or a small amount of acetone.
Use a two-part cool setting epoxy (e.g.,
Power-Fast®) to secure the transmitter on to
the carapace. The epoxy components are
discharged from the cartridge in equal
amounts via a caulk gun and are incorporated
in a specialized mixing nozzle, so no
modification of amounts is required, and there
is no danger of setting too quickly. Use a
small amount of epoxy (< 20 g) to create an
even base for the transmitter to rest and to
secure it to the carapace.
Taper the
attachment media to prevent it from catching
on rocks or fishing nets. Drying time will
vary between 20 – 60 minutes, depending on
ambient temperatures and humidity. When
the attachment materials are dry, release the
turtle at or near the point of capture.
Mounting the radio transmitter on the
carapace – Radio transmitters are available in
various sizes, enabling tagging of both small
and large sea turtles. The transmitter and
attachment materials should not exceed five
percent of the turtle’s body weight. Therefore,
transmitters should be placed only on turtles >
20 cm SCL. Small (e.g., ~30 g cylindrical)
transmitters can be attached directly to the
carapace of smaller turtles (25 – 40 cm SCL)
or tethered to the posterior end of the carapace
of larger turtles (> 40 cm SCL). Larger (e.g.,
~60 g rectangular) transmitters can be
attached directly to the carapace of larger
turtles (> 40 cm SCL).
Use a two-part cool setting epoxy (e.g.,
Power-Fast®) to secure the transmitter to the
Figure 7-8. Position of sonic transmitter
attachment (Diagram by C. McClellan,
Duke University).
___________________________________________
7-9
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
carapace. The epoxy components are
discharged from the cartridge in equal
amounts via a caulk gun and are incorporated
in a specialized mixing nozzle, so no
modification of amounts is required, and there
is no danger of setting too quickly. Use a
small amount of epoxy (< 20 g) to serve the
dual function of creating an even base for the
transmitter to rest and securing it to the
carapace. Taper the attachment media to
prevent it from catching on rocks or fishing
nets. Drying time will vary between 20 – 60
minutes, depending on ambient temperatures
and humidity. When the attachment materials
are dry, release the turtle at or near the point
of capture.
Stomach Temperature Pill
Satellite-linked data recorders (e.g., Mk10AL, 93 x 51 x 22 mm, 125 g; Wildlife
Computers Redmond, WA) and stomach
temperature pills (e.g., STP3, 21.5 mm
diameter, 63 mm length; Wildlife Computers,
Redmond, WA) may be deployed in turtles >
105 cm in length. Currently these devices are
used to record temperature as described here,
but future advancements may allow multiple
parameters to be sampled.
Adult loggerhead turtles maintain internal
body temperatures several degrees higher than
ambient water temperature (TW) (Sato et al.
1994). Ingestion of prey at ambient TW has
the effect of rapidly lowering stomach
temperature (TS), such that fluctuations in TS
may be used to identify a feeding event. The
magnitude of the decrease in TS and time
necessary for TS to recover to previous levels
following prey ingestion reflects both prey
size and ambient TW. The STP3 possesses
four thermistors to detect TS, and a transmitter
to relay TS data to a satellite-linked data
recorder, such as the MK10-AL, mounted on
the turtle’s carapace.
The TS data are
intercepted and archived by the MK10-AL
instrument. Data recognition software then
analyzes the TS data to identify large
fluctuations indicative of ingestion. When one
of these events is recognized, software then
pick 6 points that characterizes the fluctuation,
records the time the fluctuation occurred, the
depth at which the fluctuation was recorded,
and the ambient Tw. This information is
transmitted, along with location data and dive
behavior data, the next time the Mk10-AL
uplinks to an Argos satellite when the turtle
surfaces to breathe.
The satellite-linked data recorder will be
attached to the turtle’s carapace between the
first and second vertebral scutes using PowerFast® marine epoxy or similar. Stomach
temperature pills will be inserted in animals
(must be > 105 cm CCL) to a depth of 20 – 25
cm into the esophagus using a lubricated
flexible rubber tube. Generally it is not
necessary to restrain the turtle with a net while
inserting the STP3.
Rather, use nylon
webbing straps to hold the mouth open. One
person holds strap on upper jaw and another
person holds strap on lower jaw while a third
person uses the lubricated rubber tube to push
the pill into the turtle’s esophagus.
The insertion of the pill is a quick procedure,
and the turtle's mouth is usually held open for
less than one minute. A damp cloth is placed
over the turtle's eyes to keep it calm during the
procedure. Ensure that the pill is properly
sized for the animal to prevent potential
intestinal blockage. Previous studies have
shown that an STP3 inserted in this manner is
eventually pushed into the stomach by
peristaltic action and food ingestion
(Southwood et al. 2005), causing no residual
effects.
___________________________________________
7-10
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Chapter 8: Biopsy Sampling
Biopsies, the sampling of single or multiple
tissues, are routinely collected to:
•
Skin Biopsy
Protocol for Turtles Boated or on Land
Provide information relative to the life
history of the population being studied
– Skin biopsies have been collected for
genetic studies, while bone biopsies
have been collected for aging studies;
•
Better understand the nature of a lesion
and determine the most appropriate
therapy – Single or multiple samples
are collected, determined by the type
of lesion biopsied;
•
Determine sex – Small pieces of
gonadal tissue can be evaluated
histologically to determine the sex of
the animal;
•
Evaluate the animal for contaminants –
Both fat and liver biopsies provide a
way to monitor organochlorine
contaminants in wildlife populations.
Biopsies also may be obtained from
other visceral structures, usually
through a laparoscopic incision;
•
Conduct stable isotope analysis –
Analysis of stable isotope levels of
carbon and nitrogen provides insight
into diet, foraging behavior and
potentially distributional patterns; and
•
Conduct biochemical analyses –
Muscle biopsies can be evaluated to
determine aerobic and anaerobic
metabolic capacity, thermal tolerance,
or stable isotope analysis.
Small hardshell turtles should be turned onto
their carapaces briefly to facilitate skin biopsy
sampling; this may not be possible for large
turtles. The sample site should be along the
posterior edge of a rear flipper in soft tissue,
not a scale. If a rear flipper is not accessible,
samples can be taken from the front flippers as
well. Thoroughly soak and scrub the area
with 10% povidone-iodine solution followed
by an isopropyl alcohol wipe, then thoroughly
swab again with 10% povidone-iodine
solution prior to sampling. A new, sterile
biopsy tool should be used for each turtle to
prevent cross-contamination.
The researcher should wear gloves to protect
the hand that is holding the flipper and the
sampling surface. A vial cap, plastic dive
slate, or other plastic surface cleaned with
70% isopropyl alcohol should be placed
beneath the sampling site as a hard surface
against which to press. Press a new biopsy
punch firmly into the flesh just along the
posterior edge and rotate one complete turn,
cutting all the way through the flipper to the
plastic surface (Figure 8-1). Repeat the tissue
punch process with the same punch to obtain
two plugs from each animal. An alternative
method is to remove a plug of skin from the
shoulder region using a sterile 6 mm biopsy
punch to cut a skin plug and forceps and
surgical scissors to extract and trim the
sample.
___________________________________________
8-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Wear gloves each time you collect a sample
and handle the buffer vials.
The
NMFS/SEFSC observer programs currently
use a saturated sodium chloride solution for
tissue sample storage, but some programs may
use 20% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) buffer
saturated with sodium chloride instead. If you
are using DMSO buffer, it is nontoxic and
nonflammable, but handling the buffer
without gloves may result in exposure,
producing a garlic/oyster taste in the mouth
along with breath odor. This substance soaks
into skin very rapidly along with any
dissolved contaminants. Do not store the
buffer where it will experience extreme heat,
and do not freeze the sample. The buffer must
be stored at room temperature or cooler, such
as in a refrigerator.
Figure 8-1. Skin biopsy taken from trailing edge of
rear flipper (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Place the tissue plugs into the vial containing
a suitable storage solution, such as saturated
NaCl solution with or without 20% DMSO. If
the sample does not come out of the corer
easily, place it into the vial by inserting a new,
clean wooden applicator stick through the
hollow handle of the biopsy punch, shaking
the punch in the vial, or snapping the tip off of
the biopsy punch and placing the entire tip in
the vial. Wipe the punched area with 10%
povidone-iodine solution. If necessary, a
blood clotting agent, such as ferric subsulfate
or Clotisol®, or a cyanoacrylate tissue glue
such as Nexaban® (Veterinary Products Lab,
Phoenix, AZ, USA) or an over-the-counter
equivalent such as Super-Glue® or KrazyGlue® can be used for hemostasis. Using a
pencil, label a piece of waterproof paper with
the date, species, id, master tag, and trip
number if applicable, and place in the vial.
Label the outside of the vial using a
permanent marker with date, species, id, and
master tag and seal the label with clear tape.
To prevent spillage, wrap laboratory sealing
film, such as Parafilm®, around the cap of the
vial. Place vial within a labeled sample bag
(e.g., Whirl-pak®) and close.
Protocol for Turtles Not Boated
When a turtle that cannot be boated is
alongside the vessel, a corer attached to a
biopsy pole is used to obtain a biopsy sample.
The sampling gear consists of a 12’ anodized
aluminum breakdown biopsy pole, such as the
NOAA/Epperly Biopsy Pole, or similar biopsy
harpoon and a disinfected stainless steel
biopsy corer.
Assemble the pole sections together if
necessary to attain the desired pole length.
The corers should be stored in ethanol-cleaned
vials. Clean the end of the threaded stud on
the biopsy pole section with an alcohol swab.
Carefully remove the corer from its vial and
screw it tightly on the end of the stud of the
biopsy pole.
No more than two biopsies should be
conducted per animal, and if you are
unsuccessful obtaining a sample after two
___________________________________________
8-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
not attempt to remove the tissue from the
corer. Clean the adapter stud with an alcohol
swab and label the vial as previously
described.
attempts, no further attempt should be made
(as required by permit conditions). Suitable
sampling sites for hardshell turtles include the
flippers, shoulders, and pelvic regions. A
forceful jab perpendicular or oblique to the
body is needed to penetrate the skin of most
turtles (Figure 8-2). There are nerve bundles
high on the shoulders near the carapace that
should be avoided, as should the heavily
vascularized armpit area. The best method to
obtain biopsy samples from leatherbacks is to
scrape a ribbon of tissue from the carapace
with the corer, leaving a gray superficial scar
that will heal well over time. Do not target the
carapace, head and neck, or limbs with a
jabbing motion when sampling leatherbacks.
Lesion Biopsy
Samples may be taken to better understand the
nature of a lesion and determine the most
appropriate therapy.
Single or multiple
samples are collected, determined by the type
of lesion biopsied. The methods used to
collect and preserve the sample vary,
depending upon the nature of the lesion and
which diagnostic tests will be performed. For
histologic evaluation, samples are fixed in
10% neutral buffered formalin (NBF).
Samples to be examined for microbial
isolation attempts are first cleansed with
sterile saline before being placed in an
appropriate transport media or sterile
container for shipment to a diagnostic
laboratory. Never freeze tissues undergoing
histologic examination to preserve them, as
this will result in tissue damage due to
crystallization.
Due care should be taken not to strike anyone
when handling the pole onboard. Unscrew the
corer from the pole, and place the entire corer
with tissue sample into the sample vial. Do
Fat Biopsy
Subcutaneous fat is collected from the
inguinal region (Figure 8-3).
Only a
veterinarian or other highly trained individual
using sterile surgical instruments should
conduct this procedure.
This procedure
should not be performed on any compromised
animals (e.g., those that are emaciated, with
heavy parasite loads or bacterial infections)
unless medically advised or necessary based
on the experimental design of a health related
study. After manually restraining the turtle,
scrub the inguinal area with 10% povidoneiodine solution.
Figure 8-2. Taking a biopsy from a leatherback not
boated (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
___________________________________________
8-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Norwalk, CT, USA), or poliglecaprone 25
(e.g., MonocrylTM, Ethicon, Somerville, NJ,
USA), or polydioxanone (e.g., PDS IITM,
Ethicon), followed by cyanoacrylate tissue
glue on the surface. Depending on the size of
the biopsy, it may be necessary to close the fat
layer to eliminate dead space and reduce the
chances of seroma or hematoma formation.
Infuse lidocaine hydrochloride (e.g., Phoenix
Pharmaceuticals, Inc., St. Joseph, MO, USA),
up to 2 mg/kg, intradermally and
subcutaneously around the proposed incision
sites in the inguinal areas ten minutes prior to
the procedure to block any pain and
discomfort to the turtle. Pull the rear flipper
on the side of the incision back and toward the
opposite side, causing the skin to remain taut.
Make a two cm incision in the inguinal fo
ssa using a disposable scalpel blade; blunt
dissection of the connective tissue will be
accomplished using surgical scissors. After
grasping the connective tissue layer with
forceps, use the surgical scissors to cut sharply
down into the subcutaneous fat. Use the
connective tissue layer to assist with gripping
the fat with the forceps (as the consistency of
the fat makes it difficult to seize it), and excise
an approximately 0.4 – 4.0 g (~0.44 –4.4 cc)
of the fat, which will then be placed in
hexane-rinsed aluminum foil and immediately
frozen at -80°C.
To reduce post-surgical complications (i.e.,
infections), a single dose of antibiotic (Table
8-1) may be administered prior to surgery. A
non-steroidal, anti-inflammatory drug (e.g.,
ketoprofen at 2 mg/kg IM, MacLean et al.
2008) may be administered to reduce postoperative pain. If administered to green
turtles, be especially watchful, as an older
related anti-inflammatory compound, flunixin
meglumine (e.g., Banamine®), can be lethal
to green turtles (D. Mader, pers. comm.).
To close the incision, use a buried, simple
continuous (or continuous horizontal mattress)
subcuticular pattern using a monofilament
nominally absorbable suture, such as one of
the three following (Govett et al. 2004):
polyglyconate (e.g., MaxonTM, US Surgical,
Drug
Dosage
Source
ceftazidime
20 mg/kg
IM
25 mg/kg
IM
20 mg kg
oral
50 or 100
mg/kg IM
5 mg/kg IM
Stamper et al.
1999
Harms et al.
2004
Jacobson et
al. 2005
Manire et al.
2005
Carpenter
2005
oxytetracycline
enrofloxacin
ticarcillin
amikacin
Table 8-1. Several antibiotic choices to
reduce post-surgical complications.
Muscle biopsy
Surgical muscle biopsy (Southwood et al.
2003, Southwood et al. 2006)
Figure 8-3. Taking a fat biospy sample (NMFS/OPR
photo).
___________________________________________
8-4
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
performed on any compromised animals (e.g.,
those that are emaciated, with heavy parasite
loads or bacterial infection) unless medically
advised or necessary based on the
experimental design of a health related study.
Muscle tissue may be collected for
biochemical analyses to determine aerobic and
anaerobic metabolic capacity, thermal
tolerance, or stable isotope analysis. Muscle
tissue may be obtained from either the
iliotibialis muscle of the rear flipper (Figure 84a) or the deltoidus muscle (Figure 8-4b),
which protracts and abducts the front flippers
during swimming. Only a veterinarian or
other highly trained individual using sterile
surgical instruments should conduct this
procedure. This procedure should not be
Thoroughly clean the incision area with 95%
ethyl alcohol and 10% povidone-iodine
solution. Inject up to 2 mg/kg 2% lidocaine
(e.g., Vetoquinol Inc., Lavaltrie, QC)
intramuscularly,
intradermally,
and
subcutaneously into the incision area 10
minutes before the sample is to be taken.
Make a 1.5 cm incision in the skin using a
disposable scalpel blade and use surgical
scissors for blunt dissection to expose muscle.
Grasp muscle tissue with tissue forceps and
use surgical scissors to excise approximately
200-300 mg of muscle tissue. Wrap the
excised tissue in aluminum foil or place in a
suitable storage vial and freeze in liquid
nitrogen immediately. Use monofilament
absorbable suture (e.g., polygloconate,
MaxonTM, US Surgical, Norwalk, CT, USA;
polydioxanone,
Ethicon
PDS
IITM,
Piscataway, NJ, USA; or poliglecaprone,
Ethicon MonocrylTM) to close the incision
area. A simple interrupted pattern with 3-0
suture may be used to pull muscle tissue
together and horizontal mattress using 2-0
suture may be used to close the skin incision.
Treat incision area with topical antibiotic
cream (e.g., povidone-iodine ointment or
triple antibiotic ointment) and give the turtle a
single dose of antibiotic (Figure 7-4) at a site
other than the incision site to reduce the risk
of infection. Samples should be stored in an
ultrafreezer at -80ºC.
Non-Surgical Muscle Biopsy
When a small sample is sufficient, an
alternative non-surgical method, which is
Figures 8-4a and b. Muscle tissue may be excised
from (a) the iliotibialis muscle or from (b) the
deltoidus muscle (Photos from A.L. Southwood).
___________________________________________
8-5
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
(depending
on
ambient
temperature
considerations) general anesthetic prior to the
procedure. A nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory
drug (e.g., ketoprofen, 2 mg/kg IM, MacLean
et al. 2008) may be administered to reduce
post-operative pain with no sedation, but
special care should be taken with green turtles,
as an older related anti-inflammatory
compound,
flunixin
meglumine
(e.g.,
Banamine®), can be lethal in that species (D.
Mader, pers. comm.). A single pre-surgical
dose of antibiotic (Table 8-1) may be
administered to reduce the chances of postsurgical infections.
possible to conduct in the field, is to take a
muscle biopsy sample in the shoulder region
after thoroughly cleaning the area with 10%
povidone-iodine solution and alcohol. Collect
one sample on each side of the neck using a
sterile 6 mm biopsy punch to the depth of the
corer. Hold the sample with forceps and trim
using surgical scissors. The samples should
be placed in a suitable storage vial and stored
in an ultrafreezer at -80ºC. If bleeding occurs,
a blood clotting agent, such as ferric
subsulfate or Clotisol® can be used, or the
region may be cauterized or sutured if
necessary.
Biopsies Taken During Laparoscopy
Laparoscopies (Chapter 15: Laparoscopy) are
performed to identify the sex of the animal, as
well as to collect tissues for health
assessments and for histology to confirm sex
identification. It is possible to sample tissues
such as the gonads, liver, kidney, spleen, and
mesenteric fat, as well as any lesions. Below
we describe in detail the methods for two of
these; the methods for the other tissues will be
done with similar care and attention to the
well being of the turtle.
Gonad Biopsy
This procedure can be performed in the course
of laparoscopy for sex determination, but
should only be conducted by a veterinarian or
other highly trained individual.
This
procedure should not be performed on any
compromised animals (e.g., those that are
emaciated or having heavy parasite loads,
bacterial infections, etc.) unless medically
advised or necessary based on the
experimental design of a health related study.
Propofol may be administered (5 mg/kg IV,
MacLean et al. 2008) as a short-acting
Figures 8-5a and b. Endoscopic cup biopsy
forceps used for gonad biopsies (Photo by J.
Vaughan, Florida Atlantic University).
___________________________________________
8-6
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
not be performed on any compromised
animals (e.g., those that are emaciated or
having heavy parasite loads, bacterial
infections)
unless
medically
advised.
Propofol may be administered (5 mg/kg IV,
MacLean et al. 2008) as a short-acting
(depending
on
ambient
temperature
considerations) general anesthetic prior to the
procedure. A nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory
drug (e.g., ketoprofen, 2 mg/kg IM, MacLean
et al. 2008) may be administered to reduce
post-operative pain with no sedation, but
special care should be taken with green turtles,
as an older related anti-inflammatory
compound,
flunixin
meglumine
(e.g.,
Banamine®), can be lethal in that species (D.
Mader, pers. comm.). A single pre-surgical
dose of antibiotic (Table 8-1) may be
administered to reduce the chances of postsurgical infections.
Follow the procedure for laparoscopy in
Chapter 15. Once the gonad is identified,
extend the incision about three to four mm,
attach the biopsy guide over the scope or open
a biopsy port if the trocar is so equipped, and
feed the biopsy tool into its port. Using an
endoscopic cup biopsy forcep (Figures 8-5a
and b), sample a one to two mm piece of the
side of the cranial 1/3 of the gonad (about 1/3
the way down), avoiding vascular areas (the
gonad sits on top of some of the renal blood
vessels).
Also,
make
sure
the
paramesonephric duct (i.e., the oviduct in
females) is not lying on the sampling site.
Sampling 1/3 of the way down from the
cranial pole of the gonad will avoid accessory
ducts (epididymus, vas deferens, Wolfian
ducts, etc.), thus allowing access to the greater
concentrations of follicles in the caudal ends
of the ovaries. In addition, if one were to
sample all the way cranially, this may disrupt
the epididymus/vas deferens of males. Using
a clean hypodermic needle, retrieve samples
from
the
forcep
cup,
place
into
microcentrifuge tubes (e.g., Eppendorf®) filled
with 10% buffered formalin, and store at room
temperature. If any bleeding occurs (it is
exceedingly rare for it to bleed beyond the
surface sampling site), administer 10 ml/kg of
intracoelomic fluids (e.g., Lactated Ringer’s
solution, 0.9% saline solution).
After
completing the examination, remove all air
prior to suturing the wound. Close the
incision as described in Chapter 15. Label the
biopsy sample tubes with a permanent marker
on the top and the side and properly package
them prior to shipping.
Follow the procedure for laparoscopy in
Chapter 15. After laparoscopic examination
of the gonads (if applicable), leave the
laparoscope and sleeve in place and make a
second one cm skin incision in the same
inguinal space as the laparoscope. Advance a
second trocar into the body cavity at a location
that can be verified by the laparoscope as safe
from any internal organ contact. Once the
trocar is in the body cavity, advance a 4-mm
cup biopsy instrument into the field of view
and guide it to the liver. Take the biopsy at a
location at the margin of the liver with
minimal observable vascularity, avoiding the
vascular areas (the gonad sits on top of some
of the renal blood vessels). Make sure the
paramesonephric duct (that will be the oviduct
in females) is not lying on the sampling site.
Using an endoscopic cup biopsy forcep,
sample a one to two mm piece of the liver by
firmly clamping the desired tissue with the
cutting cup biopsy tip and retracting until the
Liver Biopsy
Liver biopsy samples for toxicology analysis
may be collected in the course of laparoscopy
for sex determination. This procedure should
___________________________________________
8-7
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
clotting. Close the incision as described in
Chapter 15.
tissue comes away. Obtain two biopsies of
approximately 0.1 g (one to two mm) each
from each turtle. Use a hypodermic needle to
get the samples out of the forcep cup and into
microcentrifuge tubes (e.g., Eppendorf®) filled
with 10% buffered formalin.
Observe the
biopsy site directly for hemorrhage; if clotting
fails to occur rapidly, insert a small piece of
absorbable gelatin sponge hemostatic device
(e.g., Gelfoam® Pharmacia & Upjohn,
Kalamazoo, MI, USA) via the instrument port,
and apply to the biopsy site to promote
Release
Hold turtles receiving propofol out of water
for at least one hour following the conclusion
of the procedure, and do not return to the
water until fully responsive. Hold all animals
temporarily in tanks to ensure normal
swimming and diving activity have returned
prior to release.
___________________________________________
8-8
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
References
monitoring strategies, investigating
factors affecting contamination, and
assessing health impacts. Master’s
thesis, College of Charleston, South
Carolina, 145 p.
Balazs, G.H. 1999. Factors to consider in the
tagging of sea turtles, pp 101-109.
In: Eckert, K.L., Bjorndal, K.A.,
Abreu-Grobois, F.A., and Donnelly,
M. (Eds.) Research and Management
Techniques for the Conservation of
Sea Turtles, IUCN/SSC Marine
Turtle Specialist Group Publication
No. 4.
Bolten,
Dutton, P.H. 1995. Molecular evolution of
sea turtles with special reference to
the
leatherback,
Dermochelys
coriacea. Ph.D. Thesis, Texas A&M
University, College Station. 137 pp.
A.B. 1999.
Techniques for
measuring sea turtles, pp 110-114.
In: Eckert, K. L., Bjorndal, K.A.,
Abreu-Grobois, F.A. and Donnelly,
M. (Eds.) Research and Management
Techniques for the Conservation of
Sea Turtles, IUCN/SSC Marine
Turtle Specialist Group Publication
No. 4.
Eckert, S. A. and Eckert, K.L. 1986.
Harnessing Leatherbacks. Marine
Turtle Newsletter No. 37: p. 1-3.
Epperly, S., Stokes, L., and Dick, S. 2004.
Careful release protocols for sea
turtle release with minimal injury.
NOAA Technical Memorandum
NMFS-SEFSC-524, 42p.
Carpenter, J.W. 2005. Exotic Animal
Formulary, 3rd Edition. St. Louis,
MO: Elsevier Saunders, p. 55.
Epperly, S.P., Wyneken, J., Flanagan, J.P.,
Harms, C.A., and Higgins, B. 2007.
Attachment of popup archival
transmitting tags to loggerhead sea
turtles
(Caretta
caretta).
Herpetological Review 38(4): 419425.
Chittick, E.J., Stamper, M.A., Beasley, J.F.,
Lewbart, G.A., and Horne, W.A.
2002. Medetomidine, ketamine, and
sevoflurane for anesthesia of injured
loggerhead
sea turtles: 13 cases
(1996–2000)
Journal
of
the
American
Veterinary
Medical
Association
221(7):10191025.
Federal Register, December 31, 2001.
Government
Printing
Office,
Washington DC 66 (250), pp. 6749567496.
Code of Federal Regulations, 50 CFR
223.206,
October
1,
2003.
Government
Printing
Office,
Washington DC, pp. 164-170.
Federal Register, December 4, 1992.
Government
Printing
Office,
Washington DC 57 (234), pp. 5735457358.
Day, R.D. 2003. Mercury in loggerhead sea
turtles, Caretta caretta: Developing
___________________________________________
Ref-1
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Federal
and resident foraging areas of the
loggerhead sea turtle (Caretta
caretta) along the southeast coast.
Internship Report, College of
Charleston, Charleston, SC, pp. 64.
Register,
July
28,
1978.
Government
Printing
Office,
Washington DC 43 (146), pp. 3280032811.
Fontaine, C. T., Revera, D. B., Williams,
T.D., and Caillouet, C.W. Jr. 1993.
Detection, verification and decoding
of tags and marks in head started
Kemp's
ridley
sea
turtles,
Lepidochelys kempii. NOAA Tech.
Memo. NMFS-SEFC-334. U. S.
Dept. Commerce, 40 pp.
Harms, C.A., Papich, M.G., Stamper, M.A.,
Ross, P.M., Rodriguez, M.X., and
Hohn,
A.A.
2004.
Pharmacokinetics of oxytetracycline
in loggerhead sea turtles (Caretta
caretta) after single intravenous and
intramuscular injections. Journal of
Zoo and Wildlife Medicine 35(4):
477-488.
Forbes, G.A. 1999. Diet Sampling and Diet
Component Analysis, pp 144-148.
In: Eckert, K. L., Bjorndal, K.A.,
Abreu-Grobois, F.A. and Donnelly,
M. (Eds.) Research and Management
Techniques for the Conservation of
Sea Turtles, IUCN/SSC Marine
Turtle Specialist Group Publication
No. 4.
Harms, C.A., Eckert, S.A., Kubis, S.A.,
Campbell, M., Levenson, D.H.,
Crognale, M.A. 2007.
Field
anaesthesia of leatherback sea turtles
(Dermochelys
coriacea).
The
Veterinary Record 161: 15-21.
Higgins, B.M., Robertson, B.A. and
Williams, T.D. 1997. Manual for
mass wire tagging of hatchling sea
turtles and the detection of internal
wire tags.
NOAA Technical
Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-402,
ix plus 66p.
Godley B.J., Richardson, S., Broderick,
A.C., Coyne, M.S., Glen, F., and
Hays, G.C.
2002.
Long-term
satellite telemetry of the movements
and habitat utilisation by green
turtles in the Mediterranean.
Ecography 25, 352-362.
Jacobson, E., Gronwal, R., Maxwell, L,
Merrit, K, Harman, G. 2005. Plasma
concentratiosn of enrofloxacin after
single-dose oral administration in
loggerhead sea turtles (Caretta
caretta). Journal of Zoo and Wildlife
Medicine
36:
628-634.
Govett, P.D., Harms, C.A., Linder, K.E.,
Marsh, J.C., and Wyneken, J. 2004.
Effect of four different suture
materials on the surgical wound
healing of loggerhead sea turtles
(Caretta caretta).
Journal of
Herpetological
Medicine
and
Surgery 35(4): 6-11.
Griffin, D.B. 2002. GIS analysis of internesting habitat, migratory corridors,
___________________________________________
Ref-2
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
of loggerhead turtles (Caretta
caretta) along oceanic fronts,
spanning longline fishing grounds in
the central North Pacific, 1997-1998.
Fisheries Oceanography 9: 71-82.
MacLean, R.A., Harms, C.A., BraunMcNeill,
J.
2008.
Propofol
anesthesia
in
loggerhead (Caretta caretta) sea
turtles. Journal of Wildlife Diseases
44:143-150.
Pritchard, P.C.H. and Mortimer, J.A. 1999.
Taxonomy, external morphology,
and species identification, pp. 21-38.
In: Eckert, K. L., Bjorndal, K.A.,
Abreu-Grobois, F.A. and Donnelly,
M. (Eds.) Research and Management
Techniques for the Conservation of
Sea Turtles, IUCN/SSC Marine
Turtle Specialist Group Publication
No. 4.
Manire, C.A., Hunter, R.P., Koch, D.E.,
Byrd L., Rhinehart H.L. 2005.
Pharmacokinetics of ticarcillin in the
loggerhead sea turtle (Caretta
caretta) after single intravenous and
intramuscular injections. Journal of
Zoo
and
Wildlife Medicine 36: 44-53.
National Marine Fisheries Service Southeast
Fisheries Science Center. 2008.
Careful release protocols for sea
turtle release with minimal injury.
NOAA Technical Memorandum
NMFS-SEFSC-580, 130 pp.
Sato, K., Sakamoto, W., Matsuzawa, Y.
Tanaka, H., and Naito, Y. 1994.
Correlation
between
stomach
temperatures and ambient water
temperatures
in
free-ranging
loggerhead turtles, Caretta caretta.
Marine Biology 118: 343-351.
Owens, D.W. 1999. Reproductive cycles
and endocrinology. In Research and
Management Techniques for the
Conservation of Sea Turtles.
Eckert,K.L., K.A. Bjorndal, F.A.
Abreu-Grobois, and M. Donnelly
(Editors). IUCN/SSC Maine Turtle
Specialist Group Publication No. 4:
119-123.
Southwood, A.L., Darveau, C.A., Jones,
D.R.
2003.
Metabolic
and
cardiovascular
adjustments
of
juvenile green turtles to seasonal
changes
in
temperature
and
photoperiod.
Journal
of
Experimental Biology 206: 45214531.
Papi, F., Luschi, P., Crosio, E., and Hughes,
G.R.
1997.
Satellite tracking
experiments on the navigational
ability and migratory behaviour of
the loggerhead turtle Caretta caretta.
Marine Biology 129: 215-220.
Southwood, A.L., Andrews, R.D., Paladino,
F.V., and Jones, D.R. 2005. Effects
of diving and swimming behavior on
body temperatures of pacific
leatherback turtles in tropical seas.
Physiological
and
Biochemical
Zoology 78(2): 285-297.
Polovina, J.J., Kobayashi, D.R., Parker,
D.M., Seki, M.P., and Balazs, G.H.
2000. Turtles on the edge: movement
___________________________________________
Ref-3
NMFS/SEFSC Sea Turtle Research Techniques Manual
___________________________________________
Wyneken, J. 2001. The Anatomy of Sea
Turtles.
NOAA
Technical
Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-470,
172p.
Southwood, A.L., Reina, R.D., Jones, V.S.,
Speakman, J.R., Jones, D.R. 2006.
Seasonal metabolism of juvenile
green turtles (Chelonia mydas) at
Heron Island, Australia. Canadian
Journal of Zoology 84(3): 125-135.
Wyneken, J., Garner, M.M., and Harms, C.
A. 2003. Tracking Natural Sex
Ratios and Posthatchling Gonadal
Development
in
Posthatchling
Loggerhead Sea Turtles (Caretta
caretta) Using Laparoscopy, Gross
Morphology,
and
Histology.
Proceedings of the Association of
Reptilian
and
Amphibian
Veterinarians, pp. 112-115.
Stamper, M.A., Papich, M.G., Lewbart,
G.A., May, S.B., Plummer, D.D.,
Stoskopf,
M.K.
1999.
Pharmacokinetics of ceftazidime in
loggerhead sea turtles (Caretta
caretta) after single intravenous and
intramuscular injections. Journal of
Zoo
and
Wildlife Medicine 31: 32-35.
Wyneken, J., Epperly, S.P., Crowder, L.B.,
Vaughan, J., and Esper, K.B. 2007.
Determining sex in posthatchling
loggerhead sea turtles using multiple
gonadal
and
accessory
duct
characteristics. Herpetologica 63(1):
19-30.
Wallace, B.P. and George, R.H. 2007.
Alternative techniques for obtaining
blood samples from leatherback
turtles. Chelonian Conservation and
Biology 6(1): 147-149.
___________________________________________
Ref-4
NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-580
CAREFUL RELEASE PROTOCOLS FOR SEA TURTLE
RELEASE WITH MINIMAL INJURY
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NOAA Fisheries
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
75 Virginia Beach Drive
Miami, Florida 33149
December 2008
NOAA Technical Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-580
CAREFUL RELEASE PROTOCOLS FOR SEA TURTLE
RELEASE WITH MINIMAL INJURY
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Carlos M. Gutierrez, Secretary
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
William J. Brennan
Acting Undersecretary of Commerce for Oceans and Atmosphere
National Marine Fisheries Service
James W. Balsiger, Acting Assistant Administrator for Fisheries
December 2008
This Technical Memorandum series is used for documentation and timely communication
of preliminary results, interim reports, or special-purpose information. Although the
memoranda are not subject to complete formal review, editorial control, or detailed
editing, they are expected to reflect sound professional work.
NOTICE
The NOAA Fisheries (NMFS) does not approve, recommend or endorse any proprietary
product or material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NOAA
Fisheries, or to this publication furnished by NOAA Fisheries, in any advertising or sales
promotion which would indicate or imply that NOAA Fisheries approves, recommends or
endorses any proprietary product or material herein or which has as its purpose any intent
to cause or indirectly cause the advertised product to be used or purchased because of
NOAA Fisheries publication.
This report should be cited as follows:
National Marine Fisheries Service Southeast Fisheries Science Center. 2008. Careful
release protocols for sea turtle release with minimal injury. NOAA Technical
Memorandum NMFS-SEFSC-580, 130 pp.
Copies of this report can be obtained from:
Librarian
or
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
NOAA Fisheries
75 Virginia Beach Drive
Miami, FL 33149
(305) 361-4229
National Technical Information Center
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
5825 Port Royal Road
Springfield, VA 22161
(703) 605-6000, (800) 553-6847
or
PDF version available at http://www.sefsc.noaa.gov/seaturtletechmemos.jsp
Updates will be provided periodically at this location.
ii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The development of these protocols involved a large number of very cooperative people from
government, industry, and academia. We are especially grateful to all the NMFS fisheries
observers who have provided their feedback on the use of careful release equipment and
protocols. Invaluable was the cooperation and assistance of the captains, crew, managers, and
owners of the vessels participating in the NED experimental fishery for their input and
willingness to try the gear removal devices and develop many of the procedures outlined in this
document.
We appreciate also the efforts of many past and current NOAA Fisheries staff and contractors:
Debra Abercrombie, Myrto Argyropoulou, Larisa Avens, Lawrence Beerkircher, Lisa Belskis,
Charles Bergmann, Cheryl Brown, Marina Burgos, Kimberly Damon-Randall, Sheryan Epperly,
Lance Garrison, Dominy Hataway, Ben Higgins, Nick Hopkins, Dennis Lee, Joanne BraunMcNeill, Sara McNulty, David Morin, Chris Sasso, Lesley Stokes, Wendy Teas, and John
Watson.
Many thanks go to the Blue Water Fishermen’s Association, Fisheries Research Institute, and
Aquatic Release Conservation (ARC). Special thanks go to Shawn Dick, Jess Dick, Kristin
Raabe, and the entire staff from ARC for their contributions. We also would like to thank our
academic colleagues for their input: Dr. Craig Harms and Dr. Jeanette Wyneken. The
NOAA/Laforce Line Cutter was designed by Lionel Laforce, the NOAA/Arceneaux Line Clipper
by Stuart (Joe) Arceneaux, and the NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker by Charles Bergmann. Some of
the devices were conceptualized by members from the industry: the turtle tether by Jay
McCormack (current version was designed by ARC), the T&G Ninja Sticks by Tony Geismann
and Georg Hinteregger, the Roby Dehooker by Doug Roby, the Scotty’s Dehooker by Scott
Drabinowitz, the large turtle hoist by Jim Budi and Malcolm MacLean, and the ARC Dehookers
by Shawn Dick. Earlier versions of this document benefited from reviews by a number of
people, including Colleen Bass, the late Nelson Beideman, Russell Dunn, Greg Fairclough, Rick
Pearson, and Shawn Dick.
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1:
Chapter 2:
Introduction……………………………………………………………
1-1
Handling Recommendations for Other Species…………………………
Marine Mammal Careful Handling and Release Guidelines……
Vessel/Crew’s Responsibilities upon Sighting a Sea Turtle…………….
Gear Removal Protocols…………………………………………………
Trawl Fisheries…………………………………………………..
Gillnet Fisheries………………………………………………….
Fixed Gear Fisheries……………………………………………..
Hook-and-line Fisheries………………………………………….
Assessing Whether to Remove Hooks…………………..
Releasing the Turtle……………………………………………………..
1-1
1-2
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-7
Equipment and Techniques for Sea Turtles Not Boated……………
2-1
Turtle Control Devices………………………………………………….
2-2
Turtle Tether……………………………………………………. 2-2
T&G Ninja Sticks………………………………………………. 2-3
Equipment to Remove Line…………………………………………….. 2-3
Long-handled Line Clipper/Cutter……………………………… 2-3
Monofilament Cutters…………………………………………... 2-4
Equipment to Remove Hooks…………………………………………… 2-4
Long-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks…………………….. 2-4
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers………………………… 2-4
Notch Modification for ARC Dehookers………… 2-6
Plate 2-1: Instructions for ARC Dehookers……… 2-8
Long-handled Dehooker for External Hooks……………………... 2-10
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers………………………….. 2-10
Long-handled J-Style Dehooker………………………… 2-10
Long-handled Roby Dehooker…………………………… 2-11
Plate 2-3: Instructions for the Roby Dehooker…… 2-12
Long-handled Device to Pull an “Inverted V”…………………………… 2-13
“Inverted V” Technique…………………………………………... 2-13
Possible Scenarios Encountered for Sea Turtles Not Boated…………….. 2-14
Entangled but Not Hooked………………………………………… 2-14
Hooked but Not Entangled………………………………………… 2-14
Hooked and Entangled…………………………………………….. 2-15
Chapter 3:
Boating and Holding Sea Turtles………………………………………. 3-1
Boating the Turtle………………………………………………………..
Dip Net………………………………………………………….
Turtle Hoist……………………………………………………..
Large Turtle Hoist……………………………………….
iv
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
Small Turtle Hoist……………………………………….
Holding the Turtle……………………………………………………….
Cushion/Support Device…………………………………………
Comatose Turtles…………………………………………………
Plate 3-1: Sea Turtle Resuscitation Guidelines……………
Chapter 4:
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-6
Equipment and Techniques for Opening the Mouth of Boated Turtles 4-1
Opening the Mouth……………………………………………………… 4-1
Mouth Openers and/or Gags…………………………………………….. 4-2
Set of Two Rope Loops with Protective Tubing………………….. 4-2
Large Avian Oral Speculum…………………………………….. 4-3
Block of Hard Wood…………………………………………….. 4-3
Set of Three Canine Mouth Gags………………………………… 4-4
Set of Two Sturdy Dog Chew Bones………………………………. 4-5
Hank of Rope…………………………………………………….. 4-5
Set of Four PVC Couplings……………………………………… 4-6
Chapter 5:
Equipment/Techniques for Removing Hooks from Boated Turtles…. 5-1
Needle-nose or Long-nose Pliers………………………………………… 5-2
Bolt Cutters………………………………………………………………. 5-2
Short-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks……………………………… 5-2
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker……… 5-2
Plate 5-1: Instructions for the ARC Dehooker with
Bite Block…………………………………………………. 5-3
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker………………………………………. 5-5
Plate 5-2: Instructions for the NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker 5-6
Short-handled Dehooker for External Hooks……………………………… 5-7
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker……….. 5-7
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker……………………………………… 5-7
Short-handled J-Style Dehooker ………………………………… 5-7
Plate 5-3: Instructions for the J-Style Dehooker................ 5-8
Scotty’s Dehooker………………………………………………… 5-9
Plate 5-4: Instructions for Scotty’s Dehooker…………….. 5-10
Short-handled Roby Dehooker……………………………………. 5-11
v
Appendix A: Design Standards and Equipment for the Careful Release of Sea Turtles
Caught in Hook and Line Fisheries
Chapter A1: Introduction……………………………………………………………… A1-1
Chapter A2: Equipment for Sea Turtles Not Boated………………………………. A2-1
Turtle Control Devices…………………………………………………… A2-1
Turtle Tether……………………………………………………… A2-1
Design Standards…………………………………............. A2-1
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……. A2-1
T&G Ninja Sticks………………………………………................. A2-2
Design Standards………………………………………….. A2-2
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……. A2-2
Equipment to Remove Line……………………………………….……… A2-2
Long-handled Line Clipper/Cutter………………………………. A2-2
Design Standards…………………………………............. A2-2
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……. A2-3
Monofilament Cutters…………………………………………… A2-3
Design Standards…………………………………............. A2-3
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……. A2-3
Equipment to Remove Hooks……………………………………………. A2-4
Long-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks…………………....... A2-4
Design Standards…………………………………………. A2-4
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……. A2-4
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers (multiple models) A2-4
Notch Modification for ARC Dehookers… A2-5
Long-handled Dehooker for External Hooks…………………….. A2-5
Design Standards…………………………………………. A2-5
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……. A2-6
ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers (multiple models) A2-6
Long-handled “J-Style” Dehooker………………… A2-6
Long-handled Roby Dehooker…………………….. A2-6
Long-handled Device to Pull an “Inverted V”…………………………….. A2-6
Design Standards…………………………………………... A2-7
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……....A2-7
Long-handled “J-Style” Dehooker…………………. A2-7
Standard Boat Hook……………………………… A2-7
Standard Fishing Gaff……………………………… A2-7
Chapter A3: Boating and Holding Sea Turtles……………………………………….
Boating the Turtle………………………………………………………….
Dip Net…………………………………………………………….
Design Standards………………………………………….
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards…….
Turtle Hoist……………………………………………………….
Large Turtle Hoist…………………………………………
vi
A3-1
A3-1
A3-1
A3-1
A3-1
A3-2
A3-2
Design Standards………………………………….
Example Models Meeting Current Standards……..
Large Turtle Hoist…………………………
Small Turtle Hoist…………………………………………
Design Standards…………………………………
Example Models Meeting Current Standards ……
Small Turtle Hoist…………………………
Holding the Turtle…………………………………………………………
Cushion/Support Device…………………………………………
Design Standards………………………………………….
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……..
Standard Automobile Tire…………………………
Boat Cushion…..…………………………………..
Large Turtle Hoist…………………………………
A3-2
A3-2
A3-2
A3-3
A3-3
A3-3
A3-3
A3-3
A3-3
A3-3
A3-4
A3-4
A3-4
A3-4
Chapter A4: Equipment for Opening the Mouth of Boated Turtles……………….. A4-1
Opening the Mouth……………………………………………………….. A4-1
Mouth Openers and/or Gags……………………………………………… A4-1
Set of Two Rope Loops with Protective Tubing………………… A4-1
Large Avian Oral Speculum……………………………………… A4-1
Block of Hard Wood……………………………………………… A4-1
Set of Three Canine Mouth Gags…………………………………. A4-2
Set of Two Sturdy Dog Chew Bones………………………………. A4-2
Hank of Rope……………………………………………………… A4-2
Set of Four PVC Couplings………………………………………. A4-2
Chapter A5: Equipment for Removing Gear from Boated Turtles………………..
Needle-nose or Long-nose Pliers………………………………………….
Design Standards…………………………………………………..
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards……………..
Bolt Cutters………………………………………………………………...
Design Standards…………………………………………………..
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards…………….
Equipment to Remove Line……………………………………………….
Design Standards…………………………………………………..
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards…………….
Short-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks………………………………
Design Standards………………………………………………….
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards…………….
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker………………………………
Short-handled Dehooker for External Hooks……………………………..
Design Standards………………………………………………….
Example Models Meeting Current Design Standards…………….
17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker…………………………….
vii
A5-1
A5-1
A5-1
A5-1
A5-1
A5-1
A5-2
A5-2
A5-2
A5-2
A5-2
A5-2
A5-3
A5-3
A5-3
A5-3
A5-3
A5-3
A5-3
A5-3
Short-handled “J-style” Dehooker……………………….. A5-4
Scotty’s Dehooker……………………………………….. A5-4
Short-handled Roby Dehooker…………………………... A5-4
Appendix B: Design Schematics for Careful Release Equipment
Plate B-1 Turtle Tether…………………………………………………… B1-1
Plate B-2 T&G Ninja Sticks……………………………………………… B2-1
Plate B-3 NOAA/Arceneaux Line Clipper………………………………. B3-1
Plate B-4 NOAA/Laforce Line Cutter…………………………………… B4-1
Plate B-5 ARC Pole Big Game Dehooker……………………………….. B5-1
Plate B-6 J-Style Dehooker………………………………………………… B6-1
Plate B-7 Long-handled Roby Dehooker…………………………………...B7-1
Plate B-8 Dip Net………………………………………………………….. B8-1
Plate B-9 Large Turtle Hoist………………………………………………. B9-1
Plate B-10 Small Turtle Hoist……………………………………………. B10-1
Plate B-11 ARC Bite Block Dehooker…………………………………… B11-1
Plate B-12 NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker…………………………………. B12-1
Plate B-13 Scotty’s Dehooker…………………………………………….. B13-1
Plate B-14 Short-handled Roby Dehooker……………………………… B14-1
Appendix C: Tool Selection Chart
Plate C-1 Sea Turtles Not Boated……………………………………….
Plate C-2 Sea Turtles Boated……………………………………………
C-1
C-2
Appendix D: Sea Turtle and Marine Mammal Handling and Careful Release Placards
References ……………………………………………………………………………… Ref-1
viii
List of Figures
1-1. Dehooking a shark (A) and recovering a billfish before release (B)…………………. 1-2
2-1. Long-handled tools for sea turtles not boated……………………………………….. 2-1
2-2. Controlling a leatherback using a turtle tether………………………………………. 2-2
2-3. Controlling a leatherback using a pair of T&G Ninja Sticks……………………….. 2-3
2-4. Using line cutter (A) and monofilament cutter (B) on entangled leatherbacks……… 2-4
2-5. Removing hook with an ARC Pole Big Game Dehooker……………………………. 2-5
2-6. Point of the hook is shielded to prevent re-engagement…………………………….. 2-6
2-7. Notch the pigtail curl where the shank of the hook contacts the bottom of the curl… 2-7
Plate 2-1. Instructions for ARC Dehookers……………………………………………….. 2-8
2-8. Using J-Style dehooker on externally hooked leatherback…………………………… 2-10
2-9. Roby dehooker……………………………………………………………………….. 2-11
Plate 2-2. Instructions for the Roby Dehooker…………………………………………..... 2-12
2-10. Pulling an “Inverted V”…………………………………………………………… 2-13
2-11. Using a dehooker on a leatherback hooked but not entangled…………………….... 2-14
2-12. A hooked and entangled leatherback……………………………………………….. 2-15
3-1. Bringing a turtle onboard using a dip net…………………………………………….. 3-1
3-2. Dip net………………………………………………………………………………… 3-2
3-3. Bringing leatherback onboard using a large turtle hoist……………………………… 3-3
3-4. Leatherback supported onboard in large turtle hoist…………………………………. 3-3
3-5. Small turtle hoist………………………………………………………………………. 3-4
3-6. Loggerhead supported using an automobile tire……………………………………… 3-5
Plate 3-1. Sea Turtle Resuscitation Guidelines……………………………………………. 3-6
3-6. Oral cavity anatomy………………………………………………………………….. 3-7
4-1. Opening the mouth…………………………………………………………………… 4-1
4-2. Mouth openers and gags……………………………………………………………… 4-2
4-3. Opening the mouth using rope loops…………………………………………………. 4-3
4-4. Using an avian speculum as a (A) mouth opener and (B) gag……………………… 4-3
4-5. Wooden brush handle used as a (A) mouth opener and (B) gag …………………….. 4-4
4-6. (A) Canine mouth gag fully compressed, (B) partially compressed (C) and fully open 4-4
4-7. Canine mouth gag……………………………………………………………………... 4-5
4-8. Large (A) and small (B) dog chew bones……………………………………………. 4-5
4-9. Hank of rope mouth gag……………………………………………………………… 4-6
4-10. PVC coupling mouth gag…………………………………………………………… 4-6
5-1. Bolt cutters, needle-nose pliers, and monofilament cutters………………………….. 5-1
5-2. Short handled dehookers…………………………………………………………….. 5-1
5-3. Bite Block Deep-hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker……………………………… 5-2
Plate 5-1. Instructions for the 17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker. 5-3
5-4. NOAA/Bergmann dehooker…………………………………………………………... 5-5
Plate 5-2. Instructions for NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker…………………………………. 5-6
5-5. J-Style dehooker………………………………………………………………………. 5-7
Plate 5-3. Instructions for the J-Style Dehooker…………………………………………... 5-8
5-6. Scotty’s dehooker……………………………………………………………………. 5-9
Plate 5-4. Instructions for Scotty’s Dehooker…………………………………………….. 5-10
ix
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter 1
Introduction
The following sea turtle handling protocols describe the tools and techniques for removing
fishing gear from incidentally captured sea turtles. They should be followed whenever an
interaction, such as a hooking and/or an entanglement, with a sea turtle occurs. The equipment
and techniques described here are intended to reduce sea turtle injury and to promote post-release
survival. The document, which updates Epperly et al. 2004, is designed primarily to give
specific handling guidelines for removing gear from sea turtles captured in hook-and-line
fisheries. Interactions with other gear types (e.g., trawls, gillnets, fixed gear) and species (e.g.,
fish, marine mammals) are mentioned briefly here, but this is not intended to be a comprehensive
guide for interactions with these gear types or species.
These protocols synthesize the results of scientific research involving sea turtle mitigation
measures and post-hooking mortality criteria developed for pelagic longline fisheries. In 20012003, experiments were conducted in the Western Atlantic Northeast Distant Waters statistical
reporting area (NED) to evaluate sea turtle mitigation measures in the pelagic longline fisheries
(Watson et al. 2004, Watson et al. 2005). Post-trip interviews with the captains and NMFS
observers were conducted to specifically discuss the efficacy of various tools provided to remove
gear from sea turtles. Based on user feedback from these experiments and field-testing
subsequent to these experiments, gear removal tools have been updated, and equipment design
standards have been revised accordingly.
Several fisheries have mandatory release gear requirements and handling and release guidelines
for the handling of incidentally-caught sea turtles [e.g., 69 FR 40734, July 6, 2004 (HMS PLL);
71 FR 45428, August 9, 2006 (GOM reef fish); 72 FR 5633, February 7, 2007 (HMS BLL);
HMS pelagic longline and bottom longline fishery regulations are located in 50 CFR 635 and
South Atlantic snapper-grouper and Gulf of Mexico reef fish regulations are located in 50 CFR
622]; requirements and appropriate release tools may vary by fishery. This document contains
the general approved design standards for all currently certified release gears. Individual
fisheries may have more specific design standards. Check with the applicable regulations as the
final authority for required tools and specifications in each fishery. A laminated instruction card
for sea turtle handling/release guidelines should be prominently displayed in the wheelhouse or
near the steering station for instant reference, and this may be required by some fisheries (e.g.,
Atlantic HMS fisheries, 66 FR 48813, September 24, 2001).
This guidance is intended for lawful activities authorized under the ESA, including prosecution
of fisheries with incidental take statements and actions to provide assistance to stranded turtles.
A demonstration of the use of these tools and techniques can been seen in the video “Removing
Fishing Gear from Longline Caught Sea Turtles” (Hataway and Epperly 2004).
1-1
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Handling Recommendations for Other Species
Although these release protocols and equipment design standards have been developed primarily
with sea turtles in mind, many of the devices and techniques also are effective on some species
of fish, marine mammals and seabirds. Although bringing sea turtles onboard for gear removal
is recommended whenever feasible, it is not advisable to bring most other large species (e.g.,
marine mammals, medium and large sharks, sawfish, billfish, some finfish) onboard for gear
removal. Deeply ingested (where the insertion point of the barb is not visible) hooks should not
be removed from any species, including sea turtles; however, all species would benefit from
having as much line removed from the hook as possible. For further information on reef fish
release, including discussions on hook removal and weighted release devices (“release sinkers”),
see Bartholomew and Bohnsack (2005). Information on using venting tools may be found at:
http://www.flseagrant.org/program_areas/fisheries/venting/
and http://isurus.mote.org/research/cfe/fish-bio/how-to-vent-a-fish.htm.
Caution must be exercised when handling sharks (Figure 1-1a), and the use of long-handled
dehookers is advised. Billfish (Figure 1-1b) and tuna often benefit from dehooking and
resuscitation or recovery before release; see details on billfish handling and recovery in Prince et
al. (2002). Specific guidelines for releasing smalltooth sawfish have been established (71 FR
45428, August 9, 2006), and additional information on sawfish and billfish/tuna handling can be
found at: http://www.flmnh.ufl.edu/fish/education/sawfishbrochure.pdf,
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/fish/smalltoothsawfish.htm, and
http://www.sefsc.noaa.gov/fisheriesbiology.jsp.
Figures 1-1a and b. Dehooking a shark (a) and recovering a billfish (b) before release [Photos courtesy of Aquatic
Release Conservation (ARC)].
Sturgeon bycatch, including several Endangered Species Act (ESA) listed species, has been
documented in several coastal and estuarine fisheries that use gill nets, trawls, pots, traps, weirs,
pound nets and hook-and-line. In some instances, particularly when captured in gill nets, the fish
12/12/08
1-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
may benefit from resuscitation if their opercular flaps were obstructed or in areas of low
dissolved oxygen. If a sturgeon is removed from fishing gear and appears non-responsive,
attempt to resuscitate the fish by flushing water over the gills for several minutes (~ five to ten
minutes) or “swim” the fish by gently moving it through the water to flush water over the gills.
More information on sturgeon conservation can be found at:
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/fish/ and at http://www.nero.noaa.gov/prot_res/.
Marine Mammal Careful Handling and Release Guidelines
Summarized from: Marine Mammal Handling/Release Guidelines: A quick reference for
Atlantic pelagic longline gear (Appendix D).
Available from: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/interactions/handling_release.pdf
Marine mammal interactions are a relatively rare event in most fisheries; however, due to the
protected status and small population sizes of most marine mammal species, each event is
significant. Therefore, it is important that fishermen provide as much documentation as possible
about these interactions and work to carefully remove gear from marine mammals where
conditions and safety considerations allow. When an interaction with a marine mammal occurs,
the fishermen should document the appearance and size of the animal, the types of injuries that
occurred, efforts to release the animal, and the characteristics of any gear remaining on the
animal after release. These data on each marine mammal interaction must be reported to the
NMFS Office of Protected Resources on the Marine Mammal Injury/Mortality Reporting Form
(see reporting address and form availability information below) if there is an incidental mortality
or injury to a marine mammal during commercial fishing activities. The incident must be
reported within 48 hours after the end of the fishing trip, or for non-vessel fisheries, within 48
hours of the occurrence. Detailed documentation is critical because if this whale is seen again
with the gear remaining or with serious injuries, it could be counted twice against the allowed
incidental take for the fishery if the initial interaction was not properly documented and reported.
In the case of small cetaceans (e.g, dolphins and pilot whales) entangled in fishing gear or
hooked, the crew should work carefully to disentangle the animal and/or remove gear as
conditions and human safety allows. The vessel crew should avoid abrupt actions or vessel
movements that may panic the animal. The vessel should stop alongside the animal, attempt to
recover gear, and gently work to bring the animal alongside the vessel. Work to minimize the
amount of tension on the animal from gear remaining in the water, and ensure that the animal has
access to the surface to breathe. Cut wraps or other entangling gear from the animal’s body
using a gaff or long-line cutter, being careful to avoid direct contact between the animal and
sharp objects. If the animal is hooked, cut the barb off the hook using long-handled bolt cutters
and/or use a NMFS approved de-hooking device to remove the hook. If a hook remains attached
to the animal, cut any attached line as close to the hook as possible.
In the case of large whales (for example humpback whales, right whales, or sperm whales),
fishers should not attempt to directly disentangle the animal without assistance. Instead, the
vessel should be maneuvered in such a way as to minimize tension on the line, and the fishers
1-3
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
should immediately contact the U.S. Coast Guard at VHF Ch. 16 or contact the Provincetown
Center for Coastal Studies Disentanglement Hotline at (800) 900-3622 for instructions if fishing
within the U.S. EEZ. It is strongly recommended that disentanglement is only attempted with
the assistance or advice of these experts. However, if contact is not possible (e.g., due to the
vessel’s location), the decision to attempt disentanglement should be made based on the
experience and comfort level of the crew due to the significant risk of the procedure. If the crew
decides to proceed with disentanglement, proper documentation of the interaction (video,
multiple photographs and drawings) is essential. The primary goal if attempting disentanglement
should be to remove all complete loops wrapped around the animal if possible. If the line is
embedded in the flesh and healed over, cut the lines on either side as short as possible, and do
not attempt to remove that section of line. Never enter the water to attempt disentanglement
under any circumstances.
If a marine mammal interaction occurs, it is likely that another will occur if fishing is continued
in the same area. Following an interaction, fishermen should notify other vessels working in the
area that the interaction occurred and move to another area or wait 48 hours before continuing
fishing operations.
Contact Information: NMFS Office of Protected Resources Attn: MMAP, 1315 East-West
Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. Fax Number: 301-427-2522.
MMAP Form Available at:
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/interactions/mmap_reporting_form.pdf.
Vessel/Crew’s Responsibilities upon Sighting a Sea Turtle
Generally, it is expected that all turtles less than three feet straight carapace length can be boated
safely if sea conditions permit; larger turtles should also be boated when conditions and
equipment permit. If it is determined that the turtle cannot be brought aboard without causing
further injury to the turtle, or if conditions are such that the turtle cannot be safely brought
aboard, then protocols for turtles not boated should be followed (refer to Chapter 2). Whenever
possible, turtles should be brought onboard to make gear removal easier and safer, following the
handling guidelines for turtles boated (refer to Chapters 3 - 5). The vessel’s crew must attempt
to remove all of the gear from the turtle. The captain and crew are responsible for the turtle’s
safety from first sighting until release, and all efforts should be made to release the turtle with
minimal injury and minimal remaining gear.
Gear Removal Protocols
General guidelines for removing gear from sea turtles not boated and boated follow in Chapters 2
– 5. These removal tools and techniques are applicable to a variety of fisheries, but a few gearspecific protocols are introduced here.
12/12/08
1-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Trawl Fisheries
In trawl fisheries, care should be taken not to drop the turtle from the net onto the deck below or
allow the bag to slam into the side of the vessel, as this can result in serious injury. Turtles
incidentally captured in trawl fisheries may have sustained an extended period of forced
submergence and may require resuscitation (Chapter 3).
Gillnet Fisheries
If a sea turtle is entangled in gillnet gear, slow the vessel and adjust the vessel direction to move
towards the turtle. Once the turtle is brought alongside the vessel, stop and put the vessel in
neutral. Slowly retrieve the net, avoiding tugging or yanking motions. Considering the size of
the turtle, sea conditions, and crew safety, determine whether the turtle can be boated. Avoid
pulling up the turtle by the gear that it is entangled in, as this could injure the turtle. Bring the
turtle onboard using a dip net or turtle hoist. If the turtle cannot be disentangled easily from the
net, carefully cut the net off the turtle using a blunt-sided line cutter and attempt to remove any
gear attached to the turtle. If conditions do not permit the turtle to be boated, control the turtle
with a pair of turtle control devices if possible, and bring the turtle close to the vessel. Try to
work the turtle free from the net, and use long-handled line cutters to cut the net and lines off of
the turtle if necessary.
Fixed Gear Fisheries
Sea turtles can become entangled in the vertical lines of fixed gear (e.g., crab pots, whelk pots).
If a turtle is encountered entangled in fixed gear, contact the NMFS Northeast Region Stranding
Hotline at 1-978-281-9351 (when the interaction occurred in the coastal waters of Maine, New
Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia) or the U.S. Coast Guard on VHF Ch. 16 (all other U.S.
coastal waters) for further instructions. It is recommended that disentanglement is only attempted
with the assistance or advice of experts.
Specific guidelines for disentangling sea turtles captured in fixed gear, gear collection protocols
and required documentation procedures can be found at:
http://www.nero.noaa.gov/prot_res/stranding/stdn.html and
http://www.nero.noaa.gov/prot_res/stranding/SeaTurtleDisentanglementNetwork.pdf.
Hook-and-line Fisheries
Captains and crews in hook-and-line fisheries should scan the line as far ahead as possible during
gear retrieval to sight turtles in advance and to avoid getting ahead of the line while retrieving
gear. Upon sighting a turtle, the vessel and line reel speed should be slowed and the vessel
direction adjusted to move toward the turtle, minimizing tension on the line. Gentle, consistent
tension should be kept with enough slack to keep the turtle near the vessel but in the water. Once
the turtle is brought alongside the vessel, stop and put the vessel in neutral. Do not use gaffs or
other sharp objects in direct contact with the turtle to retrieve or control it, although a gaff may
be used to control the line. Assess the turtle’s condition and size, nature of the interaction,
1-5
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
location of the hook, and available crew. The vessel must be stopped in order to respond to these
interactions, and a decision must be made whether the turtle can be brought onboard safely.
There are three possible sea turtle interactions with hook-and-line fishing gear: (1) entangled but
not hooked, (2) hooked but not entangled, and (3) hooked and entangled. The protocols here are
written to optimize the success of gear removal, utilizing at least three crew members in some
scenarios. If there are not at least three crew members available, modifications to the protocols
have been suggested where appropriate (e.g., the turtle control devices can be tied off, some
mouth gags offer hands-free operation).
Assessing Whether to Remove Hooks
The decision whether to remove a hook is very important, and may directly affect the turtle’s
chances for survival. If you are unsure whether hook removal will cause further serious injury to
the turtle, do not remove the hook. All externally embedded hooks should be removed. Chapter
4 contains details on opening the mouth of boated turtles to conduct an assessment of ingested
hook location. Hooks in the mouth should be removed when they are visible in part or whole,
but judgment should be used in each case. If the hook is in the braincase, glottis, or otherwise
deeply embedded where you believe removal will cause more damage, do not remove the hook.
GLOTTIS
OPEN
GLOTTIS
CLOSED
PAPILLAE
ESOPHAGUS
TONGUE
Figures 1-1 a, b and c. Oral cavity anatomy [(a) Photo courtesy of Don Lewis, (b) & (c) NMFS/SEFSC photos]
The glottis (Figures 1-1a and b) is located in the middle of the tongue (Figure 1-1c, large
muscular organ fixed to the floor of the mouth), and consists of the opening to the trachea and
the valve to open and close the airway. The esophagus begins at the back of the mouth and is
lined with papillae (Figure 1-1c). Only remove hooks from the esophagus (Figure 1-1c) when
the insertion point of the barb is clearly visible, and exercise extreme caution during hook
removal. Never attempt to remove a hook that has been swallowed when the insertion point is
not visible, as removal may cause more damage to the turtle than leaving the hook in place.
When a hook cannot safely be removed, monofilament cutters should be used to cut the line as
close as possible to the eye of the hook. If part of the hook is visible and accessible, but cannot
be removed (e.g., hook in glottis), bolt cutters should be used to cut off and remove the visible
part of the hook. See Chapter 2 for details about removing hooks from turtles not boated and
Chapter 5 for turtles that are boated.
12/12/08
1-6
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Releasing the Turtle
Once gear is removed and the turtle recovered, boated turtles should be released in waters of
similar temperature as at capture, when fishing or scientific collection gear is not in use, the
engine is in neutral, and in an area where they are unlikely to be recaptured or injured by vessels.
Make sure that the turtle is safely away from the vessel before starting the engines. Release the
turtle by lowering it over the aft portion of the vessel, close to the water’s surface, when gear is
not in use and the engines are in neutral. The turtle’s behavior and swimming and diving
abilities should be monitored after release and recorded. A turtle that has shown no sign of life
after 24 hours on deck may be considered dead and returned to the water in the same manner.
1-7
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter 2
Equipment and Techniques for Sea Turtles Not Boated
When a turtle is too large to be boated, or if sea conditions prevent the safe boating of turtles, the
gear must be removed while the turtle remains in the water. The turtle should be brought as
close as possible and allowed a short time to calm down if necessary before being brought fully
alongside, where gear removal must be conducted as quickly as possible. Do not ever enter the
water to remove gear from an animal under any circumstances. The first section in this chapter
details the tools and methods to control the turtle for both the crew’s and the turtle’s safety. The
second section details the tools and techniques to be used for gear removal. Next, different
possible scenarios involving three types of potential hook-and-line gear interactions are
described, outlining the combination of tools (Figure 2-1) best adapted for each scenario.
ARC Pole Big Game Dehooker
Long Handled Roby Dehooker
Boat Hook
Long Handled “J-Style” Dehooker
Turtle Tether
T&G Ninja Sticks
NOAA/Laforce Line Cutter
NOAA/Arceneaux Line Clipper
Figure 2-1. Long-handled tools for sea turtles not boated (NMFS/SEFSC photos).
2-1
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Turtle Control Devices
Turtle control devices were designed in response to safety concerns for fishing vessel crew
members and for incidentally captured sea turtles, as well as to facilitate the likelihood of
maximum gear removal potential. These devices, which should be used in pairs, take pressure
off the involved gear and help stabilize the animal. They secure the front flippers of the sea
turtle so that the animal can be controlled at the side of the vessel, facilitating rapid gear removal
while reducing the chances that taut line could snap under the strain of the active sea turtle and
recoil towards the crew members on deck. These devices should never be used around the
turtle’s neck or head. After securing the animal’s flippers at the side of the vessel, use dehookers
and line cutters as needed, depending on the type of gear interaction, as described on Pages 2-13
– 2-14. Currently, there are two turtle control device styles that reduce safety risks associated
with removing gear from active sea turtles not boated, particularly leatherbacks.
(1) Turtle Tether
The first type of turtle control device, referred to as the “Turtle Tether,” is designed to “noose”
the flipper using one pole and a line threaded through eyebolts. The end of the negatively
buoyant tether line should be threaded through an eyebolt at the end of the tether, then through
two eyebolts farther down the pole. A tag line threaded through the end of the tether must be
attached to the vessel to ensure that the turtle cannot escape with the tether attached. Loop the
stiff rope around the front flipper up to the “shoulder” region, tighten, and cinch the rope in the
cleat. Keep a firm hold of the tether pole to keep the animal near the vessel, allowing for
dehooking and disentanglement (Figures 2-2a and b). To optimize safe handling of the turtle, two
people should each operate a set of the Turtle Tethers to capture both flippers and restrain the
turtle alongside the vessel.
Figures 2-2a and b. Controlling a leatherback using a turtle tether (NMFS/SEFSC photos)
12/12/08
2-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(2) T&G Ninja Sticks
The second type of turtle control device, referred to as the “T&G Ninja Sticks,” consists of two
long poles (electrical conduit PVC, fiberglass, aluminum, or similar) with line threaded through
or securely affixed to both lengths. The free end of the line should be tethered to the vessel
unless an additional tag line is used, leaving enough slack to create a ~24” working section of
line between the two poles to secure the flipper. Holding one pole in each hand, capture the
flipper, bring the poles together, and twist the line until the flipper is secured. To optimize safe
handling of the turtle, two people should each operate a set of the T&G Ninja Sticks to capture
both flippers and restrain the turtle alongside the vessel (Figures 2-3a and b).
Figures 2-3a and b. Controlling a leatherback using a pair of T&G Ninja Sticks (NMFS/SEFSC photos).
Equipment to Remove Line and Netting
(1) Long-handled Line Clipper/Cutter
Line cutters are designed to cut high-test monofilament line, netting material, and line (e.g.,
braided/twisted rope) from entangled sea turtles. Carefully slide the blunt end of the line cutter
under the line or netting that you wish to remove and pull the line cutter to capture it within the
recessed blade(s) of the device (Figure 2-4a). In hook and line fisheries, a line cutter may also be
used to cut the monofilament line as close as possible to the hook, minimizing remaining gear
when hook removal is not possible.
2-3
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figures 2-4a and b. Using line cutter (a) and monofilament cutter (b) on entangled leatherbacks
(NMFS/SEFSC photos).
(2) Monofilament Cutters
If the turtle is close to the vessel, hand-held monofilament cutters may be used to remove line or
netting material from hooked and/or entangled turtles (Figure 2-4b). Turtles should be released
with as little gear as possible remaining.
Equipment to Remove Hooks
(1) Long-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks
(a) ARC (Aquatic Release Conservation) Pole Big Game Dehookers
The ARC Pole Big Game Dehooker models, which are manufactured in several sizes, are
examples of NOAA Fisheries certified equipment. These dehookers are designed for
removing hooks that are external or that are lodged in the mouth, throat, or esophagus
without touching or removing the animal from the water. The device engages and
secures the leader, allowing the hook to be secured within an offset loop without reengaging the barb during the removal process (Figure 2-5). Specific instructions for the
long-handled pole models are given here, and more general guidelines for using all types
of ARC dehookers can be found in Plate 2-1.
12/12/08
2-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figure 2-5. Removing hook with an ARC Pole Big Game
Dehooker (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Instructions for using ARC Pole Big Game Dehookers:
1) The person controlling the leader must carefully bring the animal alongside the vessel,
using a turtle control device to help control the turtle if possible. They should stay to the
left of the dehooking person and maintain a taut leader.
2) The person with the dehooker should be to the right of the person with the leader to
capture the leader, and no one should get in between the leader and the dehooking device
in case the line breaks or the hook dislodges.
3) There is only one correct way to place the pigtail over the leader. The person controlling
the leader must maintain leader tension. The person with the dehooker places the
dehooker on the leader at a 90° angle with the open end of the curl facing them, and the
tail end of the curl facing up. Pull until the curl of the dehooking device captures the line
(like a bow and arrow), and rotate the device 1/4 turn clockwise. When placed correctly,
the leader will be in the center of the pigtail curl.
4) Slide the dehooker down the leader until it engages the shank of the hook and bottoms
out. Slightly rotate the device back and forth to ensure proper engagement on the hook.
If the dehooker has been notched (see instructions below) to help facilitate circle hook
removal, the hook will seat into the notch.
5) When the hook is engaged, the dehooking device must be brought together with the
leader, parallel to the line. If the line is not parallel with the dehooking device, the point
of the hook will have a tendency to turn out and allow for possible re-engagement after
release.
6) Working together, the person with the leader and the person with the dehooker must
communicate and keep the line taut until the exact moment that the person using the
dehooker disengages the hook with a short, sharp jab downward. If removing a circle
hook, a rocking or twisting motion of approximately 180° during the downward jab
motion may be necessary to facilitate circle hook removal. After engaging shank of the
2-5
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
hook, keep the line parallel with tension and start a rocking (back and forth) and pushing
motion to remove the circle hook. The rocking motion in addition to the traditional
pushing motion allows the circle hook to be twisted and pushed out.
7) The leader person must give a little slack when the person with the dehooker is jabbing
downward, so timing and communication are important. After the hook is removed, the
point of the hook will rotate and stop on the offset bend of the dehooker (Figure 2-6),
protecting the point and preventing re-engagement of the hook.
Figure 2-6. Point of the hook is shielded to prevent re-engagement
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Notch Modification for the ARC Dehookers:
In collaboration with the Australian Fisheries Management Authority and industry experts, ARC
tested a notch modification to their dehookers. They determined that notching the pigtail curl
allows the fisher to use a rocking and pushing (instead of just pushing) motion that increases the
effectiveness of circle hook removal. The notch is created where the hook lies in the bottom
portion of the curl (Figure 2-7a), securing the shank enough to rock the hook from side to side
while pushing the circle hook out.
The notch modification can be easily and quickly
accomplished with a simple metal file (Figure 2-7b) in approximately 15 minutes. During
laboratory trials, the notch modification (Figure 2-7c) was found to be an effective modification
to these tools to assist in hook removal, particularly circle hook removal, while maintaining the
integrity of the device’s tensile strength. However, it was determined that by maintaining proper
line tension and using a rocking or twisting motion while pushing downward, circle hooks still
could be removed effectively without the notch modification. Detailed instructions for notching
the ARC dehookers can be found in Appendix A, Chapter A2.
12/12/08
2-6
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
←←←
Figure 2-7 a, b and c. Notch the pigtail curl where the shank of the hook contacts the vertical bottom of the pigtail curl,
~1/16” - 1/8” deep and ~1/8” wide using a metal file [(a) Photo courtesy of ARC; (b) and (c) NMFS/SEFSC photos].
2-7
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 2-1
Instructions for ARC Dehookers
The illustrations here depict fish, but the technique can be used for sea turtles, marine mammals,
and sea birds as well.
Step 1
Step 4
Step 2
Step 5
Step 3
Step 6
Figures provided by Aquatic Release Conservation
(1 – 2)
Grab the leader with one hand and hold the dehooker in your other hand, making
sure the open end of the pigtail is facing up.
(3)
Place the rod of the dehooker on the leader perpendicular to the leader as you
would a bow and arrow.
(4 – 5)
Draw the dehooker back towards you until you engage the line.
(6)
Turn the dehooker 1/4 turn clockwise. This puts the leader in the center of the
curl.
12/12/08
2-8
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 2-1 Continued
Step 7
Step 10
Step 8
Step 11
Step 9
Step 12
(7 - 9) Keeping your hands apart, follow the leader down until the dehooker bottoms out on the
hook.
(10)
Bring your hands together making sure the leader is tight and parallel with the dehooking
device.
(11-12) Give a slight thrust downward (or rocking/twisting downward thrust) with the dehooking
device until the hook disengages, then pull out the dehooker with the hook. The point of
the hook will be hidden by the offset bend so that the hook does not re-engage.
2-9
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(2) Long-handled Dehooker for External Hooks
(a) Aquatic Release Conservation (ARC) Pole Big Game Dehookers
Refer to the description of this device beginning on Page 2-4.
(b) Long-handled J-Style Dehooker
This long-handled dehooking device may be used for dehooking in circumstances where
the animal is hooked externally. Hold the leader in one hand with tension and hold the
dehooker in your other hand. Place the dehooker on the leader and follow the leader
down until it bottoms out on the shank of hook (Figure 2-8). With tension on the leader,
the ideal position for dehooking is to lower the hand with the leader to the 8 o’clock
position and raise the hand with the dehooker to the two o’clock position (Illustrated in
Plate 5-3); depending on the positioning, a smaller angle may be appropriate. Twist the
dehooker slightly and pull until the hook is dislodged. Be cautious not to allow the hook
to re-engage once removed.
Figure 2-8. Using J-Style dehooker on externally hooked leatherback
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
12/12/08
2-10
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(c) Long-handled Roby Dehooker
This dehooker is suitable for removing external hooks and can be mounted to a long
handle for use on turtles not boated. The design, which incorporates four notches at 90°
angles at the base of a cylinder, grasps the hook very securely (Figure 2-9), facilitating
the twisting motion necessary to remove circle hooks. Engage the line by feeding it
through the diagonal slit in the side of the cylinder, and then secure the hook in the
notches. Once the hook is secured, use a pushing motion to release the hook. If you are
removing a circle hook, a twisting motion of approximately 180° while thrusting the
dehooker downward may be required to remove the circle hook.
Figure 2-9. Roby dehooker (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
2-11
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 2-2
Instructions for the Roby Dehooker
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
(1)
Hold leader in one hand with tension and hold the Roby dehooker in the other hand.
Feed the leader through the diagonal slit in the cylinder.
(2)
Position the dehooker so that it is firmly seated against the shank of the hook, secured in
the notches.
(3)
Bring both hands together (leader and dehooker parallel with each other) while
maintaining tension on the leader.
(4)
With the leader and dehooker together, give a short, sharp jab to dislodge the hook and
remove it from the animal. Rotate or twist up to 180° during the jabbing motion if
necessary to remove the hook, particularly when removing circle hooks. Maintain line
tension and take care to prevent the hook from re-engaging after removal.
12/12/08
2-12
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Long-handled Device to Pull an “Inverted V” during Disentanglement
A standard boat hook, long-handled J-Style dehooker, or standard fishing gaff may be used to
assist in disentanglements and to pull a “V” for dehooking entangled sea turtles, as described in
the “Inverted V” dehooking technique below.
“Inverted V” Dehooking Technique
1) Once at the surface, the animal may have a tendency to entangle itself more. After the
first inspection, let the turtle calm down for a short period of time (in some cases up to 10
minutes) then gently draw it to the boat, using turtle control devices when practical to
control the animal.
2) An additional crew member should carefully engage the monofilament leader closest to
the embedded hook with a gaff, boat hook or long-handled J-Style dehooker, depending
on the distance to the hook. If using a gaff, care should be taken to ensure that the point
of the gaff does not ever contact the turtle. The gaff person should pull the line upward
into an “Inverted V” to enable engagement of the dehooking device on the line closest to
the hook (Figure 2-10).
3) Follow the instructions on Pages 2-4 – 2-12 to remove the hook from the turtle using a
long-handled dehooking device. The gaff person would serve the same function as the
leader person.
4) After the hook is removed and secured by the dehooker, carefully remove all line with the
line cutter to disentangle the animal (Pages 2-3 – 2-4).
Figure 2-10. Pulling an “Inverted V” (Photo courtesy of ARC).
2-13
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Possible Scenarios Encountered for Sea Turtles Not Boated in Hook-and-line Fisheries
(1) Entangled but not hooked (recommended personnel and equipment: at least three crew /
two turtle control devices / long-handled dehooker for internal hooks / line cutter / longhandled device to pull an “Inverted V”)
Control the turtle at the side of the boat using the involved line, or preferably with a turtle control
device (Pages 2-2 – 2-3). If there are not at least three crew members available, the turtle control
devices should be tied off. Secure the loose hook with the long-handled dehooker for internal
hooks and carefully slide the blunt end of the line cutter under the line that you wish to remove.
The dehooker for internal hooks is preferable because it can hold the loose hook to control it and
protect the barb from reengaging. Pull the line cutter and the line will be captured within the
recessed blade(s) of the device (Figure 2-4a). A long-handled J-Style dehooker, boat hook, or
gaff may be carefully used to manage the line while cutting with the line cutters. Monofilament
cutters may also be useful if the turtle is close to the side of the vessel (Figure 2-4b).
(2) Hooked but not entangled (Figure 2-11) (recommended personnel and equipment: at least
three crew / two turtle control devices / long-handled dehooker).
Control the turtle at the side of the boat using the involved line, or preferably with turtle control
devices (Pages 2-2 – 2-3). If there are not at least three crew members available, the turtle
control devices should be tied off. The choice of dehooker will depend on the location and depth
of the hook. Do not attempt to remove hooks that have been swallowed beyond where the
insertion point of the barb is visible, or when it appears that hook removal will cause further
serious injury to the turtle. If the hook cannot be removed, ensure that as much line as possible
is removed and, if possible, remove some of the hook with bolt cutters.
Figure 2-11. Using a dehooker on a leatherback hooked but not
entangled (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
12/12/08
2-14
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(3) Hooked and entangled (Figure 2-12) (recommended personnel and equipment: multiple
crew / two turtle control devices / dehooker / line cutter / long-handled device to pull an
“Inverted V”)
Control the turtle at the side of the boat using the line (if applicable), or preferably with turtle
control devices (Pages 2-2 – 2-3). For turtles wrapped in line or hooked in the armpit or
shoulder with the line running underneath the turtle, not over the turtle, the “Inverted V”
technique is necessary for release (Page 2-10). Remove the hook first prior to line removal.
Follow the instructions on Pages 2-3 – 2-12 for removing hooks and line.
Figure 2-12. A hooked and entangled leatherback (NMFS/SEFSC photo)
2-15
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter 3
Boating and Holding Sea Turtles
Boating the Turtle
It is very important that the turtle is never pulled out the water, even partially or for a short
distance, using the gear with which the turtle is hooked or entangled. This could cause serious
injury to the turtle, especially when the turtle has swallowed a hook. Once boated, the turtle will
be handled according to the procedures for boated turtles.
Figure 3-1. Bringing a turtle onboard using a dip net (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
(1) Dip Net
If the turtle is small enough and conditions are such that it can be brought aboard the vessel
safely (Figure 3-1), use a dip net (Figure 3-2) meeting standards specified in NMFS regulations
to carefully bring the turtle aboard. Place the net under the turtle, and safely lift the turtle out of
the water and onto the deck. If the vessel is equipped with “cut out doors,” use this door to
minimize the distance from the water for the turtle to be retrieved.
3-1
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figure 3-2. Dip net (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
(2) Turtle Hoist
(a) Large Turtle Hoist
A large turtle hoist is recommended to bring turtles onboard that cannot be boated using a
smaller dip net or on vessels equipped with a hydraulic lift. This is particularly useful
when removing gear from leatherback sea turtles. The hoist is lowered into the water
using a hydraulic lift and brought near the turtle. Once the hoist is in the water, the turtle
can be guided into the device using the attached gear and/or turtle control device. Once
the turtle is positioned within the hoist, release tension on the gear, and the turtle will
descend deeper into the lift. The hoist and turtle are then raised slowly back onto the
deck (Figure 3-3). The device is designed so that when onboard, the turtle is suspended
above the deck on a platform of mesh netting supported by a rigid ring and contained
within a webbing fence (Figure 3-4). The turtle is immobilized in this lift, facilitating
12/12/08
3-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
safe and rapid gear removal. Once all gear has been removed, the hoist and turtle are
lowered back into the water deep enough for the turtle to swim out of the frame. Orient
the hoist so that the turtle is facing away from the boat upon release. The use of this
device is demonstrated in the video “Leatherbacks Aboard” (Epperly and Hataway 2004).
Figure 3-3. Bringing leatherback onboard using a large turtle hoist
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Figure 3-4. Leatherback supported onboard in large turtle hoist
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
(b) Small Turtle Hoist
A small turtle hoist (Figure 3-5) is recommended to bring turtles onboard that cannot be
boated using a traditional dip net with an extended reach handle. This is particularly
useful when removing gear from sea turtles while on a vessel with a high freeboard or
when storage space is extremely limited. Once the hoist is in the water, the turtle can be
guided into the device using the attached gear and/or turtle control device. Use the
attached lines to guide the frame under the turtle, and haul the lines evenly to capture the
3-3
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
turtle and bring it onboard, using care to maintain the net parallel to the water’s surface
so that the turtle cannot slip out. A pulley system or hydraulic lift can be used to hoist the
frame out of the water if available. Once all gear has been removed, the hoist and turtle
are lowered back into the water deep enough for the turtle to swim out of the frame,
releasing tension on the outer lines if necessary to tip the frame. Orient the hoist so that
the turtle is facing away from the boat upon release.
Figure 3-5. Small turtle hoist (Photo courtesy Alvaro Segura, World
Wildlife Fund).
Holding the Turtle
While onboard, the turtle must be kept moist and in the shade, maintaining its body temperature
above 60° F, similar to water temperatures at capture. It must be safely isolated and immobilized
on a cushioned surface. The large turtle hoist serves this purpose; smaller turtles will need to be
placed on a cushioned surface, such as an automobile tire. If you encounter a turtle with a tag,
note the tag number and species and report the find to the address on the tag. All gear should be
removed immediately. If possible, and especially if the turtle appears lethargic, leave the turtle
on deck at least four hours up to twenty-four hours and monitor its condition, allowing stress
toxins to dissipate.
(1) Cushion/Support Device
A suitably-sized cushion/support device, such as a standard automobile tire (Figure 3-6) without
a rim or boat cushion, should be used to safely isolate and immobilize the animal once it is
onboard. Place the turtle in its normal orientation whenever possible while immobilized, unless
there is a reason to have it temporarily resting on its carapace.
12/12/08
3-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figure 3-6. Loggerhead supported using an automobile tire (NMFS/SEFSC photo)
(2) Comatose Turtles
If a turtle appears to be comatose (unresponsive, unconscious), attempt to revive it before release
per 66 FR 67495, December 31, 2001. Place the turtle on its plastron (lower shell) and elevate
the hindquarters approximately 15 - 30° (Refer to Plate 3-1) to permit the lungs to drain off
water for a period of four up to twenty-four hours. A board, tire or boat cushion, etc. can be
used. Keep the skin, and especially the eyes, moist while the turtle is on deck by covering the
animal’s body with a wet towel, periodically spraying it with water, or by applying petroleum
jelly to its skin and carapace. Periodically, gently touch the corner of the eye or eyelid and pinch
the tail near the vent (reflex tests) to monitor responsiveness. Do not put the turtle in a container
of water for resuscitation, as even shallow water may cause it to drown.
Turtles can withstand lengthy periods without breathing; a comatose sea turtle may not move,
breathe voluntarily, or show reflex responses or other signs of life. In other cases, a lightly
comatose turtle may show shallow breathing or reflexes such as eyelid or tail movement when
touched. Sea turtles may take some time to revive; do not give up too quickly. Regulations (66
FR 67495, December 31, 2001; 50 CFR 223.206) allow a fisherman to keep a turtle on deck up
to 24 hours for resuscitation purposes without a permit. Even turtles that are successfully
resuscitated benefit from being held on deck as long as possible (up to 24 hours) to fully recover
from the stress of accidental forced submergence.
In the past, an alternative method of resuscitation, known as plastral pumping, was sometimes
recommended (see FR 43 32801, July 28, 1978; 57 FR 57354, December 4, 1992). This practice
involved placing the turtle on its carapace and pumping the plastron with hand or foot. However,
we strongly discourage this technique, as further study determined that it may actually do more
harm than good and should not be attempted during resuscitation (per 66 FR 67495, December
31, 2001). Plastral pumping may cause the airway to block and cause the viscera to compress
the lungs which are located dorsally, thereby hindering lung ventilation.
3-5
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 3-1
12/12/08
3-6
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter 4 Equipment and Techniques for Opening the Mouth of Boated
Turtles
Opening the Mouth
When a turtle with an internal hook injury is brought on board, it will likely have its mouth open.
If the animal is not voluntarily opening its mouth, there are a few mouth-opening techniques you
can apply:
1) Block the turtle’s nostrils to encourage the turtle to open its mouth (Figure 4-1).
2) Tickle the throat or pull outward on the throat skin.
3) Cover the nostrils and carefully apply light pressure to the anterior corner of the eye
socket (not the eye itself) with one hand and apply firm pressure in the throat area with
your other hand.
Figure 4-1. Opening the mouth (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
If you still cannot open the mouth, use a mouth opener, such as rope loops covered with
protective tubing or an avian speculum. The mouth openers will enable you to access the turtle’s
mouth, while the mouth gags will keep the turtle’s mouth open so you can remove any hooks
and/or line. Keep in mind that various mouth gags will block your view inside the mouth in
different ways. Therefore, select which mouth gag will best suit the dehooking or
disentanglement procedure that you need to perform. You can improve your visibility at the
back of the turtle’s mouth and upper esophagus by using the needle-nose pliers. After securing
the mouth open, gently slide the pliers in the closed position forward into the upper esophagus
and separate the pliers’ jaws to open the esophagus.
4-1
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figure 4-2. Mouth openers and gags (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
Mouth Openers and/or Gags
The following devices (Figure 4-2) can be used to open the mouth and/or maintain the mouth
open: Use caution with these methods, as injury can result if these tools slip.
(1) Set of Two Rope Loops with Protective Tubing (both a mouth opener and mouth gag)
Slide the ropes with protective tubing in between the jaws and move them away from the front of
the mouth to gain the greatest leverage (Figure 4-3). Care should be taken to avoid contact with
the eyes. With the free ends of the rope knotted together to form a loop, you can hold the lower
rope loop with your foot and the other with one hand, leaving one free hand.
12/12/08
4-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figure 4-3. Opening the mouth using rope loops (Photo courtesy of
ARC).
(2) Large Avian Oral Speculum (both a mouth opener and mouth gag)
Slide the avian speculum flat inside the turtle’s mouth (Figure 4-4a) and rotate it (Figure 4-4b).
Notice that the speculum is stepped and can be used for different sized turtles by selecting for its
different widths. This mouth opener can be used only on the smallest of animals, as larger turtles
can easily crush the avian speculum.
Figures 4-4a and b. Using an avian speculum as an (a) mouth opener and (b) gag
(NMFS/SEFSC photos).
(3) Block of Hard Wood (mouth opener and mouth gag)
Soak the wood block/handle first to soften it and decrease damage to the beak. Position it in the
posterior corner of the mouth to keep the mouth open (Figures 4-5a and b).
4-3
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figures 4-5 a and b. Wooden brush handle used as (a) mouth opener and (b) gag [(a) Photo courtesy of ARC,
(b) NMFS/SEFSC photo]
(4) Set of Three Canine Mouth Gags (mouth gag)
This type of gag locks into the open position and allows for hands free operation once it is in
place. The canine mouth gag’s arms are compressible when they are perpendicular to the main
axis. The rubber feet on the gag lock nicely into the groove on the upper and lower beak. When
the turtle bites down on the extremity of the arms, they will shift from being perpendicular and
therefore will lock. Use the smallest one possible that will not crush. Compress the gag and
insert it in the turtle’s mouth. As the turtle opens its mouth, the gag will expand (Figures 4-6a –
c). Maintain your hold on the gag until it has locked in place. Do not force the turtle’s mouth
open all the way; let the spring tension on the gag and turtle’s own mouth movement set the
maximum open position. Position the mouth gag at the front center of the jaw with the axis off
to one side to provide the maximum open working area in the mouth and the surest footing for
the gag (Figures 4-7a and b).
Figures 4-6a, b, and c. (a) Canine mouth gag fully compressed, (b) partially compressed,
and (c) fully open (NMFS/SEFSC photos).
12/12/08
4-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figures 4-7a and b. Canine mouth gag (NMFS/SEFSC photos).
(5) Set of Two Sturdy Dog Chew Bones (mouth gag)
Position the proper size dog chew bone in the posterior corner of the mouth to keep the mouth
open. The larger bones (Figure 4-8a) are easy to hold, but block access to much of the mouth.
Smaller bones (Figure 4-8b) do not reduce your view inside the turtle’s mouth and work equally
well.
Figures 4-8a and b. Large (a) and small (b) dog chew bones (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
(6) Hank of Rope (mouth gag)
Position the lanyard in the posterior corner of the jaw to keep the mouth open (Figure 4-9).
Alternatively, you can place the rope across the entire width of the mouth and block both sides of
the jaw, but this blocks your view of the back of the mouth.
4-5
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Figure 4-9. Hank of rope mouth gag (NMFS/SEFSC photo)
(7) Set of Four PVC couplings (mouth gag)
Insert the appropriate size PVC coupling (chosen by considering both the size of the turtle
and the tools to be used) inside the turtle’s mouth (Figure 4-10). Hold it with a pair of pliers
to stabilize it inside the mouth. In order to prevent the coupling from interfering with the
dehooking devices, thread the line through the coupling before inserting it.
Figure 4-10. PVC coupling mouth gag (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
12/12/08
4-6
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter 5
Equipment and Techniques for Removing Gear
from Boated Turtles
When dehooking is possible, several devices (Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2) may be used to remove
hooks, depending on the depth and location. Some hooks that are lightly hooked externally may
be easily removed using your hand. If the hook has been deeply ingested, a short-handled
dehooker for internal hooks must be used. If the hook is external or in the front of the mouth or
beak with the barb of the hook clearly visible, a short-handled dehooker for internal hooks or a
short-handled dehooker for external hooks may be used.
Figure 5-1. Bolt cutters, needle-nose pliers, and monofilament cutters
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
AA
B
CC
D
EE
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
ARC Bite-Block Dehooker
J-Style Dehooker
Roby Dehooker
Scotty’s Dehooker
Figure 5-2. Short handled dehookers (NMFS/SEFSC photos).
5-1
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Needle-nose or Long-nose Pliers
The needle-nose pliers can be used to remove hooks that are deep in the animal’s flesh and must
be twisted during removal. They are also useful in holding PVC splice couplings in place when
used as mouth openers, and they can be used to remove hooks in the mouth in some situations.
Bolt Cutters
Bolt cutters are essential for removing hooks, as the easiest way to remove a hook may be to cut
off the eye or barb so that the hook can be pushed through or backed out without causing further
injury to the sea turtle. If the hook cannot be removed, bolt cutters should be used to cut off as
much of the hook as possible.
Equipment to Remove Line and Netting
Refer to description in Chapter 2.
Short-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks
(1) 17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
This dehooking device has been designed to prevent sea turtles from biting down on the
dehooking device during internal hook removal (Figure 5-3). The PVC bite block also reduces
the damage on the sea turtle’s beak if the turtle bites down. This dehooker can be modified to
facilitate removal of circle hooks, as described in the notch modification text in Chapter 2. Refer
to Plate 5-1 for detailed instructions on using this device.
Figure 5-3. Bite Block Deep-hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
(NMFS/SEFSC photo).
12/12/08
5-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 5-1
Instructions for the 17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle)
ARC Dehooker
Step 1
Step 2
Step 4
Step 5
Step 3
Step 6
Figures provided by Aquatic Release Conservation
(1)
To correctly use this dehooking device, you must keep the PVC bite block pulled
up along the handle when engaging the leader to allow for proper leader and hook engagement.
(2)
Maintain leader tension and place the dehooker on the leader at a 90°
angle with the open end of the curl up.
(3)
Pull the dehooker towards you (like a bow & arrow) until the open end of the
curl engages/captures the leader.
(4)
Turn the dehooker 1/4 turn clockwise. The leader is now in the center of the pigtail.
(5)
Release the bite block, allowing it to slide to the bottom of the dehooker. Following the
leader, insert the curl and PVC end into the mouth as far as the animal will allow.
(6)
Should the sea turtle bite down, the dehooker will slide up to 5” in and out.
5-3
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 5-1 Continued
Step 7
Step 8
Step 10
Step 9
Step 11
Figures provided by Aquatic Release Conservation
(7)
With the sliding motion allowed by the bite block, continue to follow the leader down the
shank of the hook. If the dehooker has been notched to help facilitate circle hook removal, the
hook will seat into the notch.
(8)
After the dehooker is seated on the shank of the hook, (leader tight) give a sharp, short jab
downward with the dehooker. As the hook is removed, the point of the hook will rotate and
stop on the offset angle of the dehooker, protecting the point and preventing re-engagement
of the hook
(9)
After the hook is dislodged, keep the leader tight and pull the dehooker out until
it stops at the PVC bite block.
(10)
The bite block will cover the hook and further prevent re-engagement.
(11)
Wait for the turtle to open its mouth and remove the entire dehooking device and hook.
12/12/08
5-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(2) NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
This dehooker has been found to be effective in removing both external and internal hooks
during field and laboratory trials. The design, similar to that of the Scotty’s dehooker (Pages 510 – 5-11), employs a pushing method to remove hooks (Figure 5-4). Because it grasps the hook
securely, it also facilitates the twisting motion necessary to remove circle hooks. Unlike the
Scotty’s dehooker, it has rounded terminal ends, enabling its use for internal hooks in addition to
external hooks. However, because the barb of a J-hook may not be protected, this device should
not be used to remove internal J-hooks.
This dehooker works by pushing or pushing/twisting the hook out of the turtle; consider hook
location and placement prior to use. Hold the leader in one hand with tension and hold the
NOAA/Bergmann dehooker in the other hand. Position the dehooker so that it is firmly seated
against the shank of the hook. Bring both hands together (leader and dehooker parallel with each
other) while maintaining tension on the leader. With the leader and dehooker together, give a
short, sharp jab to dislodge the hook and remove it from the animal. If you are removing a circle
hook, a twisting motion of approximately 180° while thrusting the dehooker may be required to
remove the circle hook. Be cautious not to allow the hook to re-engage once removed. The barb
of the circle hook should rest against the center of the dehooker with proper line tension to
prevent reengagement. Refer to Plate 5-2 for detailed instructions on using this device.
Figure 5-4. NOAA/Bergmann dehooker (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
5-5
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 5-2
Instructions for NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
(1)
Hold leader in one hand with tension and hold the dehooker in the other hand.
(2)
Position the dehooker so that it is firmly seated against the shank of the hook.
(3)
Bring both hands together (leader and dehooker parallel with each other) while
maintaining tension on the leader.
(4)
With the leader and dehooker together, give a short, sharp jab to dislodge the hook and
remove it from the animal. Rotate or twist up to 180° if necessary to remove the hook,
particularly when removing circle hooks. Maintain line tension at an angle if necessary
to prevent the hook from re-engaging after removal.
12/12/08
5-6
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Short-handled Dehooker for External Hooks
(1) 17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker
Refer to description beginning on Page 5-2.
(2) NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker
Refer to description beginning on Page 5-5.
(3) Short-handled J-Style Dehooker
The J-Style dehooker is designed for use only when the hook is visible in the front of the mouth
or beak, or if it is external (Figure 5-5). This dehooker works by rotating and pulling the hook
out of the turtle; consider hook location and placement prior to use. Hold the leader in one hand
with tension and hold the J-Style dehooker in your other hand. Place the dehooker on the leader
and follow the leader down until it bottoms out on the shank of hook. With tension on the
leader, lower the hand with the leader to the eight o’clock position, and raise the hand with the
dehooker to the two o’clock position. Twist the dehooker slightly and pull until the hook is
dislodged, and be cautious not to allow the hook to re-engage once removed. Refer to Plate 5-3
for detailed instructions on using this device.
Figure 5-5. J-Style dehooker (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
5-7
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 5-3
Instructions for the J-Style Dehooker
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Figures provided by Aquatic Release Conservation
(1) Grab the leader with one hand and hold the dehooking device with your other hand (with
the end facing toward you).
(2) Place the dehooking device on the leader.
(3) Follow the leader down until you engage the hook.
(4) Pull the dehooking device and leader apart with constant pressure and raise the hand with the
dehooking device to the two o'clock position and lower the hand with the leader to the eight
o'clock position. With a slight twist and shake the hook will be disengaged.
12/12/08
5-8
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(4) Scotty’s Dehooker
The Scotty’s dehooker is designed for use only when the hook is visible in the front of the mouth
or beak (Figure 5-6), or if it is external. This dehooker works by pushing or pushing/twisting the
hook out of the turtle; consider hook location and placement prior to use. Hold the leader in one
hand with tension and hold the Scotty’s dehooker in your other hand. Position the dehooker so
that it is firmly seated against the shank of the hook. Bring both hands together (leader and
dehooker parallel with each other) while maintaining tension on the leader. With the leader and
dehooker together, give a short, sharp jab to dislodge the hook and remove it from the animal.
Be cautious not to allow the hook to re-engage once removed.
Figure 5-6. Scotty’s dehooker (NMFS/SEFSC photo).
5-9
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Plate 5-4
Instructions for Scotty’s Dehooker
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
(1)
Hold leader with tension in one hand and hold the Scotty’s dehooker in the other hand.
(2)
Position the dehooker so that it is firmly seated against the shank of the hook.
(3)
Bring both hands together (leader and dehooker parallel with each other) while
maintaining tension on the leader. With the leader and dehooker together, give a short,
sharp jab to dislodge the hook and remove it from the animal.
(4)
Rotate or twist slightly if necessary to remove the hook.
(5)
Be careful not to allow the hook to re-engage once removed.
12/12/08
5-10
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(5) Short-handled Roby Dehooker (Refer to Plate 2-3)
The short-handled Roby dehooker is suitable for removing external hooks and works by pushing
and twisting the hook out of the turtle; consider hook location and placement prior to use. The
design, which incorporates four notches at 90° angles at the base of a cylinder, grasps the hook
very securely, facilitating the twisting motion necessary to remove circle hooks. Engage the line
by feeding it through the diagonal slit in the side of the cylinder, and then position the dehooker
so that it is firmly seated against the shank of the hook, which is secured in the notches. Once
the hook is secured, give a short, sharp jab to dislodge the hook and remove it from the animal.
If you are removing a circle hook, a twisting motion of approximately 180° during the downward
jab may be required to remove the circle hook.
5-11
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Appendix A
DESIGN STANDARDS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE CAREFUL RELEASE
OF SEA TURTLES CAUGHT IN HOOK AND LINE FISHERIES
A1
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter A1
Introduction
The purpose of the careful release equipment is to increase post-release survival of incidentallycaptured sea turtles by releasing them with minimal injury. These specifications have been
revised and expanded, based upon field-testing of equipment, user feedback, and product design
updates resulting in part from experiments in the Northeast Distant (NED) statistical reporting
area and subsequent experiments and observations.
Several fisheries have mandatory release gear requirements; requirements and appropriate
release tools may vary by fishery. This document contains the general approved design
standards for currently certified release gears. Individual fisheries may have more specific
design standards. Check with the applicable regulations as the final authority for required tools
and specifications in each fishery. Note: approved release gear previously constructed
according to original Atlantic Highly Migratory Species (HMS) Pelagic Longline Fishery design
standards (FSEIS June 22, 2004; 69 FR 40736 July 6, 2004) would still qualify for this fishery
under these current standards.
New release tools may be certified by submitting them to the NOAA Fisheries Southeast
Fisheries Science Center for testing. Gear specialists and researchers will assess each item's
usefulness and safety in removing gear from animals during laboratory and/or field trials. When
new items are certified by NOAA Fisheries, a notice will be published in the Federal Register.
The National Marine Fisheries Service does not recommend or endorse any proprietary product
or material mentioned in this document. However, example models of certified commercially
available products are listed for convenience; other products meeting minimum design standards
may be available or may be constructed. The use of registered or trademarked products is by
reference only; no endorsement or affiliation is implied for any of these products.
The “pigtail style” dehookers described in this document are manufactured by Aquatic Release
Conservation, Inc. (ARC). ARC has stated that their dehookers are covered by their U.S. and
international patents, specifically identifying U.S. Patent # 4,914,853, #6,840,002 and U.S.
Design Patent # 382,628, as well as modifications to these patents. In essence, ARC has given
permission, by means of a license, to all individual fisheries participants to make, have made,
construct, and use, any of its patented dehookers provided that these dehookers are for individual
use. No authority is granted by ARC to make dehookers for resale or for gifts. The precise
rights granted by ARC are defined in a License Agreement to be found at the ARC website
located at: http://dehooker4arc.com/disclaimer.cfm. If an individual fisheries participant desires
to enter into and take advantage of this License Agreement, they must register with ARC and
execute a License Agreement. The government has not studied any of the ARC patents, and
therefore has no opinion whatsoever as to the validity of these patents or whether making or
using the ARC dehookers would infringe patents of others.
A1-1
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter A2
Equipment for Sea Turtles Not Boated
In circumstances where a sea turtle is too large to be boated, or conditions preclude the safe
boarding of the animal, vessels should possess, maintain, and utilize the following equipment
and release the turtle with minimal injury.
Turtle Control Devices
In response to safety concerns for fishing vessel crew members and for incidentally captured sea
turtles, as well as to facilitate the likelihood of maximum gear removal, turtle control devices
were devised. Their function is to control the front flippers of the sea turtle so that the animal
can be controlled at the side of the vessel during gear removal. Restraint is most effective when
a pair of turtle control devices is used. Currently, there are two approved turtle control device
styles, the “Turtle Tether” and the “T&G Ninja Sticks;” both reduce safety risks associated with
removing gear from active sea turtles not boated, particularly leatherbacks. Minimum design
standards are as follows:
(1) Turtle Tether
(a) Design Standards:
(i) Line. 15 – 20’ of 1/2” hard lay negative buoyancy line (e.g., Samson crab rope
#SSR-100-MHL) or similar is used to make a ~ 30” loop to slip over the flipper.
The line is fed through a ~ 3/4” inside diameter fair lead, eyelet or eyebolt at the
working end of a pole and through a ~ 3/4” eyelet or eyebolt in the midsection. A
1/2” quick release cleat (e.g., Clamcleat® or similar) holds the line in place near the
end of the pole. A final ~ 3/4” eyelet or eyebolt should be positioned ~ 7” behind
the cleat to secure the line, while allowing a safe working distance to avoid injury
when releasing the line from the cleat.
(ii) Extended reach handle. The line must be securely fastened to an extended reach
handle or pole. Check applicable regulations for required minimum handle length
(e.g., the U.S. Highly Migratory Species Pelagic Longline Fisheries require a
minimum length equal to or greater than 150% of the freeboard or a minimum of 6’,
whichever is greater. Freeboard is defined for these purposes (other definitions
exist) as the working distance between the top rail of the gunwale to the water’s
surface, and will vary based on the vessel design). There is no restriction on the type
of material used to construct this handle as long as it is sturdy. The handle must
include a tag line to attach the tether to the vessel to prevent the turtle from breaking
away with the tether still attached.
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Turtle Tether (e.g., ARC Model TT08, Model TT12) (Plate B-1)
A2-1
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(2) T&G Ninja Sticks
(a) Design Standards:
(i) Line. Approximately 30 – 35’ of 1/2” to 5/8” soft lay polypropylene line, nylon
line, or similar is fed through 2 PVC conduit, fiberglass, or similar sturdy poles and
knotted using an overhead (recommended) knot at the end of both poles or otherwise
secured. There should be ~ 18 - 24” of exposed rope between the poles to be used as
a working surface to capture and secure the flipper. Knot the line at the ends of both
poles to prevent line slippage if they are not otherwise secured. The remaining line is
used to tether the apparatus to the boat unless an additional tag line is used.
(ii) Extended reach handles. Two lengths (cut to freeboard height) of rigid electrical
conduit sunlight resistant 3/4” Schedule 40 PVC, fiberglass, aluminum or similar
should be used. Check applicable regulations for required minimum handle length
(e.g., the U.S. Highly Migratory Species Pelagic Longline Fisheries require a
minimum length equal to or greater than 150% of the freeboard or a minimum of 6’,
whichever is greater. Freeboard is defined for these purposes (other definitions exist)
as the working distance between the top rail of the gunwale to the water’s surface,
and will vary based on the vessel design).
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) “T&G Ninja Sticks” (Plate B-2)
Equipment to Remove Line and Netting
(1) Long-handled Line Clipper/Cutter
Line clippers or cutters are designed to cut high test monofilament line as close as possible to the
hook and to assist in removing other line and netting from entangled sea turtles, in an effort to
minimize remaining gear upon release. NOAA Fisheries has established minimum design
standards for the line clippers (65 FR 16347, March 28, 2000, and 66 FR 17370, March 30,
2001) that can be purchased or fabricated using available and low cost materials. One longhandled line clipper or cutter and a set of replacement blades should be onboard. The minimum
design standards for line clippers or cutters are as follows:
(a) Design Standards:
(i) A protected and secured cutting blade. The cutting blade(s) must be capable of
cutting 2.0 – 2.1 mm monofilament line (400# test) or polypropylene multi-strand
material, known as braided or tarred mainline, and it should be maintained in working
order. The blade must be curved, recessed, contained in a holder, or otherwise designed
to facilitate its safe use so that direct contact between the cutting surface and the sea turtle
or the user is prevented. The cutting instrument must be securely attached to an extended
reach handle and easily replaced. One extra set of replacement blades meeting these
12/12/2008
A2-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
standards must also be carried on board to replace all cutting surfaces on the line cutter or
clipper;
(ii) Extended reach handle. The line cutter blade must be securely fastened to an
extended reach handle or pole. Check applicable regulations for required minimum
handle length (e.g., the U.S. Highly Migratory Species Pelagic Longline Fisheries require
a minimum length equal to or greater than 150% of the freeboard or a minimum of 6’,
whichever is greater. Freeboard is defined for these purposes (other definitions exist) as
the working distance between the top rail of the gunwale to the water’s surface and will
vary based on the vessel design). For flexibility of configuration during use and for
storage purposes, it is recommended that the handle break down into sections, although
this is not a requirement. There is no restriction on the type of material used to construct
this handle as long as it is sturdy and facilitates the secure attachment of the cutting
blade.
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) NOAA/Arceneaux Line Clipper (Plate B-3). The NOAA/Arceneaux line clipper can
be fabricated by securely attaching a flat hardened stainless steel seat belt cutter with
recessed cutting blades (such as the Lifesaver II Seat Belt Cutter™, Lifesaver Seat Belt
Cutter™, Emergency Seat Belt Cutter, Innovative Scuba Razor Line Cutter or similar) to
an extended reach handle using bolts and/or cable ties. A replacement blade set would
require one additional seat belt cutter for the NOAA/Arceneaux Line Clipper;
(ii) NOAA/Laforce Line Cutter (Plate B-4). The Laforce Line Cutter has a cutting end
manufactured from a 6” long 1/2” aluminum rod with a 4 1/8” end at a 45° angle with
two 420 C stainless steel serrated cutting blades secured inside the angle. It must be
attached to an extended reach handle. A set of replacement blades would require two
stainless steel serrated cutting blades for the NOAA/Laforce Line Cutter.
(2) Monofilament Cutters
Monofilament cutters should be used to remove netting, entangling line, or line as close
as possible to the eye of the hook in the event that the hook was swallowed, or when the
hook cannot be removed. This reduces the amount of gear retained by the animal in the
event that all gear cannot be removed safely. Minimum design standards are as follows:
(a) Design Standards:
(i) General. These should be ~ 7 1/2” in length with ~1 3/4” long, 5/8" wide (closed)
blades.
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Any monofilament cutters meeting design standards [e.g., Jinkai Model MC-T].
A2-3
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Equipment to Remove Hooks
Dehooking devices may be designed to remove internal hooks, external hooks, or both. All longhandled tools should be able to capture and control the line, and the dehooking end must be
securely fastened to the extended reach handle. They also should be designed to allow a twisting
motion, which is necessary for circle hook removal.
(1) Long-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks.
Some long-handled dehooking devices are designed to remove internal hooks from sea turtles
that cannot be boated, and it may also be used to remove external hooks. Because this design
should shield the barb of the hook and prevent it from re-engaging, this device also may be used
to engage a loose hook during line removal when the turtle is entangled but not hooked.
Minimum design standards are as follows:
(a) Design Standards:
(i) Hook removal device. The hook removal device should be constructed of ~ 3/16” 5/16” marine grade stainless steel (316L) or similar and have a dehooking end no larger
than 1 7/8” outside diameter. This device must securely control the leader while
shielding the barb to prevent the hook from re-engaging during removal. It cannot have
any unprotected sharp terminal points, as these could cause injury to the mouth and
esophagus during hook removal. The device must be of a size appropriate to secure the
range of hook sizes and styles in the applicable fishery (e.g., 16/0 - 20/0 circle hooks in
the Atlantic pelagic longline swordfish and tuna fisheries would require use of 5/16” wire
and an outside diameter of 1 7/8”);
(ii) Extended reach handle. Check applicable regulations for required minimum handle
length (e.g., the U.S. Highly Migratory Species Pelagic Longline Fisheries require a
minimum length equal to or greater than 150% of the freeboard or a minimum of 6’,
whichever is greater. Freeboard is defined for these purposes (other definitions exist) as
the working distance between the top rail of the gunwale to the water’s surface and will
vary based on the vessel design). For flexibility of configuration during use and for
storage purposes, it is recommended that the handle break down into sections, although
this is not a requirement. There is no restriction on the type of material used to construct
this handle as long as it is sturdy and facilitates the secure attachment of the hook
removal device.
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) ARC Pole Big Game Dehooker Models BP04, BP08, BP11, P610 and BPIN (Plate B5). These devices are constructed of a 5/16” 316 L stainless steel rod curled into a pigtail
spiral loop end with no exposed terminal point, and they are recommended for hook sizes
6/0 to 20/0. The rod is 7” from point of attachment to the end of the loop, and includes a
5.3◦ angle offset to shield the barb of the hook. The loop is designed at a 12.2° angle
12/12/2008
A2-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
bend from the rod and has an inside diameter of 1 1/4” and an outside diameter of 1 7/8
with an 1/8” gap between rod and loop to facilitate line engagement. Some models are
manufactured with a three-part anodized aluminum pole that breaks down into 4' sections
for storage. The 9” insert model (BPIN) must be attached to an extended reach handle.
Notch Modification for the ARC Dehookers
Any of the ARC models listed above can be notched to facilitate circle hook removal
(refer to Chapter 2 for photographs and more discussion on the notch modification). The
notch is created where the hook lies in the bottom portion of the curl, securing the shank
enough to rock the hook from side to side while pushing the circle hook out. The notch
modification can be accomplished with a metal file in approximately 15 minutes. The
depth and width of each notch should be customized for the hooks used, although no
notch should be deeper than 1/3 of the wire diameter to maintain the integrity of the
device’s tensile strength.
Instructions for notching the dehooker:
1. Place the type and size circle hook that you are using in the pigtail curl with the line
parallel and tight.
2. Mark with a felt-tip pen/marker the exact location that the shank of the circle hook
comes into contact with the vertical bottom of the pigtail curl.
3. Remove the hook, take a metal file (rectangle recommended, e.g., General 6 Piece
Needle File Set from Ultratech Tool System, model # 707476), and notch (file) the
marked area of the pigtail curl, where the shank of the hook was, approximately 1/16”
to 1/8” deep and approximately 1/8” wide, depending on the hooks used. Use eye
protection while filing the notch.
4. The width and depth of the notch should be determined by the size and type of the
circle hook used in that particular fishery in order to facilitate the best fit. Do not
exceed a depth of ~ 1/3 the wire diameter to avoid compromising the tensile strength
of the wire.
(2) Long-handled Dehooker for External Hooks. Some long-handled dehookers are designed
for use on externally hooked sea turtles that cannot be boated. The long-handled dehooker for
internal hooks will also satisfy this purpose.
Minimum design standards are as follows:
(a) Design Standards:
(i) Hook removal device. The dehooker should be constructed of ~ 3/16” – 5/16” marine
grade stainless steel (316L) rod if constructing a wire style dehooker (e.g., the ARC and
J-style dehookers). When constructing other styles (e.g., NOAA/Bergmann and Roby
A2-5
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
dehookers), marine grade stainless steel (316L) should be used for all components. The
design should be such that the hook can be rotated out without pulling it out at an angle.
The dehooking end should be blunt with all edges rounded (it is critical that there are no
sharp edges) and the outside diameter should be no greater than 1 7/8”; a smaller
diameter end may be more appropriate in fisheries which often encounter small turtles or
use small hooks. The device must be of a size appropriate to secure the range of hook
sizes and styles observed to date in the applicable fishery (e.g., 16/0 – 20/0 circle hooks
in the Atlantic pelagic longline swordfish and tuna fisheries would require use of 5/16”
wire and an outside diameter of 1 7/8”);
(ii) Extended reach handle. The hook removal device must be securely fastened to an
extended reach handle or pole. Check applicable regulations for required minimum
handle length (e.g., the U.S. Highly Migratory Species Pelagic Longline Fisheries require
a minimum length equal to or greater than 150% of the freeboard or a minimum of 6’,
whichever is greater. Freeboard is defined for these purposes (other definitions exist) as
the working distance between the top rail of the gunwale to the water’s surface and will
vary based on the vessel design).
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) ARC Pole Big Game Dehooker Models BP04, BP08, BP11, P610 and BPIN (Plate
B-5). These devices are constructed of a 5/16” 316 L stainless steel rod curled into a
pigtail spiral loop end with no exposed terminal point, and they are recommended for
hook sizes 6/0 to 20/0. The rod is 7” from point of attachment to the end of the loop,
and includes a 5.3◦ angle offset to create a 1/8” gap between rod and loop to facilitate
line engagement. The loop is designed at a 12.2° angle bend from the rod and has an
inside diameter of 1 1/4” and an outside diameter of 1 7/8”. Some models are
manufactured with a three-part anodized aluminum pole that breaks down into 4'
sections for storage. The 9” insert model (BPIN) must be attached to an extended
reach handle;
(ii) Long-handled J-Style Dehooker or “Flip Stick” [e.g., ARC Model LJ6P (Plate B6)]. The dehooker should be constructed of ~ 3/16” – 5/16” diameter marine grade
stainless steel (316L) rod ≥ 48” in length with a 1” dehooking end at a 45° angle to
the rod forming a “J” shape;
(iii) Long-handled Roby Dehooker (Plate B-7). This device has a 3 3/4” long cylinder
(1 5/8” outside diameter) with four ~ 1/8” notches at 90° angles on the edge and a ~
1/8” diagonal slit to capture the line across the length of the cylinder. To attach the
working end to a long handle, two pieces of 1/4” x 1” x 3” flat bar one at upper end
and one at the midrange of the central rod can be welded and formed around long
handled pole and securely fastened using a through bolt.
12/12/2008
A2-6
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Long-handled Device to Pull an “Inverted V” during Disentanglement
The primary use for this tool is to pull a “V” when implementing the “Inverted V” dehooking
technique for disentangling and dehooking entangled sea turtles. Minimum design standards are
as follows:
(1) Design Standards:
(i) Hook end. The device, such as a boat hook, gaff, or long-handled J-Style dehooker
should be constructed of stainless steel or aluminum. The semicircular or “J” shaped end
must be securely attached to a handle. A sharp point, such as a gaff hook, is only to be
used in holding the monofilament line and should never contact the sea turtle;
(ii) Extended reach handle. The device must be securely fastened to an extended reach
handle or pole. Check applicable regulations for required minimum handle length (e.g.,
the U.S. Highly Migratory Species Pelagic Longline Fisheries require a minimum length
equal to or greater than 150% of the freeboard or a minimum of 6’, whichever is greater.
Freeboard is defined for these purposes (other definitions exist) as the working distance
between the top rail of the gunwale to the water’s surface and will vary based on the
vessel design).
(2) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Any long-handled J-Style Dehooker or “Flip Stick” [e.g., ARC Model LJ6P (Plate B6)] See Page A2-6 above for a description;
(ii) Any standard boat hook (e.g., Davis Telescoping Boat Hook to 96” Model 85002A;
(iii) Any standard fishing gaff [e.g., West Marine # F6H5 Hook and # F6-006 Handle].
A2-7
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter A3
Boating and Holding Sea Turtles
Whenever possible, sea turtles must be brought on board immediately and handled in accordance
with the procedures outlines in the standards for the handling of incidentally caught sea turtles
[50 CFR 223.206 (d)(1)], unless extreme sea conditions prevent the crew from safely boating the
turtle. Generally, all turtles < 3’ straight carapace length should be boated. Vessels should
maintain and utilize the following equipment and release the turtle with minimal injury:
Boating the Turtle
(1) Dip Net. A dip net facilitates the safe handling of sea turtles by allowing them to be brought
onboard for gear removal without causing further injury to the animal. The turtle should never
be brought onboard without a net or hoist. Using the involved gear to raise the turtle may result
in serious injury and impact post-release survivorship, especially in cases where the turtle has
ingested the hook. NMFS has established minimum design standards for the dip nets (65 FR
16347, March 28, 2000 and 66 FR 17370, March 30, 2001). These minimum design standards
for dip nets are as follows:
(a) Design Standards:
(i) Size of dip net. The dip net must have a sturdy net hoop of at least 31” inside diameter
and a bag depth of at least 38” to accommodate turtles less than 3’ carapace length. The
bag mesh openings may not exceed 3” x 3” (bar measure). There should be no sharp
edges or burrs on the hoop or where it is attached to the handle. There is no requirement
for the hoop to be circular as long as it meets the minimum specifications;
(ii) Extended reach handle. The dip net hoop must be securely fastened to an extended
reach handle or pole. Check applicable regulations for required minimum handle length
(e.g., the U.S. Highly Migratory Species Pelagic Longline Fisheries require a minimum
length equal to or greater than 150% of the freeboard or a minimum of 6’, whichever is
greater. Freeboard is defined for these purposes (other definitions exist) as the working
distance between the top rail of the gunwale to the water’s surface and will vary based on
the vessel design). For flexibility of configuration during use and for storage purposes, it
is recommended that the handle break down into sections, although this is not a
requirement. There is no restriction on the type of material used to construct this handle,
as long as it is sturdy enough to support a minimum of 100 lbs without bending or
breaking, and facilitates the sturdy attachment of the net hoop.
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) ARC 12’ Breakdown Lightweight Dip Net Model DN6P (6’), DN08 (8’) or DN14 (12’)
or ARC Net Assembly (hoop, net, coupling-DNIN) and handle (Plate B-8). This dip net is
constructed of a hollow heavy duty aluminum tubing to form a 97" circumference
hexagonal frame, and the 38" bag is 2 1/2” square nylon mesh;
A3-1
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(ii) Lindgren-Pitman, Inc. Model NMFS-Turtle Net. This dip net is constructed of heavy
duty stainless steel tubing to form a 31” diameter circular frame with a 45” bag of 2"
square nylon mesh;
(iii) Bluewater Tackle. This lightweight dip net is constructed of a composite material
frame and handle with a bag of 3” stretch mesh;
(iv) Howell Tackle. This lightweight dip net is constructed of a composite material frame
and handle with a bag of 3” stretch mesh.
(2) Turtle Hoist. A hoist is recommended to bring turtles onboard that cannot be boated using
a smaller dip net, or where storage constraints do not allow for an extended reach handle.
Minimum design standards are as follows:
(a) Large Turtle Hoist. This style is recommended for boating large turtles, such as
leatherbacks, which need a supportive platform while onboard.
(1) Design Standards:
(i) General. The hoist should be designed so that when onboard, the turtle is
suspended above the deck on a platform of mesh netting supported by a rigid ring,
and contained within a webbing fence a minimum of 18” high. The top two rings
(1 3/4” 50 series aluminum round bar) should be ~ 7’6” in diameter, and the
bottom ring (1 1/2” 50 series aluminum round bar) should be ~ 4’ in diameter.
The middle and bottom rings are connected using 12 angled (~ 25") spoke braces
of ~ 23” (1” 50 series aluminum round bar or 6061 T6 1" Schedule 40 pipe)
welded in place with an appropriate welding wire (5052, 6061 or 3003 wire).
Knotless polypropylene 8 mm 600 ply netting, 6.5” stretch is stretched across the
middle ring. The fence is supported by the top and middle rings, which are
connected by a 3 mm, 4.7” stretch mesh braided polyethylene webbing to create a
fence a minimum of 18” high, wrapped along the top ring with 1/2"
polypropylene rope. 8" x 2 1/2” rubber cookies (4 per each of 12 sections) can be
used on the middle ring to facilitate rolling the hoist up the side of the vessel and
to cushion impact of hoist against the side of the vessel. In rough seas, a vang is
necessary to hold the hoist close to side of vessel. A three or four point bridle is
attached to the top ring using pairlinks and 3/4" nylon 3-strand line, and a
hydraulic lift is used to bring hoist aboard. The hoist should be capable of lifting
a minimum of 1/2 ton.
(2) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Large Turtle Hoist (Plate B-9). This hoist (designed, in part, and constructed
by Blue Water Fishing Tackle Co., Inc., D.N. Kelley Shipyard, Diversified
Marine LLC, Eagle Eye II Corporation, Polar Packaging, Inc., Reidar’s
Manufacturing, Inc., F/V Sea Hawk, and Scandia, Inc.) was designed to bring
leatherbacks onboard following the above specifications. Modifications to the
12/12/2008
A3-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
vessel will likely be necessary to install the hoist, including: a platform to house
the lift, alterations to the boom including strongback, pivoting gooseneck,
hydraulic ram attachment and reinforcement, hydraulic ram, hydraulic runs, or a
duel winch arrangement, and for safe lifting, a 2200 PSI planetary hydraulic
winch with hydraulic runs, control and rigging (SS wire and blocks).
(b) Small Turtle Hoist. In some cases, such as on a vessel with a high freeboard distance
or if there is not enough room for storing a dip net, an extended reach handle may be
impractical, even with small turtles. A supportive frame with mesh netting, but without
an extended reach handle, may be best in these circumstances.
(1) Design Standards:
(i) General. The frame should be rigid and capable of supporting at least 100
pounds, with a minimum diameter of 31” to accommodate turtles less than 3’
carapace length. This frame can be hinged or otherwise designed so that it can be
folded for ease of storage as long as it can be quickly reassembled. If the frame is
designed to fold or break down for storage, the hardware must be self contained
(e.g., barrel bolts on both sides to lock down frame with no loose pieces like
through bolts and nuts), and there must be no sharp edges. The shape of the frame
does not matter (e.g., round, square, rectangular, or a “U-shaped” or “J-shaped”
basket) as long as it meets the required specifications and securely contains the
turtle. The frame may be constructed of heavy duty stainless steel tubing welded
into shape or ~ 2” PVC pipe connected at the corners using 90° elbow fittings.
PVC pipes should be drilled to facilitate water drainage for ease of hauling. A
shallow bag net with mesh openings not to exceed 3” x 3” (bar measure) should
be securely affixed to the frame, and lines (e.g., polypropylene, nylon, polyester)
should be securely attached to each corner to control and retrieve the frame and
net. The lines can be operated using a pulley system if available on the vessel.
No extended reach handle is needed on this type of net.
(2) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Small Turtle Hoist (Plate B-10). This is a frame net without a handle, with a
square, rectangular or round stainless steel or PVC frame with a mesh bag
securely affixed and lines attached to the corners or at least three points around a
circle to bring turtles onboard.
Holding the Turtle
(1) Cushion/support Device.
(a) Design Standards:
(i) The device should effectively cushion and support the animal while it is onboard. It
should be appropriately sized to fully support a range of turtle sizes.
A3-3
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) A standard automobile tire. A standard (not from a truck or heavy equipment)
passenger vehicle tire not mounted on a rim, free of exposed steel belts, is effective for
supporting the turtle while it is onboard. If the turtle is too large for the tire, it must be
contained and supported on an alternative cushioned surface. An assortment of sizes is
recommended to accommodate a range of turtle sizes.
(ii) Boat cushion. A standard boat cushion will effectively support smaller turtles.
(iii) Large turtle hoist. This style is recommended for supporting large turtles, such as
leatherbacks, which need a supportive platform while onboard.
12/12/2008
A3-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter A4
Equipment for Opening the Mouth of Boated Turtles
Opening the Mouth
In many cases, a mouth opener or gag must be used in order to remove internal hooks from
boated turtles. It must be designed to allow access to the hook or line without causing further
injury to the turtle. It is recommended that at least one type allow for hands-free operation of the
gear removal devices once the gag is in place (only the canine mouth gag satisfies this
recommendation, see item (2) below). Design standards are included in the item description. A
minimum of two of the seven different types/categories of mouth openers/gags from the
following list will offer the necessary flexibility:
Mouth Openers and/or Mouth Gags
(1) Set of Two Rope Loops Covered with Protective Tubing. A set consists of two pieces of
poly braid rope covered with light duty garden hose or similar flexible tubing each tied or spliced
into a loop to provide a one-handed method for keeping the mouth open. The upper loop gives
the user control using one hand, and the second rope/hose length is secured on lower beak using
the user’s foot for extra control. This keeps the mouth open to allow access to the hook and/or
line. Two 36” lengths of poly-braid rope (3/8” diameter suggested) should be covered with an 8”
section of 1/2” or 3/4” tubing and each tied or spliced into two loops. Any set of rope loops
covered with tubing meeting these specifications is acceptable;
(2) Large Avian Oral Speculum. An avian oral speculum gives you the ability to hold the
mouth open and control the head with one hand while removing the hook with the other hand.
This tool is for use only on small turtles, as larger turtles may be able to crush the speculum. The
avian oral speculum should be 9" long, and constructed of 3/16" wire diameter surgical stainless
steel (Type 304). It should be covered with 8" of clear vinyl tubing (5/16" outside diameter,
3/16" inside diameter), friction tape (e.g., 3M™ Temflex™ 1755 Cotton Friction Tape) or
similar to pad the surface. Example models meeting these specifications include: Model #
85408 from Webster Vet Supply; VSP # 216-08 from Veterinary Specialty Products; Jorvet
Model J-51z; and Krusse Model 273117. These can be purchased through veterinary supply
businesses;
(3) Block of Hard Wood. A smooth block of hard wood is an inexpensive, effective and
practical mouth-gagging device that meets these requirements and is readily available on most
vessels. Placed in the corner of the jaw, it is used to gag open the mouth. The wood should be of
a type that does not splinter (e.g., maple) with rounded edges, and it should be sanded smooth, if
necessary, and soaked in water to soften the wood. The dimensions should be approximately 11”
x 1” x 1” or appropriately sized for the size of turtles that might be caught. Any block of hard
wood meeting these specifications is acceptable. A long-handled, wire brush with a maple
wooden handle and the wires removed is an inexpensive, effective and practical device that
meets these requirements (e.g., Olympia Tools Long-Handled Wire Brush and Scraper #974174).
A4-1
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
A wooden hammer handle may be suitable, providing it is made from wood which does not
splinter under pressure (e.g. ash, maple);
(4) Set of Three Canine Mouth Gags. The use of canine mouth gags is highly recommended
to hold the mouth open, as the gag locks into the open position and allows for hands free
operation once it is in place. These tools are for use only on small and medium sized turtles, as
larger turtles may be able to crush the mouth gag. A set of canine mouth gags should include one
of each of the following sizes: small (~ 5"), medium (~ 6"), and large (~ 7"). They must be
constructed of stainless steel. The ends should be covered with clear vinyl tubing, friction tape
(e.g., 3M™ Temflex™ 1755 Cotton Friction Tape) or similar to pad the surface. A set includes
one of each size and can be purchased through veterinary supply businesses. An example set
meeting these specifications is Jorvet Model #4160, 4162, and 4164;
(5) Set of Two Sturdy Dog Chew Bones. These “chew toys” are inexpensive, easy to handle,
and sold in several sizes in pet stores. Placed in the corner of the jaw, it is used to gag open the
mouth. They should be designed of durable nylon or thermoplastic polymer, strong enough to
withstand biting without splintering. One large (e.g., “Giant” 8” or “Wolf” 5 1/2”) and one small
(e.g., “Regular” 4 1/2” or “Petite” 3 1/2”) will accommodate a variety of beak sizes. Example
models meeting current specifications include: Nylabone® (a trademark owned by T.F.H.
Publications, Inc.); Gumabone® (a trademark owned by T.F.H. Publications, Inc.); and Galileo®
dog chew (a trademark owned by T.F.H. Publications, Inc.);
(6) Hank of Rope. A lanyard of braided rope (e.g., nylon, polypropylene, polyester) can be
folded to create a hank of rope. Placed in the corner of the jaw, it is used to gag open the mouth.
A 6’ lanyard of approximately 3/16” braided nylon rope can be folded to create a hank of rope.
Any size soft braided nylon rope is acceptable, provided it creates a hank of approximately 2 - 4”
thickness;
(7) Set of Four PVC Couplings. Inexpensive PVC couplings can be positioned inside the
mouth to allow access to the back of the mouth. They should be held in place with the needlenose pliers. Standard Schedule 40 PVC couplings in a variety of sizes (1”, 1 1/4”, 1 1/2”, and 2”)
will ensure proper fit and access. A set includes all four sizes.
12/12/2008
A4-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Chapter A5
Equipment for Removing Gear from Boated Turtles
Assess what the best hook removal technique is in each circumstance. Depending on the
position and depth of the hook, needle-nose pliers and/or bolt cutters may be the most efficient
way to remove hooks. If required, dehooking devices may be used to remove external or internal
hooks (if the insertion point of the hook can be seen). All short-handled dehooking tools for
removing internal hooks should have a bite block to protect the turtle’s beak. They should also
be designed to allow a twisting motion, which is necessary for circle hook removal. The
NOAA/Bergmann dehooker is approved for removing external circle or J-hooks, and internal
circle hooks from turtles boated. It should not be used to remove internal J-hooks from turtles
boated.
Needle-nose or Long-nose Pliers
Long-nose or needle-nose pliers can be used to assist in removal of hooks that are embedded in
the animal’s flesh and must be twisted during removal, or for removing hooks from the front of
the mouth. They are also useful in holding PVC splice couplings in place when used as mouth
openers. Minimum design standards are as follows:
(1) Design Standards:
(i) General. They should be ~ 12” in length. It is recommended that these be of stainless
steel material.
(2) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Any 12" long-nose or needle-nose pliers [e.g., 12” S.S. NuMark Model #030 281 109
871, Offshore Angler® Stainless Longreach Pliers Model #38-481-759-00, Pittsburgh®
15” Long Nose Locking Pliers].
Bolt Cutters
Bolt cutters are essential for removing hooks, and must be of a size practical to be used inside the
turtle’s mouth. They are used to cut off the eye or barb so that the hook can be pushed through
easily without causing further injury to the sea turtle. They also are used to cut off as much of
the hook as possible when the remainder cannot be removed. Minimum design standards are as
follows:
(1) Design Standards:
(i) General. They should be ~ 14 – 17” in total length, ~ 4” long blades that are ~ 2 1/4”
wide (closed) with ~ 10 – 13” long handles. They must be able to cut hard metals such as
stainless or carbon steel hooks up to 1/4” diameter.
A5-1
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(2) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Any bolt cutters meeting design standards [e.g., H.K. Porter Model 1490 AC].
Equipment to Remove Line
(1) Monofilament Cutter. Monofilament cutters should be used to remove line as close as
possible to the eye of the hook in the event that the hook was swallowed, or when the hook
cannot be removed. This reduces the amount of gear retained by the animal in the event that the
hook cannot safely be removed. Minimum design standards are as follows:
(a) Design Standards:
(i) General. These should be ~ 7 1/2” in length with ~1 3/4” long, 5/8" wide (closed)
blades.
(b) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) Any monofilament cutters meeting design standards [e.g., Jinkai Model MC-T]
Short-handled Dehooker for Internal Hooks
This dehooker is designed to remove internal hooks from boated sea turtles, including hooks in
the front of the mouth, as well as external hooks. Minimum design standards are as follows:
(1) Design Standards:
(i) Hook removal device. The dehooker should be constructed of ~ 3/16” – 5/16” marine
grade stainless steel (316L) rod if constructing a wire style dehooker (e.g., ARC
dehooker). When constructing other styles (e.g., NOAA/Bergmann dehooker), marine
grade stainless steel (316L) should be used for all components. The end must allow the
hook to be secured and the barb to be shielded without re-engaging during the removal
process. It must be no larger than 1 7/8” total width; a smaller diameter end may be more
appropriate in fisheries which often encounter small turtles or use small hooks. It cannot
have any unprotected terminal points as this could cause injury to the esophagus during
hook removal (it is critical that there are no sharp edges). A sliding PVC bite block
should be used to protect the beak and facilitate hook removal if the turtle bites down on
the dehooking device. The bite block should be constructed of a 3/4” or smaller inside
diameter high impact plastic cylinder (e.g., Schedule 80 PVC) that is 4 - 6” long to allow
for at least 5” of slide along the shaft. The device must be of a size appropriate to secure
the range of hook sizes and styles observed to date in the applicable fishery (e.g., 16/0 20/0 circle hooks in the Atlantic pelagic longline swordfish and tuna fisheries would
require use of 5/16” wire and an outside diameter no greater than 1 7/8”);
(ii) Handle length. The handle should be ≤ 47” (recommended length of 16” – 24”) with
a ~ 4 – 6” long tube T-handle of ~ 1” diameter, wire loop handle or similar.
12/12/2008
A5-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(2) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) 17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker Model ST08 (Plate B-11).
This device is constructed of a 1/4” 316 L stainless steel rod curled into a pigtail spiral
loop end. The loop is placed at a 5.3° angle offset to create a 1/8” gap between rod and
loop to facilitate line engagement. The loop is designed at a 12.2° angle bend from the
rod, and an inside diameter of 13/16” and an outside diameter of 1 5/16”. It has a 3/4”
I.D. high impact plastic cylinder bite block 5” in length. This model may be notched
according to the instructions in Chapter A2.
(ii) The NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker (Plate B-12). This device has two ~2 3/4”rounded
prongs at the end to form a uniform gap of at least 7/32”. It has a 3/4” inside diameter
high impact plastic cylinder bite block 5” in length. Note: This dehooker is approved for
removing external circle or J-hooks, and internal circle hooks from turtles boated. It
should not be used to remove internal J-hooks from turtles boated.
Short-handled Dehooker for External Hooks. These dehookers are designed for use when the
hook is external, or when hooks are located in the front of the mouth. Minimum design standards
are as follows:
(1) Design Standards:
(i) Hook removal device. The dehooker should be constructed of ~ 3/16” – 5/16” marine
grade stainless steel (316L) rod if constructing a wire style dehooker (e.g., the ARC,
Scotty’s and J-Style dehookers). When constructing other styles (e.g., NOAA/Bergmann
and Roby dehookers), marine grade stainless steel (316L) should be used for all
components. The design should be such that the hook can be rotated out without pulling
it out at an angle, and the dehooking end should be blunt and all edges rounded (it is
critical that there are no sharp edges). The device must be of a size appropriate to secure
the range of hook sizes and styles observed to date in the applicable fishery (e.g., 16/0 20/0 circle hooks in the Atlantic pelagic longline swordfish and tuna fisheries would
require use of 5/16” wire and an outside diameter of 1 7/8”);
(ii) Handle length. The handle length should be ≤ 47” (recommended length of 16”24”), with a ~ 5” long tube T-handle of ~ 1” diameter, wire loop handle or similar is
recommended.
(2) Example Model(s) Meeting Current Design Standards:
(i) 17” Bite Block Deep-Hooked (Sea Turtle) ARC Dehooker Model ST08 (Plate B-11).
This model may be notched according to the instructions in Chapter A2. See description
on Page A5-2 above;
(ii) NOAA/Bergmann Dehooker (Plate B-12). See description on Page A5-2;
A5-3
12/12/2008
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
(iii) Short-handled J-Style Dehooker (Plate B-6) [e.g., ARC Hand Held Large J-Style
Dehooker Model LJ07 or LJ24]. See description on Page A5-2 above;
(iv) Scotty’s Dehooker (Plate B-13). This device has two 1 1/4” long prongs at the end to
form a 3/4” wide fork. This device is approved for removing external circle or J-hooks
from turtles boated. It should not be used to remove any internal hooks;
(v) Short-handled Roby Dehooker (Plate B-14). This device has a ~ 3 3/4” long cylinder
(1 5/8” outside diameter) with four ~1/8”notches at 90° angles on the edge and a ~1/8”
diagonal slit to capture the line across the length of the cylinder.
12/12/2008
A5-4
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Appendix B
DESIGN SCHEMATICS FOR CAREFUL RELEASE EQUIPMENT
B-1
12/12/08
Plate B-1
TURTLE TETHER
~30” Loop
Working
End
Eyelets or Eyebolts
(e.g., I.D. 3/4”)
2 Foam Handles
Recommended
(e.g., 1” I.D.,
1/4” Thick)
~15 - 20’ of ~1/2” Hard
Lay Negative Buoyancy
Line (e.g., Samson Crab
Rope #SSR-100-MHL
or Similar) Securely
Fastened to Terminal
End
Long-Handled Pole
(Aluminum, Wood,
Fiberglass or
Similar). Handle
Length Will Vary
Depending on
Fishery Regulations
and Vessel Design.
~ 4 - 5” Quick
Release Cleat (e.g.,
Clamcleat® or
Similar)
Tag Line to
Secure Tether
to Vessel
~ 3/4” I.D. Eyelet
or Eyebolt ~7”
Behind Cleat
B1-1
The use of registered
or trademarked
products is by
reference only; no
endorsement or
affiliation is implied
for any of these
products.
12/12/08
Plate B-2
T&G NINJA STICKS
~18 - 24” Exposed
Working Section of Line
1/2 - 5/8” Diameter
Soft Lay Line (e.g.,
Polypropylene, Nylon)
Rigid Electrical Conduit
Sunlight Resistant 3/4”
Schedule 40 PVC, Cut to
Freeboard Height
Free End of Line Long Enough
to Tether to Vessel (~30 - 35’
Total Length)
Overhand
Rope Knots
B2-1
12/12/08
Plate B-3
NOAA/ARCENEAUX LINE CLIPPER
50 CFR 660.33 Ch. VI (10-1-02 Edition)
[65 FR 16347, Mar. 28, 2000, as amended at 67 FR 40236, June 12, 2002; 67 FR 48576, July 25,
2002]
B3-1
12/12/08
Plate B-4
NOAA/LAFORCE LINE CUTTER
Roller Pins
~ 4 1/8”
45°
~1 1/8”
~ 6”
(2) Interchangeable
420 C SS Serrated Blades
~ 1/2” Aluminum Rod
~1” Aluminum,
Wood, Fiberglass, or
Similar Handle
Modified Version of Diagram Provided by ARC
B4-1
12/12/08
Plate B-5
ARC POLE BIG GAME DEHOOKER
~ 3/16” - 5/16” 316L SS Rod
Total Length 4 - 12’ Depending on
Freeboard Height. Working End
Must Be Securely Attached to
Sturdy Handle (e.g., Wood,
Aluminum, Fiberglass)
(2 Breakdown Pole Sections
Depicted Here).
Detail of Working End
2 Foam Handles
(Optional) (e.g.,
1” I.D., 1/4”
Thick)
~ 5 - 7” From
Point of
Insertion to
End of Curl
5.3° to 13°
(Range)
Offset
Angle to
Shield the
Point of
the Hook
Loop I.D. 1 1/4” and
O.D. No Greater than
1 7/8” with ~1/8” Gap
Between Rod and Loop
to Facilitate Line
Engagement
12.2◦ to 24°
(Range)
Angle Bend
from the Rod
to Accept a
Range of
Hook Sizes
Modified Version of Diagram Provided by ARC
U.S. Patent # 4,914,853; U.S. Design Patent # 382,628
B5-1
12/12/08
Plate B-6
J- STYLE DEHOOKER
~ 4 - 6”
~ 1/2” - 1” I.D.
316L SS Tube
Handle, Wire
Handle or Similar
3/16” - 5/16” 316L SS Rod
~ 16 - 24”
Recommended
Length, Not to
Exceed 47” Total
Length,
for Short-Handled
Version. May be
Attached to Longer
Handle.
45° Angle
~ 1”
Modified Version of Diagram Provided by ARC
B6-1
12/12/08
Plate B-7
LONG-HANDLED ROBY DEHOOKER
Long-Handled Pole
(Aluminum, Wood,
Fiberglass or Similar)
2 Pieces of ~ 1/4” x 1” x 3” 316L
SS Flat Bar Formed Around Pole,
Welded, and Secured with
Through Bolts
≥ 48”
Total
Length
(4) Notches at 90° Angles (Width of
Notches Should Be Greater Than or
Equal to the Largest Diameter of
Hook in Use)
3/16 - 5/16”
316L SS Rod
~ 3 3/4” x
1/4” Thick
316L SS Flat
Bar Cylinder
~1/8” Wide
Diagonal Slit
~ 1 5/8” O.D.
All Edges Must Be Rounded So That They Are Not Sharp
B7-1
12/12/08
Plate B-7 Continued
Side Views
All Edges Must Be Rounded So That They Are Not Sharp
2 Pieces of ~ 1/4” x 1” x 3” 316L SS Flat Bar Formed
Around Pole and Welded to Central Rod
~ 12 - 16” Recommended
Length
3/16 - 5/16”
316L SS Rod
Through Bolts
Attachment Method May Vary as Long as Working End Is Securely Attached
12/12/08
B7-2
Plate B-8
DIP NET
≥ 31”
~ 3/4” Heavy Duty
Hollow Aluminum,
Marine Grade SS
Tubing, or Composite
Material Frame.
Hexagonal Shape
Depicted Here as an
Example, But Other
Shapes (e.g., Round) Are
Acceptable.
≥ 31”
≥ 31”
~ 2” Solid Aluminum, SS, or Similar
Coupling Securely Fastened to Sturdy Wood,
Fiberglass or Metal Handle Capable of
Supporting at Least 100 Pounds
Mesh Openings Must Not Exceed 3” x 3” (Bar Measure).
Bag Depth Must Be ≥ 38”.
Modified Version of Diagram Provided by ARC
B8-1
12/12/08
Plate B-9
LARGE TURTLE HOIST
Top View
4 Round Rubber
Cookies (8” x 2 1/2”) per
section (48 Total) on Top
3 or 4 Point Bridle
Attached with
Pairlinks and 3/4”
Nylon 3-Strand
Line
Top/Fence Ring 7’ 6”
Diameter
(1 3/4” Round 50
Series Aluminum Bar
Wrapped in 1/2”
Polypropylene Wrap
Rope)
Fence
Constructed of 3
mm, 4.7” Stretch
Mesh Braided
Polyethylene
Webbing
Middle Ring
7’ 6” Diameter
(13/4” Round 50
Series Aluminum
Bar) Wrapped in
1/2” Polysteel Rope
Around
Circumference
(12) Beveled Spokes
~23”
(1” Round 50 Series
Aluminum Bar or
6061 T6 Schedule
40 Pipe) Set at ~25°.
Welded Using
Appropriate
Welding Wire
(5052, 6061 or
3003).
≥ 18”
8 mm, 6.5” Stretch
Knotless 600 Ply
Polyethylene Netting (e.g.,
Ultra Cross Netting by
NET Systems, Inc.)
B-9
Bottom Ring 4’ Diameter
(1 ½” Round 50 Series
Aluminum Bar)
12/12/08
Plate B-10
SMALL TURTLE HOIST
≥ 1/4” Line (e.g.,
Polypropylene,
Nylon) Securely
Fastened to Frame
Capable of
Supporting At Least
100 Pounds
≥ 31”
~ ≥ 3/4” Heavy Duty
Hollow Aluminum or
Marine Grade SS
Tubing, or ~ 2” Schedule
40/80 PVC. Welded or
Joined Using Elbow
Joints. Square Shape
Depicted Here As an
Example, but Other
Shapes (e.g., Round) Are
Acceptable.
≥ 31”
Mesh Openings Must Not Exceed 3” x 3” (Bar Measure)
~ 2 1/2” Square Nylon Mesh, (Coated /Dipped) Knotless
Webbing or Similar Securely Fastened to Frame to Form a
Shallow Bag.
B10-1
12/12/08
Plate B-10
Continued
BASKET STYLE
SMALL TURTLE HOIST
≥ 1/4” Line (e.g.,
Polypropylene/Nylon)
Securely Fastened to
Frame Capable of
Supporting at Least 100
Pounds. Tubing Can
Replace the Outside Lines
for Additional Stability.
≥ 31”
≥ 31”
≥ 31”
≥ 31”
At Least 4 horizontal
Support Rails of ~ 3/4 2” Heavy Duty Hollow
Aluminum or Marine
Grade Stainless Steel
Tubing, Welded to End
Pieces
End Rails of
Basket Can Be
Welded or
Attached Using
Clips So That It
Is Removable
Recommended ~ 2 1/2” Square Nylon Mesh (Coated / Dipped) Knotless
Webbing or Similar Securely Fastened to Frame to Form a Shallow Bag.
12/12/08
B10-2
ARC BITE BLOCK DEHOOKER
Plate B-11
~ 4 - 6”
~ 1/2” - 1” O.D. 316L
SS Tube Handle,
Wire Handle or
Similar
~3/16 – 5/16”
Diameter 316L SS
Rod (Appropriately
Sized for Range of
Hooks in Applicable
Fishery)
~ 16 - 24”
Recommended
Length, Not to
Exceed 47”
Total Length
4 - 6” Long ~3/4 1” O.D. High
Impact Plastic
(e.g., Sch 80 PVC)
Sliding Bite Block
5.3° to 13°
(Range)
Offset Angle
to Shield the
Point of the
Hook
~1/8” Gap to
Facilitate Line
Engagement
2.5” from
Center
Line of
Bend to
Center
12.2° to 24° (Range) Angle Bend from
Rod to Accept a Range of Hook Sizes
~13/16” I.D. of Eye
Maximum O.D. of Curl No
Greater than 1 7/8”
(1 5/16” Recommended)
Modified Version of Diagram Provided by ARC
U.S. Patent # 4,914,853 and 6,840,002; U.S. Design Patent # 382,628; International Patent # WO/2005/055712
B11-1
12/12/08
Plate B-12
NOAA/BERGMANN DEHOOKER
~ 4 - 6”
~ 1/2” - 1” I.D. 316L SS
Tube Handle, Wire
Handle or Similar
3/16” - 5/16” 316L SS Rod
(Appropriately Sized for Range of Hooks in
Applicable Fishery)
4 - 6” Long ~3/4 - 1”
O.D. High Impact Plastic
(e.g., Sch 80 PVC)
Sliding Bite Block
~ 16 - 24”
Recommended
Length, Not to
Exceed 47” Total
Length
3/16”- 1/4” 316L SS Rods Welded
to Links and Central Rod If
Using Chain Links
(2) 1/4” 316L SS Chain Link Sections
Flattened in Vice and Welded Together,
or 3/16” - 5/16” 316L SS Rod Bent into
Shape Instead of Chain Links.
~ 2 3/4”
Uniform Gap Greater Than or Equal to the
largest diameter of Hook in Use
1 1/8” - 1 5/16” Recommended Width.
Total Width of Working End Cannot Be
Greater Than 1 7/8”.
B12-1
12/12/08
Plate B-13
SCOTTY’S DEHOOKER
~ 4 - 6”
~ 1/2” - 1” I.D.
316L SS Tube
Handle, Wire
Handle or
Similar
3/16 - 5/16”
316L SS
Rod
~ 16 - 24”
Recommended
Length, Not to
Exceed 47” Total
Length
~ 1/4”
~ 1 1/4”
~ 1/2”
~ 3/4”
Modified Version of Diagram Provided by ARC
B13-1
12/12/08
SHORT-HANDLED ROBY DEHOOKER
Plate B-14
~ 4 - 6”
~ 1/2” - 1” I.D. 316L SS
Tube Handle, Wire
Handle or Similar
3/16 - 5/16”
316L SS Rod
(Appropriately Sized for
Range of Hooks in
Applicable Fishery)
~ 16 - 24”
Recommended
Length, Not to
Exceed 47” Total
Length
~1/8” Wide Diagonal Slit with
Rounded Edges
~ 3 3/4” x 1/4”
Thick 316L
SS Flat Bar
Cylinder
~ 1 5/8” O.D.
(4) Notches at 90° Angles (Width of
Notches Should be Greater Than or
Equal to the Largest Diameter of Hook
in Use)
All Edges Must be Rounded So That They Are Not Sharp
B14-1
12/12/08
Plate B-14 Continued
Side Views
All Edges Must Be Rounded So That They Are Not Sharp
12/12/08
B14-2
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Appendix C
EQUIPMENT SELECTION FLOWCHART FOR THE CAREFUL RELEASE
OF INCIDENTALLY CAPTURED SEA TURTLES
C-1
12/12/08
Plate C-1
Sea Turtles Not Boated
Entangled and/or Hooked
Entangled
Hooked
Long-handled Line Cutter
Long-handled Dehooker
AND
Long-handled Device to Pull “Inverted V”
AND
Long-handled Dehooker
for Internal Hooks
to Secure Loose Hook
External
Internal
Long-handled Dehooker
for Internal Hooks
or
Long-handled Dehooker
for External Hooks
Long-handled
Dehooker for
Internal Hooks
C1-1
To control turtle at side of boat
Turtle Control Device
Sea Turtles Boated
Plate C-2
For Boating
For Gear Removal
AND
OR
Hooked
Dip Net
OR
Turtle
Hoist
Monofilament Cutters and Long-nose pliers and Bolt Cutters
AND
Internal
External
AND
Mouth Opener/Gag
C2-1
For Holding
AND
Short-handled Dehooker
Cushion/
Support
Device
OR
Entangled
Large Turtle
Hoist
Back of Mouth or
Esophagus
Short-handled
Dehooker for
Internal Hooks
Short-handled Dehooker
Short-handled Dehooker
for External Hooks
or
Short-handled Dehooker
for Internal Hooks
Beak or Front
of Mouth
Short-handled Dehooker for
External Hooks
or
Short-handled Dehooker for
Internal Hooks
Monofilament
Cutters
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Appendix D
SEA TURTLE AND MARINE MAMMAL HANDLING AND CAREFUL
RELEASE PLACARDS
D-1
12/12/08
>>Guidelines for all turtles >>
>>Guidelines for turtles not boated>>>>
Scan mainline as far ahead as possible to sight turtles in
advance and reduce likelihood of jerking turtles out of the
water.
Control turtle by maintaining pressure on branchline, or
preferably, with turtle tether, and bring the turtle as close
to the vessel as possible.
Do not get ahead of the mainline while picking up gear.
This reduces the chance of fouling or running over gear
and turtle.
If entangled and not hooked, use dehooking tools to
secure unattached hooks. Use clippers to cut the line.
DO NOT leave line attached.
Upon sighting a turtle:
♦ Slow vessel and mainline reel speed
♦ Adjust direction of the vessel to move toward turtle
♦ Minimize tension on the mainline and branchline with
the turtle
If hooked and entangled, remove the hook first. Then,
after the hook is removed, proceed to remove all line.
All externally embedded hooks should be removed
without lifting the turtle clear of the water. If hook
removal is not possible, cut the line at the eye of the hook
(or as close as possible).
Holding the snap-clip of the branchline with the turtle on it,
continue to move toward the turtle at a slow speed. STOP
VESSEL and PUT IN NEUTRAL once turtle is brought
alongside.
Slowly retrieve branchline with turtle, keeping a gentle,
consistent tension on the line. Avoid tugging or yanking
line quickly. DO NOT USE GAFFS OR SHARP OBJECTS
in direct contact with the turtle to retrieve it; a gaff may be
used only to control the line during line removal.
If hooked internally: do not attempt to remove hook if the
hook has been swallowed beyond where the insertion
point of the barb is visible, or when it appears that the
hook removal will cause further injury. Remove as much
of the line and/or hook as possible.
>>Guidelines for boated turtles >>>
Ensure that enough slack is left in the line to keep turtle
near the vessel, yet in water, until it can be determined
whether or not it is possible to release turtle in the water, or
safely bring it aboard.
If turtle can be safely brought aboard and vessel is
equipped with “cut-out doors,” use this cut-out area to bring
turtles aboard to minimize the distance from the water.
Resuscitate comatose boated turtles as needed, holding
them for up to 24 hours (keep moist and in the shade) if
necessary.
More information on releasing sea turtles is available in the
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with
Minimal Injury and on the web at:
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms.
If possible, bring turtle on board using a suitable dip net
or other approved lifting device. Support turtle on a
cushioned surface, such as a tire, while onboard.
DO NOT LIFT THE TURTLE OUT OF THE WATER
USING THE BRANCHLINE, GAFF,
OR OTHER SHARP OBJECTS
Remove all externally embedded hooks. Internal hooks
should be removed when the insertion point of the barb is
clearly visible. Do not remove the hooks that have been
swallowed when the insertion point is not visible, or when
it appears hook removal will cause further damage (e.g.,
in the brain case or glottis). Remove as much of the line
and/or hook as possible.
To release turtle (1) STOP VESSEL and place in neutral;
(2) Ease turtle gently into the water, head first, through cut-out door if so equipped;
and (3) Observe that turtle is safely away from the vessel before engaging the
propeller and continuing operations.
Revised 8/2004
October 2006
>>Guidelines for Handling Gear>>
>>Guidelines for Turtles NOT Boated >
Gillnet gear should be set and/or fished to achieve
maximum net tautness. This will prevent turtles from
becoming entangled in the net in the case of an encounter.
If the turtle is too large to be boated, control the turtle with
a turtle tether if possible and bring the turtle close to the
vessel.
Scan net as far ahead as possible to sight turtles in
advance and reduce the risk of jerking turtles out of the
water.
Identify the species of turtle and record when and where
the interaction occurred.
Vessel operators are required to check nets every 0.5 to 2
hours (50 CFR§ 635.21 (e) (3) (vi)).
Upon Sighting a Turtle >
Slow vessel and adjust direction to move towards the
turtle. Once turtle is alongside, place the vessel in neutral.
Slowly retrieve the net, avoiding tugging or yanking
motions.
Considering the size of the turtle, sea conditions, and
safety of crew, determine whether the turtle can be boated.
(All turtles should be boated if possible.)
>Guidelines for Turtles Boated >
Boat the turtle using a dipnet or large turtle hoist. Avoid
pulling up the turtle by the gear it is entangled in, as this
could injure the animal. Gaffs may only be used to control
the fishing gear, DO NOT USE GAFFS OR SHARP
OBJECTS to retrieve the turtle.
Support the turtle on a cushioned surface, such as a tire,
while it is onboard.
If the turtle cannot easily be disentangled from the net,
carefully cut the net off the turtle. Blunt-sided line
cutters such as first-aid clippers are preferred. If one-sided
cutters/clippers are used, carefully slide the blunt end
under the line or net you want to cut. Attempt to remove
any lines or net attached to the turtle.
Try to work the turtle free from the net while the turtle is
next to the boat. Use line cutters/clippers with a handle
extension or first-aid clippers to cut the net off the turtle if
necessary. Carefully slide the BLUNT END of the line
cutter under the line or net you want to remove. Attempt
to remove any lines or net attached to the turtle.
>>Guidelines for UNCONSCIOUS Turtles >>
Place the turtle on its lower shell and elevate its
hindquarters approximately 6 inches to permit the lungs
to drain off water (Figure A).
Keep the skin and eyes moist by covering the turtle with
a moist towel or periodically spraying it with water while it
is onboard. Place the turtle in the shade if necessary,
while maintaining its body temperature above 60°F.
Check for muscle reflexes approximately every 3 hours
by touching the eyelid or tail (Figure B). An unconscious,
but live turtle may or may not respond to touch.
Be patient. Sea turtles caught and held underwater are
stressed and may take some time to revive. If the turtle
has shown no sign of life before returning to port, or after
24 hours on deck, it may safely be considered dead.
Release the turtle in the water in a non-fishing area.
A
B
Identify the species of turtle and record when and where
the interaction occurred.
Contact Information >
More information on releasing sea turtles is available on the on the web at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms and in the
publication, Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury, which is available on this website.
Call (301) 713-2347 to obtain a copy of the report or for additional copies of this placard.
GUIDELINES FOR RELEASING A TURTLE
(1) STOP VESSEL and place in NEUTRAL;
(2) Ease turtle gently into the water, head first, through cut-out door if so equipped;
(3) Observe that turtle is safely away from the vessel before engaging the
propeller and move 1 nmi before continuing fishing operations.
>>Guidelines for all turtles >>
Scan as far as possible to sight turtles in advance and
reduce likelihood of jerking turtles out of the water.
Longline Vessels: Do not get ahead of the line while
picking up gear. This reduces the chance of fouling or
running over gear and turtle.
Upon sighting a turtle:
♦ Slow vessel and line reel speed
♦ Adjust direction of the vessel to move toward turtle
♦ Minimize tension on the line with the turtle
Holding the line with the turtle on it, continue to move
toward the turtle at a slow speed. STOP VESSEL and PUT
IN NEUTRAL once turtle is brought alongside.
Slowly retrieve line with turtle, keeping a gentle, consistent
tension on the line. Avoid tugging or yanking line quickly.
DO NOT USE GAFFS OR SHARP OBJECTS in direct
contact with the turtle to retrieve it; a gaff may be used only
to control the line during line removal.
Ensure that enough slack is left in the line to keep turtle
near the vessel, yet in water, until it can be determined
whether or not it is possible to release turtle in the water, or
safely bring it aboard.
>>Guidelines for turtles not boated>>>>
More information on releasing sea turtles is available in the
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with
Minimal Injury and on the web at: sero.nmfs.noaa.gov.
If entangled and not hooked, use dehooking tools to
secure unattached hooks. Use clippers to cut the line.
DO NOT leave line attached.
If hooked and entangled, remove the hook first. Then,
after the hook is removed, proceed to remove all line.
All externally embedded hooks should be removed. If
hook removal is not possible, cut the line at the eye of the
hook (or as close as possible).
Internal hooks should be removed only if an internal
dehooker is being used. Do not attempt to remove hook
if the hook has been swallowed beyond where the
insertion point of the barb is visible, or when it appears
that the hook removal will cause further injury. Remove
as much of the line and/or hook as possible.
>>Guidelines for boated turtles >>>
If turtle can be safely brought aboard and vessel is
equipped with “cut-out doors,” use this cut-out area to bring
turtles aboard to minimize the distance from the water.
Resuscitate comatose boated turtles as needed, holding
them for up to 24 hours (keep moist and in the shade) if
necessary.
Control turtle by maintaining pressure on line, or
preferably, with a type of turtle tether, and bring the turtle
as close to the vessel as possible. DO NOT lift turtles
clear of the water.
If possible, bring turtle on board using a suitable dip net
or other approved lifting device. Support turtle on a
cushioned surface, such as a tire, while onboard.
DO NOT LIFT THE TURTLE OUT OF THE WATER
USING THE LINE, GAFF,
OR OTHER SHARP OBJECTS
Remove all externally embedded hooks.
Internal hooks should be removed when the insertion
point of the barb is clearly visible and only if an approved
internal dehooker is being used. Do not remove the
hooks that have been swallowed when the insertion point
is not visible, or when it appears hook removal will cause
further damage (e.g., in the brain case or glottis).
Remove as much of the line and/or hook as possible.
To release turtle (1) STOP VESSEL and place in neutral;
(2) Ease turtle gently into the water, head first, through cut-out door if so equipped;
and (3) Observe that turtle is safely away from the vessel before engaging the
propeller and continuing operations.
See http://sero.nmfs.noaa.gov/ for additional copies of placard. Revised 10/2006
12/12/08
Examples of NMFS Approved Models
LaForce Line Cutter; Arceneaux Line Clipper
ARC Pole Model, BP11 Deep Hooked Dehooker
Long-handled1 (6 ft. (1.83 m) or 150 percent of
freeboard height) dehooker for external hooks
ARC 6 ft. Pole Big Game Dehooker Model 6P10; ARC Model LJ6P
(6 ft. or 1.83 m)
Dipnet (must have at least 31 in diameter and
handle may be of variable length)
ARC Breakdown Lightweight Dipnet Model (DN6P (6 ft.), DNO8 (8
ft.), or DN14 (12 ft.)); Lindgren Pittman, Inc. Model NMFS-Turtle
Net; ARC net assembly and Handle (Model DNIN)
Choose At Least
One
Choose At Least
One
These Items Required for Any Vessel with a Freeboard Height of 4ft or
Less
These Items Required for Any Vessel with a Freeboard Height Greater than 4ft
Required Item
Long-handled line cutter (6ft. or 150 percent of freeboard
height, which ever is greater)
Long-handled1 (6ft. (1.83 m) or 150 percent of
freeboard height, which ever is greater) dehooker
for ingested hooks2
Short Handled Dehooker for Ingested
Hooks2
ARC 17-in. Hand Held Bite Block Deep Hooked Turtle Dehooking
Device (Model ST08)
Short Handled Dehooker for External Hooks
ARC 16-in Hand Held Large J-style Dehooker (Model LJ07); ARC
24-in Hand Held Large J-style Dehooker (Model LJ24); or ARC 17in. (43.18 cm) Hand Held Bite Block Deep Hooked Turtle Dehooking
Device (Model STO8); or Scotty’s Dehooker
Choose At Least Two Different
Types
12 in. S.S. NuMark Model #030281109871; any 12-in. stainless steel
long or needle-nose pliers
Bolt Cutter
H.K. Porter Model 1490 AC
Monofilament Line Cutter
Jinkai Model MC-T
Two (2) of the following Mouth Openers and Mouth Gags
Block of Hard Wood
Any block of hard wood or long-handled wire brush (e.g., Olympia
Tools Model 974174)
Set of (3) Canine Mouth Gags
Jorvet Model 4160, 4162, and 4164
Set of (2) Sturdy Dog Chew Bones
Nylabone©, Gumabone©, or Galileo© (trademarks owned by T. F. H.
Publications, Inc)
Set of (2) Rope Loops Covered with Hose
Any set of (2) rope loops covered with hose meeting design standards
Hank of Rope
Any size soft braided nylon rope is acceptable, provided it creates a
hank of rope approximately 2–4 in. thickness
Set of (4) PVC Splice Couplings
A set of (4) Standard Schedule 40 PVC splice couplings (1-in., 1.25in., 1.5-in., and 2-in.)
Large Avian Oral Speculum
Webster Vet Supply Model (Model 85408); Veterinary Specialty
Products (Model VSP 216–08); Jorvet (Model J–51z); and Krusse
(Model 273117)
Standard Automobile Tire3
Any standard automobile tire or other comparable, cushioned,
Recommended for all vessels
elevated surface that allows boated turtles to be immobilized
Gear
Long-handled device to pull an ‘‘inverted
ARC Model LJ6P (6 ft.); ARC Pole Model Deep Hooked Dehooker
(Model BP11); ARC 6 ft. Pole Big Game Dehooker (Model P610);
Recommended3 V’’ (6 ft. (1.83 m) or 150 percent of
freeboard height, which ever is greater) 3
Davis Telescoping Boat Hook (Model 85002A); West Marine Fishing
Recommended for vessels with a freeboard
Gaff (Model F6H5 with F6–006 handle)
height greater than 4ft.
1
A short–handled dehooker with an appropriate length handle extender will also fulfill this requirement.
2
Long-nose or Needle-nose Pliers
A dehooker that is approved for the removal of both internal and external hooks is recommended. Do not attempt to remove
ingested hooks until you have received training on the proper use of internal dehookers and internal dehooking techniques.
3
This gear was inadvertently omitted in the final rule due to an error. Therefore, these items are currently not required but
are recommended. Measures to require these items will be proposed and if approved, they will be required.
Disclaimer: This placard is meant to help fishermen comply with sea turtle release measures contained in regulations
published in the Federal Register on August 9, 2006 (71 FR 45428), and select the appropriate required sea turtle release gear
for their vessel. All sea turtle release gear must meet the specific requirements in 50 CFR 635.21(c)(5)(A-L). Any
discrepancies between the contents of this guide and the regulations will be resolved in favor of the regulations published in
the Federal Register or Code of Federal Regulations.
12/12/08
ATMOSPHE
RI
C
U.
CE
ON
NATI AL OCE
AN
D
AN
TRATION
NIS
MI
AD
IC
D
ER
S.
EP
AR
TME
CO
NT OF
M
M
• Have an identification guide, paper, and camera ready at all times in case of an interaction.
• Document as much information as possible to describe the marine mammal, particularly physical appearance
and potential injuries:
- Animal’s length
- Animal’s features to be used for species identification (color pattern, dorsal fin shape, head shape)
- Any gear remaining on the animal (type, placement, color, size, etc.)
- Any existing tags on the animal (description, tag number)
• Take photographs from different angles. Pictures of the head, dorsal fin, and tail are most helpful in species ID.
Fishermen should submit these photos to NMFS Office of Protected Resources, along with the
Injury/Mortality Reporting Form.
• Attempt to release the animal with minimal injury (see below).
• After an interaction with a marine mammal:
- Remove remainder of the gear from the water
- Record all injuries and mortalities of marine mammals within 24 hrs of returning to shore on the
NMFS Marine Mammal Injury/Mortality Reporting Form (see below)
- Move at least one nautical mile away to avoid further interactions
- Alert other fishermen in the area of the presence of marine mammals
• Reporting Requirement: Submit the Marine Mammal Injury/Mortality Reporting Form by fax to (301) 427-2522,
or by mail: NMFS Office of Protected Resources Attn: MMAP, 1315 East West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910.
Additional copies of the reporting form may be requested from the same address, or found online at:
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/interactions/mmap_reporting_form.pdf.
• Ensure the crew is ready to assist.
• Avoid abrupt actions or vessel movements that may panic the animal.
• As soon as the opposite side of the mainline is available, use two long gaffs to recover it. DO NOT USE
GAFFS OR SHARP OBJECTS in direct contact with the animal. A gaff should be used only to control the line.
• Move the vessel cautiously, STOP THE VESSEL within range of the marine mammal.
• Gently bring the marine mammal alongside the vessel.
• If a tangle exists:
- Gaff the other side of the mainline and attach it to the vessel or float ball to isolate the vessel
and marine mammal from any tension on the remaining gear in the water
- Work the tangle off the marine mammal as smoothly and quickly as possible
• If the animal is hooked:
- Use a NMFS-approved dehooking device
- Cut the barb off the hook with long-handled bolt cutters
- Cut the line with line cutters as close to the hook as possible
• Remove as much line as possible from the animal.
• DO NOT use a tether, ninja sticks, or other devices more appropriate for dehooking or disentangling sea turtles
to control the animal.
• If a large whale is alive and entangled in fishing gear,
contact the Provincetown Center for Coastal
Studies Disentanglement Hotline at (800) 900-3622
or immediately contact the U.S. Coast Guard at
VHF Ch. 16 for instructions.
-Maneuver the vessel in such a way as to
minimize tension on the line
• If a large whale is dead and on the line, immediately
contact the U.S. Coast Guard at VHF Ch. 16
for instructions.
Hooked or entangled marine mammals can be
unpredictable. There are inherent human safety
concerns associated with handling/disentangling
marine mammals. Be prudent and safe on the water.
Human safety is paramount.
If you have one marine mammal interaction, there is
a high likelihood that you will have additional
encounters if you continue fishing in the same area.
Alert other fishermen via radio communication and
MOVE, or wait 48 hours to reset gear rather than
risk further interactions.
ATMOSPHE
RI
C
U.
CE
ON
NATI AL OCE
AN
D
AN
TRATION
NIS
MI
AD
IC
D
ER
S.
EP
AR
LONG-FINNED PILOT WHALE
SIZE: 16-18 ft, 4,000-5,000 lbs
BODY: Long robust body,
bulbous head with prominent
melon and slight beak. Sickle-shaped flippers are sharply
pointed and long. Black with white cape behind dorsal fins,
prominent white anchor patch on abdomen between flippers,
very long peduncle.
DIET: Squid and fish.
HABITAT: Pelagic continental shelf edge and slope, submerged
banks; associated with Gulf Stream features.
SHORT-FINNED PILOT WHALE
SIZE: 15-18 ft, 3,000-4,000 lbs
BODY: Long robust body,
flippers gently curved, pointed
and less than one-sixth of body
length, all black, diffuse white anchor patch between fins, very
long dorsal fin.
DIET: Squid and fish.
HABITAT: Tropical, pelagic to coastal; in the Gulf Stream.
RISSO’S DOLPHIN
SIZE: 10-12.5 ft, 500-600 lbs
BODY: Blunt head with
squared melon but no beak.
Vertical crease in forehead.
Light gray back and sides with darker dorsal fin, flippers, and
flukes. White color from scarring, large prominent dorsal fin,
and darker than body. Large black eyes.
DIET: Squid specialist.
HABITAT: Pelagic; continental shelf edge and steep upper
sections of slope; tropical waters.
BOTTLENOSE DOLPHIN
SIZE: 6-12 ft, 330-1,435 lbs
BODY: Short, thick welldefined beak. Coastal form is
shorter and slimmer, offshore
form is larger. Gray with no distinctive color pattern. Dorsal fin
is tall with broad base, located on the middle back.
DIET: Fish, invertebrates, and squid.
HABITAT: Coastal form: shallow, warm inshore waters.
Offshore form: offshore waters of shelf edge and slope.
PYGMY SPERM WHALE
SIZE: 10-12 ft, 695-880 lbs
BODY: Robust body with
squared or conical shark-like
head with tiny underslung
lower jaw. Dark gray, lighter down sides to white belly. Pale
crescent-shaped false gill on each side between eye and
flipper. Tiny dorsal fin, located aft of mid-back.
DIET: Squid, fish, and crustaceans.
HABITAT: Pelagic; continental shelf edge, and slope.
HARBOR PORPOISE
SIZE: 4.5-6 ft, 125-145 lbs
BODY: Smallest cetacean in
the U.S. Atlantic. Stocky with
small pointed flippers, no
beak. Dark gray or black on back with lighter sides and white
belly. No distinctive markings. Dorsal fin is small, triangular;
located slightly aft of mid-body.
DIET: Schooling fish and invertebrates.
HABITAT: Coastal, cold waters usually less than 650 ft.
TME
CO
NT OF
M
M
HUMPBACK WHALE
SIZE: 36-52 ft, 25-30 tons
BODY: Flippers long, usually
white, flukes broad with
irregular trailing edge. Black with white on throat and belly.
Small dorsal fin with a broad base, raised bump in front, and
“knuckles” behind. Shows flukes when diving.
DIET: Small schooling fish (herring, sand lance, capelin)
and krill.
HABITAT: Pelagic and coastal.
MINKE WHALE
SIZE: 29-33 ft, 5-10 tons
BODY: Small, sleek body,
head is sharply pointed with
a flat rostrum. Flippers
pointed, flukes broad. Black or dark grey, white band on both
flippers. Prominent dorsal fin, two thirds back on body.
DIET: Variety of schooling fish, squid, and zooplankton.
HABITAT: Pelagic, but common in bays and shallow
coastal waters.
ATLANTIC SPOTTED DOLPHIN
SIZE: 7-7.5 ft, 220-310 lbs
BODY: Long, thick, white-tipped
beak. Tri-color background,
variable spotting. Dorsal fin is
tall, dark, located on middle back.
DIET: Squid and variety of fish.
HABITAT: Coastal to pelagic. Tropical to warm-temperate
waters over the continental shelf.
PANTROPICAL SPOTTED DOLPHIN
SIZE: 5.2-8.5 ft, 220-255 lbs
BODY: Slender body with long
narrow, white-tipped beak. Bicolor background, distinct
cape is narrow at face, dips deeply forward of dorsal fin. Small
spots develop with age. Dorsal fin is tall and slender.
DIET: Squid and schooling fish.
HABITAT: Pelagic; deep waters seaward of shelf edge, tropical
to warm-temperate waters.
COMMON DOLPHIN
SIZE: 7.5-8.5 ft, 155-245 lbs
BODY: Slender body, with long
pointed beak. Black back and
cape form V-shaped saddle,
hourglass pattern on sides: tan patch forward and gray patch
aft. Black beak and eye ring, line from jaw to flipper.
DIET: Variety of fish and squid.
HABITAT: Pelagic; subtropical to temperate waters >100
fathoms.
STRIPED DOLPHIN
SIZE: 7-8 ft, 200-330 lbs
BODY: Slender body with
narrow pale tail stock,
moderately long dark beak.
Bold light blaze from shoulder to dorsal fin, black stripe from
eye to anus. Dorsal fin is tall and dark.
DIET: Deepwater squid, fish, and shrimp.
HABITAT: Pelagic; deep waters of continental shelf edge and
slope. Associated with Gulf Stream north wall.
Illustrations By Garth Mix 2006
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
References
Bartholomew, A. and Bohnsack, J.A. 2005. A review of catch-and-release angling mortality
with implications for no-take reserves. Reviews in Fish Biology and Fisheries 15: 129154.
Code of Federal Regulations, 50 CFR 635, October 1, 2007. Government Printing Office,
Washington DC, pp. 264-326.
Code of Federal Regulations, 50 CFR 622, October 1, 2007. Government Printing Office,
Washington DC, pp. 175-264.
Code of Federal Regulations, 50 CFR 223.206, October 1, 2003. Government Printing Office,
Washington DC, pp. 164-170.
Epperly, S. and Hataway, D. 2004. Leatherbacks Aboard. Video.
http://www.sefsc.noaa.gov/seaturtlefisheriesobservers.jsp. National Marine Fisheries
Service, Southeast Fisheries Science Center, Miami, FL.
Epperly, S., Stokes, L., and Dick, S. 2004. Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release
with Minimal Injury. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National
Marine Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Science Center Technical Memorandum524, 42p.
Federal Register, July 28, 1978. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 43 (146), p.
32800-32811.
Federal Register, December 4, 1992. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 57 (234), pp.
57354-57358.
Federal Register, September 24, 2001. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 66 (185),
pp. 44812-44813.
Federal Register, December 31, 2001. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 66 (250),
pp. 67495- 67496.
Federal Register, July 6, 2004. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 69 (128), pp.
40734- 40758.
Federal Register, August 9, 2006. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 71 (153), pp.
45428-45436.
Ref - 1
12/12/08
Careful Release Protocols for Sea Turtle Release with Minimal Injury
Federal Register, February 7, 2007. Government Printing Office, Washington DC 72 (25), pp.
5633.
Hataway, D. and Epperly, S. 2004. Removing Fishing Gear from Longline Caught Sea Turtles.
Video. http://www.sefsc.noaa.gov/seaturtlefisheriesobservers.jsp. National Marine
Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Science Center, Miami, FL.
NOAA Fisheries. 2004. Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement for the Reduction
of Sea Turtle Bycatch and Bycatch Mortality in the Atlantic Pelagic Longline Fishery.
U.S. Department of Commerce, National Marine Fisheries Service, Office of Sustainable
Fisheries, Highly Migratory Species Management Division, Silver Spring, MD. Public
Document.
Prince, E. D., Ortiz, M., Venizelos, A., and Rosenthal, D. S. 2002. In-Water Conventional
Tagging Techniques Developed by the Cooperative Tagging Center for Large Highly
Migratory Species, p. 155-171. In: Jon A. Lucy and Anne L. Studholme, Eds., Catch and
Release in Marine Recreational Fisheries: Proceedings of the Symposium, National
Symposium on Catch and Release in Marine Recreational Fisheries. American Fisheries
Society, Bethesda, MD. American Fisheries Society Symposium No. 30.
Watson, J.W., Foster, D.G., Epperly, S., and Shah, A. 2004. Experiments in the Western
Atlantic Northeast Distant Waters to Evaluate Sea Turtle Mitigation Measures in the
Pelagic Longline Fishery.
Report on Experiments Conducted in 2001-2003.
http://www.mslabs.noaa.gov/mslabs/docs/pubs.html. National Marine Fisheries Service,
Southeast Fisheries Science Center, Mississippi Laboratory.
Watson, J.W., Epperly, S.P., Shah, A.K., and Foster, D.G. 2005. Fishing methods to reduce sea
turtle mortality associated with pelagic longlines. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
Aquatic Sciences 62:965-981.
12/12/08
Ref - 2
SEA TURTLE LIFE HISTORY FORM
01/2013
CAPTURE INFORMATION
YEAR 20
MONTH
TRIP
SET/HAUL/TOW
SPECIMEN NUMBER BY TRIP
DAY
EXPERIMENTAL Y / N?
(if Y, note project name in comments)
GEAR TYPE:
GEAR DEPTH:
Longline
Surface
Gill Net ____________
Midwater
TARGET CATCH: ______________
LATITUDE
deg
.
TIME (24 hr)
min N / S
Did turtle slide out/escape from gear?
IDENTIFICATION (see back)
SPECIES:
Leatherback
Trawl___________ (note time in comments)
Bottom
Other _____________
LONGITUDE
Y / N
.
WATER TEMP (°F)
.
deg
Was turtle brought on board?
min E / W
Y / N
Number of Photos Taken?
Loggerhead
Kemp’s ridley
Unidentified Hardshell
Green
Hawksbill
Olive ridley
Unknown
CONDITION OF TURTLE AT CAPTURE
Injured
Uninjured
Unknown
(Please check injury status above as well as condition below; complete condition evaluation on p. 2 for any not coded “alive”)
Previously dead
Fresh dead/comatose/unresponsive
Alive
Unknown (describe)
Attempted resuscitation: Hindquarters Elevated? Y / N
Other (describe)
Rocked? Y / N
IF GEAR IS A FORM OF HOOK AND LINE, COMPLETE THIS SECTION, AS APPLICABLE:
HOOK TYPE
“J”
Circle
other (describe) ___________________ SIZE
/0
MANUFACTURER/STYLE NO. _____________________________ DEGREE OFFSET
˚
BAIT
Squid
Mackerel
Sardine
Unknown Other (describe)________SIZE________________
Caught on hook timer? Y / N
If yes, fill in time elapsed
Is a light stick on hook? Y / N / U / Not Applicable If No, number of gangions to next light stick
Light stick type (circle) : Chemical / LED
Light stick color (circle)?
White, Pink, Blue, Green, Black, Red, Yellow, Purple, Other, Unknown
Number of gangions to next float
HOOK LOCATION (See Appendix in manual for descriptive figures)
(circle specific location; check box if specifics are not known; annotate drawing on reverse to indicate location as needed):
Not Hooked
Internal:
Not Known if Hooked
Holding bait/hook
Unknown, internal
Swallowed (Esophagus) Hook visible? Visible to insertion point / Partial hook / Not visible
Beak/ Mouth (Circle one) Jaw Location (Check one) upper
lower
side (mouth only)
Check one for mouth:
External:
Hooked, but location totally Unknown
tongue
Unknown, external
Front Flipper/Shoulder/Armpit
Was hook recovered from this animal?
glottis
roof of mouth
jaw joint
other (describe)
Beak/Head/Neck
Carapace/Plastron
Rear Flipper/Groin/Tail
Y / N / Unknown / Not Applicable
Was animal entangled in gear? At capture? Y / N / Unknown
How much gear (linear feet) was left on turtle when released?
At Release? Y / N / Unknown
. ft. (estimated/measured)
BIOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Estimated carapace length (notch-to-tip straight line):
DIMENSIONS (cm) Curved (measuring tape)
.
ft (needed only if turtle is not boated & measured)
Straight Line (calipers)
Standard Measurements
Straight Line (calipers)
Standard Measurements
.
.
.
.
.
Carapace Length
Carapace Width
notch-to-tip
TAGS (identify address on each tag in the comments section)
Flipper Tag
Metal (1)
Position (Flipper)
Number
or Plastic (2) LF, RF, LR, RR
PIT Tag
notch-to-tip
Already Present (1) or
Applied by Observer (2)
notch-to-notch
Were Tags
Removed?
Y / N
Y / N
Y / N
Y / N
Position (Flipper)
Scanned?
Y / N
Living Tag (describe)_______________________ Other Tags (describe) _______________________
(Put PIT tag label here)
If you have the option of Decimal or Hexidecimal sequence, choose DECIMAL
BIOPSY SAMPLES TAKEN?
Y (itemize below) / N / Unsuccessful
RELEASE INFORMATION
LATITUDE
deg
. min N / S
TIME (24 hr)
DATE, if different from capture: YEAR 20
LONGITUDE
WATER TEMP (°F)
MONTH
.
deg
min E / W
.
DAY
FINAL DISPOSITION
Discarded Dead/Comatose/Unresponsive Carcass
Salvaged Carcass/Parts
Released Alive
Marked? Y / N
Taken to Holding Facility
Unknown (explain)
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS (list all biological samples collected; describe/sketch anomalies):
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
IDENTIFICATION CRITERIA
Number of:
Left Lateral Scutes
Right Lateral Scutes
Vertebral Scutes
L. Inframarginal Scutes
R. Inframarginal Scutes
Dorsal Coloration
Overlapping Scutes?
Inframarginal Pores?
1 Pair Prefrontal Scales?
Lacks Bony Shell?
Does Nuchal Scute Touch 1st
Lateral Scute?
Black
Orange/Red-Brown
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
/ N / U
/ N / U
/N / U
/ N
/N / U
Brown
CONDITION EVALUATION FOR
TURTLES NOT CODED “ALIVE”
Mark each line on diagram above with a
‘Y’to indicate positive reflex/response,
and ‘N’ for no response.
Rigor Mortis
Rotting Flesh
Foul Smell
Gray-Green
Y/N/U
Y/N/U
Y/N/U
Other_____________
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
PROTECTED RESOURCES FORM
The protected resources form is to be used to log the capture of SAWFISH, MANTAS,
STURGEON and SEABIRDS. Photographs should be taken of all captures. If the information
does not apply to your trip, for example hook information on a gillnet trip, the section should be
left blank. It is very important to complete the form in its entirety. Write legibly in both the log
book and on the forms themselves. A copy of the protected resources forms and photos are to be
uploaded into your Google Drive observer folder as soon as possible after the vessel reaches port
(Original Forms are to be kept with the trip at all times!!!). DO NOT MAIL FORMS,
PHOTOS, AND/OR BIOPSIES DIRECTLY TO THE MIAMI LABORATORY.
It is pertinent that all information collected on the protected resources capture report is as
accurate and detailed as possible. Detailed information should also be logged in your
logbooks.
TRIP NUMBER: Enter Trip Number provided by Observer Coordinator.
DATE: Record the month, day and year when captured occurred (mm/dd/yyyy).
Example: 01/01/2020.
SET/TOW: Record the set or tow number during the trip when capture occurred. If the capture
was not associated (non‐station) with a set or tow then enter 999.
STATION/NON‐STATION: Check station if the specimen was captured during a sampled set
or tow. All others should be considered non‐station.
SPECIMEN NUMBER: Record a three digit consecutive number for captured specimens.
Specimen numbers begin with 001 for each species and continue sequentially throughout the trip.
SPECIES IDENTIFICATION: Place a check in the appropriate box next to the specimen
captured and reference the species (if known) in the space provided. If you are unable to identify
the species record it on the data sheet as “Unknown”.
TIME: Record the local time (24 hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour) when the animal was
first seen as captured.
WATER DEPTH: Record the water depth in feet.
PHOTOS Y/N: Indicate Y or N. Photos should be taken of all protected species.
NUMBER OF PHOTOS TAKEN?: Record the number of photos taken. Always photograph
the specimen if possible. Take at least one picture illustrating the location of gear attachment.
This should never be left blank, it is asking for quantity. So if no photos were taken you should
place a zero in the boxes provided.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the hundredth of a
minute in the appropriate boxes (DDº MM.mmm) when the set begin time is recorded. NOTE: If
you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains. These values need
to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml.
TARGET SPECIES: List all species being targeted for the set with associated 3-letter
abbreviation (SEE SPECIES CODE LIST).
GEAR TYPE: Indicate which gear is being fished. If gear is something other than the listed
types, write the gear type in the comments section.
GEAR DEPTH: Indicate whether the gear was being fished at the surface, mid‐water, on the
bottom, or other. If other, reference the depth in the comment section.
TRAWL NET POSITION: Enter net position at time of capture. For captures in a try net or
non‐station captures, enter 9 (default code).
NET TYPE ANIMAL CAPTURED IN: Check the appropriate answer to describe the type of
net the specimen was captured in.
NET MODIFICATIONS: Check the appropriate answer to explain all net modifications
present.
GILLNET NET MATERIAL: Check either monofilament or multifilament gillnet gear.
STRETCHED MESH SIZE: Record the stretched mesh size, in inches, of the net.
TWINE SIZE: Record the twine size used in the net. This information can be obtained from the
Captain.
NET LENGTH: Record the gillnet length in feet.
NET DEPTH: Record the gillnet depth in feet.
HOOK TYPE: Check “J” or Circle. If hook type is neither, select Other (describe).
HOOK SIZE: Write in size of hook (e.g., 9/0, 18/0).
MANUFACTURER/STYLE NO.: Write in the manufacturer and style number (e.g., Mustad
#39968D).
DEGREE OFFSET: Write in the degree offset of hook (e.g., 0°, 5°, 10°).
BAIT: Check all that apply: Squid, Mackerel, Sardine, Unknown or Other (describe). Enter the
size of bait used.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
WAS HOOK REMOVED FROM THIS ANIMAL?: Circle Yes, No, Unknown, or Not
Applicable. If specimen was ‘Not Hooked’, or ‘Not known if hooked’ then mark ‘Not
Applicable’. This question should always be answered, for gillnet trips please circle “Not
Applicable”.
WAS ANIMAL ENTANGLED IN GEAR AT CAPTURE?: These should always be
answered. Circle Yes, No, or Unknown. An animal that is hooked but not fouled by mono is not
considered entangled.
AT RELEASE?: Circle Yes, No, or Unknown.
HOW MUCH GEAR (LINEAR FEET) WAS LEFT ON THE ANIMAL WHEN
RELEASED?: Estimate or measure the amount of gear line left on specimen when released.
Record a zero if all line is removed.
BIOLOGICAL INFORMATION
SAWFISH
EST. TOTAL LENGTH/DISC WIDTH: Record size estimate in centimeters if animal not
boarded.
EST. LENGTH OF ROSTRUM: Record estimated length of saw in centimeters if animal not
boarded.
If the animal is boated:
SEX: Circle Male, Female or Unknown
PRECAUDAL LENGTH: Record straight line measurement in centimeters.
FORK LENGTH: Record straight line measurement in centimeters.
LENGTH (TOTAL/DISC WIDTH): Stretch the caudal fin down to the vertical (see diagram),
record straight line measurement in centimeters.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
ROSTRUM LENGTH: Record straight line measurement in centimeters.
ROSTRAL TEETH: Count and record the number of teeth on either side of the saw.
MANTAS
EST. TOTAL LENGTH/DISC WIDTH: Record size estimate in centimeters if animal not
boarded.
EST. LENGTH OF ROSTRUM: Skip.
If the animal is boated:
SEX: Circle Male, Female or Unknown
PRECAUDAL LENGTH: Skip.
FORK LENGTH: Skip.
LENGTH (TOTAL/DISC WIDTH): Record the total disc width in centimeters as a straight
line.
ROSTRUM LENGTH: Skip.
ROSTRAL TEETH: Skip.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
SEABIRDS
EST. TOTAL LENGTH/DISC WIDTH: Record size estimate in centimeters if animal not
boarded.
EST. LENGTH OF ROSTRUM: Skip.
If the animal is boated:
SEX: Circle Male, Female or Unknown
PRECAUDAL LENGTH: Skip.
FORK LENGTH: Skip.
LENGTH (TOTAL/DISC WIDTH): Record total length from beak tip to mid-tail tip in
centimeters.
ROSTRUM LENGTH: Skip.
ROSTRAL TEETH: Skip.
STURGEON
EST. TOTAL LENGTH/DISC WIDTH: Record size estimate in centimeters if animal not
boarded.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
EST. LENGTH OF ROSTRUM: Skip.
If the animal is boated:
SEX: Circle Male, Female or Unknown
PRECAUDAL LENGTH: Skip.
FORK LENGTH: Record straight line measurement in centimeters.
LENGTH (TOTAL/DISC WIDTH): Stretch the caudal fin down to the vertical (see diagram),
record straight line measurement in centimeters.
ROSTRUM LENGTH: Skip.
ROSTRAL TEETH: Skip.
TAG ID NUMBERS
WAS THIS ANIMAL PIT SCANNED? Circle Yes or No, and if a PIT tag is found, record the
number in the boxes provided. Note: PIT tags in sawfish and sturgeon are usually inserted at the
base of the first dorsal fin. Sturgeon may actually have two PIT tags. Mantas may have a PIT tag.
There is space provided for 4 tags. Record the tag number and color. Note the location of the tag.
If there is a tag in both fins record both numbers and colors. Additional information can be added
below in the comments section. Do not apply any PIT tags to the animal in this section.
RELEASE INFORMATION
Latitude/Longitude, Time and Date are NOT always the same information referenced for
time of capture. Be as detailed as possible.
TIME: Record the local time (24 hour clock NOT hundredths of an hour) when specimen was
released.
DATE: Record the month, day and year when captured occurred (mm/dd/yyyy).
Example: 01/01/2020.
LATITUDE/LONGITUDE: Record latitude and longitude in degrees and to the hundredth of a
minute in the appropriate boxes (DDº MM.mmm) when the set begin time is recorded. NOTE: If
you can only get LORAN, then record both TD's (letters) and LORAN chains. These values need
to be converted into latitude/longitude prior to data entry using
https://fish.nefsc.noaa.gov/loranconv/latlonarea.shtml.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
FINAL DISPOSITION: Record the final disposition (fate) of the specimen at time of release by
checking the appropriate box.
Discarded Dead/Unresponsive Carcass
Released Alive
Unknown (explain)
BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES: Check the appropriate boxes for any samples that you take from
the animal – see the following sections for samples needed by species.
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS: Use this area to record any and all comments. Describe the
interaction with as much detail as possible. Record information on any tags that you apply to the
animal (you may be issued spaghetti or PAT (satellite) tags).
DO NOT PIT TAG SAWFISH, MANTAS OR STURGEON, JUST SCAN FOR EXISTING
TAGS!
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
Observer sampling protocol for sawfish
If boated alive:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Secure the rostrum with help from the crew. Live sawfish are DANGEROUS
Scan for PIT tags
o Around the base of the dorsal fins
Check for external tags
o Around the base of the dorsal fins
Take a precaudal length, a fork length, stretched total length and rostrum length
measurement in centimeters
o Straight line measurements
Count the rostral teeth on either side of the saw
Check the sex of the sawfish
Remove small (0.5 cm) portion of caudal or anal fin for genetic sample
o Store in a plastic bag, on ice or frozen if possible
o Can be stored in ethanol
Tag with spaghetti and PAT (satellite) tags when available
Release sawfish with vessel out of gear
If boated dead
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Scan for PIT tags
o Around the base of the dorsal fins
Check for external tags
o Around the base of the dorsal fins
Take a precaudal length, a fork length, stretched total length and rostrum length
measurement in centimeters
o Straight line measurements
Count the rostral teeth on either side of the saw
Check the sex of the sawfish
Remove small (0.5 cm) portion of caudal or anal fin for genetic sample
o Store in a plastic bag, on ice or frozen if possible
o Can be stored in ethanol
Remove gonads, stomach, vertebrae (about 6-10 inches), the rostrum and all fins
o Store in plastic bag, on ice or frozen
Discard the remaining carcass
Send all samples to Panama City Observer Program.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
Observer sampling protocol for mantas
If boated alive:
● Take a disc width measurement in centimeters
o Straight line measurements
● Photograph the underside
● Scan for PIT tags
● Record the sex
● Remove small (0.5 cm) portion of tissue for genetic sample – either as a fin clip from the
dorsal fin, or a muscle plug from the dorsal surface of a wing.
o Store in a plastic bag, on ice or frozen if possible
o Can be stored in ethanol
● Release manta
If boated dead
● Take a disc width measurement in centimeters
o Straight line measurements
● Photograph the underside
● Scan for PIT tags
● Record the sex
● Remove small (0.5 cm) portion of tissue for genetic sample – either as a fin clip from the
dorsal fin, or a muscle plug from the dorsal surface of a wing.
o Store in a plastic bag, on ice or frozen if possible
o Can be stored in ethanol
● Remove gonads, stomach, portion of vertebrae
o Store in plastic bag, on ice or frozen
● Discard the remaining carcass
Send all samples to Panama City Observer Program.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
Observer sampling protocol for Atlantic and Gulf sturgeon
If captured alive:
●
●
●
●
●
●
Scan for PIT tags
o Under dorsal fin, both sides
Check for external tags
o Under side of pectoral fins
Take a fork length (FL) measurement in centimeters
o Indicate whether measurement is straight line or curved
Remove small (0.5 cm) portion of caudal or anal fin for genetic sample
o Store in a plastic bag, on ice or frozen if possible
o Can be stored in ethanol
Remove 2 cm portion of 2nd marginal fin ray from left pectoral fin (see protocol)
o Store dry in plastic bag or envelope
Release sturgeon
If captured dead
●
●
●
●
●
●
Scan for PIT tags
o Under dorsal fin, both sides
Check for external tags
o Under side of pectoral fins
Take a fork length (FL) measurement in centimeters
o Indicate whether measurement is straight line or curved
Remove pectoral fin
o Store dry in plastic bag or envelope
Remove gonads
o Store in plastic bag, on ice or frozen
Discard the remaining carcass
Send all samples to Panama City Observer Program.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
Protocol for LIVE sturgeon
Removal of the second marginal fin ray from the pectoral fin of Gulf and Atlantic
sturgeon:
Tools:
Scalpel w/ size 10 blade
Wire Cutters
Forceps
With ventral side up, make a 2 cm incision (parallel to the fin ray) between the 2nd marginal fin
ray and the “spine” or 1st marginal fin ray of the pectoral fin. This should be done approximately
2 cm from the base of the pectoral fin.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
2nd marginal
fin ray
Spine
Make similar incision between the 2nd and 3rd marginal fin rays.
Use forceps to hold the now separated fin ray, then use wire cutters to snip each end of the cut.
04-21
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Protected Resources Form
Use forceps to completely remove fin ray. Place in labeled plastic bag and store on ice.
The finished product should look like this, or with even a smaller removal.
04-21
Mobula Ray Identification Guide For Fisheries Observers
Purpose: This guide is intended to assist fishery observers in the visual identification of the
giant manta ray and several devil ray species that occur in the Southeast and Mid-Atlantic.
General Observations: The size, coloring patterns, and a few morphological differences can
be used to distinguish between species.
Giant manta rays are larger than devil rays.
Measurements should be taken by estimating the
distance over their wingspan [“Disc Width” (DW)].
Giant manta rays have a
terminal mouth (i.e., mouth
points straight forward, in front of
the head); Devil rays have a
sub-terminal mouth (i.e., mouth
beneath the head).
Manta
ray
Disc width
Devil
ray
Terminal mouth
Sub-terminal mouth
Mobula birostris
Common Names: Giant Manta Ray, Oceanic Manta Ray
Status: U.S.: Listed as Threatened
under Endangered Species Act.
Size: Up to 700 cm DW; appx. 200
cm DW at birth.
Dorsal Coloration: Black with
distinct white patches creating a
T-shaped shoulder pattern.
Ventral Coloration: White with dark
spots; spots rarely found between
gill slits. Dark shading along the
posterior edges of the pectoral fins.
Photo credit: Joshua Stewart
NOAA Fisheries, Southeast Region, Protected Resources Division
Mobula mobular
Common Names: Giant Devil Ray, Spinetail
Devil Ray
Status: U.S.: Not listed. International Union for
Conservation of Nature (IUCN): Endangered
Size: Up to 520 cm DW
Dorsal Coloration: Predominantly dark gray; with
a black (crescent shape) stripe that runs from
side to side on upper shoulders. White tip on the
dorsal fin.
Ventral Coloration: White.
Photo credit: Guy Stevens/Manta Trust
Mobula tarapacana
Common Names: Chilean Devil Ray, Sicklefin Devil Ray, Box Ray
Status: U.S.: Not listed. IUCN: Vulnerable
Size: Up to 340 cm DW
Dorsal Coloration: Golden brown to olive
green.
Ventral Coloration: Predominately white
with gray shading along the posterior
margin of pectoral fins.
Photo credit: www.tomburd.co.uk
Mobula hypostoma
Common Names: Atlantic Devil Ray, Lesser Devil Ray
Status: U.S.: Not listed. IUCN: Data Deficient
Size: Up to 120 cm DW
Dorsal Coloration: Variable, brown, gray to
black. Sometimes have a dark gray/black
stripe that runs from side to side on the
“neck” right behind the eyes.
Ventral Coloration: White.
Photo credit: Kim Basso-Hall/Mote Marine Laboratory
At-a-Glance
Observer Know-How:
Reporting Banded Seabirds
An Important Role in Conservation
National Observer
Program and
National Seabird
Program
The NOAA Fisheries’
National Seabird Program
is a cross-disciplinary group
of managers and scientists
who work domestically and
internationally to protect and
conserve seabirds. The NSP
works through representation
on steering committees and
working groups within and
external to NOAA Fisheries,
and through partnerships with
other NOAA line offices, science
centers, regional offices,
regional fishery management
councils, state partners, and
various federal agencies.
NOAA Fisheries’ National
Observer Program provides
coordination for regional
programs covering fisheries of
the Greater Atlantic, Southeast,
West Coast, Pacific Islands,
Northwest, and Alaska. Our
eyes and ears on the water,
observers and at-sea monitors
are professionally trained
biological technicians gathering
firsthand data on what is
caught and discarded by U.S.
commercial fishing vessels to
support a wide range of
science, conservation, and
management activities.
The work of observers, including reporting banded seabirds, is
critical to effective fisheries management and to safeguarding
protected species. Without trained observers, most fishery
interactions involving banded birds would go unreported.
Why are Birds Banded?
Scientists and resource managers band birds to track the
fate of individuals within a population and, by extension, the
population(s) they represent. The “recovery” or “recapture” rate
of bands is low (0.1%-20% or 1 to 200 of every 1,000 birds banded),
which makes observer reports critical and the largest, most reliable
source of band recoveries at sea.
How are Birds Banded?
Birds are typically banded on the leg, with a metal United States
Geological Survey (USGS) Bird Banding Lab ring that has an 8- or 9-digit number and contact
information, e.g., www.reportband.gov followed by the band number. Some older bands have
instructions, “WRITE LAUREL BIRD BAND MD 20708 USA” or “AVISE BIRD BAND WASH DC.”
Occasionally observers find bands from other countries, or USGS bands paired with other bands or
tags that allow the birds to be recognized from a distance or that serve as tracking devices that allow
researchers to follow bird movements—observers should watch out for these auxiliary markers.
What is the Process for Reporting a Banded Bird?
Observers who find a banded bird (dead or alive; within or outside of their
composition sample) should note the band number, take photos, and
save the carcass, if possible. NOAA Fisheries staff submit observer
data to USGS. Even if observers record part of a band number or only
an auxiliary band, the nesting location and year can often be tracked
down. Observers should submit any/all information they can, e.g.,
“red band with white letters, A1380 or A1880”.
What Happens to the Data?
USGS reports the data back to the bird bander. The majority of carcasses
collected by observers undergo a full necropsy (postmortem analysis)
that provides age, reproductive status, overall body condition,
stomach content, and contamination (e.g.,
ocean plastics) data—all vital information
about the population-level, humancaused impacts to seabirds.
BY THE
NUMBERS
(2010-2020)
FOR MORE INFORMATION
Annette Henry
National Seabird Program
[email protected]
Kenneth Keene
National Observer Program
[email protected]
fisheries.noaa.gov/topic/
fishery-observers
Banded Black-footed
Albatross seen at sea. Credit:
NOAA Fisheries Pacific
Islands Regional Office
Total bands
recovered
Top photo: Stomach contents of a
Northern Fulmar. Credit: Oikonos
Bottom photo: USGS band. Credit:
NOAA Fisheries Alaska Fisheries
Science Center
Total
species:
415
9
Source: NOAA
FIsheries, 2022
U.S. Department of Commerce | National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration | National Marine Fisheries Service
SAWFISH, MANTAS, STURGEON, and SEABIRDS
PROTECTED RESOURCES CAPTURE REPORT
3_19
REPORT WITH IN 24 HOURS OF CAPTURE
Trip Number
MO
DY
Set/Tow
YR
/
Specimen # By
Trip
Station
Non-Station
/
Check type of specimen captured and reference species (if known) in space provided:
Sawfish
Mantas
Sturgeon
Seabirds
Observer
State
LATITUDE
deg
Water Depth
.
Time (24 hr)
Number
ft.
LONGITUDE
min
.
Photos Y/N
deg
.
min
TARGET SPECIES: List all targeted species for this set using 3-letter abbreviation from Species Code list.
Gear Type:
Longline
Trawl
Gill Net
Gear Depth:
Surface
Trawl Net Position
Net Type Animal Captured In:
Bandit Reel
Midwater
Try Net
Handline
Bottom
Purse Seine
Net Modifications:
Standard Net
in.
Fish Trap
Other
TED
TED/BRD
IF GEAR IS A FORM OF GILLNET, COMPLETE THIS SECTION, AS APPLICABLE:
Stretched Mesh Size:
Jug
Twine Size:
BRD
Net Material:
None
Unknown
Monofilament
Net Length:
Multifilament
ft. Net Depth:
ft.
IF GEAR IS A FORM OF HOOK AND LINE, COMPLETE THIS SECTION, AS APPLICABLE:
Hook Type:
"J"
Circle
SIZE
Other (describe)
Manufacturer/Style No.
Bait:
Squid
Sardine
Was hook removed from this animal?
Unknown
Other (describe)
Y / N / Unknown / Not Applicable
At capture?
Y / N / Unknown
At Release?
Y / N / Unknown
How much gear (linear feet) was left on the animal when released?
.
cm
If boated:
.
cm
Sex: M / F / Unknown
Precaudal Length:
Length (Total/Disc Width):
.
cm Rostrum Length:
Was this animal PIT scanned? Y / N
RELEASE INFORMATION:
LATITUDE
FINAL DISPOSITION:
BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES:
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS:
.
LONGITUDE
min
Gonad
.
cm
.
cm Rostral teeth:
cm
.
Fork Length:
DATE
Discarded Dead/Unresponsive Carcass
Vertebrae
Est. Length of Rostrum:
L
R
PIT #:
TIME (24hr)
deg
ft. (estimated/measured)
.
BIOLOGICAL INFORMATION: Est. Total Length/Disc Width:
TAG ID NUMBERS:
°
DEGREE OFFSET
Mackerel
Was animal entangled in gear?
/0
Stomach
MO
deg
/
/
DY
.
Released Alive
Fin Clip/Tissue
(list all other biological samples collected, visible tag scars and tags applied):
Fin Ray
YR
min
Unknown (explain)
Pectoral Fin
Rostrum
NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs
Permits
PERMITS
This section contains the required permits for the sampling protocols dictated in this observer
manual. NMFS approved observers no longer require an NOAA Highly Migratory Species
(HMS) Exempted Fishing Permit (EFP) to collect samples from species managed by HMS
(sharks, swordfish, tunas etc). This change was implemented in the Federal Register in August
2009:
“(e) Observers. NMFS-sanctioned observers or biological technicians conducting
activities within NMFS approved sea sampling and/or observer protocols are
exempt from the requirement to obtain an EFP. For purposes of this section,
NMFS sanctioned observers or biological technicians include NMFS employees,
NMFS observers, observers who are employees of NMFS-contracted observer
providers, and observers who are employees of NMFS-permitted observer
providers.”
[FR Doc. E9–20489 Filed 8–24–09; 8:45 am]
Any observer participating in the NOAA Fisheries Panama City Observer Programs should be
carrying the following documents:
Full Federal Register document that includes the above text: FR Doc. E9–20489
Sea turtle permit: No. 24368
Sections from the Endangered Species Act – Section 7 Consultation Biological Opinion
If you do not have any of these documents contact your coordinator
OBS COORDINATOR – Alyssa Mathers
Office: 850-270-6014
Cell: 850-890-3853
Email: [email protected]
OBS COORDINATOR- Bradley Smith
Office: 850-270-7509
Cell: 850-381-1695
Email: [email protected]
ASST COORDINATOR – Samantha Faller
Office: 850-312-8933
Cell: 850-348-3176
Email: [email protected]
ASST COORDINATOR- Dana Jordan
Office: 850-270-8315
Cell: 850-866-5297
Email: [email protected]
OBS CHIEF – Scott Leach
Cell: 786-822-0509
Email: [email protected]
06-22
42786
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Background and Need for Action
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 600
[Docket No. 071121736–91118–03]
RIN 0648–AR78
Magnuson-Stevens Act Provisions;
Experimental Permitting Process,
Exempted Fishing Permits, and
Scientific Research Activity
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
NMFS issues new and revised
definitions for certain regulatory terms,
and procedural and technical changes to
the regulations addressing scientific
research activities, exempted fishing,
and exempted educational activities
under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
(MSA). This action is necessary to
provide better administration of these
activities and to revise the regulations
consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens
Fishery Conservation and Management
Reauthorization Act (MSRA). NMFS
intends to clarify the regulations, ensure
necessary information to complete
required analyses is requested and made
available, and provide for expedited
review of permit applications where
possible.
SUMMARY:
Effective September 24, 2009.
ADDRESSES: Written comments
regarding burden-hour estimates or
other aspects of the collection-ofinformation requirements contained in
this final rule may be sent to Alan
Risenhoover, Director, Office of
Sustainable Fisheries, 1315 East-West
Highway, SSMC3, Silver Spring, MD
20910, and to the Office of Information
and Regulatory Affairs, Office of
Management and Budget, Washington,
D.C. 20503 (Attn: NOAA Desk Officer),
or email to
[email protected], or fax to
(202) 395–7285.
Copies of the categorical exclusion
(CE) prepared for this action are
available from NMFS at the above
address or by calling the Office of
Sustainable Fisheries, NMFS, at 301–
713–2341.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jason Blackburn at 301–713–2341, or by
e-mail at [email protected].
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
DATES:
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
On January 12, 2007, the MSRA was
enacted. Section 204 of the MSRA
added a new Cooperative Research and
Management Program section (section
318) to the MSA. Section 318(d) of the
revised MSA requires that the Secretary,
through NMFS, ‘‘promulgate regulations
that create an expedited, uniform, and
regionally-based process to promote
issuance, where practicable, of
experimental fishing permits.’’ Under
the 1996 exempted fishing regulations,
exempted and experimental fishing
were treated synonymously as the terms
had been used interchangeably in the
regions. (March 15, 1996, 61 FR 10712
and May 28, 1996, 61 FR 26435) This
rulemaking continues the practice of
using the terms interchangeably.
A proposed rule with revisions and
updates to the regulations addressing
scientific research activities, exempted
fishing, and exempted educational
activities was published in the Federal
Register on December 21, 2007 (72 FR
72657), with a comment period ending
on March 20, 2008. An extension of the
comment period was published on
March 18, 2008 (73 FR 14428) that
extended the comment period to April
4, 2008. The extension of the comment
period for an additional 15 days was
intended to ensure that NMFS provided
adequate time for fishery management
councils, stakeholders and members of
the public to comment on the proposed
revisions.
Comments and Responses
A total of 18 relevant comment letters
were received from regional fishery
management councils, environmental
organizations, industry representatives,
research institutions, and other
members of the public. These comments
are summarized below.
Compensation Fishing
Comment 1: Several commenters had
questions about how compensation
fishing can be authorized, including
when it requires an EFP.
Response: Compensation fishing is
authorized under section 402(e) of the
MSA. Historically, the primary purpose
of compensation fishing has been to
compensate scientific research vessel
owners or operators for participating in
NMFS sponsored resource surveys.
More recently, compensation fishing has
also been authorized to compensate
vessels participating in scientific
research projects conducted by nongovernmental institutions where
additional fish, outside of the scope of
the scientific research plan, are needed
to fund the research. The amount of fish
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
caught during scientific research
activities must be limited to only that
which is necessary to meet the needs of
the research, i.e., the amount identified
in the scientific research plan as the
necessary sample size to support a
robust analysis. Any additional fish
needed to compensate vessels for their
participation requires evaluation of the
effects of this additional mortality on
the affected stock(s), for example, to
ensure that overfishing does not occur,
consistent with National Standard (NS)
1, the NS1 Guidelines, and MSA section
303(a)(15). The following scenarios are
provided to assist in determining
whether or not compensation fishing
requires an EFP: (1) For research
projects where the additional mortality
associated with the compensation
fishing has already been evaluated in a
Fishery Management Plan (FMP) or
FMP action, which allocates a set
amount of fish to a research set-aside
(RSA) and includes analysis of the
impacts of the action (such as the
annual specifications process used for
the Mid-Atlantic Council’s fisheries), no
further analysis is required, and the
compensation fishing may not require
an EFP, depending on whether
exemptions from existing regulations
would be requested (e.g., possession
limits, seasonal closures, etc.); (2) for
research projects where compensation
fishing would be consistent with the
regulations for the fishery, the
compensation fishing would not require
an EFP; and (3) for research projects
where the additional mortality
associated with the compensation
fishing has not been evaluated, or where
the proposed compensation fishing
would require an exemption from a
fishery regulation, such as fishing
during a closed season or retaining
catch in excess of allowable limits, the
compensation fishing would require an
EFP.
Comment 2: One commenter asked for
clarification about whether a contract
for compensation fishing can be used in
lieu of an EFP outside of the RSA
program.
Response: A contract entered into by
NMFS to conduct compensation fishing
does not exempt the participating
vessel(s) from any fishing regulations.
An EFP is always required for any
fishing activity that would, or has the
potential to, violate any fishing
regulation (e.g., fishing during a closure
or in excess of a possession limit),
unless the fishing activity has been
approved to be conducted in concert
with a scientific research activity that
was issued a scientific research permit
or a letter of acknowledgment.
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Comment 3: Two commenters
suggested that creating a new
compensation fishing permit would
help to streamline the process by
alleviating the lengthy EFP review
process.
Response: Any permit issued by
NMFS is a Federal action, and as such
must comply with any and all
applicable laws, including the
Endangered Species Act (ESA), the
Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), and the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA).
Therefore, a separate permit for
compensation fishing would require the
same review process as an EFP, and
would not streamline the process.
Comment 4: Two commenters
suggested that NMFS should streamline
issuance of an EFP for compensation
fishing by issuing the EFP at the same
time as the Letter of Acknowledgment
(typically occurring when projects
utilize multiple vessels to conduct
scientific research and compensation
fishing), or by combining the EFPs for
the principle investigator (PI) and the
vessels.
Response: The time frame involved in
reviewing applications and issuing
Letters of Acknowledgment and EFPs is
very different, because issuing an EFP is
a Federal action requiring compliance
with other applicable laws, while
providing a Letter of Acknowledgment
does not trigger the same requirements.
Issuing both at the same time would
essentially delay the receipt of the Letter
of Acknowledgment, thus potentially
delaying the start of the scientific
research. The decision to combine, or
not combine, the EFPs for the PI and the
vessels should be handled on a case-bycase basis by the Regional Administrator
or Director. In the Mid-Atlantic RSA
program, the vessels participating in a
given project are often listed on one
EFP, which is issued to the PI. Other
programs and regions may find that a
different approach works better under
their particular circumstances. Vessels
participating in a scientific research
activity or compensation fishing should
be identified in the Letter of
Acknowledgment and/or EFP. It is the
PI’s responsibility to manage the project
and to ensure that all aspects of the
project are carried out in accordance
with the scientific research plan and the
EFP. No research or compensation
fishing should occur until the PI has
coordinated with the vessel and
provided the vessel with a copy of the
Letter of Acknowledgment and/or EFP.
Conservation Engineering
Comment 5: Many commenters raised
concerns about how the two terms,
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
‘‘conservation engineering’’ and ‘‘gear
testing,’’ appear to limit the types of
cooperative research projects that would
be allowed, or not allowed, particularly
in light of the very restrictive ‘‘gear
testing’’ definition. This caused
particular concern for researchers who
conduct catch rate comparisons as part
of their research protocols. One
commenter agreed that the distinction
between ‘‘conservation engineering’’
and the ‘‘testing of gear’’ needs to be
clarified.
Response: The definition of
‘‘scientific research activity’’ states that
such activity does not include ‘‘the
testing of fishing gear.’’ As a result,
people have obtained EFPs for many
projects that might otherwise be
considered scientific research. In the
proposed rule, NMFS intended the
narrow definition of ‘‘gear testing,’’
coupled with the new definition of
‘‘conservation engineering,’’ to allow
more projects to be considered scientific
research activities that would not
require an EFP because scientific
research activities are outside of the
scope of the MSA. Additionally, the
proposed rule referred to testing
modified gear as conservation
engineering instead of ‘‘gear testing.’’
Due to the breadth of concerns raised
about the definition of gear testing, and
because the term is often used
synonymously with conservation
engineering, NMFS removed the
definition of gear testing from the final
rule. Therefore, as clarification, NMFS
emphasizes that according to the MSA
definition of fishing, scientific research
activities are not fishing. Accordingly,
conservation engineering activities that
also meet the definition of scientific
research activity are not fishing.
Alternatively, conservation engineering
activities that do not meet the definition
of scientific research activity, but that
do meet the definition of fishing are
fishing, and must be conducted under
an EFP if the activity would otherwise
be prohibited by regulations under part
600.
Comment 6: Three commenters
suggested that the phrase ‘‘efficient
harvest of target species’’ in the
definition of ‘‘conservation engineering’’
should be interpreted broadly to include
projects that focus on environmental
efficiency, such as testing methods to
reduce fuel consumption and
greenhouse gas emissions.
Response: This phrase comes directly
from MSA section 404(c)(2). As such its
intent is clearly fisheries conservation,
and not other forms of environmental
conservation, which are outside the
scope of the MSA and these regulations.
Fishermen will take steps to reduce fuel
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
42787
consumption and increase efficiency in
the course of their normal business.
Comment 7: Two other commenters
focused on the phrase ‘‘efficient harvest
of target species’’ in the definition of
‘‘conservation engineering.’’ One
suggested that the phrase should be
revised so that it does not encourage
increased catch efficiency, while the
other suggested that conservation
engineering work should focus on
minimizing bycatch while maintaining
or increasing target catches.
Response: ‘‘Conservation
engineering’’ is defined in the
regulations as relating to fisheries
conservation and the research being
conducted to minimize the unintended
impacts of fishing. The phrase ‘‘efficient
harvest of target species’’ needs to be
considered in the context of
’’conservation engineering,’’ which
includes ‘‘the study of fish behavior and
the development and testing of new gear
technologies and fishing techniques that
reduce collateral effects, such as
minimizing bycatch and any adverse
effects on EFH.’’ This definition is
intended to promote research that
focuses on ways to harvest target species
in a manner that conserves and reduces
impacts on non-target species. The
definition is not intended to promote
research that focuses on catching more
of the target species.
Comment 8: Another commenter was
concerned that the phrase ‘‘minimizing
bycatch and any adverse affects on
EFH’’ in the definition of ‘‘conservation
engineering’’ might be misconstrued as
examples of ‘‘collateral effects.’’
Response: To alleviate possible
misunderstandings, the reference to
‘‘collateral effects’’ has been removed
from the definition, and the language of
MSA section 404(c)(2) has been used
verbatim.
Comment 9: One commenter raised
concern that some activities that have
typically required an EFP in the past
may be reclassified as scientific research
and would now receive a Letter of
Acknowledgment and not have to go
through the Council review process
associated with EFP proposals.
Response: The new definition of
‘‘conservation engineering’’ and the
associated revision of the definition of
‘‘scientific research activity’’ are
provided to assist the Regional
Administrator or Director in
determining whether an activity is, or is
not, scientific research. This
determination is a matter of
interpretation, and the changes to these
definitions are provided for clarity. If an
activity that would otherwise be
considered fishing is determined to be
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
42788
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
scientific research, then it is not
regulated by the MSA.
Comment 10: One commenter
inquired about whether or not
‘‘conservation engineering’’ includes the
deployment of modified fishing gear
under conditions similar to commercial
fishing to assess the effectiveness of the
modifications and to make comparisons
to gear allowed under regulations.
Response: The expectation is that
some conservation engineering projects
will indeed need to conduct activities
such as those described above in order
to scientifically verify the effectiveness
of the modified gear. It is very important
that the amount of fish taken during
such activities be kept to the minimum
necessary to achieve a scientifically
robust analysis while conserving the
resource, and that any mortality is
accounted for consistent with NS1, the
NS1 Guidelines, and MSA section
303(a)(15), as well as other MSA
provisions and other applicable laws,
including the ESA. Any additional fish
used as compensation for conducting
the research must be caught either by
fishing consistent with existing
regulations or through compensation
fishing, which must be approved by
NMFS. The definition of conservation
engineering has been revised to identify
the activity as the development and
assessment of fishing technologies and
fishing techniques designed to conserve
target and non-target species. The
language of MSA section 404(c)(2) is
then provided as an example of
conservation engineering.
Comment 11: Two commenters
inquired about what is meant by ‘‘new’’
gear technologies in the definition of
‘‘conservation engineering.’’
Response: To clarify this point, NMFS
added additional language to the
definition to indicate that conservation
engineering may include the
development and assessment of new
gear technologies as well as the
assessment of existing technologies
applied in novel ways. An example
would be assessing the ability of a
bycatch reduction device (BRD),
designed and proven in one fishery, to
reduce bycatch in another fishery.
Comment 12: Two commenters
suggested that NMFS should ensure that
EFPs produce meaningful results and
provide information that will advance
fishery management, and that the
regulations should include a list of
requirements for EFPs similar to that
provided for conservation engineering
and scientific research activities.
Another commenter suggested that we
remove the requirement that these
activities address a testable hypothesis,
as this undercuts the validity of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
resource surveys, which do not test a
hypothesis but instead make scientific
observations.
Response: An EFP is a permit issued
for an exemption from one or more
fishery regulations. There are many
reasons for requesting an EFP. Not all
EFPs are issued for research purposes or
to obtain information for fishery
management purposes. The proposed
rule included a discussion of
conservation engineering and the
distinctions between fishing activities
that require an EFP and scientific
research activities that do not, where a
Letter of Acknowledgment is
appropriate. Not all scientific research
involves testing a hypothesis. Resource
surveys by their nature record
observations instead of testing a
hypothesis. The MSA mandates in
section 318(d) that the process be
regionally-based. Councils can set
research priorities for the fisheries that
they manage. It is appropriate to leave
the decision regarding the merits of each
EFP proposal to the Regional
Administrator or Director, with input
from the relevant Council and the
public obtained during the public
comment process.
Comment 13: Three commenters
suggested that the discussion about
mortality associated with conservation
engineering was characterized with
unsupported statements and
generalizations, and that in some cases
the mortality has already been
accounted for under the relevant
FMP(s).
Response: The proposed rule
preamble described conservation
engineering and included a description
of NMFS concerns about the impacts of
conservation engineering activities and
the associated mortality. Conservation
engineering activities may catch
substantial amounts of fish. For
example, when conducting catch rate
comparisons between experimental and
control gear, projects often conduct
multiple sets of tows to compare
catches. The mortality associated with
conservation engineering work needs to
be properly accounted for and analyzed,
consistent with NS1, the NS1
Guidelines, and MSA section 303(a)(15).
If the activity is scientific research, then
the activity is not regulated under the
MSA, but the mortality should be
analyzed under the relevant FMP(s) as
scientific research mortality. If the
activity is fishing and the fish are
landed against the appropriate quota,
then the mortality has already been
analyzed as part of the FMP action that
set the quota (this includes RSA
programs). If the activity is fishing and
is being conducted under an EFP, then
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
the mortality should be analyzed as part
of the EFP application if it has not
already been analyzed elsewhere.
Scientific Research Activity
Comment 14: Several commenters
raised concerns with various aspects of
the definition of scientific research
activity. Some comments focused on the
distinction between scientific research
and fishing. It was suggested in several
comments that work done under an EFP
is not considered to be scientific, that
there is a perception that EFPs amount
to a lower standard of research, and that
EFPs are used as a ‘‘catch all’’ for
projects that do not meet the specifics
of the definition of scientific research.
Response: Scientific research is not
regulated by the MSA, and as such it is
exempt from fisheries regulations. A
definition of scientific research activity
is provided to clarify what activities
would qualify for such an exemption.
Fishing activities that do not meet the
definition of scientific research activity,
and are prohibited by fishery
regulations, require an EFP to exempt
the activity from the relevant
regulations. The determination that an
EFP is necessary does not denigrate the
scientific nature of an activity; it simply
indicates that some aspect of the activity
requires an exemption.
Comment 15: Two commenters
inquired about whether or not the fish
caught during a research activity can be
sold.
Response: Only fish that are caught
during a scientific research activity that
is within the scope of the scientific
research plan may be sold. Under the
MSA scientific research activity on
board a scientific research vessel is not
fishing. Therefore, the sale of fish
caught and retained during a scientific
research activity that is within the scope
of the research plan is not fishing or
commercial fishing as defined by the
MSA, and the sale of such fish does not
change the scientific activity to fishing.
Alternatively, the retention and sale of
fish exceeding the scope of the research
plan is fishing and requires the
appropriate permits.
Scientific Research Vessel
Comment 16: Eleven of the 18
commenters had a comment regarding
the utilization of commercial fishing
vessels as research platforms and many
suggested that commercial fishing
vessels should be specifically included
in the definition of ‘‘scientific research
vessel.’’ Many of the comments focused
on the ownership or chartering of
vessels and on the misconception that
commercial fishing vessels can not be
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
utilized as scientific research vessels
under the current regulations.
Response: There were no revisions to
the definition of scientific research
vessel in the proposed rule. Under
current regulations, a commercial
fishing vessel can be utilized as a
scientific research vessel if: (1) The
activities on board the vessel meet the
definition of scientific research activity;
and (2) the vessel is ‘‘owned or
chartered by, and controlled by, a ...
U.S. Government agency ... U.S. state or
territorial agency, university ... or
scientific institution.’’ To date, the
evaluation of proposals and the types of
vessels being utilized as research
platforms has been handled on a caseby-case basis by the Regional
Administrator or Director. In some
cases, state agencies and scientific
institutions conducting research on
board commercial fishing vessels have
been required to obtain an EFP, while in
other cases universities conducting
similar research have received a Letter
of Acknowledgment. These types of
situations have been misconstrued to
mean that commercial fishing vessels
can not be utilized as research platforms
without obtaining an EFP, when in fact
that is not the case. Often the more
important qualifier is the level of
accreditation and/or scientific standing
of the scientific institution. NMFS
recognizes the importance of having the
ability to conduct scientific research on
board commercial fishing vessels, both
for convenience as well as for necessity
of the research. Commercial fishing
vessels have been, and may continue to
be, utilized as scientific research
platforms. The decision to recognize
this activity under a Letter of
Acknowledgment versus requiring that
an EFP be obtained should remain
under the purview of the Regional
Administrator or Director, be
determined on a case-by-case basis, and
be based on the merits of the individual
proposal and the institution(s) involved,
i.e., whether the proposed activity meets
the definition of scientific research
activity, and whether the vessel meets
the definition of scientific research
vessel. Allowing the Regional
Administrator or Director to make this
determination meets the ‘‘regionallybased’’ mandate in MSA section 318(d).
Language to this effect has been added
to the definition of scientific research
vessel that incorporates ‘‘commercial
fishing vessels’’ and states that Letter of
Acknowledgment versus EFP
determinations should be made by the
Regional Administrator or Director.
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
General Comments
Comment 17: Two commenters
suggested the introduction of a new
term and concept, a NMFS-approved
scientific research plan. Under this
concept, the scientific research plan
would be the document that would be
used to determine whether the proposed
activity: (1) should be considered a
scientific research activity and be
recognized with a Letter of
Acknowledgment; or (2) should not be
considered a scientific research activity
and therefore may require an EFP. Using
this concept, if NMFS approves the
scientific research plan as part of a grant
proposal review or other approval
process, then the proposal should be
deemed a scientific research project,
and no further review, approval, or
permit should be required.
Response: The determination made by
the Regional Administrator or Director,
as to whether a project is a scientific
research activity, is separate and
distinct from the decisions made to fund
a project. While funding approval
indicates that the project has merit, it
does not evaluate the project in the
context of the relevant fishery
regulations. To create a system to do
both would require a major reworking of
the existing programs and their
processes, and the involvement of all
the affected programs. This is beyond
the scope of this rulemaking.
Comment 18: Five commenters raised
concerns with the proposed exemption
of projects funded by quota set-asides
from the requirement to publish
separate notices in the Federal Register,
even though notice has already been
published in the Federal Register as
part of the annual specifications process
for a program, such as the Mid-Atlantic
RSA program. The primary concerns
were that this exemption would
effectively block a Council’s ability to
comment on these proposals, and that it
may hinder the ability of other
concerned parties to comment on the
proposed activities.
Response: NMFS agrees that it is
important to ensure that the Councils
and the public have the ability to
comment on all EFP proposals.
Therefore, the exemption has been
removed from the rule. In addition to
NMFS publishing a notice in the
Federal Register for EFP proposals,
Councils may take public comments on
EFP proposals at Council meetings,
providing additional opportunities for
public comment.
Comment 19: One commenter
supported the proposed change to the
regulations requiring that the Regional
Administrator or Director withhold a
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
42789
Letter of Acknowledgment if they
determined that the proposed research
activity may require a permit or
consultation under ESA, MMPA, or
other applicable law, while another
commenter was against this approach,
indicating that it restricts the Regional
Administrator or Director’s ability to
issue a Letter of Acknowledgment and
that it would likely cause delays.
Response: To address these concerns,
an alternate approach has been selected
that allows the Regional Administrator
or Director to provide the applicant with
a Letter of Acknowledgment in these
cases, but requires that they include text
in the Letter of Acknowledgment
informing the applicant that they may
require a permit or consultation under
other laws.
Comment 20: One commenter
suggested that these regulations should
clarify which activities are commercial
fishing, and which are not, for purposes
of the MMPA.
Response: Throughout the final rule,
clarification has been provided as to
when the various activities are fishing
under the MSA. It is not appropriate for
these regulations to address fishing as it
relates to the MMPA.
Comment 21: Three commenters
raised concerns about the proposed
changes affecting the amount of
additional information and the level of
analysis required to be submitted with
an EFP application. In particular, the
level of NEPA analysis was felt to be
excessive, potentially requiring an
environmental assessment (EA) level of
analysis for projects that would likely
only require a CE. One commenter
supported the development of broadbased analyses under NEPA and ESA
that can apply to multiple projects.
Response: The proposed changes were
intended to broaden the list of items
that need to be considered when
reviewing an application, to include
items, such as EFH, that have been
added to the MSA since the original
regulations were published in 1996. The
proposed changes were not intended to
require EA-level analysis for every
proposal prior to application. The
agency supports proactive, up-front
discussions to alleviate problems during
the application and review process. EFP
applicants are encouraged to contact the
applicable NMFS regional office to
discuss the proposed activity prior to
submitting an application. Having this
initial discussion benefits both parties.
The agency becomes aware of the
proposed activity and can provide the
applicant with information about the
relevant regulations and other
information pertinent to its application,
such as: if the proposed activity is likely
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
42790
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
to meet the definition of scientific
research activity and be eligible to
receive a Letter of Acknowledgment, or
if it requires an exemption from a
fishery regulation, thus requiring an
EFP; and any additional information
that is needed for a complete
application. This initial discussion also
gives the applicant the chance to find
out if any other laws may apply (e.g.,
ESA, MMPA, NEPA, etc.) and what
level of NEPA analysis might be
required. The agency also supports the
combination of groups of associated
projects, and their associated
applications, analyses, etc., such as the
projects funded through the MidAtlantic RSA program and the Northeast
Cooperative Research Partners Program.
The agency has streamlined the process
for reviewing applications and
combining analyses for these grouped
projects. For example, the NEPA
analysis for the Mid-Atlantic RSA
projects is included as part of the EA for
the annual specifications process for the
respective FMP(s), thus alleviating the
need for each project to do its own
analysis. The agency is also open to
considering the development of broadbased (umbrella) EFPs for groups of
associated projects. This approach is
currently being considered for the
Cooperative Research Study Fleet in the
Northeast region.
Comment 22: Two additional
comments also focused on
environmental analyses. One
recommended that environmental
analyses should be completed and made
available to the public before the public
comment period on an EFP application.
The other suggested that collective and
cumulative impacts of multiple
concurrent EFPs must be evaluated.
Response: The Federal Register notice
that is published for EFP applications
provides a brief description of the
proposed activities, and provides
contact information for the NMFS staff
involved in reviewing such proposals.
The public may contact NMFS staff to
request a copy of the environmental
analyses submitted for the proposed
project. Some regions also make their
NEPA analyses available through their
regional website. NMFS is concerned
with the cumulative impacts of multiple
concurrent EFP projects. There are
NEPA staff located in each NMFS
regional office and at NMFS
Headquarters. They monitor and track
NEPA-related activities under their
purview, and perform appropriate
analyses, such as cumulative impact
analyses, in accordance with national
and regional policies and procedures.
Comment 23: Several commenters
raised concerns that the proposed rule
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
did not meet Congress’ intent in MSA
section 318(d) to ‘‘promulgate
regulations that create an expedited,
uniform, and regionally-based process
to promote issuance, where practicable,
of experimental fishing permits.’’ Some
comments asserted that there was little
if any streamlining of the process. Other
comments focused on a need for
flexibility to address issues on a
regional basis, while recognizing that
the proposed rule did provide remedies
to some existing regional problems.
Most of the comments related to MSA
language raised concerns that the
proposed changes would actually make
the EFP process more complex and
burdensome.
Response: NMFS believes that the
proposed rule does meet Congressional
intent. Congress did not provide a
definition of ‘‘experimental fishing’’ in
the reauthorized MSA and NMFS
regulations at § 600.10 have long
interpreted ‘‘experimental fishing’’ and
‘‘exempted fishing’’ as synonymous.
Therefore, the mandate in section 318(d)
was viewed as direction to amend the
existing regulations. The existing
regulations, in conjunction with the
revisions made herein, allow for
regional flexibility while also
maintaining national consistency. The
regulations allow the Regional
Administrator or Director to make
determinations on a case-by-case basis
when this is the best solution to address
region and fishery specific issues. This
meets the congressional mandate to
have a ‘‘uniform, and regionally-based
process.’’ Part of the concern raised
about the additional complexity
introduced in the proposed rule directly
relates to the proposed definition of
‘‘gear testing.’’ The removal of the
definition of gear testing, and the further
clarification of conservation
engineering, scientific research activity,
scientific research vessel, and exempted
fishing, provides additional clarification
to address these concerns. Some
conservation engineering projects will
now be considered scientific research
and will qualify for a Letter of
Acknowledgment, thus simplifying and
streamlining the review and issuance
process for these projects. The process
for obtaining EFPs is complex due to the
need to comply with other applicable
laws (e.g., ESA, MMPA, NEPA, etc.).
Where the process becomes the most
efficient is in the programs, like the
Mid-Atlantic RSA and Northeast
Cooperative Research Study Fleet,
where the analyses can be performed for
all the participating projects at the same
time. NMFS encourages the Councils to
work with the cooperative research
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
community and NMFS to increase the
use of these types of programs.
Comment 24: One commenter stated
that the Councils were not adequately
engaged in the preparation of the
proposed rule.
Response: NMFS engaged the
Councils as allowed under current
authorities. NMFS conducted several
conference calls with regional office and
Council staff to discuss the draft
proposed rule. NMFS also briefed the
Council Chairs and Executive Directors
on the proposed rule at the March 2008
Council Coordination Committee
meeting.
Comment 25: One commenter was
concerned that the time limit for EFPs
specified in the proposed rule in
§ 600.745(b)(5) is limiting and
unnecessary. The commenter indicated
that the duration of the permit can be
determined during the review of the
proposal and can be handled on a caseby-case basis.
Response: The 1-year limit specified
in the proposed rule is in the existing
regulations, and was not revised in the
proposed rule. The only proposed
change to this section was the removal
of the phrase ‘‘unless revoked,
suspended, or modified.’’ The relevant
paragraph now reads: ‘‘Unless otherwise
specified in the EFP or a superseding
notice or regulation, an EFP is valid for
no longer than 1 year. EFPs may be
renewed following the application
procedures in this section.’’ Therefore,
the Regional Administrator or Director
continues to have the discretion to issue
an EFP for more than 1 year.
Comment 26: One commenter stated
that inclusion of terms and conditions
in EFPs should not be discretionary.
Response: Section 600.745(b)(3)(v)
allows the Regional Administrator or
Director the discretion to attach terms
and conditions to an EFP on a case-bycase basis, and does not mandate
specific terms and conditions, thus
allowing for a regionally-based process.
Comment 27: One commenter raised a
concern that § 600.745(b)(3)(ii) could be
interpreted to mean that NMFS may not
have to consult with the Council(s). The
commenter felt strongly that all EFP
applications should be reviewed by the
Council(s), and wanted to ensure that
Council review will not be
circumvented by the new regulations.
Response: Section 600.745(b)(3)(i)
states, ‘‘The Regional Administrator or
Director also will forward copies of the
application to the appropriate
Council(s), the USCG, and the
appropriate fishery management
agencies of affected states ...’’ This is a
mandatory requirement to notify the
appropriate Council(s) and other
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
agencies that an EFP application is
under review and provides an
opportunity for the Council(s) and
agencies to review and provide
comment on the application. Further,
§ 600.745(b)(3)(ii) states, ‘‘If the
application is complete and warrants
additional consultation, the Regional
Administrator or Director may consult
with the appropriate Council(s)
concerning the permit application
during the period in which comments
have been requested.’’ This sentence
was not revised in the proposed rule.
Retaining this wording allows the
Councils the flexibility to do their
review during a Council meeting, and
not necessarily during the comment
period.
Comment 28: Two commenters raised
issue with the language in
§ 600.745(b)(1) allowing the collection
of a fee for issuance of an EFP.
Response: This language is in the
existing regulations, and was not
revised in the proposed rule. The
language does not mandate that a fee
will be charged, it simply allows a fee
to be charged.
Comment 29: One commenter
recommended that the proposed
regulations at § 600.745(b)(1) be revised
to clarify that EFPs will not be issued to
authorize fishing activities that are
inconsistent with the requirements of
take reduction plans adopted under the
MMPA. Another commenter requested
that the regulations clarify when ESA
consultation will be required.
Response: NMFS emphasizes that this
rulemaking concerns regulations of
general applicability. In the course of
reviewing each EFP application, NMFS
conducts the appropriate level of ESA
and MMPA consultation, which require
a fact-specific inquiry. Concerns about
consistency with any relevant take
reduction plans would be evaluated at
that time.
Comment 30: One commenter raised a
concern with the potential increased
expense of particular terms and
conditions that may be applied to EFPs
under the authority of revised
§ 600.745(b)(3)(v). They point out that
requiring observers, vessel monitoring
systems, or other electronic devices as a
condition of an EFP may add significant
costs to a project, and that such costs
should be incorporated into the grant or
that compensation fishing should be
authorized to help cover the additional
expense.
Response: This regulation, which is
only slightly modified from the existing
requirements in § 600.745(b)(3)(v), was
written to provide the Regional
Administrator or Director with the
flexibility to place specific terms and
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
conditions within each EFP
authorization on a case-by-case basis.
NMFS realizes that these additional
terms and conditions may increase the
cost of conducting the project. When the
Regional Administrator or Director
requires additional terms and
conditions they have made an informed
decision that they are necessary.
Comment 31: One commenter raised
concerns about the modification of
projects issued EFPs. They
recommended that any modifications
should be clearly documented, and the
public should be notified of any such
changes.
Response: It is currently left up to the
discretion of the Regional Administrator
or Director as to whether any proposed
modifications will be authorized, and to
what extent a modification requires
review and consultation. Minor
modifications, such as the replacement
of one vessel by another similar vessel,
are handled as routine. In such
circumstances, the principal
investigator submits to NMFS
information about the new vessel and
any additional information required in
the applicable region, such as the
owner’s or operator’s signature agreeing
to the conditions of the permit. NMFS
then evaluates and documents the
replacement based on regional policies,
which include consideration of the
vessel’s history of prior fisheries
violations, if any, and, in some regions,
issuance of a new EFP listing the new
vessel. The new vessel must carry the
permit on board while conducting EFP
activities. Other minor modifications,
such as a slight change to the start and
end date of a project, are typically
handled by conducting an abbreviated
review and possibly a consultation
process (time and area changes may
require ESA, MMPA and/or Habitat
consultation), while significant
modifications, such as gear changes,
requests to enter an adjacent closed
area, or substituting a vessel that is not
equivalent to the vessel it replaces, are
typically handled as a new application,
with full review and consultation, as
needed.
Comment 32: One commenter raised
multiple concerns regarding the level of
involvement that NMFS should have
with applicants, the amount of
assistance provided in the completion of
EFP applications, and whether or not
resubmissions of previously denied
projects should be considered.
Response: NMFS will provide some
level of assistance to EFP applicants, as
resources and priorities allow. It is at
the agency’s discretion to decide how
much assistance is appropriate given the
nature of the situation. These situations
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
42791
are best handled on a case-by-case basis.
All applications for EFPs should be
considered, even those that are being
resubmitted after being previously
denied.
Comment 33: Three commenters
raised questions regarding the new
regulations added in § 600.745(e)
concerning observers. The commenters
inquired to whom the regulations
applied, and what was meant by ‘‘other
programs.’’
Response: This section was added to
specifically address an agency need
regarding its ability to place observers
on fishing vessels to collect fish and/or
data. It applies specifically to the NMFS
observer programs, and to NMFS
observers, staff, and contractors
conducting activities in accordance with
approved NMFS observer program
sampling protocols. The reference to
‘‘other programs’’ in the preamble of the
proposed rule means any other NMFS
program besides the NMFS observer
program (e.g., the NMFS study fleet
program in the Northeast). This section
of the regulations is not intended to
apply to any other observer programs,
such as those associated with any state
agency, university, research institution,
or industry group. Determining whether
another institution requires an EFP shall
be based upon the proposed activities
and the regulations pertaining to
scientific research and exempted
fishing.
Changes from Proposed Rule
In § 600.10, the definition of
‘‘Compensation fishing’’ is revised to
clarify when an EFP is required.
In § 600.10, the definition of
‘‘Conservation engineering’’ is revised to
further describe the types and nature of
the activities included, that the
assessment of novel uses of existing
devices is acceptable, and to clarify
when this activity is, and is not, fishing,
i.e., when an EFP or a Letter of
Acknowledgment is appropriate.
In § 600.10, the definition of ‘‘Gear
testing’’ is removed.
In § 600.10, the definition of
‘‘Scientific research activity’’ is revised.
The phrase ‘‘collateral fishing effects’’
has been changed to read ‘‘collateral
effects of fishing.’’ In addition, the
description of when gear testing may or
may not be considered scientific
research is removed. In the proposed
rule the phrase ‘‘unless it meets the
definition of conservation engineering’’
was added following the phrase ‘‘or the
testing of fishing gear.’’ Since
conservation engineering was also
added to the list of scientific research
activity topics, this phrase is redundant
and has been removed.
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
42792
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
In § 600.10, the definition of
‘‘Scientific research vessel’’ is revised to
clarify that a commercial fishing vessel
can be utilized as a scientific research
vessel.
In addition, the definitions for
compensation fishing, conservation
engineering, and scientific research
activity in § 600.10 have been
streamlined by moving text into the
operative regulatory sections. For
example, the regulatory language that
relates to foreign fishing has been
deleted from the definitions and placed
in § 600.512(a) for scientific research,
and the regulatory language that applies
to domestic fishing has been deleted
from the definitions and placed in
§ 600.745(a) for scientific research and
§ 600.745(b)(1) for exempted fishing.
In §§ 600.512(a) and 600.745(a), the
factors that the Regional Administrator
or Director should consider when
making the determination of whether an
activity constitutes scientific research or
fishing have been outlined.
In §§ 600.512(a) and 600.745(a), text is
added to instruct the Regional
Administrator or Director to include text
in the Letter of Acknowledgment
informing the applicant that the
proposed research activity may require
a permit or consultation under other
applicable laws. The proposed rule had
instructed the Regional Administrator or
Director not to issue the LOA until these
other permits had been obtained. The
new approach responds to the proposal
as it pertains to fishing under the MSA
while informing the applicant of
potential issues under other applicable
laws. In the same sections, the word
‘‘cruise’’ is replaced with the word
‘‘activity.’’
In addition, in §§ 600.512(a) and
600.745(a), language has been added to
recommend that a copy of the Letter of
Acknowledgment accompany any fish,
or parts thereof, during any ex-vessel
activities, such as transporting the fish
or fish parts from the vessel to a
laboratory. In §§ 600.745(b)(7) and
600.745(d)(7), language has been added
to require that a copy of the EFP or
exempted educational activities
authorization accompany any fish, or
parts thereof, during such activities.
In § 600.745(b)(3)(i), the text that was
inserted to exempt research projects
funded by quota set-asides from the
requirement to publish a separate notice
in the Federal Register is removed. This
alleviates the concerns that were raised
about the council review and public
comment process for EFP proposals for
these types of projects.
In the new § 600.745(b)(4), the
requirement to sign the permit is
retained, but the requirement to return
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
a copy of the signed permit is removed.
This requirement did not address a
current problem, nor did it meet the
intent of MSA section 318(d) to expedite
the process.
In § 600.745(c)(1), ‘‘and the
appropriate Regional Administrator or
Director’’ is added so that the NMFS
Science Center (fisheries scientists) and
the NMFS Regional Office or Office of
Sustainable Fisheries (fisheries
managers) may receive a copy of a
report derived from the research
activity.
In § 600.745(c)(2), the requirement to
submit a report is revised to set 6
months as the deadline for submission.
In § 600.745(e), the phrase NMFSapproved observer protocols is revised
to read ‘‘NMFS-approved sea sampling
and/or observer protocols.’’
The Paperwork Reduction Act public
reporting burden-hour estimates have
been revised based on updated
estimates from the NMFS regional
offices.
Classification
The NMFS Assistant Administrator
has determined that this rule is
consistent with the provisions of
sections 318(d), 402(e), and 305(d) of
the MSA, other provisions of the MSA,
and other applicable law.
This final rule has been determined to
be not significant for purposes of
Executive Order 12866.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of
the Department of Commerce certified
to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration that this
rule would not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
This rule provides clarifications of current
regulations and information requirements, as
well as other administrative requirements
regarding scientific research, exempted
fishing, and exempted educational activities.
The rule serves only to define terms, clarify
distinctions among scientific research
activity, exempted fishing, and exempted
educational activities, and standardize
procedures for applying for and issuing EFPs
and authorizations for exempted educational
activities as allowed under EFPs.
As a result, a final regulatory
flexibility analysis is not required and
none has been prepared.
This rule contains a collection-ofinformation requirement subject to
review and approval by OMB under the
Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), which
has been approved by OMB under
Control Number 0648–0309. The public
reporting burden for this collection of
information is estimated: (1) To average
113 hours per response to send NMFS
a copy of a scientific research plan and
to average 3 hours per response to
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
provide a copy of the cruise report or
research publication; (2) to average 95
hours per response to complete an
application for an EFP and to average 3
hours per response or authorization for
an exempted educational activity; and
(3) to average 47 hours per response to
provide a report at the conclusion of
exempted fishing and to average 2 hours
per response to provide a report at the
conclusion of exempted educational
activities, including the time for
reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and
completing and reviewing the collection
information. Send comments regarding
this burden estimate, or any other aspect
of this data collection, including
suggestions for reducing the burden, to
the Office of Sustainable Fisheries at the
ADDRESSES above, and email to
[email protected], or fax to
(202) 395–7285. Notwithstanding any
other provision of the law, no person is
required to respond to, and no person
shall be subject to penalty for failure to
comply with, a collection of information
subject to the requirements of the PRA,
unless that collection of information
displays a currently valid OMB control
number.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 600
Fisheries, Fishing.
Dated: August 19, 2009.
Samuel D. Rauch III,
Deputy Assistant Administrator for
Regulatory Programs, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
For the reasons stated in the preamble,
NMFS amends 50 CFR part 600 as
follows:
■
PART 600—MAGNUSON-STEVENS
ACT PROVISIONS
1. The authority citation for part 600
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 971 et seq. and 1801
et seq.
2. In § 600.10, definitions for
‘‘Exempted educational activity’’,
‘‘Exempted or experimental fishing’’,
‘‘Region’’, ‘‘Regional Administrator’’,
‘‘Science and Research Director’’,
‘‘Scientific research activity’’, and
‘‘Scientific research vessel’’ are revised,
and definitions for ‘‘Compensation
fishing’’ and ‘‘Conservation
engineering’’ are added, in alphabetical
order, to read as follows:
■
§ 600.10
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Compensation fishing means fishing
conducted for the purpose of recovering
costs associated with resource surveys
and scientific studies that support the
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
management of a fishery, or to provide
incentive for participation in such
studies. Compensation fishing may
include fishing during or subsequent to
such surveys or studies.
*
*
*
*
*
Conservation engineering means the
development and assessment of fishing
technologies and fishing techniques
designed to conserve target and nontarget species, and may include the
study of fish behavior and the
development and testing of new gear
technologies and fishing techniques to
minimize bycatch and any adverse
effects on essential fish habitat and
promote efficient harvest of target
species. Conservation engineering may
include the assessment of existing
fishing technologies applied in novel
ways. An example would be assessing
the ability of a bycatch reduction device
(BRD), designed and proven in one
fishery, to reduce bycatch in another
fishery. Conservation engineering
meeting the definition of scientific
research activity is not fishing.
*
*
*
*
*
Exempted educational activity means
an activity that would otherwise be
considered fishing, conducted by an
educational institution accredited by a
recognized national or international
accreditation body, of limited scope and
duration, that is otherwise prohibited by
this chapter VI, but that is authorized by
the appropriate Regional Administrator
or Director for educational purposes,
i.e., the instruction of an individual or
group, and authorized capture of only
the amount of fish necessary to
demonstrate the lesson.
Exempted or experimental fishing
means fishing from a vessel of the
United States that involves activities
otherwise prohibited by this chapter VI,
but that are authorized under an
exempted fishing permit (EFP). The
regulations in § 600.745 refer
exclusively to exempted fishing.
References elsewhere in this chapter to
experimental fishing mean exempted
fishing under this part.
*
*
*
*
*
Region means one of six NMFS
Regional Offices responsible for
administering the management and
development of marine resources in the
United States in their respective
geographical areas of responsibility.
Regional Administrator means the
Administrator of one of the six NMFS
Regions.
*
*
*
*
*
Science and Research Director means
the Director of one of the six NMFS
Fisheries Science Centers described in
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
Table 1 of § 600.502, or a designee, also
known as a Center Director.
*
*
*
*
*
Scientific research activity is, for the
purposes of this part, an activity in
furtherance of a scientific fishery
investigation or study that would meet
the definition of fishing under the
Magnuson-Stevens Act, but for the
exemption applicable to scientific
research activity conducted from a
scientific research vessel. Scientific
research activity includes, but is not
limited to, sampling, collecting,
observing, or surveying the fish or
fishery resources within the EEZ, at sea,
on board scientific research vessels, to
increase scientific knowledge of the
fishery resources or their environment,
and to test a hypothesis as part of a
planned, directed investigation or study
conducted according to methodologies
generally accepted as appropriate for
scientific research. At-sea scientific
fishery investigations address one or
more topics involving taxonomy,
biology, physiology, behavior, disease,
aging, growth, mortality, migration,
recruitment, distribution, abundance,
ecology, stock structure, bycatch or
other collateral effects of fishing,
conservation engineering, and catch
estimation of fish species considered to
be a component of the fishery resources
within the EEZ. Scientific research
activity does not include the collection
and retention of fish outside the scope
of the applicable research plan, or the
testing of fishing gear. Data collection
designed to capture and land quantities
of fish for product development, market
research, and/or public display are not
scientific research activities. For foreign
vessels, such data collection activities
are considered scientific research if they
are carried out in full cooperation with
the United States.
*
*
*
*
*
Scientific research vessel means a
vessel owned or chartered by, and
controlled by, a foreign government
agency, U.S. Government agency
(including NOAA or institutions
designated as federally funded research
and development centers), U.S. state or
territorial agency, university (or other
educational institution accredited by a
recognized national or international
accreditation body), international treaty
organization, or scientific institution. In
order for a domestic commercial fishing
vessel to meet this definition, it must be
under the control of a qualifying agency
or institution, and operate in accordance
with a scientific research plan, for the
duration of the scientific research
activity. In order for a vessel that is
owned or chartered and controlled by a
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
42793
foreign government to meet this
definition, the vessel must have
scientific research as its exclusive
mission during the scientific activity in
question, and the vessel operations must
be conducted in accordance with a
scientific research plan.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. In § 600.512, paragraph (a) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 600.512
Scientific research.
(a) Scientific research activity.
Persons planning to conduct scientific
research activities on board a scientific
research vessel in the EEZ that may be
confused with fishing are encouraged to
submit to the appropriate Regional
Administrator or Director, 60 days or as
soon as practicable prior to its start, a
scientific research plan for each
scientific activity. The Regional
Administrator or Director will
acknowledge notification of scientific
research activity by issuing to the
operator or master of that vessel, or to
the sponsoring institution, a Letter of
Acknowledgment. This Letter of
Acknowledgment is separate and
distinct from any permit or consultation
required under the MMPA, the ESA, or
any other applicable law. The Regional
Administrator or Director will include
text in the Letter of Acknowledgment
informing the applicant that such
permits may be required and should be
obtained from the agency prior to
embarking on the activity. If the
Regional Administrator or Director, after
review of a research plan, determines
that it does not constitute scientific
research activity but rather fishing, the
Regional Administrator or Director will
inform the applicant as soon as
practicable and in writing. In making
this determination, the Regional
Administrator, Director, or designee
shall consider: the merits of the
individual proposal and the
institution(s) involved; whether the
proposed activity meets the definition of
scientific research activity; and whether
the vessel meets all the requirements for
a scientific research vessel. Foreign
vessels that qualify as scientific research
vessels and which are engaged in a
scientific research activity may only
engage in compensation fishing during
the scientific research cruise and in
accordance with the applicable
scientific research plan. The Regional
Administrator or Director may also
make recommendations to revise the
research plan to ensure the activity will
be considered to be a scientific research
activity. The Regional Administrator or
Director may designate a Science and
Research Director, or the Assistant
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
42794
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
Regional Administrator for Sustainable
Fisheries, to receive scientific research
plans and issue Letters of
Acknowledgment. In order to facilitate
identification of the activity as scientific
research, persons conducting scientific
research activities are advised to carry a
copy of the scientific research plan and
the Letter of Acknowledgment on board
the scientific research vessel and to
make it available for inspection upon
the request of any authorized officer. It
is recommended that for any scientific
research activity, any fish, or parts
thereof, retained pursuant to such
activity be accompanied, during any exvessel activities, by a copy of the Letter
of Acknowledgment. Activities
conducted in accordance with a
scientific research plan acknowledged
by such a Letter of Acknowledgment are
presumed to be scientific research
activities. An authorized officer may
overcome this presumption by showing
that an activity does not fit the
definition of scientific research activity
or is outside the scope of the scientific
research plan.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 4. In § 600.745:
A. Redesignate paragraphs (b)(3)(v)(C)
through (H) as paragraphs (b)(3)(v)(D)
through (I), respectively.
B. Redesignate paragraphs (b)(4)
through (8) as paragraphs (b)(5) through
(9), respectively.
C. Redesignate paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(B)
through (F) as paragraphs (d)(3)(ii)(C)
through (G), respectively.
D. Add paragraphs (b)(3)(v)(C), (b)(4),
(d)(3)(ii)(B), and (e).
E. Revise paragraphs (a), (b)(1),
(b)(2)(v), (b)(3)(i) introductory text,
(b)(3)(i)(C), (b)(3)(ii), (b)(3)(iii)
introductory text, (b)(3)(iii)(B),
(b)(3)(iii)(C), (b)(3)(v) introductory text,
(b)(3)(v)(F), (b)(3)(v)(G), (b)(5), (b)(7), (c),
(d)(1), (d)(2)(vii), (d)(3)(ii) introductory
text, (d)(3)(ii)(E), (d)(3)(iii), and (d)(7).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
§ 600.745 Scientific research activity,
exempted fishing, and exempted
educational activity.
(a) Scientific research activity.
Nothing in this part is intended to
inhibit or prevent any scientific research
activity conducted by a scientific
research vessel. Persons planning to
conduct scientific research activities on
board a scientific research vessel in the
EEZ are encouraged to submit to the
appropriate Regional Administrator or
Director, 60 days or as soon as
practicable prior to its start, a scientific
research plan for each scientific activity.
The Regional Administrator or Director
will acknowledge notification of
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
scientific research activity by issuing to
the operator or master of that vessel, or
to the sponsoring institution, a Letter of
Acknowledgment. This Letter of
Acknowledgment is separate and
distinct from any permit or consultation
required by the MMPA, the ESA, or any
other applicable law. The Regional
Administrator or Director will include
text in the Letter of Acknowledgment
informing the applicant that such a
permit may be required and should be
obtained from the agency prior to
embarking on the activity. If the
Regional Administrator or Director, after
review of a research plan, determines
that it does not constitute scientific
research but rather fishing, the Regional
Administrator or Director will inform
the applicant as soon as practicable and
in writing. In making this
determination, the Regional
Administrator, Director, or designee
shall consider: the merits of the
individual proposal and the
institution(s) involved; whether the
proposed activity meets the definition of
scientific research activity; and whether
the vessel meets all the requirements for
a scientific research vessel. The
Regional Administrator or Director may
also make recommendations to revise
the research plan to ensure the activity
will be considered to be scientific
research activity or recommend the
applicant request an EFP. The Regional
Administrator or Director may designate
a Science and Research Director, or the
Assistant Regional Administrator for
Sustainable Fisheries, to receive
scientific research plans and issue
Letters of Acknowledgment. In order to
facilitate identification of the activity as
scientific research, persons conducting
scientific research activities are advised
to carry a copy of the scientific research
plan and the Letter of Acknowledgment
on board the scientific research vessel
and to make it available for inspection
upon the request of any authorized
officer. It is recommended that for any
scientific research activity, any fish, or
parts thereof, retained pursuant to such
activity be accompanied, during any exvessel activities, by a copy of the Letter
of Acknowledgment. Activity conducted
in accordance with a scientific research
plan acknowledged by such a Letter of
Acknowledgment is presumed to be
scientific research activity. An
authorized officer may overcome this
presumption by showing that an activity
does not fit the definition of scientific
research activity or is outside the scope
of the scientific research plan.
(b) * * *
(1) General. A NMFS Regional
Administrator or Director may
authorize, for limited testing, public
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
display, data collection, exploratory
fishing, compensation fishing,
conservation engineering, health and
safety surveys, environmental cleanup,
and/or hazard removal purposes, the
target or incidental harvest of species
managed under an FMP or fishery
regulations that would otherwise be
prohibited. Exempted fishing may not
be conducted unless authorized by an
EFP issued by a Regional Administrator
or Director in accordance with the
criteria and procedures specified in this
section. Compensation fishing must be
conducted under an EFP if the activity
would otherwise be prohibited by
applicable regulations unless the
activity is specifically authorized under
an FMP or a scientific research permit.
Conservation engineering that does not
meet the definition of scientific research
activity, but does meet the definition of
fishing must be conducted under an EFP
if the activity would otherwise be
prohibited by applicable regulations.
Data collection designed to capture and
land quantities of fish for product
development, market research, and/or
public display must be permitted under
exempted fishing procedures. An EFP
exempts a vessel only from those
regulations specified in the EFP. All
other applicable regulations remain in
effect. The Regional Administrator or
Director may charge a fee to recover the
administrative expenses of issuing an
EFP. The amount of the fee will be
calculated, at least annually, in
accordance with procedures of the
NOAA Handbook for determining
administrative costs of each special
product or service; the fee may not
exceed such costs. Persons may contact
the appropriate Regional Administrator
or Director to determine the applicable
fee.
(2) * * *
(v) The species (target and incidental)
expected to be harvested under the EFP,
the amount(s) of such harvest necessary
to conduct the exempted fishing, the
arrangements for disposition of all
regulated species harvested under the
EFP, and any anticipated impacts on the
environment, including impacts on
fisheries, marine mammals, threatened
or endangered species, and EFH.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(i) The Regional Administrator or
Director, as appropriate, will review
each application and will make a
preliminary determination whether the
application contains all of the required
information and constitutes an activity
appropriate for further consideration. If
the Regional Administrator or Director
finds that any application does not
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
warrant further consideration, both the
applicant and the affected Council(s)
will be notified in writing of the reasons
for the decision. If the Regional
Administrator or Director determines
that any application warrants further
consideration, notification of receipt of
the application will be published in the
Federal Register with a brief description
of the proposal. Interested persons will
be given a 15- to 45-day opportunity to
comment on the notice of receipt of the
EFP application. In addition, comments
may be requested during public
testimony at a Council meeting. If the
Council intends to take comments on
EFP applications at a Council meeting,
it must include a statement to this effect
in the Council meeting notice and
meeting agenda. Multiple applications
for EFPs may be published in the same
Federal Register document and may be
discussed under a single Council agenda
item. The notification may establish a
cut-off date for receipt of additional
applications to participate in the same,
or a similar, exempted fishing activity.
The Regional Administrator or Director
will also forward copies of the
application to the Council(s), the U.S.
Coast Guard, and the appropriate fishery
management agencies of affected states,
accompanied by the following
information:
*
*
*
*
*
(C) Biological information relevant to
the proposal, including appropriate
statements of environmental impacts,
including impacts on fisheries, marine
mammals, threatened or endangered
species, and EFH.
(ii) If the application is complete and
warrants additional consultation, the
Regional Administrator or Director may
consult with the appropriate Council(s)
concerning the permit application
during the period in which comments
have been requested. The Council(s) or
the Regional Administrator or Director
shall notify the applicant in advance of
any public meeting at which the
application will be considered, and offer
the applicant the opportunity to appear
in support of the application.
(iii) As soon as practicable after
receiving a complete application,
including all required analyses and
consultations (e.g., NEPA, EFH, ESA
and MMPA), and having received
responses from the public, the agencies
identified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this
section, and/or after the consultation, if
any, described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of
this section, the Regional Administrator
or Director shall issue the EFP or notify
the applicant in writing of the decision
to deny the EFP and the reasons for the
denial. Grounds for denial of an EFP
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
include, but are not limited to, the
following:
*
*
*
*
*
(B) According to the best scientific
information available, the harvest to be
conducted under the permit would
detrimentally affect the well-being of
the stock of any regulated species of
fish, marine mammal, threatened or
endangered species, or EFH; or
(C) Issuance of the EFP would have
economic allocation as its sole purpose
(other than compensation fishing); or
*
*
*
*
*
(v) The Regional Administrator or
Director should attach, as applicable,
terms and conditions to the EFP,
consistent with the purpose of the
exempted fishing and as otherwise
necessary for the conservation and
management of the fishery resources
and the marine environment, including,
but not limited to:
*
*
*
*
*
(C) A citation of the regulations from
which the vessel is exempted.
*
*
*
*
*
(F) Whether observers, a vessel
monitoring system, or other electronic
equipment must be carried on board
vessels operating under the EFP, and
any necessary conditions, such as
predeployment notification
requirements.
(G) Data reporting requirements
necessary to document the activities,
including catches and incidental
catches, and to determine compliance
with the terms and conditions of the
EFP and established time frames and
formats for submission of the data to
NMFS.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Acknowledging permit conditions.
Upon receipt of an EFP, the permit
holder must date and sign the permit,
and retain the permit on board the
vessel(s). The permit is not valid until
signed by the permit holder. In signing
the permit, the permit holder:
(i) Agrees to abide by all terms and
conditions set forth in the permit, and
all restrictions and relevant regulations;
and
(ii) Acknowledges that the authority
to conduct certain activities specified in
the permit is conditional and subject to
authorization and revocation by the
Regional Administrator or Director.
(5) Duration. Unless otherwise
specified in the EFP or a superseding
notice or regulation, an EFP is valid for
no longer than 1 year. EFPs may be
renewed following the application
procedures in this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(7) Inspection. Any EFP issued under
this section must be carried on board
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
42795
the vessel(s) for which it was issued.
The EFP must be presented for
inspection upon request of any
authorized officer. Any fish, or parts
thereof, retained pursuant to an EFP
issued under this paragraph must be
accompanied, during any ex-vessel
activities, by a copy of the EFP.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Reports. (1) NMFS requests that
persons conducting scientific research
activities from scientific research
vessels submit a copy of any report or
other publication created as a result of
the activity, including the amount,
composition, and disposition of their
catch, to the appropriate Science and
Research Director and Regional
Administrator or Director.
(2) Upon completion of the activities
of the EFP, or periodically as required
by the terms and conditions of the EFP,
persons fishing under an EFP must
submit a report of their catches and any
other information required, to the
appropriate Regional Administrator or
Director, in the manner and within the
time frame specified in the EFP, but no
later than 6 months after concluding the
exempted fishing activity. Persons
conducting EFP activities are also
requested to submit a copy of any
publication prepared as a result of the
EFP activity.
(d) * * *
(1) General. A NMFS Regional
Administrator or Director may
authorize, for educational purposes, the
target or incidental harvest of species
managed under an FMP or fishery
regulations that would otherwise be
prohibited. The trade, barter or sale of
fish taken under this authorization is
prohibited. The decision of a Regional
Administrator or Director to grant or
deny an exempted educational activity
authorization is the final action of
NMFS. Exempted educational activities
may not be conducted unless authorized
in writing by a Regional Administrator
or Director in accordance with the
criteria and procedures specified in this
section. Such authorization will be
issued without charge.
(2) * * *
(vii) The species and amounts
expected to be caught during the
exempted educational activity, and any
anticipated impacts on the environment,
including impacts on fisheries, marine
mammals, threatened or endangered
species, and EFH.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(ii) The Regional Administrator or
Director should attach, as applicable,
terms and conditions to the
authorization, consistent with the
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with RULES
42796
Federal Register / Vol. 74, No. 163 / Tuesday, August 25, 2009 / Rules and Regulations
purpose of the exempted educational
activity and as otherwise necessary for
the conservation and management of the
fishery resources and the marine
environment, including, but not limited
to:
*
*
*
*
*
(B) A citation of the regulations from
which the vessel is being exempted.
*
*
*
*
*
(E) Data reporting requirements
necessary to document the activities and
to determine compliance with the terms
and conditions of the exempted
educational activity.
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) The authorization will specify the
scope of the authorized activity and will
include, at a minimum, the duration,
vessel(s), persons, species, and gear
involved in the activity, as well as any
additional terms and conditions
specified under paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(7) Inspection. Any authorization
issued under this paragraph (d) must be
carried on board the vessel(s) for which
it was issued, or be in the possession of
at least one of the persons identified in
the authorization, who must be present
while the exempted educational activity
is being conducted. The authorization
must be presented for inspection upon
request of any authorized officer.
Activities that meet the definition of
‘‘fishing,’’ despite an educational
purpose, are fishing. An authorization
may allow covered fishing activities;
however, fishing activities conducted
outside the scope of an authorization for
exempted educational activities are
illegal. Any fish, or parts thereof,
retained pursuant to an authorization
issued under this paragraph must be
accompanied, during any ex-vessel
activities, by a copy of the
authorization.
(e) Observers. NMFS-sanctioned
observers or biological technicians
conducting activities within NMFSapproved sea sampling and/or observer
protocols are exempt from the
requirement to obtain an EFP. For
purposes of this section, NMFSsanctioned observers or biological
technicians include NMFS employees,
NMFS observers, observers who are
employees of NMFS-contracted observer
providers, and observers who are
employees of NMFS-permitted observer
providers.
[FR Doc. E9–20489 Filed 8–24–09; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–S
VerDate Nov<24>2008
19:42 Aug 24, 2009
Jkt 217001
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
50 CFR Part 660
[Docket No. 090324366–9371–01]
RIN 0648–XQ50
Fisheries Off West Coast States;
Modifications of the West Coast
Commercial and Recreational Salmon
Fisheries; Inseason Actions #1, #2, and
#3
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Modification of fishing seasons,
gear restrictions, and landing and
possession limits; request for comments.
SUMMARY: NOAA Fisheries announces
three inseason actions in the ocean
salmon fisheries. Inseason action #1
modified the commercial fishery in the
area from Cape Falcon, Oregon to
Humbug Mountain, Oregon, and from
Humbug Mountain, Oregon to the
Oregon/California Border. Inseason
action #2 modified the recreational
fishery in the area from Cape Falcon,
Oregon to Humbug Mountain, Oregon.
Inseason action #3 modified the
commercial fishery in the area from
U.S./Canada Border to Cape Falcon,
Oregon.
DATES: Inseason actions #1 and #2 were
effective on March 15, 2009, until
replaced by the 2009 management
measures, May 1, 2009. Inseason action
#3 was effective on July 18, 2009 and
remains in effect until the closing date
or attainment of the subarea quotas,
whichever was first, as announced in
the 2009 annual management measures
or through additional inseason action.
Comments will be accepted through
September 9, 2009.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by 0648–XQ50, by any one of
the following methods:
• Electronic Submissions: Submit all
electronic public comments via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal http://
www.regulations.gov
• Fax: 206–526–6736, Attn: Peggy
Busby
• Mail: 7600 Sand Point Way NE,
Building 1, Seattle, WA, 98115
Instructions: All comments received
are a part of the public record and will
generally be posted to http://
www.regulations.gov without change.
All Personal Identifying Information (for
example, name, address, etc.)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4700
Sfmt 4700
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit Confidential Business
Information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
NMFS will accept anonymous
comments (enter N/A in the required
fields, if you wish to remain
anonymous). You may submit
attachments to electronic comments in
Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or
Adobe PDF file formats only.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Peggy Busby, by phone at 206–526–
4323.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: In the
2008 annual management measures for
ocean salmon fisheries (73 FR 23971,
May 1, 2008), NMFS announced the
commercial and recreational fisheries in
the area from the U.S./Canada Border to
the U.S./Mexico Border.
On March 10, 2009, the Regional
Administrator (RA) consulted with
representatives of the Pacific Fishery
Management Council (Council),
Washington Department of Fish and
Wildlife, Oregon Department of Fish
and Wildlife, and California Department
of Fish and Game. Information related to
catch to date, Chinook and coho catch
rates, and possible impacts to
Sacramento Fall Chinook were
discussed. These inseason actions were
taken because these fisheries were to
occur in the impact area for Sacramento
Fall Chinook. Preliminary projections
suggested this stock was at risk of not
meeting its escapement goal in 2009 and
therefore consistent with the MagnusonStevens Act, all fisheries that impact the
stock were potentially to remain closed
until the 2009 management measures
became effective on May 1, 2009. By
moving the opening dates of these
fisheries NMFS and the Council would
have more time to evaluate the impacts
of these fisheries on the Sacramento
River fall Chinook stock.
As a result, on March 10, 2009, the
states recommended, and the RA
concurred that inseason actions #1 and
#2 would cancel the previously
scheduled March 15, 2009, fishery
opening date for the (a) commercial
fishery in the area from Cape Falcon,
Oregon to Humbug Mountain, Oregon,
and from Humbug Mountain, Oregon to
the Oregon/California Border and (b) the
recreational fishery in the area from
Cape Falcon, Oregon, to Humbug
Mountain, Oregon. Modification in
quota and/or fishing seasons is
authorized by regulations at 50 CFR
660.409(b)(1)(I).
In the 2009 annual management
measures for ocean salmon fisheries (74
FR 20610, May 5, 2009), NMFS
announced the commercial and
E:\FR\FM\25AUR1.SGM
25AUR1
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE
1315 East-West Highway
Silver Spring, Maryland 20910
September 23, 2021
Lisa Desfosse, Ph.D.
NMFS Southeast Fisheries Science Center
3209 Frederic Street
Pascagoula, MS 39567
Dear Dr. Desfosse:
The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) has issued Permit No. 24368 to the NMFS
Southeast Fisheries Science Center for research activities on sea turtles. Upon issuance of this
permit, please be aware that Permit No. 19627-02 is no longer valid.
This permit is effective upon your signature and is valid through September 30, 2031. To use
your permit:
1. Read the permit, including attachments. If you have questions, email your permit analyst
– Amy Hapeman ([email protected]) or Erin Markin, Ph.D.,
([email protected]) before signing the permit.
2. Sign and date the signature page.
3. Keep the original signature page with your permit.
4. Return a copy of the signature page to our office by email to your permit analyst.
5. Provide a copy of this letter and the permit to each Co-Investigator.
Please note the following guidance for specific areas and activities:
Import/Export: The import and export of species, or parts of species, listed on the Appendices to
the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES)
requires a CITES Permit. For further information please contact the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS), Division of Management Authority, Branch of Permits, MS: IA, 5275
Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803 (1-800-358-2104).
All samples imported or exported must be declared and cleared through a USFWS port
designated for wildlife (50 CFR 14.12) and a Wildlife Declaration Form 3-177 must be filed with
the USFWS inspector at the time of import or export. Contact the appropriate port for details
about how to declare and clear your shipment prior to shipping your samples. The list of
designated ports and Form 3-177 may be obtained from: https://www.fws.gov/le/designatedports.html.
2
Data Sharing: We recommend that you:
Share photos and videos with researchers who maintain catalogs or databases for the
subject species for population monitoring, such as Ocean Biogeographic Information
System Spatial Ecological Analysis of Megavertebrate Populations (OBIS-SEAMAP);
see here for more information or contact Patrick Halpin, Ph.D., [email protected]; and
● Share telemetry data with the research community in a database such as the Animal
Telemetry Network (https://ioos.noaa.gov/project/atn/). Contact Bill Woodward, U.S.
Animal Telemetry Network Coordinator at [email protected].
●
Data and/or sample sharing requirements for protected species may be added at the discretion of
the Permits and Conservation Division as data needs are identified.
Activities including handling or close proximity to animals: To minimize disease transmission,
we recommend these routine practices be followed:
● All personnel should refer to local, State, and national requirements and public health
guidance for their activities.
● All personnel should wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) when
working with live or dead animals or when performing close-contact activities (e.g.,
health assessments or salvage).
● Work clothes, including footwear and dedicated PPE, should be worn only at work.
● Indirect contact between pets kept at home and wild animals should not occur including
contact via footwear, equipment, and clothes.
● Individuals who are ill should not work with live animals until cleared by their health
care provider.
For more information see the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention www.cdc.gov, the
United States Department of Agriculture https://www.usda.gov, the World Organization for
Animal Health https://www.oie.int, the American Veterinary Medical Association
www.avma.org, and the World Health Organization www.who.int.
Please keep your contact information current in our online database (https://apps.nmfs.noaa.gov).
You will receive automated email reminders of due dates for annual reports and a notice prior to
expiration of your permit.
Sincerely,
SLOAN.AMY.C.136
5868545
Digitally signed by
SLOAN.AMY.C.1365868545
Date: 2021.09.23 10:44:16 -04'00'
Jolie Harrison
Chief, Permits and Conservation Division
Office of Protected Resources
Enclosure
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE
1315 East-West Highway
Silver Spring, Maryland 20910
Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
Reports Due: January 31st, annually
PERMIT TO TAKE PROTECTED SPECIES1 FOR SCIENTIFIC PURPOSES
I. Authorization
This permit is issued to the NMFS Southeast Fisheries Center, 3209 Frederic Street, Pascagoula,
MS 39567 (hereinafter “Permit Holder;” Responsible Party: Lisa Desfosse, Ph.D.), pursuant to
the provisions of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) and the
regulations governing the taking, importing, and exporting of endangered and threatened species
(50 CFR Parts 222-226).
II. Abstract
The objective of the permitted activity, as described in the application, is to better understand
movement and migration, habitat use, genetics, and population dynamics of the sea turtle species
that interact with commercial fisheries and other human activities in the Atlantic Ocean. This
permit does not authorize the creation and use of cell lines.
III. Terms and Conditions
The activities authorized herein must occur by the means, in the areas, and for the purposes set
forth in the permit application, and as limited by the Terms and Conditions specified in this
permit, including appendices and attachments. Permit noncompliance constitutes a violation and
is grounds for permit modification, suspension, or revocation, and for enforcement action.
A.
1
Duration of Permit
1.
Personnel listed in Condition C.1 of this permit (hereinafter “Researchers”) may
conduct activities authorized by this permit through September 30, 2031. This
permit may be extended by the Director, National Marine Fisheries Service
(NMFS) Office of Protected Resources or the Chief, Permits and Conservation
Division (hereinafter “Permits Division”), pursuant to applicable regulations and
the requirements of the ESA.
2.
Researchers must immediately stop permitted activities and the Permit Holder or
Principal Investigator must contact the Chief, Permits Division for written
permission to resume:
“Protected species” include species listed as threatened or endangered under the ESA, and marine mammals.
a.
If serious injury or mortality2 of protected species occurs.
b.
If authorized take3 is exceeded in any of the following ways:
c.
B.
i.
More animals are taken than allowed in Tables A1-A6 of
Appendix A.
ii.
Animals are taken in a manner not authorized by this permit.
iii.
Protected species other than those authorized by this permit are
taken.
Following incident reporting requirements at Condition E.2.
Number and Kinds of Protected Species, Locations and Manner of Taking
1.
The tables in Appendix A outline the authorized species and distinct population
segment (DPS); number of animals to be taken; number of animals from which
parts may be received, imported and exported; and the manner of take, locations,
and time period.
2.
Researchers working under this permit may collect images (e.g., photographs,
video) and audio recordings in addition to the photo-identification or behavioral
photo-documentation authorized in Appendix A as needed to document the
permitted activities, provided the collection of such images or recordings does not
result in takes.
3.
The Permit Holder may use visual images and audio recordings collected under
this permit, including those authorized in Tables A1 – A6 of Appendix A, in
printed materials (including commercial or scientific publications) and
presentations provided the images and recordings are accompanied by a statement
indicating that the activity was conducted pursuant to NMFS ESA Permit No.
24368. This statement must accompany the images and recordings in all
subsequent uses or sales.
4.
The Chief, Permits Division may grant written approval for personnel performing
activities not essential to achieving the research objectives (e.g., a documentary
film crew) to be present, provided:
2
This permit does not allow for unintentional serious injury and mortality caused by the presence or actions of
researchers. This includes, but is not limited to: deaths resulting from infections related to sampling procedures or
invasive tagging; and deaths or injuries sustained by animals during handling.
3
Under the ESA, a take means to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or attempt
to do any of the preceding.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
2
5.
a.
The Permit Holder submits a request to the Permits Division specifying
the purpose and nature of the activity, location, approximate dates, and
number and roles of individuals for which permission is sought.
b.
Non-essential personnel/activities will not influence the conduct of
permitted activities or result in takes of protected species.
c.
Persons authorized to accompany the Researchers for the purpose of such
non-essential activities will not be allowed to participate in the permitted
activities.
d.
The Permit Holder and Researchers do not require compensation from the
individuals in return for allowing them to accompany Researchers.
Researchers must comply with the following conditions related to the manner of
taking:
a.
Turtles Captured Under Another Legal Authority Prior to Research
Activities: The Permit Holder must maintain records demonstrating that
sea turtles obtained from other sources were taken legally (e.g., an
incidental take statement [ITS] of an ESA Section 7 biological opinion
with a “no jeopardy” conclusion or an ESA Section 10 permit) before
research may occur.
b.
Handling Compromised Turtles
i.
Researchers must have an experienced sea turtle veterinarian on
call for emergencies, and a permitted rehabilitation facility(ies)
identified for areas outside of Florida, should veterinary care be
required on shore to treat a compromised turtle. Compromised
turtles include animals that are stranded, obviously weak, lethargic,
positively buoyant, emaciated, or that have severe injuries or other
debilitating abnormalities. Prior to conducting research, notify
both the veterinarian, and facility for areas outside of Florida, of
the dates and times of the research to ensure their availability. If
care at a rehabilitation facility is required in Florida, contact the
Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FFWCC) via
text/email at [email protected] or via phone at
(888)404-3922 for assistance.
ii.
Strandings are defined as turtles that wash ashore, dead or alive, or
are found floating dead or alive (if alive, generally in a weakened
condition). If researchers encounter a stranded sea turtle that they
have not captured or handled during permitted research activities
(e.g. the researcher encounters a floating dead or injured turtle
while en route to their research site), they must immediately report
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
3
the stranding to the appropriate regional or state stranding hotline
number and follow instructions on what to do with the animal. See
here for contact information:
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/report. Researchers working in an
area where real-time contact is not possible, or is uncertain, must
work with the appropriate regional or state stranding coordinating
entity to establish a stranded turtle protocol before going into the
field. The collection or handling of a stranded sea turtle, outside of
permitted research activities, is not considered a ‘take’ under this
permit and should not be included in the permit annual report.
iii.
If an animal exhibits any major abnormality (including weakness,
lethargy, or unresponsiveness) or is severely injured during
handling, or is found to be severely injured or otherwise
compromised upon capture, Researchers must forego or cease
activities that will further stress the animal (erring on the side of
caution) and contact the on-call veterinarian as soon as possible.
In this case, Researchers must count and report the animal as a
‘take’ under this permit.
In such cases, Researchers must implement one of the following
options (in order of preference):
a.
For areas outside of Florida: Contact and follow the
instructions of the on-call veterinarian, and, if necessary,
immediately transfer the animal to the veterinarian or to a
permitted rehabilitation facility to receive veterinary care.
When working in Florida: Contact and follow the
instructions of the on-call veterinarian. If care at a
rehabilitation facility is needed, contact Florida Fish and
Wildlife Conservation Commission (FFWCC) via
text/email at [email protected] or via phone
at (888)404-3922.
b.
For areas outside of Florida: If the on-call veterinarian and
the permitted rehabilitation facility cannot be reached,
Researchers should err on the side of caution and bring the
animal to shore for medical evaluation and rehabilitation, at
a permitted rehabilitation facility, as soon as possible.
When working in Florida: If the on-call veterinarian and
the FFWCC cannot be reached, Researchers should err on
the side of caution and bring the animal to shore for
medical evaluation and rehabilitation, at a permitted
rehabilitation facility, as soon as possible. Notify the
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
4
FFWCC via text/email at [email protected]
or via phone at (888)404-3922, of the incident including the
name of the facility receiving the animal once back on
shore.
iv.
c.
If the animal cannot be taken to a permitted rehabilitation
facility due to logistical or safety constraints, allow it to
recuperate as directed by the veterinarian (if successfully
contacted), or as conditions dictate, and return the animal to
the water. When working in Florida waters, notify the
FFWCC via text/email at [email protected]
or via phone at (888)404-3922, of the incident.
d.
If the animal is taken to rehabilitation, the Permit Holder is
responsible for providing all requested information
pertaining to the capture, following the status of the sea
turtle, and reporting the final disposition (death, permanent
injury, recovery and return to wild, etc.) of the animal to
the NMFS Permits Division. Upon transfer, the possession
and care of the turtle falls under the authority of the
permitted rehabilitation facility.
Unresponsive animals: Use the following resuscitation techniques
on any turtles that are unresponsive or exhibit severe weakness or
lethargy following in-water capture. Resuscitation must be
attempted unless the turtle is determined to be deceased based on
rigor mortis, decomposition, or confirmation of cardiac arrest by
Doppler, ECG, or ultrasonography.
a.
Place the turtle on its plastron so that the turtle is right side
up, and elevate its hindquarters at least 6 inches. The
amount of the elevation depends on the size of the turtle;
greater elevations are needed for larger turtles. Contact the
on-call veterinarian immediately for additional instructions.
b.
While it is elevated, periodically rock the turtle gently left
to right and right to left by holding the outer edge of the
carapace and lifting one side about 3 inches then alternate
to the other side.
c.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
Keep sea turtles being resuscitated shaded and damp or
moist. A water-soaked towel placed over the head, carapace,
and flippers is the most effective method to keep a turtle
moist. DO NOT place a turtle into a container holding water.
5
5.
c.
d.
Continue resuscitation until recovery or confirmation of
death by onset of rigor mortis, decomposition, or cardiac
arrest.
e.
Bring live turtles to shore for medical evaluation at a
permitted rehabilitation facility at the direction of FFWCC
when in Florida as soon as possible. If the animal cannot be
taken to a rehabilitation facility due to logistical or safety
constraints, allow it to recuperate as directed by the
veterinarian (if successfully contacted), or as conditions
dictate, and return the animal to the water. Return all dead
turtles to shore for necropsy to be performed by your on-call
veterinarian or the permitted rehabilitation facility. When
working in Florida waters, notify the FFWCC of all events
and prior to conducting any necropsy via text/email at
[email protected] or via phone at (888)4043922.
Submit an incident report (see Conditions A.2 and E.2) if an
animal becomes compromised or dies during any research
activities.
General Handling and Release Requirements
i.
Use care when handling live animals to minimize injury.
ii.
While holding sea turtles out of water, Researchers must:
iii.
A.
Protect sea turtles from temperature extremes (ideal air
temperature range is between 70°F (21.1°C) and 80°F
(26.7°C);
B.
Provide adequate airflow;
C.
Keep sea turtles moist when the temperature is ≥75°F
(23.9°C);
D.
Prevent sea turtles from sustaining any injuries; and
E.
Keep the area surrounding the turtle free of materials that
could be accidentally ingested or harm the turtle.
Exercise extra care when handling, sampling and releasing
leatherback sea turtles. Leatherback sea turtles have more friable
skin and softer bones and are more susceptible to external trauma.
Researchers must:
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
6
d.
A.
Only board leatherbacks if they can be safely brought on
board the vessel,
B.
Handle and support leatherbacks from underneath, and
C.
Not turn leatherbacks on their backs.
iv.
To prevent injury during release, lower sea turtles as close to the
water’s surface as possible.
v.
For research activities occurring aboard commercial fishing vessels
or in conjunction with other NMFS research, Researchers must
carefully observe newly released turtles and record observations on
the turtle’s ability to swim and dive in a normal manner.
Handling, Measuring, Weighing, and Marking
i.
Refer to Attachment 1 for more information on the requirements
for handling and sampling sea turtles.
ii.
Clean and disinfect all equipment (tagging equipment, tape
measures, etc.) and surfaces that come in contact with sea turtles
between the processing of each turtle.
iii.
Turtles with Fibropapillomas (FP)
iv.
A.
Maintain a designated set of instruments for use on turtles
with FP. Items that come into contact with turtles with FP
tumors must not be used on turtles without tumors.
B.
Exercise all measures possible to minimize exposure and
cross-contamination between affected turtles and those
without apparent disease, including use of disposable
gloves and thorough disinfection of equipment and
surfaces.
C.
Appropriate disinfectants include 70% isopropyl alcohol,
10% bleach, and other virucidal solutions with proven
efficacy against herpesviruses.
Flipper and Passive Integrated Transponder (PIT) Tagging
A.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
Examine turtles for existing flipper and PIT tags before
attaching or inserting new ones. Researchers must check
all flippers.
7
v.
vi.
B.
If Researchers find existing tags, record all tag
identification numbers and promptly report them to the
Cooperative Marine Turtle Tagging Program (CMTTP) at
the Archie Carr Center for Sea Turtle Research (ACCSTR):
http://accstr.ufl.edu/resources/report-a-tag/ or by email:
[email protected]. Researchers must have PIT tag readers
capable of reading 125, 128, 134.2, and 400 kHz tags.
C.
Clean and disinfect:
1.
Flipper tags before use (i.e., no contamination,
minimal handling).
2.
Flipper and PIT tag applicators, including the tag
injector handle, between turtles.
3.
The application site before the tag pierces the
animal’s skin.
Flipper Tagging
A.
Do not apply more than one tag per flipper for a total of no
more than two flipper tags (includes existing flipper tags)
per turtle.
B.
Researchers must clean the flipper tag application site and
then scrub it with a medical disinfectant solution (e.g.,
Betadine, Chlorhexidine) followed by 70% percent alcohol
before the applicator pierces the animal’s skin.
C.
Do not flipper tag animals less than 30 cm straight carapace
length (SCL), nuchal notch to pygal tip.
D.
Only use Standard 681 tags.
PIT Tagging
A.
Use a new, sterile needle for each PIT tag application.
B.
Clean the application site and then scrub it with two
replicates of a medical disinfectant solution (e.g., Betadine,
Chlorhexidine) followed by 70% alcohol
(disinfectant/alcohol/disinfectant/alcohol) before the
applicator pierces the animal’s skin. Disinfect the injector
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
8
handle between animals if it has been exposed to fluids
from another animal.
vii.
e.
C.
Do not apply a PIT tag to turtles <20 cm SCL.
D.
For turtles 20-30 cm SCL:
1.
Only Researchers with specialized experience may
PIT tag turtles of this size.
2.
Only use 10 mm PIT tags and a 16-gauge injector
needle.
3.
Researchers must insert the PIT tag into the thickest
part of the triceps superficialis muscle. The tag
must occupy no more than an estimated 20% of the
muscle’s total volume and length. To determine
eligibility, pinch the muscle forward and assess the
tag size relative to the muscle size.
4.
Researchers may use alternative sites provided the
muscle has sufficient mass to accommodate the PIT
tag (<20%) and PIT tagging poses minimal risk of
injury to vital structures or other anatomical
features.
Marking the Carapace
A.
Use non-toxic paints or markers that do not generate heat or
contain xylene or toluene.
B.
Make markings easily legible using the least amount of
paint or marker necessary to re-identify the animal.
Tissue Sampling
i.
Use a new sterile biopsy punch on each turtle.
ii.
Turtles brought on-board the vessel for sampling:
A.
Only tissue sample from the limbs, neck, carapace, or
shoulder region as described in the application.
Researchers must avoid sensitive areas.
B.
Use aseptic techniques at all times. At a minimum,
thoroughly swab the tissue surface with a medical
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
9
disinfectant solution (e.g., Betadine, Chlorhexidine)
followed by 70% alcohol before sampling. Researchers
may use two applications of alcohol if disinfectants may
interfere with analyses. Keep the procedure area and your
hands clean.
iii.
iv.
f.
6.
Turtles not boarded for sampling:
A.
Sample turtles using a pole-biopsy or for leatherbacks via
shallow carapacial scrapes in the location most safely and
easily accessed.
B.
Researchers may sample from anywhere on the limbs or
neck, avoiding the head.
If Researchers can easily determine (through markings, tag
number, etc.) that a sea turtle has been recaptured and has been
already sampled, Researchers may not sample turtles more than
two times during the same permit year.
Holding: Researchers must not hold an animal for longer than 1 hour
from the time of removal from the fishing gear to release.
The Permit Holder must comply with the following conditions for biological
samples4 acquired5 or possessed under authority of this permit.
a.
The Permit Holder is ultimately responsible for compliance with this
permit and applicable regulations related to the samples unless the samples
are permanently transferred per Condition B.6.d.
b.
Samples must be maintained according to accepted curatorial standards
and must be labeled with a unique identifier (e.g., alphanumeric code) that
is connected to on-site records with information identifying the following:
i.
Species and, where known, age and sex;
ii.
Date of collection, acquisition, or import;
iii.
Type of sample (e.g., skin, carcass);
iv.
Origin (i.e., where collected or imported from); and
v.
Legal authorization for original sample collection or import.
4
Biological samples include, but are not limited to: carcasses (whole or parts); and any tissues, fluids, or other
specimens from live or dead protected species; except feces, urine, and spew collected from the water or ground.
5
Authorized methods of sample acquisition are specified in Appendix A.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
10
c.
For temporary transfers:
i.
C.
The Permit Holder may designate Authorized Recipients (ARs) for
analysis and curation of samples related to the permit objectives.
The Permit Holder must maintain a record of the transfer including
the following:
1.
Name and affiliation of the AR;
2.
Address of the AR;
3.
Types of samples sent (species, tissue type);
4.
Type of analysis; and
5.
Whether samples will be consumed in analysis, returned to
the Permit Holder, curated, or destroyed.
ii.
The Permit Holder must provide a written copy of the AR
designation and the permit per Condition D.3 when transferring
samples to the AR (contact your permit analyst for an example
letter).
iii.
Samples remain in the legal custody of the Permit Holder while in
the possession of ARs. The Permit Holder remains responsible for
the samples, including any reporting requirements.
d.
For permanent transfers: If the Permit Holder wishes to permanently
transfer sea turtle samples (i.e., relinquish custody), all subsequent
recipients must maintain a copy of this permit to document the legal
collection of the samples.
e.
Samples cannot be bought or sold. This does not apply to reimbursement
associated with actual costs (e.g., shipment or transport costs).
f.
After meeting the permitted objectives, the Permit Holder may continue to
possess and use biological samples acquired under this permit, including
after permit expiration, without additional written authorization. The
samples must be maintained as specified in the permit and a copy of the
permit must be kept with the samples forever.
Qualifications, Responsibilities, and Designation of Personnel
1.
At the discretion of the Permit Holder, the following Researchers may participate
in the conduct of the permitted activities in accordance with their qualifications
and the limitations specified herein:
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
11
a.
Principal Investigator – Elizabeth Scott-Denton - Train and oversee all
procedures; perform all non-invasive procedures.
b.
Co-Investigators
Judith Gocke - Train and oversee all procedures; perform all noninvasive procedures.
Lisa Belskis – Supervise and perform all procedures.
c.
2.
3.
Research Assistants – personnel identified by the Permit Holder or
Principal Investigator and qualified to act pursuant to Conditions C.2, C.3,
and C.4 of this permit.
Individuals conducting permitted activities must possess qualifications
commensurate with their roles and responsibilities. The roles and responsibilities
of personnel operating under this permit are as follows:
a.
The Permit Holder is ultimately responsible for activities of individuals
operating under the authority of this permit. Where the Permit Holder is
an institution/facility, the Responsible Party is the person at the
institution/facility who is responsible for the supervision of the Principal
Investigator.
b.
The Principal Investigator (PI) is the individual primarily responsible for
the taking, import, export and related activities conducted under the
permit. This includes coordination of field activities of all personnel
working under the permit. The PI must be on site during activities
conducted under this permit unless a Co-Investigator named in Condition
C.1 is present to act in place of the PI.
c.
Co-Investigators (CIs) are individuals who are qualified to conduct
activities authorized by the permit, for the objectives described in the
application, without the on-site supervision of the PI. CIs assume the role
and responsibility of the PI in the PI’s absence.
d.
Research Assistants (RAs) are individuals who work under the direct and
on-site supervision of the PI or a CI. RAs cannot conduct permitted
activities in the absence of the PI or a CI.
Personnel involved in permitted activities must be reasonable in number and
essential to conduct of the permitted activities. Essential personnel are limited to:
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
12
a.
Individuals who perform a function directly supportive of and necessary to
the permitted activity (including operation of vessels or aircraft essential
to conduct of the activity),
b.
Individuals included as backup for those personnel essential to the conduct
of the permitted activity, and
c.
Individuals included for training purposes.
4.
Persons who require state or Federal licenses or authorizations (e.g.,
veterinarians) to conduct activities under the permit must be duly
licensed/authorized and follow all applicable requirements when undertaking such
activities.
5.
Permitted activities may be conducted aboard vessels or aircraft, or in cooperation
with individuals or organizations, engaged in commercial activities, provided the
commercial activities are not conducted simultaneously with the permitted
activities, except as specifically provided for in an Incidental Take Statement or
Incidental Take Permit for the specific commercial activity.
6.
The Permit Holder cannot require or receive direct or indirect compensation from
a person approved to act as PI, CI, or RA under this permit in return for
requesting such approval from the Permits Division.
7.
The Permit Holder or PI may designate additional CIs without prior approval
from the Chief, Permits Division provided:
a.
A copy of the letter designating the individual and specifying their duties
under the permit is forwarded to the Permits Division by facsimile or
email on the day of designation.
b.
The copy of the letter is accompanied by a summary of the individual’s
qualifications to conduct and supervise the permitted activities.
c.
The Permit Holder acknowledges that the designation is subject to review
and revocation by the Chief, Permits Division.
8.
The Responsible Party may request a change of PI by submitting a request to the
Chief, Permits Division that includes a description of the individual’s
qualifications to conduct and oversee the activities authorized under this permit.
9.
Submit requests to add CIs or change the PI by one of the following:
a.
The APPS system at https://apps.nmfs.noaa.gov;
b.
An email attachment to the permit analyst for this permit; or
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
13
c.
D.
Possession of Permit
1.
This permit cannot be transferred or assigned to any other person.
2.
The Permit Holder and persons operating under the authority of this permit must
possess a copy of this permit when:
3.
E.
A hard copy mailed or faxed to the Chief, Permits Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705,
Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301)427-8401; fax (301)713-0376.
a.
Engaged in a permitted activity.
b.
A protected species is in transit incidental to a permitted activity.
c.
A protected species taken or imported under the permit is in the possession
of such persons.
A duplicate copy of this permit must accompany or be attached to the container,
package, enclosure, or other means of containment in which a protected species or
protected species part is placed for purposes of storage, transit, supervision or
care.
Reporting
1.
The Permit Holder must submit incident and annual reports containing the
information and in the format specified by the Permits Division.
a.
Reports must be submitted to the Permits Division by one of the
following:
i.
The APPS system at https://apps.nmfs.noaa.gov;
ii.
An email attachment to the permit analyst for this permit; or
iii.
A hard copy mailed or faxed to the Chief, Permits Division.
b.
You must contact your permit analyst for a reporting form if you do not
submit reports through the APPS.
c.
Additional information on reports can be found at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/reports-protected-species-permits.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
14
2.
Incident Reporting
a.
b.
3.
F.
If a serious injury or mortality occurs during handling, or authorized takes
have been exceeded as specified in Condition A.2, the Permit Holder
must:
i.
Contact the Permits Division by phone (301-427-8401) as soon as
possible, but no later than 2 business days of the incident;
ii.
Submit a written report within 2 weeks of the incident as specified
below; and
iii.
Receive approval from the Permits Division before resuming work.
The Permits Division may grant authorization to resume permitted
activities based on review of the incident report and in
consideration of the Terms and Conditions of this permit.
The incident report must include 1) a complete description of the events,
and 2) identification of steps that will be taken to reduce the potential for
additional serious injury and research-related mortality or exceeding
authorized take.
Annual reports describing activities conducted during the previous permit year
(from January 1st to December 31st) must:
a.
Be submitted by January 31st each year for which the permit is valid, and
b.
Include a tabular accounting of takes and a narrative description of
activities and their effects.
4.
A joint annual/final report including a discussion of whether the objectives were
achieved must be submitted by October 31, 2031, or, if the research concludes
prior to permit expiration, within 30 days of completion of the research.
5.
Research results must be published or otherwise made available to the scientific
community in a reasonable period of time. Copies of technical reports,
conference abstracts, papers, or publications resulting from permitted research
must be submitted the Permits Division upon request.
Notification and Coordination
1.
NMFS Regional Offices are responsible for ensuring coordination of the timing
and location of all research activities in their areas to minimize unnecessary
duplication, harassment, or other adverse impacts from multiple researchers.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
15
2.
The Permit Holder must ensure written notification of planned field work for each
project is provided to the NMFS Regional Offices listed below at least two weeks
prior to initiation of each field trip/season.
a.
b.
Notification must include the following:
i.
Locations of the intended field study and/or survey routes;
ii.
Estimated dates of activities; and
iii.
Number and roles of participants (for example: PI, CI, boat driver,
animal restrainer, Research Assistant “in training”).
Notification must be sent to the following Assistant Regional
Administrators for Protected Resources as applicable to the location of
your activity:
For activities in NC, SC, GA, FL, AL, MS, LA, TX, PR, and USVI:
Southeast Region, NMFS, 263 13th Ave South, St. Petersburg, FL 33701;
Email (preferred): [email protected]; and
For activities in ME, VT, NH, MA, NY, CT, NJ, DE, RI, MD, and VA:
Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester,
MA 01930; phone (978)281-9328; fax (978)281-9394
Email (preferred): [email protected]
3.
G.
Researchers must coordinate their activities with other permitted researchers to
avoid unnecessary disturbance of animals or duplication of efforts. Contact the
applicable Regional Offices listed above for information about coordinating with
other Permit Holders.
Observers and Inspections
1.
NMFS may review activities conducted under this permit. At the request of
NMFS, the Permit Holder must cooperate with any such review by:
a.
Allowing an employee of NOAA or other person designated by the
Director, NMFS Office of Protected Resources to observe and document
permitted activities; and
b.
Providing all documents or other information relating to the permitted
activities.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
16
H.
Modification, Suspension, and Revocation
1.
Permits are subject to suspension, revocation, modification, and denial in
accordance with the provisions of subpart D [Permit Sanctions and Denials] of 15
CFR Part 904.
2.
The Director, NMFS Office of Protected Resources may modify, suspend, or
revoke this permit in whole or in part:
3.
I.
a.
In order to make the permit consistent with a change made after the date of
permit issuance with respect to applicable regulations prescribed under
Section 4 of the ESA;
b.
In a case in which a violation of the terms and conditions of the permit is
found;
c.
In response to a written request6 from the Permit Holder;
d.
If NMFS determines that the application or other information pertaining to
the permitted activities (including, but not limited to, reports pursuant to
Section E of this permit and information provided to NOAA personnel
pursuant to Section G of this permit) includes false information; and
e.
If NMFS determines that the authorized activities will operate to the
disadvantage of threatened or endangered species or are otherwise no
longer consistent with the purposes and policy in Section 2 of the ESA.
Issuance of this permit does not guarantee or imply that NMFS will issue or
approve subsequent permits or modifications for the same or similar activities
requested by the Permit Holder, including those of a continuing nature.
Penalties and Permit Sanctions
1.
A person who violates a provision of this permit, the ESA, or the regulations at 50
CFR Parts 222-226 is subject to civil and criminal penalties, permit sanctions, and
forfeiture as authorized under the ESA, and 15 CFR Part 904.
2.
The NMFS Office of Protected Resources shall be the sole arbiter of whether a
given activity is within the scope and bounds of the authorization granted in this
permit.
6
The Permit Holder may request changes to the permit related to: the objectives or purposes of the permitted
activities; the species or number of animals taken; and the location, time, or manner of taking or importing protected
species. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Permits Division in the format specified in the
application instructions.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
17
J.
a.
The Permit Holder must contact the Permits Division for verification
before conducting the activity if they are unsure whether an activity is
within the scope of the permit.
b.
Failure to verify, where the NMFS Office of Protected Resources
subsequently determines that an activity was outside the scope of the
permit, may be used as evidence of a violation of the permit, the ESA, and
applicable regulations in any enforcement actions.
Acceptance of Permit
1.
In signing this permit, the Permit Holder:
a.
Agrees to abide by all terms and conditions set forth in the permit, all
restrictions and relevant regulations under 50 CFR Parts 222-226, and all
restrictions and requirements under the ESA;
b.
Acknowledges that the authority to conduct certain activities specified in
the permit is conditional and subject to authorization by the Office
Director; and
c.
Acknowledges that this permit does not relieve the Permit Holder of the
responsibility to obtain any other permits, or comply with any other
Federal, State, local, or international laws or regulations.
DAMON
Digitally signed by DAMON
RANDALL.KIMBERLY.B.136582 RANDALL.KIMBERLY.B.1365821093
Date: 2021.09.22 10:24:45 -04'00'
1093
Kimberly Damon-Randall
Director, Office of Protected Resources
National Marine Fisheries Service
Date Issued
Lisa Desfosse
Deputy Director of Science and Operations
NMFS Southeast Fisheries Science Center
Responsible Party
Date Effective
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
18
Appendix A: Tables Specifying the Kinds of Protected Species, Locations, and Manner of Taking
Table A1. Annual authorized take of sea turtles of all life stages except hatchlings in the Commercial Shrimp Trawl Fishery in the Atlantic Ocean
Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Capture is not authorized. Sea turtles must be obtained legally via ITSs in Section 7 biological opinions or
Section 10(a)(1)(B) permits for each fishery. The number of takes authorized is contingent upon the ITS for the fishery. If the ITS increases, and
only if a no jeopardy conclusion was made on the new consultation, Researchers may take additional turtles up to the amount of the new ITS
but not to exceed the limits of this permit. If the ITS decreases, Researchers may take only the number authorized in the lower ITS.
Line
Species
Listing Unit
No. Turtles Collect Method
Procedures
1
Turtle, green sea North Atlantic
76 Capture under
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark,
DPS (Threatened)
other authority
PIT tag; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
2
Turtle,
loggerhead sea
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
278 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark,
PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy;
Weigh
3
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
200 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark,
PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy;
Weigh
4
Turtle, hawksbill
sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark,
PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy;
Weigh
5
Turtle,
leatherback sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure;
Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
7
Turtle, green sea
North Atlantic
DPS (Threatened)
5 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
8
Turtle,
loggerhead sea
6 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
9
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Turtle, hawksbill
sea
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
Range-wide
(Endangered)
Range-wide
(Endangered)
10 Capture under
other authority
3 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
10
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
19
Table A1. Annual authorized take of sea turtles of all life stages except hatchlings in the Commercial Shrimp Trawl Fishery in the Atlantic Ocean
Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Capture is not authorized. Sea turtles must be obtained legally via ITSs in Section 7 biological opinions or
Section 10(a)(1)(B) permits for each fishery. The number of takes authorized is contingent upon the ITS for the fishery. If the ITS increases, and
only if a no jeopardy conclusion was made on the new consultation, Researchers may take additional turtles up to the amount of the new ITS
but not to exceed the limits of this permit. If the ITS decreases, Researchers may take only the number authorized in the lower ITS.
Line
Species
Listing Unit
No. Turtles Collect Method
Procedures
Turtle,
11 leatherback sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
Capture under
3 other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
Table A2. Annual authorized take of sea turtles of all life stages except hatchlings in the Oil/Gas Platform Removal Observer Program in the
Atlantic Ocean Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Capture is not authorized. Sea turtles must be obtained legally via ITSs in Section 7
biological opinions or Section 10(a)(1)(B) permits for each program. The number of takes authorized is contingent upon the ITS for the
program. If the ITS increases, and only if a no jeopardy conclusion was made on the new consultation, Researchers may take additional turtles
up to the amount of the new ITS but not to exceed the limits of this permit. If the ITS decreases, Researchers may take only the number
authorized in the lower ITS.
Line Species
Listing Unit
No. Turtles Collect Method Procedures
1
Turtle, green sea North
2 Capture under
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Atlantic DPS
other authority Measure; Photograph/Video; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts); Sample,
(Threatened)
skin biopsy; Weigh
2
Turtle,
loggerhead sea
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
10 Capture under
other authority
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts); Sample,
skin biopsy; Weigh
3
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
2 Capture under
other authority
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts); Sample,
skin biopsy; Weigh
4
Turtle, hawksbill
sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
2 Capture under
other authority
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts); Sample,
skin biopsy; Weigh
5
Turtle,
leatherback sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
2 Capture under
other authority
Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video;
Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts); Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
20
Table A3. Annual authorized take of sea turtles of all life stages except hatchlings in the Directed Shark Bottom Longline Fishery and Coastal
Gillnet Fishery in the Atlantic Ocean Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Capture is not authorized. Sea turtles must be obtained legally via ITSs
in Section 7 biological opinions or Section 10(a)(1)(B) permits for each fishery. The number of takes authorized is contingent upon the ITS for
the fishery. If the ITS increases, and only if a no jeopardy conclusion was made on the new consultation, Researchers may take additional
turtles up to the amount of the new ITS but not to exceed the limits of this permit. If the ITS decreases, Researchers may take only the number
authorized in the lower ITS.
Line Species
Listing Unit
No. Turtles Collect Method Procedures
1
Turtle, green
sea
10 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
12 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
Turtle,
hawksbill sea
North Atlantic
DPS
(Threatened)
North Atlantic
DPS
(Threatened)
Range-wide
(Endangered)
2
Turtle, green
sea
3
3 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
4
Turtle,
hawksbill sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
5
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
5 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
6
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
5 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
7
Turtle,
leatherback sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure;
Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
8
Turtle,
leatherback sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
9
Turtle,
loggerhead sea
17 Capture under
other authority
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
10
Turtle,
loggerhead sea
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
22 Capture under
other authority
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
21
Table A4. Annual authorized take of sea turtles of all life stages except hatchlings in the Pelagic Longline Fishery in the Atlantic Ocean Gulf of
Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Capture is not authorized. Sea turtles must be obtained legally via ITSs in Section 7 biological opinions or Section
10(a)(1)(B) permits for each fishery. The number of takes authorized is contingent upon the ITS for the fishery. If the ITS increases, and only if a
no jeopardy conclusion was made on the new consultation, Researchers may take additional turtles up to the amount of the new ITS but not to
exceed the limits of this permit. If the ITS decreases, Researchers may take only the number authorized in the lower ITS.
Details
No.
Collect
Line Species
1
Turtle,
loggerhead
sea
2
Turtle,
leatherback
sea
3
Turtle,
unidentified
sea
4
Turtle,
leatherback
sea
5
Turtle,
loggerhead
sea
6
Turtle,
unidentified
sea
Listing Unit
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
Range-wide
(Endangered)
Turtles
61
56
NA
(Endangered/
Threatened)
Range-wide
(Endangered)
12
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
NA
(Endangered/
Threatened)
16
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
16
3
Method
Capture
under other
authority
Capture
under other
authority
Capture
under other
authority
Capture
under other
authority
Capture
under other
authority
Capture
under other
authority
Procedures
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper
tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video;
Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure;
Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper
tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video;
Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
Green, Kemp's ridley,
hawksbill, olive ridley, or
unknown/hybrid
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
22
Green, Kemp's ridley,
hawksbill, olive ridley, or
unknown/hybrid
Table A5. Annual authorized take of sea turtles of all life stages except hatchlings in the Directed Reef Fish Fishery (Bottom Longline and
Vertical Line Gear) in the Atlantic Ocean Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Capture is not authorized. Sea turtles must be obtained legally
via ITSs in Section 7 biological opinions or Section 10(a)(1)(B) permits for each fishery. The number of takes authorized is contingent upon the
ITS for the fishery. If the ITS increases, and only if a no jeopardy conclusion was made on the new consultation, Researchers may take
additional turtles up to the amount of the new ITS but not to exceed the limits of this permit. If the ITS decreases, Researchers may take only
the number authorized in the lower ITS.
Line
1
Species
Turtle, green sea
2
Turtle, green sea
3
Turtle, hawksbill
sea
4
Listing Unit
North Atlantic
DPS (Threatened)
North Atlantic
DPS (Threatened)
No. Turtles Collect Method
3 Capture under
other authority
3 Capture under
other authority
Procedures
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
Turtle, hawksbill
sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
5
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
6
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
7
Turtle, leatherback
sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure;
Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
8
Turtle, leatherback
sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
3 Capture under
other authority
Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
9
Turtle, loggerhead
sea
24 Capture under
other authority
Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag;
Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
10
Turtle, loggerhead
sea
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
12 Capture under
other authority
Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
23
Table A6. Annual authorized take of sea turtles of all life stages except hatchlings in Miscellaneous Fisheries and Other Activities in the Atlantic
Ocean, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Capture is not authorized. Sea turtles must be obtained legally via ITSs in Section 7 biological opinions
or Section 10(a)(1)(B) permits for each fishery. The number of takes authorized is contingent upon the ITS for the fishery. If the ITS increases, and
only if a no jeopardy conclusion was made on the new consultation, Researchers may take additional turtles up to the amount of the new ITS but
not to exceed the limits of this permit. If the ITS decreases, Researchers may take only the number authorized in the lower ITS.
Details
No.
Line Species
1
Turtle, green
sea
2
Turtle,
loggerhead sea
3
Turtle, Kemp's
ridley sea
Listing Unit
North
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
Northwest
Atlantic DPS
(Threatened)
Range-wide
(Endangered)
4
Turtle,
hawksbill sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
20 Capture under
other authority
5
Turtle,
leatherback sea
Range-wide
(Endangered)
50 Capture under
other authority
6
Turtle, olive
ridley sea
Range-wide
(Threatened)
20 Capture under
other authority
7
Turtle,
unidentified sea
5 Capture under
other authority
8
Turtle,
unidentified sea
NA
(Endangered/
Threatened)
NA
(Endangered/
Threatened)
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
Turtles Collect Method
20 Capture under
other authority
100 Capture under
other authority
50 Capture under
other authority
50 Capture under
other authority
Procedures
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag;
Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin
biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag;
Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin
biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag;
Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin
biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag;
Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin
biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, flipper tag; Mark, PIT tag; Measure;
Photograph/Video; Sample, skin biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag;
Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin
biopsy; Weigh
Import; Mark, carapace (temporary); Mark, flipper tag;
Mark, PIT tag; Measure; Photograph/Video; Sample, skin
biopsy; Weigh
Import; Salvage (carcass, tissue, parts)
24
Unidentified
hardshell or
hybrid
All species
combined
Appendix B: NMFS-Approved Personnel for Permit No. 24368.
Table B1. Biological samples authorized for collection or acquisition in Tables A1 – A6 of
Appendix A may be transferred to the following Authorized Recipients for the specified
disposition, consistent with Condition B.6 of the permit:
Authorized Recipient
Sample Type Disposition
NMFS Southwest Fisheries Science Center
Skin samples Curation
National Sea Turtle Genetics Laboratory
La Jolla, California
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
25
Attachment 1: Requirements for Handling and Sampling Sea Turtles
Conditions have been included in the permit for research procedures that involve the handling
and sampling of sea turtles. These conditions include requirements provided by a suite of expert
veterinarians to minimize and mitigate potential impacts to the study animals. This attachment is
being provided to help you understand the permit requirements and standard veterinary protocols
for sea turtles.
I.
Permit requirements for antiseptic practices and research techniques
Measures required to minimize risk of infection and cross-contamination between individuals
generally fall under the categories of clean, aseptic, and sterile techniques. Clean technique
applies to noninvasive procedures that result in contact with skin or mucous membranes.
Aseptic technique is used for brief, invasive procedures that result in any degree of internal
contact, e.g. drawing blood. Sterile technique applies to longer invasive procedures, such as
laparoscopy or surgery. Reusable instruments for procedures requiring aseptic or sterile
technique should be sterilized by standard autoclave or cold sterilization procedures.
Instruments that do not have internal contact, e.g. tagging pliers and PIT tag applicators, should
be disinfected using a broadcidal solution and the product-recommended contact time between
individuals.
Clean technique:
1. Routine hand washing or use of non-sterile disposable gloves.
2. Cleaning and disinfection of equipment between individuals.
Aseptic technique:
1. Disinfection of hands or use of new non-sterile disposable gloves (preferred)
2. Disinfection of the turtle’s skin using a surgical scrub (e.g. betadine scrub or
chlorhexidine gluconate)† followed by application of 70% alcohol (isopropyl or ethanol)
(minimum requirement).*
3. Clean work area.
4. Use of sterile instruments or new disposable items (e.g. needles and punch biopsies)
between individuals.
† Alcohol alone may be used in lieu of surgical scrub if necessary to avoid interference
with research objectives, e.g. isotopic analysis.
* Multiple applications and scrubbing should be used to achieve thorough cleansing of
the procedure site as necessary. A minimum of two alternating applications of surgical
scrub and alcohol are to be used for PIT tag application sites and drilling into the
carapace, due to potential increased risk of infection.
Sterile technique:
1. To be conducted in accordance with approved veterinary protocol that considers
analgesia/anesthesia, use of antimicrobials, anticipated risks and response measures, and
exclusionary criteria for animal candidacy.
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
26
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Direct veterinary attendance
Disinfection of hands and use of sterile disposable gloves
Dedicated site (surgery room) or work area modified to reduce contamination
Surgical preparation of skin
Sterile instruments
Research Procedure
Required Technique
Handling, gastric lavage, and cloacal lavage
Tissue sampling (biopsy punch or comparable)
Blood sampling
Clean technique
Aseptic technique
Aseptic technique
Aseptic technique; 2 applications of
surgical scrub and alcohol
Aseptic technique
Aseptic technique; 2 applications of
surgical scrub and alcohol
Sterile
Sterile
Sterile
PIT tagging
Flipper tagging
Carapace drilling for instrument attachment or bone
biopsy
Bone biopsy (other than carapace)
Laparoscopy (+/- biopsy)
Large skin, muscle, fat biopsy, other tissue biopsy
II.
Minimum requirements for pain management and field techniques
Procedures used for sea turtle research include those anticipated to cause short term pain or
distress, such as tagging, as well more invasive procedures where relatively longer periods of
pain or discomfort may result. The minimum requirements below consider animal welfare and
relative benefits and risks of different modes of pain management under field and laboratory
conditions. Additional measures are encouraged whenever possible, including sedation or
anesthesia for invasive procedures, e.g. laparoscopy, when release does not immediately follow
the procedure and full recovery can be assessed. For skin biopsies, local anesthesia should be
considered if feasible and if it will not interfere with the intended analyses, especially if more
than 2 biopsies will be collected from the sample turtle. Any protocols that do not include the
minimum requirements below, e.g., omission of a systemic analgesic, must be approved by a
consulting veterinarian with due consideration of pain management.
Research Procedure
Tissue sampling (biopsy punch or comparable)
Blood sampling
Flipper tagging
Carapace drilling for instrument attachment
Bone biopsy (other than carapace)
Laparoscopy
Laparoscopy biopsy
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
Minimum Requirement
None
None
None
Local1 and/or systemic analgesic
Local anesthetic and systemic analgesic
Local anesthetic and systemic analgesic
Local anesthetic, sedation, and systemic
27
Research Procedure
Large skin, muscle, fat biopsy, other tissue biopsy
1
Minimum Requirement
analgesic
Local anesthetic and systemic analgesic
Local anesthetic may be administered by immediate application to the wound following drilling (i.e,, “splash block”).
NMFS Permit No. 24368
Expiration Date: September 30, 2031
28
Endangered Species Act Section 7 Consultation
Biological Opinion
-
Action Agency:
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Marine
Fisheries Service, Highly Migratory Species Division
Activity:
Continued Authorization of the Atlantic Shark Fisheries via the
Consolidated HMS Fishery Management Plan as Amended by
Amendments 3 and 4 and the Federal Authorization of a
Smoothhound Fishery (F/SER/201 1/06520)
Consulting Agency:
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National
Marine Fisheries Service, Prot cted Resources Division
$
Approved by:
Roy
.
,
Crab ee,CPh.D., Regional A1Trifiiitor
DEC 1 2 2012
Date Issued:
Introduction
Consultation History
1.0
Description of Proposed Action
2.0
Species and Critical Habitat That May Be Affected
3.0
Environmental Baseline
4.0
Effects of the Action
5.0
Cumulative Effects
6.0
Jeopardy Analyses
7.0
Conclusion
8.0
Incidental Take Statement (ITS)
9.0
10.0 Conservation Recommendations
11.0 Reinitiation of Consultation
12.0 Literature Cited
Appendix 1 Consultation Memoranda
Appendix 2 Gilinet Management Areas
Appendix 3 Maps of Observed Bottom Longline and Gillnet Sets, 2008-2010
Appendix 4 Anticipated Incidental Take of ESA-Listed Species in Federal Fisheries
Appendix 5 Atlantic Sturgeon Estimated Bycatch Rates and Participants/Observer Coverage
Fisheries Known to Interact with Atlantic Sturgeon
Appendix 6 Estimating Non-Loggerhead Sea Turtle Species Takes
Appendix 7 Estimating Atlantic Sturgeon Population by DPS
1
3
4
7
46
118
168
223
226
263
263
271
271
272
329
342
356
365
of
369
371
373
of the agency action is not considered to be prohibited taking under the ESA provided that such
taking is in compliance with the RPMs and terms and conditions of the ITS.
Section 7(b)(4)(c) of the ESA specifies that to provide an ITS for an endangered or threatened
species of marine mammal, the taking must be authorized under Section 101 (a)(5) of the
MMPA. Since no incidental take of listed marine mammals is expected or has been authorized
under Section 101(a)(5) of the MMPA, no statement on incidental take of protected marine
mammals is provided and no take is authorized. Nevertheless, F/SER2 must immediately notify
(within 24 hours, if communication is possible) NMFS’ Office of Protected Resources should a
take of a listed marine mammal occur.
9.1
Anticipated Incidental Take
NMFS anticipates the following incidental takes of sea turtles, smalltooth sawfish, and Atlantic
sturgeon may occur in the future because of the authorization of a federal smoothhound fishery
and the continued authorization of the other Atlantic shark fisheries.
The incidental taking of North Atlantic right, humpback, or fin whales is not being authorized
under this biological opinion at this time. According to Section 7 of the ESA, incidental taking
of marine mammals must first be authorized under Section 101 (a)(5)(E) of the MMPA, before
such take is included in the ITS of a biological opinion. Therefore, NMFS SF/i must acquire a
take authorization under the MMPA for the expected takes of whales described in this opinion,
after which the terms of that permit will be amended to this ITS.
The level of takes occurring annually is highly variable and influenced by sea temperatures,
species abundances, and other factors that cannot be predicted. Because of this variability, it is
unlikely that all species. evaluated in this opinion will be consistently impacted year after year.
For example, some years may have no observed interactions and thus no estimated captures. As
a result, monitoring fisheries using 1-year estimated take levels is largely impractical. Since
Amendment 3 brings the smoothhound fishery under federal management to collect data on the
fishery, while continuing to authorize the other Atlantic shark fisheries as they currently operate,
we do not believe drastic changes in the fishery are likely to occur in the near future. Any
change in the management of the fishery would be a federal action potentially requiring ESA
Section 7 review. For these reasons, and based on our experience monitoring fisheries, we
believe a 3-year time period is appropriate for meaningful monitoring. The triennial takes are
set as 3-year running sums (total for any 3-year period) and not for static 3-year periods (i.e.,
2012-2014, 2013-2015, 2014-2016, and so on, as opposed to 2012-2014, 2015-2018, 2019-2022,
etc.). This approach will allow us to reduce the likelihood of requiring reinitiation unnecessarily
because of inherent variability in take levels, but still allow for an accurate assessment of how
the smoothhound and Atlantic shark fisheries are performing versus our expectations. Table 9.1
displays our 3-year take estimates.
264
Table 9.1 Anticipated Future Take Over 3 Years
Sea Turtles
fiNon-LethaI Take
Loggerhead
Green
Leatherback
Kemp’s ridley
Hawksbill
Marine Fish
Smalitooth sawfish
48
24
9
15
9
Non-Lethal Take
25
GOM DPS =27
NYB DPS = 129
CB DPS =36
Atlantic sturgeon
SA DPS = 51
Carolina DPS = 12
All DPSs = 255
GOM = Gulf of Maine, NYB = New York Bight, CB
-.
•
.
.
9.2
=
Total Estimated Take
Lethal Take
78
33
9
21
9
Lethal Take
7
GOM DPS =9
NYB DPS =30
CB DPS =9
SA DPS = 12
Carolina DPS = 6
All DPSs = 66
Chesapeake Bay, and SA
=
126
57
18
36
18
—
Totaiiisj.matea11ake
32
GOM DPS =36
NYB DPS = 159
CB DPS = 45
SA DPS = 63
Carolina DPS = 18
All DPSs = 321
South Atlantic.
Effect of the Take
NMFS has determined the level of anticipated take specified in Section 9.1 is not likely to
jeopardize the continued existence of Atlantic sturgeon, smalitooth sawfish, or any species of
ESA-listed sea turtle.
9.3
Reasonable and Prudent Measures (RPM5)
Section 7(b)(4) of the ESA requires NMFS to issue to any agency whose proposed action is
found to comply with Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA, but may incidentally take individuals of listed
species, a statement specifying the impact of that taking. It also states that RPMs necessary to
minimize the impacts from the agency action, and terms and conditions to implement those
measures, must be provided and followed. Only incidental taking that complies with the
specified terms and conditions is authorized.
The RPMs and terms and conditions are required, per 50 CFR 402.14 (i)(1)(ii) and (iv), to
document the incidental take by the proposed action and to minimize the impact of that take on
ESA-listed species. These measures and terms and conditions are non-discretionary, and must
be implemented by NMFS for the protection of Section 7(o)(2) to apply. NMFS has a
continuing duty to regulate the activity covered by this ITS. If it fails to adhere to the terms and
conditions of the ITS through enforceable terms, and/or fails to retain oversight to ensure
compliance with these terms and conditions, the protective coverage of Section 7(o)(2) may
lapse. To monitor the impact of the incidental take, F/SF 1 must report the progress of the action
and its impact on the species to F/SER3 as specified in the ITS [50 CFR 402.14(i)(3)].
265
We have determined that the following RPMs are necessary and appropriate to minimize the
impacts of future takes of sea turtles, smalitooth sawfish, and Atlantic sturgeon by the
smoothhound and Atlantic shark fisheries and to monitor levels of incidental take.
1. Minimize Potential Effects to Sea Turtles, Smailtooth Sawfish, Atlantic Sturgeon and
Marine Mammals:
Sea Turtle. Smailtooth SawJIsh, and Atlantic Sturgeon Handling Requirements
Most, if not all, sea turtles, smalltooth sawfish, and Atlantic sturgeon released after
entanglement and/or forced submergence events have experienced some degree of
physiological injury. Experience with other gear types (i.e., hook-and-line) has shown
that the ultimate severity of these events is dependent not only upon actual interaction
(i.e., physical trauma from entanglement/forced submergence), but the amount of gear
remaining on the animal at the time of release. The manner of handling an animal also
greatly affects its chance of recovery. Therefore, the experience, ability, and willingness
of fishermen to remove gear are crucial to the survival of sea turtles, smalltooth sawfish,
and Atlantic sturgeon following release. F/SF 1 shall ensure that smoothhound fishermen
and fishermen in the other Atlantic shark fisheries receive outreach materials describing
how captured sea turtles, smalltooth sawfish, and Atlantic sturgeon should be handled to
minimize adverse effects from incidental take and reduce mortality.
Adherence to Marine Mammal Take Reduction Plan (TRP) Requirements
The smoothhound fishery will be subject to the applicable regulations for the Harbor
Porpoise, Bottlenose Dolphin, and Atlantic Large Whale TRPs (50 CFR 229 Subpart C).
Adhering to the measures prescribed in these TRPs is essential to ensure smoothhound
fishery does not interact with marine mammals. For this reason, F/SF 1 must ensure that
all permitted commercial smoothhound fishermen are aware of their obligations under
these TRPs.
Soak Time Restrictions or Net Check Requirements
Research indicates that the mortality of Atlantic sturgeon may be closely related to soak
time. The mortality rates of Atlantic sturgeon incidentally caught in gillnets soaking
longer than 24 hours are substantially higher that in nets soaking less than 24 hours. To
improve the survival rate of incidentally taken Atlantic sturgeon, F/SF 1 must ensure that
animals are not being retained in smoothhound or Atlantic shark gillnets longer than 24
hours.
2. Monitoring the Frequency and Magnitude of Incidental Take:
The jeopardy analyses for large whales, sea turtles, smalltooth sawfish, and Atlantic
sturgeon are based on the assumptions that the frequency and magnitude of adverse
effects that occurred in the past will continue into the future. If our estimates regarding
the frequency and magnitude of incidental take prove to be an underestimate, we risk
having misjudged the potential adverse effects to these species. Thus, it is imperative
that we monitor and track the level of take occurring specific to the proposed action.
Therefore, NMFS must ensure that monitoring and reporting of any sea turtle, smalitooth
sawfish, and Atlantic sturgeon bycatch: (1) detect any adverse effects resulting from the
266
proposed action; (2) assess the actual level of incidental take in comparison with the
anticipated incidental take documented in this opinion; and (3) detect when the level of
anticipated take is exceeded.
9.4
Terms and Conditions
To be exempt from take prohibitions established by Section 9 of the ESA, F/SF 1 must comply
with the following terms and conditions, which implement the RPMs described above. These
terms and conditions are mandatory.
The following terms and conditions implement RPM No. 1.
1. Upon initial permit issuance, F/SF 1 must distribute outreach information to all commercial
smoothhound and Atlantic shark fishermen regarding the sea turtle handling and
resuscitation requirements that fishermen must undertake, as stated in 50 CFR 223.206(d)(13). This outreach information must remind fishermen that disentanglement of sea turtles
from gillnet gear takes priority over transferring catch to vessels. Simply cutting lines and
leaving entangled gear on sea turtles is strongly discouraged. If a sea turtle is cut loose with
the netting attached, the flipper may eventually become occluded, necrotic, and infected, and
this could lead to mortality.
2. Prior to or in conjunction with issuing any smoothhound permits, F/SF 1 must distribute
outreach information to all commercial smoothhound and Atlantic shark fishermen
explaining the permitees’ obligations under the applicable take reduction plans.
3. By March 31 of each year, F/SF 1 must provide SER with information described at 50 CFR
229.4(b) for all permitted smoothhound and Atlantic shark gillnet fishermen so they can be
integrated into the Marine Mammal Authorization Program (MMAP). This information is
required to ensure that each permitted smoothhound fisher receives an MMAP certificate
and updates annually.
4. F/SF 1 must require all Atlantic shark and smoothhound gillnet fishermen to either check
their gear every 0.5 to 2.0 hours, or F/SF 1 must require all Atlantic shark and smoothhound
gillnet fishermen soak their gear no longer than 24 hours. F/SF 1 may select some
combination of these requirements (i.e., soak times and net check requirements) after
collaborating with F/SER3. Soak time is considered to be the time between the gear first
entering the water and the time when it is first removed. These requirements will ensure that
any incidentally taken ESA-listed species are detected and released in a timely manner,
reducing the likelihood of mortality. F/SF1 must have these requirements in place no later
than December 31, 2014.
5. F/SF 1, in cooperation with F/SER3, must remind Atlantic shark and smoothhound fishermen
to take the following actions to safely handle and release an incidentally caught smalltooth
sawfish:
a) Leave the sawfish, especially the gills, in the water as much as possible.
b) Do not remove the saw (rostrum) or injure the animal in any way.
267
c) Remove as much fishing gear as safely possible from the body of the animal.
d) If it can be done safely, untangle any line wrapped around the saw.
e) Use extreme caution when handling and releasing sawfish as the saw can thrash violently
from side to side.
6. F/SF 1 must remind Atlantic shark and smoothhound fishermen to take the following actions
to safely handle and release an incidentally caught Atlantic sturgeon:
a) Fish should be handled rapidly, but with care and kept underwater to the maximum
extent possible during handling.
b) If the fish has air in its bladder, efforts must be made to return the fish to neutral
buoyancy prior to and during release. Air must be released by gently applying pressure
to the stomach of the animal, moving from the tail toward the head.
c) Before releasing the animal it should be held underwater, gently moving the tail fin back
and forth to aid water passage over the gills.
d) The fish should be released when it shows signs of increased activity and is able to swim
away under its own power.
e) The fish should be watched to make sure it stays underwater and does not float to the
surface. If it does resurface, make one additional attempt to recapture the animal and
repeat steps a-d above. If the animal is dead, collect tissue samples and recover and
process the carcasses as described in Term and Condition 8(c).
The following terms and conditions implement RPM No. 2
7. F/SF 1 must collaborate with the appropriate observer program (i.e., NEFOP, CSFOP, and/or
SGOP) to ensure the appropriate observer data logs are used to collect data on the
smoothhound and Atlantic shark fisheries and the appropriate observer data collection
protocols are followed.
8. NMFS must ensure that observers are prepared and trained to correctly and safely tag and/or
collect samples from incidentally taken sea turtles, smalltooth sawfish, and Atlantic
sturgeon.
a) Sea Turtles: For incidentally taken sea turtles, observers must collect tissue samples for
genetic analysis. This opinion serves as the permitting authority for taking associated
with handling, identifying, measuring, weighing, photographing, flipper tagging, passive
integrated transponder (PIT) tagging, skin biopsying and releasing incidentally taken sea
turtles (without the need for an ESA Section 10 permit). Samples collected must be
analyzed to determine the genetic identity of individual sea turtles caught in the fishery.
b) Smalitooth Sawfish: For incidentally taken smalltooth sawfish, observers must be trained
to tag smalltooth sawfish. All dead carcasses of smalltooth sawfish must be placed on
ice and transferred to the SEFSC, attention Dr. John Carlson (National Marine Fisheries
Service, Panama City Laboratory, 3500 Delwood Beach Rd, Panama City, FL, 32408).
c) Atlantic Sturgeon: For incidentally taken Atlantic sturgeon, observers must be trained to
tag them, take a tissue sample, and scan them for PIT tags. Observers must also collect a
268
tissue sample from any Atlantic sturgeon handled onboard an Atlantic shark or
smoothhound vessel. Tissue samples should be a small (1.0 cm
) fin clip collected from
2
soft pelvic fin tissue using a pair of sharp scissors. Tissue samples should be preserved
in individually labeled vials containing either alcohol (70 to 100 percent) or SDS-UREA.
A total length measurement or estimate, time and location (i.e., lat./long. and
approximate water depth) of capture, circumstances of capture, and status (i.e., dead,
alive, injured) upon return to the water should accompany the tissue sample. Keep the
tissue sample out of direct sun, but refrigeration is not necessary. For dead animals, once
the tissue samples noted above have been collected, the remaining specimen(s) or body
parts of dead Atlantic sturgeon must be preserved (iced or refrigerated) until sampling
and disposal procedures are discussed with NMFS. Contact Kelly Shotts
(Kelly.Shottsnoaa.gov or (727) 551-5603) for instructions on submitting the tissue
samples and dead carcasses to NMFS. Send samples and supporting data within one
month of the date the sample is taken.
9. F/SF 1, in collaboration with the NEFSC/NER and SEFSC/SER, must develop a standardized
protocol for determining which trips, and how much effort, were directed toward
smoothhound. Since this is a fishery new to federal management, these protocols should be
developed such that the true fishing effort can be ascribed to the fishery to avoid double
reporting or underreporting of effort. This is necessary to better determine directed fishing
effort levels in the smoothhound fishery and any effort shifts that may occur. This will
improve NMFS’ ability to monitor incidental takes of ESA-listed species and more
accurately determine to what extent directed smoothhound fishing is taking listed species.
10. Prior to requiring the use of smoothhound permit, F/SF1 must work with the appropriate
observer program (i.e., NEFOP, CSFOP, SGOP) to ensure observer coverage of the
smoothhound fishery is sufficient for monitoring take of ESA-listed species. NMFS (2004d)
recommends a level of observer coverage equal to that which provides estimates of a
protected species interaction with an expected coefficient of variation of 30%. Since ESA
listed species are relatively rare, achieving bycatch estimates with CVs of 30 percent or less
may not be feasible in certain cases. If F/SF1, in conjunction with the appropriate observer
program, determines achieving CVs less than 30 percent are not possible, NMFS must
determine and implement the number of trips and sets that should be observed to be
confident that take is as extremely rare as estimated.
11. F/SF1, in collaboration with the appropriate Science Center (i.e., NEFSC, SEFSC) must
collect and monitor observer reports from Atlantic shark and smoothhound trips having sea
turtle, smalltooth sawfish, marine mammal, or Atlantic sturgeon interactions. F/SF 1 must
submit an annual report detailing these interactions to F/SER3; the information below must
also be included. The required information may be included in a single report.
a) Information Required for Species Interactions:
i) Sea Turtle Reports: must include all information specified on the SEFSC sea turtle
life history form for any sea turtle captured.
ii) Smalitooth Sawfish Reports: must include a total length measurement or estimate,
time and location (i.e., lat./long. and approximate water depth) of capture,
269
circumstances of capture (e.g., position of sawfish in the trawl net), and status (i.e.,
dead, alive, injured) upon return to the water must be reported to the extent possible
iii) Atlantic Sturgeon Reports: must include a total length measurement or estimate,
weight measurement or estimate, sex (if discernible), time and location (i.e., lat./long.
and approximate water depth) of capture, were the fish tagged and if so what type of
tag was used, and status (i.e., dead, alive, injured) upon return to the water should be
reported.
b) Information Required on Fishery Operations
i)
Gillnet Gear: type of gear used (e.g., drift, sink, strike), set date, net length (ft), net
depth (ft), minimum stretched mesh size (in), soak time (hrs), trip length, number of
sets per trip, whether tie-downs were used, and length of tie-down if used.
ii) Bottom Longline Gear: mainline length (ft), depth fished (ft), number of sets, number
of lines per set, number of hooks fished per set, hook type (e.g., circle orj-hook),
soak time (hrs), and bait used.
c) Reports must also estimate the total take in the fishery based on effort and the observed
takes. If the estimated take of sea turtles, smailtooth sawfish, or Atlantic sturgeon is
unusually high, the report should include an analysis of the possible reasons for the
higher than expected level of take and whether or not this level of take represents new
information that requires a reinitiation of this consultation.
d) These reports must be forwarded to the NMFS Assistant Regional Administrator for
3th
1
Protected Resources, Southeast Regional Office, Protected Resources Division, 263
Avenue South, St. Petersburg, Florida 3370 1-5505.
e) In addition to the annual report, F/SF 1 must also report the incidental take of any
protected species by smoothhound and Atlantic shark fishermen within 24 hrs to
takereport,nmfsser(,noaa.gov. To improve the timeliness of reporting, the
NEFSC/SEFSC or the observer program that documented an incidental take by
smoothhound and Atlantic shark fishermen may submit a notification to the email
address above on behalf of F/SF 1. When reporting takes this way please ensure the
message indicates incidental take was authorized via this biological opinion and include
the opinion title, date of issuance, and consultation number (F/SER/2011/06520) to
expedite processing of the report.
12. F/SF 1, in collaboration with the NEFSCINER and SEFSC/SER, must monitor the
entanglements of large whales in gillnet gear. Based on the target species, and when and
where the entanglement occurred, SF1 must determine if Atlantic shark or smoothhound
gillnet gear may have been cause and whether consultation should be reinitiated. Since large
whales can travel long distances after an entanglement occurs it is not always clear which
gear/fishery cause the entanglements. This T/C will ensure any entanglements potentially
associated with the proposed action are monitored and consultation potentially reinitiated if
the adverse affects to large whales from the proposed action appear greater than anticipated.
270
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Mail - sampling undersize fish by NM... Page 1 of 2
Simon Gulak - NOAA Affiliate < [email protected]>
sampling undersize fish by NMFS observers
John McGovern - NOAA Federal < [email protected]>
Tue, Aug 20, 2013 at 11:15 AM
To: James Nance - NOAA Federal
Cc: John Carlson , Simon Gulak , Jennifer Potts - NOAA
Federal , Elizabeth Scott-Denton - NOAA Federal
Hi Jim and John:
I asked Steve Branstetter about this and he indicated the regulations exempt NMFS observers from having
to have an EFP. I have pasted the regulations below from Section 600.745.
Jack
(e) Observers . NMFS-sanctioned observers or biological technicians conducting activities within NMFSapproved sea sampling and/or observer protocols are exempt from the requirement to obtain an EFP. For
purposes of this section, NMFS-sanctioned observers or biological technicians include NMFS employees,
NMFS observers, observers who are employees of NMFS-contracted observer providers, and observers who
are employees of NMFS-permitted observer providers.
On Tue, Aug 20, 2013 at 11:39 AM, James Nance - NOAA Federal wrote:
John: I think we sample undersized species (I have cc'ed Liz to make sure). Each of the observers
have a scientific sampling permit - so they should be covered for this scientific data collection.
On Tue, Aug 20, 2013 at 10:17 AM, John Carlson wrote:
Hi Jack
I hope all has been well. I have a question regarding observer sampling of undersize snapper and
grouper or sampling these species out of season. Jennifer Potts and I were recently awarded a
MARFIN grant to begin observer coverage of the longline and vertical line snapper-grouper fishery in
the SA (I've attached a copy of the proposal). as you know, for life history matrices and ultimately as
inputs to stock assessments it is beneficial to have biological samples from all ages classes. In
general, observers only sample the catch (not undersize that are discarded) but we would like to begin
to sample those individuals.
My question is do we need a special permit for this or are observers permitted under regulations in the
MSRA or elsewhere? I've cc'd Jim Nance as this email as well as he may know from his work in the
snapper grouper fishery in the GOM
thank you for any help
John
---------------------------John K. Carlson, Ph.D.
NOAA Fisheries Service
Southeast Fisheries Science Center
3500 Delwood Beach Rd.
Panama City, FL 32408
850-234-6541 ext 221
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ui=2&ik=7616ac210b&view=pt&search=inbox&msg=1... 8/20/2013
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Mail - sampling undersize fish by NM... Page 2 of 2
[email protected]
*The content and any attachment(s) in this email do not
reflect the opinions or policy of NOAA or DOC*
-------------------------------------------------------
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ui=2&ik=7616ac210b&view=pt&search=inbox&msg=1... 8/20/2013
| File Type | application/pdf |
| File Title | We now have received data from many turtles and billfish outfitted with PAT tags |
| Author | EPRINCE |
| File Modified | 2023-12-14 |
| File Created | 2021-04-08 |